2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code

Information on IAPMO Codes and Standards Development 1. Applicable Regulations. The primary rules governing the processing of the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code and Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Code are the IAPMO Regulations Governing Consensus Development. Other applicable rules include Technical Meeting Convention Rules, and Guide for the Conduct of Participants in the IAPMO Codes and Standards Development Process. For copies of these documents, contact the Code Development Department at IAPMO World Headquarters at 4755 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA 91761-2816 USA, or at 909-472-4100. These documents are also available at the IAPMO website at www.iapmo.org. The following is general information on the IAPMO process. All participants, however, should refer to the actual rules and regulations for a full understanding of this process and for the criteria that govern participation. 2. Technical Committee Report (TCR). The Technical Committee Report is defined as the Report of the Technical Committee, consisting of the Report on Proposals (ROP), as modified by the Report on Comments (ROC), published by the Association. 3. Report on Proposals (ROP). The ROP is defined as “a report to the Association on the actions taken by Technical Committees, accompanied by a ballot statement and one or more proposals on text for a new Document or to amend an existing Document.” The ROP and the ROC together comprise the Technical Committee Report. Anyone who does not pursue an issue, either in person or by designated representative in accordance with Section 8.0 (Public Review and Comment of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development), as a proposed amendment of the Report on Proposals will be considered as having their objection resolved. 4. Report on Comments (ROC). The ROC is defined as “a report to the Association on the actions taken by Technical Committees, accompanied by a ballot statement and one or more comments resulting from public review of the Report on Proposals (ROP).” The ROP and the ROC together constitute the Technical Committee Report. Anyone who does not pursue an issue, either in person or by designated representative in accordance with Section 8.0 (Public Review and Comment of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development), as a proposed amendment of the Report on Comments will be considered as having their objection resolved. 5. Appeals. Anyone can appeal to the Executive Committee concerning procedural or substantive matters related to the development, content, or issuance of any Document of the Association or on matters within the purview of the authority of the Committee. Such appeals must be in written form and filed with the Secretariat (see 9.0 of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development). Time constraints for filing an appeal must be in accordance with Section 9.0. Objections are deemed to be resolved if not pursued at this level. 6. Document Issuance. The USEHC/USPSHTC Executive Committee is the issuer of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code and Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Code. The committee acts on the issuance of a Document within sixty days from the date of the recommendation from the ROC Technical Committee Meeting, unless this period is extended by the Executive Committee.

Lynne Simnick To: IAPMO Members and Other Interested Parties Recording Secretary IAPMO Executive Date: March 2015 Committee

Enclosed is your 2015 Report on Comments (ROC). These comments were presented to the Solar Energy & Hydronics Code Technical Committee Arnold Rodio who met in Ontario, California on October 28, 2014. Chairman Swimming Pool, Spa Following the comments is a copy of how the 2015 edition of the Uniform & Hot Tub Code TC Solar Energy and Hydronics Code (preprint) would appear if the Executive Committee accepts all committee actions.

Jim Kendzel This preprint is provided to you as a courtesy. All changes are tentative Chairman and subject to revision. Solar Energy and Hydronics Code TC This document is not to be considered the final version of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. Specific authorization from IAPMO is required for republication or quotation.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE COMMITTEE (As of 11/25/14)

NAME REPRESENTATION CLASSIFICATION American Society of Plumbing Jim Kendzel, Chairman User Engineers Sustainable Design and Product William Shady User Management Mike Tierney Aspen Solar Inc. User Vaughan Woodruff Insource Renewables User Centers for Disease Control and Jasen Kunz Consumer Prevention (CDC) Anthony Amable City and County of San Francisco Enforcing Authority Kevin Shear City of Ontario Enforcing Authority Amir Tabakh City of Los Angeles Enforcing Authority Harvey Kreitenberg Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates Installer/Maintainer Ed Murray Aztec Solar Installer/Maintainer Albert Wallace Energy Environmental Corporation Installer/Maintainer Plumbers' Joint Apprenticeship James Majerowicz Labor Committee L.U. 130, U.A. Michael Cudahy Plastic Pipe & Fittings Association Manufacturer Rex Gillespie Caleffi North America, Inc. Manufacturer Randall Knapp Plastics Pipe Institute Manufacturer Jeff Matson Viega LLC Manufacturer David Nickelson REHAU Construction LLC Manufacturer Air Conditioning Contractors of Research/Standards/ Luis Escobar America Testing Lab Research/Standards/ Jeffrey Fecteau Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Testing Lab Robert Bean Indoor Climate Consultants Inc. Special Expert Andrew Klein A S Klein Engineering, PLLC Special Expert Lisa Meline Meline Engineering Corporation Special Expert Phil Ribbs PHR Consultants Special Expert Hugo Aguilar IAPMO Staff

IAPMO Technical Committee Membership Application For Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub and Solar Energy & Hydronics Codes

IAPMO uses the information in this application to determine your qualifications and to assure that IAPMO technical committee appointments are made in a way that ensures that committees will contain a fair balance of interests. Instructions for completing this form:

1. Read each section carefully before completing. 2. Tab through to get to a new section of the form. 3. Fill in the form completely. DO NOT LEAVE BLANK SPACES. If a section does not apply to you, indicate "N/A" (not applicable) or, if you need more room than is allowed, you may attach a separate sheet of explanation as a "Word" document or in PDF format. 4. If you are applying as a representative to an organization, you will need to supply a letter of authorization. It must be submitted on the organization's letterhead and signed by an officer of the organization. You may fax this document to IAPMO at 909-472-4246, or you may mail it to IAPMO Code Development, 4755 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA 91761-2816. Your fax cover sheet/transmittal sheet should indicate that you are/have submitted your application online, including the date submitted. This letter may also include information requested in Section 3.5.6. The following is a SAMPLE of suggested wording for the authorization letter.

SAMPLE: We, (organization’s name), authorize (your name) as our representative to serve on the technical committee. We will support (your name) for his/her time and travel expenses during his/her service as a member of the technical committee.

5. Review the form for accuracy before submitting to IAPMO.

Please contact IAPMO by phone at 800-854-2766, or by e-mail at [email protected] if you have any questions about this form.

Name

Title

Employer

Mailing Address

Other Mailing Address

City

State

Zip

Telephone

Fax

Please indicate committee for which you are applying.

Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Technical Committee

Solar Energy & Hydronics Code Technical Committee

Please indicate the interest category which you believe best suits your qualifications:

Manufacturer

User

Installer/Maintainer

Labor

Research/Standards/Testing Laboratory

Enforcing Authority

Consumer

Special Expert

1. QUALIFICATIONS OF APPLICANT a. Attach separate statement resumé providing evidence of your general knowledge and competence in the scope (work) of the committee.

b. What is your specific relationship to one or more elements of the scope of the committee?

c. Will you be able to actively participate in the work of the committee including responding to correspondence and attending committee meetings?

2. REPRESENTATION Indicate below the name of the entity you would be representing and include written authorization from that entity authorizing you to be their representative:

a. Does the organization you would represent have a mechanism for instructing votes? If so, can the time constraints imposed by the Regulations Governing Consensus Development be met?

3. FUNDING SOURCE(S) FOR YOUR PARTICIPATION a. What person(s) or organization(s) would fund your participation as a committee member, either in whole or in part? (You should list your employer if your participation is funded by your employer or if your participation is part of your employment responsibilities or otherwise related to your employment.)

b. Background and description of your employer and/or other person(s) or organization(s) funding participation:

4. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS

Languages, other than English:

INTEREST CATEGORIES (a) Manufacturer. A representative of a maker or marketer of a product, assembly or system, or portion thereof that is affected by the standard. (b) User. A representative of an entity that is subject to the provisions of the standard or that voluntarily uses the standard. (c) Installer/Maintainer. A representative of an entity that is in the business of installing or maintaining a product, assembly, or system affected by the standard. (d) Labor. A labor representative or employee concerned with safety in the workplace within the scope of the standard. (e) Research/Standards/Testing Laboratory. A representative of an independent research organization; an organization that develops codes, standards and other similar documents; or an independent testing laboratory. (f) Enforcing Authority. A representative of an agency or an organization that promulgates or enforces the standard. (g) Consumer. A person who is or represents the ultimate purchaser of a product, system or service affected by the standard but who is not a User as defined in Section 3.5.6(b). (h) Special Expert. A person not representing as defined in Section 3.5.6(a) through Section 3.5.6(g) and who has special expertise in the scope of the standard or portion thereof.

COMPLETE A SEPARATE APPLICATION FORM FOR EACH COMMITTEE ON WHICH YOU DESIRE TO SERVE. IN ORDER TO ASSURE THE PROMPT PROCESSING OF YOUR REQUEST, PLEASE BE SURE TO COMPLETE ALL QUESTIONS AND SIGN THIS APPLICATION.

If appointed, I agree to abide by the rules and guidelines of IAPMO. In addition, I hereby agree to notify the Secretariat of the IAPMO Executive Committee of a change in status, including change of employment, organization represented, or funding source. I also agree that IAPMO shall have, and I hereby grant, all and full rights in copyright in any material that I author, either individually or with others, as a member of this committee, or that I submit for the proposed use of the committee in an IAPMO code or standard or other IAPMO document. I further acknowledge that I acquire no rights in any publication of IAPMO and that copyright and all rights in all materials produced by IAPMO technical committees are owned by IAPMO and that IAPMO may register copyright in its own name.

I do not now hold and I do not intend to hold any patent, the use of which would be required for compliance with any material that I author – either individually or with others – as a member of this committee, or that I submit for the proposed use of the committee in an IAPMO code or standard or other IAPMO document.

I attest that all of the information on this application is true and accurate.

Date:

Signature

Your typed name above constitutes your electronic signature.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item # Code Section Page # 001 Chapter 1 – Chapter 12 1 002 Chapter 1 14 004 Chapter 1 20 005 Chapter 2 25 008 302.0 – 302.1.2, 302.3 – 302.3.6, 220.0 27 014 305.6 30 016 306.0 – 306.10 32 017 307.0 – 307.8 36 019 309.2 – 309.2.3, 309.3 – 309.3.2, 601.2 38 020 310.2.1 41 024 315.1 – 315.3 43 027 317.0 – 317.14, 701.2 46 032 Chapter 3, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 49 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1 036 403.0 – 403.5 80 037 404.0 – 404.4 82 038 405.0 – 405.4 90 041 406.0 – 406.3 94 043 408.0 – 408.13.2, Table 1201.1 100 044 409.0 – 409.5 111 045 409.6, 409.7 113 046 410.0 – 410.8 115 050 413.0 – 413.9.2 117 052 415.0 – 415.4, Table 415.3.1 124 053 416.0 – 416.6, 311.3 127 054 Chapter 4, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 210.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1 132 067 701.2, 701.2.1, 701.3 152 068 701.2 – 701.2.6 154 069 701.2, 701.3 – 701.3.7, 208.0, 211.0 156 080 Chapter 7, Chapter 9, 206.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, Table 1201.1 160 082 801.1 165 088 Chapter 9, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 209.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 166 217.0, 218.0, Table 1201.1 089 1002.4.1, 1002.4.2 192 090 1002.10, Table 1201.1 194 091 1007.4.1, Table 1201.1 196 092 1008.7.1, Table 1201.1 198 093 1009.6, Table 1201.1 200 094 1010.2.1, Table 1201.1 203 095 1010.9, 1010.9.6, Table 1201.1 205 096 1010.11.4.1 208 097 1010.11.7.1 210 Item # Code Section Page # 098 1011.1.1, Table 1201.1 212 099 1011.3.3.1, Table 1201.1 214 100 1011.3.5.1, Table 1201.1 216 101 1011.6.1.4(A), Table 1201.1 219 102 1011.6.2.1, Table 1201.1 221 103 1011.6.2.3.1, Table 1201.1 223 104 1013.2.1 225 105 1013.5.4.6, Table 1201.1 227 106 Chapter 6, Chapter 10, 204.0, 206.0, 207.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 217.0, 229 218.0, 222.0, 224.0 109 1102.4 310 111 1101.0 – 1101.4, 206.0, 209.0 311 112 1102.0 – 1102.1.2, 209.0, 225.0 317 113 1103.0 – 1103.2, 209.0 320 114 1103.3 – 1103.4.2 324 115 1103.5 – 1103.7, Table 1201.1 329 118 1106.0 – 1106.2 335 119 1107.1 – 1107.4, Table 1201.1, 209.0 337 120 1108.0 – 1108.2 342 121 Chapter 6, Table 1201.1, 204.0, 205.0, 207.0, 210.0, 212.0, 215.0, 218.0, 344 224.0 124 Table 1201.1 350 125 Table 1201.1 354 128 Table 1201.1 358 131 Table 1201.1 360 132 Table 1201.1 361 133 Table 1201.1 362 134 Table 1201.1 364

Task Group Report Technical Correlating Committee Report

2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code Preprint

Item # 001 Comment Seq # 001 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 1 — Chapter 12):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION

101.0 General. 101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code,” may be cited as such, and will be referred to herein as “this code.” 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, addition, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy systems, including but not limited to equipment and water heating, appliances intended to utilize solar energy for space heating or cooling;, water heating; swimming pool heating, or process heating;, and solar photovoltaic geothermal and hydronic systems, snow and ice melt systems and use of any solar energy systems or swimming pool, spa or hot tub systems.

102.2 Existing Installation. Solar energy sSystems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code shall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system. 102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy sSystems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of the solar energy systems. To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy system to be reinspected. 102.4 Additions, Alterations, or Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to a solar energy system shall conform to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar energy system to be in accordance with the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existing solar energy systems shall comply with the provisions for new construction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 102.5 Health and Safety. Where compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance, or other dangerous or insanitary condition that involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner’s agent shall install such additional solar energy facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy. Solar energy sSystems that are a part of a building or structure undergoing a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code that are applicable to the new use or occupancy. 102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundation to another, or from one location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction are provided.

104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair, replacement, or remodel a solar energy system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of systems.

1 104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system designed by, an engineer, an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such. Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other data where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliance within the code. 104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by Section 104.3.1, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review. The plan review fees for solar energy system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in this section and are in addition to the permit fees. Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the rate shown in Table 104.5.

104.4.1 Approved Plans or Construction Documents. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit where plans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications “APPROVED.” Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a solar energy system before the entire plans and specifications for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed in accordance with the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder’s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, or solar energy system will be granted.

105.1 General. Solar energy sSystems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. No solar energy system or portion thereof shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. Solar energy sSystems regulated by this code shall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 105.2 Required Inspection. New solar energy system work and such portions of existing systems as affected by new work, or changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code and to ensure that the installation and construction of the solar energy system is in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall make the following inspections and other such inspections as necessary. The permittee or the permittee’s authorized agent shall be responsible for the scheduling of such inspections as follows: (1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, and before backfill is put in place. (2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes. (3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of the installation. 105.2.1 Uncovering. Where a solar energy system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The requirements of this section shall not be considered to prohibit the operation of solar energy system equipment installed to replace existing equipment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspection of such equipment has been filed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours after such replacement work is completed, and before a portion of such solar energy system is concealed by a permanent portion of the building.

105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy sSystems shall be tested and approved as required by this code or the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Authority Having Juris- diction’s duly appointed representative. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system. In cases where it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be per-

2 mitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has been performed in accordance with the intent of this code. Joints and connections in a the solar energy system shall be gastight and watertight for the pressures required by test. 105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energy system of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy system or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code.

105.4 Connection to Service Utilities. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solar energy system or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Juris- diction. No person shall make connection from a water-supply line nor shall connect to a sewer system regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar energy system equipment to the source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment.

106.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain a solar energy system or permit the same to be done in violation of this code.

106.5 Authority to Disconnect Utilities in Emergencies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to disconnect a solar energy system to a building, structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property. 106.6 Authority to Condemn. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar energy system or portion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar energy system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition. The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar energy system after receiving such notice. Where such solar energy system is to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice.

107.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions, or determinations made by the Authority Having Jurisdiction relative to the application and interpretations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appeals consisting of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining to a solar energy system design, construction, and maintenance and the public health aspects of such systems and who are not employees of the jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act as secretary to said board but shall have no vote upon a matter before the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business and shall render decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

TABLE 104.5 2 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM PERMIT FEES

Notes: 1 Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here. 2 These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the solar energy system that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS

301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repair of a solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal system.

3 302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, equipment, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy a systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. 302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly, and device used in a solar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy a systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be permitted. 302.1.2 Standards. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that conform to the requirements of this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Where a standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standard that is applicable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is are included in Table 1201.1. 302.1.3 Existing Buildings. In existing buildings or premises in which a solar energy system installations are to be altered, repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit deviation from the provisions of this code, provided that such proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determination in order that health and safety requirements, as they pertain to the solar energy systems, shall be observed.

302.3 Flood Hazard Areas. Solar energy sSystems and components shall be located above the elevation in accordance with the building code for utilities and attendant equipment. Where mounted on or located in a building, solar energy systems and components shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher. Exceptions: (1) Solar energy sSystems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation in accordance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code. (2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood- related and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods. 302.3.1 Flood Hazard Areas Subject to High Velocity Wave Action. In flood hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action, solar energy systems and components shall comply with Section 302.3 and shall not be mounted on or penetrate through walls that are intended to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the building code. 302.3.2 Flood Resistant Materials. Solar energy sSystem components installed in flood hazard areas and below the design flood elevation shall be made of flood damage-resistant materials.

303.1 General. Solar energy sSystem components, including building components and attachments, shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the building code: (1) Dead loads. (2) Live loads. (3) Snow loads. (4) Wind loads. (5) Seismic loads. (6) Flood loads. (7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temperature changes.

304.4 Installation Practices. Solar energy A systems shall be installed in a manner that is in accordance with this code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

305.1 Dissimilar Metals. Except for necessary valves, where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the point of connection shall be confined to exposed or accessible locations. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the solar thermal piping connections of an open loop systems.

4 305.4 Improper Location. Solar thermal pPiping or equipment shall not be located as to interfere with the normal use thereof or with the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities. 305.5 Attic Installations. An attic space in which the solar energy system components are installed shall be accessible through an opening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm). [NFPA 54:9.5.1]

307.1 Components of Solar Energy System. Components of a solar energy system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

308.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar energy system, or a part thereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted.

311.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person to cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of liquid wastes, heat transfer medium, or other solar thermal liquids, in a place or manner, except through and by means of an approved drainage system installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this code. Waste from a solar thermal system that is deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into a waterway.

312.1 System. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar energy system, or parts thereof shall be located in a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities.

313.1 General. An abandoned solar thermal system or part thereof shall be disconnected from remaining systems, drained, plugged, and capped in an approved manner. 313.2 Storage Tank. An underground water storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from use in a solar thermal system shall be completely drained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removed in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

314.2 Spark or Flame. Solar energy system eEquipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flammable vapors shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors, controllers, or switches are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant. 314.3 Hazardous Heat-Transfer Mediums. Hazardous heat-transfer mediums shall comply with Section 314.3.1 and Sec- tion 314.3.2. 314.3.1 Approval. Heat-transfer mediums that are hazardous shall not be used in solar thermal systems, except with prior approval of where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

315.1 Pressure Relief Valves. Solar energy sSystem components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures exceeding design limitations with a pressure relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief device located so that a section cannot be isolated from a relief device. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward. 315.2 Vacuum Relief Valves. The solar energy sSystem components that are subjected to a vacuum while in operation or during shutdown shall be protected with vacuum relief valves. Where the piping configuration, equipment location, and valve outlets are located below the storage tank elevation the system shall be equipped with a vacuum relief valve at the highest point.

316.1 Materials. Solar thermal sSystem components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved for such use. Solar thermal system cComponents, installed outdoors, shall be resistant to UV radiation. 316.2 Corrosion. Solar thermal sSystems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner. Metal parts exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material. 316.3 Mechanical Damage. Portions of a solar energy system installed where subjected to mechanical damage shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle.

5 317.1 General. Solar thermal system dDucts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanical code.

319.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunction with solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal systems for the purpose of domestic hot water, comfort cooling or heating, swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall comply with applicable codes.

CHAPTER 11 PUMPS

1101.0 General 320.0 Pumps. 1101.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the installation, sizing, and operation of circulating pumps used in solar thermal systems. 1102.0 Installation. (remaining text unchanged) 1102.1 320.1 General. (remaining text unchanged) 1102.2 320.2 Maintenance. (remaining text unchanged) 1102.3 320.3 Mounting. 1103.0 Design and Operation. (remaining text unchanged) 1103.2 320.4 Materials. (remaining text unchanged) 1103.3 320.5 Operation.

CHAPTER 4 PIPING AND CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL HYDRONICS

401.0 General. 401.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction, installation, alteration, and protection of solar thermal system piping and the protection of the potable water supply from contamination This chapter shall apply to hydronic piping systems that are part of heating, cooling, ventilation, and air conditioning systems. Such piping systems include steam, hot water, chilled water, steam condensate, solar thermal systems, and ground source heat pump systems. The regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, location, and installation of hydronic piping systems. Piping for potable water supply and distribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code. 401.2 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the insulation shall continue full size through them. Coverings and insulation used for piping shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system and the installation environment. Where installed in a plenum, the insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.

CHAPTER 5 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

501.0 General. 501.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the types of joints and connections permitted in solar thermal systems.

502.0 409.0 Tightness. (remaining text unchanged) 502.1 409.1 General.

(renumber remaining sections)

6 CHAPTER 75 COLLECTORS SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

701.0 501.0 General. 701.1 501.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction and installation of solar collectors thermal systems, including components. The solar thermal system shall include the solar collector, thermal storage, system piping and appurtenances. 703.3 501.2 Stagnation Condition. The collector solar thermal assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnant conditions in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions where high solar flux and no flow occurs. (remaining text unchanged) 702.4 501.3 Plastic. (remaining text unchanged) 703.6 501.4 Combustible Materials. (remaining text unchanged) 703.4 501.5 Waterproofing. (remaining text unchanged) 402.1.8 501.6 Freeze Protection. 1103.1 501.7 Flow Rate Circulators. Circulating pumps shall be installed in accordance with Section 320.0. For drainback systems, the pump shall overcome the total head of the system while maintaining the required collector flow rate. For all other systems, the pump shall overcome the friction head of the system while maintaining the required collector flow rate. (remaining text unchanged) 306.4 501.8 Protection Against Decay. (remaining text unchanged) 314.3.2 501.9 Flash Points.

702.0 502.0 Construction Solar Collectors. (remaining text unchanged) 702.1 502.1 General. (remaining text unchanged) 702.2 502.1.1 Construction. (remaining text unchanged) 704.0 502.2 Fire Safety Requirements. 704.1 Building Components. (remaining text unchanged) 702.3 502.3 Glass. (remaining text unchanged) 702.6 502.4 Air Collectors. (remaining text unchanged) 702.6.1 502.4.1 Testing. (remaining text unchanged) 703.0 502.5 Collector Installation.703.1 General. (remaining text unchanged) 703.1.1 502.5.1 Roof Installations. (remaining text unchanged) 704.2 502.5.2 Above or On the Roof. (remaining text unchanged) 703.1.2 502.5.3 Ground Installations. (remaining text unchanged) 703.8 502.5.4 Wall Mounted. (remaining text unchanged) 703.2502.5.5 Access. (remaining text unchanged) 703.7502.5.6 Orientation. (remaining text unchanged) 702.5502.6 Listing.

CHAPTER 8 THERMAL INSULATION 503.0 Insulation. 802.4 503.1 Insulation General. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the insulation shall continue full size through them. Coverings and insulation used for hot water pipes piping shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system and the installation environment. Where installed in a plenum, tThe insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231 shall be used. Alternately, materials used for pipe coverings and insulation (including the insulation, jacket, and lap-seal adhesives) shall have a maximum peak heat release rate of 1.02 E+06 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (299 kW), a maximum

7 total heat release of 4.7 E+04 Btu (50 MJ), a maximum total smoke release of 5382 square feet (500 m2) and shall not generate flames that extend 1 foot (305 mm) or more above the top of the vertical portion of the apparatus during the test where tested in accordance with NFPA 274. Insulation coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C). (remaining text unchanged) 801.0 503.2 GeneralApplicability.801.1 Applicability. (remaining text unchanged) 802.0 503.3 Piping. 802.1 Required.

TABLE 802.1(1)503.3(1) MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

TABLE 802.1(2)503.3(2) IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSULATION THICKNESS

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

TABLE 802.1(3)503.3(3) UNIVERSAL PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON RADIUS AND IPS

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

TABLE 802.1(4)503.3(4) DESIGN VALUES FOR Thermal Conductivity (k) of Industrial Insulation3, 4, 5

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

(remaining text unchanged) 802.2 503.4 Fittings. (remaining text unchanged) 802.3 503.5 Installation. (remaining text unchanged) 803.0 503.6 Ducts.803.1 General.

TABLE 803.1503.6 INSULATION OF DUCTS

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

309.0 504.0 Testing. (remaining text unchanged) 309.1 504.1 Piping. (remaining text unchanged) 309.2 504.2 System Requirements. (remaining text unchanged) 309.2.1 504.2.1 Open Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) 309.2.2 504.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) 309.2.3 504.2.3 Closed Loop Systems.

CHAPTER 9 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS FOR A SWIMMING POOL

8 901.0 General. 901.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the installation and construction of solar thermal systems for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs. 505.0 Swimming Pools and Hot Tubs. 902.0 505.1 Water Chemistry. 902.1 General. Where water from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by way of circulation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 902.2505.2, and shall be filtered in accordance with Section 902.3505.3 and Section 902.3.1505.3.1. 902.2 505.2 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordance with Table 902.2505.2.

TABLE 902.2 505.2 WATER CHEMISTRY

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

(remaining text unchanged) 902.3 505.3 Filter. (remaining text unchanged) 902.3.1 505.3.1 Location. (remaining text unchanged) 903.0 505.4 Corrosion Resistant. 903.1 Copper.

CHAPTER 6 THERMAL STORAGE

601.0 General. 601.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar a thermal storage. Solar tThermal storage includes storage tanks with or without heat exchangers and expansion tanks.

CHAPTER 107 ELECTRICAL

(renumber remaining sections)

CHAPTER 128 REFERENCED STANDARDS

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. The scope in Chapter 1 has been revised to be consistent with the scope shown in the IAPMO Regulations for the USEHC. The general requirements in Chapter 3 provisions that apply to solar energy, hydronic and geothermal systems should be revised so that they are applicable to all systems addressed within the USEHC. The current circulating pumps requirements in Chapter 11 apply to hydronic, solar thermal, and geothermal systems. Therefore, it is necessary to address circulating pumps provisions in Chapter 3 where the general requirements are addressed. 2. Chapter 4 and Chapter 5 are being combined into a single Chapter 4 (Hydronics). This change is necessary as it will be consistent with the title of the code (Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code). Section 401.1 is being revised as it is necessary to clarify to the end user what the chapter will now address. Section 501.1 is being deleted since the chapter does not only pertain to solar thermal systems.

9 3. All current provisions pertaining to solar thermal systems have been relocated to a single chapter titled “Solar Ther- mal Systems” since the scope of the code has been expanded to include hydronic and geothermal systems. Sec- tion 701.1 (Applicability) was revised since the code does not only address solar thermal systems and photovoltaic, but hydronic and geothermal systems as well. The reference to Chapter 11 is necessary as the provisions for solar thermal systems may also apply to swimming pools. Section 1103.1 (Flow Rate) is being relocated to Section 501.7 as the section pertains to drainback systems and should be addressed where solar thermal systems are addressed. Furthermore, reference to Section 320.0 is required since the provisions are being relocated to Chapter 3. 4. Section 802.4 (Insulation) is being revised to correlate with language submitted for Chapter 12 of the 2015 UMC, which has been approved by the UMC Technical Committee. The language being deleted is not necessary as it pertains only to alternative methods. Furthermore, Section 401.2 needs to be added to address insulation provisions for hydronics systems.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Robert Bean, Indoor Climate Consultants Inc./Rep. Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

316.1 Materials. System components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved for such use. Components, installed outdoors, and continually exposed to sunlight during operation shall be resistant to UV radiation. Components temporarily exposed to sunlight during installation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions for short term exposure to UV radiation.

SUBSTANTIATION: The current language would prevent the use of, otherwise acceptable, non-UV resistant materials that will temporarily be exposed to sunlight during installation.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is vague and unenforceable.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

18 4 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Preventing temporary exposure to UV is a restrictive practice. Manufacturers of PEX pipe provide BEAN, TIERNEY: guidance on temporary exposure which is printed on shipping boxes and in installation literature. My negative comment is a minor one. In section 316.1 (Materials), the language SHOULD indicate that CUDAHY: materials installed outdoors "exposed" should be UV resistant. The current language is a bit overdone, but the inten- tion is correct. Materials can obviously be installed outdoors buried or otherwise protected, though I suspect the code officials will understand the intent. I agree with the commenter that there needs to be some differentiation between "installed outdoors" NICKELSON: and "exposed to UV." It is also a good practice to clarify the temporary exposure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

10 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Robert Bean, Indoor Climate Consultants Inc./Rep. Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

401.1 Applicability. This chapter shall apply to hydronic piping systems that are part of heating, cooling, ventilation, and air conditioning systems. Such piping systems include steam, hot heated water, chilled water, steam condensate, solar thermal systems, and ground source heat pump systems. The regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, location, and installation of hydronic piping systems.

SUBSTANTIATION: The term “hot” is a subjective state. The correct term that should be used is “heated” as it is congruent with chilled.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is in conflict with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the 2015 Uniform Plumb- ing Code (UPC). Furthermore, there was no definition provided for “heated water.”

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: : No definition is required: “hot” is to “cold” as “chilled” is to “heated.” Heated is the correct term, hot is not. BEAN I agree with the commenter that the terms "heated" and "chilled" are congruent. If we use the term "hot"NICKELSON: water, then we should also use "cold" water.

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Mary Kimlinger, Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

401.2 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the insulation shall continue full size through them. Coverings and insulation used for piping inside the building shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system and the installation environment. Where installed in a plenum, the insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.

SUBSTANTIATION: It is clear that this section is not intended for water service applications and should specify as such for clarification for the code user. The proposed modification eliminates any misinterpretations and doubts about where this requirement shall be enforced.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

11 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The purpose for insulation is a matter of safety. The piping should be insulated when outside or inside of a building as an occupant can still get burned due to surface temperatures exceeding 140°F.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Whilst I agree with the safety aspect of insulating exposed piping systems, it’s hard to imagine where an engi- neerBEAN: would make piping system of such high temperature accessible outside the building. Clearly this section applies to piping inside the building and this ought to be stated.

PUBLIC COMMENT 4: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

503.2 Heat Loss. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air ductwork shall be insulated to minimize heat loss. Ductwork and piping shall be permitted to not be insulated where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space. Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installed for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions unless such piping is located within a building.

505.0 Swimming Pools and Hot Tubs. 505.1 Water Chemistry. Where water from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by way of circulation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 505.2, and shall be filtered in accordance with Section 505.3 and Section 505.3.1.

505.2 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordance with Table 505.2.

TABLE 505.2 WATER CHEMISTRY PARAMETER ACCEPTABLE RANGE Calcium hardness 200 – 400 parts per million (ppm) Langelier Saturation Index 0 (+ or - 0.3 acceptable) pH 7.2 – 7.8 TDS < 1500 ppm Total alkalinity 80 – 120 ppm For SI Units: 1 part per million = 1 mg/L

505.3 Filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar loop. Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heating system with a heat exchanger. 505.3.1 Location. A filter shall be located upstream of a pump used to direct water to solar collectors. 505.4 Corrosion Resistant. Glazed solar collectors made of copper shall not be used for solar pool, spa, or hot tub heating. Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the collector circuit and the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub water.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed text for deletion is outside the scope of the USEHC and should be proposed as reference to the USPSHTC.

12 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language should not be deleted as it is specific to solar thermal applications for swimming pools.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

13 Item # 002 Comment Seq # 002 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 1):

Harvey Kreitenberg SUBMITTER: Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy systems, including but not limited to equipment and appliances intended to utilize solar energy for space heating or cooling; water heating; swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar photovoltaic systems within this jurisdiction.

102.1 Conflicts Between Codes. Where the requirements within the jurisdiction of this code conflict with the requirements of the plumbing or mechanical code, this code shall prevail. In instances where the this code, applicable standards, or the manufacturer’s installation instructions conflict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall prevail.

102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof of a premise under the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar energy systems. To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy system to be reinspected. 102.4 Additions, Alterations, Renovations, or Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to a solar energy system shall conform to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar energy system to be in accordance with the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded. Additions, alterations, renovations, or repairs to existing solar energy systems installations shall comply with the provisions for new construction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Juris- diction.

102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundation to another, or from one location to another, shall be in accordance with the provisions of this code for new installations and completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided.

103.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be the Authority duly appointed to enforce this code. For such purposes, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the powers of a law enforcement officer. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the power to render interpretations of this code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations supplemental to this code as deemed necessary in order to clarify the application of the provisions of this code. Such interpretations, rules, and regulations shall be in accordance comply with the intent and purpose of this code. In accordance with the prescribed procedures and with the approval of the appointing authority, the Authority Having Juris- diction shall be permitted to appoint such number of technical officers, inspectors, and other employees as shall be authorized from time to time. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to deputize such inspectors or employees as necessary to carry out the functions of the code enforcement agency. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to request the assistance and cooperation of other officials of this jurisdiction so far as required in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance. 103.2 Liability. The Authority Having Jurisdiction charged with the enforcement of this code, acting in good faith and without malice in the discharge of the Authority Having Jurisdiction’s duties, shall not thereby be rendered personally liable for a damage that accrues to persons or property as a result of an act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of such duties. A suit brought against the Authority Having Jurisdiction or employee because of such act or omission performed in the enforcement of a provisions of this code shall be defended by legal counsel provided by this jurisdiction until final termination of the such proceedings.

14 103.3 Applications and Permits. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission of plans, specifications, drawings, and such other information as required by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction, prior to the commencement of, and at a time during the progress of, work regulated by this code. The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications or from preventing construction operations being carried on thereunder where in violation of this code or of other pertinent ordinance or from revoking a certificate of approval where issued in error. 103.3.1 Licensing. Provision for licensing shall be determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair, replacement, or remodel a solar energy system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or to cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, or structure, or interconnected set of systems.

104.3 Application for Permit. To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefore in writing on a form furnished by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for that purpose. Such application shall: (1) Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made. (2) Describe the land upon which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address, or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work. (3) Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposed work is intended. (4) Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations, and other data as required accordance with in Section 104.3.1. (5) Be signed by the permittee or the permittee’s authorized agent. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require evidence to indicate such authority. (6) Give such other data and information as required by in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system designed by, a registered design professional, an engineer, an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such. Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, or other data where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans is not necessary to obtain compliance within the code. 104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted by in accordance with Section 104.3.1, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications for review. The plan review fees for solar energy system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in Section 104.5 this section and are in addition to the permit fees.

(remaining text unchanged)

104.3.4 Time Limitation of Application. Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation, plans and other data submitted for review thereafter, shall be returned to the applicant or destroyed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to exceed extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not to exceed 180 days upon request by the applicant showing that circumstances beyond the control of the applicant have prevented action from being taken. No application shall be extended more than once. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee.

104.4.3 Expiration. A permit issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void where the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit, or where the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at a time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Before such work is recommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to do so, and the fee therefore shall be one-half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications for such work, and provided further that such suspensions or abandonment have has not exceeded 1 year.

15 104.4.6 Retention of Plans. One set of approved plans, specifications, and computations shall be retained by the Authority Having Jurisdiction until final approval of the work covered therein. One set of approved plans, specifications, computations, and manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be returned to the applicant, and said set shall be kept on the site of the building or work at times during which the work authorized thereby is in progress. 104.5 Fees. Fees shall be assessed in accordance with the provisions of this section and as set forth in the fee schedule, Table 104.5. The fees are to be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction.

(remaining text unchanged) 104.5.2 Investigation Fees. 104.5.3 Fee Refunds. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding of a fees as follows: (1) The amount paid hereunder that was erroneously paid or collected. (2) Refunding of not more than a percentage, as determined by this jurisdiction where no work has been done under a permit issued in accordance with this code. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall not authorize the refunding of a fee paid except upon written application filed by the original permittee not to exceed 180 days after the date of fee payment.

105.1 General. Solar energy systems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. No solar energy system or portion thereof shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. Solar energy systems regulated by this code shall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Juris- diction.

105.2.3 Inspection Requests. It shall be the duty of the person doing the work authorized by a permit to notify the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction that such work is ready for inspection. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require that every a request for inspection be filed not less than 1 working day before such inspection is desired. Such request shall be permitted to be made in writing or by telephone, at the option of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. It shall be the duty of the person requesting inspections required by in accordance with this code to provide access to and means for proper inspection of such work.

105.2.5 Responsibility. It shall be the duty of the holder of a permit to make sure that the work will stand the test prescribed before giving the notification. The equipment, material, and labor necessary for inspection or tests shall be furnished by the person to whom the permit is issued or by whom inspection is requested. 105.2.6 Reinspections. A reinspection fee shall be permitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspection where such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or where required corrections have not been made. This provision is shall not to be interpreted as requiring reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for failure to be in accordance with the requirements of this code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready for inspection or reinspection. Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessed where the approved plans are not readily available to the inspector, for failure to provide access on the date for which the inspection is requested, or for deviating from plans requiring the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file an application therefore in writing upon a form furnished for that purpose and pay the reinspection fee in accordance with Table 104.5. In instances where reinspection fees have been assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be performed until the required fees have been paid. 105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy systems shall be tested and approved as required by in accordance with this code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction’s duly appointed representative. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system, or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system an energy fuel supply. In cases where it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Author-

16 ity Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has been performed in accordance with the intent of this code. Joints and connections in the solar energy system shall be airtight, gastight, and or watertight for the pressures required by the test. 105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energy system of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy system, or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code.

106.2 Notices of Correction or Violation. Notices of correction or violation shall be written by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall be permitted to be posted at the site of the work, or mailed, or delivered to the permittee or his their authorized representative. Refusal, failure, or neglect to comply with such notice or order within 10 days of receipt thereof, shall be considered a violation of this code and shall be subject to the penalties set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. 106.3 Penalties. A person, firm, or corporation violating a provision of this code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable by a fine, imprisonment, or both set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. Each separate day or portion thereof, during which a violation of this code occurs or continues, shall be deemed to constitute a separate offense.

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 1 has been revised to address the minimum requirements pertaining to administration, and to correlate with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC).

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 1) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

103.3 Applications and Permits. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission of plans, specifications, drawings, and such other information in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction, prior to the commencement of, and at a time during the progress of, work regulated by this code. The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications construction documents shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications construction documents or from preventing construction operations being carried on thereunder where in violation of this code or of other pertinent ordinance or from revoking a certificate of approval where issued in error.

17 104.3.1 Plans and Specifications Construction Documents. Plans Construction documents, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one two or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans construction documents, computations, and specifications to shall be prepared by, and the system designed by, a registered design professional. Construction documents shall be drawn to scale with clarity to identify that the intended work to be performed is in accordance with the code. Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to waive the submission of plans construction documents, calculations, or other data where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plans construction documents is not necessary to obtain compliance with the code. 104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted in accordance with Section 104.3.1, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications construction documents for review. The plan review fees for system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The plan review fees specified in this subsection are separate fees from the permit fees specified in Section 104.5. Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the rate shown in Table 104.5. 104.3.3 Information on Plans and Specifications. Plans and specifications shall be drawn to scale upon substantial paper or cloth and shall indicate the location, nature, and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that it is in accordance with the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the option to accept plans and specifications electronically, in lieu of on cloth or paper, in whatever format it shall require.

(renumber remaining sections)

104.4 Permit Issuance. The application, plans, and specifications construction documents, and other data filed by an applicant for a permit shall be reviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plans shall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of this jurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws under their jurisdiction. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work described in an application for permit and the plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith are in accordance with the requirements of the code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, and that the fees specified in Section 104.5 have been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issue a permit therefore to the applicant. 104.4.1 Approved Plans or Construction Documents. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues the permit where plans are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications construction documents “APPROVED.” Such approved plans and specifications construction documents shall not be changed, modified, or altered without authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be done in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a system before the entire plans and specifications construction documents for the whole system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed in accordance with pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit shall be permitted to proceed at the holder’s risk without assurance that the permit for the entire building, structure, or system will be granted. 104.4.2 Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans and specifications construction documents shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, a violation of the provisions of this code or other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. The issuance of a permit based upon plans, specifications, or other data shall not prevent the Authority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans, specifications, and other data or from preventing building operations being carried on thereunder where in violation of this code or of other ordinances of this jurisdiction. 104.4.3 Expiration. A permit issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void where the work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit, or where the work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at a time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Before such work is recommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to do so, and the fee therefore shall be one-half the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided no changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and specifications construction documents for such work, and provided further that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded 1 year.

104.4.6 Retention of Plans. One set of approved plans, specifications, construction documents and computations shall be retained by the Authority Having Jurisdiction until final approval of the work is covered therein.

18 One set of approved plans, specifications, construction documents, computations, and manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be returned to the applicant, and said set shall be kept on the site of the building or work at times during which the work authorized thereby is in progress.

205.0 Construction Documents. Plans, specifications, written, graphic, and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the design, location, and physical characteristics of the elements of a project necessary for obtaining a permit.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. The revisions to Sections 103.3, 104.3, 104.3.1, 104.3.2, 104.3.3, 104.4, 104.4.1, 104.4.2, 104.4.3, and 104.4.6 of the USEHC will correlate with the actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 003 (Public Comment 1) in regards to construction documents.

The Committee statement provided by the UPC TC for revising “plans and specifications” to “construction documents” in Item # 003 (Public Comment 1) is as follows: “ This proposed code change updates the administrative requirements by using the proper terminology which is “construction documents,” not “plans and specifications.” The other change is to require a minimum of two sets of documents to be submitted. This is necessary so that the inspection department can have a set for permanent records, while one set is used for field inspections. The requirement is also consistent with the building code which requires a minimum of two sets of plans. The final change relates to the requirement for construction documents to be submitted by a licensed architect or engineer. There is no exception in any state laws that allow an administrative authority to allow a non- licensed individual to prepare construction documents. This corrects the requirement by stipulating that a licensed engineer or architect must prepare construction documents. In addition, construction documents are required to be drawn to scale. This is also required in state law for licensed architects and engineers. With the additionally language in Section 103.2.1, Section 103.2.2 becomes redundant. Hence, it is proposed for deletion. Additionally, Section 103.2.2 is archaic in its requirement for plans to be drawn on paper or cloth. Cloth hasn’t been used in the architectural and engineering profession for more than 40 years. Most plans are prepared on the computer using some form of a computer aided design. Certain building departments are allowing plans to be submitted electronically. By striking Section 103.2.2,” the administrative authority can accept plans and construction documents either electronically or by hard copy.

2. The new definition for “construction documents” will correlate with the actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 003 (Public Comment 1).

The term “construction documents” is referenced in Section 104.4.1, Section 701.2, and Section 701.3 of the USEHC without being defined. The definition assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term.

The Committee statement provided by“ the UPC TC for accepting public comment Item # 003 (Public Comment 1) as amended is as follows: The definition for “construction documents”” is being modified as plans and specifications are commonly used as part of construction documents.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

19 Item # 004 Comment Seq # 003 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 1):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronic Code,” may be cited as such, and will be referred to herein as “this code.”

101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to, use, or maintenance of solar energy hydronic systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy recovery, associated equipment and appliances intended to utilize solar energy for space heating or cooling; water heating; swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar photovoltaic thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humidification.

102.2 Existing Installation. Solar energy and hydronic systems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code shall be permitted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or property has been created by such system. 102.3 Maintenance. Solar energy and hydronic systems, materials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in operating condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of solar energy and hydronic systems. To determine compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a solar energy system and hydronic systems to be reinspected. 102.4 Additions, Alterations, or Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to a solar energy and hydronic system shall conform to that required for a new system without requiring the existing solar energy and hydronic systems to be in accordance with the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary, or overloaded. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existing solar energy and hydronic systems shall comply with the provisions for new construction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Juris- diction. 102.5 Health and Safety. Where compliance with the provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nuisance, or other dangerous or insanitary condition that involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner’s agent shall install such additional solar energy or hydronic systems facilities or shall make such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy. Solar energy and hydronic systems that are a part of a building or structure undergoing a change in use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code that are applicable to the new use or occupancy. 102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the solar energy and hydronic systems of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundation to another, or from one location to another, shall be completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section for new work, except that walls or floors need not be removed during such test where other equivalent means of inspection acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are provided.

104.1 Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, repair, replacement, or remodel a solar energy and hydronic system regulated by this code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or cause the same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for each separate building, structure, or interconnected set of systems.

104.3.1 Plans and Specifications. Plans, engineering calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each application for a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computa-

20 tions, and specifications to be prepared by, and the solar energy system and hydronic systems designed by, an engineer, an architect, or both who shall be licensed by the state to practice as such.

105.1 General. Solar energy and hydronic systems for which a permit is required by this code shall be inspected by the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction. No solar energy system or hydronic system or portion thereof shall be covered, concealed, or put into use until it first has been tested, inspected, and approved as prescribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of material required to permit inspection. Solar energy systems and hydronic systems regulated by this code shall not be connected to the water, the energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 105.2 Required Inspection. New solar energy and hydronic systems work and such portions of existing systems as affected by new work, or changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code and to ensure that the installation and construction of the solar energy system is in accordance with approved plans. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall make the following inspections and other such inspections as necessary. The permittee or the permittee’s authorized agent shall be responsible for the scheduling of such inspections as follows: (1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, and before backfill is put in place. (2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes. (3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of the installation. 105.2.1 Uncovering. Where a solar energy or hydronic system, or part thereof, which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The requirements of this section shall not be considered to prohibit the operation of solar energy or hydronic system equipment installed to replace existing equipment serving an occupied portion of the building in the event a request for inspection of such equipment has been filed with the Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours after such replacement work is completed, and before a portion of such solar energy or a hydronic system is concealed by a permanent portion of the building. 105.3 Testing of Systems. Solar energy systems and hydronic systems shall be tested and approved as required by this code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction’s duly appointed representative. No test or inspection shall be required where a solar energy system, hydronic system or part thereof, is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with a water or drainage system. In cases where it would be impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for minor installations and repairs, the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction shall be permitted to make such inspection as deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has been performed in accordance with the intent of this code. Joints and connections in the solar energy system and hydronic systems shall be gastight and watertight for the pressures required by test. 105.3.1 Defective Systems. An air test shall be used in testing the sanitary condition of the drainage or a solar energy system or hydronic systems of a building premises where there is reason to believe that it has become defective. In buildings or premises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction because of an insanitary condition of the solar energy system or part thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code. 105.4 Connection to Service Utilities. No person shall make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a solar energy system, hydronic systems or equipment regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction. No person shall make connection from a water-supply line nor shall connect to a sewer system regulated by this code and for which a permit is required until approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection of the solar energy system and hydronic systems equipment to the source of energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment.

21 106.6 Authority to Condemn. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction ascertains that a solar energy system or portion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such solar energy system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition. The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective solar energy system or hydronic systems after receiving such notice. Where such solar energy system is systems are to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice.

108.0 Required Service Documents. 108.1 General. Upon completion of installation and prior to receipt of final inspection from the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion, installing contractor shall deliver the following items and place them in the mechanical room for permanent storage and future access as required for service and maintenance. (1) All warranty information for all components used within the system. (2) A concise set of floor plan drawings showing manifold locations. (3) Individual manifold documentation showing to circuit locations in length. (4) A copy of the combustion analysis (where applicable) showing the appliances combustion efficiency at the time of initial commissioning. (5) A concise set of mechanical drawings showing the physical location of all major components within the mechanical room. This shall include the model numbers and manufacturers names of all major components used in the construction of the system. (6) A sequence of normal operation and emergency shutdown procedures. (7) Contact information titled “In Case of Emergency” with service agent of records contact information. (8) Service record.

TABLE 104.5 2 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM PERMIT FEES

Permit Issuance 1. For issuing each permit ...... 1______2. For issuing each supplemental permit ...... 1______

Unit Fee Schedule (in addition to items 1 and item 2 above) 1. For Collectors (including related piping and regulating devices): Up to 1000 square feet ...... 1______Between 1001 and 2000 square feet ...... 1______More than 2000 square feet, $5.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 square feet or fraction thereof over 2000 square feet ...... 1______2. For Storage Tanks (including related piping and regulating devices): Up to 750 gallons ...... 1______Between 751 gallons and 2000 gallons...... 1______Exceeding 2000 gallons, $3.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 or fraction thereof exceeding 2000 gallons ...... 1______3. For Rock Storage: Up to 1500 cubic feet ...... 1______Between 1501 and 3000 cubic feet ...... 1______More than 3000 cubic feet, $3.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 cubic feet or fraction thereof over 3000 cubic feet ...... 1______

22 4. Boilers, Water heaters, Compressors, and Absorption Systems For the installation or relocation of each boiler, Water heater or compressor, up to and including 3 horsepower (hp), or each absorption system up to and including 100,000 Btu/h ...... 1______For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 3 horsepower (hp), up to and including 15 horsepower (hp), or each absorption system exceeding 100,000 Btu/h and including 50, 000 Btu/h ...... 1______For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 15 horsepower (hp), up to and including 30 horsepower (hp), or each absorption system exceeding 500,000 Btu/h, up to and including 1,000,000 Btu/h ...... 1______For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 30 horsepower (hp), up to and including 50 horsepower (hp), or for each absorption system exceeding 1,000,000 Btu/h, up to and including 1,750,000 Btu/h...... 1______For the installation or relocation of each boiler, water heater or compressor exceeding 50 Horsepower (hp), or each absorption system exceeding 1,750,000 Btu/h ...... 1______45. For each appliance or piece of equipment regulated by this code for which no fee is listed...... 1______

Other Inspections and Fees 1. Inspections outside of normal business hours ...... 1______2. Reinspection Fee ...... 1______3. Inspections for which no fee is specifically indicated ...... 1______4. Additional plan review required by changes, additions, or 1 1 revisions to approved plans (minimum charge - ⁄2 hour) ...... ______5. Plan Check Fee: Where specific plans are required, a plan check fee shall be charged equal to one-half the total permit fee, excluding the permit issuance fee...... 1______For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, 1 horsepower = 0.746 kW, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3 Notes: 1 Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here. 2 These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the solar energy system or hydronic systems that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes.

205.0 Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.

210.0 Hydronic. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes. Plural use of this term is hydronics. Hydronic System. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes utilizing mechanical systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy recovery, associated equipment and appliances for space heating or cooling; potable water heating; non potable water heating; swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humidification.

23 217.0 Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. The term “hydronics” covers many areas of building conditioning including the heating, cooling, energy recovery and energy distribution of these thermal energies to deliver good comfort utilizing a water based liquid fluid to transport these thermal energies. “Hydronic systems” covers the multitude and myriad of physical equipment assemblies and applications that generate the heating or cooling fluids used in transporting these energies, including solar thermal, fossil fuels, hydrogen fuel cells, water source heat pumps, air source heat pump, gas turbines, and gasoline powered central heating plants. 2. The addition of these terms to Chapter One are done to incorporate all of these technologies under one category instead of having to spell out each individual means manner and method. If it uses a water based fluid for transporting, generating, recovering or moving thermal energy for maintaining comfort conditions for living beings or other processes, it is considered hydronic(s). 3. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron- ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of the proposed code.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons: 1. The scope is in conflict with the ANSI PINS and the IAPMO Regulations Governing Consensus Development document. 2. The proposed revisions are in conflict with the 2015 UMC and 2015 UPC. 3. The proposed language is outside the scope of the USEHC. Boilers, compressors, and absorption systems are within the scope of the UMC. Furthermore, water heaters are within the scope of the UPC. 4. The Committee prefers the proposed text for Item # 001 and Item # 002.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 24) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

210.0 Hydronics. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes or tubing.

SUBSTANTIATION: The new definition for “hydronics” will correlate with actions taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 305. “ The substantiation provided by the UMC is as follows: The term “hydronics” is referenced throughout Chapter” 12 without being defined. The proposed definition assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

24 Item # 005 Comment Seq # 004 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 2):

Harvey Kreitenberg SUBMITTER: Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

203.0 Accessible. Where applied to a device, appliance, or equipment, “accessible” means Hhaving access thereto, but which first may require the removal of an access panel, door, or similar obstruction. Appliance. A device that utilizes an energy source to produce light, heat, power, refrigeration, or air conditioning or apparatus that is designed to utilize energy.

205.0 Combination Temperature and Pressure-Relief Valve. A relief valve that actuates when a set temperature, pressure, or both is reached. Also known as a T&P valve. Condensate. A liquid obtained from condensation of a gas or vapor.

212.0 Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shaped threaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleeves so that they form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubing they connect. Joint, Flanged. One made by bolting together a pair of flanged ends. Joint, Flared.A metal-to-metal compression joint in which a conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is compressed by a flare nut against a mating flare. Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid-tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a positive holding mechanical construction.

214.0 Listing Agency. An agency accredited by an independent and authoritative conformity assessment body to operate a material and product listing and labeling (certification) system and that is accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, which is in the business of listing or labeling. The system includes initial and ongoing product testing, a periodic inspection on current production of listed (certified) products, and that makes available a published report of such listing in which specific information is included that the material or product is in accordance with applicable standards and found safe for use in a specific manner.

218.0 PE. Polyethylene. Polyethylene. PE-AL-PE. Polyethylene-aluminum-polyethylene. PE-RT. Polyethylene of raised temperature. PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene. PEX-AL-PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene-aluminum-cross-linked polyethylene. PVC. Poly (vinyl chloride).

224.0 Valve, Pressure-Relief Device. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relive pressure in excess of it setting, rupture member, or fusible plug designed to automatically relieve excessive pressure.

25 SUBSTANTIATION: The following revisions to the definition correlate this code with the 2015 UPC & 2015 UMC.

New definitions were added to correlate this code with the 2015 UPC & 2015 UMC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 2 and Item # 4) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

203.0 Accepted Engineering Practice. That which conforms to technical or scientific-based principles, tests, or standards that are accepted by the engineering profession.

205.0 Condensate. AThe liquid phase obtained from produced by condensation of a particular gas or vapor.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. The new definition for “accepted engineering practice” will correlate with actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept as amended by the TC” Item # 016. Furthermore, it will correlate with the actions taken by the USPSHTC to “accept as submitted” Item # 004. The term “accepted engineering practice” is addressed in Section 306.1 of the USEHC without being defined. The proposed definition assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term. 2. The revision to the definition for “condensate” will correlate with actions taken by the UMC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 018. “ The Committee statement provided by the ”UMC is as follows: The proposed modification will provide clarity in regards to the definition for “condensate.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

26 Item # 008 Comment Seq # 005 USEHC 2015 – (302.0 – 302.1.2, 302.3 – 302.3.6, 220.0):

Harvey Kreitenberg SUBMITTER: Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

302.0 Materials – Standards and Alternates. 302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall comply with the approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, equipment appurtenances, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. 302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, and each pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly material, and device used in a solar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be permitted acceptable. 302.1.2 Standards. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that will conform to the requirements of this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Where a standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standard that is applicable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included referenced in Table 1201.1.

302.3 Alternative Engineered Design. An alternative engineered design shall comply with the intent of the provisions of this code and shall provide an equivalent level of quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, and safety. Mate- rial, equipment, or components shall be designed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 302.3.1 Permit Application. The registered design professional shall indicate on the design documents that the system, or parts thereof, is an alternative engineered design so that it is noted on the construction permit application. The permit and permanent permit records shall indicate that an alternative engineered design was part of the approved installation. 302.3.2 Technical Data. The registered design professional shall submit sufficient technical data to substantiate the proposed alternative engineered design and to prove that the performance meets the intent of this code. 302.3.3 Design Documents. The registered design professional shall provide two complete sets of signed and sealed design documents for the alternative engineered design for submittal to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The design documents shall include floor plans of the work. Where appropriate, the design documents shall indicate location, sizing, and loading of appurtenances, equipment, appliances, and devices. 302.3.4 Design Approval. An approval of an alternative engineered design shall be at the discretion of the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction. The exercise of this discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyond the jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternative engineered design so approved shall not be considered as in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code for a purpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 302.3.5 Design Review. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require testing of the alternative engineered design in accordance with Section 302.2.1, including the authority to require an independent review of the design documents by a registered design professional selected by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and at the expense of the applicant. 302.3.6 Inspection and Testing. The alternative engineered design shall be tested and inspected in accordance with the submitted testing and inspection plan and the requirements of this code.

220.0 Registered Design Professional. An individual who is registered or licensed by the laws of the state to perform such design work in the jurisdiction.

27 SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 302.1 through Section 302.1.2 are being revised to correlate with the UMC and the UPC for similar provisions. Sections 302.3 through Section 302.3.6 are being added to provide the minimum requirements for alternative engineered design, and to correlate with the UMC and the UPC for similar provisions. 2. A definition for “registered design professional” is being added as it is being referenced in Section 302.3.1 through Section 302.3.3, and Section 302.3.5, without being defined. The proposed definition assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term. Furthermore, the definition will correlate with the definition proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) which was approved by the UMC and UPC Technical Committees.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 5) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe and each pipe fitting, material, and device used in a solar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of a system, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be acceptable. Exception: Markings shall not be required on nipples created from cutting and threading of approved pipe.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 302.1.1 is being revised to correlate with the actions taken by the UMC to “accept as submitted” Item # 042 in regards to marking requirements for nipples cut in the field. “ The Committee statement provided by the UMC TC is as follows: The exception is necessary as ”the current marking requirements are too restrictive and does not take into consideration nipples created from pipe.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, appliances traps, appurtenances, equipment, material, and devices used shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall comply with the approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, appurtenances, or devices used or entering into the construction of a system, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.

28 302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe and each pipe fitting, material, and device used in a solar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of a system, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be acceptable.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed text provides correlation between the UMC and the USEHC and deletes solar energy system as this applies to all systems in the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Jeff Matson, Viega LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

SUBSTANTIATION: The term “solar energy” was left in the revised code, and should be removed as other similar references to “solar energy” have been removed.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 2 in regards to deleting the term “solar energy” from Section 302.1.1.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

29 Item # 014 Comment Seq # 006 USEHC 2015 – (305.6):

Harvey Kreitenberg SUBMITTER: Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

305.6 Condensation Control. Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be insulated where located in areas capable of reaching a surface temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air, and that are located in spaces or areas where condensation is capable of creating a hazard for the building occupants or damage to the structure. Condensate from air washers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appliances, and similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collected and discharged in accordance with the mechanical code.

SUBSTANTIATION: The dew point on piping, tubing, or fittings should be avoided where such piping, tubing, or fittings are located in a location where damage to the structure is capable of occurring. The deposition of condensate may result in absorption or adsorption. If the materials wetted by the condensate are susceptible to water damage, the condensate may cause progressive deterioration. Water may encourage fugal growth which may harm organic building materials and produce spores which are harmful to health. Water may cause dimensional changes in materials such as wood, concrete, ceramic, etc. The surface dew point temperature can be avoided with the installation of insulation or some other approved method such as heat tracing. The proposed language will correlate with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC). However, reference to the mechanical code is also necessary as the disposal of condensate from mechanical equipment, such as air-cooling coils, are within the scope of the mechanical code and not the Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics Code. The mechanical code addresses drain pans, drain pipe, and material provisions which pertain to HVAC equipment such as air- cooling coils.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association (PPFA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

SUBSTANTIATION: The language in Section 305.6 needs to be modified so that both conditions are met before insulation is required, not one or the other.

30 Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

305.6 Condensation Control. Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be insulated where located in areas capable of reaching a surface temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air and located in spaces or areas where condensation is capable of creating a hazard for the building occupants or damage to the structure. Condensate from air washers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appliances, and similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collected and discharged in accordance with the mechanical code.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee believes that there is a need for protection from condensation of piping where condensation is capable of creating a hazard or damage to the structure. The language pertaining to condensate disposal from appliances is being deleted in favor of Item # 032 (Public Comment 10 through Public Comment 13).

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

31 Item # 016 Comment Seq # 007 USEHC 2015 – (306.0 – 306.10):

Harvey Kreitenberg SUBMITTER: Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

306.0 Protection of Structures.402.0 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures. 402.1 306.1 General. Piping installed for a solar thermal system shall be protected in accordance with Section 402.1.1 through Section 402.1.9.1.402.1.1 Under or Through Walls. Piping or tubing passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot liquid piping. Voids around piping or tubing passing through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed. 402.1.3 306.2 Expansion and ContractionInstallation. Piping or tubing in connection with a solar thermal system shall be so installed so that piping, tubing, or connections will not be subject to undue strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. No solar thermal piping or tubing, unless designed and listed for such use, shall be directly embedded in concrete or masonry. No structural member shall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise, as defined in the building code. 402.1.2 306.2.1 Under Concrete Slab. Solar thermal pPiping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized standards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings necessarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping or fittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall not be required to be wrapped. (2) Copper or copper alloy tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall be wrought copper. For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation. 402.1.6 306.3 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where pProtectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in an approved manner. 306.4 Fire-Resistant Construction. Piping penetrations of fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors, floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies, or shaft enclosures shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the building code. 306.2 306.5 Waterproofing of Openings. Joints at the roof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall be made watertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron, or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openings shall be made watertight. 402.1.7 306.6 Plastic and Copper Piping Steel Nail Plates. Plastic and copper or copper alloy piping penetrating framing members to within 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates not less than No. 18 1 gauge (0.0478 inches) (1.2141 mm) in thickness. The steel nail plate shall extend along the framing member not less than 1 ⁄2 inches (38 mm) beyond the outside diameter of the pipe or tubing. 402.1.4 306.7 Sleeves. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete, and masonry walls, and concrete floors. Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored. 402.1.5 306.7.1 Building Loads. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load from building construction. 306.7.2 Exterior Walls. In exterior walls, annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight, as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. A penetration through fire-resistive construction shall be in accordance with Sec- tion 306.4. 306.7.3 Firewalls. A pipe sleeve through a firewall shall have the space around the pipe completely sealed with an approved fire-resistive material in accordance with other codes. 306.1 306.8 Structural IntegrityMembers. A structural member weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise shall be reinforced, repaired, or replaced so as to be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements of the building code. 306.3 306.9 Rodentproofing. Solar thermal, hydronic, and geothermal systems shall be constructed in such a manner as to restrict rodents or vermin from entering a building by following the duct work from the outside into the building.

32 306.9.1 Metal Collars. In or on buildings where openings have been made in walls, floors, or ceilings for the passage of pipes and components, such openings shall be closed and protected by the installation of approved metal collars securely fastened to the adjoining structure. (remaining text unchanged) 306.4 306.10 Protection Against Decay.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 402.0 (Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures) through Section 402.1.7 (Plastic and Copper Pip- ing) are being revised and relocated to Chapter 3 where general provisions that pertain to the entire code are addressed. Furthermore, the revisions will correlate with similar provisions found in the UMC and the UPC. 2. Furthermore, Section 306.0 (Protection of Structures) through Section 306.3 (Rodentproofing) are being revised to correlate with similar provisions found in the UMC and the UPC. 3. Sections 306.4 (Fire-Resistant Construction), 306.7.2 (Exterior Walls, and 306.7.3 (Firewalls) are being added to correlate with the UMC and the UPC to address the minimum requirements for penetration of piping and ducts through fire-resistant construction. 4. The intent of Section 306.6 (Steel Nail Plates) is to minimize the possibility of solar thermal, hydronics, and geothermal piping, ducts or other components in concealed locations from being damaged from the use of nails, screws, or other fasteners. The shield plate will protect the piping where the nails, screws or other fasteners miss the framing member.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 3 and Item # 7) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

306.3 Protectively Coated Pipe. Protectively coated pipe or tubing shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in an approved manner.

205.0 Copper Alloy. A homogenous mixture of two or more metals in which copper is the primary component, such as brass and bronze.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 306.3 is being revised to correlate with the UMC as tubing is commonly used in hydronic systems. 2. The new definition for “copper alloy” added to the USEHC will correlate with actions taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 065. Furthermore, it will correlate with the actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 051 (Public Comment 3). The definition for “copper alloy” is necessary as it is addressed throughout the USEHC without being defined.

“ The substantiation provided by the UMC is as follows: In Section 1109.2, the term “brass” should be modified to “copper alloy” as it is the terminology being used in the industry. Furthermore, the definition for “copper alloy” should be added to maintain uniformity with NFPA 54.” “ The substantiation provided by the UPC is as follows: To maintain uniformity with NFPA, this definition was adopted by the NFPA 54 committee.” Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION: 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE: 22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

33 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

309.2.1 Under Concrete Slab. Piping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized standards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings necessarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping or fittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall not be required to be wrapped. (2) Copper or copper alloy tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall be wrought copper. For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation. 309.3 Protectively Coated Pipe. Protectively coated pipe shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in an approved manner.

311.5 Water Pipes. Water pipes shall not be run or laid in the same trench as building sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building unless both of the following conditions are met: (1) The bottom of the water pipe, at all points, shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the sewer or drain line. (2) The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf excavated at one side of the common trench with a clear horizontal distance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the sewer or drain line. Water pipes crossing sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building shall be laid not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the sewer or drainpipe.

704.4 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures. Piping and tubing passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage in accordance with Section 309.1. Piping and tubing installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be protected in accordance with Section 309.2.1. Piping and tubing shall be installed in accordance with Section 309.2 to provide for expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. An electrically continuous corrosion-resistant tracer wire (not less than AWG 14) or tape shall be buried with the plastic pipe to facilitate locating. One end shall be brought aboveground at a building wall or riser.

704.7 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where protectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested in accordance with Section 309.3.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 309.2.1, Section 309.3, and Section 311.5 should be deleted as water piping that is laid in the same trench as a building sewer and piping that is installed under a concrete slab within a building are under the purview of the UPC; and are not applicable to the USEHC. Futhermore, requirements for the installation of piping are already covered under the hydronics and geothermal energy system chapters. This public comment will remove code requirements regarding provisions that are not used in the code.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

34 PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Roger Conarroe, Elysator Engineering AG SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

309.1 General. Piping or tubing passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot liquid piping. Voids around piping or tubing passing through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed. 309.1.1 Corrosion Protection. Systems containing water shall maintain an operating pH of not less than 8.2 and not more than 10. Under high-saline operation, where electrical conductivity of fill water is not less than 67 parts per million (ppm) TDS (100 µS/cm) and not more than 1005 ppm TDS (1500 µS/cm), the dissolved oxygen levels shall be not more than 0.02 ppm (0.02 mg/L). Under low-saline operation, where electrical conductivity of water does not exceed 67 ppm TDS (100 µS/cm), the dissolved oxygen levels shall be not more than 0.1 ppm (0.1 mg/L).

SUBSTANTIATION: (Attachments for Item # 016 are included in the substantiation cd represented to the TC)

In the last few decades, water treatment companies have done extensive research and made great strides in understanding how water interacts with its environment in closed-loop hydronic systems. In the last several years, the hydronics industry in Europe has seen a breakthrough where much of this knowledge, once held only by niche spe- cialists, is becoming more mainstream. The results have been significant to the growth of the industry. As contractors have become educated about the composition of system water, they have been able to take preventative measures against corrosion, which makes system components like circulators and boilers efficient and reliable. This helps to encourage new innovation, and improves consumer’s perception of the industry.

The publication of VDI 2035 (Part 2) in August of 2009 was a significant step in this process. It details the causes of corrosion from a theoretical and practical side. Furthermore, it identifies dissolved oxygen, electrical conductivity and pH as being the undisputed major factors that influence corrosion. It also discusses how these factors influence different materials used in hydronic systems, and it gives required values for each of these three factors. Further- more, in November of 2012, the European Committee for Standardization added specifications for water requirements to EN 12828 (Section 4.3.2.1).

Contractors should be made aware of the basic causes of corrosion, primarily oxygen, high conductivity, and improper pH range of system water; and they should be given the resources to learn more about how to control these basic causes of corrosion. This awareness is in the interest of the industry as a whole. Therefore, corrosion protection values should be added to prevent corrosion and the proposed values in Section 309.1.1 are consistent with that of VDI 2035 and EN 12828.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is vague and unenforceable. The provisions are overly restrictive as it seems to not be applicable to all hydronic systems. Furthermore, more public review is required in order to verify the technical contents of the proposed language.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

35 Item # 017 Comment Seq # 008 USEHC 2015 – (307.0 – 307.8):

Harvey Kreitenberg SUBMITTER: Harvey Kreitenberg & Associates

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

307.0 Hangers and Supports. 307.1 Components of Solar Energy SystemGeneral. Piping, tubing, appliances, and appurtenances Components of a solar energy system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 307.2 Material. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe or tubing, and its contents. Piping shall be isolated from incompatible materials. Pipe hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loading conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe hangers and supports with direct contact with piping shall be of approved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization. 307.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping or tubing shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table 307.3.

TABLE 307.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MATERIALS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL 1 Copper Tube and Pipe & Copper Soldered, or Brazed, Threaded, 1 ⁄2 inches and smaller, 6 feet; 2 Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet5 Alloys or Mechanical inches and larger, 10 feet 3 Steel and Brass Pipe for Water Threaded or Welded ⁄4 inch and smaller, 10 feet; 1 Every other floor, not to exceed inch and larger, 12 feet 25 feet5 Schedule 40 PVC and ABS Solvent Cemented All sizes, 4 feet; aAllow for Base and each floor; provide expansion every 30 feet3 mid-story guides; Provide for expansion every 30 feet. Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Steel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction 1 PE-RT Insert and Compression 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1 ⁄4 Base and each floor; provided inches and larger, 4 feet mid-story guides 1 PEX Cold Expansion, Insert and Com- 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1 ⁄4 Base and each floor; provide pression inches and larger, 4 feet mid-story guides 1 Polypropylene (PP) Fusion weld (socket, butt, saddle, 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1 ⁄4 Base and each floor; provide electrofusion), threaded (metal inches and larger, 4 feet mid-story guides threads only), or mechanical

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

307.4 Alignment. Piping or tubing shall be supported in such a manner as to maintain its alignment and prevent sagging. 307.5 Underground Installation. Piping or tubing in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.01. 307.6 Hanger Rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall not be not smaller than those shown in Table 307.6.

36 TABLE 307.6 HANGER ROD SIZES PIPE AND TUBE SIZE ROD SIZE (inches) (inches) 1 3 ⁄2 – 4 ⁄8 1 5 - 8 ⁄2 5 10 - 12 ⁄8 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

307.7 Strength. Hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loading conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe and tube hangers and supports with direct contact with piping or tubing shall be of approved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 307.0 (Hangers and Supports) through Section 307.6 (Hanger Rod Sizes) are being revised to correlate with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) in regards to hangers and support of piping. Language from Section 307.2 (Materials) is being relocated to its own Section 307.7 (Strength) for ease of use of the code. Furthermore, Section 307.8 (Gas Piping) is being added to refer the end user to the mechanical code, for the support gas piping installations, since gas piping is outside the scope of the USEHC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee believes that polyethylene (PE) piping and tubing should be included in Table 307.3 as it is commonly used for geothermal systems.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Mary Kimlinger, Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

307.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping or tubing shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table 307.3, or continuously supported in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: Products currently exist that provide continuous support for piping that are approved for such use. With the use of such products, additional support at the spacing specified in Table 307.3 is not required.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language creates conflicts with the 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) and the Uniform Mechani- cal Code (UMC). Furthermore, the proposed language is redundant to Section 310.1.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Approved continuous piping support does not require the additional support at the spacing specified in Table BEAN:307.3.

37 Item # 019 Comment Seq # 009 USEHC 2015 – (309.2 – 309.2.3, 309.3 – 309.3.2, 601.2):

Jonathan Gemma SUBMITTER: Aztec Solar Inc.

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

309.2 System Requirements. Upon completion Prior to the installation of insulation and startup, the a solar thermal system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight. 309.2.1 Direct (Open Loop) Systems. Direct (Open loop) systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be tested and proved tight under a water pressure not less than the maximum working system design pressure; or for piping systems, other than plastic, by an air test of not less than under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be substituted for the water test. The pressure shall be held for not less than 15 minutes. 309.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual operating conditions. 309.2.32 Indirect (Closed-Loop) Systems. Indirect (Closed-loop) systems or other type pressure systems shall be tested at one-and one-half times maximum designed the operating pressure. Piping shall be tested with water or air except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes. The pressure shall be held for not less than 15 minutes.

601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks. The test pressure for thermal storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068 kPa). 309.3 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.3.1 601.2.1 and Section 309.3.2 601.2.2. 309.3.1 601.2.1 Pressure Type. Pressure-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.2.3309.2.2. 309.3.2 601.2.2 Non-PressureAtmospheric-Type. Atmospheric-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24 hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No thermal storage tank or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 309.2 (System Requirements) has been revised as pressure testing should be done prior to the installation of insulation and system startup since the insulation can conceal leaks, if any. 2. In Section 309.2.1 [Direct (Open-Loop) systems], the provision for air testing is being revised as the 50 psi air test does not apply to plastic piping. Furthermore, plastic piping should not be tested with air as it will fail cata- strophically during testing. All other revisions were done for clarity. 3. Section 309.2.2 is being deleted as testing provisions for open-loop systems are already addressed in Section 309.2.1 [Direct (Open-Loop) systems]. 4. In Section 309.2.2 [Indirect (Closed-Loop) Systems], the testing provisions for closed-loop systems are being revised as a hydrostatic test of one-and one-half times the operating pressure is considered a standard test pressure pressurized systems. Furthermore, plastic piping should not be tested with air as it will fail cata- strophically during testing. All other revisions were done for clarity. 5. Section 601.2 (Test Pressure for Storage Tanks) is being revised for clarity. Currently, provisions pertaining to pressure testing are addressed in Section 309.3.1 (Pressure-Type) and Section 601.2 (Test Pressures for Stor- age Tanks), in which they provide conflicting requirements. The revision will provide clarity to this issue by relo- cating Section 309.3 through Section 309.3.2 to Chapter 6 where provisions for thermal storage are addressed. Furthermore, in Section 309.3.2 (Non-Pressure Type), the title is being revised to “atmospheric tanks” to be consistent with terminology used in the industry.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

38 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The testing pressure is unsuitable for plastic piping since the pressure in a solar thermal system can be unpredi- catable. Furthermore, the provisions do not adequately address the pressure limitations on plastic piping, and may be inconsistent with other industry standards.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Tim Ross, Ross Distribution, Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

504.2 System Requirements. Upon completion, the Prior to the installation of insulation and startup, a solar thermal system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight. 504.2.1 Direct (Open Loop) Systems. Direct (oOpen loop) systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be tested under a water pressure not less than one-and-one-half times the maximum working design operating pressure or 150 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (1034 kPa), whichever is more under which it is to be used. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be substituted for the water test. 504.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual operating conditions. 504.2.3 504.2.2 Indirect (Closed Loop) Systems. Indirect (cClosed loop) systems or other type pressure systems shall be hydrostatically tested at one-and-one-half times maximum designed operating pressure in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes.

601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks. The test pressure for storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068 kPa). 313.5 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 313.5.1 and Section 313.5.2. 313.5.1601.2.1 Pressure Type. Pressure-type sStorage tanks exceeding 15 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (103 kPa) shall be tested in accordance with Section 504.2.3ASME BPVC Section VIII. Pressure-type storage tanks not exceeding 15 psi (103 kPa) shall be hydrostatically tested at one-and-one-half times the maximum design operating pressure. 313.5.2 601.2.2 Non-Pressure Atmospheric-Type. Atmospheric-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24 hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No thermal storage tank or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval.

SUBSTANTIATION: The Technical Committee’s reason for rejecting the proposal was because “it was unsuitable for plastic piping since the pressure in a solar thermal system can be unpredictable.” Therefore, references to plastic pipes have been removed.

However, just like any system, there is always a design pressure. The statement made by the TC that “the pressure is unpredictable” is not entirely true. All systems are designs with a maximum pressure. The maximum pressure that the system can withstand for safe operation is always and must be a known factor. Since the design pressure is a known factor, the system must be tested for one- and one-half times that design pressure for the safe operation of the equipment and the safety of the operator. Furthermore, the proposed testing of one-and one-half times the maximum working pressure is consistent with industry standards and CSA F379.1.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

39 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Robert Bean, Indoor Climate Consultants Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

309.2 System Requirements. Upon completionPrior to the installation of insulation and startup, the a solar thermal system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight.

309.2.1 Open Loop and Closed-Loop Systems. Open loop and closed-loop systems shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In absence of such direction, test shall be at one-and one- half times the maximum operating pressure. The pressure shall be held for not less than 15 minutes. 309.2.1 Open Loop Systems. Open loop systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be tested under a water pressure not less than the maximum working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be substituted for the water test. 504.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual operating conditions. 309.2.3 Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop or other type pressure systems shall be tested at one-and-one-half times maximum designed operating pressure. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes.

601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks. The test pressure for thermal storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068 kPa). 309.3 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.3.1 601.2.1 and Section 309.3.2 601.2.2. 309.3.1 601.2.1 Pressure Type. Pressure-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.2.3309.2.1. 309.3.2 601.2.2 Non-Pressure Atmospheric-Type. Atmospheric-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24 hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No thermal storage tank or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed modification to Section 309.2.2 [Indirect (Closed-Loop) Systems] will prevent manufacturers of piping system from enforcing their own installation requirements.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1 as it addresses similar requirements and provides additional testing requirements that are necessary for the health and safety of the public.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

40 Item # 020 Comment Seq # 010 USEHC 2015 – (310.2.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

310.2.1 Temperature Indicating and Regulating Control Equipment. Temperature indicating and regulating control equipment shall comply with UL 873 or UL 60730-2-9 and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 60730-2-9-2010* Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use-Part 2-9: Particu- Electrical 310.2.1 lar Requirements for Temperature Sensing Controls

Note: UL 60730-2-9 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires products to be listed and labeled. UL 873 or UL 60730-2-9 are the standards that are used to certify these products. UL 873 standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to temperature indicating and regulating control equipment. UL 60730-2-9 is an alternative standard to UL 873.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: No technical justification was provided as to why the standards should be referenced within the code. Furthermore, there is no specific section dealing with/or requiring temperature indicating and regulating control equipment.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

310.2.1 Temperature Indicating and Regulating Control Equipment. Temperature indicating and regulating control equipment shall comply with UL 873 and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

41 Note: UL 873 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires products to be listed and labeled. UL 873 is the standards that is used to certify these products. UL 873 standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to temperature indicating and regulating control equipment. These devices are referenced multiple times in the draft of Chapter 4. The referenced standard is updated to incorporate the most recent revisions.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language does not provide clear direction that is required for the AHJ to enforce this section. No technical justification was provided as to why it is necessary to include temperature indicating and regulating control equipment in the USEHC. Furthermore, the proposed language is unenforceable as the AHJ will not know when or where such equipment is required.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: This comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code requires that equipment, material, and devicesFECTEAU: used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Identifying the applicable safety standard within the body of the code will assist installers and inspectors in determining that the proper equipment for the application has been installed. It will also comply with the statement in Section 302.1 of this code, “applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” The absence of referencing these standards in this code would seem to indicate that temperature indicating and regulating control equipment does not need to be listed to a safety standard. Without identifying the proper standard for listing a product, the user of the code will not know which listed devices are appropriate for the specific application.

42 Item # 024 Comment Seq # 011 USEHC 2015 – (315.1 – 315.3):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

315.0 Safety Devices. 315.1 Pressure Relief Valves General. Solar energythermal, hydronic, or geothermal system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures and temperatures exceeding design limitations with a pressure and temperature relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief devicevalve located so that a section cannot be is not capable of being isolated from a relief device. Pressure and temperature relief valves shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward. 315.2 Pressurized Vessels. Pressurized vessels shall be provided with overpressure protection by means of a listed pressure relief valve installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 315.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping serving a temperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or combination of both shall have no valves, obstructions or means of isolation and be provided with the following: (1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge full size to the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing down. (2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operating temperature of the system and approved for such use. (3) Discharge pipe shall terminate to the floor, waste receptor or to the outdoors. The end of the pipe shall not terminate more than 6 inches (152 mm) above the floor or waste receptor or extend to the outdoors not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and not more than 24 inches (610 mm) aboveground. (4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personal injury or structural damage. (5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. (6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 315.0, Chapter 4, and Chapter 5 have been revised and divided into separate proposals for discus- sionNote: purposes. However, Items # 024, # 027, # 029, # 030, # 034 - # 038, # 041 - # 044, # 046, # 048 - # 053, and # 107 should be viewed as a whole.

The language in Section 315.1 through Section 315.3 will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee. Any heated closed system is capable of developing pressures that exceed its design working pressure. Closed liquid-filled systems can develop high hydrostatic pressures with even slight temperature increases. A system is more likely to be subjected to extreme temperatures and pressures that could cause system failures and the associated hazards. Pressure and temperature relief valves are necessary to prevent injury and property damage that could result from the failure of pressurized vessels and piping. Typical systems involve large complex piping circuits with valve arrangements that greatly increase the likelihood of portions of the piping system being isolated from the over-pressure or over-temperature safety devices. Any portion of a system isolated from the relief valve or valves is unprotected from the danger of excessive pressures and temperatures. To ensure complete protection to all portions of a system, multiple relief valves at different locations in the system may be necessary. Safety or relief valve discharge pipe is designed to direct the discharge to a location where it cannot cause injury or property damage. The

43 material from which the discharge pipe is constructed must be able to withstand such pressures and temperatures, as well as be able to resist the forces developed during discharge that would tend to dislocate the discharge pipe. If a discharge pipe were smaller in its internal cross-sectional area than the safety or relief valve outlet, the resulting restriction would reduce the relieving capacity, thereby adversely affecting the operation of the device. Because the discharge from any safety or relief valve is a threat to both the building and its occupants, each installation must be individually evaluated to prevent the potential discharge from being hazardous.

The sources of information and recommendations for this chapter are included as follows: 1. See the Radiant Panel Association. RPA Guidelines for the design and installation of Radiant Panel Heating and Snow/Ice Melt Systems 2010. Ontario, CA. 2. See Radiant Panel Association: John Siegenthaler and Lawrence Drake. Radiant I Heating and Cooling: Basic Theory and Field Installation 2008. Loveland, CO. 3. See Radiant Panel Association: John Siegenthaler and Lawrence Drake. Radiant II Heating and Cooling: Appli- cation and Design 2008. Loveland, CO. 4. See The Canadian Hydronics Council. The Canadian Hydronics Council Handbook on Hydronic Heating Sys- tems: A design and installation guide for designers, contractors, engineers, architects and regulatory inspectors 2008. Toronto, Canada. 5. See ASHRAE Handbook. HVAC Systems and Equipment 2012. Atlanta, GA. 6. See Vanguard Piping Systems, Inc. Hydronic Radiant Heating Systems: Installation Instructions 2005. Burnaby, BC. 7. See CSA Standard B214-2012. Installation Code for Hydronic Heating Systems. Ontario, Canada. 8. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Expansion Tank Application 2012. Milwaukee, WI. 9. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Air Control Products and Applications 2012. Milwaukee, WI. 10. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Calculating Pump Head 2012. Milwaukee, WI. 11. See Fluid Handling, Inc. Calculating System Flow Requirements 2012. Milwaukee, WI. 12. See National Insulation Association. K-Value, U-Value, C-Value; Understanding the Value in all these Values 2012. Reston, VA. 13. See International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. Uniform Solar Energy Code 2012. Ontario, CA. 14. See International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. Uniform Mechanical Code 2012. Ontario, CA.

Accept as Amended by the TC COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend proposal as follows:

315.1 General. Solar thermal system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures exceeding the design limitations with a pressure relief valve., Hhydronic, or geothermal system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures and temperatures exceeding design limitations with a pressure and temperature relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief valve located so that a section is not capable of being isolated from a relief device. Pressure and temperature relief valves shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

315.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping serving a temperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or combination of both shall have no valves, obstructions or means of isolation and be provided with the following: (1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge full size to the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing down. (2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operating temperature of the system and approved for such use. (3) Discharge pipe shall discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) and not less than terminate to the floor, waste receptor or to the outdoors. The end of the pipe shall not terminate more than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downwards floor or waste receptor or extend to the outdoors not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and not more than 24 inches (610 mm) aboveground.

44 (4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personal injury or structural damage. (5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. (6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 315.1 is being modified since solar thermal systems commonly utilize pressure relief valves. The inclusion of a temperature and pressure relief valve can lead to unnecessary service in cases where stagnation occurs. Fur- thermore, Section 315.3(3) is being modified to be consistent with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC).

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 11) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

315.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping serving a temperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or combination of both shall have no valves, obstructions or means of isolation and be provided with the following: (1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge full size to the flood level of the area receiving the discharge and pointing down. (2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operating temperature of the system and approved for such use. (3) Discharge pipe shall discharge independently by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downwards. (4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personal injury or structural damage. (5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped or subject to freezing. (6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded. (7) Discharge from a relief valve into a water heater pan shall be prohibited.

SUBSTANTIATION: The revision to Section 315.3 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 207.03. The Committee Statement: “ provided by the UPC TC for accepting the public comment Item # 207.03 as amended is as follows The proposed modification will clarify the intent of the section in regards” to the discharge pipe that should run independently and prohibits relief valve discharge into a water heater pan.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

45 Item # 027 Comment Seq # 012 USEHC 2015 – (317.0 – 317.14, 701.2):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

408.0 317.0 Valves. 408.1 317.1 General. Valves shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system. Valves and shall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium and piping material. Valves shall be approved for the installation with the piping materials to be installed. 408.3 Shutoff Valves. A shutoff valve shall be installed in the following locations: (1) On the supply line to each appliance, equipment, or pressure vessel. (2) On a nondiaphragm-type expansion tank. 317.2 Where Required. Valves shall be installed in a solar thermal, hydronic, or geothermal system in accordance with Sec- tion 317.3 through Section 317.14. 317.3 Heat Exchanger. Isolation valves shall be installed on the supply and return side of the heat exchanger. 317.4 Pressure Vessels. Isolation valves shall be installed on connections to pressure vessels. 317.5 Pressure Reducing Valves. Isolation valves shall be installed on both sides of a pressure reducing valve. 317.6 Equipment, Components, and Appliances. Serviceable equipment, components, and appliances within the system shall have isolation valves installed upstream and downstream of such devices. 317.7 Expansion Tanks. Isolation valves shall be installed at connections to non-diaphragm-type expansion tanks. 408.4 317.8 Flow Balancing Valves. Where flow bBalancing valves are installed, such valves shall be capable of increasing or decreasing the amount of flow by means of adjustment permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution. 408.4.1 317.8.1 Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors. 408.4.2 Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of a bronze body with a brass ball, plastic, or other types compatible with the heat transfer medium. 408.4.3 Marking. Final settings shall be marked on each balancing valve in an approved manner. 408.6 317.9 Control Valves. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems. An approved electric control valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation of automatic control valves shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions. 317.9.1 Mixing or Temperature Control Valves. Where mixing or temperature control valves are installed, such valves shall be capable of obtaining the design water temperature and design flow requirements. 408.7 317.10 Check Valves Thermosiphoning. An approved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transfer piping to control thermosiphoning of heated liquids where the system design is capable of allowing reverse thermosiphoning of heated liquids into the collector array. 317.11 Air Removal Device or Air Vents. Isolation valves shall be installed where air removal devices or automatic air vents are utilized to permit cleaning, inspection, or repair without shutting the system down. (remaining text unchanged) 408.9 317.12 Closed Loop Systems. (remaining text unchanged) 408.2 317.13 Fullway Valves. (remaining text unchanged) 408.5 317.14 Accessible.

(renumber remaining sections)

408.8 701.2 Automatic Air Vents. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal system in accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. All valve provisions under Section 408.0 (Valves) are being relocated to Chapter 3 where all general provisions are addressed. Section 317.1 (General), Section 317.8 (Flow Balancing Valves), and Section 317.10 (Ther-

46 mosiphoning) are being revised to correlate with similar provisions proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee. 2. Section 408.3 (Shutoff Valves) is being reformatted into new Sections 317.6 (Equipment, Components, and Appliances) and 317.7 (Expansion Tanks) for ease of use and to correlate with similar provisions proposed for the UMC, which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee. 3. Section 317.2 (Where Required), Sections 317.3 (Heat Exchanger) through 317.5 (Pressure Reducing Valves), 317.91.1 (Mixing or Temperature Control Valves), and Section 317.11 (Air Removal Device or Air Vents) are being added to correlate with similar provisions proposed for the 2015 UMC, which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee. Isolation valves are necessary in solar thermal, hydronic, and geothermal systems so that major components can be isolated from the system to accommodate servicing as well as protecting the components when pressure testing is required. Valves must be located on the supply and return piping so that the component or group of components may be separated from the rest of the system when servicing is required. Valves are also used to take system components out of service temporarily. Isolation valves should be installed to allow the isolation of any device or component that will require servicing, repair, or replacement at regular intervals. Draining a water solar thermal or hydronic system causes air to enter the system, and will require that fresh water be introduced to refill the system. The time-consuming process of purging and bleeding air from the system and the corrosion problems associated with new water make it desirable to avoid system draining whenever possible. In order to change the tank air charge pressure it is necessary to isolate the tank circuit from the main system piping. A high quality, gate type, lock-shield valve (isolation valve) must be used for this purpose. 4. Section 408.8 (Automatic Air Vents) is being relocated to Section 701.2 since it only applies to solar thermal systems.

Accept as Amended by the TC COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend proposal as follows:

701.2 Automatic Air Vents. Where installed, aAutomatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal system in accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The term “where installed” should be added to Section 701.2 to clarify that automatic air vents are not installed in all solar thermal systems.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Robert Bean, Indoor Climate Consultants Inc./Rep. Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

317.7 Expansion Tanks. Isolation valves shall be installed at connections to non-diaphragm-type expansion tanks. Shutoff devices shall be installed at connections to expansion tanks. The shutoff devices shall remain open during operation of the heating system. Where the shut-off device has a handle, the handle shall be removed or locked in the open position.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed modification will provide consistency with CSA B214 [Section 7.2(b)] “ Installation Code for Hydronic ” Systems.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

47 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is redundant as Section 406.2 and Section 406.3 already requires shutoff devices to remain open during operation of the heating system. Furthermore, Section 406.2 and Section 406.3 already require handles to be removed or locked in the open position when a shutoff device has a handle.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

48 Item # 032 Comment Seq # 013 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 3, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS

301.0 General. Where permits are required, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require contractors, installers, or service technicians to demonstrate competency. Where determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the contractor, installer, or service technician shall be licensed to perform such work. 301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the general requirements for the installation, design, construction, and repair of a solar energy system. This chapter covers general requirements for heating sources and systems such as conventional boilers, solar, geothermal, and miscellaneous heat-producing equipment and their distribution systems. Such equipment shall conform to the requirements of this code. Equipment shall not be installed or altered in violation of this code, nor shall the fuel input rate to equipment be increased in excess of the approved British thermal unit per hour (Btu/h) (kW) rating at the altitude where it is being used. Defective material or parts shall be replaced in such a manner as not to invalidate an approval.

302.0 Materials – Standards and Alternates. 302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system hydronic systems shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, equipment, or devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy hydronic systems, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.

303.0 Labeling. 303.1 302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe, pipe fitting, appliance, equipment, assembly, and device used in a solar energy hydronic system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, the product shall be marked with the weight and the quality of the product. Materials and devices used or entering into the construction of solar energy systems, or parts thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field markings shall not be permitted. 303.2 Fuel-Burning Appliances. Fuel-burning heating appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The manufacturer’s name. (2) The approved fuel input rating of the appliance, expressed in Btu/h (kW). (3) The model and serial number. (4) Instructions for the lighting, operation, and shutdown of the appliance. (5) The type of fuel approved for use with the appliance. (6) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards. (7) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. 303.3 Electric Heating Appliances. Electric heating appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (2) The catalog (model) number or equivalent. (3) The electrical rating in volts, amperes (or watts), and for other than single phase, the number of phases.

49 (4) The output rating in Btu/h (kW). (5) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each field-replaceable electrical component. (6) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of equipment with recognized standards. (7) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. . 303.4 Heat Pump and Electric Cooling Appliances Heat pumps and electric cooling appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (2) The catalog model nomenclature. (3) The amount and type of refrigerant. (4) The factory test pressures or pressures applied. (5) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, and for other than single phase, the number of phases. (6) The output rating in Btu/h (kW). (7) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each field replaceable electrical component. (8) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards. (9) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. 303.5 Operating Instructions. A complete set of installation instructions, including required clearances from combustible other than mounting or adjacent surfaces, and temperature rating of field-installed wiring connections exceeding 140°F (60°C) shall be furnished by the installer for each installation.

302.1.2 304.0 Standards. 304.1 General. Standards listed or referred to in this chapter or other chapters cover materials that conform to the requirements of this code, where used in accordance with the limitations imposed in this or other chapters thereof and their listing. Where a standard covers materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configurations, the portion of the listed standard that is applicable shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the Authority Having Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has been satisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted solar energy system plumbing material standards is included referenced in Table 1201.1 1301.1.

302.1.3 305.0 Existing Buildings. 305.1 General. In existing buildings or premises in which solar energy system hydronic systems installations are to be altered, repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit deviation from the provisions of this code, provided that such proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determination in order that health and safety requirements, as they pertain to solar energy systems, shall be observed.

302.2 306.0 Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction Equivalency. 306.1 General. Nothing in this code is intended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire-resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed by this code. Technical documentation shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to approve or disapprove the system, method, or device for the intended purpose. However, the exercise of this discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyond the jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternate material or method of construction so approved shall not be considered as in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code for a purpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction where the submitted data does not prove equivalency. 302.2.1 306.2 Testing. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests, as proof of equivalency. 302.2.1.1 306.2.1 Tests. Tests shall be made in accordance with approved or applicable standards, by an approved testing agency at the expense of the applicant. In the absence of such standards, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to specify the test procedure. 302.2.1.2 306.2.2 Request by Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests to be made or repeated where there is reason to believe that a material or device no longer is in accordance with the requirements on which its approval was based.

50 302.3 307.0 Flood Hazard Areas. 307.1 General. Solar energy Hydronic systems and components shall be located above the elevation in accordance with the building code for utilities and attendant equipment. Where mounted on or located in a building, solar energy hydronic systems and components shall be located not less than the design flood elevation or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher. Exceptions: (1) Solar energy Hydronic systems that are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation in accordance with the flood-resistant construction requirements of the building code. (2) Tanks and dry storage containment structures that are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood- related and other loads during the design flood, or lesser floods. 302.3.1 307.2 Flood Hazard Areas Subject to High Velocity Wave Action. In flood hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action, solar energy systems and components shall comply with Section 302.3307.0 and shall not be mounted on or penetrate through walls that are intended to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the building code. 302.3.2 307.3 Flood Resistant Materials. Solar energy Hydronic system components installed in flood hazard areas and below the design flood elevation shall be made of flood damage-resistant materials.

303.0 308.0 Structural Design Loads. 303.1 308.1 General. Solar energy Hydronic system components, including building components and attachments, shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following loads in accordance with the building code: (1) Dead loads. (2) Live loads. (3) Snow loads. (4) Wind loads. (5) Seismic loads. (6) Flood loads. (7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temperature changes.

304.0 309.0 Workmanship. 304.1 309.1 Engineering Practices. Design, construction, and workmanship shall comply with accepted engineering practices and shall be of such character as to secure the results sought to be obtained by this code. 304.2 309.2 Concealing Imperfections. It is unlawful to conceal cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials by welding, brazing, or soldering or by using therein or thereon a paint, wax, tar, solvent cement, or other leak-sealing or repair agent. 304.3 309.3 Burred Ends. Burred ends of pipe and tubing shall be reamed to the full bore of the pipe or tube, and chips shall be removed. 304.4 309.4 Installation Practices. Solar energy Hydronic systems shall be installed in a manner that is in accordance with this code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 304.4.1 309.5 On-Site. The installer shall leave the manufacturer’s installation and operating instructions with the system owner.

305.0 310.0 Installation. . 310.1 Installation Practices Mechanical systems shall be installed in a manner in accordance with this code, applicable standards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 310.2 Listed Appliances. Except as otherwise provided in the code, the installation of appliances regulated by this code shall be in accordance with the conditions of listing. The appliance installer shall leave the manufacturer’s installation and operating instructions attached to the appliance. Clearances of listed appliances from combustible materials shall be as specified in the listing or on the rating plate. 310.3 Room Large in Comparison to Size of Equipment. Central-heating furnaces not listed for closet or alcove installation shall be installed in a room or space having a volume not less than 12 times the total volume of the furnace; central-heating boilers not listed for closet or alcove installation shall be installed in a room or space having a volume 16 times the volume of the boiler.

51 Exception: The installation clearances for furnaces and boilers in rooms not large in comparison with the size of the equipment shall be as specified in the appliance listing regardless of whether the enclosure is of combustible or noncombustible materials and shall not be reduced by the protection methods described in Table 310.3(1) or any other method. Where the ceiling height of the room or space exceeds 8 feet (2438 mm), the volume shall be calculated on the basis of an 8 foot (2438 mm) height. 310.4 Unlisted Appliances. Unlisted appliances shall be installed with the standard clearances from combustible construction specified in Table 310.4. Unlisted appliances shall have the standard clearances of Table 310.4 reduced by employing the forms of protection specified in Table 303.3(1). Forms of protection specified in Table 310.3(1) shall be permitted to be utilized to reduce clearances to combustible construction for applicable appliances. 310.5 Anchorage of Appliances. Appliances designed to be fixed in position shall be securely fastened in place in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Supports for appliances shall be designed and constructed to sustain vertical and horizontal loads within the stress limitations specified in the building code. 310.6 Movement. Movement of appliances with casters shall be limited by a restraining device installed in accordance with the connector and appliance manufacturer’s installation instructions. 310.7 Identification of Equipment. Where more than one heating, cooling, ventilating, or refrigerating system is installed on the roof of a building or within a building, it shall be permanently identified as to the area or space served by the equipment. 310.8 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities. Containers, container valves regulating equipment, and appurtenances for the storage and supply of liquefied petroleum gas shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 58. 310.9 Oil-Burning Appliances. The tank, piping, and valves for appliances burning oil shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 31.

311.0 Return Air.

311.1 Source. A heating or cooling air system shall be provided with return air, outside air, or both. A heating or cooling air system regulated by this code and designed to replace required ventilation shall be arranged to discharge into a conditioned space not less than the amount of outside air specified in Chapter 4.

311.2 Air Filters. Air filters shall be installed in a heating, cooling or makeup air system. Such filters shall comply with the standard, Air Filter Units, Test Performance of, that is referenced in Chapter 13, as Class I or II filters. Exception: Systems serving single guest rooms or dwelling units shall not require a listed filter. 311.3 Prohibited Source. Outside or return air for a heating or cooling air system shall not be taken from the following locations: (1) Less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in distance from an appliance vent outlet, a vent opening of a plumbing drainage system, or the discharge outlet of an exhaust fan, unless the outlet is 3 feet (914 mm) above the outside-air inlet. (2) Less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the surface of an abutting public way, driveway, sidewalk, street, alley, or driveway. (3) A hazardous or insanitary location, or a refrigeration machinery room as defined in this code. (4) An area, the volume of which is less than 25 percent of the entire volume served by such system, unless there is a permanent opening to an area the volume of which is equal to 25 percent of the entire volume served. Exception: Such openings where used for a heating or cooling air system in a dwelling unit shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than 50 percent of the required area, provided the balance of the required return air is taken from a room or hall having not less than three doors leading to other rooms served by the furnace. (5) A closet, bathroom, toilet room, or kitchen. (6) Rooms or spaces containing a fuel-burning appliance therein. Where such room or space serves as source of return-air. Exceptions: (1) This shall not apply to fireplaces, fireplace appliances, residential cooking appliances, direct-vent appliances, enclosed furnaces, and domestic-type clothes dryers installed within the room or space. (2) This shall not apply to a gravity-type or listed vented wall heating or cooling air system. (3) This shall not apply to a blower-type heating or cooling air system installed in accordance with the following requirements: (a) Where the return air is taken from a room or space having a volume exceeding 1 cubic foot (0.03 m3) for each 10 Btu/h (0.003 kW) fuel input rating of fuel-burning appliances therein. (b) Not less than 75 percent of the supply air is discharged back into the same room or space. (c) Return-air inlets shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) from an appliance firebox or draft diverter in the same enclosed room or confined space.

311.4 Return-Air Limitations. Return air from one dwelling unit shall not discharge into another dwelling unit through the heating or cooling air system.

52 305.1 312.0 Dissimilar Metals in Closed Loop systems. 312.1 General. Except for necessary valves, where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the point of connection shall be confined to exposed or accessible locations and shall be installed with the use of a copper alloy fitting, nipple, valve or other copper alloy device. In lieu of a copper alloy nipple, the use of an approved plastic lined metal nipple may be used if accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the solar thermal potable water piping connections of a potable water open loop systems.

305.2 313.0 Direction of Flow. 313.1 General. Valves, pipes, and fittings shall be installed in correct relationship to the direction of flow.

305.3 314.0 Changes in Direction. 314.1 General. Changes in direction shall be made by the approved use of fittings, except that changes in direction in copper or other flexible tubing shall be permitted to be made with bends provided that such bends are made with bending equipment according to manufacturers instructions that does not deform or create a loss in the cross-sectional area of the tubing.

315.0 Location. . 315.1 Protection Against Damage Gas utilization appliances in garages and in adjacent spaces that open to the garage and are not part of the living space of a dwelling unit shall be installed so that burners, burner-ignition devices, and all sources of ignition are located not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant. 315.1.1 Physical Damage. Appliances installed in garages, warehouses, or other areas subject to mechanical damage shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind protective barriers or by being elevated or located out of the normal path of vehicles. 315.1.2 Access from the Outside. Where such appliances installed within a garage are enclosed in a separate, approved compartment having access from outside of the garage, such appliances shall be permitted to be installed at floor level, provided the required combustion air is taken from and discharged to the exterior of the garage. [NFPA 54:9.1.10.3]

305.4 316.0 Improper Location. 316.1 General. Solar thermal Hydronic system piping or equipment shall not be located as to interfere with the normal use thereof or with the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities.

305.5 317.0 Attic Installations. 317.1 General. An attic space in which solar energy hydronic system components are installed shall be accessible through an opening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm). [NFPA 54:9.5.1] 305.5 317.1.1 Length of Passageway. Where the height of the passageway is less than 6 feet (1829 mm), the distance from the passageway access to the components shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) measured along the centerline of the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.1] 305.5 317.1.2 Width of Passageway. The passageway shall be unobstructed and shall have solid flooring not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide from the entrance opening to the components. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.2] 305.5 317.1.3 Work Platform. A level working platform not less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) shall be provided in front of the service side of the components. [NFPA 54:9.5.2] 305.5 317.1.4 Lighting and Convenience Outlet. A permanent 120-volt receptacle outlet and a luminaire shall be installed near the appliance. The switch controlling the luminaire shall be located at the entrance to the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.3]

306.0 318.0 Protection of Piping, Materials and Structures. 318.1 Piping Integrity. Piping passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot water piping. Voids around piping passing through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed.

53 318.2 Sleeves for Piping. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floors. Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored. 318.3 Bearing. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load from building construction. 318.4 Sealing. In exterior walls, annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight, as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. A penetration through fire-resistive construction shall be in accordance with the building code and applicable standards referenced in Table 1301.0. 318.5 Through Firewall. A pipe sleeve through a firewall shall have the space around the pipe completely sealed with an approved fire-resistive material in accordance with other codes. 306.1 318.6 Structural Integrity. A structural member weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise shall be reinforced, repaired, or replaced so as to be left in a safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements of the building code. 318.7 Equipment on Roofs. Equipment on roofs shall be designed or enclosed so as to withstand climatic conditions in the areas in which it is installed. Where enclosures are provided, each enclosure shall be of reasonable height, and shall have not less than a 30 inch (762 mm) clearance between the entire service access panel(s) of the equipment and the wall of the enclosure. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.1] 318.8 Roof Support. Roofs on which equipment is to be installed shall be capable of supporting the additional load or shall be reinforced to support the additional load. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.2] 318.9 Corrosion Resistance. Access locks, screws, and bolts shall be of corrosion-resistant material. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.3] 318.10 Roof Drainage and Rails. Equipment shall be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof. Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) between a part of the equipment and the edge of a roof or similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rail, guards, parapets, or other building structures not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.2] 306.2 318.11 Waterproofing of Openings. Joints at the roof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall be made watertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron, or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openings shall be made watertight. 306.3 318.12 Rodentproofing. In or on buildings where openings have been made in walls, floors, or ceilings for the passage of pipes and components, such openings shall be closed and protected by the installation of approved metal collars securely fastened to the adjoining structure. 306.4 318.13 Protection Against Decay. Wood used in the construction of collector or system mounting, and exposed to outdoor conditions shall be pressure-treated with preservative or shall be a naturally durable, decay resistant species of lumber.

307.0 319.0 Hangers and Supports. 307.1 319.1 Components of Solar EnergyHydronic System. Components of a solar energy hydronic system shall be supported in accordance with this code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in accordance with the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction. 307.2 319.2 Material. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe and its contents. Piping shall be isolated from incompatible materials. Pipe hangers and supports shall be of sufficient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loading conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe hangers and supports with direct contact with piping shall be of approved materials that are compatible with the piping and will not cause galvanization. 307.3 319.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those shown in Table 307319.3.

54 TABLE 307319.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MATERIALS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL Cast Lead and Oakum 5 feet, except 10 feet where 10 foot Base and each floor, not to exceed 15 lengths are installed1, 2, 3 feet Compression Gasket Every other joint, unless over 4 feet Base and each floor, not to exceed 15 then support each joint1, 2, 3 feet Cast Iron Hubless Shielded Coupling Every other joint, unless over 4 feet Base and each floor, not to exceed 15 then support each joint1, 2, 3, 4 feet 1 Copper Tube and Pipe Soldered or Brazed 1 ⁄2 inches and smaller, 6 feet; 2 Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet5 inches and larger, 10 feet 3 Steel and Brass Pipe for Threaded or Welded ⁄4 inch and smaller, 10 feet; 1 inch Every other floor, not to exceed 25 feet5 Water and larger, 12 feet Schedule 40 PVC Solvent Cemented Allow for expansion every 30 feet3 Base and each floor; provide mid-story guides; Provide for expansion every 30 feet. 1 CPVC Solvent Cemented 1 inch and smaller, 3 feet; 1 ⁄4 inches Base and each floor; provide mid-story and larger, 4 feet guides Copper Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction Steel & Brass Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction 1 PEX Cold Expansion Insert and 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1 ⁄4 Base and each floor; Compression inches and larger, 4 feet provide mid-story guides 1 PEX-AL-PEX Metal Insert and Metal Com- ⁄2 inch Base and each floor; 3 pression ⁄4 inch All sizes 98 inches provide mid-story guides 1 inch } 1 PE-AL-PE Metal Insert and Metal Com- ⁄2 inch Base and each floor; 3 pression ⁄4 inch All sizes 98 inches provide mid-story guides 1 inch } 1 Polypropylene (PP) Fusion weld (socket, butt, 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1 ⁄4 Base and each floor; saddle, electrofusion) inches and larger, 4 feet provide mid-story guides threaded (metal threads only) or mechanical 1 PERT Insert and Compression 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; 1 ⁄4 Base and each floor; inches and larger, 4 feet provide mid-story guides Notes: 1 Support adjacent to joint, not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm). 2 Brace not to exceed 40 foot (12 192 mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement. 3 Support at each horizontal branch connection. 4 Hangers shall not be placed on the coupling. 5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction, where first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

307.4 319.4 Alignment. Piping shall be supported in such a manner as to maintain its alignment and prevent sagging. 307.5 319.5 Underground Installation. Piping installed in horizontal trenches in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.0. 307.6 319.6 Hanger Rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall not be smaller than those shown in Table 307319.6.

TABLE 307319.6 HANGER ROD SIZES PIPE AND TUBE SIZE ROD SIZE (inches) (inches) 1 3 ⁄2 – 4 ⁄8 1 5 - 8 ⁄2 5 10 - 12 ⁄8 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

55 308.0 320.0 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill. 308.1 320.1 Trenches. Trenches deeper than the footing of a building or structure and paralleling the same shall be not less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) therefrom, or as approved in accordance with Section 302.0. 308.2 320.2 Tunneling and Driving. Tunneling and driving shall be permitted to be done in yards, courts, or driveways of a building site. Where sufficient depth is available to permit, tunnels, they shall be permitted to be used between open-cut trenches. Tunnels shall have a clear height of 2 feet (610 mm) above the pipe and shall be limited in length to one-half the depth of the trench, with a maximum length of 8 feet (2438 mm). Where pipes are driven, the drive pipe shall be not less than one size larger than the pipe to be laid. 308.3 320.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a solar energy hydronic system, or a part thereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until the piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted. 308.4 320.4 Excavations. Excavations shall be completely backfilled as soon after inspection as practicable. Precaution shall be taken to ensure compactness of backfill around piping without damage to such piping. Trenches shall be backfilled in thin layers to 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the piping with clean earth, which shall not contain stones, boulders, cin- derfillcinder fill, frozen earth, construction debris, or other materials that will damage or break the piping or cause corrosive action. Mechanical devices such as bulldozers, graders, etc., shall be permitted to then be used to complete backfill to grade. Fill shall be properly compacted. Precautions shall be taken to ensure permanent stability for pipe laid in filled or made ground. 308.5 Water Pipes. Water pipes shall not be run or laid in the same trench as building sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building unless both of the following conditions are met: (1) The bottom of the water pipe, at all points, shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the sewer or drain line. (2) The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf excavated at one side of the common trench with a clear horizontal distance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the sewer or drain line. Water pipes crossing sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building shall be laid not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the sewer or drainpipe.

309.0 321.0 Testing. 309.1 321.1 Piping. The piping of the solar thermalhydronic system shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer liquid, or as recommended by the manufacturer’s instructions, except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removal of plugs, etc., to ascertain where the pressure has reached all parts of the system. 309.2 321.2 Solar System Requirements. Upon completion, the system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight. 309.2.1 321.2.1 Open Loop Systems. Open loop systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be tested under a water pressure not less than the maximum working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be substituted for the water test. 309.2.2 321.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual operating conditions. 309.2.3 321.2.3 Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop or other type pressure systems shall be tested at one-and-one-half times maximum designed operating pressure. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes.

321.3 Earth Linked Heat Exchanger Requirements: Portions of earth linked loop heat exchangers exposed to freezing conditions shall be protected with an antifreeze solution in accordance with toxicity requirements of this code, equipment manufacturer’s installation instructions, and Section 321.3.1. 321.3.1 Fluid Properties. The fluid used in earth linked heat exchangers shall comply with Sections 321.3.1.1 through 321.3.1.4. 321.3.1.1 Fluid Flash Point. Fluid flash point shall not be less than 194°F (90°C), as determined in accordance with ASTM D92. 321.3.1.2 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD). The five day BOD at 50°F (10°C) shall not exceed 0.2 gram oxygen per gram nor be less than 0.1 gram oxygen per gram. 321.3.1.3 Freezing Point. The fluid freezing point shall comply with section 323.2 and shall not exceed 18°F (-8°C), as determined in accordance with ASTM D1177.

56 321.3.1.4 Toxicity. Fluid toxicity shall not be less than lethal dose fifty (oral acute LD50 for rats) of 5 grams per kilogram. 309.3 321.4 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309.3321.4.1 and Section 309.3321.4.2. 309.3.1 321.4.1 Pressure Type. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 309321.2.3. 309.3.2 321.4.2 Non-Pressure Type. Storage tanks shall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24 hours prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without leaking. No tank or portion thereof shall be covered or concealed prior to approval.

322.0 Heat Transfer Fluids. 322.1 Antifreeze. Heat-transfer fluid shall contain antifreeze where required to prevent freezing. Antifreeze for heat-transfer fluid shall be ethanol, propylene glycol, and methanol. Where ground-source heat pump systems are installed, potassium acetate shall not be used for antifreeze. 322.2 Freeze Protection. The heat-transfer fluid shall provide freeze protection to at least 9°F (-13°C) below the lowest anticipated loop-design temperature. 322.3 Corrosion Inhibitors. Heat-transfer fluid shall contain corrosion inhibitors approved by the authority having jurisdiction and shall be compatible with all components located within the system.

323.0 Makeup Water. A direct connection to the potable water supply system shall not be used on hydronic systems requiring the use of an antifreeze solution.

323.1 Fill Pressure. Hydronic system fill pressures shall be maintained by pumping the fluid out of a glycol/antifreeze holding tank into the closed loop distribution system when the system drops below the required minimum fill pressure.

323.2 Low Water Cut Off. The glycol/antifreeze makeup assembly shall include a low water cut off and audible alarm to be activated in the event of total system fluid loss resulting in an empty glycol/antifreeze reservoir.

324.0 Air Elimination . 324.1 Provision shall be made to allow for the initial and continual removal of air by installing an air elimination device. . 324.2 Isolation valves and hose bibs shall be installed so initial air can be purged during fill up or after servicing.

325.0 Expansion Tanks 325.1. Pressurized closed-loop systems shall require expansion tanks. Exception: Standing column flooded volute pumping system using an open to atmosphere system shall be exempt.

310.0 326.0 Electrical. 310.1 326.1 Wiring. Electrical connections, wiring, and devices shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70. Electrical equipment, appliances, and devices installed in areas that contain flammable vapors or dusts shall be of a type approved for such environment. 310.2 326.2 Controls. Required electrical, mechanical, safety, and operating controls shall be listed or labeled by a listing agency. Electrical controls shall be of such design and construction as to be suitable for installation in the environment in which they are located.

311.0 327.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste. 311.1 327.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person to cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of liquid wastes, heat transfer medium, or other solaranti-freeze or heat transfer thermal liquids, in a place or manner, except through and by means of an approved drainage system installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this code. Waste fluids from a solar thermal hydronic system that is deleterious to surface or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground or into a waterway. 311.2 327.2 Connections to Drainage System Required. Receptors, drains, appurtenances, and appliances, used to receive or discharge liquid wastes, shall be connected to the drainage system of the building or premises in accordance with the requirements of this code.

328.0 Condensate Wastes and Control. 328.1 Condensate Disposal. Condensate from air washers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appliances, and the overflow from evaporative coolers and similar water supplied equipment or similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collected

57 and discharged to an approved plumbing fixture or disposal area. Where discharged into the drainage system, equipment shall 1 drain by means of an indirect waste pipe. The waste pipe shall have a slope of not less than ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope and shall be of approved corrosion- resistant material not smaller than the outlet size in accordance with the man- ufactures installation instructions. Condensate or wastewater shall not drain over a public way. 328.2 Condensate Control. Where a cooling coil or cooling unit is located in an attic or furred space where damage is capable of resulting from condensate overflow, an additional watertight pan of corrosion-resistant metal shall be installed beneath the cooling coil or unit top to catch the overflow condensate due to a clogged primary condensate drain, or one pan with a standing overflow and a separate secondary drain shall be permitted to be provided in lieu of the secondary drain pan. The additional 3 pan or the standing overflow shall be provided with a drain pipe, not less than ⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) nominal pipe size, discharging at a point that is readily observed. This requirement is in addition to the requirements in Section 330.3.3 and Section 330.4. 328.3 Condensate Waste Sizing. Condensate waste pipes from air-cooling coils shall be sized in accordance with equipment capacity as specified in Table 330.3. The size of condensate waste pipes is for one unit or a combination of units, or as recommended by the manufacturer. The capacity of waste pipes assumes a 1⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope, with the pipe running three quarters full at the following conditions: Condensate drain sizing for other slopes or other conditions shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 328.4 Condensate Neutralization of Combustion Related Condensation. All condensation associated with the combustion of gaseous fuels shall be required to have a replaceable or serviceable condensate neutralization unit to raise the pH of the discharged fluids to at least a pH of 7.0 or greater. The neutralizer shall be located and placed in such a manner that the neu- tralizing media checking, testing and replacement are conducive to the proper neutralization of all fluids being received. Com- bination safety device relief wastes and condensate waste shall not be allowed. Individually sized, separately run drain lines must be installed. All piping prior to the condensate pH neutralization unit shall be compatible with the acidic nature of the fluid being drained. 328.5 Fuel-Burning Appliance Condensate Drains. Condensate drain lines from individual fuel-burning condensing appliances shall be sized as required by the manufacturer’s instructions. Condensate drain lines serving more than one appliance shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. 328.6 Condensate Waste. Where the condensate waste from air-conditioning coils discharges by direct connection to a lavatory tailpiece or to an approved accessible inlet on a bathtub overflow, the connection shall be located in the area controlled by the same person controlling the air-conditioned space. 328.7 Point of Discharge. Air-conditioning condensate waste pipes shall connect indirectly to the drainage system through an air-gap or air-break to properly trapped and vented receptors, dry wells, leach pits, or the tailpiece of plumbing fixtures.

. 329.0 Plastic to Metal Transition Fittings 329.1 General. Female PVC screwed fittings shall be used with plastic male fittings and plastic male threads. Transitions from metal to plastic or plastic to metal shall be performed with a female metal adapter to receive the male plastic adapter in order to contain the typically high coefficients of expansion associated with plastic materials.

312.0 330.0 Location. 312.1 330.1 System. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no solar energy hydronic system, or parts thereof shall be located in a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities. 312.2 330.2 Ownership. No subdivision, sale, or transfer of ownership of existing property shall be made in such manner that the area, clearance, and access requirements of this code are decreased.

313.0 331.0 Abandonment. 313.1 331.1 General. An abandoned solar thermal hydronic system or part thereof shall be disconnected from remaining systems, drained, plugged, and capped in an approved manner. 313.2 331.2 Storage Tank. An underground water storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from use inas a solar thermal systemstorage shall be completely drained and filled with earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removed in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

314.0 332.0 Safety Requirements. 314.1 332.1 Welding. Welding shall be done by approved welders in accordance with nationally recognized standards. Such welding shall be subject to the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

58 314.2 332.2 Spark or Flame. Solar energy system equipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flammable vapors shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors, controllers, or switches are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant. 314.3 332.3 Hazardous Heat Energy-Transfer Mediums. Hazardous heat- energy transfer mediums shall comply with Section 314333.3.1 and Section 314333.3.2. 314.3.1 332.3.1 Approval. Heat-transfer mediums that are hazardous shall not be used in solar thermal hydronic systems, except with prior approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 314.3.2 332.3.2 Flash Points. The flash point of a heat-transfer medium shall be: (1) Not less than 50°F (10°C) above the design maximum nonoperating non-operating temperature and as high as the maximum stagnation temperature of the medium in the system. (2) Not less than 50°F (10°C) above the design maximum operating temperature and exceeding the maximum stagnation temperature minus 200°F (93°C) of the medium in the system. 314.4 332.3.3 Discharge. The collector, collector manifold, and manifold relief valve from a system shall not discharge directly or indirectly into the building or toward an open flame or other source of ignition.

315.0 333.0 Safety Devices. 315.1 333.1 Pressure Relief Valves. Solar thermal Hydronic system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures exceeding design limitations with a pressure relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a relief device located so that a section cannot be isolated from a relief device. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward. 315.2 333.2 Vacuum Relief Valves. The solar energy system components that are subjected to a vacuum while in operation or during shutdown shall be protected with vacuum relief valves. Where the piping configuration, equipment location, and valve outlets are located below the storage tank elevation the system shall be equipped with a vacuum relief valve at the highest point. 315.3 333.3 Space Heating. Where a combination potable water heating and space heating system requires water for space heating at temperatures higher than 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall be provided to limit the water supplied to the potable hot water distribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less.

316.0 334.0 Protection of System Components. 316.1 334.1 Materials. Solar thermal Hydronic system components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved compatible for such use. Solar thermal Hydronic system components, installed outdoors and subject to sunlight, shall be resistant to protected from UV radiation degradation. 316.2 334.2 Corrosion. Solar thermal Hydronic systems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner. Metal parts exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corrosion-resistant material. 316.3 334.3 Mechanical Damage. Portions of a solar energy hydronic system installed where subjected to mechanical damage shall be guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle.

317.0 335.0 Duct Work. 317.1 335.1 General. Solar thermal Hydronic system ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanicalChapter 10 of this code.

318.0 336.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe. 318.1 336.1 General. Iron, steel, brass copper alloys, and copper pipe shall be standard-weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe.

319.0 337.0 Other Systems. 319.1 337.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunction with solar energy hydronic systems for the purpose of domestic hot water, comfort cooling or heating, swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall comply with applicable codes.

59 338.0 Service and Access to Equipment and Appliances. 338.1 General. Equipment and appliances shall be accessible for inspection, service, repair, and replacement without removing permanent construction. Clearance shall be maintained to: (1) Clean heating surfaces. (2) Replace filters, blowers, motors, burners, controls, and vent connections. (3) Lubricate moving parts. (4) Adjust and clean burners, pilots, and the proper functioning of explosion vents, where provided. [NFPA 54:9.2.1] Unless otherwise specified, not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in depth, width, and height of working space shall be provided. Exception: Unit heaters and room heaters shall be permitted to be installed with an 18 inches (457 mm) minimum depth working space. A platform shall not be required for unit heaters or room heaters. The operating instructions shall be attached to the appliance where they are capable of being read easily. 338.2 Access to Equipment and Appliances on Roofs. Appliances located on roofs or other elevated locations shall be accessible. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.1] . 338.2.1 Access from Inside Buildings exceeding 15 feet (4572 mm) in height shall have an inside means of access to the roof, unless other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are used. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.2] . 338.2.1.1 Door or Scuttle The inside means of access shall be a permanent or foldaway inside stairway or ladder, terminating in an enclosure, scuttle, or trap door. Such scuttles or trap doors shall be not less than 22 inches by 24 inches (559 mm by 610 mm) in size, shall open easily and safely under all conditions, especially snow, and shall be constructed so as to permit access on the inside. Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be between the access opening and the edge of the roof or similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rails or guards not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side. Where parapets or other building structures are utilized in lieu of guards or rails, they shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.3] 338.2.1.2 Permanent Ladders. Permanent ladders required by Section 338.2.1.1 shall be constructed in accordance with the following: (1) Have side railings which extend not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the roof or parapet wall. (2) Landings shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm) apart measured from the finished grade. (3) Width shall be not less than 14 inches (356 mm) on center. (4) Rungs shall not exceed 14 inches (356 mm) on center. (5) Toe space shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm). 338.2.2 Permanent Lighting. Permanent lighting shall be provided at the roof access. The switch for such lighting shall be located inside the building near the access means leading to the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.4] 338.2.3 Standing Water. Where water stands on the roof at the equipment, in the passageways to the equipment, where the roof is of a design having a water seal, a platform, walkway, or both shall be provided above the waterline. Such platform(s) or walkway(s) shall be located adjacent to the equipment and control panels so that the equipment is capable of being safely serviced where water stands on the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.4]

339.0 Pools. . 339.1 Pool Heaters Pool heaters shall be equipped with a readily accessible ON/OFF switch to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting the thermostat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gas shall not have continuously burning pilot lights. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.1]

60 TABLE 310.3(1) 1, 2 CLEARANCES, IN INCHES, WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION

TYPE OF 4 PROTECTION WHERE THE STANDARD CLEARANCE IN TABLE 303.4 WITH NO PROTECTION IS: Applied to the Com- bustible Material Unless Otherwise Specified and Covering All Surfaces 36 (inches) 18 (inches) 12 (inches) 9 (inches) 6 (inches) within the Distance Specified as the Required Clearance with SIDES CHIMNEY SIDES CHIMNEY SIDES CHIMNEY SIDES CHIMNEY No Protection (Thick- ABOVE AND OR VENT ABOVE AND OR VENT ABOVE AND OR VENT ABOVE AND OR VENT nesses Are Minimum) REAR CONNECTOR REAR CONNECTOR REAR CONNECTOR REAR CONNECTOR 1 (a) ⁄4 of an inch insulating millboard 30 18 30 15 9 12 9 6 6 3 2 3 spaced out 1 inch3 (b) 0.013 inch (No. 28 manufacturer’s standard gauge) steel 24 18 24 12 9 12 9 6 4 3 2 2 1 sheet on ⁄4 of an inch insulating millboard (c) 0.013 inch (No. 28 manufacturer’s standard gauge) steel 18 12 18 9 6 9 6 4 4 2 2 2 sheet spaced out 1 inch3 (d) 0.013 inch (No. 28 manufacturer’s standard gauge) steel 1 18 12 18 9 6 9 6 4 4 2 2 2 sheet on ⁄8 of an inch insulating millboard spaced out 1 inch3 1 (e) 1 ⁄2 inch insulating cement covering 18 12 36 9 6 18 6 4 9 2 1 6 on heating appliance 1 (f) ⁄4 of an inch insulating millboard on 1 inch mineral fiber 18 12 18 6 6 6 4 4 4 2 2 2 batts reinforced with wire mesh or equivalent (g) 0.027 inch (No. 22 manufacturer’s standard gauge) steel sheet on 1 inch min- 18 12 12 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 eral fiber batts reinforced with wire or equivalent 1 (h) ⁄4 of an inch insu- 36 36 36 18 18 18 12 12 9 4 4 4 lating millboard For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 For appliances complying with Section 303.3 and Section 303.4. 2 Except for the protection described in (e), clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the appliance to the combustible material, disregarding an intervening protection applied to the combustible material. 3 Spacers shall be of noncombustible material. 4 Insulating millboard is a factory-made product formed of noncombustible materials, normally fibers, and having a thermal conductivity of 1 British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree Fahrenheit [Btu•in/(h•ft2•°F)] [0.1 W/(m•K)] or less.

61 Notes: 1 Dimension shall be not less than the required clearance with no protection set forth in Table 310.4 and Table 310.3(2) and in section applying to various types of appliances. 2 Dimension shall be not less than the reduced clearance set forth in Table 303.3(1). 3 Dimension shall be not less than the clearance required for dimension A.

FIGURE 310.3 EXTENT OF PROTECTION REQUIRED TO REDUCE CLEARANCES FROM APPLIANCE, CHIMNEY, OR VENT CONNECTORS [NFPA 211: FIGURE 9.5.1.1]

TABLE 310.3(2) CHIMNEY CONNECTOR AND VENT CONNECTOR CLEARANCES FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS [NFPA 211: TABLE 9.5.1.1]

1 MINIMUM CLEARANCE DESCRIPTION OF APPLIANCES (inches) RESIDENTIAL-TYPE APPLIANCES –– 2 SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE CONNECTORS –– Gas appliances without draft hoods 18 Electric, gas, and oil incinerators 18 Oil and solid-fuel appliances 18 Unlisted gas appliances with draft hoods 9 Boilers and furnaces equipped with listed gas burners and with draft hoods3 9 Oil appliances listed as approved for use with Type L venting systems (but only where connected to chimneys) 9 Listed gas appliances with draft hoods 6 TYPE L VENTING SYSTEM PIPING CONNECTORS Gas appliances without draft hoods 9 Electric, gas, and oil incinerators 9 Oil and solid-fuel appliances 9 Unlisted gas appliances with draft hoods 6 Boilers and furnaces equipped with listed gas burners and with draft hoods 6 Oil appliances listed as suitable for use with Type L venting systems4 –– Listed gas appliances with draft hoods5 –– TYPE B GAS VENT PIPING CONNECTORS –– Listed gas appliances with draft hoods5 ––

62 1 MINIMUM CLEARANCE DESCRIPTION OF APPLIANCES (inches) COMMERCIAL-INDUSTRIAL TYPE APPLIANCES –– LOW-HEAT APPLIANCES –– 2 SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE CONNECTORS –– Gas, oil, and solid-fuel boilers, furnaces, and water heaters 18 Ranges, restaurant-type 18 Oil unit heaters 18 Unlisted gas unit heaters 18 Listed gas unit heaters with draft hoods 6 Other low-heat industrial appliances 18 MEDIUM-HEAT APPLIANCES –– 2 SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE CONNECTORS –– All gas, oil, and solid-fuel appliances 36 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 These clearances apply except where the listing of an appliance specifies different clearance, in which case the listed clearance takes precedence. 2 The clearances from connectors to combustible materials shall be permitted to be reduced where the combustible material is protected in accordance with Table 303.3(1). 3 The dimension shall be permitted to be 6 inches (152 mm), provided the maximum flue temperatures entering the draft hood do not exceed 550°F (288°C). 4 Where listed Type L venting system piping is used, the clearance shall be permitted to be in accordance with the venting system listing. 5 Where listed Type B or Type L venting system piping is used, the clearance shall be permitted to be in accordance with the venting system listing.

TABLE 310.4 STANDARD INSTALLATION CLEARANCES IN INCHES FOR UNLISTED HEAT-PRODUCING APPLIANCES APPLIANCE FROM TOP AND ABOVE TOP SIDES OF RESIDENTIAL-TYPE APPLIANCES FUEL FROM FROM FROM OF CASING OR WARM-AIR 1 FRONT BACK SIDES APPLIANCE BONNET OR PLENUM BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS11 Steam Boilers – 15 pounds-force per square inch Automatic Oil or (psi) Comb. Gas-Oil 6 – 24 6 6 Water Boilers – 250°F Water Heaters – 200°F All Automatic Gas 6 – 18 6 6 Water Walled or Jacketed Solid 6 – 48 6 6 FURNACES – CENTRAL; OR HEATERS11 – Automatic Oil or ELECTRIC CENTRAL WARM AIR FURNACES Comb. Gas-Oil 62 24 6 6 6 Gravity, Upflow, Downflow, Horizontal and Duct Automatic Gas 62 62 18 6 6 Warm Air – 250°F max. Solid 183 183 48 18 18 Electric 62 62 18 6 6 FURNACES – FLOOR Automatic Oil or For Mounting in Combustible Floors Comb. Gas-Oil 36 – 12 12 12 Automatic Gas 36 – 12 12 12 HEAT EXCHANGERS Steam – 15 psi max. – 1 1 1 1 1 Hot Water – 250°F max. ROOM HEATERS4 Oil or Solid 36 – 24 12 12 Circulating Type Gas 36 – 24 12 12 Radiant or Other Type Oil or Solid 36 – 36 36 36 Gas 36 – 36 18 18 Gas with double metal or ceramic 36 – 36 12 18 back Fireplace Stove Solid 485 – 54 485 485

63 RADIATORS – 36 – 6 6 6 Steam or Hot Water6 RANGES – COOKING STOVES – Firing Firing Side Side Oil 307 – – 9 24 18 Gas 307 – – 6 6 6 Solid Clay-Lined 307 – – Firepot – – 24 24 18 Solid Unlined Firepot 307 – – 36 36 18 7 Electric 30 6 6 INCINERATORS Domestic Types – 368 – 48 36 36

APPLIANCE

COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL-TYPE APPLIANCES FROM TOP AND 11 FUEL ABOVE TOP OF ANY AND ALL PHYSICAL SIZES EXCEPT AS NOTED SIDES OF WARM- FROM FROM 9 CASING OR 1 9 FROM SIDES AIR BONNET OR FRONT BACK APPLIANCE PLENUM BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS11 100 cubic feet or less All Fuels 18 – 48 18 18 Steam, any pressure 50 psi or less All Fuels 18 – 48 18 18 Any size UNIT HEATERS Steam or Hot Floor Mounted or Suspended – Any Size Water 1 – – 1 1 Suspended – 100 cubic feet or less Oil or Comb. Suspended – 100 cubic feet or less Gas-Oil 6 – 24 18 18 Suspended – Over 100 cubic feet Gas 6 – 18 18 18 All Fuels 18 – 48 18 18 All Fuels 18 – 48 18 18 RANGES – RESTAURANT – TYPE Floor Mounted All Fuels 48 – 48 18 18 OTHER LOW-HEAT INDUSTRIAL APPLI- ANCES – 18 18 48 18 18 Floor Mounted or Suspended BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS Over 50 psi All Fuels 48 – 96 36 36 Over 100 cubic feet OTHER MEDIUM-HEAT INDUSTRIAL Appliances All Fuels 48 36 96 36 36 All Sizes INCINERATORS – All Sizes 48 – 96 36 36 INDUSTRIAL-TYPE HIGH-HEAT APPLIANCES HIGH-HEAT INDUSTRIAL APPLIANCES All Fuels 180 – 360 120 120 All Sizes

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound-force per square inch = 6.8947 kPa, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3, °C = (°F-32)/1.8 Notes: 1 The minimum dimension shall be that necessary for servicing the appliance, including access for cleaning and normal care, tube removal, etc. 2 For a listed oil, combination gas-oil, gas, or electric furnace, this dimension shall be permitted to be 2 inches (51 mm) where the furnace limit control cannot be set exceeding than 250˚F (121°C), or this dimension shall be permitted to be 1 inch (25.4 mm) where the limit control cannot be set exceeding 200˚F (93°C), or the appliance shall be marked to indicate that the outlet air temperature cannot exceed 200˚F (93°C). 3 The dimension shall be permitted to be 6 inches (152 mm) for an automatically stoker-fired forced-warm air furnace equipped with 250˚F (121°C) limit control and with barometric draft control operated by draft intensity and permanently set to limit draft not to exceed intensity of 0.13 inch (3.3 mm) water gauge.

64 4 Unlisted appliances shall be installed on noncombustible floors and shall be permitted to be installed on protected combustible floors. Heating appliances approved for installation on protected combustible flooring shall be so constructed that flame and hot gases do not come in contact with the appliance base. Protection for combustible floors shall consist of 4 inches (102 mm) hollow masonry covered with sheet metal not less than 0.021 of an inch (0.53 mm) thick (No. 24 manufacturer’s standard gauge). Masonry shall be permanently fastened in place in an approved manner with the ends unsealed and joints matched so as to provide free circulation of air through the masonry. Floor protection shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) at the sides and rear of the appliance, except that not less than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be required on the appliance opening side or sides measured horizontally from the edges of the opening. 5 The 48 inch (1219 mm) clearance shall be permitted to be reduced to 36 inches (914 mm) where protection equivalent to that provided by footnote 1 through footnote 7 of Table 303.4 is applied to the combustible construction. 6 Steam pipes and hot water heating pipes shall be installed with a clearance of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) from combustible construction or materials, except that at the points where pipes carrying steam 15 pounds-force per square inch gauge pressure (psig) (103 kPa) or less or hot water that emerge from a floor, wall, or ceiling, the clearance at the opening through the finish floorboards or wall-ceiling boards shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than 1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm). Each such opening shall be covered with a plate of noncombustible material. Such pipes passing through stock shelving shall be covered with not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) of approved insulation. Wood boxes or casings enclosing uninsulated steam or hot water heating pipes or wooden covers to recesses in walls in which such uninsulated pipes are placed shall be lined with metal or insulating millboard. Where the temperature of the boiler piping does not exceed 160˚F (71°C), the provisions of this table shall not apply. Coverings or insulation used on steam or hot water pipes shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system. The insulation or jackets shall be of noncombustible materials, or the insulation or jackets and lap-seal adhesives shall be tested as a composite product. Such composite product shall have a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed rating not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. 7 To combustible material or metal cabinets. Where the underside of such combustible material or metal cabinet is protected with insulating millboard not less than 1⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) thick covered with sheet metal of not less than 0.013 of an inch (0.33 mm) (No. 28 gauge), the distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 24 inches (610 mm). 8 Clearance above charging door shall be not less than 48 inches (1219 mm). 9 Where the appliance is encased in brick, the 18 inch (457 mm) clearance above and at the sides and rear shall be permitted to be reduced to 12 inches (305 mm). 10 Where the appliance is encased in brick, the clearance above shall be permitted to be reduced to 36 inches (914 mm) and at the sides and rear shall be permitted to be reduced to 18 inches (457 mm). 11 A central heating boiler or furnace shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and shall be installed on a floor of noncombustible construction with noncombustible flooring and surface finish and no combustible material against the underside thereof, or on fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the underside thereof. Exceptions: (a) Appliances listed for installation on a combustible floor. (b) Installation on a floor protected in an approved manner.

203.0

Access Panel. A closure device used to cover an opening into a duct, an enclosure, equipment, or an appurtenance. [NFPA 96:3.3.1] Air, Makeup. Air that is provided to replace air being exhausted. Air, Outside. Air from outside the building intentionally conveyed by openings or ducts to rooms or to conditioning equipment. Air, Return. Air from the conditioned area that is returned to the conditioning equipment for reconditioning. Air, Supply. Air being conveyed to a conditioned area through ducts or plenums from a heat exchanger of a heating, cooling, absorption, or evaporative cooling system. Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

204.0

Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels or electricity.

205.0 Certified. A formally stated recognition and approval of an acceptable level of competency, acceptable to the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction. [NFPA 96:3.3.10]

65 Chimney. A vertical shaft enclosing one or more flues for conveying flue gases to the outdoors. Combustion Air. The total amount of air provided to the space that contains fuel-burning equipment. Includes air for fuel combustion, draft hood dilution, and ventilation of the equipment enclosure. Condensing Appliance. An appliance that condenses part of the water vapor generated by the burning of hydrogen in fuels. Confined Space. A room or space having a volume less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (4.83 m3/kW) of the aggregate input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that space. [NFPA 96:3.3.48.2] Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.

206.0 Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include: (1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector. (2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa). (3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems. Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units. Dwelling Unit. A building or portion thereof that contains living facilities, including provisions for sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation, as required by this code, for not more than one family.

207.0 Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, and apparatus used as part of or in connection with installations regulated by this code.

208.0 Fire-Resistive Construction. Construction in accordance with the requirements of the building code for the time period specified.

210.0 Heating System. A warm air heating plant consisting of a heat exchanger enclosed in a casing, from which the heated air is distributed through ducts to various rooms and areas. A heating system includes the outside air, return air and supply air system, and all accessory apparatus and equipment installed in connection therewith. Hydronic. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes. Plural use of this term is hydronics. Hydronic System. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of pipes utilizing mechanical systems, including but not limited to renewable and non-renewable energy sources, energy recovery, associated equipment and appliances for space heating or cooling; potable water heating; non potable water heating; swimming pool heating or process heating; and solar thermal systems; snow melt; frost protection; dehumidification; humidification.

215.0 Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade name to equipment or devices. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions. Printed instructions included with equipment or devices for the purpose of providing information regarding safe and proper installation and use whether or not as part of the conditions of listing.

66 Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No material shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

218.0 PEX. An acronym for cross-linked polyethylene.

Pilot. A burner smaller than the main burner that is ignited by a spark or other independent and stable ignition source, and that provides ignition energy required to immediately light off the main burner. Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures and structural attachments. Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.

224.0 Valve, Pressure-Relief. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure in excess of its setting; also called a safety valve.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM D92-2012b* Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester Testing 321.3.1.1 ASTM D1177-2012 Test Method for Freezing Point of Aqueous Engine Coolants Testing 321.3.1.3 ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0 NFPA 58-2011* Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code Fuel Gas 310.8 NFPA 31-2011* Installation of Oil Burning Equipment Fuel Gas, Appliances 310.9

Note: ASTM D92, ASTM E136, NFPA 31 and NFPA 58 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: ASTM D1177 does not meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.1 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 312.0 was modified to reflect current acceptable practices and to clarify the application in closed loop systems. 2. Section 314.0 pertaining to “other flexible tubing” was added at the request of tubing manufacturers who have different allowable radii based on material compositions. 3. Deleted materials in Table 319.3 that are not commonly used in hydronic heating systems. 4. Added Section 321.3 fluid acceptability, compatibility and allowable toxicity levels for Earth Linked Heat Exchanger loops. 5. Section 323.0 was added to address the many older failed antifreeze induced systems that failed due to the presence of an automatic feed water make up device. 6. Section 325.1 was added to clarify non pressurized applications versus pressurized systems. 7. Section 328.4 was added to clarify and require the neutralization of acidic condensate associated with high efficiency gas fired condensing appliances. 8. Section 329.0 was done to clarify allowable transitions between metal and plastic piping.

67 9. Section 336.1 was modified to reflect changes reflecting zero lead materials (copper alloys as opposed to brass). 10. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron- ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of the proposed code.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons: 1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested for further study on the merits of the proposed text. 2. The language includes provisions for mechanical systems and may have been pulled from the UMC, which are outside the scope of the USEHC. 3. It is not clear on what the purpose of the new provisions would serve. 4. The proposed language is in conflict with the 2015 UMC. 5. The Committee prefers the proposed text for Items # 001, # 005, # 009, # 013, # 015, # 016, # 017, and # 024.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

304.0 Accessibility for Service. 304.1 General. Appliances shall be located with respect to building construction and other equipment so as to permit access to the appliance. Sufficient clearance shall be maintained to permit cleaning of heating surfaces; the replacement of filters, blowers, motors, burners, controls, and vent connections; the lubrication of moving parts where necessary; the adjustment and cleaning of burners and pilots; and the proper functioning of explosion vents, where provided. For attic installation, the passageway and servicing area adjacent to the appliance shall be floored. [NFPA 54:9.2.1] Unless otherwise specified, not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in depth, width, and height of working space shall be provided. Exception: A platform shall not be required for unit heaters or room heaters.

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NFPA 54/Z223.1-2012* National Fuel Gas Code Fuel Gas Chapter 3

Note: NFPA 54-2012 meets the requirements for a mandatory referenced standard in accordance with Sec- tion 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portion of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 3 has been revised and divided into separate public comments for discussion purposes. However, PublicNote: Comment 1 through Public Comment 4 should be viewed as a whole.

68 The proposed language will correlate with Chapter 3 of the UMC for general requirements of accessibility for service, access to equipment and appliances on roofs, appliances in attics and crawl spaces, equipment and appliances on roofs and condensate wastes. This proposed text is from the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 3 applies to any general comments used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

304.2 Access to Equipment and Appliances on Roofs. Equipment and appliances located on roofs or other elevated locations shall be accessible. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.1] 304.2.1 Access. Buildings exceeding 15 feet (4572 mm) in height shall have an inside means of access to the roof, unless other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are used. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.2] 304.2.2 Access Type. The inside means of access shall be a permanent, or foldaway inside stairway or ladder, terminating in an enclosure, scuttle, or trap door. Such scuttles or trap doors shall be not less than 22 inches (559 mm) by 24 inches (610 mm) in size, shall open easily and safely under all conditions, especially snow; and shall be constructed so as to permit access from the roof side unless deliberately locked on the inside. Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be between the access opening and the edge of the roof or similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rails or guards not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side. Where parapets or other building structures are utilized in lieu of guards or rails, they shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.3] 304.2.3 Permanent Ladders. Permanent ladders required by Section 304.2.2 shall be constructed in accordance with the following: (1) Side railings shall extend not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the roof or parapet wall. (2) Landings shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm) apart measured from the finished grade. (3) Width shall be not less than 14 inches (356 mm) on center. (4) Rungs spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) on center and each rung shall be capable of supporting a 300 pound (136.1 kg) load. (5) Toe space shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm). 304.2.4 Permanent Lighting. Permanent lighting shall be provided at the roof access. The switch for such lighting shall be located inside the building near the access means leading to the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.4] 304.2.5 Sloped Roof. Where equipment or appliances that require service are installed on a roof having a slope of 4 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33 percent slope) or more, a level platform of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) by 30 inches (762 mm) shall be provided at the service side of the equipment or appliance.

69 and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 3 applies to any general comments used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

304.2.1 Access. Buildings exceeding 15 feet (4572 mm) in height shall have an inside means of access to the roof, unless other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are used. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.2] Exception: In Group R occupancies of less than 6 dwelling units and Group U occupancies.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification to Section 304.2.1 is necessary to eliminate undue restrictions on residential (Group R) and utility (Group U) occupancies in regards to access to equipment and appliances.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

304.3 305.5 Appliances in Attics and Under Floor Spaces Attic Installations. An attic or under floor space in which an appliance is installed space in which the system components are installed shall be accessible through an opening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm). 304.3.1 305.5.1 Length of Passageway. Where the height of the passageway is less than 6 feet (1829 mm), the distance from the passageway access to the components appliance shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) measured along the centerline of the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.1] 304.3.2 305.5.2 Width of Passageway. The passageway shall be unobstructed and shall have solid flooring not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide from the entrance opening to the appliance components. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.2] 304.3.3 305.5.3 Work Platform. A level working platform not less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) shall be provided in front of the service side of the appliance components. [NFPA 54:9.5.2] Exception: A working platform need not be provided where the furnace is capable of being serviced from the required access opening. The furnace service side shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) from the access opening. 304.3.4 305.5.4 Lighting and Convenience Outlet. A permanent 120-volt receptacle outlet and a lighting fixture shall be installed near the appliance. The switch controlling the lighting fixture shall be located at the entrance to the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.3]

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language will correlate with Chapter 3 of the UMC for general requirements of accessibility for service, access to equipment and appliances on roofs, appliances in attics and crawl spaces, equipment and appliances on roofs and condensate wastes. This proposed text is from the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 3 applies to any general comments used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

70 Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 4: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

304.4 Equipment and Appliances on Roofs. Equipment and appliances on roofs shall be designed or enclosed so as to withstand climatic conditions in the area in which they are installed. Where enclosures are provided, each enclosure shall permit easy entry and movement, shall be of reasonable height, and shall have not less than a 30 inch (762 mm) clearance between the entire service access panel(s) of the equipment and appliance and the wall of the enclosure. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.1] 304.4.1 Load Capacity. Roofs on which equipment and appliances are to be installed shall be capable of supporting the additional load or shall be reinforced to support the additional load. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.2] 304.4.2 Fasteners. Access locks, screws, and bolts shall be of corrosion resistant material. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.3] 304.4.3 Installation of Equipment and Appliances on Roofs. Equipment and appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.1] 304.4.4 Clearance. Equipment and appliances shall be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof. Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be between a part of the equipment or appliance and the edge of a roof or similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rails, guards, parapets, or other building structures not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.2] 304.4.5 Electrical Power. Equipment and appliances requiring an external source of electrical power for its operation shall be provided with the following: (1) A readily accessible electrical disconnecting means within sight of the equipment and appliance that will completely de- energize the equipment and appliance. (2) A 120-VAC grounding-type receptacle outlet on the roof adjacent to the equipment and appliance. The receptacle outlet shall be on the supply side of the disconnect switch. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.3] 304.4.6 Platform or Walkway. Where water stands on the roof at the equipment, and appliance or in the passageways to the equipment and appliance, or where the roof is of a design having a water seal, an approved platform, walkway, or both shall be provided above the waterline. Such platforms or walkways shall be located adjacent to the equipment and appliance and control panels so that the equipment and appliance is capable of being safely serviced where water stands on the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.4]

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language will correlate with Chapter 3 of the UMC for general requirements of accessibility for service, access to equipment and appliances on roofs, appliances in attics and crawl spaces and condensate wastes. This proposed text is from the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 3 applies to any general comments used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

304.4.4 Clearance. Equipment and appliances shall be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof. Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be between a part of the equipment or appliance and the edge of a roof or similar hazard, or rigidly

71 fixed rails, guards, parapets, or other building structures not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the exposed side. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.2] Clearance requirements shall not apply to solar equipment.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification to Section 304.4.4 is necessary to eliminate undue restrictions on solar equipment.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 5: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

305.1 Listed Appliances. Except as otherwise provided in this code, the installation of appliances regulated by this code shall be in accordance with the conditions of the listing. The appliance installer shall leave the manufacturer’s installation and operating instructions attached to the appliance. Clearances of listed appliances from combustible materials shall be as specified in the listing or on the rating plate.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: This material is appropriate for the USEHC. The proposed section shown to be added to the code is from the UMC. The subject matter addresses listing and labeling of appliances and their respective clearances.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 6: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

307.0 Labeling. 307.1 Fuel-Burning Appliances. Fuel-burning heating appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (2) The approved fuel input rating of the appliance, expressed in Btu/h (kW). (3) The model number or equivalent. (4) The serial number.

72 (5) Instructions for the lighting, operation, and shutdown of the appliance. (6) The type of fuel approved for use with the appliance. (7) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards. (8) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 3 has been revised and divided into separate public comments for discussion purposes. However, PublicNote: Comment 6 through Public Comment 9 should be viewed as a whole.

This material is appropriate for the USEHC. The proposed sections will correlate with the UMC. The proposed language addresses listing and labeling of appliances and their respective clearances.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 7: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

307.2 Electric Heating Appliances. Electric heating appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (2) The model number or equivalent. (3) The serial number. (4) The electrical rating in volts, amperes (or watts), and, for other than single phase, the number of phases. (5) The output rating in Btu/h (kW). (6) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each field-replaceable electrical component. (7) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of equipment with recognized standards. (8) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. An appliance shall be accompanied by clear and complete installation instructions, including required clearances from combustibles other than mounting or adjacent surfaces, and temperature rating of field-installed wiring connections exceeding 140°F (60°C).

SUBSTANTIATION: This material is appropriate for the USEHC. The proposed sections will correlate with the UMC. The proposed language addresses listing and labeling of appliances and their respective clearances.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

73 PUBLIC COMMENT 8: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

307.3 Heat Pump and Electric Cooling Appliances. Heat pumps and electric cooling appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (2) The model number or equivalent. (3) The serial number. (4) The amount and type of refrigerant. (5) The factory test pressures or pressures applied. (6) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, and, for other than single phase, the number of phases. (7) The output rating in Btu/h (kW). (8) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each field replaceable electrical component. (9) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards. (10) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. An appliance shall be accompanied by clear and complete installation instructions, including required clearances from combustible other than mounting or adjacent surfaces, and temperature rating of field-installed wiring connections exceeding 140°F (60°C).

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 9: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

307.4 Absorption Units. Absorption units shall bear a permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall appear: (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (2) The model number or equivalent. (3) The serial number. (4) The amount and type of refrigerant. (5) Hourly rating in Btu/h (kW). (6) The type of fuel approved for use with the unit.

74 (7) Cooling capacity Btu/h (kW). (8) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. (9) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compliance of the equipment with recognized standards.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 10: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.0 Condensate Wastes and Control. 308.1 Condensate Disposal. Condensate from air washers, air-cooling coils, condensing appliances, and the overflow from evaporative coolers and similar water supplied equipment or similar air-conditioning equipment shall be collected and discharged to an approved plumbing fixture or disposal area. Where discharged into the drainage system, equipment shall drain by 1 means of an indirect waste pipe. The waste pipe shall have a slope of not less than ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope and shall be of approved corrosion- resistant material not smaller than the outlet size in accordance with Section 308.3 or Section 308.4 for air-cooling coils or condensing appliances, respectively. Condensate or wastewater shall not drain over a public way. 308.1.1 Condensate Pumps. Where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, condensate pumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Pump discharge shall rise vertically to a point where it is possible to connect to a gravity condensate drain and discharged to an approved disposal point. Each condensing unit shall be provided with a separate sump and interlocked with the equipment to prevent the equipment from operating during a failure. Separate pumps shall be permitted to connect to a single gravity indirect waste where equipped with check valves and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 3 has been revised and divided into separate public comments for discussion purposes. However, Note: Public Comment 10 through Public Comment 13 should be viewed as a whole.

The proposed language will correlate with Chapter 3 of the UMC for general requirements of accessibility for service, access to equipment and appliances on roofs, appliances in attics and crawl spaces, equipment and appliances on roofs and condensate wastes. This proposed text is from the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments

75 and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 3 applies to any general comments used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 11: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.2 Condensate Control. Where an equipment or appliance is installed in a space where damage is capable of resulting from condensate overflow, other than damage to replaceable lay-in ceiling tiles, a drain line shall be provided and shall be drained in accordance with Section 308.1. An additional protection method for condensate overflow shall be provided in accordance with one of the following: (1) A water level detecting device that will shut off the equipment or appliance in the event the primary drain is blocked. (2) An additional watertight pan of corrosion-resistant material, with a separate drain line, installed beneath the cooling coil, unit, or appliance to catch the overflow condensate due to a clogged primary condensate drain. (3) An additional drain line at a level that is higher that the primary drain line connection of the drain pan. (4) An additional watertight pan of corrosion-resistant material with a water level detection device installed beneath the cooling coil, unit, or the appliance to catch the overflow condensate due to a clogged primary condensate drain and to shut off the equipment. 3 The additional pan or the additional drain line connection shall be provided with a drain pipe of not less than ⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) nominal pipe size, discharging at a point that is readily observed. 308.2.1 Protection of Appurtenances. Where insulation or appurtenances are installed where damage is capable of resulting from a condensate drain pan overfill, such installations shall occur above the rim of the drain pan with supports. Where the supports are in contact with the condensate waste, the supports shall be of approved corrosion-resistant material.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 12: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

76 RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.3 Condensate Waste Pipe Material and Sizing. Condensate waste pipes from air-cooling coils shall be sized in accordance with the equipment capacity as specified in Table 308.3. The material of the piping shall comply with the pressure and temperature rating of the appliance or equipment, and shall be approved for use with the liquid being discharged.

TABLE 308.3 MINIMUM CONDENSATE PIPE SIZE MINIMUM CONDENSATE EQUIPMENT CAPACITY IN PIPE DIAMETER TONS OF REFRIGERATION (inches) 3 Up to 20 ⁄4 21 – 40 1 1 41 – 90 1 ⁄4 1 91 – 125 1 ⁄2 126 – 250 2 For SI units: 1 ton of refrigeration = 3.52 kW, 1 inch = 25 mm

The size of condensate waste pipes is for one unit or a combination of units, or as recommended by the manufacturer. The 1 capacity of waste pipes assumes a ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope, with the pipe running three quarters full at the following pipe conditions:

Outside Air – 20% Room Air – 80% DB WB DB WB 90°F 73°F 75°F 62.5°F For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8

Condensate drain sizing for other slopes or other conditions shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 13: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

77 308.4 Cleanouts for Condensate Drain Lines. Condensate drain lines shall be configured or provided with a cleanout to permit the clearing of blockages and for maintenance without requiring the drain line to be cut. 308.5 Appliance Condensate Drains. Condensate drain lines from individual condensing appliances shall be sized as required by the manufacturer’s instructions. Condensate drain lines serving more than one appliance shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior to installation. 308.6 Point of Discharge. Air-conditioning condensate waste pipes shall connect indirectly, except where permitted in Sec- tion 308.7, to the drainage system through an air gap or air break to trapped and vented receptors, dry wells, leach pits, or the tailpiece of plumbing fixtures. A condensate drain shall be trapped in accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions or as approved. 308.7 Condensate Waste From Air-Conditioning Coils. Where the condensate waste from air conditioning coils discharges by direct connection to a lavatory tailpiece or to an approved accessible inlet on a bathtub overflow, the connection shall be located in the area controlled by the same person controlling the air-conditioned space. 308.8 Plastic Fittings. Female plastic threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male fittings and plastic male threads.

417.5 Condensate Drainage. Condensate drains from dehumidifying coils shall be constructed and sloped for condensate removal. Such drains shall be installed in accordance with Section 304.3

603.9 Watertight Pan. Where a storage tank is installed in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloor assembly where damage results from a leaking storage tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant materials shall be 3 installed beneath the storage tank with not less than ⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to an approved location.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language will correlate with Chapter 13 of the UMC for general requirements of accessibility for service, access to equipment and appliances on roofs, appliances in attics and crawl spaces, equipment and appliances on roofs and condensate wastes. This proposed text is from the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 3 applies to any general comments used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems. Condensation control is covered under Section 308.0 through Section 308.8 of the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 14: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

303.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe. 303.1 General. Iron, steel, brass, and copper pipe shall be standard-weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe.

305.10 Location. Except as otherwise provided in this code, no system, or parts thereof shall be located in a lot other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or premises served by such facilities. 305.11 Ownership. No subdivision, sale, or transfer of ownership of existing property shall be made in such manner that the area, clearance, and access requirements of this code are decreased.

78 SUBSTANTIATION: This proposed changes will remove requirements that are not used in the code. The balance of the changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The provisions being deleted are general provisions that are necessary for enforcement purposes. Therefore, they should remain in the USEHC.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

79 Item # 036 Comment Seq # 014 USEHC 2015 – (403.0 – 403.5):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

403.0 Capacity of Heat Source. 403.1 Heat Source. The heat source shall be sized to the design load. 403.2 Dual Purpose Water Heater. Water heaters utilized for both, to supply potable hot water and provide hot water for space heating shall be listed or labeled, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The total heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water requirements and the space heating design requirements corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery. 403.3 Tankless Water Heater. The output performance on tankless water heaters shall be determined by the temperature rise and flow rate of water through the unit. The ratings shall be expressed by the water temperature rise at a given flow rate. Man- ufacturers flow rates shall not be exceeded.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: The heat source is sized to satisfy all loads that will occur simultaneously unless the heat source output is designed to alternate either heating or domestic production. The heat source is sized to meet the greater of the loads since the loads are not imposed on the heat source at the same time. Where the additional heat loads are determined to be seasonal, the heat source must be size to the largest load that will be imposed on it. The intent is to ensure a correctly sized heat source. Furthermore, Section 403.0 through Section 403.3 will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Alexander Green, Watts Radiant SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

403.2 Dual Purpose Water Heater. Water heaters utilized for both, to supply potable hot water and provide hot water for space heating shall be listed or labeled, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Where the dual purpose water heater is the sole source of heating, Tthe total heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water requirements and the space heating design requirements corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery.

SUBSTANTIATION: The total heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater shall be sized to satisfy all loads that will occur simultaneously only if there are no controls on the system that can alternate heating or domestic production. Controls that offer prioritization of one load over another are now readily available and the current language used would exclude the option of using these controls. Hydronic systems are often used as supplemental heating options (i.e. not the primary source of heat or to add comfort). Therefore, there is not need for the dual purpose water heater to be sized to satisfy the complete load.

80 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification will create a conflict with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC).

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

81 Item # 037 Comment Seq # 015 USEHC 2015 – (404.0 – 404.4):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

404.0 Installation, Testing, and Inspection. 404.1 Operating Instructions. Operating and maintenance information shall be provided to the building owner. 404.2 Pressure Testing. System piping and components shall be tested with a pressure of not less than one and one-half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 psi (689 kPa). Piping shall be tested with water or air except that plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. Test pressures shall be held for a period of not less than 30 minutes with no perceptible drop in pressure. These tests shall be made in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 404.3 Flushing. Heat sources, system piping and tubing shall be flushed after installation with water or a cleaning solution. Cleaning of the heat source shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions. The cleaning solution shall be compatible with all system components and shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The heat source shall be disconnected from the piping system or protected with a fine mesh strainer during flushing to prevent debris from being deposited into the heat source. 404.4 Oxygen Diffusion Corrosion. PEX, PE-RT, and PB tubing in closed hydronic systems shall contain an oxygen barrier.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: It is imperative that operating and maintenance manuals are provided to the building owner in order to properly operate and maintain the system for future reference. System piping must be tested in order to verify there are no leaks before placing into service and capable of withstanding system operating pressures. This pressure will typically coincide with the set point pressure of the system’s pressure relief devices. System flushing after installation will eliminate debris from the piping. The cleaning or flushing solution specifically designed for the system will remove fluxes and oils that are still in the system.

Tubing made from thermoplastics allows oxygen molecules to slowly pass through the tube wall and enter the water in the system. This process is called oxygen diffusion. Oxygen corrosion is a very serious corrosion problem in hydronic systems. The dissolved oxygen present in the water when the system is first filled quickly reacts with any iron or steel components. The rate of oxygen diffusion varies for different materials and higher temperatures. The solution to this problem is to create an oxygen diffusion barrier in or on the tubing. One such barrier is a thin layer of a special compound called EVOH (ethylene vinyl alcohol) that is bonded to the tubing during manufacturing. Another type of oxygen barrier is a thin layer of aluminum sandwiched between layers of PEX-AL-PEX. The use of oxygen barrier-equipped tubing does not guarantee that oxygen-related corrosion will not occur. There are several other ways for oxygen to enter a hydronic system such as improperly sized or placed expansion tank, leaky valve seals or pump gaskets, and improperly located air vents.

The proposed language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language was rejected as the testing pressure is in conflict with ACI 318.

82 A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 29) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

SUBSTANTIATION: The addition of Section 404.0 through Section 404.4 will correlate with the action taken by the UMC TC to “accept as submitted” Item # 309.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

16 6 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: In agreement with statements provided by Randy Knapp and Jeff Matson. BEAN, TIERNEY: Section 404.2 falls short by being too specific. It does not appear to cover all potential manufacturer per- CUDAHY: mitted methods of testing systems, which is dependent on all the materials in a systems, and can vary from one manufacturer to another. Also, 100 psi may be high for some types of systems as this covers many potential hydronic designs. Section 404.2, as proposed, would restrict a common industry practice for testing plastic hydronic sys- KNAPP: tems. Pressure testing with air should follow manufacturers guidelines in cooperation with the AHJ. I would accept the following language:

Section 404.4 is vague and does not provide adequate corrosion protection of hydronic systems. Furthermore, there are a variety of ways to protect a sealed hydronic system from corrosion. I would accept the following language:

404.4 Oxygen Diffusion Corrosion. Plastic piping systems shall be selected to reduce and control corrosion caused by oxygen permeation in accordance with one of the following: (1) Use a pipe with a maximum rate of oxygen permeation of less than 0.04 grains per cubic foot per day 3 [(grains/ft )/d] [0.09(mg/L)/d] at 104ºF (40ºC). (2) Isolating primary systems assembled with ferrous components using a non-ferrous heat exchanger from secondary systems assembled with permeable components. Assembling secondary side entirely of non-ferrous components. Chemicals used for controlling oxygen related corrosion shall not be considered an option to comply with this section. Accepting this Public Comment as currently written would place an unnecessary and undesired prohibi- MATSON: tion on air testing of all types of plastic pipe systems. This is not necessary for many of the plastic pipes in use today (i.e. PEX, PE-RT, PEX-AL-PEX). Furthermore, it conflicts with the Committee's action to accept as submitted Item # 053 which in Section 416.3 allows air testing of embedded piping plastic piping during freezing or the possibility of freezing conditions. Piping such as PEX and PE-RT will not shatter under pressure and poses no greater risk in an air pressure test than a metallic piping system under the same conditions. The Plastic Pipe and Fittings Associ- ation (PPFA) position on air testing of plastic piping was revised in 2013 allowing for air testing if approved by the plastic piping and component manufacturers as well as the local AHJ (see attached documentation).

83 I am happy overall with the intent of Item # 037 and would accept the text with modified language to Section 404.2 as follows (intending to ballot as such in the future):

404.2 Pressure Testing. System piping and components shall be tested with a pressure of not less than one and one- half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 psi (689 k Pa). Piping shall be tested with water or air except that plastic pipe other than PEX, PE-RT, PEX/AL/PEX, and PE/AL/PE shall not be tested with air. Air testing of PEX, PE-RT, PEX/AL/PEX, and PE/AL/PE piping shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and listings. The pressure testing in Section 404.2 limits the testing of plastic pipe systems to a water test. It has beenNICKELSON: demonstrated in field applications that some flexible plastic pipe systems are resistant to shattering and do not pose a danger to those around these systems when tested with air. Some exception should be included in Section 404.2 to allow for air testing in flexible plastic pipe systems such as PEX and PE-RT. It should be noted that this is only permissible with systems that use metal fittings, and testing should be according to the manufacturer's instructions.

84 ))))))))

) Attachment for Item # 037 Negative Explanation from Jeff Matson

56#4"7$)578')#(9):7""7(;)!44+$7#"7+()<55:!=)5+67$>)+()!7,)?'4"7(;)+*)56#4"7$)5787(;)@>4"'&4A)

PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS ASSOCIATION POLICY ON TESTING PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLATIONS WITH COMPRESSED GAS

Compressed air or any other compressed gases should not be used for pressure testing plastic plumbing systems.

EXCEPTIONS:

1.) With trap seal pull testing, where a completed DWV system is vacuum tested with all of its traps filled with water, and the trap seals are tested with a vacuum typically between one and two inches of water column.

2.) For plastic piping systems specifically designed for use with compressed air or gasses;

• Manufacturers’ instructions must be strictly followed for installation, visual inspection, testing and use of the systems,

(and)

• Compressed air or other gas testing is not prohibited by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).

3.) When compressed air or other gas pressure testing is specifically authorized by the applicable written instructions of the manufacturers of all plastic pipe and plastic pipe fittings products installed at the time the system is being tested and compressed air or other gas testing is not prohibited by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).

The manufacturer should be contacted if there is any doubt as to how a specific system should be tested.

)

85 Attachment for Item # 037 Negative Explanation from Jeff Matson (continued) BC$',8")*,+&)D7';#E4)5BF)-(4"#66#"7+()-(4",G$"7+(4)+()5,'44G,')?'4"7(;A)

! !

86 Attachment for Item # 037 Negative Explanation from Jeff Matson (continued)

87 Attachment for Item # 037 Negative Explanation from Jeff Matson (continued) !!BC$',8")*,+&)D7';#E4)5,+H#97#(")I'#"7(;)J)K++67(;)L'47;()M)-(4"#66#"7+()3#(G#6A)

! !

88 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Robert Bean, Indoor Climate Consultants Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

407.6 Oxygen Diffusion Corrosion. Plastic piping systems shall be selected to reduce and control corrosion caused by oxygen permeation in accordance with one of the following: (1) Use a pipe with a maximum rate of oxygen permeation of less than 0.04 grains per cubic foot per day [(grains/ft3)/d] [0.09 (mg/L)/d] at 104°F (40°C). (2) Isolating primary systems assembled with ferrous components using a non-ferrous heat exchanger from secondary systems assembled with permeable components. Assembling secondary side entirely of non-ferrous components. Chemicals used for controlling oxygen related corrosion shall not be considered an option to comply with Section 407.6(1) and Section 407.6(2).

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language will provide consistency with CSA B214 and other industry standards in regards to oxygen diffusion corrosion.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is vague and unenforceable. Furthermore, the Technical Committee was unable to verify the technical contents that are based on CSA B214. Lastly, the proposed language does not correlate with the 2015 Uni- form Mechanical Code (UMC).

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

16 6 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: The proposed language is consistent with industry accepted codes ref.: CSA B214 ( BEAN: Installation Code for ). Hydronic Heating Systems Not all hydronic systems require an oxygen barrier. CUDAHY: I agree with this public comment as written which provides proper guidelines for protecting a sealed hydronic KNAPP: system from corrosion. Oxygen protection for hydronic systems using plastic piping is an important concern and I support adopt- MATSON: ing this public comment. The comment gives the option for using an oxygen barrier layer or for replacing the system compo- NICKELSON: nents with non-ferrous components. This is an accepted industry practice and is in correlation with the CSA B214 hydronics code. I recommend this comment be accepted as submitted. This public comment should be accepted as submitted based on the submitter’s substantiation. TIERNEY:

89 Item # 038 Comment Seq # 016 USEHC 2015 – (405.0 – 405.4):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

405.0 Heating Appliances and Equipment. 405.1 General. Heating appliances, equipment, safety and operational controls shall be listed for its intended use in a hydronic heating system and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 405.2 Boilers. Boilers shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the mechanical code. 405.3 Dual-Purpose Water Heaters. Water heaters used for combined space- and water-heating applications shall be in accordance with CSA Z21.10.1 or CSA Z21.10.3. 405.3.1 Temperature Limitations. Where a combined space- and water-heating application requires water for space heating at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve in accordance with ASSE 1017 shall be installed to temper the water supplied to the potable water distribution system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less. 405.4 Solar Heat Collector Systems. Solar water heating systems used in hydronic panel radiant heating systems shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 7.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: Regulatory requirements for the approval and installation of pressure vessels are the same as for the approval of all other mechanical equipment and appliances, and must be designed and constructed in accordance with the respective referenced standard. When a heating appliance, equipment, safety and operational controls are tested in order to obtain a listing, the certification agency installs the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The equipment is then tested under these conditions; thus, the installation instructions become an integral part of the listing and labeling process. Manufacturer’s installation instructions are thoroughly evaluated by the listing and certification agency to establish that a safe installation is prescribed. The listing and certification agency can require the manufacturer to alter, delete, or add information in the installation instructions as necessary to achieve compliance with the applicable standards and code requirements. The manufacturer’s installation instructions must be available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction because they are an enforceable extension of the code and are necessary for determining that the equipment has been properly installed. The listing and labeling process indicates that the equipment and its installation instructions are in compliance with applicable standards. Therefore, an installation in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions is required.

Scalding accidents can easily occur when the potable hot water exceeds a temperature of 140°F (60°C). A temperature actuated mixing valve is required to limit the temperature of hot water to be used for bathing and other domestic purposes to 140°F (60°C) or less when the water heater is used for both potable hot water and hot water for space heating. Regardless of the water supply demand downstream from the valve or supply pressure fluctuations upstream from the valve, the user will be provided some protection from scalding injury because the temperature of the water supplied will not exceed 140°F.

The proposed language in Section 405.0 through Section 405.4 will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

90 A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 25) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

403.2 Dual Purpose Water Heater. Water heaters utilized for combined space-and water-heating applications both, to supply potable hot water and provide hot water for space heating shall be listed or labeled in accordance with the standards referenced in Table 403.2, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The total heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water requirements and the space heating design requirements corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery.

TABLE 403.2 WATER HEATERS TYPE STANDARD Gas, 75,000 Btu/hr or less CSA Z21.10.1 Gas, above 75,000 Btu/hr CSA Z21.10.3 Electric, space heating UL 834 Solid fuel, hydronic UL 2523 For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW

405.2 Boilers. Boilers and their controls shall comply be designed and constructed in accordance with the mechanical code.

405.3 Dual-Purpose Water Heaters. Water heaters used for combined space- and water-heating applications shall be in accordance with CSA Z21.10.1 or CSA Z21.10.3 the standards referenced in Table 403.2, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The total heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water requirements and the space heating design requirements corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery.

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 834-2004* Heating, Water Supply, and Power Boilers – Electric (with revisions Appliances Table 403.2 through December 9, 2013) UL 2523-2009* Solid Fuel-Fired Hydronic Heating Appliances, Water Heaters, and Appliances Table 403.2 Boilers (with revisions through February 8, 2013)

Note: UL 834 and UL 2523 meet the requirements for mandatory referenced standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The revisions to Section 403.2, Section 405.2, Section 405.3, and Table 403.2 will correlate with actions taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 307.

“ The substantiation provided by the UMC for accepting Item # 307 as amended is as follows: In Section 1207.2, the text was modified to refer to the existing requirements in Section 1002 for boiler requirements rather than repeating text in this section.

91 In Section 1203.2 and Section 1207.3, the text was modified, and Table 1203.2 was added, to clarify the listing requirements for water heaters that correlate with the UPC (Item # 155). Item # 155 of the UPC was accepted with modifications, which eliminated UL 834 for electric space heating heaters because UL 834 was not within the scope of the UPC. However, UL 834 is within the scope of the UMC and should be included in this table. Furthermore, UL 732, UL 795, UL 1453, UL 834, and UL 2523 have already been proposed in Item # 197. Lastly, CSA Z21.10.1,” CSA Z21.10.3, and UL 2523 are being relocated to Table 1203.2 from Section 1207.2 and Section 1207.3. Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION: 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE: 22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

405.3 Dual-Purpose Water Heaters. Water heaters used for combined space- and water-heating applications shall be in accordance with CSA Z21.10.1 or CSA Z21.10.3 the plumbing code.

SUBSTANTIATION: The standards indicated are only two of the many standards that can apply to dual purpose water heaters. The applicable requirements for these appliances are already covered under the plumbing code. Rather than duplicating the references in the USEHC, the applicable water heater requirements should simply refer to the plumbing code similar to how Section 405.2 references the mechanical code.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

C OMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1. Furthermore, the proposed language will be in conflict with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) as water heaters pertaining to hydronics are addressed in the mechanical code and not the plumbing code.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

405.2 Boilers. Boilers shall be constructed, designed and installed constructed in accordance with one of the mechanical code following: (1) ASME (BPVC) Section I (2) ASME (BPVC) Section IV (3) NFPA 85

92 TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASME BPVC Section I-2013* Rules for Construction of Power Boilers Boilers 405.2 ASME BPVC Section IV-2013* Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers Division 1 Miscellaneous 405.2 NFPA 85-2011* Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazard Code Appliances 405.2

Note: ASME BPVC Section I, ASME BPVC Section IV, and NFPA 85 meet the requirements for mandatory referenced standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Devel- opment of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed modification deletes the language that references back to the mechanical code and proposes new language that correlates with the UMC that references the correct standards for the construction, design and installation of boilers.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 405.2 should not be modified as it is necessary to refer the end user to the mechanical code for the necessary boiler requirements. Furthermore, the mechanical code addresses additional requirements pertaining to boilers that are not addressed in this public comment.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

93 Item # 041 Comment Seq # 017 USEHC 2015 – (406.0 – 406.3):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

406.0 Expansion Tanks. 406.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a hydronic system to control thermal expansion. Secondary hot water systems, that are isolated from the primary system by a heat exchanger shall install a separate expansion tank and pressure relief valve. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type. Expansion tanks used in hydronic systems shall comply with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, where the diameter of the tank exceeds 24 inches (610 mm) or where the operating temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C). Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system. Expansion tanks shall be accessible for maintenance and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 406.2 Systems with Closed Expansion Tanks. A closed expansion tank shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. The minimum size of the tank shall be determined in accordance with Section 604.4 and shall be equipped with an airtight tank or other air cushion that is consistent with the volume and capacity of the system. Tanks without membranes shall be equipped with a drain valve and a manual air vent. Tanks shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless otherwise specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped with a shutoff device that will remain open during operation of the heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open or removed to prevent from being inadvertently shut off. 406.3 Systems with Open Expansion Tanks. An open expansion tank shall be located not less than 36 inches (914 mm) above the highest point in the system and shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An overflow with a diameter of not less than one-half the size of the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter shall be installed at the top of the tank. The overflow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage system. Isolation valves shall not be installed in the piping between the heat-distribution system and the expansion tank. Tanks shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless otherwise specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped with a shutoff device that will remain open during operation of the heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open or removed to prevent from being inadvertently shut off.

(renumber remaining sections)

SUBSTANTIATION: All hydronic systems must account for the thermal expansion of the heating fluid. Hydronic systems are found in two categories, open and closed systems. Expansion tanks provide a reservoir for the volumetric change to occur. Open systems use a “feed and expansion” tank (cistern). As the name suggests, the tank is used to feed the supply and to accommodate any water expansion that is generated by the heating process. The “feed and expansion” tank is placed at the highest point in the system. An open-vented system typically uses a small-bore two pipe network, where one pipe is used to feed the system and the other allows the cooled water to return to the heat source (boiler). When the fluid in such a closed system is heated, it will expand and, because it is a closed system, quickly cause hydrostatic pressure that can be relieved only by system failure or the opening of the safety relief valve. Relief valves are intended to open only in the event of an emergency, the continuous opening of a relief valve to accommodate expansion is not acceptable. Expansion tanks are used to absorb the additional system water volume caused by expansion, thus avoiding relief valve opening and preventing wide variations in system pressure. Expansion tanks are either sealed vessels or open tank reservoirs. Open tank reservoirs are, of course, not pressurized except for the static elevation head they impose on the heat source. Closed expansion tanks, however, are pressurized vessels. Because they are subjected to the same pressures as the system, closed expansion tanks must have a pressure rating greater than or equal to the maximum system operating pressure. All sections correlate with Chapter 6. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

94 A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 26) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

406.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a hydronic system to control thermal expansion. Secondary hot water systems, that are isolated from the primary system by a heat exchanger shall install a separate expansion tank and pressure relief valve. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type. Expansion tanks used in hydronic systems shall comply be in accordance with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, where the system is designed to operate at more than 30 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa)diameter of the tank exceeds 24 inches (610 mm) or where the operating temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C). Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system. Expansion tanks shall be accessible for maintenance and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 406.2 Systems with Closed Expansion Tanks. A closed expansion tank shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. The minimum size of the tank shall be determined in accordance with Section 604.4 and shall be equipped with an airtight tank or other air cushion that is consistent with the volume and capacity of the system. Tanks without membranes shall be equipped with a drain valve and a manual air vent. Tanks shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless otherwise specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped with a shutoff device that will remain open during operation of the heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open or removed to prevent from being inadvertently shut off.

SUBSTANTIATION: The revisions to Section 406.1 and Section 406.2 will correlate with actions taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 313 (Public Comment 1 and Public Comment 2).

The substantiation provided by the UMC for accepting Item # 313 (Public Comment 1) as submitted is as follows: “Section 1209.1 should be modified as expansion tanks are required to comply with ASME BPVC Section VIII when the pressure is expected to exceed 30 psi. This is consistent with ASME BPVC” Section IV and industry standards. Furthermore, it will be consistent with the requirements in Section 1004.3.

The substantiation“ provided by the UMC for accepting Item # 313 (Public Comment 2) as submitted is as follows: All expansion tanks, bladder type, diaphragm type, and open steel tank type require a drain valve between the isolation valve and the tank. This is to facilitate required annual testing and recharging of the tank’s diaphragm or bladder pressure. The manufacturers state in their installation literature that in order to correctly check the diaphragm/bladder pressure that the fluid side must be bled to a pressure of zero psi gauge. Without this convenient drain, it becomes necessary to release the pressure from another part of the physical plant, thereby causing air binding and other issues. In the case of an open steel (bladder-less and diaphragm-less) tank, it is there to facilitate” the complete draining and atmospheric pressure balancing of the tank prior to recharging with the system fluid.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

95 605.1 Expansion Tanks. 605.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a solar thermal hot-water heating system where a pressure reducing valve, backflow prevention device, check valve or other device is installed on a water supply system utilizing storage or tankless water heating equipment as a means for controlling increased pressure caused by thermal expansion. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type and securely fastened to the structure. Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system. Supports shall be capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water without placing strain on the connecting piping. Solar thermal Hot-water-heating systems incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be installed to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions.

605.3 Closed-Type Systems. Closed-type systems shall have an airtight tank or other approved air cushion that will be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system, and shall be designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one-half times the allowable working pressure of the system. Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above more than 30 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa) shall comply with ASME BPVC Section VIII be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system, except for pressurized tanks. 605.4 Minimum Capacity of Closed-Type Tank. The minimum capacity of a closed-type for a gravity-type hot water system expansion tank shall be in accordance with Table 605.4(1). The minimum capacity for a forced-type hot water system expansion tank shall be in accordance and Table 605.4(2) or Equation 605.4 from the following formula:.

(0.00041t - 0.0466) Vs (Equation 605.4) V = t P P a – a ( Pf Po )

Where: Vt = Minimum volume of expansion tank, gallons. Vs = Volume of system, not including expansion tank, gallons. t = Average operating temperature, °F. Pa = Atmospheric pressure, feet H2O absolute. Pf = Fill pressure, feet H2O absolute. Po = Maximum operating pressure, feet H2O absolute. For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 foot of water = 2.989 kPa

TABLE 605.4(1) EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR GRAVITY HOT WATER SYSTEMS INSTALLED EXPANSION EQUIVALENT TANK CAPACITY *2 DIRECT RADIATION (gallons) (square feet) Up to 350 18 Up to 450 21 Up to 650 24 Up to 900 30 Up to 1100 35 Up to 1400 40 Up to 1600 2 to 30 Up to 1800 2 to 30 Up to 2000 2 to 35 Up to 2400 2 to 40 For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2 Notes: 1 Based on a two-pipe system with an average operating water temperature of 170°F (77°C), using cast-iron column radiation with a heat emission rate of 150 British thermal units per square foot hour [Btu/(ft2•h)] (473 W/m2) equivalent direct radiation.

96 2* For systems exceeding 2400 square feet (222.9 m2) of installed equivalent direct water radiation, the required capacity of the cushion tank shall be increased on the basis of 1 gallon (3.785 4 L) tank capacity per 33 square feet (3.1 m2) of additional equivalent direct radiation

TABLE 605.4(2) EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR FORCED 1 HOT WATER SYSTEMS *2 TANK CAPACITY TANK CAPACITY SYSTEM VOLUME DIAPHRAGM TYPE NONDIAPHRAGM TYPE (gallons) (gallons) (gallons) 100 9 15 200 17 30 300 25 45 400 33 60 500 42 75 1000 83 150 2000 165 300 For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L Notes: 1 Based on an average operating water temperature of 195°F (91°C), a fill pressure of 12 psig (83 kPa), and an operating pressure of not more than 30 psig (207 kPa). 2 *Includes volume of water in boiler, radiation, and piping, not including expansion tank.

SUBSTANTIATION: The revisions to Sections 605.1, 605.3, Section 605.4, Table 605.4(1), and Table 605.4(2) will correlate with the actions taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 230. Furthermore, the text “except for pressurized tanks” is being removed from Section 605.3 of the USEHC is being deleted to correlate with the action taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 313 (Public Comment 2).

The substantiation provided by the UMC for accepting Item # 230 as submitted is as follows: 1. “Section 1005.3 should be modified as ASME BPVC Section VIII is the nationally recognized standard for expansion tanks exceeding 30 psi. Furthermore, the text “pressurized” should be modified to “nondiaphram-type” to be consistent with the modification made to Table 1005.4(2) and with language used in Section 1209.2. It should be noted that ASME BPVC Section IV uses the term “prepressurized” when referring to a diaphragm-type tank and “nonpressurized” when referring to a nondiaphragm-type tanks. However, the terminologies used throughout the UMC are “diaphragm-type” and “nondiaphragm-type,” and therefore the terminology used in ASME was not used to avoid any confusion. 2. Section 1005.4 is being modified for clarity. Furthermore, the text “Equation 1005.4 shall not be used for diaphragm-type expansion tanks” is being added to clarify to the end user that Equation 1005.4 only applies to nondiaphragm expansion tanks. Diaphragm-type expansion tanks are pre-engineered which are sized in accordance with the manufacturers of the expansion tank or boiler. 3. Table 1005.4(2) should be modified to correlate with the expansion tank capacity table found in ASME BPVC Sec- tion IV. The UMC addresses requirements for diaphragm type tanks, and therefore tank capacities are required in the code. Furthermore, such modification is necessary so that it can be applicable with Section 1209.2.”

The substantiation“ provided by the UMC for accepting Item # 313 (Public Comment 2) as submitted is as follows: All expansion tanks, bladder type, diaphragm type, and open steel tank type require a drain valve between the isolation valve and the tank. This is to facilitate required annual testing and recharging of the tank’s diaphragm or bladder pressure. The manufacturers state in their installation literature that in order to correctly check the diaphragm/bladder pressure that the fluid side must be bled to a pressure of zero psi gauge. Without this convenient drain, it becomes necessary to release the pressure from another part of the physical plant, thereby causing air binding and other issues. In the case of an open steel (bladder-less and diaphragm-less) tank, it is there to facilitate“ the complete draining and atmospheric pressure balancing of the tank prior to recharging with the system fluid.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

97 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: The proposed language does not prevent installers from using noncode tanks greater than 24 inches in BEAN: diameter. Verbatim: “Cushion tanks having a working pressure exceeding 207 kPa (30 psi) or a diameter exceeding 610 mm (24 in) shall meet the requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Code.”

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Robert Bean, Indoor Climate Consultants Inc./Rep. Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

406.0 Expansion (Cushion) Tanks. 406.1 Where Required. An Where required, an expansion tank rated for the pressure of the hydronic systems shall be installed in a hydronic system to control thermal expansion. Secondary hot water systems, that are isolated from the primary system by a heat exchanger shall install a separate expansion tank and pressure relief valve. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type. Expansion tanks used in hydronic systems shall comply with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, wWhere the diameter of the tank exceeds 24 inches (610 mm) or has a working pressure exceeding 30 psi (207 kPa), where the operating temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C), the expansion tank shall comply with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII. Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system. Expansion tanks shall be accessible for maintenance and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: Substantiation via excerpt from: The Pressure News, Alberta Boilers Safety Association, Page 5, Volume 15, Issue 2, June 2010 Cushion Tanks for Heating Systems.

Many hot water heating systems include cushion tanks (pressure vessels) that were not constructed to CSA B51 code. While this may be acceptable in some applications, misunderstanding or lack of knowledge of the requirements can lead to potential unsafe installations. To ensure safety, owners need to be aware of the requirements for cushion tank. CSA B51-09 Boiler, pressure vessel and pressure piping code is adopted as part of the pressure equipment safety regulation (Alberta Regulation 49/2006). CSA B51-09 defines “cushion tank” as a pressure vessel installed in a closed hot water heating system or cooling system to provide a pneumatic cushion for the expansion of water. CSA B51-09, clause 7.4.4 further provides that: “ Cushion tanks having a working pressure exceeding 207 kPa (30 psi) or a diameter exceeding 610 mm (24 in) shall meet the requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Code. A cushion tank having a diameter of 610 mm (24 in) or less and a pressure of 207 kPa (30 psi) or less is not .” subject to the requirements of this Standard

The pressure equipment exemption order (Alberta Regulation 56/2006), section 2(2)(e) establishes an exemption from the pressure equipment safety regulation for: (e) a pressure vessel that (i) is installed in a closed hot water heating system, (ii) has a working pressure not exceeding 207 kilopascals (30 psi), and (iii) has an internal diameter not exceeding 610 millimeters (24 inches); This exemption permits the use of non-code vessels providing these limits are met. Vessels that exceed either of these limits must be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the ASME code. To summarize, owners need to evaluate that their systems are safe for operation. As part of that evaluation, owners must ascertain that the system requirements, including the working pressure and sizing of cushion tanks used in their closed systems, are in compliance with code requirements.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

98 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1. Furthermore, the proposed language will create a conflict with the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC).

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Accepting Public Comment 1 suggests that tank diameter has no consequences when clearly the ASMEBEAN, CodeTIERNEY: says it does, “has a working pressure not exceeding 207 kilopascals (30 psi), and (iii) has an internal diameter not exceeding 610 millimeters (24 inch).” A tank exceeding 24 inches in diameter but operating at less than 30 psi still needs to be ASME rated, and that is not covered by the accepted Public Comment 1.

99 Item # 043 Comment Seq # 018 USEHC 2015 – (408.0 – 408.13.2, Table 1201.1):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

408.0 Joints and Connections. 408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for the pressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having a radius of not less than six times the outside diameter of the tubing. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 502.0 Tightness. 502.1 General. Joints and connections in the solar thermal system shall be airtight, gastight, and watertight for the pressures required by tests. 503.0 Types of Joints. 503.1 Asbestos-Cement Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for asbestos-cement pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.1.1. 503.1.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be of the same composition as the pipe and sealed with an approved elastomeric gasket or joined by a listed compression type coupling. Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with ASTM D 1869. The coupling grooves, pipe ends, and elastomeric gaskets shall be cleaned. Elastomeric gaskets shall be positioned in the grooves. Lubricant recommended for potable water application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the machined end of the pipe. Lubricant shall not be applied to the elastomeric gasket or groove, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. 503.4 408.2 CPVC Plastic Pipe and Joints Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe. CPVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.4.1 through Section 503.4.3. Joints between chlorinated poly (vinyl chloride) (CPVC) pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.4.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings with an elastomeric O-ring that employ a quick assembly push fit connectors listed or labeled shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061. 503.4.2 Solvent Cement Joints. (2) Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F493, requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored and be in accordance with ASTM F656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F493 that does not require the use of primers, yellow or red in color, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM 1 D2846, ⁄2 of an inch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. Apply primer where required inside the fitting and to the depth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and inside of fitting. Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set. The manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices. 503.4.3 Threaded Joints. (3) Threadsed joints for CPVC pipe shall comply be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, and the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Cau- tion shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the CPVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female CPVC threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male threads only. 503.2 Brass Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for brass pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.2.1 through Section 503.2.3. 503.2.1 Brazed Joints. Brazed joints between brass pipe and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000°F (538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means. Pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by manufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting.

100 503.2.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be of the compression, pressed, or grooved type using an approved elastomeric gasket to form a seal. 503.2.3 Threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic. 503.3 408.3 Copper Pipe, and Tubing and Joints. Joining methods for copper pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.3.1 through Section 503.3.5. Joints between copper or copper alloy pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.3.1 Brazed Joints. (1) Brazed joints between copper or copper alloy pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys having a liquid temperature above 1000°F (538°C). The joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by either manual or mechanical means. Tubing shall be cut square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by manufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting. 503.3.2 Flared Joints. (2) Flared joints for soft copper water or copper alloy tubing shall be made with fittings that are in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using an appropriate tubing cutter. The tubing shall be reamed to full inside diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper flaring tool. 503.3.3 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall include, but are not limited to, compression, flanged, grooved, pressed, and push fit fittings. 503.3.3.1 Mechanically Formed Tee Fittings. (3) Mechanically formed tee fittings shall have extracted collars that shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the pipe or tube surface to form a collar having a height not less than three times the thickness of the branch tube wall. The branch pipe or tube shall be notched to conform to the inner curve of the run pipe or tube and shall have two dimple depth stops to ensure that penetration of the branch pipe or tube into the collar is of a depth for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line 1 pipe or tube. Dimple depth stops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or tube. The second dimple shall be ⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) above the first and shall serve as a visual point of inspection. Fittings and joints shall be made by brazing. Soldered joints shall not be permitted. 503.3.3.2 Pressed Fittings. (4) Pressed fittings for copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing shall have an elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommended by the manufacturer. 503.3.3.3 Push Fit Fittings. (5) Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings for copper or copper alloy tubing or pipe that employ quick assembly push fit connectors shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061. Push fit fittings for copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing shall have an approved elastomeric O-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to ensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting and gripping mechanism has engaged on the pipe. 503.3.4 Soldered Joints. (6) Soldered joints between copper or copper alloy pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be made in accordance with ASTM B828 with the following sequence of joint preparation and operation as follows: measuring and cutting, reaming, cleaning, fluxing, assembly and support, heating, applying the solder, cooling and cleaning. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square and reamed to the full inside diameter including the removal of burrs on the outside of the pipe or tubing. Sur- faces to be joined shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechanical means. Flux shall be applied to pipe or tubing and fittings and shall be in accordance with ASTM B813, and shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after soldering. Insert pipe or tubing into the base of the fitting and remove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be supported to ensure a uniform capillary space around the joint. Heat shall be applied using an air or fuel torch with the flame perpendicular to the pipe or tubing using acetylene or an LP gas. Preheating shall depend on the size of the joint. The flame shall be moved to the fitting cup and alternate between the pipe or tubing and fitting. Solder in accordance with ASTM B32 shall be applied to the joint surfaces until capillary action draws the molten solder into the cup. Solder and fluxes with a lead content that exceeds 0.2 percent shall be prohibited in piping systems conveying potable water. Joint surfaces shall not be disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residue shall be cleaned. 503.3.5 Threaded Joints. (7) Threaded joints for copper or copper alloy pipe shall be made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic.

101 503.10 408.4 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe Plastic Tubing and Joints. PEX plastic tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.10.1 and Section 503.10.2 Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or fittings shall be installed with fittings for PEX tubing that comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. PEX tubing labeled in accordance with ASTM F876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Mechan- ical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 503.10.1 Fittings. Fittings for PEX tubing shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. PEX tubing in accordance with ASTM F 876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. 503.10.2 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 503.11 408.5 Cross-Linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pipe Plastic Tubing and Joints. PEX-AL-PEX plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.11.1 and Section 503.11.1.1. Joints between crosslinked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.11.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints between PEX-AL-PEX tubing and pipe or fittings shall include mechanical and compression type fittings and insert fittings with a crimping ring. Insert fittings utilizing a crimping ring shall be in accordance with ASTM F1974 or ASTM F2434. Crimp joints for crimp insert fittings shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe by the compression of a crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into annular spaces formed by ribs on the fitting. 503.11.1.1 Compression Joints. (2) Compression joints shall include compression insert fittings and shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe through the compression of a split ring or compression nut around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the annular space formed by the ribs on the fitting. 503.5 408.6 Ductile Iron Pipe and Joints. Ductile iron pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.5.1 and Section 503.5.2. Joints between ductile iron pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.5.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints for ductile iron pipe and or fittings shall consist of a bell that is cast integrally with the pipe or fitting and provided with an exterior flange having bolt holes and a socket with annular recesses for the sealing gasket and the plain end of the pipe or fitting. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Lubricant recommended for potable water the application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe. 503.5.2 Push-On Joints. (2) Push-on joints for ductile iron pipe and or fittings shall consist of a single elastomeric gasket that shall be assembled by positioning the elastomeric gasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket and forcing the plain end of the pipe or fitting into the socket. The plain end shall compress the elastomeric gasket to form a positive seal and shall be designed so that the elastomeric gasket shall be locked in place against displacement. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Lubricant recommended for potable water the application by the pipe manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end of the pipe. 503.7 408.7 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.7.1 and Sec- tion 503.7.2. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.7.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints between PE pipe or tubing and fittings shall be assembled in accordance with Section 503.7.1.1 through Section 503.7.1.3 using butt, socket, and electro-fusion heat methods in accordance with ASTM D 2657. 503.7.1.1 Butt-Fusion Joints. (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shall be made by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force. 503.7.1.2 Electro-Fusion Joints. (2) Electro-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F1290 and shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with a heat source. Pipe shall be clamped in place and power applied through a controlled processor. The material surrounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion. 503.7.1.3 Socket-Fusion Joints. (3) Socket-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shall be made by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.

102 503.7.2 Mechanical Joints. (4) Mechanical joints between PE pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall include insert and mechanical compression fittings that provide a pressure seal resistance to pullout. Joints for insert fittings shall be made by cutting the pipe square, using a cutter designed for plastic piping, and removal of sharp edges. Two stainless steel clamps shall be placed over the end of the pipe. Fittings shall be checked for proper size based on the diameter of the pipe. The end of pipe shall be placed over the barbed insert fitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. Clamps shall be positioned equal to 180 degrees (3.14 rad) apart and shall be tightened to provide a leak tight joint. Compression type couplings and fittings shall be permitted for use in joining PE piping and tubing. Stiffeners that extend beyond the clamp or nut shall be prohibited. Bends shall be not less than 30 pipe diameters, or the coil radius where bending with the coil. Bends shall not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diameters of a fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use. 503.8 408.8 Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing and Joints. PE-AL-PE plastic pipe or tubing and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.8.1 and Section 503.8.1.1. Joints between polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.8.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints for PE-AL-PE pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be either of the metal insert fittings with a split ring and compression nut or metal insert fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fittings shall comply with ASTM F1974. Crimp insert fittings shall be joined to the pipe by placing the copper crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe material into the space formed by the ribs on the fitting until the pipe contacts the 1 shoulder of the fitting. The crimp ring shall then be positioned on the pipe so the edge of the crimp ring is ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) 1 to ⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) from the end of the pipe. The jaws of the crimping tool shall be centered over the crimp ring and tool perpendicular to the barb. The jaws shall be closed around the crimp ring and shall not be crimped more than once. 503.8.1.1 Compression Joints. (2) Compression joints for PE-AL-PE pipe, or tubing, or and fittings shall be joined through the compression of a split ring, by a compression nut around the circumference of the pipe. The compression nut and split ring shall be placed around the pipe. The ribbed end of the fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. Position and compress the split ring by tightening the compression nut onto the insert fitting. 503.9 408.9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT). Joints between pPolyethylene of raised temperature (PE- RT) tubing or fittings shall be installed with fittings for PE-RT tubing that comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. Metal insert fittings, metal compression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance with the standards for fittings in Table 407.1 marked with the appropriate standard designation(s) listed in Table 407.1 for which the tubing has been approved. PE-RT tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 503.9.1 Fittings. Metal insert fittings, metal compression fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and marked in accordance with the standards for fittings in Table 407.1. 503.12 408.10 Polypropylene (PP) Pipeing and Joints. PP pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.12.1 through Section 503.12.3. Joints between polypropylene pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.12.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. (1) Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and fitting joints shall be installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, fusion outlets, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or electro-fusion polypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2389 or CSA B137.11. 503.12.2 Mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. (2) Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 503.12.3 Threaded Joints. PP Polypropylene pipe shall not be threaded. PPPolypropylene transition fittings for connection to other piping materials shall only be threaded by use of brass copper or copper alloy, or stainless steel inserts molded into the fitting.

503.13 408.11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Joints. PVC plastic pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.13.1 through Sec- tion 503.13.3. Joints between polyvinyl chloride pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.13.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints shall be designed to provide a permanent seal and shall be of the mechanical or push-on joint. The mechanical joint shall include a pipe spigot that has a wall thickness to withstand without deformation or collapse; the compressive force exerted where the fitting is tightened. The push-on joint shall have a minimum wall thickness of the bell at any point between the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric gasket shall comply with ASTM D3139, and be of such size and shape as to provide a compressive force against the spigot and socket after assembly to provide a positive seal.

103 503.13.2 Solvent Cement Joints. (2) Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Pipe shall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and other foreign material, apply primer purple in color in accordance with ASTM F656. Primer shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be made while both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbed for 1 minute after assembly. The manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices. 503.13.3 Threaded Joints. (3) Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; however, the pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and nontoxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the PVC components once the thread sealant has been applied. Female PVC threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male threads only. 503.6 408.12 Galvanized Steel Pipe and Tubing and Joints. Galvanized steel pipe and fitting joining methods shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.6.1 and Section 503.6.2. Joints between steel pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: 503.6.1 Mechanical Joints. (1) Mechanical joints shall be made with an approved and listed elastomeric gasket. 503.6.2 Threaded Joints. (2) Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads that are in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic. (3) Welded joints shall be made by electrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned by an approved procedure. Joints shall be welded by an approved filler metal. 503.14 Stainless Steel Pipe and Joints. Joining methods for stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.14.1 and Section 503.14.2. 503.14.1 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be designed for their intended use. Such joints shall include compression, flanged, grooved, pressed, and threaded. 503.14.2 Welded Joints. Welded joints shall be either fusion or resistance welded based on the selection of the base metal. Chemical composition of the filler metal shall comply with AWS A5.9 based on the alloy content of the piping material. 408.13 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 408.13.1 and Section 408.13.2. 408.13.1 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe or Tubing to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079. The joint between the copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size threaded joint. 408.13.2 Plastic Pipe to other Materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapter or transition fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used. 503.15 Slip Joints. In water piping, slip joints shall be permitted to be used only on the exposed fixture supply. 503.16 Dielectric Unions. Dielectric unions where installed at points of connection where there is a dissimilarity of metals shall be in accordance with ASSE 1079. 503.17 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall comply with Section 503.17.1 through Section 503.17.3. 503.17.1 Copper Pipe or Tubing to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass adapter, brass nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079. The joint between the copper pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size threaded joint. 503.17.2 Plastic Pipe to Other Materials. Where connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, approved types of adapter or transition fittings designed for the specific transition intended shall be used. 503.17.3 Stainless Steel to Other Materials. Where connecting stainless steel pipe to other types of piping, mechanical joints of the compression type, dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079 and designed for the specific transition intended shall be used.

503.18 Expansion Joints. Listed expansion joints shall be accessible and shall be permitted to be used where necessary to provide for expansion and contraction of the pipes. 503.19 Unions. Unions shall be installed in a solar thermal system, not more than 12 inches (305 mm) of regulating equipment, water heating, conditioning tanks, and similar equipment that requires service by removal or replacement in a manner that will facilitate its ready removal.

104 TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM D 1869-1995 Rubber Rings for Asbestos-Cement Pipe Joints 503.1.1 (R2010) ASTM D 2657-2007* Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Joints 503.7.1 ASTM F1290-1998a Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings Joints 408.7(2) (R2011)* ASTM F2620-2012* Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fit- Joints 408.7(1), 408.7(3) tings AWS A5.9-2006* Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods Joints 503.14.2

Note: ASTM F1290 and ASTM F2620 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Approval of joints and connections must consider the compatibility of the joint or connection with the working fluid of the system and the pipe materials being joined. Joints and connections must be able to withstand the maximum operating conditions of the system. The same format for joining methods and materials is in the UPC, UMC, and USP- SHTC. Redundant language for each material is not necessary.

Provisions pertaining to asbestos-cement piping should be deleted as it is no longer manufactured in North Amer- ica. Furthermore, the potential health issue associated with this material makes it unsafe for most water supply and drainage applications. If for some reason an individual wanted to use this piping material they could always do so in accordance with Section 302.2 (Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction Equivalency). Furthermore, the revisions will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) and Uniform Plumb- ing Code (UPC) which were accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Amended by the TC COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend proposal as follows:

408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for the pressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having a radius of not less than six times the outside diameter of the tubing. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 408.1 is being modified as you cannot make bends that are six times the outside diameter in all piping materials. Where changes of direction are necessary, it should be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Dave Levanger, Technical Correlating Committee (TCC) (See TCC Report Item # 10 and Item # 27) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

105 408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for the pressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

408.12 Steel Pipe and Tubing. Joints between steel pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (1) Mechanical joints shall be made with an approved and listed elastomeric gasket. (2) Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads that are in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic. (3) Welded joints shall be made by electrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned by an approved procedure. Joints shall be welded by an approved filler metal. (4) Pressed joints shall have an elastomeric O-ring that forms the connection. The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder of the fittings. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is fully inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommended by the manufacturer.

409.2 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe. Joints between chlorinated poly (vinyl chloride) (CPVC) pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (1) Removable and non-removable push fit fittings with an elastomeric O-ring that employ quick assembly push fit connectors listed or labeled shall be in accordance with ASSE 1061. (2) Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F493, requiring the use of a primer shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored and be in accordance with ASTM F656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F493 that does not require the use of primers, yellow or red in color, shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2846, ½ of an inch (15 mm) 1 through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter or ASTM F442, ⁄2 of an inch (15 mm) through 23 inches (5080 mm) in diameter. Apply primer where required inside the fitting and to the depth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and inside of fitting. Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set. The manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices.

(remaining text unchanged)

(remaining text unchanged) 409.3 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe and Tubing.

409.7 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (1) (remaining text unchanged) (2) Electro-fusion joints shall heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint be installed in accordance with ASTM F1290 and shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with a heat source. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. Pipe shall be clamped in place and power applied through a controlled processor. The material surrounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion.

(remaining text unchanged)

409.10 Polypropylene (PP) Pipe. Joints between polypropylene pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (1) (remaining text unchanged) (2) Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Polypropylene pipe shall not be threaded. Polypropylene transition fittings for connection to other piping materials shall only be threaded by use of copper or copper alloy or stainless steel inserts molded in the fitting.

106 409.11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. Joints between polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (1) (remaining text unchanged) (2) Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Pipe shall be cut square and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and other foreign material, apply primer purple in color in accordance with ASTM F656. Primer shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be made while both the inside socket surface and outside surface of pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place and undisturbed for 1 minute after assembly. The manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be followed for safe practices. (3) (remaining text unchanged)

409.13.1 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe or Tubing to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be made by the use of brass copper alloy adapter, brass copper alloy nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE 1079. The joint between the copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a standard pipe size threaded joint.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM F402-2005 Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2012)* Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F1290-1998a Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fit- Joints 409.7(2) (R2011)* tings

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

Note: ASTM F442 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. The revisions to Section 408.1 of the USEHC will correlate with the action taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 315 (Public Comment 2). Furthermore, the revision to Section 408.12 of the USEHC will correlate with the action taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 315 (Public Comment 3).

The Committee statement“ provided by the UMC TC for accepting Item # 315 (Public Comment 2) as amended is as follows: Section 1211.1 was modified to provide clarity to the end user” that the manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be used for the joining and connections using pipe bends.

The substantiation“ provided by the UMC for accepting Item # 315 (Public Comment 3) as submitted is as follows: Section 1211.12 was revised as the section did not include description for press-connected joints for steel pipe and tube. This modification harmonizes the updated press connection fitting standard (IAPMO PS 117) that now includes” materials other than copper. Furthermore, the language proposed is in harmony with Section 1211.3 (4).

2. Section 409.3, Section 409.10, and 409.13.1 of the USEHC are being revised to correlate with the action taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 051 in regards to the use of copper alloy. Section 409.2(2) is being revised by adding reference to ASTM F442 to correlate with the action taken by the UPC TC to “accept as submitted” Item # 196. References to ASTM F402 are being removed from Section 409.2(2) and 409.11(2) to correlate with the actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 197 and with the actions taken by the UMC TC for Item # 315. Furthermore, the pipe sizing

107 requirements in Section 409.2(2) of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 196. All other modifications were done to correlate with similar sections of the UPC. The revision to Section 409.7(2) is being revised to correlate with Section 703.5.1.1 in regards to the joining methods of PE pipe using electro-fusion.

The substantiation provided by the UPC for accepting Item # 051 (Public Comment 2) is a follows: “In order to correlate throughout the UPC, the text “brass” or “bronze” needs to be replaced with “copper alloy” within the proposed” sections. This change will correlate the UPC with terminology that is used within industry standards.

The substantiation provided by the UPC for accepting Item # 196 is a follows: “CPVC listed to ASTM F442 is commonly used in both sprinkler and” plumbing systems. ASTM F442 is also recognized within Table 604.1 as an approved standard for CPVC pipe.

The substantiation provided by the UPC for accepting the public comment (Item # 196) as submitted is a follows: “ASTM F442 CPVC pipe is used in fire sprinkler piping, which is sized up to 3” for a one-step solvent cement. ASTM D2846 tubing is only used with a one-step solvent cement up to 2,” so these products need to be addressed separately.”

The substantiation provided by the UPC for accepting the public comment (Item # 197) is a follows: 1. “ The provisions are redundant in the fact that Section 309.4 (Installation Practices) already” requires the manufacturer’s installation instructions to be followed for a plumbing system installation. 2. “ ASTM F402 indicates that the specific safety information for handling solvent cement should be obtained from the container label or Material Safety Data Sheet that are both available from the manufacturer. There- fore, if such information is” available from the manufacturer then there really is not a compelling reason for referencing ASTM F402.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The TCC has the responsibility to resolve conflicts and achieve correlation among the recommendations of the TCs. The TCC shall have the authority to choose between alternative text recommended by the TC, but only as necessary for correlation, consistency, and the correction of errors and omissions in accordance with Section 3-6 of the Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Codes. Actions taken on UMC Item # 315 (Public Comment 2), resulted in a conflict within this code. In order to correlate language the following Technical Correlating Committee proposed action to the USEHC is shown as follows:

408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for the pressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions having a radius of not less than six times the outside diameter of the tubing. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

Accept as Submitted TCC COMMITTEE ACTION:

TCC COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 408.1 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken on Item # 315 (Public Comment 2) of the UMC in regards to the change in direction of tubing for hydronic systems.

108 The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 315 (Public Com- ment 2) of the UMC is as follows: “Section 1211.1 was modified to provide clarity to the end user that the manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be used for the joining and connections using pipe bends.”

Note: The current language in Section 408.1 of the USEHC was proposed by the TCC to correlate with Section 1211.1 of the 2015 UMC. However, Item # 315 (PC 2), Section 1211.1 of the 2015 UMC was further revised by the Assembly and passed by the UMC Technical Committee.

The following proposed action moves forward by the TCC and supersedes the recommendation from the USEHC TC in regards to changes in direction made with pipe bends.

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Alexander Green, Watts Radiant SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

408.7 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shall be made by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force. (2) Electro-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F1290 and shall be made by embedding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with a heat source. Pipe shall be clamped in place and power applied through a controlled processor. The material surrounding the wire shall be melted along with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion. (3) Socket-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F2620 and shall be made by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (4) (remaining text unchanged)

703.5.1.1 Joining Methods for Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and one of the following heat fusion methods: (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620 by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joint ends shall be placed together with applied force. (2) Socket-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620 by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (3) Electrofusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F1290 heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pip to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool.

703.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-Linked Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and one of the following methods:. (1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (2) Cold-expansion joints shall be made and fittings shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of the pipe with the expander tool, inserting the cold-expression fitting into expanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe and the fitting, compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX)

109 pipe and fittings shall be installed with fittings for PEX tubing that comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1. PEX tubing labeled in accordance with ASTM F876 shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Cold-expansion jJoints shall be permitted to be buried with the manufacturer’s approved corrosion covering.

Note: ASTM F876 and ASTM F1290 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. The proposed modification deletes language that is superfluous since the method is covered, in detail, by the standards and will quickly become outdated should the standards change. 2. The section on joining methods for PE piping in Section 703.5.1.1 should match the language for joining methods in Section 408.7. Again, the additional language on method is superfluous and could easily become outdated. 3. The language in Section 703.5.2.1 for PEX piping should also match the language in Section 409.4, with the additional language for direct burial instructions.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1 as it addresses joint and connection provisions that are consistent throughout the code.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

110 Item # 044 Comment Seq # 019 USEHC 2015 – (409.0 – 409.5):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

409.0 System Controls. 409.1 Water Temperature Controls. A heat source or system of commonly connected heat sources shall be protected by a water-temperature-activated operating control to stop heat output of the heat source where the system water reaches a pre-set operating temperature. 409.2 Radiant Floor Heating Panels. Radiant floor heating panels shall be protected with a high-limit control set 20°F (11°C) above the maximum design water temperature for the panel to prevent the introduction of heat into the panel. The high- limit setting shall not exceed the temperature rating for the pipe and shall be equipped with a manual reset. 409.3 Operating Steam Controls. A steam heat source or system of commonly connected steam heat sources shall be protected by a pressure-actuated control to shut off the fuel supply where the system pressure reaches a pre-set operating pressure. 409.3.1 Water-Level Controls. A primary water-level control shall be installed on a steam heat source to control the water level in the heat source. The control shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 409.4 Occupied Spaces. An air-temperature-sensing device shall be installed in the occupied space to regulate the operation of the heat-distribution system. 409.5 Return-Water Low-Temperature Protection. Where a minimum return-water temperature to the heat source is specified, the heating system shall be designed and installed to ensure that the minimum return-water temperature is maintained during the normal operation of the heat source.

SUBSTANTIATION: System controls are used to ensure the safe operation of the heat source by preventing operation of the appliance when an unsafe condition is present. Continued appliance operation during an unsafe condition presents a life safety hazard and potential for property damage and must be avoided. Furthermore, the proposed language in Section 409.0 through Section 409.5 will correlate with language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Alexander Green, Watts Radiant SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

409.2 Radiant Floor Heating Panels. Radiant floor heating panels shall be protected with a high-limit control set 20°F (11°C) above the maximum design water temperature for the panel to prevent the introduction of heat into the panel. The high- limit setting shall not exceed the temperature rating for the pipe and shall be equipped with an automatic or manual reset.

409.4 Occupied Spaces. An air-temperature-sensing device shall be installed in the occupied space to regulate the operation of the heat-distribution system.

111 SUBSTANTIATION: In Section 409.2, the requirement for a manual reset excludes the option for automatic reset that is now available on most controls. Furthermore, requiring a manual reset could pose an additional risk to health and safety for homeowners or operators that are unaware of the reset functionality. In Section 409.4, limiting the temperature-sensing device to only include “air” temperature goes above and beyond what is required to meet the minimum requirements for health and safety. The recommended text would allow the inclusion of embedded sensors (wall, floor, etc.), which are common in the industry.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language has the potential of creating a nuisance and lockouts. Furthermore, the justification lacks technical substantiation to warrant the change.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

17 5 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: I disagree with Section 409.2 as per the Committee Statement. I agree with Section 409.4 as such a state- mentBEAN: excludes the use of “operative thermostats” (ref,: ASHRAE Standard 55) and “surface thermostats” and “embedded sensors.” Methods other then air measurements could work here, and in some cases, no sensors for that matter. CUDAHY: I do not agree that occupied spaces should require air temperature sensing devices. Some radiant sys- temsMATSON: can be regulated by radiant panel temperature or proper outdoor reset control without the need for indoor air temperature sensors. I agree with the commenter that the temperature sensing device used in a hydronic heating system isNICKELSON: not always an air temperature sensing device. This comment should be accepted as submitted to not limit the use of other temperature sensing and control devices. I agree with all negative comments provided by the TC. TIERNEY:

112 Item # 045 Comment Seq # 020 USEHC 2015 – (409.6, 409.7):

Alexander Green SUBMITTER: Watts Radiant

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

409.6 Interlock. Where a cooling system is used within the same area of the building, the radiant panel heating and cooling systems shall be interlock to prevent simultaneous operation. 409.7 Temperature Reading. A temperature gauge or transmitter shall be installed for reading the following fluid temperatures: (1) The panel system supply and outlet. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the temperature between the heat source outlet and panel system supply are the same. (2) The heat source outlet and return line. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the temperature between the panel system outlet and the heat source return are the same.

Accept as Amended by the TC COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend proposal as follows:

409.6 Interlock Simultaneous Operation. Where a cooling system is used within the same area of the building, the rRa- diant panel heating and cooling systems sharing a common space temperature control shall be interlock configured to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling operation.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 409.6 was modified to clarify the intent of the section by further addressing the simultaneous operation of a hydronic space heating and cooling system.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Randall Knapp, Plastics Pipe Institute SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

409.7 Temperature Reading. A temperature gauge or transmitter shall be installed for reading the following fluid temperatures: (1) The in the panel system supply and heat source outlet. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the temperature between the heat source outlet and panel system supply are the same. (2) The heat source outlet and return line. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the temperature between the panel system outlet and the heat source return are the same.

SUBSTANTIATION: The original proposed language creates confusion in regards to which lines required temperature gauges. The proposed modification clarifies that the panel system supply and heat source outlet are essentially the same piping. The

113 original substantiation for the proposal discussed the need for safe operation of the heat source citing life safety concerns, which is not provided simply by the use of multiple gauges or transmitters. Additionally, while multiple gauges to indicate temperature difference across a system panel may be desirable in some installations, the USEHC should only give the minimum requirements and should not require optional higher performance equipment. As such, temperature indication at both sides of the heat source is not necessary and removing the requirement for a return side gauge reduces this requirement to the minimum for proper system installation, use, and safety.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

114 Item # 046 Comment Seq # 021 USEHC 2015 – (410.0 – 410.8):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

410.0 Pressure and Flow Controls. 410.1 Balancing. A means for balancing distribution loops, heat emitting devices, and multiple-boiler installations shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. A means for balancing and flow control shall include the piping design, pumping equipment, or balancing devices. 410.2 Low-Water Control. Direct-fired heat sources within a closed heating system shall have a low-water fuel cut-off device, except as specified in Section 410.3. Where a low-water control is integral with the heat source as part of the appliance’s integrated control, and is listed for such use, a separate low-water control shall not be required. An external cut-off device shall be installed in accordance with the heat-source manufacturer’s installation instructions. No valve shall be located between the external low-water fuel cut-off and the heat-source unit. Where a pumped condensate return is installed, a second low-water cut- off shall be provided. 410.3 Flow-Sensing Devices. A direct-fired heat source, requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating, shall have a flow-sensing device installed with the appliance or such device shall be integral with the appliance. A low-water fuel cut-off device shall not be required. 410.4 Automatic Makeup Water. Where an automatic makeup water supply fill device is used to maintain the water content of the heat-source unit, or any closed loop in the system, the makeup supply shall be located at the expansion tank connection. A pressure-reducing valve shall be installed on the makeup water feed line. The pressure of the feed line shall be set as specified in the design of the system, and connections to potable water shall be in accordance with Section 402.0 to prevent contamination due to backflow. 410.5 Differential Pressure Regulation. Provisions shall be made to control zone flows in a multi-zone hydronic system where the closing of some or all of the two-way zone valves causes excess flow through the open zones or deadheading of a fixed-speed pump. 410.5.1 Differential Pressure Bypass Valve. Where a differential pressure bypass valve is used for the purpose specified in Section 410.4, it shall be installed and adjusted to provide bypass of the distribution system where the zones are closed. 410.6 Air-Removal Device. Provision shall be made for the removal of air in the heat-distribution piping system. The air- removal device shall be located in the area of the heat-distribution piping system where air accumulates. Air-removal devices shall be installed to facilitate their removal for examination, repair, or replacement. 410.7 Air-Separation Device. An air-separation device shall be installed on a closed heat-distribution system. The device shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions or at the point in the heat-distribution system where there is no pressure change and the water in the heat-distribution system is at the highest temperature. 410.8 Secondary Loops. Secondary loops that are isolated from the primary heat-distribution loop by a heat exchanger shall have an air-removal device or an air-separation device as specified in Section 410.6 or Section 410.7.

SUBSTANTIATION: Hydronic balancing is a set of techniques to ensure that the intended amount of water reaches each terminal unit. This is done typically by means of calibrated flow control valves placed throughout the building. Balancing also enables the detection and correction of problems (i.e., air in system, deficient balancing valves, etc). If the system is not balanced properly water will flow to the path of least resistance causing temperature variation and increased operating costs.

The sole purpose of a low-water cut-off control is to stop the heat input to the direct-fired heat source whenever the water level is dangerously low. These devices automatically interrupt the power supply to the burner controls or heating elements to cause the direct-fired source to shutdown. A pumped condensate return must have a switch in the low water cutoff that signals the pump when the heat source needs water. If there is inadequate condensate com-

115 ing back from the system, the make-up valve opens and brings the water up to the required level to ensure that there will always be a reservoir of water for the pump. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with provisions submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Jeff Matson, Viega LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

410.5.1 Differential Pressure Bypass Valve. Where a differential pressure bypass valve is used for the purpose specified in Section 410.4 410.5, it shall be installed and adjusted to provide bypass of the distribution system where the zones are closed.

SUBSTANTIATION: The reference to Section 410.4 in Section 410.5.1 is a typo and it should be Section 410.5, as Section 410.5 pertains to the use of differential pressure bypass valves for flow regulation, and not the automatic fill valves of Section 410.4 which are a different type of component function. Furthermore, a differential pressure bypass valve is not intended to serve as an automatic makeup water fill valve. This change also serves to correlate with language proposed for the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), as my similar comment was recently accepted by the UMC Tech- nical Committee.

: Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

116 Item # 050 Comment Seq # 022 USEHC 2015 – (413.0 – 413.9.2):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

413.0 Radiant Heating and Cooling. 413.1 Installation. Radiant heating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordance with the system design. 413.2 Radiant Under-Floor Heating. Floor surface temperatures shall not exceed the following temperatures: (1) 85°F (29°C) in dwellings, buildings, or structures. (2) 85°F (29°C) in occupancies where prolonged foot contact with the floor, and solid or laminated hardwood flooring. (3) 90°F (32°C) in bathrooms and indoor swimming pools. The radiant heating panel temperature shall not exceed the maximum temperature rating of the materials used in the construction of the radiant heating panel. The radiant panel shall be protected with a high-limit control in accordance with Section 409.2. 413.3 Chilled Water Systems. Chilled water systems for cooling shall be designed to minimize the potential for condensation. Chilled water piping, valves, and fittings shall be insulated and vapor sealed to prevent surface condensation. 413.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humidity-controlled environment. An air handling device that removes humidity shall be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent. A humidity sensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the panels where the surface approaches the dew point. 413.5 Tube Placement. Hydronic radiant panel tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and system design. The length of continuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold shall not exceed the lengths specified by the manufacturer or, in the absence of manufacturer’s specifications, the lengths specified in Table 413.5. Actual loop lengths shall be determined by spacing, number of loops, flow rate, and pressure drop requirements, as specified in the system design. For the purpose of system balancing, each individual loop shall have a tag securely affixed to the manifold to indicate the length of the loop, and the room(s) and area(s) served. In a single-zone multiple-manifold installation, balanced flow through manifolds shall be as specified in Section 411.4.

TABLE 413.5 MAXIMUM LENGTH OF CONTINUOUS TUBING FROM A SUPPLY-AND-RETURN MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT NOMINAL TUBE SIZE MAXIMUM LOOP LENGTH (inches) (feet) 1 ⁄4 125 5 ⁄16 200 3 ⁄8 250 1 ⁄2 300 5 ⁄8 400 3 ⁄4 500 1 750 For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

413.6 Poured Floor Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a concrete slab such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

117 413.6.1 Slab Penetration Tube and Joint Protection. Where embedded in or installed under a concrete slab, tubing shall be protected from damage at penetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve. The space between the tubing and sleeve shall be sealed. The tubing at the location of an expansion joint in a concrete slab shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve that covers the tubing not less than 12 inches (305 mm) on either side of the expansion joint or the tubing shall be installed below the slab. 413.6.2 Insulation. Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed in contact with the soil, not less than R-5 insulation shall be installed and shall be placed between the soil and the concrete; extend to the outside edges of the concrete; and be placed on all slab edges. Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed on grade, not less than R-5 insulation shall be installed and placed on vertical slab edges. Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is installed within a habitable space above and below, the total R-value of the floor system below the concrete slab shall be more than the total R-value of the material lying above the concrete slab and the floor system shall have not less than a R-3 value. 413.7 Joist Systems and Subfloors. Where tubing is installed below a subfloor, the tube spacing shall be in accordance with the system design and joist space limitations. Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor, the tube spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) center-to-center for living areas. Where tubing is installed in the joist cavity, the cavity shall be insulated with not less than R-12 material. An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall be maintained between the top of the insulation and the underside of the floor unless a conductive plate is installed. Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor and not embedded in concrete, the floor assembly shall be insulated with not less than R-12 material below the tubing. 413.8 Wall and Ceiling Panels. Where piping is installed in the wall stud cavity or the ceiling joist cavity, the cavity shall be insulated with material having an R-value of not less than R-12 material. The insulation shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent heating or cooling from being lost from the space intended to be controlled. An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall be maintained between the insulation and the interior surface of the panel unless a conductive plate is installed. 413.9 Radiant Heating and Cooling Panels. Radiant heating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall be listed for the application. 413.9.1 Electric Heating Panel Systems. Clearances for electric heating panels or between outlets, junction boxes, mounting luminaries, ventilating, or other openings shall comply with NFPA 70. 413.9.2 Radiant Wall and Ceiling Panels. Radiant panels attached to wood, steel, masonry, or concrete framing members shall be fastened by means of anchors, bolts, or approved expansion screws of sufficient size and anchorage to support the loads applied. In high moisture areas, panels shall be installed with corrosion-resistant fasteners. Piping systems shall be designed for thermal expansion to prevent the load being transmitted to the panel.

SUBSTANTIATION: The temperature of the water flowing through the tube is based on the amount of material obstructing the movement of heat from the tube to the space being heated. The type of flooring used, or extra floor material that the heat must pass through, will require higher water temperatures to motivate the flow of heat into the space. Tube placement is determined by the spacing, flow rate, friction loss, and pump capability identified in the design. The intent is to ensure excessively long tubing lengths are not used in panel systems. Identification and labeling is an important part of radiant panel tube heating in order to provide proper system balancing. Some differences between heating and cooling systems are the necessity of constant supply water temperature for humidity control; constant circulation rates because of chiller low temperature and freeze point requirements; relative small water temperature ranges because of the series of temperature differentials required between the water freeze point and dehumidification. Whether a chilled ceiling or chilled floor is used for space cooling, both systems need to be in a humidity-controlled environment. Therefore, some type of air-handling device that removes humidity must also be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with proposed language submitted for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Com- mittee meeting.

118 Good design practices consider the effects of tube placement. Where tubes are placed closer together the result is a lower water temperature. Bare concrete and tile floors may suffer from “striping” when tube centers are too far apart. The results of striping (warm and cool bands) can be felt on the floor surface by the occupants and should be avoided. Manufacturers should be consulted for actual “R” values and maximum temperatures for their products. Tube location near the concrete floor surface is preferred for very thick slabs, minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover to prevent cracking. R-value is a unit of measure of thermal resistance and the higher the value, the better the heat-insulating capabilities of the material. For example, an 8” lightweight concrete block has an R-value of 2 and a ½ of an inch of plywood has an R-value of .63. The concrete block has far better heat-insulating properties than the plywood. This unit is used to find the ‘heat-loss calculation’ for a structure so that preparations can be made to properly heat the structure. Radiant heating systems need low R-values for carpet pads to allow the heat to pass through it and high R-values are encouraged everywhere else.

Currently the USEHC is not clear in regards to the installation of radiant heating and cooling panels. Radiant heating and cooling panels should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and be listed for the specific application. Therefore, proposed Section 413.9 should be added to clarify to the end user of such requirements. Section 413.9.1 will address the minimum requirements for electric heating panel systems which are currently not addressed in the USEHC. Electric heating panel systems are common throughout the industry, and the end user has no guidance for the safe installation of such system. NFPA 70 is the industry standard for many electric-type products including heating panels. In Section 413.9.2, will address the anchorage of radiant wall and ceiling panels. It is crucial that the panels are securely fastened to support the distributed loads. Furthermore, since it is common for panels to be exposed to areas where corrosion can occur, such installation will require the fasteners to be of corrosion-resistant material. Support of radiant panels is safety issue and should be addressed. Section 413.9 through Section 413.9.2 correlate with the provisions proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was approved by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Mary Kimlinger, Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

413.2 Radiant Under-Floor Heating. Floor surface temperatures shall not exceed the following temperatures: (1) 85°F (29°C) in dwellings, buildings, or structures. (2) 85°F (29°C) in occupancies where prolonged foot contact with the floor, and solid or laminated hardwood flooring. (3) 90°F (32°C) in bathrooms and indoor swimming pools. The radiant heating panel temperature shall not exceed the maximum temperature rating of the materials used in the construction of the radiant heating panel. The radiant panel shall be protected with a high-limit control in accordance with Section 409.2. The system design shall account for water temperature controls to protect the finished flooring materials.

SUBSTANTIATION: The water temperature control provides the water temperature to the panel. In all devices, when and if they fail, they will fail in the closed position. In slabs (concrete) this becomes even less critical as it is very rare to have wood flooring installed over it. To me, this is the larger issue, protecting a wood floor if it is installed. Supply water temperature does not translate directly to surface temperature. Using a limit control in a manner such as this will impede the ability of a P-I control to be able to “dial” in the correct water temperature. Properly designed systems along with room temperature control and zoning effectively eliminates the need for such a requirement. This should be addressed with a slab limit provision and not a limit control on water temperature.

119 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is vague and unenforceable as finished floors may change over time.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Independent of the boiler safety limits, the necessary operating temperature controls provide BEAN, TIERNEY: protection. Ergo, there is no need for a secondary limit. Additionally, said operating controls would be adjusted in the event the flooring was changed.

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Mary Kimlinger, Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

413.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humidity-controlled environment. An air handling device that removes humidity shall be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent the panel dew point temperature. A humidity sensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the panels where the surface approaches the dew point.

SUBSTANTIATION: Specifying 70 percent humidity is too restrictive and may not be appropriate for all climates and installations.

Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

413.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humidity-controlled environment. An air handling device that removes humidity shall be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below the relative humidity associated with the panel dew point temperature. A humidity sensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the panels where the surface approaches the dew point.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification will further clarify the intent of the section.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

120 for correlation, consistency, and the correction of errors and omissions in accordance with Section 3-6 of the Regu- lations Governing Consensus Development of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Codes. Actions taken on UMC Item # 322, resulted in a conflict within this code. In order to correlate language the following Technical Correlating Committee proposed action to the USEHC is shown as follows:

413.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humidity-controlled environment. An air handling device that removes humidity shall be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent the relative humidity associated with the panel dew point temperature. A humidity sensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the panels where the surface approaches the dew point.

Accept as Submitted TCC COMMITTEE ACTION:

TCC COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 413.4 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken on Item # 322 of the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code in regards to the required relative humidity for a chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling.

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 322 of the UMC is as follows: “The temperature of the water flowing through the tube is based on the amount of material obstructing the movement of heat from the tube to the space being heated. The type of flooring used, or extra floor material that the heat must pass through, will require higher water temperatures to motivate the flow of heat into the space.

Tube placement is determined by the spacing, flow rate, friction loss, and pump capability identified in the design. The intent is to ensure excessively long tubing lengths are not used in panel systems.

Identification and labeling is an important part of radiant panel tube heating in order to provide proper system balancing. Some differences between heating and cooling systems are the necessity of constant supply water temperature for humidity control; constant circulation rates because of chiller low temperature and freeze point requirements; relative small water temperature ranges because of the series of temperature differentials required between the water freeze point and dehumidification. Whether a chilled ceiling or chilled floor is used for space cooling, both systems need to be in a humidity-controlled environment. Therefore, some type of air-handling device that removes humidity must also be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent.”

The following proposed action moves forward by the TCC and supersedes the recommendation from the USEHC TC in regards to the required relative humidity for a chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling.

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Alexander Green, Watts Radiant SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

413.6 Poured Floor Concrete Slab-on-Grade Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a concrete slab-on-grade, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

415.3.2 Poured Concrete Slab-on-Grade Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a concrete slab-on- grade, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

121 SUBSTANTIATION: The requirements for embedded tubing to be not less than 2 inches (51mm) below the surface does not take into account thin-slab/over-pour systems. We suggest clarifying that these requirements are limited to slab-on-grade systems (typically 4 to 6 inches thick) and do not apply to thin-slab systems (typically 1.5 to 2 inches thick).

Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

413.6 Poured Floor Structural Concrete Slab-on-Grade Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a structural concrete slab-on-grade, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

415.3.2 Poured Structural Concrete Slab-on-Grade Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a structural concrete slab-on-grade, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification will clarify the intent of the section as the slab may not necessarily be on-grade.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The TCC has the responsibility to resolve conflicts and achieve correlation among the recommendations of the TCs. The TCC shall have the authority to choose between alternative text recommended by the TC, but only as necessary for correlation, consistency, and the correction of errors and omissions in accordance with Section 3-6 of the Regu- lations Governing Consensus Development of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Codes. Actions taken on UMC Item # 322 and Item # 326, resulted in a conflict within this code. In order to correlate language the following Technical Correlating Committee proposed action to the USEHC is shown as follows:

413.6 Poured Floor Structural Concrete Slab Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a structural concrete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

415.3.2 Poured Structural Concrete Slab Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a structural concrete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

Accept as Submitted TCC COMMITTEE ACTION:

TCC COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 413.6 and Section 415.3.2 of the USEHC are being revised to correlate with the actions taken on Item # 322 and Item # 326 of the 2015 UMC in regards to piping and tubing embedded in concrete.

122 The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 322 of the UMC is as follows: “The temperature of the water flowing through the tube is based on the amount of material obstructing the movement of heat from the tube to the space being heated. The type of flooring used, or extra floor material that the heat must pass through, will require higher water temperatures to motivate the flow of heat into the space.

Manufacturers should be consulted for actual “R” values and maximum temperatures for their products. Tube location near the concrete floor surface is preferred for very thick slabs, minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover to prevent cracking. R-value is a unit of measure of thermal resistance and the higher the value, the better the heat-insulating capabilities of the material. For example, an 8” lightweight concrete block has an R-value of 2 and a 1 ⁄2 of an inch of plywood has an R-value of .63. The concrete block has far better heat-insulating properties than the plywood. This unit is used to find the ‘heat-loss calculation’ for a structure so that preparations can be made to properly heat the structure. Radiant heating systems need low R-values for carpet pads to allow the heat to pass through it and high R-values are encouraged everywhere else.”

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 326 of the UMC is as follows: “Auxiliary systems need to be addressed as additional loads are placed on the system along with chemical additives, corrosive fluids, or both. These recommended requirements address the design, installation and operation of snow and ice melting systems. The expected output should be based on the rate of snowfall, air dry-bulb temperature, humidity, wind speed, and dimension and design of controlled surfaces. The pipe spacing, pipe depth, and slab insulation can all have a significant effect on the heating capacity required to achieve a certain snow-melting performance. As can be seen, either increasing the pipe spacing or eliminating the bottom-side insulation degrades the performance of the system. Increasing the pipe spacing makes it more difficult to uniformly heat the top surface of the slab. However, increasing the pipe spacing requires higher fluid temperatures, some of which are infeasible. Preheating the slab with full heating capacity before snowfall can significantly improve the snow melting performance; however, it may result in excessively high fluid temperatures in mild weather conditions. These high fluid temperatures may not be achievable with typical system design constraints.” The following proposed action moves forward by the TCC and supersedes the recommendation from the USEHC TC in regards to piping and tubing embedded in concrete.

123 Item # 052 Comment Seq # 023 USEHC 2015 – (415.0 – 415.4, Table 415.3.1):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

415.0 Auxiliary Systems. 415.1 General. Additional heating loads shall be sized in accordance with one of the following methods and the required additional capacity shall be added to the primary heat source: (1) Methods included in this chapter. (2) Other approved engineering methods acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (3) Sizing guidelines included in the manufacturer’s instructions, Where an auxiliary system is deemed to be in use only in seasons other than winter, it shall not be required to be combined with the space heating requirement in the winter. The heat source shall be sized to the level of the highest total seasonal load. 415.2 Use of Chemical Additives and Corrosive Fluids. Where auxiliary systems contain chemical additives, corrosive fluids, or both not intended or designed for use in the primary system, a double wall heat exchanger shall be used in accordance with Section 406.1. The chemical additives in the auxiliary systems shall be compatible with auxiliary system components and accepted for use by the heat exchanger manufacturer. 415.3 Snow Melt. An automatic thermostatically operating control device that controls the supply hydronic solution temperature to the snow melt area shall be installed in the system. A means shall be provided to prevent low return hydronic solution temperature, as specified in Section 409.5. Snow melt auxiliary systems shall be protected from freezing with an approved hydronic solution. The circulating heat transfer fluid shall be a mixture of propylene or ethylene glycol and water. Automotive antifreeze shall not be used. 415.3.1 Tube Placement. Snow melt tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and with the tube layout and spacing as specified in the system design. Except for distribution mains, tube spacing that is shown in the design as center-to-center and the individual loop lengths shall be installed with a variance of not more than ±10 percent from the design. The length of continuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold arrangement shall not exceed the lengths specified by the manufacturer installation instructions and system design or, in the absence of manufacturer’s specifications, the lengths specified in Table 415.3.1. Actual loop lengths shall be determined by spacing, flow rate, temperature, and pressure drop, as specified in the system design.

TABLE 415.3.1 1,2 LOOP LENGTHS FOR SNOW MELT SYSTEMS SIZE AVERAGE ACTIVE LOOP TOTAL LOOP (inches) (feet) (feet) PE-RT or PEX Tubing 5 ⁄8 225 250 3 ⁄4 300 325 1 450 475 Copper Tubing3 1 ⁄2 – 140 3 ⁄4 – 280 For SI units: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm Notes: (1) The total PE-RT or PEX loop lengths consist of two separate sections, the active loop and the leader length. The active loop is installed within the heated slab. The leader length is the total distance to and from the manifold and heated slab, including any vertical distances. (2) The manifolds should be installed as close to the snow melts area as possible. (3) In concrete use a minimum Type L copper water tubing. In bituminous pavement using Type K copper water tubing.

124 415.3.2 Poured Concrete Slab Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a concrete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface. 415.3.3 Slab Penetration Tube and Joint Protection. Where embedded in or installed under a concrete slab, tubing shall be protected from damage at penetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve. The space between the tubing and sleeve shall be sealed. The tubing at the location of a joint in a concrete slab shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve that covers the tubing not less than 12 inches (305 mm) on either side of the joint or the tubing shall be installed below the slab. 415.3.4 Concrete Slab Preparation. A solid foundation shall be prepared before the tubing is installed. Compaction shall be used for slabs, sidewalks, and driveways. 415.3.5 Insulation. Where a poured concrete snow melt system is installed in contact with the soil, insulation that has a R-5 value shall be placed between the concrete and the compacted grade; extend as close as practical to the outside edges of the concrete; and be placed on vertical slab edges that are in contact with plants or landscaping. 415.3.6 Testing. Testing of auxiliary systems shall be in accordance with Section 404.2. 415.4 Hydronic Makeup Air Units. Hydronic makeup air units that are affected by freezing shall be protected against freezing by a hydronic solution or a method approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

SUBSTANTIATION: Auxiliary systems need to be addressed as additional loads are placed on the system along with chemical additives, corrosive fluids, or both. These recommended requirements address the design, installation and operation of snow and ice melting systems. The expected output should be based on the rate of snowfall, air dry-bulb temperature, humidity, wind speed, and dimension and design of controlled surfaces. The pipe spacing, pipe depth, and slab insulation can all have a significant effect on the heating capacity required to achieve a certain snow-melting performance. As can be seen, either increasing the pipe spacing or eliminating the bottom-side insulation degrades the performance of the system. Increasing the pipe spacing makes it more difficult to uniformly heat the top surface of the slab. However, increasing the pipe spacing requires higher fluid temperatures, some of which are infeasible. Preheating the slab with full heating capacity before snowfall can significantly improve the snow melting performance; however, it may result in excessively high fluid temperatures in mild weather conditions. These high fluid temperatures may not be achievable with typical system design constraints. Furthermore, the proposed language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Amended by the TC COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend proposal as follows:

415.3 Snow Melt. An automatic thermostatically operating control device that controls the supply hydronic solution temperature to the snow melt area shall be installed in the system. A means shall be provided to prevent low return hydronic solution temperature, as specified in Section 409.5. Snow melt auxiliary systems shall be protected from freezing with an approved hydronic solution. The circulating heat transfer fluid shall be a mixture of propylene glycol or ethylene glycol and water. Auto- motive antifreeze shall not be used.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The modification adds “glycol” as it clarifies that propylene glycol and water is a permitted mixture that can be used as a heat transfer fluid.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Alexander Green, Watts Radiant SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

125 415.3.5 Insulation. Where a poured concrete snow melt system is installed in contact with the soil, insulation requirements shall be determined by considering soil conditions, requirements of the snow melt system (Class I or Class III) and in accordance with the registered design professional. Where required, insulation that has a minimum R-5 value shall be placed between the concrete and the compacted grade; extend as close as practical to the outside edges of the concrete; and be placed on vertical slab edges that are in contact with plants or landscaping.

SUBSTANTIATION: The requirement for slab insulation cannot be applied for all applications and conditions. In fact, in some cases, adding insulation beneath a slab can increase the risk to health and safety: adding insulation decouples the slab from the earth, allowing frost to form more easily on the slab than the surrounding area under some conditions. The frost is enough to create a slip and fall hazard, but not enough to activate the snow melt system. In other, critical applications (Class III systems such as helicopter pads, entrances to hospital emergency rooms, etc. which must be kept clear of snow and ice at all times) or where conditions require it (high water table or bedrock – high downward con- duction areas), insulation under the slab is key to correct system performance. The point is that making the blanket statement that insulation is required under all slab snow melt systems is not ideal to ensure health and safety.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is vague and unenforceable. Furthermore, clarification pertaining to what is meant by soil conditions and snow melt system classes is required for enforcement purposes.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

19 3 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Insulation should be specified with an understanding for risk. As the submitter of the public commentBEAN, CUDAHY: noted, an insulated slab can develop frost on its surface and can become a safety risk. This can lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

126 Item # 053 Comment Seq # 024 USEHC 2015 – (416.0 – 416.6, 311.3):

Phil Ribbs SUBMITTER: PHR Consultants

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

416.0 Piping Installation. 416.1 General. Piping, fittings, and connections shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of their approval. 416.2 Embedded Piping and Joints. Piping for heating or cooling panels embedded in concrete shall be steel pipe, Type L copper tubing or plastic pipe or tubing rated at not less than 100 psi at 180°F (689 kPa at 82°C). Joints of pipe or tubing that are embedded in a portion of the building, such as concrete or plaster, shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 416.2.1 through Section 416.2.3. 416.2.1 Steel Pipe. Steel pipe shall be welded by electrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method. 416.2.2 Copper Tubing. Copper tubing shall be joined by brazing with filler metals having a melting point not less than 1000°F (538°C). 416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method. 416.3 Pressure Tested. Piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. During the pour, the pipe shall maintain the test pressure of not less than one and one-half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 psi (689 kPa). During freezing or the possibility of freezing conditions, testing shall be done with air where permitted by the manufacturer. 416.4 System Drainage. Hydronic piping systems shall be installed to permit the system to be drained. The system shall drain by indirect waste in accordance with Section 311.3. Embedded piping underground or under floors is not required to be designed for draining the system. 416.5 Condensate Drainage. Condensate drains from dehumidifying coils shall be constructed and sloped for condensate removal. Such drains shall be installed in accordance with Section 311.3. 416.6 Clearance to Combustibles. Hydronic piping where the exterior temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C) shall have a clearance of not less 1 inch (25.4 mm) to combustible materials.

311.3 Drainage. For heating or hot-water-supply boiler applications, the boiler room shall be equipped with a floor drain or other approved means for disposing of the accumulation of liquid wastes incident to cleaning, recharging, and routine maintenance. No steam pipe shall be directly connected to a part of a plumbing or drainage system, nor shall a water having a temperature above 140°F (60°C) be discharged under pressure directly into a part of a drainage system. Pipes from boilers shall discharge by means of indirect waste piping, as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the boiler manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language provides clear and concise provisions for the installation of piping including joining methods for materials embedded in concrete. To facilitate system repairs and maintenance, hydronic piping systems must be sloped and arranged to allow the transfer-medium fluids or condensate to be drained from the system. Each trapped section of the system piping must have drain cocks, unions or some other means of opening the system to drain it. Drainage discharge to the plumbing system must be by an indirect connection.

Maintaining a 1-inch clearance allows some of the heat energy from the hydronic pipe to dissipate before reaching adjacent combustible materials. Continuous exposure to the heat produced by hydronic piping can chemically alter adjacent combustible materials, thereby lowering the ignition temperature and creating a potential fire hazard. Except for steam applications, temperatures near 250°F are not typically found in hydronic systems. Even if the design temperature is less than 250°F, a clearance to combustibles should be maintained when higher temperatures are possible or when the maximum set point of system limit controls exceeds 250°F.

127 Testing of piping is necessary to disclose any defects in the system. This testing is especially important where the piping is to be encased and thereby made inaccessible. Furthermore, all of the proposed language will correlate with language proposed for the 2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) which was accepted by the UMC Technical Committee.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Alex Green, Watts Radiant SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths, or shall be joined by heat fusion method, or other approved permanent-type mechanical fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 416.3 Pressure Tested. Piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. During the pour, the pipe shall maintain the test pressure of not less than one and one-half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 50 psi (689 345 kPa). During freezing or the possibility of freezing conditions, testing shall be done with air where permitted by the manufacturer.

SUBSTANTIATION: Permanent-type, mechanical fittings as recommended by the manufacturer should be allowed to be used, especially to make repairs where tubing may have been damaged during installation. With regards to pressure testing, requiring 100 psi for the pressure test poses an increased risk to health and safety, especially when testing with air. Maintaining the system at a minimum of one and one-half times the operating pressure, but not less than 50 psi is sufficient to determine the presence of a leak.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: In Section 416.2.3, the proposed language will allow mechanical fittings to be installed in embedded concrete which is a point of failure.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: By necessity, repair couplings are required when a pipe is damaged. There isn’t a general con- tractorBEAN, onTIERNEY: earth that is going to stop a concrete pour, move all the placed concrete out of the way so that the damaged pipe can be removed and a new one placed down – isn’t going to happen. Furthermore, in order to stop a pour the structural engineer would need to be notified and the time delay alone would cause the crew to continue the pour regardless of what the mechanical contractor wants. The Committee must recognize the job site realities and permit repair couplings approved by the manufacturers and as listed by ASTM.

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Gary Morgan, Viega LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

128 416.3 Pressure Tested. Piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. During the pour, the pipe shall maintain the test pressure of not less than one and one-half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 psi (689 kPa). During freezing or the possibility of freezing conditions, or when hydrostatic testing is not practical, testing shall be permitted to be done with air where permitted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and conducted in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: Testing with air should not only be limited to when freezing conditions are possible on the job site. Testing with air should be a matter of installer’s choice as long as the AHJ and the manufacturer(s) of all the system components being pressure tested approve testing using compressed air.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is unenforceable as the AHJ will not know when hydrostatic testing is “practical.”

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

17 5 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Testing with air should be a matter of installer’s choice as long as the AHJ and the manufac- BEAN, MATSON: turer(s) of all the system components being pressure tested approve testing using compressed air. The TC could amend this comment to make the language enforceable. There are manufacturers who allow for very specific air testing of specific systems, so it can be a viable CUDAHY: option if the AHJ and manufacturer concur on the practice, and not just in freezing conditions. The language isn’t ideal, but the concept is valid. This section needs to be revised to reflect the acceptance of air pressure testing of plastic piping sys- NICKELSON: tems when recognized as an accepted practice by the AHJ and the manufacturer. This should not be limited to freezing conditions only. If this Committee feels it is acceptable to air pressure test plastic piping systems during freezing conditions, what makes it unacceptable to test at any other time? As this section is currently written, it is unenforceable as the AHJ, installer and manufacturer would have to disprove/prove whether freezing conditions are possible. I agree with all negative comments provided by the TC. TIERNEY:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association (PPFA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method, solvent welding, or other approved permanent-type mechanical fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed modification will provide clarity in accordance with the Technical Committee comments made in the ROP. Solvent, welding and mechanical fittings can be used, and are used for pressure systems, under slabs and underground.

129 Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method, solvent cemented welding, or other approved permanent-type mechanical fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The term “welding” is being revised to “cemented” as the term solvent welding is not used in ASTM standards.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF AFFIRMATIVE: I agree with the Committee but suggest removing the word "mechanical" from this amended statement: BEAN:

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method, solvent welding, or other approved permanent-type (mechanical) fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

The TCC has the responsibility to resolve conflicts and achieve correlation among the recommendations of the TCs. The TCC shall have the authority to choose between alternative text recommended by the TC, but only as necessary for correlation, consistency, and the correction of errors and omissions in accordance with Section 3-6 of the Regu- lations Governing Consensus Development of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Codes. Actions taken on UMC Item # 327, resulted in a conflict within this code. In order to correlate language the following Technical Correlating Committee proposed action to the USEHC is shown as follows:

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method, solvent cemented, or other approved permanent-type mechanical fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

Accept as Submitted TCC COMMITTEE ACTION:

TCC COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 416.2.3 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken on Item # 327 of the 2015 UMC in regards to plastics embedded in concrete.

The substantiation provided for Item # 327 of the UMC is as follows: “Auxiliary systems need to be addressed as additional loads are placed on the system along with chemical additives, corrosive fluids, or both. These recommended requirements address the design, installation and operation of snow and ice melting systems. The expected output should be based on the rate of snowfall, air dry-bulb temperature, humidity, wind speed, and dimension and design of controlled surfaces. The pipe spacing, pipe depth, and slab insulation can all have a significant effect on the heating capacity required to achieve a certain snow-melting performance. As can be seen, either increasing the pipe spacing or eliminating the bottom-side insulation degrades the performance of the system. Increasing the pipe spacing makes it more difficult to uniformly heat the top surface of the slab. However, increasing the pipe spacing requires higher fluid temperatures, some of which are infeasible. Preheating the slab with full heating capacity before snowfall can significantly improve the snow melting performance; however, it may result in excessively high fluid temperatures in mild weather conditions. These high fluid temperatures may not be achievable with typical system design constraints.”

130 The following proposed action moves forward by the TCC and supersedes the recommendation from the USEHC TC in regards to the joining of plastic pipe and tubing when embedded in concrete

PUBLIC COMMENT 4: Mary Kimlinger, Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method. Where possible, plastic pipe or tubing shall be installed without joints. When required for coupling or repair, only those joints listed in ASTM standards included in this code shall be used and shall be assembled with required materials and methods approved and warranted by the pipe manufacturer.

SUBSTANTIATION: By necessity and practicality, during the pouring of concrete over pipes, it’s not realistic to expect approval by design professionals to authorize the time and cost for concrete crews to stop the pour and remove already placed concrete so that a damaged pipe can be removed and replaced for continuity or where required, repaired with a proprietary fusion process. ASTM listed fittings meeting or exceeding the ratings of the pipe are readily available without having to use fusion; as such manufacturers with ASTM listed fittings who warrant the fittings in embedded floors or elsewhere must be included as an approved jointing method in the code.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language is ambiguous and unenforceable.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Not accepting the proposed language, the existing language remains as a restrictive practice since cou- plingsBEAN: and joining of pipes by methods listed in ASTM is, by necessity, required during repair of pipes or joining of lengths which do not use the heat fusion method.

131 Item # 054 Comment Seq # 025 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 4, 203.0, 204.0, 205.0, 210.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0, Table 1201.1):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 4 PIPING AND CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS

401.0 General. 401.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction, installation, alteration, and protection of solar thermal system piping and the protection of the potable water supply from contamination. Piping for potable water supply and distribution shall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code.

402.0 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Structures. 402.1 General. Piping installed for a solar thermal system shall be protected in accordance with Section 402.1.1 through Sec- tion 402.1.9.1. 402.1.1 Under or Through Walls. Piping passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of hot liquid piping. Voids around piping passing through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed. 402.1.2 Under Concrete Slab. Solar thermal piping installed within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an approved type, machine applied and in accordance with recognized standards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be restricted to those short sections and fittings necessarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galvanizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping or fittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall not be required to be wrapped. (2) Copper tubing shall be installed without joints where possible. Where joints are permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall be wrought copper. For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shall mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation. 402.1.3 Expansion and Contraction. Piping in connection with a solar thermal system shall be so installed that piping or connections will not be subject to undue strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. No solar thermal piping, unless designed and listed for such use, shall be directly embedded in concrete or masonry. No structural member shall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise, as defined in the building code. 402.1.4 Sleeves. Sleeves shall be provided to protect piping through concrete, masonry walls, and concrete floors. Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are drilled or bored. 402.1.5 Building Loads. Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load from building construction. 402.1.6 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where protectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired in an approved manner. 402.1.7 Plastic and Copper Piping. Plastic and copper piping penetrating framing members to within 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates not less than No. 18 gauge (0.0478 inches) (1.2 mm) in thickness. 1 The steel nail plate shall extend along the framing member not less than 1 ⁄2 inches (38 mm) beyond the outside diameter of the pipe or tubing.

132 402.1.8 Freeze Protection. No solar thermal piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing. Freeze protection for solar thermal systems shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temperature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be provided for system components containing heat transfer liquids in an approved manner. (2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit (“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s tolerance of freezing weather conditions. (3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system’s freeze tolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature. (4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid is potable water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shall be provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be permitted as one mechanism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to protect components from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an approved manner. Where approved, thermal mass of a system shall be permitted to be a form of freeze protection. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling of solar thermal sys- 1 tem components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall be not less than ⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. This also applies to header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector. Where a means to drain the system is provided a drain valve shall be installed. (6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the system in a visible location. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, such label shall indicate the minimum ambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended by the manufacturer’s instructions. 402.1.9 Water Hammer Protection. Solar thermal systems where quick-acting valves are installed shall be provided with water hammer arrester(s) to absorb high pressures resulting from the quick closing of these valves. Water hammer arrestors shall be approved mechanical devices in accordance with the applicable standard(s) referenced in Table 1201.1 and shall be installed as close as possible to quick-acting valves. 402.1.9.1 Mechanical Devices. Where listed mechanical devices are used, the manufacturer’s installation instructions as to location and method of installation shall be followed.

403.0 Identification of Piping Systems. 403.1 General. In buildings where a potable water system and nonpotable water or solar thermal system, or both, are installed, each system shall be clearly identified in accordance with Section 403.2 through Section 403.4. 403.2 Color and Information. Each system shall be identified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints, wraps, and materials compatible with the piping and in accordance with Section 403.2.1 through Section 403.2.3. 403.2.1 Potable Water. Potable water systems shall be identified with a green background with white lettering. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall comply with Table 403.2.1.

TABLE 403.2.1 MINIMUM LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD AND SIZE OF LETTERS OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF MINIMUM LENGTH OF MINIMUM SIZE OF PIPE OR COVERING COLOR FIELD LETTERS (inches) (inches) (inches) 1 1 1 ⁄2 to 1 ⁄4 8 ⁄2 1 3 1 ⁄2 to 2 8 ⁄4 1 1 2 ⁄2 to 6 12 1 ⁄4 1 8 to 10 24 2 ⁄2 1 Over 10 32 3 ⁄2 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

403.2.2 Nonpotable Water. Nonpotable water systems shall be identified in accordance with the plumbing code. 403.2.3 Heat Transfer Medium. Solar thermal piping shall be identified with an orange background with black uppercase lettering, with the words “CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.” Each solar thermal system shall be identified to designate the medium being conveyed. The minimum size of the letters and length of the color field shall comply with Table 403.2.1.

133 Each outlet on the solar thermal piping system shall be posted with black uppercase lettering as follows: “CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.” 403.3 Location of Piping Identification. The background color and required information shall be indicated every 20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per room, and shall be visible from the floor level. 403.4 Flow Directions. Solar thermal systems shall have flow directions indicated on system components and piping or shall have flow directions indicated on a diagrammatic representation of the system as installed, and permanently affixed to the system hardware in a readily visible location.

404.0 Unlawful Connections. 404.1 Prohibited Installation. No installation of solar thermal piping, or part thereof, shall be made in such a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter a portion of the potable water system from a pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment by reason of backsiphonage, suction, or other cause, either during normal use and operation thereof, or where such pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment is subject to pressure exceeding the operating pressure in the potable water system. 404.2 Cross-Contamination. No person shall make a connection or allow one to exist between pipes or conduits carrying potable water supplied by a public or private building supply system, and pipes or conduits containing or carrying water from other source or containing or carrying water that has been used for a purpose whatsoever, or piping carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, or substances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard and maintained in accordance with this code. 404.3 Backflow Prevention. No device or construction shall be installed or maintained, or shall be connected to a potable water supply, where such installation or connection provides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross-connection between a distributing system of water for drinking and domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminated by such device or construction unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard.

405.0 Cross-Connection Control. 405.1 General. Cross-connection control shall be provided between the potable water system and the solar thermal system in accordance with Section 405.2 through Section 405.12. No person shall install a water-operated equipment or mechanism, or use a water-treating chemical or substance, where it is found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical, or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potable water supply. Such equipment or mechanism shall be permitted where equipped with an approved backflow device or assembly. 405.2 Approval of Devices or Assemblies. Before a device or an assembly is installed for the prevention of backflow, it shall have first been approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested in accordance with recognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention devices and assemblies shall comply with Table 405.2(1), except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this code. The minimum air gap to afford backflow protection shall comply with Table 405.2(2). Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in good working condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

134 TABLE 405.2(1) BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS DEGREE OF HAZARD 2,3 DEVICE, ASSEMBLY, OR APPLICABLE POLLUTION CONTAMINATION INSTALLATION 1 METHOD STANDARDS (LOW HAZARD) (HIGH HAZARD) BACK- BACK- BACK- BACK- SIPHONAGE PRESSURE SIPHONAGE PRESSURE Air gap ASME X –– X –– See Table 405.2(2) in this chapter. A112.1.2 Air gap fittings for use with ASME X –– X –– Air gap fitting is a device with an appliances and appurte- A112.1.3 internal air gap and typical installa- nances tion includes plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances. The critical level shall not be installed below the flood level rim. Atmospheric vacuum ASSE 1001 or X –– X –– Upright position. No valve down- breaker (consists of a body, CSA B64.1.1 stream. Minimum of 6 inches or listed checking member and distance above all down-stream pip- atmospheric port) ing and flood-level rim of receptor.4, 5

Vacuum breaker wall ASSE 1019 or X –– X –– Installation includes wall hydrants hydrants, hose bibbs, frost CSA B64.2.1.1 and hose bibbs. Such devices are not resistant, automatic drain- for use under continuous pressure ing type conditions (means of shut-off downstream of device is prohibited).4, 5 Spill-Resistant Pressure ASSE 1056 X –– X –– Upright position. Minimum of 12 Vacuum Breaker (single inches or listed distance above all check valve with air inlet downstream piping and flood-level vent and means of field rim of receptor.5 testing) Double Check Valve Back- ASSE 1015; X X –– –– Horizontal unless otherwise listed. flow Prevention Assembly AWWA C510; Access and clearance shall be in (two independent check CSA B64.5 or accordance with the manufacturer’s valves and means of field CSA B64.5.1 instructions, and not less than a 12 testing) inch clearance at bottom for maintenance. May need platform or ladder for test and repair. Does not discharge water. Pressure Vacuum Breaker ASSE 1020 or X –– X –– Upright position. May have valves Backflow Prevention CSA B64.1.2 downstream. Minimum of 12 inches Assembly (loaded air inlet above all downstream piping and valve, internally loaded flood-level rim of receptor. May dis- check valve and means of charge water. field testing) Reduced Pressure Principle ASSE 1013; X X X X Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Backflow Prevention AWWA C511; Access and clearance shall be in Assembly (two independ- CSA B64.4 or accordance with the manufacturer’s ently acting loaded check CSA B64.4.1 instructions, and not less than a 12 valves, a differential pres- inch minimum clearance at bottom sure relief valve and means for maintenance. May need of field testing) platform/ladder for test and repair. May discharge water. For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter. 2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation. 4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period. 5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section 406.5.

135 TABLE 405.2(2) 4 MINIMUM AIR GAPS WHERE NOT AFFECTED WHERE AFFECTED 1 2 FIXTURES BY SIDEWALLS BY SIDEWALLS (inches) (inches) 3 1 1 Effective openings not greater than ⁄2 of an inch in diameter 1 1 ⁄2 3 3 1 1 Effective openings not greater than ⁄4 of an inch in diameter 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄4 Effective openings3 not greater than 1 inch in diameter 2 3 Effective openings3 greater than 1 inch in diameter Two times diameter of effective Three times diameter of effective opening opening For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect air gaps where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three times the diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four times the effective opening for two intersecting walls. 2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in Footnote 1 above. The effect of three or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the air gap shall be measured from the top of the wall. 3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet. Where two or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area of the single outlet, whichever is smaller. 4 Air gaps less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with vacuums of 0 to 25 inches of mercury (0 kPa to 85 kPa).

405.3 Assemblies. Assemblies shall be listed in accordance with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and installation of backflow prevention assemblies. 405.4 Backflow Prevention Valve. Where more than one backflow prevention valve is installed on a single premise, and the valves are installed in one location, each separate valve shall be permanently identified by the permittee in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 405.5 Testing. The premise owner or responsible person shall have the backflow prevention assembly tested by a certified backflow assembly tester at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often when required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The periodic testing shall be performed in accordance with the procedures referenced in Table 1201.1 by a tester qualified in accordance with those standards. 405.6 Access and Clearance. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance, and repair. Access and clearance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) between the lowest portion of the assembly and grade, floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceed 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor or grade shall be provided with a permanent platform capable of supporting a tester or maintenance person. 405.7 Connections. Where potable water is discharged to the drainage system, it shall be by means of an approved air gap of two pipe diameters of the supply inlet, but in no case shall the gap be less than 1 inch (25.4 mm). 405.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers. Backflow preventers for hot water exceeding 110°F (43°C) shall be a type designed to operate at temperatures exceeding 110°F (43°C) without rendering a portion of the assembly inoperative. 405.9 Integral Backflow Preventers. Solar thermal systems with integral backflow preventers or integral air gaps manufactured as a unit shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 405.10 Prohibited Locations. Backflow preventers shall not be located in an area containing fumes that are toxic, poisonous, or corrosive. Backflow preventers with atmospheric vents or ports shall not be installed in pits, underground, or submerged locations. 405.11 Cold Climate. In cold climate areas, backflow assemblies and devices shall be protected from freezing with an outdoor enclosure or by a method acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 405.12 Drain Lines. Drain lines serving backflow devices or assemblies shall be sized in accordance with the discharge rates of the manufacturer’s flow charts of such devices or assemblies.

406.0 Specific Requirements. 406.1 Heat Exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or solar thermal systems shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers shall meet the requirements of Section 406.1.1. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat transfer medium by providing a space between the two walls that are vented to the atmosphere. 406.1.1 Single-Wall Heat Exchangers. Solar thermal systems that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meet the following requirements:

136 (1) Heat transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade. (2) Bear a label with the word “Caution,” followed by the following statements: (a) The heat transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid recognized as safe by the FDA. (b) The maximum operating pressure of the heat exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the potable water supply. (3) The word “Caution” and the statements in letters shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of an inch (3.048 mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 mm). Lowercase letters shall be not less than compatible with the uppercase letter size specification. 406.2 Water Supply Inlets. Water supply inlets to tanks and other receptors shall be protected by one of the following means: (1) An approved air gap. (2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side of the last valve with the critical level not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or in accordance with its listing. (3) A backflow preventer suitable for the contamination or pollution, installed in accordance with the requirements for that type of device or assembly as set forth in this chapter. 406.3 Systems with Backflow Devices. Where systems have a backflow device installed downstream from a potable water supply pump or a potable water supply pump connection, the device shall be one of the following: (1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB). (2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assembly (PVB). (3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB). (4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP). 406.4 Chemical Injection. Where systems include a chemical injector or provisions for chemical injection, the potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP). 406.5 Deck-Mounted and Equipment-Mounted Vacuum Breakers. Deck-mounted or equipment-mounted vacuum breakers shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions, with the critical level not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the flood-level rim.

407.0 Materials. 407.1 Piping Materials. Piping materials shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 and be acceptable for use based on the intended purpose. Materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium. Pipe fittings and valves shall be approved for the piping systems, and shall be compatible with, or shall be of the same material as the pipe or tubing. Exterior piping shall be protected from corrosion, degradation, and shall be resistant to UV radiation.

TABLE 407.1 MATERIALS FOR PIPING AND FITTINGS BUILDING SUP- SOLAR THERMAL REFERENCED STANDARD(S) FIT- MATERIAL PLY PIPE AND REFERENCED STANDARD(S) PIPE PIPE AND FITTINGS TINGS FITTINGS Asbestos-Cement X1 –– ASTM C 296 –– Brass X X ASTM B 43, ASTM B 135 –– Copper X X2 ASTM B 42, ASTM B 75, ASTM ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18, B 88, ASTM B 251, ASTM B ASME B16.22, ASME B16.26 302, ASTM B 447 CPVC X X ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 441, ASTM D 2846, ASTM F 437, ASTM F 442 ASTM F 438, ASTM F 439, ASTM F 1970 Ductile Iron X X3 AWWA C151 ASME B16.4, AWWA C110, AWWA C153 Galvanized Steel X X5 ASTM A 53 ––

137 BUILDING SUP- SOLAR THERMAL REFERENCED STANDARD(S) FIT- MATERIAL PLY PIPE AND REFERENCED STANDARD(S) PIPE PIPE AND FITTINGS TINGS FITTINGS Malleable Iron X X4 –– ASME B16.3 PE X1 –– ASTM D 2239, ASTM D 2737, ASTM D 2609, ASTM D 2683, ASTM D 3035, AWWA C901, ASTM D 3261, ASTM F 1055, CSA B137.1 CSA B137.1 PE-AL-PE X X ASTM F 1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F 1282, ASTM F 1974, CSA B137.9 PE-RT X X ASTM F 2769 ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 2098, ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735, ASTM F 2769 PEX X X ASTM F 876, ASTM F 877, CSA ASSE 1061, ASTM F 877, ASTM F B137.5, AWWA C904 1807, ASTM F 1960, ASTM F 1961, ASTM F 2080, ASTM F 2159, ASTM F 2735, CSA B137.5 PEX-AL-PEX X X ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 2262, ASTM F 1281, ASTM F 1974, CSA B137.10 ASTM F 2434, CSA B137.10 PP X X ASTM F 2389, CSA B137.11 ASTM F 2389, CSA B137.11 PVC X1 –– ASTM D 1785, ASTM D 2241, ASTM D 2464, ASTM D 2466, AWWA C900 ASTM D 2467, ASTM F 1970 Stainless Steel X X ASTM A 269, ASTM A 312 –– Notes: 1 For building supply or cold-water applications. 2 Copper tube for solar thermal piping shall have a weight of not less than Type L. Type M copper tubing shall be permitted to be used for solar thermal piping where piping is aboveground in, or on, a building or underground outside of structures. 3 Cast iron fittings not more than 2 inches (50 mm) in size, where used in connection with potable water piping, shall be galvanized. 4 Malleable iron water fittings shall be galvanized. 5 Galvanized steel shall not be used in solar thermal systems where in contact with glycol heat transfer fluid.

407.2 Screwed Fittings. Screwed fittings shall be ABS, cast-iron, copper, copper alloy, malleable iron, PVC, steel, stainless steel or other approved materials. Threads shall be tapped out of solid metal or molded in solid ABS or PVC. 407.3 Storage Tank Connectors. Flexible metallic storage tank connectors or reinforced flexible storage tank connectors connecting a storage tank to the piping system shall be in accordance with the applicable standards referenced in Table 1201.1. Copper or stainless steel flexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm). PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, PE-AL-PE, or PE-RT tubing shall not be installed within the first 18 inches (457 mm) of piping connected to a storage tank.

407.4 Flexible Connectors. Listed flexible connectors shall be installed in readily accessible locations, unless otherwise listed.

408.0 Valves. 408.1 General. Valves shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of heat transfer medium. Valves shall be approved for the installation with the piping materials to be installed.

408.2 Fullway Valves. A fullway valve shall be installed in the following locations: (1) On the water supply to a solar thermal system. (2) On the water supply pipe to a gravity or pressurized water tank. (3) On the water supply pipe to a water heater.

408.3 Shutoff Valves. A shutoff valve shall be installed in the following locations: (1) On the supply line to each appliance, equipment, or pressure vessel. (2) On a nondiaphragm-type expansion tank. 408.4 Balancing Valves. Balancing valves shall be permitted to be used to obtain uniform flow distribution. 408.4.1 Location. Balancing valves shall be installed at the outlet of each group of collectors. 408.4.2 Construction. Balancing valves shall be made of a bronze body with a brass ball, plastic, or other types compatible with the heat transfer medium. 408.4.3 Marking. Final settings shall be marked on each balancing valve in an approved manner.

138 408.5 Accessible. Required fullway or shutoff valves shall be accessible. 408.6 Control Valves. An approved three-way valve shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems. An approved electric control valve shall be permitted to be installed for automatic control systems. The installation and operation of automatic control valves shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions. 408.7 Check Valves. An approved-type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transfer piping where the system design is capable of allowing reverse thermosiphoning of heated liquids into the collector array. 408.8 Automatic Air Vents. Automatic air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal system in accordance with the system design requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions. 408.9 Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop systems, where hose bibbs or similar valves are used to charge or drain the system, shall be of loose key type; have valve outlets capped; or have handles removed where the system is operational.

401.0 General.

401.1 Applicability. Boilers and water heaters shall comply with the general requirements of Chapter 4. 401.2 General. Pressure vessels shall be constructed and designed in accordance with the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC). Boilers shall be constructed and designed in accordance with ASME CSD-1 and one of the following standards: (1) ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, (BPVC) Section I (2) ASME BPVC Section IV (3) NFPA 85

402.0 Boiler Specifications. 402.1 Design. The boiler design in a hydronic or combination system including the type of piping, operating fluid temperatures, and flow conditions shall comply with the boiler manufacturer’s specifications. 402.2 Operating Cycle. Where the boiler manufacturer specifies a minimum return fluid temperature, flow rate, and temperature rise, the system’s piping arrangement and the system’s control method or device shall automatically allow the system to operate at or above the manufacturer minimums for every normal operating cycle.

403.0 Water Heater. 403.1 Standard. Water heaters shall comply with CSA Z21.10.3. 403.2 Domestic Water Heater. A domestic water heater listed for space heating applications shall be permitted be used as a heat source for hydronic and radiant heating in a closed system providing all generally accepted piping practices for closed loop hydronic heating are used. This includes the use of a properly sized relief valve, expansion tank, fill valve, air eliminator and backflow preventer where required. The required temperature and pressure relief valve for the water heater shall be installed regardless of whether a lower pressure relief valve is installed as part of the hydronic system. 403.3 Safety Devices. Any appliance or equipment capable of generating potable hot water temperatures in excess of 140°F (60°C). shall be protected by a device that is in accordance with ASSE 1017 and shall be located on the outlet of the appliance and limit the temperature required by the plumbing code. 403.4 Output. The water heater net output shall be within the range of 100 percent to 120 percent of the actual heat loss unless design factors, pipe losses or water heater ratings require exceeding this range.

404.0 Combination of Potable Water and Hydronic Heating Systems. 404.1 Hot Water Heater and Heat Exchanger. Hydronic heating and domestic use water shall be permitted to be heated by the same water heater provided a heat exchanger is used to separate the domestic water from the closed side of the system used for the hydronic heating system. 404.1.1 Heat exchangers. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or hydronic system shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat-transfer medium. Single-wall heat exchangers used in indirect-fired water heaters shall meet the requirements of Section 404.1.2. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the potable water from the heat-transfer medium by providing a space between the two walls that are vented to the atmosphere. 404.1.2 Single-Wall Heat Exchanger. Indirect-fired water heater that incorporate a single-wall heat exchanger shall meet the following requirements:

139 (1) Connected to a low-pressure hot water boiler limited to a maximum of 30 pounds-force per square inch gauge (psig) (207 kPa) by an approved safety or relief valve. (2) Heater transfer medium is either potable water or contains fluids having a toxicity rating or Class of 1. (3) Bear a label with the word “Caution,” followed by the following statements: (a) The heat-transfer medium shall be water or other nontoxic fluid having a toxic rating or Class of 1 as listed in Clinical Tox- icology of Commercial Products, 5th edition. (b) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium shall be limited to a maximum of 30 psig (207 kPa) by an approved safety or relief valve. The word “Caution” and the statements in letters shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of an inch (3.048 mm). The vertical spacing between lines of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 mm). Lowercase letters shall be compatible with the uppercase letter size specification.

203.0 Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

204.0

Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels or electricity.

205.0 Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, and apparatus used as part of or in connection with installations regulated by this code.

215.0 Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade name to equipment or devices.

218.0 Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures and structural attachments.

224.0 Valve, Pressure-Relief. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure in excess of its setting; also called a safety valve.

140 TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASME BPVC Section I- Rules for Construction of Power Boilers Boilers 401.2 2010* ASME CSD-1-2012* Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers Boilers, Controls 401.2 NFPA 85-2011* Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code Appliances 401.2

Note: ASME BPVC Section I, ASME CSD-1, and NFPA 85 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 4 originally dealt with backflow prevention and cross contamination which are covered under the UPC and UMC provisions. Section 402.1 defers to the appliance manufacturer for selection of piping, etc.

Section 402.2 insures that non condensing appliances are properly protected from condensation. Section 403.2.1 requires a tempering valve for any device capable of generating water temperatures of over 140 degrees Fahren- heit to avoid scalding potentials downstream of the hydronic heat sources.

Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron- ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of the proposed code.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons: 1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested for further study on the merits of the proposed text. 2. General provisions for boilers are out of the scope of the USEHC and should be addressed in the UMC. Fur- thermore, general provisions for water heaters are out of the scope of the USEHC and should be addressed in the UPC. Only specific provisions that pertain to solar energy, hydronics, and geothermal should be addressed in the USEHC. 3. The mechanical system provisions in Section 401.0 do not correlate with the 2015 UMC. 4. The Committee prefers the proposed text for Items # 001, # 005, # 009, # 016, # 027, # 028, # 030, # 034, and # 038.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

307.2 Cross-Contamination. No person shall make a connection or allow one to exist between pipes or conduits carrying potable water supplied by a public or private building supply system, and pipes or conduits containing or carrying water from other source or containing or carrying water that has been used for a purpose whatsoever, or piping carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, or substances whatsoever, unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard and maintained in accordance with this code.

141 307.3 Backflow Prevention. No device or construction shall be installed or maintained, or shall be connected to a potable water supply, where such installation or connection provides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross-connection between a distributing system of water for drinking and domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminated by such device or construction unless there is provided a backflow prevention device approved for the potential hazard.

SUBSTANTIATION: The backflow prevention provisions in the USEHC have been proposed to be deleted and divided into separate public comments for discussion purposes. However, Public Comment 1 through Public Comment 11 should be viewed as a whole. The deletion of these requirements is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balance of the changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION: 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE: 22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

TABLE 308.2(1) BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS DEGREE OF HAZARD POLLUTION CONTAMINATION DEVICE, ASSEMBLY, OR APPLICABLE (LOW HAZARD) (HIGH HAZARD) 2,3 1 INSTALLATION METHOD STANDARDS BACK BACK BACK BACK SIPHONAGE PRESSURE SIPHONAGE PRESSURE Air gap ASME X –– X –– See Table 308.8(2) in this chapter. A112.1.2 Air gap fittings for use Air gap fitting is a device with an internal air with appliances and ASME gap and typical installation includes plumb- appurtenances X –– X –– ing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances. A112.1.3 The critical level shall not be installed below the flood level rim. Atmospheric vacuum ASSE 1001 Upright position. No valve downstream. breaker (consists of a Minimum of 6 inches or listed distance body, checking member or CSA X –– X –– above all down-stream piping and flood- and atmospheric port) B64.1.1 level rim of receptor.4, 5 Vacuum breaker wall ASSE 1019 Installation includes wall hydrants and hose hydrants, hose bibbs, bibbs. Such devices are not for use under con- frost resistant, automatic or CSA X –– X –– tinuous pressure conditions (means of shut-off draining type B64.2.1.1 downstream of device is prohibited).4, 5 Spill-Resistant Pressure Vacuum Breaker (single Upright position. Minimum of 12 inches or check valve with air ASSE 1056 X –– X –– listed distance above all downstream piping inlet vent and means of and flood-level rim of receptor.5 field testing)

Double Check Valve ASSE 1015; Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Access and Backflow Prevention AWWA clearance shall be in accordance with the Assembly (two inde- manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than C510; CSA X X –– –– a 12 inch clearance at bottom for mainte- pendent check valves and B64.5 or CSA means of field testing) nance. May need platform or ladder for test B64.5.1 and repair. Does not discharge water.

142 Pressure Vacuum Breaker Backflow Pre- Upright position. May have valves down- vention Assembly ASSE 1020 stream. Minimum of 12 inches above all (loaded air inlet valve, or CSA X –– X –– downstream piping and flood-level rim of internally loaded check B64.1.2 valve and means of field receptor. May discharge water. testing) Reduced Pressure Prin- ciple Backflow Preven- Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Access ASSE 1013; tion Assembly (two and clearance shall be in accordance with the AWWA independently acting manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than C511; CSA X X X X loaded check valves, a a 12 inch minimum clearance at bottom for B64.4 or differential pressure maintenance. May need platform/ladder for CSA B64.4.1 relief valve and means test and repair. May discharge water. of field testing) For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter. 2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation. 4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period. 5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section 406.5.

SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of this table is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balance of the proposed changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

TABLE 308.2(2) 4 MINIMUM AIR GAPS 2 WHERE NOT AFFECTED BY WHERE AFFECTED BY SIDEWALLS FIXTURES 1 SIDEWALLS (inches) (inches) 3 Effective openings not greater than 1 2 1 1 1 ⁄ ⁄2 of an inch in diameter 3 Effective openings not greater than 1 1 2 4 3 1 ⁄ 2 ⁄ ⁄4 of an inch in diameter Effective openings3 not greater than 2 3 1 inch in diameter Effective openings3 greater than 1 Two times diameter of effective Three times diameter of effective inch in diameter opening opening For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

143 Notes: 1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect air gaps where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three times the diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four times the effective opening for two intersecting walls. 2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in Footnote 1 above. The effect of three or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the air gap shall be measured from the top of the wall. 3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet. Where two or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area of the single outlet, whichever is smaller. 4 Air gaps less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with vacuums of 0 to 25 inches of mercury (0 kPa to 85 kPa).

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 4: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.0 Cross-Connection Control. 308.1 General. Cross-connection control shall be provided between the potable water system and a system in accordance with Section 308.2 through Section 308.12. No person shall install a water-operated equipment or mechanism, or use a water-treating chemical or substance, where it is found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical, or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potable water supply. Such equipment or mechanism shall be permitted where equipped with an approved backflow device or assembly. 308.2 Approval of Devices or Assemblies. Before a device or an assembly is installed for the prevention of backflow, it shall have first been approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested in accordance with recognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention devices and assemblies shall comply with Table 308.2(1), except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this code. The minimum air gap to afford backflow protection shall comply with Table 308.2(2). Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in good working condition by the person or persons having control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 308.3 Assemblies. Assemblies shall be listed in accordance with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and installation of backflow prevention assemblies.

144 SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of these requirements is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balance of the changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 5: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.4 Backflow Prevention Valve. Where more than one backflow prevention valve is installed on a single premise, and the valves are installed in one location, each separate valve shall be permanently identified by the permittee in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 308.5 Testing. The premise owner or responsible person shall have the backflow prevention assembly tested by a certified backflow assembly tester at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more often when required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The periodic testing shall be performed in accordance with the procedures referenced in Table 901.1 by a tester qualified in accordance with those standards. 308.6 Access and Clearance. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance, and repair. Access and clearance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) between the lowest portion of the assembly and grade, floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceed 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor or grade shall be provided with a permanent platform capable of supporting a tester or maintenance person.

SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of these requirements is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balance of the changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 6: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

145 308.7 Connections. Where potable water is discharged to the drainage system, it shall be by means of an approved air gap of two pipe diameters of the supply inlet, but in no case shall the gap be less than 1 inch (25.4 mm). 308.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers. Backflow preventers for hot water exceeding 110°F (43°C) shall be a type designed to operate at temperatures exceeding 110°F (43°C) without rendering a portion of the assembly inoperative.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 7: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.9 Integral Backflow Preventers. Systems with integral backflow preventers or integral air gaps manufactured as a unit shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 308.10 Prohibited Locations. Backflow preventers shall not be located in an area containing fumes that are toxic, poisonous, or corrosive. Backflow preventers with atmospheric vents or ports shall not be installed in pits, underground, or submerged locations.

SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of these requirements is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balance of the changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 8: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

308.11 Cold Climate. In cold climate areas, backflow assemblies and devices shall be protected from freezing with an outdoor enclosure or by a method acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

146 308.12 Drain Lines. Drain lines serving backflow devices or assemblies shall be sized in accordance with the discharge rates of the manufacturer’s flow charts of such devices or assemblies.

SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of these requirements is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balances of the proposed changes are for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 9: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant, Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

203.0

Air Gap, Water Distribution. The unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from a pipe or faucet conveying potable water to the flood-level rim of a tank, vat, or receptor.

204.0

Backflow Connection. An arrangement whereby backflow can occur. Backflow Preventer. A backflow prevention device, an assembly, or other method to prevent backflow into the potable water system. Backpressure Backflow. Backflow due to an increased pressure above the supply pressure, which may be due to pumps, boilers, gravity, or other sources of pressure. Backsiphonage. The flowing back of used, contaminated, or polluted water from a plumbing fixture or vessel into a water supply pipe due to a pressure less than atmospheric in such pipe. See Backflow. Building Drain. That part of the lowest piping of a drainage system that receives the discharge from soil, waste, and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer beginning 2 feet (610 mm) outside the building wall.

205.0 Certified Backflow Assembly Tester. A person who has shown competence to test and maintain backflow assemblies to the satisfaction of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

211.0 Insanitary. A condition that is contrary to sanitary principles or is injurious to health. Conditions to which “insanitary” shall apply include the following: (1) A trap that does not maintain a proper trap seal. (2) An opening in a drainage system, except where lawful, that is not provided with an approved liquid-sealed trap.

147 (3) A plumbing fixture or other waste-discharging receptor or device that is not supplied with water sufficient to flush and maintain the fixture or receptor in a clean condition. (4) A defective fixture, trap, pipe, or fitting. (5) A trap, except where in this code exempted, directly connected to a drainage system, the seal of which is not protected against siphonage and backpressure by a vent pipe. (6) A connection, cross-connection, construction, or condition, temporary or permanent, that would permit or make possible by any means whatsoever for an unapproved foreign matter to enter a water distribution system used for domestic purposes. (7) The foregoing enumeration of conditions to which the term “insanitary” shall apply, shall not preclude the application of that term to conditions that are, in fact, insanitary.

214.0 Lot. A single or individual parcel or area of land legally recorded or validated by other means acceptable to the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction on which is situated a building or which is the site of work regulated by this code, together with the yards, courts, and unoccupied spaces legally required for the building or works, and that is owned by or is in the lawful possession of the owner of the building or works.

215.0 Main. The principal artery of a system of continuous piping to which branches may be connected.

218.0

Plumbing Official. See Authority Having Jurisdiction.

220.0

Roughing-In. The installation of the parts of the solar system that are capable of being completed prior to the installation of fixtures. This includes drainage, water supply, gas piping, vent piping, and the necessary fixture supports.

221.0 Swimming Pool Code. For the purpose of this code, any reference to the swimming pool code shall mean the Uniform Swim- ming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code (USPSHTC) as promulgated by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) or local ordinance.

223.0 Unsanitary. See Insanitary.

224.0 Vacuum. A pressure less than that exerted by the atmosphere. Vacuum Breaker. See Backflow Preventer.

SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of these requirements and definitions are logical as they are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regarding such terms that are not used in the code. The balance of the proposed changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

148 PUBLIC COMMENT 10: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASME A112.1.2- 2012* Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Water- Fittings Table 405.2(1) Connected Receptors) ASME A112.1.3-2000 Air Gap Fittings for Use with Plumbing Fixtures, Appliances, and Fittings Table 405.2(1) (R2010)* Appurtenances ASSE 1002-2008* Anti-Siphon Fill Valves for Water Closet Tanks Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1003-2009* Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Domestic Water Distribution Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems ASSE 1013-2009* Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pres- Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) sure Principle Fire Protection Backflow Preventers ASSE 1015-2009* Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies ASSE 1019-2004* Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Drain- Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) ing Type ASSE 1020-2004* Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) ASSE 1022-2003* Backflow Preventer for Beverage Dispensing Equipment Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1044-2001* Trap Seal Primer Devices-Drainage Types and Electronic Design DWV Components 302.1.2, 302.2 Types ASSE 1047-2009* Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 Assemblies ASSE 1048-2009* Double Check Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 Assemblies ASSE 1052-2004* Hose Connection Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1056-2001* Spill Resistant Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) ASSE Series 5000-2009* Cross-Connection Control Professional Qualifications Certification 405.2 AWWA C510-2007* Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) AWWA C511-2007* Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.1.1- 2011 Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers (AVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.1.2- 2011 Pressure Vacuum Breakers (PVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.2.1.1- 2011 Hose Connection Dual Check Vacuum Breakers (HCDVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.4- 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.4.1- 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Systems (RPF) CSA B64.5- 2011 Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.5.1- 2011 Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Sys- Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) tems (DVCAF)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The deletion of these standards are logical as they are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. All of the standards referenced in the backflow table and sections were proposed for deletion, therefore such standards should be deleted in the standards table.

149 Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 11: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

402.0 Protection of Potable Water Supply. 402.1 Prohibited Sources. Hydronic systems or parts thereof shall be constructed in such a manner that polluted, contaminated water, or substances shall not enter a portion of the potable water system either during normal use or where the system is subject to pressure that exceeds the operating pressure in the potable water system. Piping, components, and devices in contact with the potable water shall be approved for such use and where an additive is used it shall not affect the performance of the system. 402.2 Protection of Potable Water. The potable water system shall be protected from backflow in accordance with the Uni- form Plumbing Code. 402.2 Chemical Injection. Where systems include an additive, chemical injection or provisions for such injection, the potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly listed or labeled in accordance with ASSE 1013. Such additive or chemical shall be compatible with system components. 402.3 Compatibility. Where materials in the hydronic system are not suitable for use in a potable water system, such potable water shall not be used. Where a heat exchanger is installed with a dual purpose water heater, such application shall comply with the requirements for a single wall heat exchanger in Section 318.1.

408.0 Specific Requirements. 408.1 Water Supply Inlets. Water supply inlets to tanks and other receptors shall be protected by one of the following means: (1) An approved air gap. (2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side of the last valve with the critical level not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or in accordance with its listing. (3) A backflow preventer suitable for the contamination or pollution, installed in accordance with the requirements for that type of device or assembly as set forth in this chapter. 408.2 Systems with Backflow Devices. Where systems have a backflow device installed downstream from a potable water supply pump or a potable water supply pump connection, the device shall be one of the following: (1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB). (2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assembly (PVB). (3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB). (4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP). 408.3 Chemical Injection. Where systems include a chemical injector or provisions for chemical injection, the potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP). 408.4 Deck-Mounted and Equipment-Mounted Vacuum Breakers. Deck-mounted or equipment-mounted vacuum breakers shall be installed in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions, with the critical level not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the flood-level rim.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed modification is logical as cross-connection and backflow prevention are already addressed and under the purview of the UPC and are not applicable to the USEHC. This proposal will remove code requirements regard-

150 ing such terms that are not used in the code and clarifies that backflow prevention shall be in accordance with the UPC. The balance of the proposed changes is for consistency with these deletions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

151 Item # 067 Comment Seq # 026 USEHC 2015 – (701.2, 701.2.1, 701.3):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

701.2 Circulators. Pumps shall operate in accordance with the design of the system. Pumps used in a solar thermal system shall be a sealless type and be mounted vertically on the collector feed side downstream of the heat exchanger. Circulation pumps used in open-loop systems or vented drainback systems shall be of corrosion-resistant material.

701.2.1 Cavitation. The system shall be design to operate at a pressure greater than the vapor pressure of the working fluid.

701.3 Expansion Tanks. Expansion tanks shall comply with Section 604.0 and be installed on the feed side of the solar collectors. The expansion tank shall be installed such that the diaphragm is facing down or side ways of a horizontal pipe.

221.0 Pump, Sealless. A pump that does not use packing or mechanical seals to isolate the process fluid.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 701.2 will add circulator requirements that are specific to solar thermal systems. Always a sealless pump that never needs lubrication or maintenance by the homeowner should be used. Pumps without a mechanical seal are used because the high temperatures often encountered in solar circulation loops will cause a mechanical seal to leak. Open-loop or vented drainback systems, where new oxygen is constantly being introduced into the system, shall use corrosion-resistant pumps. Cast iron pumps are commonly used in closed-loop and non- vented drainback systems, because they are not constantly exposed to oxygen in the fluid or the atmosphere. Furthermore, pumps should be installed after the heat exchanger on the feed side to the collector to minimize high temperatures going through the pumps. 2. Section 701.2.1 addresses provisions to avoid cavitation in pumps. The best way to prevent pump cavitation is to know the operating conditions that the pump must work under and design the system to operate at a greater pressure than the vapor pressure of the working fluid. 3. Section 701.3 addresses provisions for expansion tanks. The expansion tank’s gas bladder or vessel of an expansion tank should never be installed with the bladder up. The heat stress is limited on the bladder due to thermal stratification of the liquid in the expansion tank, when the bladder faces down. Furthermore, after startup or after collector stagnation, it prevents steam bubbles from reaching the membrane. The bladder can also face sideways on the feed side of a horizontal pipe. 4. A definition for “sealless pump” is being added to assists the end user in applying and enforcing this term.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation was requested for further study on the merits of the proposed text. Furthermore, there are major technical issues in regards to pumps being mounted vertically, and requiring only open-loop systems to be protected from corrosion. The pump-motor shaft should not be mounted vertically and pumps used in closed-loop systems should be resistant to corrosion as well.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Greg Towsley, Grundfos SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

152

701.2 Circulators. Pumps shall operate in accordance with the design of the system. Pumps used in a solar thermal system shall be a sealless type and be mounted with the motor shaft horizontal on the collector feed piping downstream of the heat exchanger. Circulators used in open-loop systems or vented drainback systems shall be of corrosion-resistant material. The system shall be design to operate at a pressure greater than the vapor pressure of the working fluid. 701.2.1 Cavitation. 701.3 Expansion Tanks. Expansion tanks shall comply with Section 604.0 and be installed on the feed side of the solar collectors. The expansion tank shall be installed such that the diaphragm is facing down or side ways of a horizontal pipe.

221.0 Sealless Pump. A circulating pump that does not use packing or mechanical seals to isolate the process fluid.

1.SUBSTANTIATION: Existing installation manuals, references and other standards existing or in process (with the Hydraulic Institute) states that the pumps need to be installed horizontally in a vertical or horizontal pipe. The below drawing shows a typical circulator installations.

2. The modification to the definition for “sealless pump” will be consistent with proposal Item # 107, which was previously approved by the Technical Committee.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language appears to be best practices and not a minimum code requirement.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

153 Item # 068 Comment Seq # 027 USEHC 2015 – (701.2 – 701.2.6):

Jonathan Gemma SUBMITTER: Aztec Solar Inc.

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

701.2 Materials. Materials in contact with heat transfer medium shall be approved for such use. Galvanized steel shall not be used for solar thermal piping systems containing antifreeze. Black steel shall not be used in systems with entrained air. Unions between dissimilar metals shall comply with Section 305.1. The material used shall be capable of withstanding the maximum temperature and pressure of the system. 702.4 701.2.1 Plastic. Plastic used in collector the construction of a solar thermal system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 703.6 701.2.2 Combustible Materials. Collectors constructed of cCombustible materials shall not be located on or adjacent to construction required to be of noncombustible materials or in fire areas, unless approved by the Authority Having Juris- diction. 701.2.3 Adhesives. Adhesives used in a solar collector shall not vaporize at the design temperature. 701.2.4 Potable Water. Materials in contact with potable water shall comply with NSF 61. 701.2.5 Racking. Dissimilar metals used for racking shall be isolated to prevent galvanic corrosion. Paint shall not be used as a method of isolation. 703.5 701.2.6 Fasteners. Mountings and fasteners shall be made of corrosion-resistant materials.703.5.1 Carbon Steel. Carbon steel mountings and fasteners shall be classified as noncorrosive in accordance with ASME SA194.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 701.2 (Materials) will require that materials in contact with the heat transfer medium are not damaged due to the chemical action between the piping material and the heat transfer medium; for example corrosion. Cor- rosion should be prevented as it can damage the piping and eventually cause the entire system to fail. Further- more, Section 701.2 will prohibit the use of galvanized steel to be used in systems containing antifreeze as it will react with inhibitors in the antifreeze and create sludge. Lastly, the section will prohibit the use of black steel for systems with entrained air, such as drainback systems. The entrained air in the system serves as an oxidant where electrochemical oxidation of the metal can occur. The reference to Section 305.1 will refer the end user to the section where unions of dissimilar metals are addressed. The material must be able to withstand the temperature and pressure experience in the system. If plastic were to be used in a drainback system, the temperature of the collectors during steam conditions can exceed the temperature rating for plastic materials. Plastic pipe materials will deform and ooze out of compression or off of barbed fittings. 2. Section 701.2.1 (Plastic) and Section 701.2.2 (Combustible Materials) were revised to provide clarity in regards to the provisions pertaining to the entire system, and not just the collectors. 3. Section 701.2.3 (Adhesives) will add provisions pertaining to the use of adhesives in collectors. Adhesives can be used to seal the edges of glass and silicon structures to prevent moisture and air infiltration into a solar collector. Adhesives, which are an efficient and durable solution, are used to protect the active components of solar collectors. It is imperative that the adhesives do not vaporize since moisture can damage the collectors. 4. Section 701.2.4 (Potable Water) will require that all materials in contact with potable water comply with NSF 61, which is intended to cover specific materials or products that come into contact with drinking water. The focus of the standard is evaluation of contaminants or impurities imparted indirectly to drinking water. The products and materials covered include, but are not limited to, process media (e.g., carbon, sand), protective materials (e.g., coatings, linings, liners), joining and sealing materials (e.g., solvent cements, welding materials, gaskets), pipes and related products (e.g., pipes, tanks, fittings), mechanical plumbing devices (e.g., faucets, endpoint control valves). For information purposes only, the definition for potable water is shown as follows: Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes and that meet the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. 5. Section 701.2.5 (Racking) should be added as it addresses provisions for dissimilar metals used as racking materials. The section will require that all dissimilar metals be isolated to prevent galvanic corrosion. When two

154 different metals are in contact, the more noble metal (cathode) decreases its corrosion potential at the expense of the more active metal (anode), and an electrolyte (water or salt) acts as the conductor. In order for galvanic corrosion to occur all three must be in contact (cathode, anode, and electrolyte). The isolation of dissimilar metals is used as a method to eliminate or reduce such galvanic action. The idea of the isolation is to isolate electrically the two dissimilar materials, thereby completely eliminating the galvanic effect. Paint shall not be used as a method of isolation due to the deterioration of the finish over time which will expose the metal. 6. Section 703.5 (Fasteners) and Section 703.5.1 (Carbon Steel) are being combined and relocated to where all material provisions pertaining to a solar thermal system are addressed.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Tim Ross, Ross Distribution, Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

701.2 Materials. Piping, tubing and fittings materials shall comply with Table 407.1. Joining methods shall be in accordance with Section 409.0. Materials in contact with heat transfer medium shall be approved for such use. Galvanized steel shall not be used for solar thermal piping systems containing antifreeze. Black steel shall not be used in systems with entrained air. Unions between dissimilar metals shall comply with Section 305.1 and Section 409.13. The material used shall be capable of withstanding the maximum temperature and pressure of the system.

SUBSTANTIATION: Reference to Table 407.1 and Section 409.0 is being added to Section 701.2 (Materials) as the materials and joining methods are also applicable to solar thermal systems. Such reference is necessary for ease of use of the code. Furthermore, the reference to Section 409.13 is being added as it is also provides requirements for joints between various materials.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

155 Item # 069 Comment Seq # 028 USEHC 2015 – (701.2, 701.3 – 701.3.7, 208.0, 211.0):

Jonathan Gemma SUBMITTER: Aztec Solar Inc.

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

701.2 Protection. Solar thermal systems shall be protected from excessive pressures, temperature, and vacuum in accordance with Section 315.0. Where required, freeze protection shall be provided in accordance with Section 701.3. 402.1.8 701.3 Freeze Protection. No solar thermal piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing Unless designed for such conditions, solar thermal systems and components that contain liquid as the heat transfer medium shall be protected from freezing where the ambient temperature is less than 46°F (8°C) by means of fail-safe Freeze protection for solar thermal systems shall be provided in accordance with the following: Section 701.3.1 through Section 701.3.5.

701.3.1 Antifreeze. Antifreeze systems shall be permitted to be installed in a solar water heating system where the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F (-51°C).

701.3.2 Drainback. Drainback systems shall drain by gravity and shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F (-51°C).

701.3.3 Integral Collector Storage. Integral collector storage systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C) and the duration of a below-freezing episode has not exceeded 18 hours. Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0.

701.3.4 Indirect Thermosiphon. Indirect thermosiphon systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C). Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0. (1)Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temperature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be provided for system components containing heat transfer liquids in an approved manner. 701.3.5 Air Heating Systems. Air solar heating systems shall be permitted to be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 701.3.6 Labeling. (2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit (“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s tolerance of freezing weather conditions. A label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the system in a visible location. (3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system’s freeze tolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature. (4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid is potable water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shall be provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be permitted as one mechanism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to protect components from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an approved manner. Where approved, thermal mass of a system shall be permitted to be a form of freeze protection. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling of 701.3.7 Piping. 1 solar thermal system components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall be not less than ⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. This also applies to Collector header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector shall be sloped in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where a means to drain the system is provided a drain valve shall be installed. (6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the system in a visible location. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, such label shall indicate the minimum ambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.

208.0 Freeze Protection. Any method for protecting solar thermal systems from damage due to freezing conditions where installed in locations where freezing ambient temperature conditions exist.

156 Freeze Protection, Fail-Safe. A freeze-protection method that does not rely on the activation or continued operation of any mechanical or electrical component.

211.0 Integral Collector Storage. A solar thermal heating system that uses a solar collector that has all or most of its heat transfer liquid inside the collector.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 701.2 (Protection) will refer the user to Section 315.0, which addresses safety devices, and Section 701.3, which addresses freeze protection. The freeze protection requirements have been reformatted and revised in a manner that is concise and user friendly. 2. Section 701.3 (Freeze Protection) was revised to correlate with current industry standards. Section 701.3.1 and Section 701.3.2 permit the use of antifreeze or a drainback system to be utilized as a freeze protection method only when the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F. Section 701.3.3 and Section 701.3.4 permit the use of integral collector storage or indirect thermosiphon systems to be installed only when the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F. Furthermore, it will require that all exposed piping be protected with insulation to prevent freezing. Therefore, the language in previous item number 1 and item number 6 should be deleted as similar provisions are already addressed. 3. Section 701.3.6 (Labeling) is being revised for clarity. 4. Old item number 3 and item number 4 are being deleted since manual intervention is not an effective method for freeze protection. Manual intervention relies on homeowner action which may not be reliable. Failures occur because homeowners do not properly drain the system. 5. New definitions for “freeze protection,” “freeze protection, fail safe,” and “integral collector storage” should be added as the terminology is being referenced in Section 701.3 and Section 701.3.3. The proposed definitions assist the end user in applying and enforcing these terms.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee is concern that the minimum design temperature varies per antifreeze type; which may not be consistent with the proposed minimum ambient temperature.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing, Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

501.11 Protection. Solar thermal systems shall be protected from excessive pressures, temperature, and vacuum in accordance with Section 315.0. Where required, freeze protection shall be provided in accordance with Section 501.12. 501.11 501.12 Freeze Protection. No solar thermal piping shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing Unless designed for such conditions, solar thermal systems and components that contain liquid as the heat transfer medium shall be protected from freezing where the ambient temperature is less than 46°F (8°C) by means of fail-safe Freeze protection for solar thermal systems shall be provided in accordance with the following: Section 501.12.1 through Section 501.12.5.

501.12.1 Antifreeze. Antifreeze shall be used in accordance with the solar thermal system manufacturer’s instructions.

501.12.2 Drainback. Drainback systems shall drain by gravity and shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F (-51°C).

501.12.3 Integral Collector Storage. Integral collector storage systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C) and the duration of a below-freezing episode has not exceeded 18 hours. Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0.

157

501.12.4 Indirect Thermosiphon. Indirect thermosiphon systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations where the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C). Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0. (1)Protection from freeze damage where the ambient temperature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be provided for system components containing heat transfer liquids in an approved manner. 501.12.5 Air Heating Systems. Air solar heating systems shall be permitted to be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 501.12.6 Labeling. (2) The supplier of each system shall specify the limit (“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s tolerance of freezing weather conditions. A label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the system in a visible location. (3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system’s freeze tolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to a constant atmospheric temperature. (4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid is potable water, not less than two freeze protection mechanisms shall be provided on each system. Manual intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be permitted as one mechanism. Not less than one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual intervention, shall be designed to protect components from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an approved manner. Where approved, thermal mass of a system shall be permitted to be a form of freeze protection. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining and air filling 501.12.7 Piping. 1 of solar thermal system components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall be not less than ⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. This also applies to Collector header pipes or absorber plate riser tubes internal to the collector shall be sloped in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where a means to drain the system is provided a drain valve shall be installed. (6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the method of freeze protection for the system shall be attached to the system in a visible location. For systems which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, such label shall indicate the minimum ambient temperature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which owner action is recommended by the manufacturer’s instructions.

208.0 Freeze Protection. Any method for protecting solar thermal systems from damage due to freezing conditions where installed in locations where freezing ambient temperature conditions exist. Freeze Protection, Fail-Safe. A freeze-protection method that does not rely on the activation or continued operation of any mechanical or electrical component.

211.0 Integral Collector Storage. A solar thermal heating system that uses a solar collector that has all or most of its heat transfer liquid inside the collector.

SUBSTANTIATION: Currently, there is no guidance for the end user for providing adequate freeze protection for solar thermal systems. The current requirements do not address drainback, thermosiphon, or air handling systems. The only concerns that the Technical Committee had was that the “minimum design temperature varies per antifreeze type.” Therefore, the language in Section 701.3.1 was revised to indicate that “Antifreeze shall be used in accordance with the solar thermal system manufacturer’s instructions.”

Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

501.12.2 Drainback. Drainback systems shall drain by gravity and shall be permitted to be installed in locations applications where the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F (-51°C). 501.12.3 Integral Collector Storage. Integral collector storage systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations applications where the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C) and the duration of a below-freezing episode has not exceeded 18 hours. Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0.

158 501.12.4 Indirect Thermosiphon. Indirect thermosiphon systems shall be permitted to be installed in locations applications where the ambient temperature is not less than 23°F (-5°C). Exposed piping in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insulation having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The modification will provide clarity as systems in freezing climates may not be subjected to freezing temperatures when used in seasonal applications.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

159 Item # 080 Comment Seq # 029 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 7, Chapter 9, 206.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, Table 1201.1):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 75 SOLAR COLLECTORS

701501.0 General. 701501.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction and installation of solar collectors, including components.

702.0 502.0 Construction. 702502.1 General. Frames and braces exposed to the weather shall be constructed of materials for exterior locations, and protected from corrosion or deterioration, in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 702502.2 Construction. Collectors shall be designed and constructed as to prevent interior condensation, out-gassing, or other processes that will reduce the transmission properties of the glazing, reduce the efficiency of the insulation, or otherwise adversely affect the performance of the collector. 702502.3 Flat Plate Collector Glass. Flat plate collector glass used in collector construction shall be tempered. 702502.4 Plastic. Plastic used in collector construction shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 702502.5 Listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listing agency in accordance with IAPMO S1001.1, SRCC 100, UL 1279, or equivalent standard. 702502.6 Air Collectors. Materials exposed within air collectors shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50 where tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. 702502.6.1 Testing. Materials used within an air collector shall not smoke, smolder, glow, or flame where tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at temperatures exposed to in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C).

703503.0 Collector Installation. 703503.1 General. Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof structures or other surfaces in accordance with Section 307.1324.2. Collectors shall be mounted as to minimize the accumulation of debris. Connecting pipes shall not be used to provide support for a solar collector. Collectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 703503.1.1 Roof Installations. Anchors secured to and through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the water integrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Solar collectors that are not an integral part of the roofing system shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the roof surface. 703503.1.2 Ground Installations. Solar collectors installed at ground level shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground level. 703503.2 Access. Access shall be provided to collectors and components in an approved manner. A work space adjacent to collectors for maintenance and repair shall be provided in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 703503.3 Stagnation Condition. The collector assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnant conditions in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions where high solar flux and no flow occurs. 703503.4 Waterproofing. Joints between structural supports and buildings or dwellings, including penetrations made by bolts or other means of fastening, shall be made watertight with approved material. 703503.5 Fasteners. Mountings and fasteners shall be made of corrosion-resistant materials. 703503.5.1 Carbon Steel. Carbon steel mountings and fasteners shall be classified as noncorrosive in accordance with ASME SA194.

160 703503.6 Combustible Materials. Collectors constructed of combustible materials shall not be located on or adjacent to construction required to be of noncombustible materials or in fire areas, unless approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 703503.7 Orientation. Collectors shall be located and oriented in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 703503.8 Wall Mounted. Solar collectors that are mounted on a wall shall be secured and fastened in an approved manner in accordance with Section 307324.0.

704504.0 Fire Safety Requirements. 704504.1 Building Components. Collectors that function as building components shall be in accordance with the building code. 704504.2 Above or On the Roof. Collectors located above or on roofs, and functioning as building components, shall not reduce the required fire-resistance and fire-retardance classification of the roof covering materials. Exceptions: (1) One- and two-family dwellings. (2) Collectors located on buildings not exceeding three stories in height, a 9000 square feet (836.13 m2) total floor area; or both providing: (a) The collectors are noncombustible. (b) Collectors with plastic covers have noncombustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered and the collector shall not exceed the following: 1 1. Plastic CC1 – 33 ⁄3 percent of the roof area. 2. Plastic CC2 – 25 percent of the roof area. (c) Collectors with plastic film covers having a thickness of not more than 0.010 of an inch (0.254 mm) shall have non- 1 combustible sides and bottoms, and the total area covered by the collector shall not exceed 33 ⁄3 percent of the roof area.

CHAPTER 9 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS FOR A SWIMMING POOL

901.0 General 505.0 Solar Thermal Systems for A Swimming Pool. 901.1 505.1 Applicability. Sections 505.2 through 505.3.1 This chapter shall govern the installation and construction of solar thermal systems for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs. 902.0 505.2 Water Chemistry. 902.1 General. Where water from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by way of circulation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 902.2 505.2.1, and shall be filtered in accordance with Section 902.3 505.2.2 and Section 902.3.1 505.2.2.1. 902.2 505.2.1 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordance with Table 902.2 505.2.1.

TABLE 902.2 505.2.1 WATER CHEMISTRY PARAMETER ACCEPTABLE RANGE Calcium hardness 200 – 400 parts per million (ppm) Langelier Saturation Index 0 (+ or - 0.3 acceptable) pH 7.2 – 7.8 TDS < 1500 ppm Total alkalinity 80 – 120 ppm For SI Units: 1 part per million = 1 mg/L

902.3 505.2.2 Filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar loop. Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heating system with a heat exchanger. 902.3.1 505.2.2.1 Location. A filter shall be located upstream of a pump used to direct water to solar collectors. 903.0 505.3 Corrosion Resistant.903.1 Copper. Glazed solar collectors made of copper shall not be used for solar pool, spa, or hot tub heating. Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the collector circuit and the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub water.

161 206.0 Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units.

216.0 Noncombustible. As applied to building construction material, means a material that in the form in which it is used is either one of the following: (1) A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E 136 are considered noncombustible material. [NFPA 220:3.3.4] 1 (2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50. Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No material shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

Note: ASTM E136 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: IAPMO S1001.1 is a working draft and is not complete at the time of this monograph.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

: SUBSTANTIATION 1. This chapter is a duplicate of the 2012 USEC with the section numbers re-ordered. Flat plate collector was added to glass so as to discern the meaning of “glass” alone which was the previously used term. 2. In Section 502.5 a new listing was added for IAPMO Standard S1001.1. 3. Chapter 9 of the USEC has been moved to Chapter 5. 4. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron- ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of the proposed code.

162 Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION PUBLIC COMMENT: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

502.6 Listing 501.16 Solar Water Heating. Design and installation of solar water heating systems shall comply with IAPMO S1001.1. Collectors that are manufactured as a complete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved listing agency in accordance with SRCC 100, UL 1279, or equivalent standard.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION REFERENCED SECTIONS IAPMO S1001.1-2013 Design and Installation of Solar Solar Water Heating System 501.16 Water Heating Systems

Note: IAPMO S1001.1 meets the requirements for a mandatory referenced standard in accordance with Sec- tion 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Solar water heating systems are not currently addressed in the USEHC. The proposed text and IAPMO/ANSI standard provide guidance to the end user for the design and installation of solar water heating systems intended to be installed as stand-alone systems or in conjunction with auxiliary water heaters, including component selection and sizing criteria. In addition, using the language “or equivalent standard” places a burden on the code official and Authority Having Jurisdiction to make that determination if such standard is equivalent. How is the equivalency evaluated or to what criteria?

SRCC 100 (solar thermal collectors) and UL 1279 (outline investigation for solar collectors) are not applicable for this type of installation.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language would expand the scope beyond the original intent of the proposal which was only for collectors and not solar water heating systems. Furthermore, it would only cover a subset of a solar water heating system.

163 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

164 Item # 082 Comment Seq # 030 USEHC 2015 – (801.1):

Tim Ross SUBMITTER: Ross Distributing, Inc.

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

801.1 Applicability. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air ductwork shall be insulated according to this chapter to minimize heat loss. Ductwork and piping shall be permitted to not be insulated where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space. Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installed for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions unless such piping is located within a building.

SUBSTANTIATION: The text “according to this chapter” is being deleted from Section 801.1 as it does not strengthen the enforceability of the section.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

801.1 Applicability. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air ductwork shall be insulated to minimize heat loss. Ductwork and piping shall be permitted to not be insulated where exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or cooling load within such space. Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installed for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions unless such piping is located within a building.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 801.1 should be modified by removing the text “to minimize heat loss” to coincide with the removal of the text “according to this chapter.” Indicating only “minimize heat loss” gives the end user assumption that the intent of the section is to minimize heat loss and not to insulate in accordance with the chapter. Therefore, the text should be removed to provide clarity and avoid any confusion.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

165 Item # 088 Comment Seq # 031 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 9, 203.0, 205.0, 206.0, 207.0, 208.0, 209.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 217.0, 218.0, Table 1201.1):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 9 DUCT SYSTEMS

901.0 General. 901.1 Applicability. Ducts and plenums that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorption or evaporative cooling, or product- conveying system shall be in accordance with the requirements of this chapter. 901.2 Sizing Requirements. Duct systems used with blower-type equipment that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorption, evaporative cooling, or outdoor-air ventilation system shall be sized in accordance with approved methods.

902.0 Material. 902.1 General. Supply air, return air, and outside air for heating, cooling, or evaporative cooling systems shall be conducted through duct systems constructed of metal in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex- ible. Rectangular ducts exceeding 2 inches (51 mm) w.g. shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Ducts, plenums, and fittings shall be permitted to be constructed of concrete, clay, or ceramics where installed in the ground or in a concrete slab, provided the joints are tightly sealed. Corridors shall not be used to convey air to or from rooms where the corridor is required to be of fire-resistive construction in accordance with the building code. Concealed building spaces or independent construction within buildings shall be permitted to be used as ducts or plenums. Where gypsum products are exposed in ducts or plenums, the air temperature shall be restricted to a range from 50°F (10°C) to 125°F (52°C), and moisture content shall be controlled so that the material is not adversely affected. For the purpose of this section, gypsum products shall not be exposed in ducts serving as supply from evaporative coolers, and in other air-handling systems regulated by this chapter where the temperature of the gypsum product will be below the dew point temperature. Exhaust ducts under positive pressure and venting systems shall not extend into or pass through ducts or plenums. 902.2 Combustibles within Ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723, except as indicated below. Exceptions: (1) Return-air and outside-air ducts, plenums, or concealed spaces that serve a dwelling unit shall be permitted to be of combustible construction. (2) Air filters meeting the requirements of Section 311.2. (3) Water evaporation media in an evaporative cooler. (4) Charcoal filters where protected with an approved fire suppression system. (5) Electrical wiring in plenums shall comply with NFPA 70. Electrical wires and cables and optical fiber cables shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with NFPA 262. (6) Nonmetallic fire sprinkler piping in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15 and, a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1887. (7) Nonmetallic pneumatic tubing in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1820. (8) Loudspeakers and recessed lighting fixtures, including their assemblies and accessories, in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a peak rate of heat release not exceeding 134 horsepower (hp) (100 kW), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 2043. (9) Smoke detectors.

166 (10) Duct insulation, coverings, and linings and other supplementary materials complying with Section 904.0. (11) Materials in a Group H, Division 6, fabrication area including the areas above and below the fabrication area sharing a common air recirculation path with the fabrication area. 902.3 Joints and Seams of Ducts. Joints of duct systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics, gasketing, or other means. Crimp joints for round ducts shall have a contact lap of not less than 1½ inches (38 mm) and shall be mechanically fastened by means of not less than three sheet-metal screws equally spaced around the joint, or an equivalent fastening method. Joints and seams for 0.016 of an inch (0.406 mm) (No. 28 gauge) and 0.013 of an inch (0.33 mm) (No. 30 gauge) residential rectangular ducts shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for 0.019 of an inch (0.483 mm) (No. 26 gauge) material. Joints and seams for rectangular duct systems shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Joints and seams for flat oval ducts and round ducts in other than single-dwelling units shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Joints and seams and reinforcements for factory-made air ducts and plenums shall comply with the conditions of prior approval in accordance with the installation instructions that shall accompany the product. Closure systems for rigid air ducts and plenums shall be listed in accordance with UL 181A. Closure systems for flexible air ducts shall be listed in accordance with UL 181B. 902.4 Metal. Ducts, plenums, or fittings of metal shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible or duct systems in accordance with UL 181. 902.5 Tin. Existing tin ducts shall be permitted to be used where cooling coils are added to a heating system, provided the first 10 feet (3048 mm) of the duct or plenum measured from the cooling coil discharge are constructed of metal of the gauge thickness in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, other approved duct construction standard or are of approved material and construction. Tin ducts completely enclosed in inaccessible concealed areas need not be replaced. Accessible ducts shall be insulated in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex- ible. For the purpose of this subsection, ducts shall be considered accessible where the access space is 30 inches (762 mm) or greater in height. 902.6 Vibration Isolators. Vibration isolators installed between mechanical equipment and metal ducts (or casings) shall be made of an approved material and shall not exceed 10 inches (254 mm) in length.

903.0 Installation of Ducts. 903.1 General Ducts Under Floor or Crawl Space. Air ducts installed under a floor in a crawl space shall be installed as follows: (1) Shall not prevent access to an area of the crawl space. (2) Where it is required to move under ducts for access to areas of the crawl space with a vertical clearance of not less than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be provided. 903.2 Metal Ducts. Ducts shall be securely fastened in place at each change of direction in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Vertical rectangular ducts and vertical round ducts shall be supported in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Riser ducts shall be held in place by means of metal straps or angles and channels to secure the riser to the structure. Metal ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) separation from earth. Metal ducts where installed in or under a concrete slab shall be encased in not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete. Ducts shall be installed in a building with clearances that will retain the full thickness of fireproofing on structural members. Supports for rectangular ducts shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, where suspended from above, shall be installed on two opposite sides of each duct and shall be riveted, bolted, or metal screwed to each side of the duct at intervals specified. 903.2.1 Horizontal Round Ducts. Horizontal round ducts not more than 40 inches (1016 mm) in diameter where suspended from above shall be supported in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible with one hanger per interval, installed in accordance with Section 603.2.2 through Section 603.2.5.

903.2.2 Tight-Fitting Around the Perimeter. Ducts shall be equipped with tight-fitting circular bands extending around the entire perimeter of the duct at each specified support interval.

903.2.3 Size of Circular Bands. Circular bands shall be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) wide nor less than equivalent to the gauge of the duct material it supports. Exception: Ducts not more than 10 inches (254 mm) in diameter shall be permitted to be supported by No. 18 gauge galvanized steel wire.

167 903.2.4 Connection. Each circular band shall be provided with means of connecting to the suspending support.

903.2.5 Lateral Load. Ducts shall be braced and guyed to prevent lateral or horizontal swing. 903.3 Factory-Made Air Ducts. Factory-made air ducts shall be approved for the use intended or shall be in accordance with the requirements of the referenced standard for air ducts in Chapter 14. Each portion of a factory-made air duct system shall be identified by the manufacturer with a label or other identification indicating compliance with the referenced standard for air ducts in Chapter 14 and its class designation. These ducts shall be listed and shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing. Listed Class 0 or Class 1 factory-made air ducts shall be permitted to be installed in an occupancy covered by this code. 903.3.1 Factory-made air ducts and faced insulations intended for installation on the exterior of ducts shall be legibly printed with the name of the manufacturer, the thermal resistance (R) value at installed thickness, and the flame-spread index and smoke developed index of the composite material. 903.3.2 Factory-made air ducts shall not be used for vertical risers in air-duct systems serving more than two stories. Such ducts shall not penetrate construction where fire dampers are required. 903.3.3 Factory-made air ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) of separation from earth, except where installed as a liner inside of concrete, tile, or metal pipe; they shall be protected from physical damage. 903.4 Protection of Ducts. Ducts installed in locations where they are exposed to mechanical damage by vehicles or from other causes shall be protected by approved barriers. The temperature of the air to be conveyed in a duct shall not exceed 250°F (121°C). 903.5 Support of Ducts. Installers shall provide the manufacturer’s field fabrication and installation instructions. In the absence of specific supporting materials and spacing, approved factory-made air ducts shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

903.6 Protection Against Flood Damage. In flood hazard areas, ducts shall be located above the elevation required by the building code for utilities and attendant equipment or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher, or shall be designed and constructed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the ducts during floods up to such elevation. Where the ducts are located below that elevation, the ducts shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation.

904.0 Insulation of Ducts. 904.1 General. Supply-air ducts, return-air ducts, and plenums of a heating or cooling system shall be insulated to achieve the minimum thermal (R) value in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Exceptions: (1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, or ductwork furnished as a part of HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance with approved energy efficiency standards. (2) Ducts or plenums located in conditioned spaces where heat gain or heat loss will not increase energy use. (3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length to air terminals or air outlets, the rated R value of insulation need not exceed R-3.5 (R-0.6). (4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenums exposed to unconditioned or indirectly conditioned spaces with face areas exceeding 5 square feet (0.5 m2) need not exceed R-2 (R-0.4); those 5 square feet (0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated. (5) Ducts and plenums used exclusively for evaporative cooling systems. 904.2 Within Ducts or Plenums. Approved materials shall be installed within ducts and plenums for insulating, sound deadening, or other purposes. Materials shall have a mold, humidity, and erosion-resistant surface that meets the requirements of the referenced standard for air ducts in Chapter 13. Duct liners in systems operating with air velocities exceeding 2000 feet per minute (10.16 m/s) shall be fastened with both adhesive and mechanical fasteners, and exposed edges shall have approved treatment to withstand the operating velocity. 904.3 Duct Coverings and Linings. Insulation applied to the surface of ducts, including duct coverings, linings, tapes, and adhesives, located in buildings shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231 shall be used. Air duct coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C 411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C). Insulation required by this section shall be installed in accordance with industry-accepted standards (see Inform- 904.4 General 2 ative Appendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). These requirements do not apply to HVAC equipment. Five square feet (0.5 m ) need not 2 2 exceed R-2; those 5 ft (0.5 m ) or smaller need not be insulated. 904.4.1 Protection. Insulation shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture, equipment maintenance, and wind, but not limited to the following: (1) Insulation exposed to weather shall be suitable for outdoor service (e.g., protected by aluminum, sheet metal, painted can- vas, or plastic cover). Cellular foam insulation shall be protected as above or painted with a coating that is water retardant and provides shielding from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material.

168 (2) Insulation covering chilled-water piping, refrigerant suction piping, or cooling ducts located outside the conditioned space shall include a vapor retardant located outside the insulation (unless the insulation is inherently vapor retardant), all penetrations and joints of which shall be sealed. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.1]

905.0 Smoke Dampers, Fire Dampers, and Ceiling Dampers. 905.1 Smoke Dampers. Smoke dampers shall comply with the standards for leakage-rated dampers referenced in Chapter 14, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by the building code. Smoke dampers shall be labeled by an approved agency. 905.2 Fire Dampers. Fire dampers shall comply with the standard for fire dampers referenced in Chapter 17, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by the building code. Fire dampers shall have been tested for closure under airflow conditions and shall be labeled for both maximum airflow permitted and direction of flow. Where more than one damper is installed at a point in a single air path, the entire airflow shall be assumed to be passing through the smallest damper area. Fire dampers shall be labeled by an approved agency. Ductwork shall be connected to damper sleeves or assemblies in accordance with the fire damper manufacturer’s installation instructions. 905.3 Ceiling Radiation Dampers. Ceiling radiation dampers shall comply with the standard for ceiling radiation dampers referenced in Chapter 14, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions in the fire-resistive ceiling element of floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies where required by the building code. Fire dampers not meeting the temperature limitation of ceiling radiation dampers shall not be used as a substitute. Ceiling radiation dampers shall be labeled by an approved agency. 905.4 Multiple Arrangements. Where size requires the use of multiple dampers, the installation shall be framed in an approved manner to ensure that the dampers remain in place. 905.5 Access and Identification. Dampers shall be provided with an approved means of access large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the damper and its operating parts. The access shall not impair fire-resistive construction. Access shall not require the use of tools, keys, or special knowledge. Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior by 1 a label with letters not less than ⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in height reading: SMOKE DAMPER or FIRE DAMPER. Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting and approved for the required duct construction. 905.6 Freedom from Interference. Dampers shall be installed in a manner to ensure positive closing or opening as required by function. Interior liners or insulation shall be held back from portions of a damper, its sleeve, or adjoining duct that would interfere with the damper’s proper operation. Exterior materials shall be installed so as to not interfere with the operation or maintenance of external operating devices needed for the function of the damper. 905.7 Temperature Classification of Operating Elements. Fusible links, thermal sensors, and pneumatic or electric operators shall have a temperature rating or classification as in accordance with the building code.

906.0 Ventilating Ceilings. 906.1 General. Perforated ceilings shall be permitted to be used for air supply within the limitations of this section. Exit corridors, where required to be of fire-resistive construction by the building code, shall not have ventilating ceilings. 906.2 Requirements. Ventilating ceilings shall comply with the following: (1) Suspended ventilating ceiling material shall have a Class 1 flame-spread classification on both sides, determined in accordance with the building code. Suspended ventilating ceiling supports shall be of noncombustible materials. (2) Lighting fixtures recessed into ventilating ceilings shall be of a type approved for that purpose.

907.0 Use of Under-Floor Space as Supply Plenum for Dwelling Units. 907.1 General. An under-floor space shall be permitted to be used as a supply plenum. 907.2 Dwelling Units. The use of under-floor space shall be limited to dwelling units not more than two stories in height. Except for the floor immediately above the under-floor plenum, supply ducts shall be provided extending from the plenum to registers on other floor levels. Exception: In flood hazard areas, under-floor spaces shall not be used as supply plenums unless the flood opening requirements in the building code are met. 907.3 Enclosed. Such spaces shall be cleaned of all loose combustible scrap material and shall be tightly enclosed. 907.4 Flammable Materials. The enclosing material of the under-floor space, including the sidewall insulation, shall be not more flammable than 1 inch (25.4 mm) (nominal) wood boards (flame-spread index of 200). Installation of foam plastics is regulated by the building code. 907.5 Access. Access shall be through an opening in the floor and shall be not less than 24 inches by 24 inches (610 mm by 610 mm).

169 907.6 Automatic Control. A furnace supplying warm air to under-floor space shall be equipped with an automatic control that will start the air-circulating fan where the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not exceeding 150°F (66°C). Such control shall be one that cannot be set to exceed 150°F (66°C). 907.7 Temperature Limit. A heating devices supplying warm air to such space shall be equipped with an approved temperature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to 200°F (93°C).

907.8 Noncombustible Receptacle. A noncombustible receptacle shall be placed below each floor opening into the air chamber, and such receptacle shall comply with the following sections. 907.8.1 Location. The receptacle shall be securely suspended from the floor members and shall be not more than 18 inches (457 mm) below the floor opening. 907.8.2 Area. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 inches (76 mm) beyond the opening on all sides. 907.8.3 Perimeter. The perimeter of the receptacle shall have a vertical lip not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) high at the open sides where it is at the level of the bottom of the joists, or 3 inches (76 mm) high where the receptacle is suspended. 907.9 Floor Registers. Floor registers shall be designed for easy removal in order to give access for cleaning the receptacles. 907.10 Exterior Wall and Interior Stud Partitions. Exterior walls and interior stud partitions shall be firestopped at the floor.

907.11 Wall Register. Each wall register shall be connected to the air chamber by a register box or boot. 907.12 Distance from Combustible. A duct complying with Section 602.0 shall extend from the furnace supply outlet not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below combustible framing. 907.13 Vapor Barrier. The entire ground surface of the under-floor space shall be covered with a vapor barrier having a thickness not less than 4 mils (0.1 mm) and a flame-spread index of not more than 200. 907.14 Prohibition. Fuel-gas lines and plumbing waste cleanouts are not located within the space.

908.0 Automatic Shutoffs. 3 3 908.1 General. Air-moving systems supplying air in excess of 2000 cubic feet per minute (ft /min) (0.9439 m /s) to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air-moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment. Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Such devices shall be compatible with the operating velocities, pressures, temperatures, and humidities of the system. Where fire-detection or alarm systems are provided for the building, the smoke detectors required by this section shall be supervised by such systems. Exceptions: (1) Where the space supplied by the air-moving equipment is served by a total coverage smoke-detection system in accordance with the fire code, interconnection to such system shall be permitted to be used to accomplish the required shutoff. (2) Automatic shutoff is not required where occupied rooms served by the air-handling equipment have direct exit to the exterior and the travel distance does not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm). (3) Automatic shutoff is not required for Group R, Division 3 and Group U Occupancies. (4) Automatic shutoff is not required for approved smoke-control systems or where analysis demonstrates shutoff would create a greater hazard, such as shall be permitted to be encountered in air-moving equipment supplying specialized portions of Group H Occupancies. Such equipment shall be required to have smoke detection with remote indication and manual shutoff capability at an approved location. (5) Smoke detectors that are factory installed in listed air-moving equipment shall be permitted to be used in lieu of smoke detectors installed in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment.

203.0 Air-Moving System. A system designed to provide heating, cooling, or ventilation in which one or more air-handling units are used to supply air to a common space or are drawing air from a common plenum or space. Air, Outside. Air from outside the building intentionally conveyed by openings or ducts to rooms or to conditioning equipment. Air, Return. Air from the conditioned area that is returned to the conditioning equipment for reconditioning. Air, Supply. Air being conveyed to a conditioned area through ducts or plenums from a heat exchanger of a heating, cooling, absorption, or evaporative cooling system. Automatic. That which provides a function without the necessity of human intervention. [NFPA 96:3.3.7]

170 205.0

Ceiling Radiation Damper. A listed device installed in a ceiling membrane of a fire resistance-rated floor-ceiling or roof- ceiling assembly to automatically limit the radiative heat transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening. [NFPA 5000: 3.3.133.1] That portion(s) of a building behind walls, over suspended ceilings, in pipe chases, attics, and elsewhere Concealed Spaces. 3 whose size might normally range from 1 ⁄4 inch (44 mm) stud spaces to 8 foot (2438 mm) interstitial truss spaces and that might contain combustible materials such as building structural members, thermal, electrical insulation, or both, and ducting. [NFPA 96:3.3.48.1] Such spaces have sometimes been used as HVAC plenum chambers. Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by any equipment. Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above. Cooling System. All of that equipment, including associated refrigeration, intended or installed for the purpose of cooling air by mechanical means and discharging such air into any room or space. This definition shall not include any evaporative cooler. Crawl Space. In a building, an area accessible by crawling, having a clearance less than human height, for access to plumbing or wiring, storage, etc.

206.0 Damper. A valve or plate within a duct or its terminal components for controlling draft or the flow of gases, including air. [NFPA 211:3.3.51] Damper, Fire. An automatic-closing metal assembly consisting of one or more louvers, blades, slats, or vanes that closes upon detection of heat so as to restrict the passage of flame and is listed to the applicable recognized standards. Damper, Smoke. A damper arranged to seal off airflow automatically through a part of an air duct system so as to restrict the passage of smoke and is listed to the applicable recognized standard. Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include: (1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector. (2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa). (3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems. Duct System. Includes ducts, duct fittings, plenums, and fans assembled to form a continuous passageway for the distribution of air. Dwelling. A building or portion thereof that contains not more than two dwelling units. Dwelling Unit. A building or portion thereof that contains living facilities, including provisions for sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation, as required by this code, for not more than one family.

207.0 Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, and apparatus used as part of or in connection with installations regulated by this code.

208.0 Fire-Resistive Construction. Construction in accordance with the requirements of the building code for the time period specified.

209.0 Galvanized Steel. A steel that has been coated with a thin layer of zinc for corrosion protection.

171 216.0 Noncombustible. As applied to building construction material, means a material that in the form in which it is used is either one of the following: (1) A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E 136 are considered noncombustible material. [NFPA 220:3.3.4] 1 (2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50. Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No material shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

217.0 Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0 SMACNA-2006* HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edi- Ducts, Metal and 902.1, 902.3, tion Flexible 902.4, 902.5, 903.2, 903.2.1, 903.5, 904.1 NFPA 262-2011* Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Certification 902.2 Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces UL 181-2005* Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors (with revisions Air connectors, Air 902.4 through October 27, 2008) ducts UL 181A-2005* Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts (with revisions Air ducts 902.3 through February 13, 2008) UL 181B-2005* Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Con- Air connectors, Air 902.3 nectors (with revisions through February 13, 2008) ducts UL 1820-2004* Fire Test of Pneumatic Tubing for Flame and Smoke Character- Surface Burning 902.2 istics (with revisions through February 16, 2009) Test, Pneumatic Tubing UL 1887-2004* Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke Surface Burning 902.2 Characteristics (with revisions through February 16, 2009) Test, Fire Sprin- kler Pipe UL 2043-2008* Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release For Discrete Surface Burning 902.2 Products and Their Accessories Installed in Air-Handling Test, Discrete Spaces Products

Note: ASTM E136, SMACNA, NFPA 262, UL 181, UL 181A, UL 181B, UL 1820, UL 1887, and UL 2043 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes. (portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

172 SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 9 was previously titled Solar Thermal Systems for A Swimming pool and is being moved to Chapter 5, Solar Collectors. Chapter 9 has been replaced with 2012 UMC Chapter 6 Duct Systems and is related to solar thermal air heating systems. No other additions or deletions were performed on this section.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

CHAPTER 9 DUCT SYSTEMS

901.0 General. 901.1 Applicability. Ducts and plenums that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorption or evaporative cooling, or exhaust system shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. 901.2 Sizing Requirements. Duct systems used with blower-type equipment that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorption, evaporative cooling, or outdoor-air ventilation system shall be sized in accordance with an approved standard listed in Table 901.1, or by other approved methods.

320.0 Duct Work. 320.1 General. Ducts shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the mechanical code.

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 9 (Duct System) has been added and divided into public comments for discussion purposes. How- ever,Note: Public Comment 1 through Public Comment 31 should be viewed as a whole.

The proposed language will correlate with the UMC and the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

173 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

902.0 Material. 902.1 General. Supply air, return air, and outside air for heating, cooling, or evaporative cooling duct systems constructed of metal shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible or UL 181. Concealed building spaces or independent construction within buildings shall be permitted to be used as ducts or plenums. 902.2 Combustibles within Ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Exceptions: (1) Return-air and outside-air ducts, plenums, or concealed spaces that serve a dwelling unit shall be permitted to be of combustible construction. (2) Air filters. (3) Water evaporation media in an evaporative cooler. (4) Charcoal filters where protected with an approved fire suppression system. (5) Products listed and labeled for installation within plenums in accordance with Section 902.2.1 through Section 902.2.4. (6) Smoke detectors. (7) Duct insulation, coverings, and linings and other supplementary materials installed in accordance with Section 904.0. (8) Materials in a hazardous fabrication area including the areas above and below the fabrication area sharing a common air recirculation path with the fabrication area.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uni- form Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

902.2.1 Electrical. Electrical wiring in plenums shall comply with NFPA 70. Electrical wires and cables and optical fiber cables shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with NFPA 262. 902.2.2 Fire Sprinkler Piping. Nonmetallic fire sprinkler piping in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15 and, a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1887.

174 902.2.3 Pneumatic Tubing. Nonmetallic pneumatic tubing in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1820. 902.2.4 Loudspeakers and Recessed Lighting. Loudspeakers and recessed lighting fixtures, including their assemblies and accessories, in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a peak rate of heat release not exceeding 134 horsepower (hp) (100 kW), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 2043. 902.2.5 Discrete Products in Plenums. Discrete plumbing, mechanical, and electrical products that are located in a plenum and have exposed combustible material shall be in accordance with UL 2043.

206.0 Discrete Products in Plenums. Individual distinct products which are non-continuous such as pipe hangers, duct registers, duct fittings and duct straps.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 4: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

902.3 Factory-Made Air Ducts. Factory-made air ducts shall be approved for use intended or shall be in accordance with the requirements of UL 181. Each portion or a factory-made air duct system shall be identified by the manufacturer with a label or other identification indicating compliance with its class designation. 902.3.1 Length Limitation. Factory-made flexible air ducts and connectors shall be not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) in length and shall not be used in lieu of rigid elbows or fittings. Exception: Residential occupancies.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

175 PUBLIC COMMENT 5: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

902.4 Metal. Ducts, plenums, or fittings of metal shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. 902.5 Existing Metal Ducts. Existing metal ducts shall be permitted to be used where cooling coils are added to a heating system, provided the first 10 feet (3048 mm) of the duct or plenum measured from the cooling coil discharge are constructed of metal of the gauge thickness in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Exist- ing metal ducts completely enclosed in inaccessible concealed areas are not required to be replaced. Accessible ducts shall be insulated in accordance with Section 904.0. For the purpose of this subsection, ducts shall be considered accessible where the access space is 30 inches (762 mm) or greater in height.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 6: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

902.6 Gypsum. Where gypsum products are exposed in ducts or plenums, the air temperature shall be restricted to a range from 50°F (10°C) to 125°F (52°C), and moisture content shall be controlled so that the material is not adversely affected. For the purpose of this section, gypsum products shall not be exposed in ducts serving as supply from evaporative coolers, and in other air-handling systems regulated by this chapter where the temperature of the gypsum product will be below the dew point temperature. 902.7 Corridors. Corridors shall not be used to convey air to or from rooms where the corridor is required to be of fire-resistive construction in accordance with the building code.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

176 PUBLIC COMMENT 7: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.0 Installation of Ducts. 903.1 General. The pressure classification of ducts shall be not less than the design operating pressure of the air distribution in which the duct is utilized. 903.2 Under Floor or Crawl Space. Air ducts installed under a floor in a crawl space shall be installed in accordance with the following: (1) Shall not prevent access to an area of the crawl space. (2) Where it is required to move under ducts for access to areas of the crawl space with a vertical clearance of not less than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be provided.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 8: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.3 Metal Ducts. Ducts shall be supported at each change of direction and in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Con- struction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Riser ducts shall be held in place by means of metal straps or angles and channels to secure the riser to the structure. Metal ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) separation from earth. Ducts shall be installed in a building with clearances that will retain the full thickness of fireproofing on structural members.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

177 PUBLIC COMMENT 9: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.3.1 Rectangular Ducts. Supports for rectangular ducts shall be installed on two opposite sides of each duct and shall be riveted, bolted, or metal screwed to each side of the duct at intervals specified. 903.3.2 Horizontal Round Ducts. Horizontal round ducts not more than 40 inches (1016 mm) in diameter where suspended from above shall be supported with one hanger per interval and in accordance with Section 903.3.2.1 through Section 903.3.2.3. 903.3.2.1 Tight-Fitting Around the Perimeter. Ducts shall be equipped with tight-fitting circular bands extending around the entire perimeter of the duct at each specified support interval.

903.3.2.2 Size of Circular Bands. Circular bands shall be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) wide nor less than equivalent to the gauge of the duct material it supports. Exception: Ducts not more than 10 inches (254 mm) in diameter shall be permitted to be supported by No. 18 gauge galvanized steel wire. 903.3.2.3 Connection. Each circular band shall be provided with means of connecting to the suspending support. 903.3.3 Earthquake Loads. Ducts located in structures that are installed in areas classified as seismic design category C, D, E, or F shall be in accordance with the building code.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 10: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.4 Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. Factory-made air ducts and connectors shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 181, and installed in accordance with the terms of their listing, the manufacturer’s installation instructions and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible. Factory-made air ducts shall not be used for vertical risers in air-duct systems serving more than two stories and shall not penetrate a fire-resistance-rated assembly or construction. Factory-made air ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) of separation from earth, except where installed as a liner inside of concrete, tile, or metal pipe and shall be protected from physical damage. The temperature of the air to be conveyed in a duct shall not exceed 250°F (121°C).

178 SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 11: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.5 Flexible Air Ducts and Connectors. Flexible air ducts and connectors shall comply with UL 181, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Flexible air ducts shall not penetrate a fire-resistance-rated assembly or construction. Flexible air connector’s lengths shall be not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) and shall not penetrate a wall, floor, or ceiling. The temperature of the air to be conveyed in a flexible air duct or connector shall not exceed 250°F (121°C).

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 12: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.6 Joints and Seams of Ducts. Joints and seams for duct systems shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Con- struction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Joints of duct systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics, gasketing, or other means. Crimp joints for round ducts shall have a contact lap of not less than 1½ inches (38 mm) and shall be mechanically fastened by means of not less than three sheet-metal screws equally spaced around the joint, or an equivalent fastening method. Joints and seams and reinforcements for factory-made air ducts and plenums shall comply with the conditions of prior approval in accordance with the installation instructions that shall accompany the product. Closure systems for rigid air ducts and plenums shall be listed in accordance with UL 181A. Closure systems for flexible air ducts shall be listed in accordance with UL 181B.

179 903.7 Protection of Ducts. Ducts installed in locations where they are exposed to mechanical damage by vehicles or from other causes shall be protected by approved barriers.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 13: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.8 Support of Ducts. Installers shall provide the manufacturer’s field fabricated and installation instructions. Factory-made air ducts that are in accordance with UL 181 shall be supported in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Other ducts shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible. 903.9 Vibration Isolators. Vibration isolators installed between mechanical equipment and metal ducts (or casings) shall be made of an approved material and shall not exceed 10 inches (254 mm) in length.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 14: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

903.10 Protection Against Flood Damage. In flood hazard areas, ducts shall be located above the elevation required by the building code for utilities and attendant equipment or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher, or shall be designed and constructed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the ducts during floods up to such elevation. Where the ducts are located below that elevation, the ducts shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation.

180 903.11 Cross Contamination. Exhaust ducts and venting systems under positive pressure shall not extend into or pass through ducts or plenums.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 15: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

Ducts installed underground shall be approved for the installation and shall have a slope 903.12 Underground1 Installation. of not less than ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m). Ducts, plenums, and fittings shall be permitted to be constructed of concrete, clay, or ceramics where installed in the ground or in a concrete slab, provided the joints are tightly sealed. Metal ducts where installed in or under a concrete slab shall be encased in not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete. 903.12.1 Plastic Ducts. Plastic air ducts and fittings shall be permitted where installed underground and listed for such use.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 16: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

904.0 Insulation of Ducts. 904.1 General. Air ducts conveying air at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C) shall be insulated to maintain an insulation surface temperature of not more than 140°F (60°C). Factory-made air ducts and insulations intended for installation on the exte-

181 rior of ducts shall be legibly printed with the name of the manufacturer, the thermal resistance (R) value at installed thickness, flame-spread index and smoke developed index of the composite material. Internal duct liners and insulation shall be installed in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Exceptions: (1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, or ductwork furnished as a part of HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance with approved energy efficiency standards. (2) Ducts or plenums located in conditioned spaces where heat gain or heat loss will not increase energy use. (3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length to air terminals or air outlets, the rated R value of insulation need not exceed R-3.5 (R-0.6). (4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenums exposed to unconditioned or indirectly conditioned spaces with face areas exceeding 5 square feet (0.5 m2) need not exceed R-2 (R-0.4); those 5 square feet (0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated. (5) Ducts and plenums used exclusively for evaporative cooling systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 17: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

904.1.1 Within Ducts or Plenums. Materials installed within ducts and plenums for insulating, sound deadening, or other purposes shall have a mold, humidity, and erosion-resistant surface where tested in accordance with UL 181. Duct liners in systems operating with air velocities exceeding 2000 feet per minute (10.16 m/s) shall be fastened with both adhesive and mechanical fasteners, and exposed edges shall have approved treatment to withstand the operating velocity. Where the internal insulation is capable of being in contact with condensates or other liquids, the material shall be water-resistant. 904.1.2 Duct Coverings and Linings. Insulation applied to the surface of ducts, including duct coverings, linings, tapes, and adhesives, located in buildings shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. The specimen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E2231 shall be used. Air duct coverings and linings shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in accordance with ASTM C411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C). Coverings shall not penetrate a fire-resistance-rated assembly.

182 Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 18: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

905.0 Smoke Dampers, Fire Dampers, and Ceiling Dampers. 905.1 Smoke Dampers. Smoke dampers shall comply with UL 555S, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by the building code. 905.2 Fire Dampers. Fire dampers shall comply with UL 555, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by the building code. Fire dampers shall have been tested for closure under airflow conditions and shall be labeled for both maximum airflow permitted and direction of flow. Where more than one damper is installed at a point in a single air path, the entire airflow shall be assumed to be passing through the smallest damper area. Ductwork shall be connected to damper sleeves or assemblies in accordance with the fire damper manufacturer’s installation instructions.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 19: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

905.3 Ceiling Radiation Dampers. Ceiling radiation dampers shall comply with UL 555C, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions in the fire-resistive ceiling element of floor-ceiling and roof-ceiling assemblies where required by the building code. Fire dampers not meeting the temperature limitation of ceiling radiation dampers shall not be used as a substitute.

183 Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 20: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

905.4 Multiple Arrangements. Where size requires the use of multiple dampers, the installation shall be framed in an approved manner to ensure that the dampers remain in place. 905.5 Access and Identification. Fire and smoke dampers shall be provided with an approved means of access large enough to allow inspection and maintenance of the damper and its operating parts. The access shall not affect the integrity of the fire resistance-rated assembly. The access openings shall not reduce the fire resistance rating of the assembly. Access shall not require the use of tools. Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting and approved for the required duct con- 1 struction. Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior by a label with letters not less than ⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in height reading as one of the following: (1) Smoke Damper (2) Fire Damper (3) Fire/Smoke Damper

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 21: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

905.6 Freedom from Interference. Dampers shall be installed in a manner to ensure positive closing or opening as required by function. Interior liners or insulation shall be held back from portions of a damper, its sleeve, or adjoining duct that would interfere with the damper’s proper operation. Exterior materials shall be installed so as to not interfere with the operation or maintenance of external operating devices needed for the function of the damper.

184 905.7 Temperature Classification of Operating Elements. Fusible links, thermal sensors, and pneumatic or electric operators shall have a temperature rating or classification as in accordance with the building code.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 22: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

906.0 Ventilating Ceilings. 906.1 General. Perforated ceilings shall be permitted to be used for air supply within the limitations of this section. Exit corridors, where required to be of fire-resistive construction by the building code, shall not have ventilating ceilings. 906.2 Requirements. Ventilating ceilings shall comply with the following: (1) Suspended ventilating ceiling material shall have a Class 1 flame-spread classification on both sides, determined in accordance with the Building Code. Suspended ventilating ceiling supports shall be of noncombustible materials. (2) Lighting fixtures recessed into ventilating ceilings shall be of a type approved for that purpose.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 23: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

185 907.0 Use of Under-Floor Space as Supply Plenum for Dwelling Units. 907.1 General. An under-floor space shall be permitted to be used as a supply plenum. 907.2 Dwelling Units. The use of under-floor space shall be limited to dwelling unit’s not more than two stories in height. Except for the floor immediately above the under-floor plenum, supply ducts shall be provided extending from the plenum to registers on other floor levels. Exception: In flood hazard areas, under-floor spaces shall not be used as supply plenums unless the flood opening requirements in the building code are met.

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 24: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

907.3 Enclosed. Such spaces shall be cleaned of all loose combustible scrap material and shall be tightly enclosed. 907.4 Flammable Materials. The enclosing material of the under-floor space, including the sidewall insulation, shall be not more flammable than 1 inch (25.4 mm) (nominal) wood boards (flame-spread index of 200). Installation of foam plastics is regulated by the building code. 907.5 Access. Access shall be through an opening in the floor and shall be not less than 24 inches by 24 inches (610 mm by 610 mm).

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed language is from Chapter 6 duct systems of the UMC and correlates with the latest edition from the 2014 Report on Comments and 2013 Report on Proposals. Chapter 9 applies to any duct system used in the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code. This information will assist the end user in applying and enforcing such systems.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 25: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

186 907.6 Automatic Control. A furnace supplying warm air to under-floor space shall be equipped with an automatic control that will start the air-circulating fan where the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not exceeding 150°F (66°C). Such control shall be one that cannot be set to exceed 150°F (66°C). 907.7 Temperature Limit. A furnace supplying warm air to such space shall be equipped with an approved temperature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to 200°F (93°C).

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 26: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 27: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

187 907.9 Floor Registers. Floor registers shall be designed for easy removal in order to give access for cleaning the receptacles. 907.10 Exterior Wall and Interior Stud Partitions. Exterior walls and interior stud partitions shall be fireblocked at the floor. 907.11 Wall Register. Each wall register shall be connected to the air chamber by a register box or boot.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 28: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

907.12 Distances from Combustible. A duct complying with Section 902.0 shall extend from the furnace supply outlet not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below combustible framing. 907.13 Vapor Barrier. The entire ground surface of the under-floor space shall be covered with a vapor barrier having a thickness not less than 4 mils (0.1 mm) and a flame-spread index of not more than 200. 907.14 Prohibition. Fuel-gas lines and plumbing waste cleanouts shall not be located within the space.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 29: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

188 908.0 Automatic Shutoffs. 908.1 Air-Moving Systems and Smoke Detectors. Air-moving systems supplying air in excess of 2000 cubic feet per minute (ft3/min) (0.9439 m3/s) to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air-moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment. Duct smoke detectors shall comply with UL 268A and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Such devices shall be compatible with the operating velocities, pressures, temperatures, and humidity’s of the system. Where fire-detection or alarm systems are provided for the building, the smoke detectors shall be supervised by such systems in an approved manner. Exceptions: (1) Where the space supplied by the air-moving equipment is served by a total coverage smoke-detection system in accordance with the fire code, interconnection to such system shall be permitted to be used to accomplish the required shutoff. (2) Automatic shutoff is not required where occupied rooms served by the air-handling equipment have direct exit to the exterior and the travel distance does not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm). (3) Automatic shutoff is not required for Group R, Division 3 and Group U Occupancies. (4) Automatic shutoff is not required for approved smoke-control systems or where analysis demonstrates shutoff would create a greater hazard, such as shall be permitted to be encountered in air-moving equipment supplying specialized portions of Group H Occupancies. Such equipment shall be required to have smoke detection with remote indication and manual shutoff capability at an approved location. (5) Smoke detectors that are factory installed in listed air-moving equipment shall be permitted to be used in lieu of smoke detectors installed in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION: 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE: 22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 30: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM E84-2013a* Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 902.2, 904.1.2 ASTM E2231-2009 Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Miscellaneous 904.1.2 Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM C411—2011 Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation Block Board, Cracking, 904.1.2 Delamination, Hot-Surface Performance, Pipe Thermal Insulation, Surface Analy- sis-Building, Temperature Tests Insulation, Thermal Insulating Materials

189 NFPA 70-2014* National Electrical Code Miscellaneous 902.2.1 NFPA 262-2011* Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air Han- Certification 902.2.1 dling Spaces SMACNA-2006* HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd edition Ducts, Metal and Flexible 902.1,902.4, 902.5, 903.3, 903.4, 903.5, 903.6, 903.8, 904.1 UL 181-2013* Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors Air Connectors, Air Ducts 902.1,902.3,90 3.4, 903.5, 903.8, 904.1.1 UL 181A-2013* Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts Air Ducts 903.6 UL 181B-2013* Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors Air Connectors, Air Ducts 903.6 UL 268A-2008* Smoke Detectors for Duct Application (with revisions through Sep- Smoke Detectors 908.1 tember 25, 2009) UL 555-2006* Fire Dampers (with revisions through November 5, 2013) Dampers 905.2 UL 555C-2006* Ceiling Dampers (with revisions through May 4, 2010) Dampers 905.3 UL 555S-1999* Smoke Dampers (with revisions through October 9, 2013) Dampers 905.1 UL 723-2008* Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (with Miscellaneous 902.2, 904.1.2 revisions through August 12, 2013) UL 1820-2004* Fire Test of Pneumatic Tubing for Flame and Smoke Characteristics Surface Burning Test, 902.2.3 (with revisions through May 10, 2013 Pneumatic Tubing UL 1887-2004* Fire Test for Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke Surface Burning Test, Fire 902.2.2 Characteristics (with revisions through May, 3, 2013) Sprinkler Pipe UL 2043-2013 Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products Surface Burning Test, Dis- 902.2.4, and their Accessories Installed in Air Handling Spaces crete Products 902.2.5

Note: ASTM E84, ASTM E2231, ASTM C411, NFPA 70, NFPA 262, SMACNA, UL 181, UL 181A, UL 181B, UL 268A, UL 555, UL 555C, UL 555S, UL 723, UL 1820, UL 1887, and UL 2043 meet the requirements for mandatory referenced standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The referenced standards are located throughout Chapter 9 and should be located in the referenced standards table.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 31: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

190 CHAPTER 9 10 REFERENCED STANDARDS

901.0 1001.0 General. 901.1 1001.1 Standards. The standards listed in Table 1001.1 901.1 are intended for use in the design, testing, and installation of materials, devices, appliances, and equipment regulated by this code. These standards are mandatory where required by sections in this code. Organization abbreviations referred to in Table 1001.1 901.1 are defined in a list found at the end of the table.

TABLE 901.11001.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The referenced standards are now located in Chapter 10 with the addition of Chapter 9.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

191 Item # 089 Comment Seq # 032 USEHC 2015 – (1002.4.1, 1002.4.2):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1002.4.1 Standards for Modules and Panels. Photovoltaic modules and photovoltaic panels shall comply with UL 1703. Concentrator photovoltaic modules shall comply with UL 8703. AC photovoltaic modules shall comply with UL 1741 and UL 1703. 1002.4.2 Standards for Equipment. Inverters, source-circuit combiners, and charge controllers shall comply with UL 1741.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1002.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 1703, UL 1741, and UL 8703 are the standards that are used to certify these products. These standards are currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic modules and panels.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant inclusion of the proposed standards within the code. Addi- tionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Note: UL 1703 and UL 1741 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: UL 8703 was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete. These standards are also currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic modules and panels.

192 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant the inclusion of the proposed standards into the USEHC. Additionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70-2014.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Since Item # 106 (PC2) was rejected, this comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code requires FECTEAU: that equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Chapter 10 specifically requires that specific equipment be listed as identified in Sections 1002.4, 1005.2.3, 1005.2.4, 1006.5, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1010.2, 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.8, 1010.11.4, 1010.11.7, 1011.1, 1011.3.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.3.1, 1013.2, 1013.5.4.3, 1013.5.4.6, 1014.3 and 1014.10. What are the applicable recognized safety standards for PV equipment?

Only a few PV safety standards are identified in Chapter 12 of this code and of those referenced in Chapter 12, only Sections 1003.4.1, 1002.9 and 1014.9 are referred to. By not including the applicable safety standards within this code would seem to indicate that PV systems do not need to be listed to a safety standard. Especially since Section 302.1 states that solar energy system equipment shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards “referenced in this code.”

There are multiple examples of products being installed in the field that have been listed to a standard that is not appropriate for the intended use. As an example, there have been dc combiner boxes listed to UL 508A (Industrial Control Panels) instead of UL 1741 (Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use with Distributed Energy Resources). By identifying the appropriate safety standard within the USEHC, it will assist the AHJ and installer in determining if the proper equipment has been installed and eliminate any confusion associated with trying to determine if the equipment has been listed to the appropriate safety standard and how it is to be installed.

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other standards shall be in the informational notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an informational note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

193 Item # 090 Comment Seq # 033 USEHC 2015 – (1002.10, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1002.10 Mounting Photovoltaic Modules and Panels. Photovoltaic modules and panels shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Mounting systems and clamping devices shall comply with UL 2703. Solar trackers shall comply with UL 3703.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 2703-2012 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices, and Ground Mounting and 1002.10 Lugs for Use with Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels Clamping Devices UL 3703-2011 Solar Trackers Solar Trackers 1002.10

Note: UL 2703 and UL 3703 were not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: This code currently only provides requirements for the proper mounting and installation of building-integrated photovoltaic modules. The code needs to also provide requirements for the proper mounting and installation of rack- mounted photovoltaic modules and panels.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

194 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

19 2 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: ABSTAIN: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Since Item # 106 (PC2) was rejected, this comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code requires thatFECTEAU: equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Chapter 10 specifically requires that specific equipment be listed as identified in Sections 1002.4, 1005.2.3, 1005.2.4, 1006.5, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1010.2, 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.8, 1010.11.4, 1010.11.7, 1011.1, 1011.3.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.3.1, 1013.2, 1013.5.4.3, 1013.5.4.6, 1014.3 and 1014.10. What are the applicable recognized safety standards for PV equipment?

There are multiple examples of products being installed in the field that have been listed to a standard that is not appropriate for the intended use. As an example, there have been dc combiner boxes listed to UL 508A (Industrial Con- trol Panels) instead of UL 1741 (Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use with Distributed Energy Resources). By identifying the appropriate safety standard within the USEHC, it will assist the AHJ and installer in determining if the proper equipment has been installed and eliminate any confusion associated with trying to determine if the equipment has been listed to the appropriate safety standard and how it is to be installed.

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Exam- ination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This could lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

EXPLANATION OF ABSTAIN: Not qualified to vote. BEAN:

195 Item # 091 Comment Seq # 034 USEHC 2015 – (1007.4.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1007.4.1 Standards. DC circuit breakers shall comply with UL 489 or UL 489B. DC fuses shall comply with UL 2579.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 489-2013* Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclo- Electrical 1007.4.1 sures UL 489B-2012 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclo- Electrical 1007.4.1 sures for Use with Photovoltaic (PV) Systems UL 2579-2013 Low-Voltage Fuses - Fuses for Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1007.4.1

Note: UL 489 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: UL 489B and UL 2579 were not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1007.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 489, UL 489B, and UL 2579 are the standards that are used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standards pertaining to direct-current overcurrent protection.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

196 SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE: 20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This could lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

197 Item # 092 Comment Seq # 035 USEHC 2015 – (1008.7.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1008.7.1 Standards. A (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter or a system component providing equivalent protection shall comply with UL 1699B.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 1699B-2013 Photovoltaic (PV) DC Arc-Fault Circuit Protection Electrical 1008.7.1

Note: UL 1699B was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uni- form Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1008.7 requires these products to be listed. UL 1699B is the standard that is used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to dc arc-fault circuit protection.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant inclusion of the proposed standard within the code. Addi- tionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standard being referenced is not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

198 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant the inclusion of the proposed standard into the USEHC. Additionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70-2014.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

199 Item # 093 Comment Seq # 036 USEHC 2015 – (1009.6, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1009.6 Disconnecting Means. Disconnecting means shall comply with UL 98, UL 98A, UL 98B, UL 489, UL 489B, UL 508I, or UL 1066.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 98 - 2004* Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (with revisions through May 31, 2012) Electrical 1009.6 UL 98A - 2002 Open Type Switches Electrical 1009.6 UL 98B - 2010 Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1009.6 UL 489 - 2013* Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclo- Electrical 1009.6 sures UL 489B - 2012 Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclo- Electrical 1009.6 sures for Use with Photovoltaic (PV) Systems UL 508I - 2011 Manual Disconnect Switches Intended for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1009.6 UL 1066 - 2012* Low-Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures Electrical 1009.6

Note: UL 98, UL 489, and UL 1066 meet the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

Note: UL 98A, UL 98B, UL 489B, and UL 508I were not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1009.0 describes several different disconnecting means. This new section provides the standards used to certify these different types of disconnecting means. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to disconnecting means.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

200 RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

201 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

202 Item # 094 Comment Seq # 037 USEHC 2015 – (1010.2.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1010.2.1 Standards Single conductor cable type USE-2 shall comply with UL 854. Single-conductor cable photovoltaic (PV) wire shall comply with UL 4703.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 854-2004* Service-Entrance Cables (with revisions through September 9, 2011) Electrical 1010.2.1

Note: UL 854 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1010.2 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 854 and UL 4703 are the standards that are used to certify these products. UL 4703 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and it addresses the minimum requirements pertaining to single conductor cables used in a photovoltaic system. UL 854 is being added to identify the appropriate standard pertaining to type USE-2 power cables used in a photovoltaic system. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Note: UL 854 and UL 4703 were not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

203 uct listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Since Item # 106 (PC2) was rejected, this comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code requiresFECTEAU: that equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Chapter 10 specifically requires that specific equipment be listed as identified in Sections 1002.4, 1005.2.3, 1005.2.4, 1006.5, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1010.2, 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.8, 1010.11.4, 1010.11.7, 1011.1, 1011.3.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.3.1, 1013.2, 1013.5.4.3, 1013.5.4.6, 1014.3 and 1014.10. What are the applicable recognized safety standards for PV equipment?

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

204 Item # 095 Comment Seq # 038 USEHC 2015 – (1010.9, 1010.9.6, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

. 1010.9 Connectors The connectors permitted by this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 1010.9.1 through Section 1010.9.56. [NFPA 70:690.33]

. 1010.9.6 Standards Connectors shall comply with UL 6703 or UL 6703A.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 6703A - 2010 Multi-Pole Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 1010.9.6

Note: UL 6703A was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed new Section 1010.9.6 provides the standards used to certify the connectors required by Section 1010.9. UL 6703 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and is used for single connectors. UL 6703A is for multi-pole connectors and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to multi-pole connectors used in a photovoltaic system.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Note: UL 6703 and UL 6703A were not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

205 SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete. UL 6703 is referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to connectors.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Since Item # 106 (PC2) was rejected, this comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code requiresFECTEAU: that equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Chapter 10 specifically requires that specific equipment be listed as identified in Sections 1002.4, 1005.2.3, 1005.2.4, 1006.5, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1010.2, 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.8, 1010.11.4, 1010.11.7, 1011.1, 1011.3.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.3.1, 1013.2, 1013.5.4.3, 1013.5.4.6, 1014.3 and 1014.10. What are the applicable recognized safety standards for PV equipment?

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

206 adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

207 Item # 096 Comment Seq # 039 USEHC 2015 – (1010.11.4.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1010.11.4.1 Standard. Photovoltaic (PV) wires shall comply with UL 4703.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1010.11.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 4703 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to wires used in a photovoltaic system.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Note: UL 4703 was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete. UL 4703 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic wires.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant the inclusion of the proposed standard into the USEHC. Additionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70-2014.

208 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This poses health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

209 Item # 097 Comment Seq # 040 USEHC 2015 – (1010.11.7.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1010.11.7.1 Standard Inverters and charge controllers shall comply with UL 1741.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1010.11.7 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 1741 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user of this code to readily identify the appropriate standard required for inverters and charge controllers.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Note: UL 1741 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete. UL 1741 is referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic modules and panels.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

210 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This could lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

211 Item # 098 Comment Seq # 041 USEHC 2015 – (1011.1.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1011.1.1 Grounding Equipment Equipment used for system grounding shall comply with UL 467.

(renumber remaining sections)

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.1.1

Note: UL 467 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1011.1 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to grounding equipment.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

212 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This could lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

213 Item # 099 Comment Seq # 042 USEHC 2015 – (1011.3.3.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1011.3.3.1 Standards Devices intended for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules or other equipment shall comply with UL 467 or UL 2703.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.3.3.1 UL 2703-2012 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices, and Mounting and 1011.3.3.1 Ground Lugs for Use with Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels Clamping Devices

Note: UL 2703 was not developed via an open process having a published development procedure in accordance with Section 15.2 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1011.3.3 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 and UL 2703 are the standards that are used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to grounding equipment.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

214 SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE: 21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards.

215 Item # 100 Comment Seq # 043 USEHC 2015 – (1011.3.5.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1011.3.5.1 Standards. Devices intended for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules or other equipment shall comply with UL 467 or UL 2703.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.3.5.1 UL 2703-2012 Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices, and Ground Mounting and 1011.3.5.1 Lugs for Use with Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels Clamping Devices

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1011.3.5 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 and UL 2703 are the standards that are used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to grounding equipment.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

216 SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

217 approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This would lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

218 Item # 101 Comment Seq # 044 USEHC 2015 – (1011.6.1.4(A), Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1011.6.1.4(A) Standard Where required to be listed for grounding and bonding, connectors shall comply with UL 467.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.6.1.4(A)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1011.6.1.4 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to connectors.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

219 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant the inclusion of the proposed standard into the USEHC. Additionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70-2014.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This would lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

220 Item # 102 Comment Seq # 045 USEHC 2015 – (1011.6.2.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1011.6.2.1 Standard Where required to be listed for grounding and bonding, connectors shall comply with UL 467.

(renumber remaining sections)

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.6.2.1

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1011.6.2.1 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to connectors.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

221 COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant the inclusion of the proposed standard into the USEHC. Additionally, Chapter 10 is extracted text from NFPA 70, and the UL standards being referenced are not a part of the mandatory provisions of NFPA 70-2014.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

19 2 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: ABSTAIN: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This would lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

EXPLANATION OF ABSTAIN: Not qualified to vote. BEAN:

222 Item # 103 Comment Seq # 046 USEHC 2015 – (1011.6.2.3.1, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

1011.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shall consist of the following materials: 3 (1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall be not smaller than trade size ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. 5 (2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall be not less than ⁄8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(5)] (3) Rod-type electrodes less than 5.8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter shall comply with UL 467.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 467-2013* Grounding and Bonding Equipment Electrical 1011.6.2.3.1

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1011.6.2.3.1 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 467 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to rod type electrodes.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

223 uct listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Examination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

224 Item # 104 Comment Seq # 047 USEHC 2015 – (1013.2.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

. 1013.2.1 Standard Inverters and ac modules shall comply with UL 1741.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1013.2 requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 1741 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user of this code to readily identify the appropriate standard required for inverters and ac modules.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete. UL 1741 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic modules and panels.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

225 23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Since Item # 106 (PC2) was rejected, this comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code FECTEAU: requires that equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Chapter 10 specifically requires that specific equipment be listed as identified in Sections 1002.4, 1005.2.3, 1005.2.4, 1006.5, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1010.2, 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.8, 1010.11.4, 1010.11.7, 1011.1, 1011.3.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.3.1, 1013.2, 1013.5.4.3, 1013.5.4.6, 1014.3 and 1014.10. What are the applicable recognized safety standards for PV equipment?

Only a few PV safety standards are identified in Chapter 12 of this code and of those referenced in Chapter 12, only Sections 1003.4.1, 1002.9 and 1014.9 are referred to. By not including the applicable safety standards within this code would seem to indicate that PV systems do not need to be listed to a safety standard. Especially since Sec- tion 302.1 states that solar energy system equipment shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards “referenced in this code.”

There are multiple examples of products being installed in the field that have been listed to a standard that is not appropriate for the intended use. As an example, there have been dc combiner boxes listed to UL 508A (Industrial Control Panels) instead of UL 1741 (Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use with Distributed Energy Resources). By identifying the appropriate safety standard within the USEHC, it will assist the AHJ and installer in determining if the proper equipment has been installed and eliminate any confusion associated with trying to determine if the equipment has been listed to the appropriate safety standard and how it is to be installed.

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Exam- ination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This will lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

226 Item # 105 Comment Seq # 048 USEHC 2015 – (1013.5.4.6, Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

. 1013.5.4.6 Fastening Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers back-fed from utility-interactive inverters in accordance with Sec- tion 1013.2 shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. Breakers shall comply with UL 489.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: This section requires these products to be listed. UL 489 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This proposal will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to circuit breakers used in a photovoltaic system.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

227 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

20 2 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: Since Item # 106 (PC2) was rejected, this comment should be accepted. Section 302.1 of this code requiresFECTEAU: that equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code. Chapter 10 specifically requires that specific equipment be listed as identified in Sections 1002.4, 1005.2.3, 1005.2.4, 1006.5, 1007.4, 1008.7, 1010.2, 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.8, 1010.11.4, 1010.11.7, 1011.1, 1011.3.3, 1011.3.5, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.1, 1011.6.1.4, 1011.6.2, 1011.6.2.3.1, 1013.2, 1013.5.4.3, 1013.5.4.6, 1014.3 and 1014.10. What are the applicable recognized safety standards for PV equipment?

There are multiple examples of products being installed in the field that have been listed to a standard that is not appropriate for the intended use. As an example, there have been dc combiner boxes listed to UL 508A (Industrial Control Panels) instead of UL 1741 (Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use with Distributed Energy Resources). By identifying the appropriate safety standard within the USEHC, it will assist the AHJ and installer in determining if the proper equipment has been installed and eliminate any confusion associated with trying to determine if the equipment has been listed to the appropriate safety standard and how it is to be installed.

The reason provided by IAPMO staff during discussion of this comment to not include these safety standards was; these standards are not in the code language of NFPA 70. These standards are only identified in an annex that is not enforceable. However, NFPA 70 does not have the code language “…shall be listed…and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.” Per the NFPA 70 Style Manual, Section 4.2; it identifies that other standards shall not be in mandatory Code text. References to product standards shall be in an informative annex. References to other Standards shall be in the Informational Notes. NFPA 70 Section 90.7 (Exam- ination of Equipment for Safety) includes such an Informational Note, as required by the style manual, that states the following; “Informative Annex A contains an informative list of product safety standards for electrical equipment.”

Therefore, based on the NFPA 70 Style Manual, no standard is permitted within the code body; however the USEHC will not accept a listed product unless the standard is referenced within the code. Take a look at Section 302.1.2 within the USEHC that identifies that a list of accepted solar energy system materials standards is included in Table 1201.1. Based on the language within the USEHC, equipment listed to a standard not identified within this code, Section 301.1.2 states that it shall be permitted to be used by special permission of the AHJ after the AHJ has been satisfied as to their adequacy. The absence of these standards being included within this code will place undue hardship on the AHJ to approve PV equipment via special permission. Caution should be taken when extracting material from another code where the style manuals have different requirements on how standards are to be referenced. By not addressing these key differences, it will leave holes in the USEHC that could lead to safety risks such as fire and shock hazards. This could lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

228 Item # 106 Comment Seq # 049 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 6, Chapter 10, 204.0, 206.0, 207.0, 210.0, 215.0, 216.0, 217.0, 218.0, 222.0, 224.0):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 10 ELECTRICAL

1001.0 General. 1001.1 Electrical Wiring and Equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local ordinances. This chapter does not provide all electrical information necessary for the installation of a photovoltaic system. Resort shall be had to the edition of NFPA 70 adopted by the Authority Having Juris- diction. 1001.2 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter apply to solar photovoltaic (PV) electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems [see Figure 1001.2(1) and Figure 1001.2(2)]. Solar photovoltaic systems covered by this chapter shall be permitted to interact with other electrical power production sources or stand-alone, with or without electrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization. [NFPA 70:690.1] 1001.3 Other Articles. Where the requirements of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply. Where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in Section 1001.4 through Section 1001.7 shall apply. Exception: Solar photovoltaic systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply with the applicable portions of Article 500 through Article 516 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.3] 1001.4 Output Characteristics. The output of a generator or other electric power production source operating in parallel with an electrical supply system shall be compatible with the voltage, wave shape, and frequency of the system to which it is connected. [NFPA 70:705.14] 1001.5 Interrupting and Short-Circuit Current Rating. Consideration shall be given to the contribution of fault currents from all interconnected power sources for the interrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipment on interactive systems. [NFPA 70:705.16] 1001.6 Ground-Fault Protection. Where ground-fault protection is used, the output of an interactive system shall be connected to the supply side of the ground-fault protection. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground- fault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. [NFPA 70:705.32] 1001.7 Synchronous Generators. Synchronous generators in a parallel system shall be provided with the necessary equipment to establish and maintain a synchronous condition. [NFPA 70:705.143]

1002.0 Installation. 1002.1 Photovoltaic Systems. Photovoltaic systems shall be permitted to supply a building or other structure in addition to other electricity supply system(s). [NFPA 70:690.4(A)] 1002.2 Identification and Grouping. Photovoltaic source circuits and PV output circuits shall not be contained in the same raceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, junction box, or similar fitting as conductors, feeders, or branch circuits of other non-PV systems, unless the conductors of the different systems are separated by a partition. The means of identification shall be permitted by separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, or other approved means. Photovoltaic system conductors shall be identified and grouped as follows: (1) Photovoltaic source circuits shall be identified at points of termination, connection, and splices. (2) The conductors of PV output circuits and inverter input and output circuits shall be identified at points of termination, connection, and splices. (3) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box, raceway, or equipment, the conductors of each system shall be identified at termination, connection, and splice points.

229 Exception: Where the identification of the conductors is evident by spacing or arrangement, further identification is not required. (4) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box or raceway with a removable cover(s), the ac and dc conductors of each system shall be grouped separately by wire ties or similar means not less than once, and then shall be grouped at intervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). Exception: The requirements for grouping shall not apply where the circuit enters from a cable or raceway unique to the circuit that makes the grouping obvious. [NFPA 70:690.4(B)] 1002.3 Module Connection Arrangement. The connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic source circuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor to other PV source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.4(C)] 1002.4 Equipment. Inverters, motor generators, photovoltaic modules, photovoltaic panels, ac photovoltaic modules, source- circuit combiners, and charge controllers intended for use in photovoltaic power systems shall be identified and listed for the application. [NFPA 70:690.4(D)] 1002.5 Wiring and Connection. The equipment and systems in Section 1002.1 through Section 1002.4 and all associated wiring and interconnections shall be installed by qualified persons [NFPA 70:690.4(E)]. For purposes of this chapter a qualified person is defined as “one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.” [NFPA 70:100]

Notes: 1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2 Disconnecting means required by Section 1009.0 are not shown. 3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Section 1011.0 of this chapter.

FIGURE 1001.2(1) IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(A)]

230 Notes: 1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photo voltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 2 Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by this Chapter are not shown. 3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Sec- tion 1011.0. 4 Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components are optional.

FIGURE 1001.2(2) IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN COMMON SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(B)]

1002.6 Circuit Routing. Photovoltaic source and PV output conductors, in and out of conduit, and inside of a building or structure, shall be routed along building structural members such as beams, rafters, trusses, and columns where the location of those structural members are determined by observation. Where circuits are imbedded in built-up, laminate, or membrane roofing materials in roof areas not covered by PV modules and associated equipment, the location of circuits shall be clearly marked. [NFPA 70:690.4(F)] 1002.7 Bipolar PV Systems. Where the sum, without consideration of polarity, of the PV system voltages of the two monopole subarrays exceeds the rating of the conductors and connected equipment, monopole subarrays in a bipolar PV system shall be physically separated, and the electrical output circuits from each monopole subarray shall be installed in separate raceways until connected to the inverter. The disconnecting means and overcurrent protective devices for each monopole subarray output shall be in separate enclosures. Conductors from each separate monopole subarray shall be routed in the same raceway. Exception: Listed switchgear rated for the maximum voltage between circuits and containing a physical barrier separating the disconnecting means for each monopole subarray shall be permitted to be used instead of disconnecting means in separate enclosures. [NFPA 70:690.4(G)] 1002.8 Multiple Inverters. A PV system shall be permitted to have multiple utility-interactive inverters installed in or on a single building or structure. Where the inverters are remotely located from each other, a directory in accordance with Section 1012.1 shall be installed at each dc PV system disconnecting means, at each ac disconnecting means, and at the main service disconnecting means showing the location of all ac and dc PV system disconnecting means in the building. Exception: A directory shall not be required where inverters and PV dc disconnecting means are grouped at the main service disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.4(H)]

231 1002.9 Photovoltaic Modules/Panels/Shingles. Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles shall comply with UL 1703 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the building code.

1003.0 Ground-Fault Protection. 1003.1 General. Grounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection in accordance with Sec- tion 1003.2 through Section 1003.4 to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic arrays shall comply with Section 1010.11. Exceptions: (1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic arrays with not more than two paralleled source circuits and with all dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protection. (2) Photovoltaic arrays installed at other than dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault protection where each equipment grounding conductor is sized in accordance with Section 1011.4. [NFPA 70:690.5] 1003.2 Ground-Fault Detection and Interruption. The ground-fault protection device or system shall be capable of detecting a ground-fault current, interrupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault. Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the faulted circuit to interrupt the ground-fault current path shall be permitted. Where a grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically and simultaneously opened. Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded conductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA 70:690.5(A)] 1003.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faulted circuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods: (1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically disconnected. (2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit shall automatically cease to supply power to the output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.5(B)] 1003.4 Labels and Markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following: WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED Where the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location at the batteries. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)] 1003.4.1 Marking. The warning labels required in Section 1003.4, Section 1005.5(3), Section 1008.4, Section 1010.11.6, and Section 1013.5.4.7 shall be in accordance with UL 969.

1003.4.2 Format. The marking requirements in Section 1003.4.1 shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Red background. (2) White lettering. 3 (3) Not less than ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (4) Capital letters. (5) Made of reflective weather-resistant material.

232 1004.5 Overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and conductor sizing in accordance with the following [NFPA 70:690.6(E)]: (1) 20-ampere circuits – 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) of run length. (2) 20-ampere circuits – 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet (30 480 mm) of run length. (3) 20-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. (4) 30-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. (5) 40-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. (6) 50-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA 70:240.5(B)(2)]

1005.0 Circuit Requirements. 1005.1 Maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. In a dc photovoltaic source circuit or output circuit, the maximum photovoltaic system voltage for that circuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connected photovoltaic modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the rated open-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table 1005.1. This voltage shall be used to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40°F (-40°C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic modules are used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage in accordance with Section 302.1 instead of using Table 1005.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)]

TABLE 1005.1 VOLTAGE CORRECTION FACTORS FOR CRYSTALLINE AND MULTICRYSTALLINE SILICON MODULES 1, 2 [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.7] AMBIENT TEMPERATURE FACTOR (°F) 76 to 68 1.02 67 to 59 1.04 58 to 50 1.06 49 to 41 1.08 40 to 32 1.10 31 to 23 1.12 22 to 14 1.14 13 to 5 1.16 4 to -4 1.18 -5 to -13 1.20 -14 to -22 1.21 -23 to -31 1.23 -32 to -40 1.25 For SI units: °C=(°F-32)/1.8 Notes: 1 Correction factors for ambient temperatures below 77°F (25°C). 2 Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown above.

233 (1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their voltage ratings. (2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(B)] 1005.2.3 Two Hundred Seventy Seven Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting diodetype luminaires. (2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at 120 volts or less from the output of a stepdown autotransformer that is an integral component of the luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electrically connected to a grounded conductor of the branch circuit. (3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shell lampholders. (4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, applied within their voltage ratings. (5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(C)] 1005.2.4 Six Hundred Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaires where the luminaires are mounted in accordance with one of the following: (a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on poles or similar structures for the illumination of outdoor areas such as highways, roads, bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots. (b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) on other structures such as tunnels. (2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment other than luminaires. (3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systems where the luminaire contains a listed, dc-rated ballast that provides isolation between the dc power source and the lamp circuit and protection from electric shock where changing lamps. [NFPA 70:210.6(D)] Exception: In industrial occupancies, infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall be considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] 1005.2.5 Over 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply utilization equipment in installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service the installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)] 1005.3 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaic system voltage not exceeding 600 volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic system voltage exceeding 600 volts shall comply with Section 1015.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)] 1005.4 Circuits Over 150 Volts to Ground. In one-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)] 1005.5 Bipolar Source and Output Circuits. For two wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two wire circuit where the following conditions apply: (1) One conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is solidly grounded. Exception: The operation of ground fault or arc-fault devices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to interrupt this connection to ground where the entire bipolar array becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each other and the utilization equipment. (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray. (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows: WARNING BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)]

234 1005.6 Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by approved enclosures or by one of the following means: (1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible only to qualified persons. (2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens arranged so that qualified persons have access to the space within reach of the live parts. Openings in such partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that persons are not likely to come into accidental contact with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into contact with them. (3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified persons. (4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above the floor or other working surface. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)] 1005.7 Prevent Physical Damage. In locations where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA 70:110.27(B)] 1005.8 Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified persons to enter. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)]

1006.0 Circuit Sizing and Current. 1006.1 Calculation of Maximum Circuit Current. Where the requirements of Section 1006.1(1) and Section 1006.2(1) are both applied, the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated as follows: (1) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel module rated short-circuit currents multiplied by 125 percent. (2) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel source circuit maximum currents as calculated in Section 1006.1(1). (3) The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous output current rating. (4) The maximum current shall be the stand-alone continuous inverter input current rating where the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)] 1006.2 Ampacity and Overcurrent Device Ratings. Photovoltaic system currents shall be considered to be continuous. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)] Overcurrent devices, where required, shall be rated in accordance with the following [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)]: (1) Carry not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents as calculated in Section 1006.1. Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(a)] (2) Terminal temperature limits shall comply with Section 302.1. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(b)] The temperature rating associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall be selected and coordinated so as not to exceed the lowest temperature rating of a connected termination, conductor, or device. Conductors with temperature ratings higher than specified for terminations shall be permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, corrections, or both. [NFPA 70:110.14(C)] (3) Where operated at temperatures exceeding 104°F (40°C), the manufacturer’s temperature correction factors shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(c)] (4) The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be permitted in accordance with Section 1006.3 through Section 1006.5. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(d)] Circuit conductors shall be sized to carry not less than the larger of currents listed as follows [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]: (a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the maximum currents calculated in Section 1006.1 without any additional correction factors for conditions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)] (b) The maximum current calculated in Section 1006.1 after conditions of use have been applied. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)] (c) The conductor selected, after application of conditions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrent protective device, where required. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(c)] 1006.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 800 Amperes or Less. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating (above the ampacity of the conductors being protected) shall be permitted to be used, where the following conditions are met: (1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads. (2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker without overload trip adjustments above its rating (shall be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments). (3) The next higher standard rating selected does not exceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(B)] 1006.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding 800 Amperes. Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800 amperes, the ampacity of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or more than the rating of the overcurrent device defined in Section 1007.3(1). [NFPA 70:240.4(C)]

235 1006.5 Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by Sec- tion 1006.5(1) through Section 1006.5(7) after correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied. (1) 18 AWG copper-7-amperes, provided the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. (2) 16 AWG copper-10-amperes, provided the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. (3) 14 AWG copper-15-amperes. (4) 12 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-15-amperes. (5) 12 AWG copper-20-amperes. (6) 10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-25-amperes. (7) 10 AWG copper-30-amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(D)] 1006.6 Systems with Multiple Direct-Current Voltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)] 1006.7 Sizing of Module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall be not less than the sum of the rating of the single fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)]

1007.0 Overcurrent Protection. 1007.1 Circuits and Equipment. Photovoltaic source circuit, photovoltaic output circuit, inverter output circuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of Article 240 of NFPA 70. Circuits connected to more than one electrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to provide overcurrent protection from all sources. Exceptions: An overcurrent device shall not be required for PV modules or PV source circuit conductors sized in accordance with Section 1006.2 where one of the following applies: (1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. (2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors or the maximum overcurrent protective device size specified on the PV module nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] 1007.2 Power Transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided in accordance with Section 450.3 of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer, as the primary. Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the utility-interactive inverter output, not less than the rated continuous output current of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] 1007.3 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic source circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one ampere size increments, starting at 1 ampere up to and including 15 amperes. Higher standard values exceeding 15 amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided as follows [NFPA 70:690.9(C)]:

236 (1) The standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 601. The use of fuses and inverse time circuit breakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)] 1007.4 Direct-Current Rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in the dc portion of a photovoltaic power system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(D)] 1007.5 Series Overcurrent Protection. In PV source circuits, a single overcurrent protection device shall be permitted to protect the PV modules and the interconnecting conductors. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)]

1008.0 Stand-Alone Systems. 1008.1 General. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet the requirements of NFPA 70 for a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with NFPA 70 except as modified by Section 1008.2 through Section 1008.6. [NFPA 70:690.10] 1008.2 Inverter Output. The ac output from a stand-alone inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac power to the building or structure disconnecting means at current levels less than the calculated load connected to that disconnect. The inverter output rating or the rating of an alternate energy source shall be equal to or greater than the load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected to the system. Calculated general lighting loads shall not be considered as a single load. [NFPA 70:690.10(A)] 1008.3 Sizing and Protection. The circuit conductors between the inverter output and the building or structure disconnecting means shall be sized based on the output rating of the inverter. These conductors shall be protected from overcurrents in accordance with Article 240 of NFPA 70. The overcurrent protection shall be located at the output of the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.10(B)] 1008.4 Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to supply 120 volts to single-phase, three wire, 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no 240-volt outlets and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In installations, the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the output of the inverter shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked with the following words or equivalent: WARNING SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! [NFPA 70:690.10(C)] 1008.5 Energy Storage or Backup Power System Requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are not required. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)] 1008.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone inverter output in either stand-alone or utility-interactive systems shall be secured in accordance with Section 1008.6.1. Circuit breakers that are marked “line” and “load” shall not be back-fed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)] 1008.6.1 Back-Fed Devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lug assemblies that are back- fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA 70:408.36(D)] 1008.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (Direct Current). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dc output circuits or both, on or penetrating a building operating at a PV system maximum voltage of 80 volts or greater, shall be protected by a listed (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter, PV type, or other system components listed to provide equivalent protection. The PV arc-fault protection means shall comply with the following requirements: (1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a conductor, connection, module, or other system component in the dc PV source and output circuits. (2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of the following: (a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the fault circuit where the fault is detected. (b) System components within the arcing circuit. (3) The system shall require that the disabled or disconnected equipment be manually restarted. (4) The system shall have an annunciator that provides a visual indication that the circuit interrupter has operated. This indication shall not reset automatically. [NFPA 70:690.11]

237 1009.0 Disconnecting Means. 1009.1 Conductors. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying dc conductors of a photovoltaic system from other conductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded conductor where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. Exceptions: (1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system in accordance with Section 1003.1, or that is part of an arc-fault detection/interruption system in accordance with Section 1008.7, shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. (2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded conductor where the following conditions are met. (a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance. (b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons. (c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and current that is present during operation, including ground-fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.13] 1009.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1 through Sec- tion 1009.2.4. [NFPA 70:690.14] 1009.2.1 Disconnecting Means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shall comply with Section 1009.4. [NFPA 70:690.14(A)] 1009.2.2 Equipment. Equipment such as photovoltaic source circuit isolating switches, overcurrent devices, and blocking diodes shall be permitted on the photovoltaic side of the photovoltaic disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.14(B)] 1009.2.3 Requirements for Disconnecting Means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows: (1) The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors. Exception: Installations that comply with Section 1010.5 shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remote from the point of entry of the system conductors. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. (2) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to identify it as a photovoltaic system disconnect. (3) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Article 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70. (4) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six switches or six circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. (5) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to be in accordance with Section 1009.2.3(4). A photovoltaic disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)] 1009.2.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters Mounted in Not-Readily-Accessible Locations. Utility-interactive inverters shall be permitted to be mounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are not readily accessible. These installations shall comply with the following: (1) A direct-current photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter. (2) An alternating-current disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter. (3) The alternating-current output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply with Section 1009.2.3(1). (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section 1012.1. [NFPA 70:690.14(D)] 1009.2.5 Disconnection of Photovoltaic Equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as inverters, batteries, charge controllers, and the like, from ungrounded conductors of all sources. Where the equipment is energized from more than one source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section 1009.4 shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or more inverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15]

238 1009.3 Disconnecting and Servicing of Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from sources of supply where the fuse is energized from both directions. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic source circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16(A)] Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV output circuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must be serviced that are isolated from energized circuits. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of, and accessible to, the location of the fuse or integral with fuse holder and shall be in accordance with Section 1009.4. Where the disconnecting means are located exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) from the overcurrent device, a directory showing the location of each disconnect shall be installed at the overcurrent device location. Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall be marked “Do not open under load.” [NFPA 70:690.16(B)] 1009.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker. The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Located where readily accessible. (2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts. (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position. (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment. Where terminals of the disconnecting means are energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION. Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it is in accordance with the requirements of Section 1010.9 and is listed and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.17] 1009.5 Installation and Service of an Array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to disable an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18]

1010.0 Wiring Methods Permitted. 1010.1 General. Raceway and cable wiring methods included in this chapter, and other wiring systems and fittings specifically intended and identified for use on photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement. Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operating at maximum system voltages exceeding 30 volts are installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)] 1010.2 Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic source circuits for photovoltaic module interconnections within the photovoltaic array. Exception: Raceways shall be used where required by Section 1010.1. [NFPA 70:690.31(B)] 1010.3 Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accordance with Section 400.5 of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 86°F (30°C), the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given in Table 1010.3. [NFPA 70:690.31(C)]

239 TABLE 1010.3 CORRECTION FACTORS BASED ON TEMPERATURE RATING OF CONDUCTOR [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.31(C)]

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 140°F 167°F 194°F 221°F (°F) 86 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87–95 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.97 96–104 0.82 0.88 0.91 0.93 105–113 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.89 114–122 0.58 0.75 0.82 0.86 123–131 0.41 0.67 0.76 0.82 132–140 — 0.58 0.71 0.77 141–158 — 0.33 0.58 0.68 159–176 — — 0.41 0.58 For SI units: °C = (°F - 32)/1.8

1010.4 Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moisture resistant in sizes 16 AWG and 18 AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables comply with the ampacity requirements of Section 1006.0. Section 310.15 of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity adjustment and correction factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] 1010.5 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits Inside a Building. Where dc photovoltaic source or output circuits from a building-integrated or other photovoltaic systems are installed inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metal raceways, type MC metal-clad cable that is in accordance with Section 250.118(10) of NFPA 70 or metal enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1, Section 1009.2.2 and Section 1009.2.4. The wiring methods shall comply with the additional installation requirements in Section 1010.5.1 through Section 1010.5.4. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)] 1010.5.1 Beneath Roofs. Installation of wiring methods shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm) from the roof decking or sheathing except where directly below the roof surface covered by PV modules and associated equipment. Circuits shall be run perpendicular to the roof penetration point to supports not less than 10 inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(1)] 3 1010.5.2 Flexible Wiring Methods. Where flexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size ⁄4 of an inch in diameter (19.1 mm) or Type MC cable less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter containing PV power circuit conductors is installed across ceilings or floors joists, the raceway or cable shall be protected by substantial guard strips that are not less than the height of the raceway or cable. Where installed exposed, other than within 6 feet (1829 mm) of their connection to equipment, these wiring methods shall closely follow the building surface or be protected from physical damage by an approved means. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(2)] 1010.5.3 Marking or Labeling Required. The wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source conductors shall be marked with the wording “Photovoltaic Power Source” by means of permanently affixed labels or other approved permanent markings as follows: (1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring methods. (2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction boxes. (3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(3)] 1010.5.4 Markings and Labeling Methods and Locations. The labels or markings shall be visible after installation. Pho- tovoltaic power circuit labels shall appear on the section of the wiring system that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings, or between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm). Labels required by this section shall be suitable for the environment where installed. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(4)] 1010.6 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 1010.7. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)]

240 1010.8 Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on-site assembly, where listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32] 1010.9 Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 1010.9.1 through Section 1010.9.5. [NFPA 70:690.33] 1010.9.1 Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable with receptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] 1010.9.2 Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)] 1010.9.3 Type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] 1010.9.4 Grounding Member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)] 1010.9.5 Interruption of Circuit. Connectors shall comply with one of the following: (1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to the operator. (2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Not for Current Inter- rupting.” [NFPA 70:690.33(E)] 1010.10 Access to Boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them is rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] 1010.11 Ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits where the system is in accordance with Section 1010.11.1 through Section 1010.11.7. [NFPA 70:690.35] 1010.11.1 Disconnects. Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects in accordance with Sec- tion 1009.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] 1010.11.2 Overcurrent Protection. Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 1007.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] 1010.11.3 Ground-Fault Protection. Photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground-fault protection device or system that is in accordance with the following: (1) Detects a ground fault. (2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred. (3) Automatically disconnects conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying power to output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.35(C)] 1010.11.4 Conductors. The photovoltaic source conductors shall consist of the following: (1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables. (2) Conductors installed in raceways. (3) Conductors listed and identified as photovoltaic (PV) wire installed as exposed, single conductors. [NFPA 70:690.35(D)] 1010.11.5 Direct-Current Circuits. The photovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systems in accordance with Section 1014.7. [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] 1010.11.6 Warning. The photovoltaic power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, combiner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits are exposed during service: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. THE DIRECT CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED. [NFPA 70:690.35(F)]

241 1010.11.7 Inverters or Charge Controllers. The inverters or charge controllers used in systems with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA 70:690.35(G)]

1011.0 Grounding. 1011.1 System Grounding. For a photovoltaic power source, one conductor of a two-wire system with a photovoltaic system voltage exceeding 50 volts and the reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shall use other methods that provide equivalent system protection in accordance with Section 1011.1.1 through Section 1011.1.5 and that utilize equipment listed and identified for the use. Exception: Systems that comply with Section 1010.11. [NFPA 70:690.41] 1011.1.1 Electrical System Grounding. Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and that will stabilize the voltage to earth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(1)] 1011.1.2 Grounding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected to earth so as to limit the voltage to ground on these materials. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(2)] 1011.1.3 Bonding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(3)] 1011.1.4 Bonding of Electrically Conductive Materials and Other Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying electrically conductive materials that become energized shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(4)] 1011.1.5 Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. Electrical equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive material that become energized shall be installed in a manner that creates a low-impedance circuit facilitating the operation of the overcurrent device or ground detector for high-impedance grounded systems. It shall be capable of safely carrying the maximum ground-fault current to be imposed on it from any point on the wiring system where a ground fault occurs to the electrical supply source. The earth shall not be considered as an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(5)] 1011.2 Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any single point on the photovoltaic output circuit. Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device in accordance with Section 1003.0 shall be permitted to have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection. [NFPA 70:690.42] 1011.3 Equipment Grounding. Equipment grounding conductors and devices shall comply with Section 1011.3.1 through Section 1011.3.6. [NFPA 70:690.43] 1011.3.1 General. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electrical equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded in accordance with Section 1011.3.1.1 or Section 1011.3.1.2, regardless of voltage. [NFPA 70:690.43(A)] 1011.3.1.1 Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. Unless grounded by connection to the grounded circuit conductor as permitted by Section 250.32, Section 250.140 and Section 250.142 of NFPA 70, non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures, where grounded, shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the following methods: (1) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductors in accordance with by Section 1011.3.7. (2) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conductors. Exceptions: (1) As provided in Section 1011.3.8, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. (2) For dc circuits, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. [NFPA 70:250.134] 1011.3.1.2 Equipment Considered Grounded. Non-current-carrying metal parts of the equipment shall be considered grounded. [NFPA 70:250.136] Where electrical equipment secured to and in electrical contact with a metal rack or structure provided for its support and connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the means indicated in Section 1011.3.1.1. The structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the required equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment. [NFPA 70:250.136(A)]

242 1011.3.2 Equipment Grounding Conductor Required. An equipment grounding conductor between a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accordance with the following conditions [NFPA 70:690.43(B)]: (1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of ground or grounded metal objects and subject to contact by persons. (2) Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated. (3) Where in electrical contact with metal. (4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location. (5) Where supplied by a wiring method that provides an equipment grounding conductor. (6) Where equipment operates with a terminal at over 150 volts to ground. Exceptions: (1) Where exempted by special permission, the metal frame of electrically heated appliances that have the frame permanently and effectively insulated from ground shall not be required to be grounded. (2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles at a height exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) above ground or grade level shall not be required to be grounded. (3) Listed equipment protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required to be connected to the equipment grounding conductor. Where such a system is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. [NFPA 70:250.110] 1011.3.3 Structure as Equipment Grounding Conductor. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules, or other equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposed metal surfaces or other equipment to mounting structures. Metallic mounting structures, other than building steel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified as equipment- grounding conductors or shall have identified bonding jumpers or devices connected between the separate metallic sections and shall be bonded to the grounding system. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)] 1011.3.4 Photovoltaic Mounting Systems and Devices. Devices and systems used for mounting PV modules that are also used to provide grounding of the module frames shall be identified for the purpose of grounding PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(D)] 1011.3.5 Adjacent Modules. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(E)] 1011.3.6 Combined Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shall be contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise installed with the PV array circuit conductors where those circuit conductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)] 1011.3.7 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor installed with or enclosing the circuit conductors shall be one or more or a combination of the following: (1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductor. This conductor shall be solid or stranded; insulated, covered, or bare; and in the form of a wire or a busbar of any shape. (2) Rigid metal conduit. (3) Intermediate metal conduit. (4) Electrical metallic tubing. (5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. (b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (c) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (d) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. 3 1 (b) For trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ⁄2 of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less.

243 3 1 (c) For trade sizes ⁄4 of an inch through 1 ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm through 32 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated not more than 60 amperes and there is no flexible metal conduit, flexible 3 metallic tubing, or liquidtight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm) in the ground-fault current path. (d) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (e) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is terminated in listed fittings and meeting the following conditions: (a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (b) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (8) Armor of Type AC cable in accordance with Section 1011.1.5. (9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable. (10) Type MC cable that provides an effective ground-fault current path in accordance with one or more of the following: (a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equipment grounding conductor in accordance with Section 1011.3.7(1). (b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulated equipment grounding/bonding conductor of interlocked metal tape-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath and equipment grounding conductors of the smooth or corrugated tube-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (11) Cable trays in accordance with Section 392.10 and Section 392.60 of NFPA 70. (12) Cable bus framework in accordance with Section 370.3 of NFPA 70. (13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways and listed auxiliary gutters. (14) Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. [NFPA 70:250.118] 1011.3.8 Nongrounding Receptacle Replacement or Branch Circuit Extensions. The equipment grounding conductor of a grounding-type receptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall be permitted to be connected to one of the following: (1) An accessible point on the grounding electrode system in accordance with Section 250.50 of NFPA 70. (2) An accessible point on the grounding electrode conductor. (3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or branch circuit originates. (4) For grounded systems, the grounded service conductor within the service equipment enclosure. (5) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal bar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA 70:250.130(C)] 1011.4 Size of Equipment Grounding Conductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Section 1011.4.1 or Section 1011.4.2. [NFPA 70:690.45] 1011.4.1 General. Equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Table 1011.4.1. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent device rated at the photovoltaic rated short-circuit current shall be used in Table 1011.4.1. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. The equipment grounding conductors shall be not smaller that 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)]

244 TABLE 1011.4.1 MINIMUM SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT1 [NFPA 70: TABLE 250.122]

RATING OR SETTING OF AUTOMATIC OVER- SIZE (AWG OR KCMIL) CURRENT DEVICE IN CIRCUIT AHEAD OF EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., NOT EXCEEDING (AMPERES) ALUMINUM OR COPPER COPPER CLAD ALUMINUM2 15 14 12 20 12 10 60 10 8 100 8 6 200 6 4 300 4 2 400 3 1 500 2 1/0 600 1 2/0 800 1/0 3/0 1000 2/0 4/0 1200 3/0 250 1600 4/0 350 2000 250 400 2500 350 600 3000 400 600 4000 500 750 5000 700 1200 6000 800 1200 Notes: 1 Where necessary to comply with Section 1011.1.5, the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in this table. 2 See installation restrictions in Section 1011.6.1.2.

1011.4.2 Ground-Fault Protection Not Provided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not provided in accordance with Section 1003.2 through Section 1003.4, each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacity of not less than two times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity. [NFPA 70:690.45(B)] 1011.5 Array Equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules less than 6 AWG where not routed with circuit conductors in accordance with Section 1011.3.8 and Section 1011.3.1.1(2), shall be protected from physical damage by an identified raceway or cable armor unless installed within hollow spaces of the framing members of buildings or structures and where not subject to physical damage. [NFPA 70:690.46 and NFPA 70:250.120(C)] 1011.6 Grounding Electrode System. 1011.6.1 Alternating-Current Systems. Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section 250.50 through Section 250.60 of NFPA 70. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.1 through Section 1011.6.1.4. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)] 1011.6.1.1 Installation of Electrodes. Grounding electrode conductor(s) and bonding jumpers interconnecting grounding electrodes shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods. The grounding electrode conductor shall be sized for the largest grounding electrode conductor required among the electrodes connected to it. (1) The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to a convenient grounding electrode available in the grounding electrode system where the other electrode(s), where any, is connected by bonding jumpers that are installed in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.2 and Section 1011.6.1.3. (2) Grounding electrodes conductor(s) shall be permitted to be run to one or more grounding electrode(s) individually. (3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s) shall be permitted to be connected to an aluminum or copper busbar not 1 less than ⁄4 of an inch by 2 inches (6.4 mm by 51 mm). The busbar shall be securely fastened and shall be installed in an accessible location. Connections shall be made by a listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to the busbar. Where aluminum busbars are used, the installation shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.2. [NFPA 70:250.64(F)]

245 1011.6.1.2 Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosive conditions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be terminated within 18 inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.64(A)] 1011.6.1.3 Protection Against Physical Damage. Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be permitted to be installed on or through framing members. A copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor that is not less than 4 AWG shall be protected where exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding electrode conductor that is free from exposure to physical damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction without metal covering or protection where it is securely fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be protected in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC), rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC, PVC, RTRC, EMT, or cable armor. [NFPA 70:250.64(B)] 1011.6.1.4 Continuous. Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be installed in one continuous length without a splice or joint. Where necessary, splices or connections shall be made in accordance with the following: (1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted by irreversible compression-type connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment or by the exothermic welding process. (2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected together to form a grounding electrode conductor. (3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections of structural metal frames of building structures. (4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered, or bolted-flange connections of metal water piping. [NFPA 70:250.64(C)] 1011.6.2 Direct-Current Systems. Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 for grounded systems or Section 1011.6.2.6 for ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.1 through Section 1011.1.6.1.4. A common dc grounding-electrode conductor shall be permitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of the common grounding electrode and the tap conductors shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3. The tap conductors shall be connected to the common grounding-electrode conductor by exothermic welding or with connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment in such a manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)] 1011.6.2.1 Not Smaller Than the Neutral Conductor. Where the dc system consists of a three-wire balancer set or balancer winding with overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 445.12(D) of NFPA 70, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the neutral conductor and shall not be smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(A)] 1011.6.2.2 Not Smaller Than the Largest Conductor. Where the dc system is other than in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the largest conductor supplied by the system, and be not smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(B)] 1011.6.2.3 Connected to Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. Where connected to rod, pipe, or plate electrodes in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.3.1 or Section 1011.6.2.3.2, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(C)] 1011.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shall consist of the following materials: 3 (1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall be not smaller than trade size ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. 5 (2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall be not less than ⁄8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(5)] A plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 square feet (0.2 m2) of surface to exterior soil. 1011.6.2.3.2 Plate Electrodes. 1 Electrodes of bare or conductively coated iron or steel plates shall be not less than ⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid, uncoated electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be not less than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) in thickness. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(7)] 1011.6.2.4 Connected to a Concrete-Encased Electrode. Where connected to a concrete-encased electrode in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.4.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is that sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 4 AWG copper wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(D)] 1011.6.2.4.1 Concrete-Encased Electrode. A concrete-encased electrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of one of the following:

246 (1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized or other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods of not less 1 than ⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096 mm) length, or where in multiple pieces connected together by the usual steel tie wires, exothermic welding, welding, or other effective means to create a length of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). (2) Bare copper conductor not less than 4 AWG. Metallic components shall be encased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete and shall be located horizontally within that portion of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with the earth or within vertical foundations or structural components or members that are in direct contact with the earth. Where multiple concrete-encased electrodes are present at a building or structure, it shall be permissible to bond one into the grounding electrode system. Concrete installed with insulation, vapor barriers, films or similar items separating the concrete from the earth shall not be considered to be in “direct contact” with the earth. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(3)] 1011.6.2.5 Connected to a Ground Ring. Where connected to a ground ring in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.5.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger than the conductor used for the ground ring. [NFPA 70:250.166(E)] 1011.6.2.5.1 Ground Ring. A ground ring encircling the building or structure, in direct contact with the earth, consisting of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not less than 2 AWG. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(4)] 1011.6.2.6 Ungrounded Direct-Current Separately Derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 250.34 of NFPA 70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied from a stand- alone power source (such as an engine-generator set) shall have a grounding electrode conductor connected to an electrode that is in accordance with Part III of Article 250 of NFPA 70 to provide for grounding of metal enclosures, raceways, cables, and exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment. The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to the metal enclosure at a point on the separately derived system from the source to the first system disconnecting means or overcurrent device, or it shall be made at the source of a separately derived system that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent devices. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 and Section 1011.6.2.4. [NFPA 70:250.169] 1011.6.3 Systems with Alternating-Current and Direct-Current Grounding Requirements. Photovoltaic systems having dc circuits and ac circuits with no direct connection between the dc grounded conductor and ac grounded conductor shall have a dc grounding system. The dc grounding system shall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of the methods in Section 1011.6.3.1 through Section 1011.6.3.3. This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. Where methods in Section 1011.6.3.2 or Section 1011.6.3.3 are used, the existing ac grounding electrode system shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements in Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)] 1011.6.3.1 Separate Direct-Current Grounding Electrode System Bonded to the Alternating-Current Ground- ing Electrode System. A separate dc grounding electrode or system shall be installed, and it shall be bonded directly to the ac grounding electrode system. The size of a bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dc systems shall be based on the larger size of the existing ac grounding electrode conductor or the size of the dc grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Sec- tion 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4. The dc grounding electrode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers to the ac grounding electrode system shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(1)] 1011.6.3.2 Common Direct-Current and Alternating-Current Grounding Electrode. A dc grounding electrode conductor of the size specified in Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4 shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode connection point to the ac grounding electrode. Where an ac grounding electrode is not accessible, the dc grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the ac grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.4(1). This dc grounding electrode conductor shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(2)] 1011.6.3.3 Combined Direct-Current Grounding Electrode Conductor and Alternating-Current Equipment Grounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irreversibly spliced, combined grounding conductor shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode conductor connection point along with the ac circuit conductors to the grounding busbar in the associated ac equipment. This combined grounding conductor shall be the larger of the sizes specified in Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 or Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4 and shall be installed in accordance with Section 250.64(E) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(3)] 1011.7 Continuity of Equipment Grounding Systems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photovoltaic source or output circuit equipment, a bonding jumper shall be installed while the equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.48] 1011.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor

247 and the photovoltaic source, photovoltaic output circuit grounded conductor, or both. A bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49] 1011.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, where used, shall be in accordance with Section 1011.5. [NFPA 70:690.50]

1012.0 Marking. 1012.1 Directory. A permanent plaque or directory, denoting the electrical power sources on or in the premises, shall be installed at each service equipment location and at locations of electric power production sources capable of being interconnected. Exception: Installations with large numbers of power production sources shall be permitted to be designated by groups. [NFPA 70:705.10] 1012.2 Modules. Modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrent device rating for module protection, and with the following ratings: (1) Open-circuit voltage (2) Operating voltage (3) Maximum permissible system voltage (4) Operating current (5) Short-circuit current (6) Maximum power [NFPA 70:690.51] 1012.3 Alternating-Current Photovoltaic Modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings: (1) Nominal operating ac voltage. (2) Nominal operating ac frequency. (3) Maximum ac power. (4) Maximum ac current. (5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module protection. [NFPA 70:690.52] 1012.4 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic power source shall be provided by the installer at the accessible location at the photovoltaic disconnecting means as follows: (1) Rated maximum power-point current. (2) Rated maximum power-point voltage. (3) Maximum system voltage. (4) Short-circuit current. (5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller (where installed). [NFPA 70:690.53] 1012.5 Interactive System Point of Interconnection. Interactive system(s) points of interconnection with other sources shall be marked at an accessible location at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the rated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage. [NFPA 70:690.54] 1012.6 Photovoltaic Power Systems Employing Energy Storage. Photovoltaic power systems employing energy storage shall be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including any equalization voltage and the polarity of the grounded circuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55] 1012.7 Facilities with Stand-Alone Systems. A structure or building with a photovoltaic power system that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical power system. [NFPA 70:690.56(A)] 1012.8 Facilities with Utility Services and PV Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photovoltaic system shall have a permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and the photovoltaic system disconnecting means, where not located at the same location. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)]

1013.0 Connection to Other Sources. 1013.1 Load Disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources where in the off position. [NFPA 70:690.57] 1013.2 Identified Interactive Equipment. Inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60]

248 1013.3 Loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaic system shall automatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have been disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources. [NFPA 70:690.61] 1013.4 Unbalanced Interconnections. Single-phase inverters for hybrid systems and ac modules in interactive hybrid systems shall not be connected to three-phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages cannot result. [NFPA 70:705.100(A)] Three-phase inverters and three-phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA 70:705.100(B)] 1013.5 Point of Connection. The output of an interconnected electrical power source shall be connected as specified in Section 1013.5.1 through Section 1013.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12] 1013.5.1 Supply Side. An electric power production source shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the service disconnecting means in accordance with Section 230.82(6) of NFPA 70. The sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devices connected to power production sources shall not exceed the rating of the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)] 1013.5.2 Integrated Electrical Systems. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where the system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and incorporates protective equipment in accordance with applicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:705.12(B)] 1013.5.3 Greater Than 100 kW. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where the following conditions are met: (1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity has a capacity in excess of 100 kilowatt hours (kW•h) (360 MJ), or the service is more than 1000 volts. (2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service and operate the system. (3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protective equipment are established and maintained. [NFPA 70:705.12(C)]

1013.5.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters. The output of an utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the load side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at any distribution equipment on the premises. Where distribution equipment, including switchboards and panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity and one or more utility-interactive inverters, and where this distribution equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be in accordance with Section 1013.5.4.1 through Section 1013.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)] 1013.5.4.1 Dedicated Overcurrent and Disconnect. Each source interconnection shall be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(1)] 1013.5.4.2 Bus or Conductor Rating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. Exception: Where the photovoltaic system has an energy storage device to allow stand-alone operation of loads, the value used in the calculation of bus or conductor loading shall be 125 percent of the rated utility-interactive current from the inverter instead of the rating of the overcurrent device between the inverter and the bus or conductor. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(2)] In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. 1013.5.4.3 Ground-Fault Protection. The interconnection point shall be on the line side of ground-fault protection equipment. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground- fault protection for equipment from ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault protection devices used with supplies connected to the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(3)] 1013.5.4.4 Marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor supplied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of sources. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(4)] 1013.5.4.5 Suitable for Backfeed. Circuit breakers, where back-fed, shall be suitable for such operation. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(5)] 1013.5.4.6 Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers back-fed from utility-interactive inverters in accordance with Sec- tion 1013.2 shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. 1013.5.4.7 Inverter Output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input

249 feeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: WARNING INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(7)]

1014.0 Storage Batteries. 1014.1 Installation. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section 1011.1. [NFPA 70:690.71(A)] 1014.2 Dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than 50 volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have not more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance with Section 1005.0 shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] 1014.3 Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section 1009.3. [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] 1014.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use or be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)] 1014.5 Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than 24 two-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] 1014.6 Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] 1014.7 Battery Systems Exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (exceeding 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met: (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section 1011.1. (2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded. (3) Main ungrounded battery input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection. (4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA 70:690.71(G)] 1014.8 Battery Locations. Battery locations shall comply with the following: (1) Provisions shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. [NFPA 70:480.9(A)] (2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [(ft3/min)/ft2] [0.005 (m3/s)/m2] of floor area of the room to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Such exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location at the exterior of the building. (3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the rate that air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup air intakes shall be located so as to avoid recirculation of contaminated air.

250 (4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage. (5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use, handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, or explosive materials occurs. (6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible material to constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from combustible material. 1014.9 Charge Control. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] A charging controller shall comply with UL 1741. 1014.9.1 Diversion Charge Controller. A photovoltaic power system employing a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging of the battery. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)] 1014.9.2 Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall be in accordance with the following: (1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall exceed the maximum battery voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall be not less than 150 percent of the power rating of the photovoltaic array. (2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the diversion charge controller. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)] 1014.9.3 PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall be in accordance with the following: (1) These systems shall not be required to be in accordance with Section 1014.9.2. The charge regulation circuits used shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 1006.0. (2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use where the utility is not present or where the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)] 1014.9.4 Buck/Boost Direct-Current Converters. Where buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the requirements shall comply with the following: (1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. (2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. [NFPA 70:690.72(C)] 1014.10 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes not less than 2/0 AWG shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 1010.7. [NFPA 70:690.74]

1015.0 Systems Over 600 Volts. 1015.1 General. Solar photovoltaic systems with a system voltage exceeding 600 volts dc shall comply with Section 1015.3 through Section 1015.9, Article 490 of NFPA 70, and other requirements applicable to installations with a system voltage exceeding 600 volts. [NFPA 70:690.80] 1015.2 Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as follows: (1) In battery circuits, the highest voltage experienced under charging or equalizing conditions. (2) In dc photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits, the maximum system voltage. [NFPA 70:690.85] 1015.3 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within a Compartment. Where access for other than visual inspection is required to a compartment that contains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall be provided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, or other equipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts shall be permitted in compartments accessible to qualified persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future replacement without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be permitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.32]

251 1015.4 High-Voltage Equipment. Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked. [NFPA 70:490.35(A)] 1015.5 Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistant cell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(1)(a)] 1015.6 Operating Characteristics. Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics: (1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power. (2) Be release free (trip free). (3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operate independently of the speed of the manual operation. (4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the main contacts. (5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(2)] 1015.7 Nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trademark, manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(3)] 1015.8 High-Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosed switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operated disconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switch between the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall be of the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capacity of the switch. Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switches are installed to provide connection to more than a set of supply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses where all switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more than one source. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(7)] 1015.9 Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the circuit voltage. Fuses shall not be applied below the minimum recommended operating voltage. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(3)]

CHAPTER 610 THERMAL STORAGE

6011001.0 General. 6011001.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the construction, design, location, and installations of solar thermal storage. Solar thermal storage includes storage tanks with or without heat exchangers and expansion tanks. 6011001.2 Test Pressure for Conventional Closed Storage Tanks. The test pressure for storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi (2068 kPa). 1001.2.1 Test Pressure for Unconventional Open Storage Tanks. The test pressure for storage tanks that are subject to static water pressure shall be hydrostatically tested to the maximum allowable water column height of the tank or system to which it is connected. Tank and system shall be observed in this static fill condition with no appreciable loss of water or signs indicating a leak within the storage system. The energy input and extraction heat exchangers shall be tested in accordance with this code as it pertains to material type and shall be equipped with required safety devices also addressed in this code.

6021002.0 Storage Tanks. 6021002.1 Plans. Plans for tanks shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval, unless listed by an approved listing agency. Such plans shall show dimensions, reinforcing, structural calculations, and such other pertinent data as required. 6021002.2 Gravity and Non-Pressurized Tanks. Gravity and non-pressurized tanks shall be installed with an overflow opening of not less than 2 inches (50 mm) Internal Pipe Size (IPS). The openings shall be aboveground and installed with a screened return bend with no check valves, isolation valves or pressure relief valves connected to the overflow piping.

252 6021002.3 Prefabricated Tanks. Prefabricated tanks shall be listed and labeled. 6021002.4 Pressure-Type Storage Tanks. Pressure-type water storage tanks shall be installed with a listed combination temperature and pressure relief valve. The temperature setting shall not exceed 210°F (99°C). The pressure setting shall not exceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating pressure of the solar thermal system, or 150 percent of the established normal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the labeled maximum operating pressure of a pressure-type storage tank, whichever is less. The relief valve setting shall not exceed the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. All pressurized storage tanks and bottom fed tanks connected to a water heater shall be provided with a vacuum relief valve at the top of the tank that will operate up to a water pressure not exceeding 200 psi (1379 kPa) and up to a temperature not exceeding 250°F (121°C) to prevent siphoning of any water heater or storage tank. The size of such vacuum relief valves shall have a minimum rated capacity for the equipment served. This section shall not apply to pressurized captive air diaphragm/bladder tanks. Valves shall not be located on either side of a relief valve connection. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward. 6021002.5 Separate Storage Tanks. For installations with separate storage tanks, a pressure relief valve and temperature relief valve or combination thereof shall be installed on both the water heater and storage tank. There shall not be a check valve or shutoff valve between a relief valve and the heater or tank served. The relief valve discharge pipe shall be of approved material that is rated for the temperature of the system. The discharge pipe shall be the same diameter as the relief valve outlet, discharge by gravity through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) nor less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the ground and pointing downward. Discharges from such valves on systems utilizing other than potable water heat transfer mediums shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Relief discharges for tanks installed where freezing conditions can occur shall terminate within the heated space. 6021002.6 Underground Tanks. Tanks shall be permitted to be buried underground where designed and constructed for such installation. 6021002.7 Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels, and the installation thereof, shall comply with minimum requirements for safety from structural failure, mechanical failure, and excessive pressures in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction and nationally recognized standards. 6021002.8 Devices. Devices attached to or within a tank shall be accessible for repair and replacement. 6021002.9 Tank Covers. Tank covers shall be structurally designed to withstand anticipated loads and pressures in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 6021002.10 Watertight Pan. Where a storage tank is installed in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloor assembly where damage results from a leaking storage tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant materials 3 shall be installed beneath the storage tank with not less than ⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to an approved location.

6031003.0 Materials. 6031003.1 General. Tanks shall be constructed in accordance with Section 6031003.1 through Section 6031003.7. 6031003.2 Construction. Tanks shall be constructed of durable materials not subject to excessive corrosion or decay and shall be watertight. Each such tank shall be structurally designed to withstand anticipated loads and pressures and shall be installed level and on a solid bed. 6031003.3 Standards. Pressurized tanks shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 6031003.4 Concrete. The walls and floor of each poured-in-place, concrete tank shall be monolithic. The exterior walls shall be double-formed so as to provide exposure of the exterior walls during the required water test. The compressive strength of a concrete tank wall, top and covers, or floor shall be not less than 2500 pounds per square inch (lb/in2) (1.7577 E+06 kg/m2). Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the concrete shall be sulfate resistant (Type V Portland Cement). 6031003.5 Metal Tanks. Metal tanks shall be welded, riveted and caulked, brazed, bolted, or constructed by use of a combination of these methods. 6031003.6 Filler Metal. Filler metal used in brazing shall be non-ferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above 1000°F (538°C) and below that of the metal joined. 6031003.7 Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks. Non-fiberglass storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII or other approved standards.

253 6031003.8 Fiber-Reinforced Storage Tanks. Fiber-reinforced storage tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X or other approved standards.

6041004.0 Expansion Tanks. 6041004.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a solar thermal system where a pressure reducing valve, backflow prevention device, check valve or other device is installed on a water supply system utilizing storage or tankless water heating equipment as a means for controlling increased pressure caused by thermal expansion. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open type and securely fastened to the structure. Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system and shall be constructed of non-corrosive material. Supports shall be capable of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water without placing strain on the connecting piping. Solar thermal systems incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be installed to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions. The termination for fluid relief columns shall be protected from vermin and freezing. 6041004.2 Systems with Open Type Expansion Tanks. Open type expansion tanks shall be located not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point of the system. Such tanks shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An overflow with a diameter of not less than one-half the size of the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter shall be installed at the top of the tank. The overflow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage system and shall be protected from vermin and freezing. 6041004.3 Closed-Type Systems. Closed-type systems shall have an airtight tank or other approved air cushion that will be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system, and shall be designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one- half times the allowable working pressure of the system. Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above 30 pounds- force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa) shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system, except for including pressurized tanks. 6041004.4 Minimum Capacity of Closed-Type Tank. The minimum capacity of a closed-type expansion tank shall be in accordance with Table 6041004.4(1) and Table 6041004.4(2) or from the following formula:

(0.00041t - 0.0466) Vs (Equation 604.4 1004.4) V = t P P a – a ( Pf Po )

254 TABLE 6041004.4(1) EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR GRAVITY HOT WATER SYSTEMS INSTALLED EXPANSION * TANK CAPACITY DIRECT RADIATION (gallons) (square feet) Up to 350 18 Up to 450 21 Up to 650 24 Up to 900 30 Up to 1100 35 Up to 1400 40 Up to 1600 2 to 30 Up to 1800 2 to 30 Up to 2000 2 to 35 Up to 2400 2 to 40 For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2 * For systems exceeding 2400 square feet (222.9 m2) of installed equivalent direct water radiation, the required capacity of the cushion tank shall be increased on the basis of 1 gallon (3.785 L) tank capacity per 33 square feet (3.1 m2) of additional equivalent direct radiation.

TABLE 6041004.4(2) EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR FORCED HOT WATER SYSTEMS SYSTEM VOLUME* TANK CAPACITY (gallons) (gallons) 100 15 200 30 300 45 400 60 500 75 1000 150 2000 300 For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L * Includes volume of water in boiler, radiation, and piping, not including expansion tank.

1004.5 Minimum Capacity of Open-Type Tank. The minimum capacity of an open-type expansion tank shall be in accordance with generally accepted engineering practices and shall have a minimum fill temperature of 50°F (10°C). and a maximum system average water temperature of 180°F (82°C). The volume expansion resulting from the temperature differential shall not cause the tank to overflow.

6051005.0 Dry Storage Systems. 6051005.1 Waterproofing. The containment structure for dry thermal storage systems shall be constructed in an approved manner to prevent the infiltration of water or moisture. 6051005.2 Detecting Water Intrusion. The containment structure shall be capable of fully containing spillage or moisture accumulation that occurs. The structure shall have a means, such as a sight glass, to detect spillage or moisture accumulation, and shall be fitted with a drainage device to eliminate spillage. 6051005.3 Rock as Storage Material. Systems utilizing rock as the thermal storage material shall use clean, washed rock, and free of organic material. 6051005.4 Odor and Particulate Control. Thermal storage materials and containment structures, including an interior protective coating, shall not impart toxic elements, particulate matter, or odor to areas of human occupancy. 6051005.5 Combustibles Within Ducts or Plenums. Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50 where tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.

255 204.0

Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels or electricity.

207.0 Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, and apparatus used as part of or in connection with installations regulated by this code.

210.0 Heating Equipment. Includes warm air furnaces, warm air heaters, combustion products vents, heating air-distribution ducts and fans, and all steam and hot water piping, together with all control devices and accessories installed as part of, or in connection with, any environmental heating system or appliance regulated by this code.

215.0 Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade name to equipment or devices.

216.0 Noncombustible. As applied to building construction material, means a material that in the form in which it is used is either one of the following: (1) A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E136 are considered noncombustible material. [NFPA 220:3.3.4] 1 (2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50. Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No material shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

217.0 Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used.

222.0 . Termination The final or intended end portion of a duct system that is designed and functions to fulfill the obligations of the system in a satisfactory manner. [NFPA 96:3.3.20]

256 224.0 Valve, Pressure-Relief. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure in excess of its setting; also called a safety valve.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube at 750°C Furnace 216.0

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Deleted entire section regarding solar electric due to referral of more significant code and applicability to the NFPA standards. The USEHC will address water (hydronic) and air solar heating systems only. 2. Section 1001.2.1 was added to clarify static pressure test procedures for site built non pressurized storage tanks. 3. Section 1002.2 Added “non-pressurized” to the gravity tank statement for clarification that gravity tanks and open tanks are essentially one in the same. Also addressed the exclusion of valves, pressure relief valves on the tank overflow because it would essentially turn the system into a closed loop pressurized system. 4. Modified section 1002.5 to require the overflow and pressure relief connections of any given tank to terminate within the heated space to avoid the possibility of ice close of, thereby rendering safety relief valves and safety overflows as useless. 5. Section 1004.1 Add requirement that open expansion be compatible with highly oxygenated water to avoid corrosion associated with fresh potable water (required on potable side of solar DHW tanks). 6. Section 1004.2 Modified section to require the overflow and pressure relief terminations of any given tank be terminated within the heated space to avoid the possibility of ice close off, thereby rendering safety relief valves and safety overflows as useless. 7. Added to section 1004.5, specific language to provide instruction on proper sizing of open system and gravity system expansion tanks (fluid temperature expectations). 8 Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron- ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of the proposed code.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons: 1. Photovoltaic systems are under the scope of the code. 2. No technical substantiation or justification is provided for the proposed changes.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing, Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

257 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRICAL SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

801.0 General. 801.1 Electrical Wiring and Equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local ordinances. This chapter does not provide all electrical information necessary for the installation of a photovoltaic (PV) system. Resort shall be had to the edition of NFPA 70 adopted by the Authority Having Juris- diction. 801.2 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter apply to solar photovoltaic (PV) electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) for such systems [see Figure 801.2(1) and Figure 801.2(2)]. Solar photovoltaic PV systems covered by this chapter shall be permitted to interact be interactive with other electrical power production sources or stand-alone, with or without electrical energy storage such as batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc output for utilization. [NFPA 70:690.1] 801.3 Other Articles. Where the requirements of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this chapter shall apply. Where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in Section 801.4 through Sec- tion 801.7 shall apply. Exception: Solar photovoltaic PV systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall also comply with the applicable portions of Article 500 through Article 516 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.3] 801.4 Output Characteristics. The output of a generator or other electric power production source operating in parallel with an electrical supply system shall be compatible with the voltage, wave shape, and frequency of the system to which it is connected. [NFPA 70:705.14] 801.5 Interrupting and Short-Circuit Current Rating. Consideration shall be given to the contribution of fault currents from all interconnected power sources for the interrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipment on interactive systems. [NFPA 70:705.16] 801.6 Ground-Fault Protection. Where ground-fault protection is used, the output of an interactive system shall be connected to the supply side of the ground-fault protection. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground- fault protection for equipment from all ground-fault current sources. [NFPA 70:705.32] 801.7 Synchronous Generators. Synchronous generators in a parallel system shall be provided with the necessary equipment to establish and maintain a synchronous condition. [NFPA 70:705.143]

802.0 Installation General Requirements. 802.1 Photovoltaic Systems. Photovoltaic systems shall be permitted to supply a building or other structure in addition to other electricity electrical supply system(s). [NFPA 70:690.4(A)] 802.4 802.2 Equipment. Inverters, motor generators, photovoltaic PV modules, photovoltaic PV panels, ac photovoltaic PV modules, source-circuit dc combiners, dc-to-dc converters, and charge controllers intended for use in photovoltaic PV power systems shall be identified and listed for the PV application. [NFPA 70:690.4(DB)] 802.5 802.3 Wiring and Connection Qualified Personnel. The installation of equipment and systems in Section 802.1 through Section 802.4 and all associated wiring and interconnections shall be installed performed by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.4(EC)] For purposes of this chapter a qualified person is defined as “one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.” [NFPA 70:100]

258 Notes: 1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. Notes: 2 Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by this 1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photo- Chapter Section 809.0 are not shown. voltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See 2 Disconnecting means required by Section 809.0 are not shown. Section 811.0. 3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See Section 4 Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some components 811.0 of this chapter. are optional.

FIGURE 801.2(1) FIGURE 801.2(2) IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM SYSTEM COMPONENTS COMPONENTS IN COMMON SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(Aa)] [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(Bb)]

802.6 Circuit Routing. Photovoltaic source and PV output conductors, in and out of conduit, and inside of a building or structure, shall be routed along building structural members such as beams, rafters, trusses, and columns where the location of those structural members are determined by observation. Where circuits are imbedded in built-up, laminate, or membrane roofing materials in roof areas not covered by PV modules and associated equipment, the location of circuits shall be clearly marked. [NFPA 70:690.4(F)] 802.8 802.4 Multiple Inverters. A PV system shall be permitted to have multiple utility-interactive inverters installed in or on a single building or structure. Where the inverters are remotely located from each other, a directory in accordance with Sec- tion 812.1 shall be installed at each dc PV system disconnecting means, at each ac disconnecting means, and at the main service disconnecting means showing the location of all ac and dc PV system disconnecting means in the building. Exception: A directory shall not be required where inverters and PV dc disconnecting means are grouped at the main service disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.4(H D)] 802.9 802.5 Photovoltaic Modules/Panels/Shingles. Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles shall comply with UL 1703 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the building code.

803.0 Ground-Fault Protection. 803.1 General. Grounded dc photovoltaic PV arrays shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection in accordance with Sec- tion 803.2 through Section 803.4 to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic PV arrays shall comply with Section

259 810.11. Exceptions: (1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photovoltaic PV arrays with not more than two paralleled source circuits and with all dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protection. (2) Photovoltaic arrays installed at other than dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault protection where each equipment grounding conductor is sized in accordance with Section 811.4. [NFPA 70:690.5] 803.2 Ground-Fault Detection and Interruption. The ground-fault protection device or system shall comply with the following: (1) bBe capable of detecting a ground-fault in the PV array dc current-carrying conductors and components, including any intentionally grounded conductors interrupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault. (2) Interrupt the flow of fault current. (3) Provide an indication of the fault. (4) Be listed for providing PV ground-fault protection. Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the faulted circuit for measurement purposes or to interrupt the ground- fault current path shall be permitted. Where a grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically and simultaneously opened. Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded conductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA 70:690.5(A)] 803.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faulted circuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods: (1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically disconnected. (2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit shall automatically cease to supply power to the output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.5(B)] 803.4 Labels and Markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following:

WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED

Where the photovoltaic PV system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location at the batteries. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)] 803.4.1 Marking Field-Applied Hazard Markings. The warning labels required in Section 803.4, Section 805.5(3), Sec- tion 808.4, Section 810.11.6, and Section 813.5.4.7 shall be in accordance with UL 969. Where caution, warning, or danger signs or labels are required by this chapter, the labels shall comply with the following requirements: (1) The marking shall adequately warn of the hazard using effective words, colors, or symbols. (2) The label shall be permanently affixed to the equipment or wiring method and shall not be hand written. Exception: Portions of labels or markings that are variable, or that could be subject to changes, shall be permitted to be hand written and shall be legible. (3) The label shall be durable as to withstand the environment involved. [NFPA 70:110.21(B)] 803.4.2 Format. The marking requirements in Section 803.4.1 shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Red background. (2) White lettering. 3 (3) Not less than ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. (4) Capital letters. (5) Made of reflective weather-resistant material.

804.0 Alternating-Current (ac) Modules. 804.1 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. The requirements of this chapter pertaining to photovoltaic PV source circuits shall not apply to ac modules. The photovoltaic PV source circuit, conductors, and inverters shall be considered as internal wiring of an ac module. [NFPA 70:690.6(A)]

260 804.2 Inverter Output Circuit. The output of an ac module shall be considered an inverter output circuit. [NFPA 70:690.6(B)] 804.3 Disconnecting Means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section 809.2.5809.2 and Section 809.4, shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or more ac modules. Additionally, each ac module in a multiple ac module system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)] 804.4 Ground-Fault Detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection device to detect only ac ground faults and to disable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA 70:690.6(D)] 804.5 804.4 Overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and conductor sizing in accordance with the following [NFPA 70:690.6(E D)]: (1) 20-ampere circuits – 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) of run length. (2) 20-ampere circuits – 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet (30 480 mm) of run length. (3) 20-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. (4) 30-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. (5) 40-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. (6) 50-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA 70:240.5(B)(2)]

805.0 Circuit Requirements. 805.1 Maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. In a dc photovoltaic PV source circuit or output circuit, the maximum photovoltaic PV system voltage for that circuit shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage of the series-connected photovoltaic PV modules corrected for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline and multicrystalline silicon modules, the rated open-circuit voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table 805.1. This voltage shall be used to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40°F (-40°C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic PV modules are used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic PV system voltage in accordance with Section 302.1 instead of using Table 805.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)]

TABLE 805.1 VOLTAGE CORRECTION FACTORS FOR CRYSTALLINE AND MULTICRYSTALLINE SILICON MODULES 1, 2 [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.7] AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°F) FACTOR 76 to 68 1.02 67 to 59 1.04 58 to 50 1.06 49 to 41 1.08 40 to 32 1.10 31 to 23 1.12 22 to 14 1.14 13 to 5 1.16 4 to -4 1.18 -5 to -13 1.20 -14 to -22 1.21 -23 to -31 1.23 -32 to -40 1.25 For SI units: °C=(°F-32)/1.8 Notes: 1 Correction factors for ambient temperatures below 77°F (25°C). 2 Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction factor shown above.

805.2 Direct-Current Utilization Circuits. The voltage of dc utilization circuits shall comply with Section 805.2.1 through Section 805.2.5. [NFPA 70:690.7(B)] 805.2.1 Occupancy Limitation. In dwelling units and guest rooms or guest suites of hotels, motels, and similar occupancies, the voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, nominal, between conductors that supply the terminals of the following: (1) Luminaires.

261 1 (2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes, nominal, or less than ⁄4 hp (0.19 kW). [NFPA 70:210.6(A)] 805.2.2 One Hundred Twenty Volts Between Conductors. Circuits not exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their voltage ratings. (2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. Exception: For lampholders of infrared industrial heating appliances as provided in Section 805.2.6. [NFPA 70:210.6(B)] 805.2.3 Two Hundred Seventy Seven Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting diodetype luminaires. (2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at 120 volts or less from the output of a stepdown autotransformer that is an integral component of the luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electrically connected to a grounded conductor of the branch circuit. (3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shell lampholders. (4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, applied within their voltage ratings. (5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. Exception: For lampholders of infrared industrial heating appliances as provided in Section 805.2.6. [NFPA 70:210.6(C)] 805.2.4 Six Hundred Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaires where the luminaires are mounted in accordance with one of the following: (a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on poles or similar structures for the illumination of outdoor areas such as highways, roads, bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots. (b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) on other structures such as tunnels. (2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment other than luminaires. (3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systems where the luminaire contains a listed, dc-rated ballast that provides isolation between the dc power source and the lamp circuit and protection from electric shock where changing lamps. [NFPA 70:210.6(D)] Exceptions: For lampholders of infrared industrial heating appliances as provided in Section 805.2.6. [NFPA 70:210.6(D)] In industrial occupancies, infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall be considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] 805.2.5 Over 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply utilization equipment in installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service the installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)] 805.2.6 Infrared Lamp Industrial Heating Appliances. In industrial occupancies, infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall be considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] 805.3 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic PV source circuits and photovoltaic PV output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaic PV system voltage not exceeding 600 volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic PV system voltage exceeding 600 1000 volts shall comply with Section 815.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)] 805.4 Circuits Over 150 Volts to Ground. In one-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic PV source circuits and photovoltaic PV output circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)] 805.5 Bipolar Source and Output Circuits. For two-wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two wire circuit where the following conditions apply:

262 (1) One conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is solidly grounded. Exception: The operation of ground fault or arc-fault devices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to interrupt this connection to ground where the entire bipolar array becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each other and the utilization equipment. (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray. (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows:

WARNING BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER.

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)] 805.6 Disconnects and Overcurrent Protection. Where energy storage device output conductor length exceeds 5 feet (1524 mm), or where the circuits pass through a wall or partition, the installation shall comply with the following: (1) A disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be provided at the energy storage device end of the circuit. Fused disconnecting means or circuit breakers shall be permitted. (2) Where fused disconnecting means are used, the line terminals of the disconnecting means shall be connected toward the energy storage device terminals. (3) Overcurrent devices or disconnecting means shall not be installed in energy storage device enclosures where explosive atmospheres can exist. (4) A second disconnecting means located at the connected equipment shall be installed where the disconnecting means required in Section 805.6(1) is not within sight of the connected equipment. (5) Where the energy storage device disconnecting means is not within sight of the PV system ac and dc disconnecting means, placards or directories shall be installed at the locations of all disconnecting means indicating the location of all disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.7(F)] 805.6 805.7 Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by approved enclosures or by one of the following means: (1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible only to qualified persons. (2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens arranged so that qualified persons have access to the space within reach of the live parts. Openings in such partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that persons are not likely to come into accidental contact with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into contact with them. (3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified persons. (4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above the floor or other working surface in accordance with the following: (a) Not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) for 50 volts to 300 volts. 1 (b) Not less than 8 ⁄2 feet (2591 mm) for 301 volts to 600 volts. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)] 805.7 Prevent Physical Damage. In locations where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA 70:110.27(B)] 805.8 Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified persons to enter. The marking shall comply with the requirements in Section 803.4.1. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)]

806.0 Circuit Sizing and Current. 806.1 Calculation of Maximum Circuit Current. Where the requirements of Section 806.1(1) and Section 806.2(1) are both applied, the resulting multiplication factor is 156 percent. The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated as follows: (1) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel module rated short-circuit currents multiplied by 125 percent. (2) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel source circuit maximum currents as calculated in Section 806.1(1). (3) The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous output current rating. (4) The maximum current shall be the stand-alone continuous inverter input current rating where the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage.

263 (5) The maximum current shall be the dc-to-dc converter continuous output current rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)] 806.2 Conductor Ampacity and Overcurrent Device Ratings. Photovoltaic PV system currents shall be considered to be continuous. Circuit conductors shall be sized to carry not less than the larger of one of the following [NFPA 70:690.8(B)]: Overcurrent devices, where required, shall be rated in accordance with the following [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)]: (1) Carry not less than 125 One hundred twenty-five percent of the maximum currents as calculated in Section 806.1 before the application of adjustment and correction factors. Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(a)] (2) The maximum currents calculated in accordance with Section 806.1 after the application of adjustment and correction factors. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)] (2) Terminal temperature limits shall comply with Section 302.1. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(b)] The temperature rating associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall be selected and coordinated so as not to exceed the lowest temperature rating of a connected termination, conductor, or device. Conductors with temperature ratings higher than specified for terminations shall be permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, corrections, or both. [NFPA 70:110.14(C)] (3) Where operated at temperatures exceeding 104°F (40°C), the manufacturer’s temperature correction factors shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(c)] (4) The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be permitted in accordance with Section 806.3 through Section 806.5. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(d)] Circuit conductors shall be sized to carry not less than the larger of currents listed as follows [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]: (a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the maximum currents calculated in Section 806.1 without any additional correction factors for conditions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)] (b) The maximum current calculated in Section 806.1 after conditions of use have been applied. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)] (c) The conductor selected, after application of conditions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrent protective device, where required. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(c)] 806.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 800 Amperes or Less. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating (above the ampacity of the conductors being protected) shall be permitted to be used, where the following conditions are met: (1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads. (2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker without overload trip adjustments above its rating (shall be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments). (3) The next higher standard rating selected does not exceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(B)] 806.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding 800 Amperes. Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800 amperes, the ampacity of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or more than the rating of the overcurrent device defined in Section 807.3(1). [NFPA 70:240.4(C)] 806.5 Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by Section 806.5(1) through Section 806.5(7) after correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied. (1) 18 AWG copper-7-amperes, provided the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. (2) 16 AWG copper-10-amperes, provided the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. (3) 14 AWG copper-15-amperes.

264 (4) 12 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-15-amperes. (5) 12 AWG copper-20-amperes. (6) 10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-25-amperes. (7) 10 AWG copper-30-amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(D)] 806.6 806.3 Systems with Multiple Direct-Current Voltages. For a photovoltaic PV power source that has multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)] 806.7 806.4 Sizing of Module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall be not less than the sum of the rating of the single overcurrent device fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)]

807.0 Overcurrent Protection. 807.1 Circuits and Equipment. PhotovoltaicPV source circuit, photovoltaicPV output circuit, inverter output circuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of Article 240 of NFPA 70. Protection devices for PV source circuits and PV output circuits shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 807.2 through Section 807.5. Circuits, either ac or dc, connected to more than one electrical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to provide overcurrent protection from all sources current-limited supplies (e.g., PV modules, ac output of utility- interactive inverters), and connected to sources having higher current availability (e.g., parallel strings of modules, utility power), shall be protected at the source from overcurrent. Exceptions: An overcurrent device shall not be required for PV modules or PV source circuit conductors sized in accordance with Section 806.2 where one of the following applies: (1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. (2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors or and the maximum overcurrent protective device size rating specified on the PV module nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] 807.2 Overcurrent Device Ratings. Overcurrent device ratings shall be not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents calculated in accordance with Section 806.1. Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] 807.4 807.3 Direct-Current Rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in the dc portion of a photovoltaic PV power system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(DC)] 807.3 807.4 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. Listed PV Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted required to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic PV source and output circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one ampere size increments, starting at 1 ampere up to and including 15 amperes. Higher standard values exceeding 15 amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided as follows [NFPA 70:690.9(CD)]: (1) The standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 601. The use of fuses and inverse time circuit breakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)] 807.5 Series Overcurrent Protection. In grounded PV source circuits, a single overcurrent protection device, where required, shall be permitted to protect the PV modules and the interconnecting conductors. In underground PV source circuits that are in accordance with Section 810.11, an overcurrent protection device, where required, shall be installed in each undergrounded circuit conductor and shall be permitted to protect the PV modules and the interconnecting cables. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)] 807.2 807.6 Power Transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided in accordance with Section 450.3 of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer, as the primary. Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the utility-interactive inverter output, not less than the rated continuous output current of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from the inverter.

265 [NFPA 70:690.9(BF)] 808.0 Stand-Alone Systems. 808.1 General. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet comply with the requirements of NFPA 70 for a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with NFPA 70, except as modified by in accordance with Section 808.2 through Section 808.6. [NFPA 70:690.10] 808.2 Inverter Output. The ac output from a stand-alone inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac power to the building or structure disconnecting means at current levels less than the calculated load connected to that disconnect. The inverter output rating or the rating of an alternate energy source shall be equal to or greater not less than the load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected to the system. Calculated general lighting loads shall not be considered as a single load. [NFPA 70:690.10(A)] 808.3 Sizing and Protection. The circuit conductors between the inverter output and the building or structure disconnecting means shall be sized based on the output rating of the inverter. These conductors shall be protected from overcurrents in accordance with Article 240 of NFPA 70. The overcurrent protection shall be located at the output of the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.10(B)] 808.4 Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic PV system shall be permitted to supply 120 volts to single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no 240-volt outlets and where there are no multiwire branch circuits. In installations, the rating of the overcurrent device connected to the output of the inverter shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked with the following words or equivalent:

WARNING SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS!

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.10(C)] 808.5 Energy Storage or Backup Power System Requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are not required. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)] 808.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone or multimode inverter output in either stand-alone or utility-interactive systems shall be secured in accordance with Section 808.6.1. Circuit breakers that are marked “line” and “load” shall not be back-fed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)] 808.6.1 Back-Fed Devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lug assemblies that are back- fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA 70:408.36(D)] 808.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (Direct Current). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dc output circuits or both, on or penetrating a building operating at a PV system maximum system voltage of not less than 80 volts or greater, shall be protected by a listed (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter, PV type, or other system components listed to provide equivalent protection. The PV arc-fault protection means shall comply with the following requirements: (1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a conductor, connection, module, or other system component in the dc PV source and dc PV output circuits. (2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of the following: (a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the fault circuit where the fault is detected. (b) System components within the arcing circuit. (32) The system shall require that the disabled or disconnected equipment be manually restarted. (43) The system shall have an annunciator that provides a visual indication that the circuit interrupter has operated. This indication shall not reset automatically. [NFPA 70:690.11] 808.8 Rapid Shutdown of PV Systems on Buildings. PV system circuits installed on or in buildings shall include a rapid shutdown function that controls specific conductors in accordance with the following: (1) Requirements for controlled conductors shall apply only to PV system conductors of more than 5 feet (1524 mm) in length inside a building, or more than 10 feet (3048 mm) from a PV array. (2) Controlled conductors shall be limited to not more than 30 volts and 240 volt-amperes within 10 seconds of rapid shutdown initiation. (3) Voltage and power shall be measured between any two conductors and between any conductor and ground. (4) The rapid shutdown initiation methods shall be labeled in accordance with 812.7.

266 (5) Equipment that performs the rapid shutdown shall be listed and identified. [NFPA 70:690.12] 809.0 Disconnecting Means. 809.1 Conductors Building or Other Structure Supplied by a Photovoltaic System. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying ungrounded dc conductors of a photovoltaic PV system from other conductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded conductor where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. Exceptions: (1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system in accordance with Section 803.1, or that is part of an arc-fault detection/interruption system in accordance with Section 808.7, shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. (2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded conductor where the following conditions are met. (a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance. (b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons. (c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and current that is present during operation, including ground-fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.13] 809.1.1 Location 809.2.3 Requirements for Disconnecting Means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows: (1) The photovoltaic PV disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors. Exception: Installations that comply with Section 810.5 810.6 shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remote from the point of entry of the system conductors. The photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. [NFPA 70:690.13(A)] 809.1.2 Marking. (2) Each photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to identify it as a photovoltaic PV system disconnect. [NFPA 70:690.13(B)] 809.1.3 Suitable for Use. (3) Each photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Article 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.13(C)] 809.1.4 Maximum Number of Disconnects. (4) The photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six switches or six circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure, or in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. [NFPA 70:690.13(D)] 809.1.5 Grouping. (5) The photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to be in accordance with Section 809.2.3(4) 809.1.4. A photovoltaic PV disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic PV module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C) 690.13(E)] 809.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with Section 809.2.1 through Section 809.2.4. [NFPA 70:690.14] 809.2.1 Disconnecting Means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shall comply with Section 809.4. [NFPA 70:690.14(A)] 809.2 809.2.5 Disconnection of Photovoltaic Equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as inverters, batteries, and charge controllers, and the like, from ungrounded conductors of all sources. Where the equipment is energized from more than one source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section 809.4 shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or more inverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15] 809.2.1 809.2.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters Mounted in Not Readily Accessible Locations. Utility-interactive inverters shall be permitted to be mounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are not readily accessible. These installations and shall comply with the following: (1) A direct-current photovoltaic dc PV disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the each inverter. (2) An alternating-current ac disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the each inverter. (3) The alternating-current ac output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current ac disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply with Section 809.2.3(1) 809.1.1.

267 (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section 812.1. [NFPA 70:690.145(DA)] 809.2.2 Equipment. Equipment such as photovoltaic PV source circuit isolating switches, overcurrent devices, dc-to-dc converters, and blocking diodes shall be permitted on the photovoltaic PV side of the photovoltaic PV disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.1415(B)] 809.2.3 Direct-Current Combiner Disconnects. The dc output of dc combiners mounted on roofs of dwellings or other buildings shall have a load break disconnecting means located in the combiner or within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the combiner. The disconnecting means shall be permitted to be remotely controlled but shall be manually operable locally when control power is not available. [NFPA 70:690.15(C)] 809.2.4 Maximum Number of Disconnects. The PV system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six switches or six circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure or in a group of separate enclosures. [NFPA 70:690.15(D)] 809.3 Disconnecting and Servicing of Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from sources of supply where the fuse is energized from both directions. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic PV source circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic PV source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16(A)] Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV output circuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must are required to be serviced that are not capable of being isolated from energized circuits. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of, and accessible to, the location of the fuse or integral with fuse holder and shall be in accordance with Section 809.4. Where the disconnecting means are located exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) from the overcurrent device, a directory showing the location of each disconnect shall be installed at the overcurrent device location. Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall be marked “Do not open under load.” [NFPA 70:690.16(B)] 809.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker Disconnect Type. The disconnecting means for ungrounded PV conductors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s). The disconnecting means shall be permitted to be power operable with provisions for manual operation in the event of a power-supply failure. The disconnecting means shall be in accordance with one of the following requirements listed devices: (1) Located where readily accessible A PV industrial control switch marked for use in PV systems. (2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts A PV molded-case circuit breaker marked for use in PV systems. (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position A PV molded-case switch marked for use in PV systems. (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment A PV enclosed switched marked for use in PV systems. (5) A PV open-type switch marked for use in PV systems. (6) A dc-rated molded-case circuit breaker suitable for backfeed operation. (7) A dc-rated molded-case switch suitable for backfeed operation. (8) A dc-rated enclosed switch. (9) A dc-rated open-type switch. (10) A dc-rated rated low-voltage power circuit breaker. [NFPA 70:690.17(A)] 809.4.1 Simultaneous Opening of Poles. The PV disconnecting means shall simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded supply conductors. [NFPA 70:690.17(B)] 809.4.2 Externally Operable and Indicating. The PV disconnecting means shall be externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts and shall indicate whether in the open or closed position. [NFPA 70:690.17(C)] 809.4.3 Disconnection of Grounded Conductor. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded conductor where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. Exceptions: A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system required by Section 803.1 through Section 803.4, or that is part of an arc-fault detection or interruption system required by Section 808.7, shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor when that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded conductor where in accordance with the following: (1) The switch is used only for PV array maintenance. (2) The switch is accessible only by qualified persons. (3) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and current that could be present during any operation, including ground-

268 fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.17(D)] 809.4.4 Interrupting Rating. The building or structure disconnecting means shall have an interrupting rating sufficient for the maximum circuit voltage and current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment. Where terminals of the disconnecting means are capable of being energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent:

WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION.

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1. Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it is in accordance with the requirements of Section 810.9 and is listed and identified for the use with specific equipment. [NFPA 70:690.17(E)] 809.5 Installation and Service of an Array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to disable an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18]

810.0 Wiring Methods Permitted. 810.1 General. Raceway and cable wiring methods included in this chapter, and other wiring systems and fittings specifically listed intended and identified for use on photovoltaic PV arrays, and wiring as part of a listed system shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement. Where photovoltaic PV source and output circuits operating at maximum system voltages exceeding 30 volts are installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be guarded or installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)] 802.2 810.2 Identification and Grouping. Photovoltaic PV source circuits and PV output circuits shall not be contained in the same raceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, junction box, or similar fitting as conductors, feeders, or branch circuits of other non-PV systems, or inverter output circuits, unless the conductors of the different systems are separated by a partition. The means of identification shall be permitted by separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, or other approved means. Photovoltaic PV system conductors shall be identified and grouped as follows: (1) Photovoltaic PV source circuits shall be identified at points of termination, connection, and splices. (2) The conductors of PV output circuits and inverter input and output circuits shall be identified at points of termination, connection, and splices. (3) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box, raceway, or equipment, the conductors of each system shall be identified at termination, connection, and splice points. Exception: Where the identification of the conductors is evident by spacing or arrangement, further identification is shall not be required. (4) Where the conductors of more than one PV system occupy the same junction box or raceway with a removable cover(s), the ac and dc conductors of each system shall be grouped separately by wire cable ties or similar means not less than once, and then shall then be grouped at intervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). Exception: The requirements for grouping shall not apply where the circuit enters from a cable or raceway unique to the circuit that makes the grouping obvious. [NFPA 70:690.4(B) 690.31(B)] 810.2 810.3 Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic PV source circuits for photovoltaic PV module interconnections within the photovoltaic PV array. Exception: Raceways shall be used where required by Section 810.1. [NFPA 70:690.31(BC)(1)] 810.3.1 Cable Tray. PV source circuits and PV output circuits using single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire of all sizes, with or without a cable tray marking or rating, shall be permitted in cable trays installed in outdoor locations, provided that the cables are supported at intervals not to exceed 12 inches (305 mm) and secured at intervals not to exceed 4 ½ feet (1372 mm). [NFPA 70:690.31(C)(2)] 810.4 Multiconductor Cable. Multiconductor cable Type TC-ER or Type USE-2 shall be permitted in outdoor locations in PV inverter output circuits where used with utility-interactive inverters mounted in locations that are not readily accessible. The cable shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm). Equipment grounding for the utilization equipment

269 shall be provided by an equipment grounding conductor within the cable. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] 810.3 810.5 Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or portable power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accordance with Section 400.5 of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 86°F (30°C), the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given in Table 810.3 810.5. [NFPA 70:690.31(CE)]

TABLE 810.3810.5 CORRECTION FACTORS BASED ON TEMPERATURE RATING OF CONDUCTOR [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.31(CE)] AMBIENT 140°F 167°F 194°F 221°F TEMPERATURE (°F) 86 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87–95 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.97 96–104 0.82 0.88 0.91 0.93 105–113 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.89 114–122 0.58 0.75 0.82 0.86 123–131 0.41 0.67 0.76 0.82 132–140 — 0.58 0.71 0.77 141–158 — 0.33 0.58 0.68 159–176 — — 0.41 0.58 For SI units: °C = (°F - 32)/1.8

810.4810.6 Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moisture resistant in sizes 16 AWG and 18 AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables comply with the ampacity requirements of Section 806.0 400.5 of NFPA 70. Section 310.15 of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity adjustment and correction factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(DF)] 810.5810.7 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Source and Direct-Current Output on or Circuits Inside a Building. Where dc photovoltaicPV source or dc PV output circuits from a building-integrated systems or other photovoltaicPV systems are installed run inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metal raceways, type MC metal-clad cable that is in accordance with Section 250.118(10) of NFPA 70, or metal enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall comply with Section 809.2.1 809.1.2, Section 809.2.2809.1.3 and Section 809.2.4809.2.1 and Section 809.2.2. The wiring methods shall comply with the additional installation requirements in Section 810.5.1810.7.1 through Section 810.5.4810.7.4. [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)] 810.7.1 Embedded in Building Surfaces. Where circuits are embedded in built-up, laminate, or membrane roofing materials in roof areas not covered by PV modules and associated equipment, the location of circuits shall be clearly marked using a marking protocol that is approved as being suitable for continuous exposure to sunlight and weather. [NFPA 70:690.31(G)(1)] 810.5.1Beneath Roofs. Installation of wiring methods shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm) from the roof decking or sheathing except where directly below the roof surface covered by PV modules and associated equipment. Circuits shall be run perpendicular to the roof penetration point to supports not less than 10 inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(1)] 3 810.5.2 810.7.2 Flexible Wiring Methods. Where flexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size ⁄4 of an inch in diameter (19.1 mm) or Type MC cable less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter containing PV power circuit conductors is installed across ceilings or floors joists, the raceway or cable shall be protected by substantial guard strips that are not less than the height of the raceway or cable. Where installed run exposed, other than within 6 feet (1829 mm) of their connection to equipment, these wiring methods shall closely follow the building surface or be protected from physical damage by an approved means. [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)(2)] 810.5.3 810.7.3 Marking or and Labeling Required. The following wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source conductors shall be marked with the wording “WARNING: “Photovoltaic Power Source” by means of permanently affixed labels or other approved permanent markings as follows: (1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring methods. (2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction boxes.

270 (3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused. [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)(3)] The labels or markings shall be visible after instal- 810.5.4 810.7.4 Markings and Labeling Methods and Locations. 3 lation. The labels shall be reflective, and all letters shall be capitalized and shall be of a height of not less than ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) in white on a red background. Photovoltaic PV power circuit labels shall appear on the sections of the wiring system that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings, or between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm). Labels required by this section shall be suitable for the environment where they are installed. [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)(4)] 810.6 810.8 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 810.7 110.14 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.31(FH)]

810.7 Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall be secured without damaging the conductors and shall be made by means of pressure connectors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to flexible leads. Connection by means of wire-binding screws or studs and nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalent shall be permitted for not more than 10 AWG conductors. Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals used to connect aluminum shall be identified. [NFPA 70:110.14(A)] 802.7 810.9 Bipolar PV Systems. Where the sum, without consideration of polarity, of the PV system voltages of the two monopole subarrays exceeds the rating of the conductors and connected equipment, monopole subarrays in a bipolar PV system shall be physically separated, and the electrical output circuits from each monopole subarray shall be installed in separate raceways until connected to the inverter. The disconnecting means and overcurrent protective devices for each monopole subarray output shall be in separate enclosures. Conductors from each separate monopole subarray shall be routed in the same raceway. Bipolar PV systems shall be clearly marked with a permanent, legible warning notice indicating that the disconnection of the grounded conductor(s) shall be permitted to result in overvoltage on the equipment. Exception: Listed switchgear rated for the maximum voltage between circuits and containing a physical barrier separating the disconnecting means for each monopole subarray shall be permitted to be used instead of disconnecting means in separate enclosures. [NFPA 70:690.4(G) 690.31(I)] 802.3 810.10 Module Connection Arrangement. The connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic PV source circuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor connection to other PV source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.4(C) 690.31(J)] 810.8 810.11 Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on- site assembly, where listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32] 810.9 810.12 Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 810.9.1 810.12.1 through Section 810.9.5 810.12.5. [NFPA 70:690.33] 810.9.1 810.12.1 Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable with receptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] 810.9.2 810.12.2 Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)] 810.9.3 810.12.3 Type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] 810.9.4 810.12.4 Grounding Member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)] 810.9.5 810.12.5 Interruption of Circuit. Connectors shall comply with one of the following: (1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to the operator. (2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Not for Current Inter- rupting.” [NFPA 70:690.33(E)] 810.10 810.13 Access to Boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them is rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] 810.11 810.14 Ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded photovoltaic PV source and output circuits where the system is in accordance with Section 810.11.1 810.14.1 through Section 810.11.7810.14.7. [NFPA 70:690.35] 810.11.1 810.14.1 Disconnects. PhotovoltaicPV source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects in accordance

271 with Section 809.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] 810.11.2 810.14.2 Overcurrent Protection. Photovoltaic PV source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 807.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] 810.11.3 810.14.3 Ground-Fault Protection. Photovoltaic PV source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground- fault protection device or system that is in accordance with the following: (1) Detects a ground fault(s) in the PV array dc current-carrying conductors and components. (2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred. (3) Automatically disconnects conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying power to output circuits. (4) Is listed for providing PV ground-fault protection. [NFPA 70:690.35(C)] 810.11.4 810.14.4 Conductors. The Photovoltaic PV source conductors shall consist of the following: (1) Metallic or Nnonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables. (2) Conductors installed in raceways. (3) Conductors listed and identified as photovoltaic (PV) wire installed as exposed, single conductors. (4) Conductors that are direct-buried and identified for direct-burial use. [NFPA 70:690.35(D)] 810.11.5 810.14.5 Direct-Current Circuits Battery Systems. The Photovoltaic PV power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systems in accordance with Section 814.7. [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] 810.11.6 810.14.6 Warning Marking. The Photovoltaic PV power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, combiner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits are capable of being exposed during service: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. THE DIRECT CURRENT DC CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.35(F)] 810.11.7 810.14.7 Inverters or Charge Controllers Equipment. The inverters or charge controllers used in systems with ungrounded photovoltaic PV source and output circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA 70:690.35(G)]

811.0 Grounding. 811.1 System Grounding. For a photovoltaic power source, one conductor of a two-wire system with a photovoltaic system voltage exceeding 50 volts and Photovoltaic systems shall comply with one of the following: (1) Ungrounded systems shall comply with Section 810.14. (2) Grounded two-wire systems shall have one conductor grounded or be impedance grounded, and the system shall comply with Section 803.0. (3) Grounded bipolar systems shall have the reference (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shall use grounded or be impedance grounded, and the system shall comply with Section 803.0. (4) Oother methods that provide equivalent system protection in accordance with Section 811.1.1 through Section 811.1.5 with and that utilize equipment listed and identified for the use shall be permitted to be used. Exception: Systems that comply with Section 810.11. [NFPA 70:690.41] 811.1.1 Electrical System Grounding. Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and that will stabilize the voltage to earth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(1)] 811.1.2 Grounding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected to earth so as to limit the voltage to ground on these materials. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(2)] 811.1.3 Bonding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(3)] 811.1.4 Bonding of Electrically Conductive Materials and Other Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying electrically conductive materials that become energized shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner

272 that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(4)] 811.1.5 Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. Electrical equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive material that become energized shall be installed in a manner that creates a low-impedance circuit facilitating the operation of the overcurrent device or ground detector for high-impedance grounded systems. It shall be capable of safely carrying the maximum ground-fault current to be imposed on it from any point on the wiring system where a ground fault occurs to the electrical supply source. The earth shall not be considered as an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(5)] 811.2 Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any single point on the photovoltaic PV output circuit. Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device in accordance with Section 803.0 shall be permitted to have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection. [NFPA 70:690.42] 811.3 Equipment Grounding. Equipment grounding conductors and devices shall comply with Section 811.3.1 through Section 811.3.6. [NFPA 70:690.43] 811.3.1 General. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electrical equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded in accordance with Section 811.3.1.1 or Section 811.3.1.2, regardless of voltage. [NFPA 70:690.43(A)] 811.3.1.1 Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. Unless grounded by connection to the grounded circuit conductor as permitted by Section 250.32, Section 250.140 and Section 250.142 of NFPA 70, non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures, where grounded, shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the following methods: (1) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductors in accordance with by Section 811.3.7. (2) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conductors. Exceptions: (1) As provided in Section 811.3.8, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. (2) For dc circuits, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. [NFPA 70:250.134] 811.3.1.2 Equipment Considered Grounded. The normally nNon-current-carrying metal parts of the equipment shall be considered grounded. [NFPA 70:250.136] Where where the electrical equipment is secured to and in electrical contact with a metal rack or structure provided for its support and connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the means indicated in Section 811.3.1.1. The structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the required equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment. [NFPA 70:250.136(A)] 811.3.2 Equipment Grounding Conductor Required. An equipment grounding conductor between a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accordance with the following conditions Section 811.3.2.1. [NFPA 70:690.43(B)]: 811.3.2.1 Equipment Fastened in Place (Fixed) or Connected by Permanent Wiring Methods. Exposed, normally non–current-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment supplied by or enclosing conductors or components that are likely to become energized shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor in accordance with one of the following conditions: (1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of ground or grounded metal objects and subject to contact by persons. (2) Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated. (3) Where in electrical contact with metal. (4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location. (5) Where supplied by a wiring method that provides an equipment grounding conductor. (6) Where equipment operates with a terminal at over 150 volts to ground. Exceptions: (1) Where exempted by special permission, the metal frame of electrically heated appliances that have the frame permanently and effectively insulated from ground shall not be required to be grounded. (2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles at a height exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) above ground or grade level shall not be required to be grounded. (3) Listed equipment protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required to be connected to the equipment grounding conductor. Where such a system is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. [NFPA 70:250.110] 811.3.3 Structure as Equipment Grounding Conductor. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames

273 of PV modules, or other equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposed metal surfaces or other equipment to mounting structures. Metallic mounting structures, other than building steel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified as equipment- grounding conductors or shall have identified bonding jumpers or devices connected between the separate metallic sections and shall be bonded to the grounding system. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)] 811.3.4 Photovoltaic Mounting Systems and Devices. Devices and systems used for mounting PV modules that are also used to provide grounding of the module frames shall be identified for the purpose of grounding PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(D)] 811.3.5 Adjacent Modules. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(E)] 811.3.6 Combined Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shall be contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise installed with the PV array circuit conductors where those circuit conductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)] 811.3.7 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor installed with or enclosing the circuit conductors shall be one or more or a combination of the following: (1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductor. This conductor shall be solid or stranded; insulated, covered, or bare; and in the form of a wire or a busbar of any shape. (2) Rigid metal conduit. (3) Intermediate metal conduit. (4) Electrical metallic tubing. (5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. (b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (c) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (d) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. 3 1 (b) For trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ⁄2 of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. 3 1 (c) For trade sizes ⁄4 of an inch through 1 ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm through 32 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated not more than 60 amperes and there is no flexible metal conduit, flex- 3 ible metallic tubing, or liquidtight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm) in the ground-fault current path. (d) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (e) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is terminated in listed fittings and meeting the following conditions: (a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (b) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (8) Armor of Type AC cable in accordance with Section 811.1.5. (9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable Type MI. (10) Type MC cable that provides an effective ground-fault current path in accordance with one or more of the following: (a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equipment grounding conductor in accordance with Section 811.3.7(1). (b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulated equipment grounding/bonding conductor of interlocked metal tape-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath and equipment grounding conductors of the smooth or corrugated tube-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor.

274 (11) Cable trays in accordance with Section 392.10 and Section 392.60 of NFPA 70. (12) Cable bus framework in accordance with Section 370.3 370.60(1) of NFPA 70. (13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways and listed auxiliary gutters. (14) Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. [NFPA 70:250.118] 811.3.8 Nongrounding Receptacle Replacement or Branch Circuit Extensions. The equipment grounding conductor of a grounding-type receptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall be permitted to be connected to one of the following: (1) An accessible point on the grounding electrode system in accordance with Section 250.50 of NFPA 70. (2) An accessible point on the grounding electrode conductor. (3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or branch circuit originates. (4) An equipment grounding conductor that is part of another branch circuit that originates from the enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or branch circuit originates. (45) For grounded systems, the grounded service conductor within the service equipment enclosure. (56) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal bar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA 70:250.130(C)] 811.4 Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic PV source and photovoltaic PV output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Section 811.4.1 or Section 811.4.2 250.122 of NFPA 70. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent device rated at the PV maximum circuit current shall be used in accordance with Table 811.4.1. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. An equipment grounding conductor shall not be less than 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45] 811.4.1 General. Equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Table 811.4.1. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent device rated at the photovoltaic rated short-circuit current shall be used in Table 811.4.1. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. The equipment grounding conductors shall be not smaller that 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)]

TABLE 811.4.1 1 MINIMUM SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT [NFPA 70: TABLE 250.122]

RATING OR SETTING OF AUTOMATIC OVER- SIZE (AWG OR KCMIL) CURRENT DEVICE IN CIRCUIT AHEAD OF EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., NOT EXCEEDING ALUMINUM OR COPPER COPPER 2 (AMPERES) CLAD ALUMINUM 15 14 12 20 12 10 60 10 8 100 8 6 200 6 4 300 4 2 400 3 1 500 2 1/0 600 1 2/0 800 1/0 3/0 1000 2/0 4/0 1200 3/0 250 1600 4/0 350 2000 250 400 2500 350 600 3000 400 600 4000 500 750 5000 700 1200 6000 800 1200 Notes: 1 Where necessary to comply with Section 811.1.5, the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in this table. 2 See installation restrictions in Section 811.6.1.2811.5.

811.4.2 Ground-Fault Protection Not Provided. For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protection is not provided in accordance with Section 803.2 through Section 803.4, each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacity of

275 not less than two times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit conductor ampacity. [NFPA 70:690.45(B)] 811.4.1 Equipment Grounding Conductor Installation. An equipment grounding conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 811.5.1 through Section 811.5.3. [NFPA 70:250.120] 811.4.2 Raceway, Cable Trays, Cable Armor, Cablebus, or Cable Sheaths. Where it consists of a raceway, cable tray, cable armor, cablebus framework, or cable sheath or where it is a wire within a raceway or cable, it shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of NFPA 70 using fittings for joints and terminations approved for use with the type raceway or cable used. All connections, joints, and fittings shall be made tight using suitable tools. [NFPA 70:250.120(A)] 811.4.3 Aluminum and Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors of bare or insulated aluminum or copper-clad aluminum shall be permitted. Bare conductors shall not come in direct contact with masonry or the earth or where subject to corrosive conditions. Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum conductors shall not be terminated within 18 inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.120(B)] 811.4.4 Equipment Grounding Conductors Less Than 6 AWG. Where not routed with circuit conductors as permitted in Section 811.3.8 and Section 811.3.1.1 (Exception 2), equipment grounding conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected from physical damage by an identified raceway or cable armor unless installed within hollow spaces of the framing members of buildings or structures and where not subject to physical damage. [NFPA 70:250.120(C)] 811.5 Array Equipment Grounding Conductors. For PV modules, eEquipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules less than 6 AWG shall comply with Section 811.4.4where not routed with circuit conductors in accordance with Sec- tion 811.3.8 and Section 811.3.1.1(2), shall be protected from physical damage by an identified raceway or cable armor unless installed within hollow spaces of the framing members of buildings or structures and where not subject to physical damage. Where installed in raceways, equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors not more than 6 AWG shall be permitted to be solid. [NFPA 70:690.46 and NFPA 70:250.120(C)] 811.6 Grounding Electrode System. Grounding of electrode systems shall comply with Section 811.6.1 through Section 811.6.4. 811.6.1 Alternating-Current Systems. Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section 250.50 through Section 250.60 of NFPA 70. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 811.6.1.1 through Section 811.6.1.4. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)] 811.6.1.1 Installation of Electrodes. Grounding electrode conductor(s) and bonding jumpers interconnecting grounding electrodes shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods. The grounding electrode conductor shall be sized for the largest grounding electrode conductor required among the electrodes connected to it. (1) The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to a convenient grounding electrode available in the grounding electrode system where the other electrode(s), where any, is connected by bonding jumpers that are installed in accordance with Section 811.6.1.2 and Section 811.6.1.3. (2) Grounding electrodes conductor(s) shall be permitted to be run to one or more grounding electrode(s) individually. (3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s) shall be permitted to be connected to an aluminum or copper busbar not 1 less than ⁄4 of an inch by 2 inches (6.4 mm by 51 mm). The busbar shall be securely fastened and shall be installed in an accessible location. Connections shall be made by a listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to the busbar. Where aluminum busbars are used, the installation shall be in accordance with Section 811.6.1.2. [NFPA 70:250.64(F)] 811.6.1.2 Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosive conditions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be terminated within 18 inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.64(A)] 811.6.1.3 Securing and Protection Against Physical Damage. Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be permitted to be installed on or through framing members. A 4 AWG or large copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor that is not less than 4 AWG shall be protected where exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding electrode conductor that is free from exposure to physical damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction without metal covering or protection where it is securely fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be protected in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC), rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC, PVC, RTRC, EMT, or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors and grounding electrode bonding jumpers shall not be required to comply with Section 300.5 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:250.64(B)] 811.6.1.4 Continuous. Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be installed in one continuous length without a splice or joint. Where necessary, splices or connections shall be made in accordance with the following:

276 (1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted by irreversible compression-type connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment or by the exothermic welding process. (2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected together to form a grounding electrode conductor. (3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections of structural metal frames of building structures. (4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered, or bolted-flange connections of metal water piping. [NFPA 70:250.64(C)] 811.6.2 Direct-Current Systems. Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.3 811.6.2.5 for grounded systems or Section 811.6.2.6 for ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 811.6.1.1 through Section 811.1.6.1.4. A common dc grounding-electrode conductor shall be permitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of the common grounding electrode and the tap conductors shall be in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.3 811.6.2.5. The tap conductors shall be connected to the common grounding-electrode conductor by exothermic welding or with connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment in such a manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint. An ac equipment grounding system shall be permitted to be used for equipment grounding of inverters and other equipment and for the ground-fault detection reference for ungrounded PV systems. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)] 811.6.2.1 Not Smaller Than the Neutral Conductor. Where the dc system consists of a three-wire balancer set or balancer winding with overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 445.12(D) of NFPA 70, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the neutral conductor and shall be not be smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(A)] 811.6.2.2 Not Smaller Than the Largest Conductor. Where the dc system is other than in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the largest conductor supplied by the system, and be not smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(B)] 811.6.2.3 Connected to Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. Where connected to rod, pipe, or plate electrodes in accordance with Section 811.6.2.3.1 or Section 811.6.2.3.2, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(C)] 811.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shall consist of the following materials: 3 (1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall be not smaller than trade size ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. 5 (2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall be not less than ⁄8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(5)] A plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 square feet (0.2 m2) of surface to exterior soil. 811.6.2.3.2 Plate Electrodes. 1 Electrodes of bare or conductively coated iron or steel plates shall be not less than ⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid, uncoated electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be not less than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) in thickness. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(7)] 811.6.2.4 Connected to a Concrete-Encased Electrode. Where connected to a concrete-encased electrode in accordance with Section 811.6.2.4.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is that sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 4 AWG copper wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(D)] 811.6.2.4.1 Concrete-Encased Electrode. A concrete-encased electrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of one of the following: (1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized or other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods of not less 1 than ⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096 mm) length, or where in multiple pieces connected together by the usual steel tie wires, exothermic welding, welding, or other effective means to create a length of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). (2) Bare copper conductor not less than 4 AWG. Metallic components shall be encased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete and shall be located horizontally within that portion of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with the earth or within vertical foundations or structural components or members that are in direct contact with the earth. Where multiple concrete-encased electrodes are present at a building or structure, it shall be permissible to bond one into the grounding electrode system. Concrete installed with insulation, vapor barriers, films or similar items separating the concrete from the earth shall not be considered to be in “direct contact” with the earth. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(3)] 811.6.2.5 Connected to a Ground Ring. Where connected to a ground ring in accordance with Section 811.6.2.5.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger than the conductor used for the ground ring. [NFPA 70:250.166(E)]

277 811.6.2.5.1 Ground Ring. A ground ring encircling the building or structure, in direct contact with the earth, consisting of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not less than 2 AWG. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(4)] 811.6.2.6 Ungrounded Direct-Current Separately Derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 250.34 of NFPA 70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied from a stand- alone power source (such as an engine-generator set) shall have a grounding electrode conductor connected to an electrode that is in accordance with Part III of Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70 to provide for grounding of metal enclosures, raceways, cables, and exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment. The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to the metal enclosure at a point on the separately derived system from the source to the first system disconnecting means or overcurrent device, or it shall be made at the source of a separately derived system that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent devices. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.3 and Section 811.6.2.4 811.6.2.5. [NFPA 70:250.169] 811.6.3 Systems with Alternating-Current and Direct-Current Grounding Requirements. Photovoltaic systems having dc circuits and ac circuits with no direct connection between the dc grounded conductor and ac grounded conductor shall have a dc grounding system. The dc grounding system shall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of the methods in Section 811.6.3.1 through Section 811.6.3.3. This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. Where methods in Section 811.6.3.2 or Section 811.6.3.3 are used, the existing ac grounding electrode system shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements in Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)] 811.6.3.1 Separate Direct-Current Grounding Electrode System Bonded to the Alternating-Current Ground- ing Electrode System. A separate dc grounding electrode or system shall be installed, and it shall be bonded directly to the ac grounding electrode system. The size of a bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dc systems shall be based on the larger size of the existing ac grounding electrode conductor or the size of the dc grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Sec- tion 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.4 811.6.2.5. The dc grounding electrode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers to the ac grounding electrode system shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(1)] 811.6.3.2 Common Direct-Current and Alternating-Current Grounding Electrode. A dc grounding electrode conductor of the size specified in Section 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.4 811.6.2.5 shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode connection point to the ac grounding electrode. Where an ac grounding electrode is not accessible, the dc grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the ac grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Section 811.6.1.4(1) or Sec- tion 811.6.1.4(2) or by using a connector listed for grounding and bonding. This dc grounding electrode conductor shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(2)] 811.6.3.3 Combined Direct-Current Grounding Electrode Conductor and Alternating-Current Equipment Grounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irreversibly spliced, combined grounding conductor shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode conductor connection point along with the ac circuit conductors to the grounding busbar in the associated ac equipment. This combined grounding conductor shall be the larger of the sizes specified in Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 or Section 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.4811.6.2.5 and shall be installed in accordance with Section 250.64(E) of NFPA 70. For underground systems, this conductor shall be sized in accordance with Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 and shall not be required to be larger than the largest ungrounded phase conductor. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(3)] 811.6.4 Additional Auxiliary Electrodes for Array Grounding. A grounding electrode shall be installed in accordance with Section 811.6.2.3.1, Section 811.6.2.3.2, Section 811.6.2.4.1, Section 811.6.2.5.1, Section 811.6.4.1 through Section 811.6.4.5, and Section 250.54 of NFPA 70 at the location of all ground- and pole-mounted PV arrays and as close as practicable to the location of roof-mounted PV arrays. The electrodes shall be connected directly to the array frame(s) or structure. The dc grounding electrode conductor shall be sized in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.5. Additional electrodes are not permitted to be used as a substitute for equipment bonding or equipment grounding conductor requirements. The structure of a ground- or pole-mounted PV array shall be permitted to be considered a grounding electrode where in accordance with the requirements of Section 811.6.2.3.1, Section 811.6.2.3.2, Section 811.6.2.4.1, Section 811.6.2.5.1, and Section 811.6.4.1 through Section 811.6.4.5. Roof-mounted PV arrays shall be permitted to use the metal frame of a building or structure where in accordance with the requirements of Section 811.6.4.2. Exceptions: (1) An array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required where the load served by the array is integral with the array. (2) An additional array grounding electrode(s) shall not be required where located within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the premises wiring electrode. [NFPA 70:690.47(D)] 811.6.4.1 Metal Underground Water Pipe. A metal underground water pipe in direct contact with the earth for 10 feet (3048

278 mm) or more (including any metal well casing bonded to the pipe) and electrically continuous (or made electrically continuous by bonding around insulating joints or insulating pipe) to the points of connection of the grounding electrode conductor and the bonding conductor(s) or jumper(s), where installed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(1)] 811.6.4.2 Metal Frame of the Building or Structure. The metal frame of the building or structure that is connected to the earth by one or more of the following methods: (1) At least one structural metal member that is in direct contact with the earth for 10 feet (3048 mm) or more, with or without concrete encasement. (2) Hold-down bolts securing the structural steel column that are connected to a concrete-encased electrode that are in accordance with Section 811.6.2.4.1 and is located in the support footing or foundation. The hold-down bolts shall be connected to the concrete-encased electrode by welding, exothermic welding, the usual steel tie wires, or other approved means. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(2)] 811.6.4.3 Other Listed Electrodes. Other listed grounding electrodes shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(6)] 811.6.4.4 Other Local Metal Underground Systems or Structures. Other local metal underground systems or structures such as piping systems, underground tanks, and underground metal well casings that are not bonded to a metal water pipe. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(8)] 811.6.4.5 Not Permitted for Use as Grounding Electrodes. The following systems and materials shall not be used as grounding electrodes: (1) Metal underground gas piping systems (2) Aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.52(B)] 811.7 Continuity of Equipment Grounding Systems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photovoltaic PV source or output circuit equipment, a bonding jumper shall be installed while the equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.48] 811.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and the photovoltaic PV source, photovoltaic PV output circuit grounded conductor, or both. A, a bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49] 811.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, where used, shall be in accordance with Section 811.5 811.4.4. [NFPA 70:690.50]

812.0 Marking. 812.1 Directory. A permanent plaque or directory, denoting the electrical power sources on or in the premises, shall be installed at each service equipment location and at locations of electric power production sources capable of being interconnected. Exception: Installations with large numbers of power production sources shall be permitted to be designated by groups. [NFPA 70:705.10] 812.2 Modules. Modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrent device rating for module protection, and with the following ratings: (1) Open-circuit voltage (2) Operating voltage (3) Maximum permissible system voltage (4) Operating current (5) Short-circuit current (6) Maximum power [NFPA 70:690.51] 812.3 Alternating-Current Photovoltaic Modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked with identification of terminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings: (1) Nominal operating ac voltage. (2) Nominal operating ac frequency. (3) Maximum ac power. (4) Maximum ac current. (5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module protection. [NFPA 70:690.52] 812.4 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic PV power source shall be provided by the installer at the accessible location at the photovoltaic PV disconnecting means as follows:

279 (1) Rated maximum power-point current. (2) Rated maximum power-point voltage. (3) Maximum system voltage. (4) Maximum Short-circuit current. Where the PV power source has multiple outputs, Section 812.4(1) and Section 812.4(4) shall be specified for each output. (5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller (where installed). [NFPA 70:690.53] 812.5 Interactive System Point of Interconnection. Interactive system(s) points of interconnection with other sources shall be marked at an accessible location at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the rated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage. [NFPA 70:690.54] 812.6 Photovoltaic Power Systems Employing Energy Storage. Photovoltaic power systems employing energy storage shall be marked with the maximum operating voltage, including any equalization voltage and the polarity of the grounded circuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55] 812.7 Facilities with Stand-Alone Systems. A structure or building with a photovoltaicPV power system that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical power system. The marking shall be in accordance with Section 810.5. [NFPA 70:690.56(A)] 812.8 Facilities with Utility Services and PV Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photovoltaic PV system shall have a permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and the photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means, where not located at the same location. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 804.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)] 812.9 Facilities with Rapid Shutdown. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a PV system, in accordance with Section 808.8, shall have a permanent plaque or directory including the following wording:

PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM EQUIPPED WITH RAPID SHUTDOWN

3 The plaque or directory shall be reflective, with all letters capitalized and having a minimum height of ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm), in white on red background. [NFPA 70:690.56(C)]

813.0 Connection to Other Sources. 813.1 Load Disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources where in the off position. [NFPA 70:690.57] 813.2 Identified Interactive Equipment. Inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60] 813.3 Loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaic PV system shall automatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive solar photovoltaic PV system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have been disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources. [NFPA 70:690.61] 813.4 Unbalanced Interconnections. Single-phase inverters for hybrid systems and ac modules in interactive hybrid systems shall not be connected to three-phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant in order to limit unbalanced voltages cannot result to not more than 3 percent. [NFPA 70:705.100(A)] Three-phase inverters and three-phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA 70:705.100(B)] 813.5 Point of Connection. The output of an interconnected electrical power source shall be connected as specified in Sec- tion 813.5.1 through Section 813.5.4.7 813.5.4. [NFPA 70:705.12] 813.5.1 Supply Side. An electric power production source shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the service disconnecting means in accordance with Section 230.82(6) of NFPA 70. The sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devices connected to power production sources shall not exceed the rating of the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)] 813.5.2 Integrated Electrical Systems. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere

280 on the premises where the system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and incorporates protective equipment in accordance with applicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:705.12(B)] 813.5.3 Greater Than 100 kW. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where the following conditions are met: (1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity has a capacity in excess of 100 kilowatt hours (kW•h) (360 MJ), or the service is more than 1000 volts. (2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service and operate the system. (3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protective equipment are established and maintained. [NFPA 70:705.12(C)] 813.5.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters. The output of an utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted to be connected to the load side of the service disconnecting means of the other source(s) at any distribution equipment on the premises. Where distribution equipment, including switchgear, switchboards and or panelboards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of electricity and one or more utility-interactive inverters, and where this distribution equipment is capable of supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be in accordance with Section 813.5.4.1 through Section 813.5.4.7813.5.4.6. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)] 813.5.4.1 Dedicated Overcurrent and Disconnect. Each The source interconnection of one or more inverters installed in one system shall be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(1)] 813.5.4.2 Bus or Conductor Ampere Rating. The sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. Exception: Where the photovoltaic system has an energy storage device to allow stand-alone operation of loads, the value used in the calculation of bus or conductor loading shall be 125 percent of the rated utility-interactive current from the inverter instead of the rating of the overcurrent device between the inverter and the bus or conductor. One hundred twenty-five percent of the inverter output circuit current shall be used in ampacity calculations for the following: (1) Where the inverter output connection is made to a feeder at a location other than the opposite end of the feeder from the primary source overcurrent device, that portion of the feeder on the load side of the inverter output connection shall be protected by one of the following: (a) The feeder ampacity shall be not less than the sum of the primary source overcurrent device and 125 percent of the inverter output circuit current. (b) An overcurrent device on the load side of the inverter connection shall be rated not more than the ampacity of the feeder. (2) In Systems where inverter output connections are made at feeders, any taps shall be sized based on the sum of 125 percent of the inverter(s) output circuit current and the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the feeder conductors as calculated in Section 240.21(B) of NFPA 70. (3) One of the following methods shall be used to determine the ratings of busbars in panelboard: (a) The sum of 125 percent of the inverter(s) output circuit current and the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar shall not exceed the ampacity of the busbar. (b) Where two sources, one a utility and the other an inverter, are located at opposite ends of a busbar that contains loads, the sum of 125 percent of the inverter(s) output circuit current and the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar shall not exceed 120 percent of the ampacity of the busbar. The busbar shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment adjacent to the back-fed breaker from the inverter that displays the following or equivalent wording:

WARNING: INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION; DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE.

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1.

(c) The sum of the ampere ratings of all overcurrent devices on panelboards, both load and supply devices, excluding the rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar, shall not exceed the ampacity of the busbar. The rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar shall not exceed the rating of the busbar. Permanent warning labels shall be applied to distribution equipment that displays the following or equivalent wording:

WARNING: THIS EQUIPMENT FED BY MULTIPLE SOURCES.

281 TOTAL RATING OF ALL OVERCURRENT DEVICES, EXCLUDING MAIN SUPPLY OVERCURRENT DEVICE, SHALL NOT EXCEED AMPACITY OF BUSBAR.

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 803.4.1. (d) Connections shall be permitted on multiple-ampacity busbars or center-fed panelboards where designed under engineering supervision that includes fault studies and busbar load calculations. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(2)] In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility- interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. 813.5.4.3 Ground-Fault Protection. The interconnection point shall be on the line side of ground-fault protection equipment. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is ground- fault protection for equipment from ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault protection devices used with supplies connected to the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed as suitable for backfeeding. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(3)] 813.5.4.4 813.5.4.3 Marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor supplied from multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the presence of all sources. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(43)] 813.5.4.5 813.5.4.4 Suitable for Backfeed. Circuit breakers, where back-fed, shall be suitable for such operation. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(54)] 813.5.4.6 813.5.4.5 Fastening. Listed plug-in-type circuit breakers backfed from utility-interactive inverters that are listed and identified as interactive in accordance with Section 813.2 shall be permitted to omit the additional fastener required in accordance with Section 808.6.1 for such application that requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(5)] 813.5.4.6 Wire Harness and Exposed Cable Arc-Fault Protection. A utility-interactive inverter(s) that has a wire harness or cable output circuit rated 240 V, 30 amperes, or less, that is not installed within an enclosed raceway, shall be provided with listed ac AFCI protection. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(6)] 813.5.4.7 Inverter Output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: WARNING INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(7)] 814.0 Storage Batteries. 814.1 Installation. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section 811.1. [NFPA 70:690.71(A)] 814.2 Dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at a voltage of 50 volts, nominal, or less than 50 volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have not more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance with Section 805.0 shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] 814.3 Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section 809.3. [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] 814.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed bat-

282 teries that require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)] 814.5 Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than 24 two-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] 814.6 Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] 814.7 Battery Systems Exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (exceeding 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met: (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section 811.1. (2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded. (3) Main ungrounded battery input/,output, or both circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection. (4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA 70:690.71(G)] 814.8 Disconnects and Overcurrent Protection. Where energy storage device input and output terminals are more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from connected equipment, or where the circuits from these terminals pass through a wall or partition, the installation shall comply with the following: (1) A disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be provided at the energy storage device end of the circuit. Fused disconnecting means or circuit breakers shall be permitted to be used. (2) Where fused disconnecting means are used, the line terminals of the disconnecting means shall be connected toward the energy storage device terminals. (3) Overcurrent devices or disconnecting means shall not be installed in energy storage device enclosures where explosive atmospheres can exist. (4) A second disconnecting means located at the connected equipment shall be installed where the disconnecting means required in accordance with Section 814.8(1) is not within sight of the connected equipment. (5) Where the energy storage device disconnecting means is not within sight of the PV system ac and dc disconnecting means, placards or directories shall be installed at the locations of all disconnecting means indicating the location of all disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(H)] 814.8 814.9 Battery Locations. Battery locations shall comply with the following: (1) Provisions appropriate to the battery technology shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of the gases from the battery, where present, to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. [NFPA 70:480.9(A)] (2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [(ft3/min)/ft2] [0.005 (m3/s)/m2] of floor area of the room to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Such exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location at the exterior of the building. (3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the rate that air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup air intakes shall be located so as to avoid recirculation of contaminated air. (4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage. (5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use, handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, or explosive materials occurs. (6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible material to constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from combustible material. 814.9 Charge Control. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] A charging controller shall comply with UL 1741. 814.9.1 Diversion Charge Controller Sole Means of Regulating Charging. A photovoltaic power system employing a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging of the battery. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)]

283 814.9.2 Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall be in accordance with the following: (1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall exceed the maximum battery voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall be not less than 150 percent of the power rating of the photovoltaic array. (2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the diversion charge controller. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)] 814.9.3 PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall be in accordance with the following: (1) These systems shall not be required to be in accordance with Section 814.9.2. The charge regulation circuits used shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 806.0 400.5 of NFPA 70. (2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use where the utility is not present or where the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)] 814.9.4 Buck/Boost Direct-Current Converters. Where buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the requirements shall comply with the following: (1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. (2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. [NFPA 70:690.72(C)] 814.10 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes not less than 2/0 AWG shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 810.7110.14 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.74]

815.0 Systems Over 600 1000 Volts. 815.1 General. Solar photovoltaic PV systems with a system voltage exceeding 600 1000 volts dc shall comply with Section 815.3815.4 through Section 815.9815.10, Article 490 of NFPA 70, and other requirements applicable to installations with a system voltage exceeding 600 1000 volts. [NFPA 70:690.80] 815.2 Listing. Products listed for PV systems shall be permitted to be used and installed in accordance with their listing. PV wire that is listed for direct burial at voltages above 600 volts, but not exceeding 2000 volts, shall be installed in accordance with Table 300.50, column 1 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.81] 815.2 815.3 Definitions. For the purposes of this section Section 814.0, the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as follows: (1) In battery circuits, the highest voltage experienced under charging or equalizing conditions. (2) In dc photovoltaic PV source circuits and photovoltaic PV output circuits, the maximum system voltage. [NFPA 70:690.85] 815.3 815.4 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within a Compartment. Where access for other than visual inspection is required to a compartment that contains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall be provided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, or other equipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts shall be permitted in compartments accessible to qualified persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future replacement without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be permitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.32] 815.4 815.5 High-Voltage Equipment. Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked. Permanent signs in accordance with Section 803.4.1 shall be installed on panels or doors that provide access to live parts over 1000 volts and shall read “DANGER – HIGH VOLTAGE – KEEP OUT.” [NFPA 70:490.35(A)] 815.5 815.6 Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire- resistant cell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(1)(a)] 815.6 815.7 Operating Characteristics. Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics: (1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power. (2) Be release free (trip free).

284 (3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operate independently of the speed of the manual operation. (4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the main contacts. (5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(2)] 815.7 815.8 Nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trademark, manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(3)] 815.8 815.9 High-Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosed sSwitchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operated disconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switch between the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall be of the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capacity of the switch. Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switches are installed to provide connection to more than a set of supply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses where all switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more than one source. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(7)] 815.9 815.10 Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum circuit voltage. Fuses shall not be applied below the minimum recommended operating voltage. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(3)]

B 2.1 General. Photovoltaic (PV) systems shall be marked. Materials used for marking shall be weather resistant in accordance with UL 969 Section 803.4.

C 1.8 Systems Over 6001000 Volts. Plan details for PV systems over 6001000 volts shall indicate the following: (1) The PV system is in accordance with Section 1015.0, and other applicable installation requirements. (2) The voltage rating of a battery circuit cable shall not be smaller than the charging or equalizing condition of the battery system.

204.0 Bipolar Photovoltaic Array. A photovoltaic PV array that has two outputs, each having opposite polarity to a common reference point or center tap. [NFPA 70:690.2] Blocking Diode. A diode used to block reverse flow of current into a photovoltaic PV source circuit. [NFPA 70:690.2]

205.0 Charge Controller. Equipment that controls dc voltage or dc current, or both, used to charge a battery or other energy storage device. [NFPA 70:690.2100]

206.0 DC-to-DC Converter. A device installed in the PV source circuit or PV output circuit that can provide an output dc voltage and current at a higher or lower value than the input dc voltage and current. Direct-Current (dc) Combiner. A device used in the PV source and PV output circuits to combine two or more dc circuit inputs and provide on dc circuit output.

207.0 Electrical Production and Distribution Network. A power production, distribution, and utilization system, such as a utility system and connected loads, that is external to and not controlled by the photovoltaic PV power system. [NFPA 70:690.2]

210.0

285 Hybrid System. A system comprised of multiple power sources. These power sources may include photovoltaic, wind, micro- hydro generators, engine-driven generators, and others, but do not include electrical power production and distribution network systems. Energy storage systems, such as batteries, flywheels, or superconducting magnetic storage equipment do not constitute a power source for the purpose of this definition. The energy regenerated by an overhauling (descending) elevator does not constitute a power source for the purpose of this definition. [NFPA 70:690.2100] 211.0 Interactive System. A solar photovoltaic PV system that operates in parallel with and may deliver power to an electrical production and distribution network. For the purpose of this definition, an energy storage subsystem of a solar photovoltaic PV system, such as a battery, is not another electrical production source. [NFPA 70:690.2] Inverter Input Circuit. Conductors between the inverter and the battery in stand-alone systems or the conductors between the inverter and the photovoltaic PV output circuits for electrical production and distribution network. [NFPA 70:690.2]

215.0 Multimode Inverter. Equipment having the capabilities of both the utility-interactive inverter and the stand-alone inverter.

218.0 Photovoltaic Output Circuit. Circuit conductors between the photovoltaic PV source circuit(s) and the inverter or dc utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:690.2] Photovoltaic System Voltage. The direct current (dc) voltage of any photovoltaic PV source or photovoltaic PV output circuit. For multiwire installations, the photovoltaic PV system voltage is the highest voltage between any two dc conductors. [NFPA 70:690.2]

221.0 Solar Cell. The basic photovoltaic PV device that generates electricity where exposed to light. [NFPA 70:690.2] Solar Photovoltaic System. The total components and subsystems that, in combination, convert solar energy into electric energy suitable for connection to a utilization load. [NFPA 70:690.2] Stand-Alone System. A solar photovoltaic PV system that supplies power independently of an electrical production and distribution network. [NFPA 70:690.2]

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 8 is being revised to correlate with the latest NFPA 70-2014 in accordance with the IAPMO extract guidelines. Furthermore, Section B 2.1 and Section C 1.8 should be revised to coincide with the updated NFPA 70 extracts.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: ABSTAIN: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION ON ABSTAIN: Not qualified to vote on this subject matter. BEAN:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION:

286 Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

310.3 301.2 Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Systems. Solar photovoltaic systems shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 10 NFPA 70, the fire code, and the building code.

CHAPTER 10 ELECTRICAL

287 Exception: The requirements for grouping shall not apply where the circuit enters from a cable or raceway unique to the circuit that makes the grouping obvious. [NFPA 70:690.4(B)] 1002.3 Module Connection Arrangement. The connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic source circuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor to other PV source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.4(C)] 1002.4 Equipment. Inverters, motor generators, photovoltaic modules, photovoltaic panels, ac photovoltaic modules, source- circuit combiners, and charge controllers intended for use in photovoltaic power systems shall be identified and listed for the application. [NFPA 70:690.4(D)] 1002.5 Wiring and Connection. The equipment and systems in Section 1002.1 through Section 1002.4 and all associated wiring and interconnections shall be installed by qualified persons [NFPA 70:690.4(E)]. For purposes of this chapter a qualified person is defined as “one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.” [NFPA 70:100]

FIGURE 1001.2(1) IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(A)]

FIGURE 1001.2(2) IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN COMMON SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(B)]

288 shall be automatically and simultaneously opened. Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in grounded conductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA 70:690.5(A)] 1003.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faulted circuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods: (1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall be automatically disconnected. (2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted circuit shall automatically cease to supply power to the output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.5(B)] 1003.4 Labels and Markings. A warning label shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible location, stating the following:

WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED

Where the photovoltaic system also has batteries, the same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible location at the batteries. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)] 1003.4.1 Marking. The warning labels required in Section 1003.4, Section 1005.5(3), Section 1008.4, Section 1010.11.6, and Section 1013.5.4.7 shall be in accordance with UL 969.

1004.0 Alternating-Current (ac) Modules. 1004.1 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. The requirements of this chapter pertaining to photovoltaic source circuits shall not apply to ac modules. The photovoltaic source circuit, conductors, and inverters shall be considered as internal wiring of an ac module. [NFPA 70:690.6(A)] 1004.2 Inverter Output Circuit. The output of an ac module shall be considered an inverter output circuit. [NFPA 70:690.6(B)] 1004.3 Disconnecting Means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section 1009.2.5 and Section 1009.4, shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or more ac modules. Additionally, each ac module in a multiple ac module system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)] 1004.4 Ground-Fault Detection. Alternating-current-module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection device to detect only ac ground faults and to disable the array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA 70:690.6(D)] 1004.5 Overcurrent Protection. The output circuits of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection and conductor sizing in accordance with the following [NFPA 70:690.6(E)]: (1) 20-ampere circuits – 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) of run length. (2) 20-ampere circuits – 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet (30 480 mm) of run length. (3) 20-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. (4) 30-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. (5) 40-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. (6) 50-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA 70:240.5(B)(2)]

289 used to determine the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40°F (-40°C), or where other than crystalline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic modules are used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic system voltage in accordance with Section 302.1 instead of using Table 1005.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)] TABLE 1005.1 VOLTAGE CORRECTION FACTORS FOR CRYSTALLINE AND MULTICRYSTALLINE SILICON MODULES , 2 [NFPA 70: Table 690.7]1

1005.2 Direct-Current Utilization Circuits. The voltage of dc utilization circuits shall comply with Section 1005.2.1 through Section 1005.2.5. [NFPA 70:690.7(B)] 1005.2.1 Occupancy Limitation. In dwelling units and guest rooms or guest suites of hotels, motels, and similar occupancies, the voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, nominal, between conductors that supply the terminals of the following: (1) Luminaires. 1 (2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes, nominal, or less than ⁄4 hp (0.19 kW). [NFPA 70:210.6(A)] 1005.2.2 One Hundred Twenty Volts Between Conductors. Circuits not exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their voltage ratings. (2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(B)] 1005.2.3 Two Hundred Seventy Seven Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting diodetype luminaires. (2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at 120 volts or less from the output of a stepdown autotransformer that is an integral component of the luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electrically connected to a grounded conductor of the branch circuit. (3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shell lampholders. (4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, applied within their voltage ratings. (5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. (6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:210.6(C)] 1005.2.4 Six Hundred Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: (1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaires where the luminaires are mounted in accordance with one of the following: (a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on poles or similar structures for the illumination of outdoor areas such as highways, roads, bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots. (b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) on other structures such as tunnels. (2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected utilization equipment other than luminaires. (3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systems where the luminaire contains a listed, dc-rated ballast that provides isolation between the dc power source and the lamp circuit and protection from electric shock where changing lamps. [NFPA 70:210.6(D)] Exception: In industrial occupancies, infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or strip carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall be considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] 1005.2.5 Over 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply utilization equipment in installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service the installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)] 1005.3 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits that do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be permitted to have a photovoltaic system voltage not exceeding 600 volts. Other installations with a maximum photovoltaic system voltage exceeding 600 volts shall comply with Section 1015.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)]

290 1005.4 Circuits Over 150 Volts to Ground. In one-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic source circuits and photovoltaic output circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA 70:690.7(D)] 1005.5 Bipolar Source and Output Circuits. For two wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the conductors of the two wire circuit where the following conditions apply: (1) One conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is solidly grounded. Exception: The operation of ground fault or arc-fault devices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to interrupt this connection to ground where the entire bipolar array becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each other and the utilization equipment. (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray. (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows:

WARNING BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)]

1005.6 Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by approved enclosures or by one of the following means: (1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is accessible only to qualified persons. (2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens arranged so that qualified persons have access to the space within reach of the live parts. Openings in such partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that persons are not likely to come into accidental contact with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into contact with them. (3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified persons. (4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above the floor or other working surface. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)] 1005.7 Prevent Physical Damage. In locations where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA 70:110.27(B)] 1005.8 Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified persons to enter. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)]

291 [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]: (a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the maximum currents calculated in Section 1006.1 without any additional correction factors for conditions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)] (b) The maximum current calculated in Section 1006.1 after conditions of use have been applied. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)] (c) The conductor selected, after application of conditions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrent protective device, where required. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(c)] 1006.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 800 Amperes or Less. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating (above the ampacity of the conductors being protected) shall be permitted to be used, where the following conditions are met: (1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads. (2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker without overload trip adjustments above its rating (shall be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments). (3) The next higher standard rating selected does not exceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(B)] 1006.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding 800 Amperes. Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800 amperes, the ampacity of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or more than the rating of the overcurrent device defined in Section 1007.3(1). [NFPA 70:240.4(C)] 1006.5 Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by Sec- tion 1006.5(1) through Section 1006.5(7) after correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied. (1) 18 AWG copper-7-amperes, provided the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. (2) 16 AWG copper-10-amperes, provided the following conditions are met: (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes. (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following: 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. (3) 14 AWG copper-15-amperes. (4) 12 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-15-amperes. (5) 12 AWG copper-20-amperes. (6) 10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-25-amperes. (7) 10 AWG copper-30-amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(D)] 1006.6 Systems with Multiple Direct-Current Voltages. For a photovoltaic power source that has multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.8(C)] 1006.7 Sizing of Module Interconnection Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection conductors shall be not less than the sum of the rating of the single fuse plus 125 percent of the short-circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. [NFPA 70:690.8(D)]

292 (1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. (2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors or the maximum overcurrent protective device size specified on the PV module nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] 1007.2 Power Transformers. Overcurrent protection for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be provided in accordance with Section 450.3 of NFPA 70 by considering first one side of the transformer, then the other side of the transformer, as the primary. Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the side connected toward the utility-interactive inverter output, not less than the rated continuous output current of the inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] 1007.3 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent devices shall be permitted to provide overcurrent protection in photovoltaic source circuits. The overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supplementary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be in one ampere size increments, starting at 1 ampere up to and including 15 amperes. Higher standard values exceeding 15 amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided as follows [NFPA 70:690.9(C)]: (1) The standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 601. The use of fuses and inverse time circuit breakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)] 1007.4 Direct-Current Rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in the dc portion of a photovoltaic power system shall be listed for use in dc circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(D)] 1007.5 Series Overcurrent Protection. In PV source circuits, a single overcurrent protection device shall be permitted to protect the PV modules and the interconnecting conductors. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)]

1008.5 Energy Storage or Backup Power System Requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are not required. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)] 1008.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone inverter output in either stand-alone or utility-interactive systems shall be secured in accordance with Section 1008.6.1. Circuit breakers that are marked “line” and “load” shall not be back-fed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)] 1008.6.1 Back-Fed Devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lug assemblies that are back- fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener that

293 requires other than a pull to release the device from the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA 70:408.36(D)] 1008.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (Direct Current). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dc output circuits or both, on or penetrating a building operating at a PV system maximum voltage of 80 volts or greater, shall be protected by a listed (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter, PV type, or other system components listed to provide equivalent protection. The PV arc-fault protection means shall comply with the following requirements: (1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a conductor, connection, module, or other system component in the dc PV source and output circuits. (2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of the following: (a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the fault circuit where the fault is detected. (b) System components within the arcing circuit. (3) The system shall require that the disabled or disconnected equipment be manually restarted. (4) The system shall have an annunciator that provides a visual indication that the circuit interrupter has operated. This indication shall not reset automatically. [NFPA 70:690.11]

1009.0 Disconnecting Means. 1009.1 Conductors. Means shall be provided to disconnect current-carrying dc conductors of a photovoltaic system from other conductors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded conductor where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and energized state. Exceptions: (1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault detection system in accordance with Section 1003.1, or that is part of an arc-fault detection/interruption system in accordance with Section 1008.7, shall be permitted to open the grounded conductor where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal function of the device in responding to ground faults. (2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded conductor where the following conditions are met. (a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance. (b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons. (c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and current that is present during operation, including ground-fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.13] 1009.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting. Photovoltaic disconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1 through Sec- tion 1009.2.4. [NFPA 70:690.14] 1009.2.1 Disconnecting Means. The disconnecting means shall not be required to be suitable as service equipment and shall comply with Section 1009.4. [NFPA 70:690.14(A)] 1009.2.2 Equipment. Equipment such as photovoltaic source circuit isolating switches, overcurrent devices, and blocking diodes shall be permitted on the photovoltaic side of the photovoltaic disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.14(B)] 1009.2.3 Requirements for Disconnecting Means. Means shall be provided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other structure from the photovoltaic system conductors as follows: (1) The photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a building or structure or inside nearest the point of entrance of the system conductors. Exception: Installations that comply with Section 1010.5 shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means located remote from the point of entry of the system conductors. The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. (2) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to identify it as a photovoltaic system disconnect. (3) Each photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall comply with the requirements of Article 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70. (4) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall consist of not more than six switches or six circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. (5) The photovoltaic system disconnecting means shall be grouped with other disconnecting means for the system to be in accordance with Section 1009.2.3(4). A photovoltaic disconnecting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C)] 1009.2.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters Mounted in Not-Readily-Accessible Locations. Utility-interactive inverters

294 shall be permitted to be mounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are not readily accessible. These installations shall comply with the following: (1) A direct-current photovoltaic disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter. (2) An alternating-current disconnecting means shall be mounted within sight of or in the inverter. (3) The alternating-current output conductors from the inverter and an additional alternating-current disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply with Section 1009.2.3(1). (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with Section 1012.1. [NFPA 70:690.14(D)] 1009.2.5 Disconnection of Photovoltaic Equipment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, such as inverters, batteries, charge controllers, and the like, from ungrounded conductors of all sources. Where the equipment is energized from more than one source, the disconnecting means shall be grouped and identified. A single disconnecting means in accordance with Section 1009.4 shall be permitted for the combined ac output of one or more inverters or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15] 1009.3 Disconnecting and Servicing of Fuses. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from sources of supply where the fuse is energized from both directions. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic source circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently of fuses in other photovoltaic source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.16(A)] Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV output circuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must be serviced that are isolated from energized circuits. The disconnecting means shall be within sight of, and accessible to, the location of the fuse or integral with fuse holder and shall be in accordance with Section 1009.4. Where the disconnecting means are located exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) from the overcurrent device, a directory showing the location of each disconnect shall be installed at the overcurrent device location. Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall be marked “Do not open under load.” [NFPA 70:690.16(B)] 1009.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker. The disconnecting means for ungrounded conductors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Located where readily accessible. (2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to contact with live parts. (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position. (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment. Where terminals of the disconnecting means are energized in the open position, a warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible and have the following words or equivalent:

WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION.

Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it is in accordance with the requirements of Section 1010.9 and is listed and identified for the use. [NFPA 70:690.17] 1009.5 Installation and Service of an Array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be used to disable an array or portions of an array for installation and service. [NFPA 70:690.18]

1010.0 Wiring Methods Permitted. 1010.1 General. Raceway and cable wiring methods included in this chapter, and other wiring systems and fittings specifically intended and identified for use on photovoltaic arrays shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be provided to facilitate replacement. Where photovoltaic source and output circuits operating at maximum system voltages exceeding 30 volts are installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors shall be installed in a raceway. [NFPA 70:690.31(A)] 1010.2 Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic source circuits for photovoltaic module interconnections within the photovoltaic array. Exception: Raceways shall be used where required by Section 1010.1. [NFPA 70:690.31(B)] 1010.3 Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or portable power cable;

295 they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allowable ampacities shall be in accordance with Section 400.5 of NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 86°F (30°C), the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given in Table 1010.3. [NFPA 70:690.31(C)]

TABLE 1010.3 CORRECTION FACTORS BASED ON TEMPERATURE RATING OF CONDUCTOR [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.31(C)] 1010.4 Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and moisture resistant in sizes 16 AWG and 18 AWG shall be permitted for module interconnections where such cables comply with the ampacity requirements of Section 1006.0. Section 310.15 of NFPA 70 shall be used to determine the cable ampacity adjustment and correction factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] 1010.5 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits Inside a Building. Where dc photovoltaic source or output circuits from a building-integrated or other photovoltaic systems are installed inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metal raceways, type MC metal-clad cable that is in accordance with Section 250.118(10) of NFPA 70 or metal enclosures from the point of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the first readily accessible disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall comply with Section 1009.2.1, Section 1009.2.2 and Section 1009.2.4. The wiring methods shall comply with the additional installation requirements in Section 1010.5.1 through Section 1010.5.4. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)] 1010.5.1 Beneath Roofs. Installation of wiring methods shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm) from the roof decking or sheathing except where directly below the roof surface covered by PV modules and associated equipment. Circuits shall be run perpendicular to the roof penetration point to supports not less than 10 inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(1)] 3 1010.5.2 Flexible Wiring Methods. Where flexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size ⁄4 of an inch in diameter (19.1 mm) or Type MC cable less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter containing PV power circuit conductors is installed across ceilings or floors joists, the raceway or cable shall be protected by substantial guard strips that are not less than the height of the raceway or cable. Where installed exposed, other than within 6 feet (1829 mm) of their connection to equipment, these wiring methods shall closely follow the building surface or be protected from physical damage by an approved means. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(2)] 1010.5.3 Marking or Labeling Required. The wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source conductors shall be marked with the wording “Photovoltaic Power Source” by means of permanently affixed labels or other approved permanent markings as follows: (1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring methods. (2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction boxes. (3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(3)] 1010.5.4 Markings and Labeling Methods and Locations. The labels or markings shall be visible after installation. Pho- tovoltaic power circuit labels shall appear on the section of the wiring system that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings, or between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm). Labels required by this section shall be suitable for the environment where installed. [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(4)] 1010.6 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 1010.7. [NFPA 70:690.31(F)]

1010.7 Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall be secured without damaging the conductors and shall be made by means of pressure connectors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to flexible leads. Connection by means of wire-binding screws or studs and nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalent shall be permitted for not more than 10 AWG conductors. Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals used to connect aluminum shall be identified. [NFPA 70:110.14(A)] 1010.8 Component Interconnections. Fittings and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time of on-site assembly, where listed for such use, shall be permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temperature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are used. [NFPA 70:690.32] 1010.9 Connectors. The connectors permitted by this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 1010.9.1 through Section 1010.9.5. [NFPA 70:690.33] 1010.9.1 Configuration. The connectors shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is noninterchangeable with

296 receptacles in other electrical systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] 1010.9.2 Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadvertent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA 70:690.33(B)] 1010.9.3 Type. The connectors shall be of the latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] 1010.9.4 Grounding Member. The grounding member shall be the first to make and the last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA 70:690.33(D)] 1010.9.5 Interruption of Circuit. Connectors shall comply with one of the following: (1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to the operator. (2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Not for Current Inter- rupting.” [NFPA 70:690.33(E)] 1010.10 Access to Boxes. Junction, pull, and outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them is rendered accessible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] 1010.11 Ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits where the system is in accordance with Section 1010.11.1 through Section 1010.11.7. [NFPA 70:690.35] 1010.11.1 Disconnects. Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have disconnects in accordance with Sec- tion 1009.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] 1010.11.2 Overcurrent Protection. Photovoltaic source and output circuit conductors shall have overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 1007.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] 1010.11.3 Ground-Fault Protection. Photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be provided with a ground-fault protection device or system that is in accordance with the following: (1) Detects a ground fault. (2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred. (3) Automatically disconnects conductors or causes the inverter or charge controller connected to the faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying power to output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.35(C)] 1010.11.4 Conductors. The photovoltaic source conductors shall consist of the following: (1) Nonmetallic jacketed multiconductor cables. (2) Conductors installed in raceways. (3) Conductors listed and identified as photovoltaic (PV) wire installed as exposed, single conductors. [NFPA 70:690.35(D)] 1010.11.5 Direct-Current Circuits. The photovoltaic power system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be used with ungrounded battery systems in accordance with Section 1014.7. [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] 1010.11.6 Warning. The photovoltaic power source shall be labeled with the following warning at each junction box, combiner box, disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded circuits are exposed during service:

WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. THE DIRECT CURRENT CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED. [NFPA 70:690.35(F)]

1010.11.7 Inverters or Charge Controllers. The inverters or charge controllers used in systems with ungrounded photovoltaic source and output circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA 70:690.35(G)]

297 1011.1.1 Electrical System Grounding. Electrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and that will stabilize the voltage to earth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(1)] 1011.1.2 Grounding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected to earth so as to limit the voltage to ground on these materials. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(2)] 1011.1.3 Bonding of Electrical Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(3)] 1011.1.4 Bonding of Electrically Conductive Materials and Other Equipment. Normally non-current-carrying electrically conductive materials that become energized shall be connected together and to the electrical supply source in a manner that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(4)] 1011.1.5 Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. Electrical equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive material that become energized shall be installed in a manner that creates a low-impedance circuit facilitating the operation of the overcurrent device or ground detector for high-impedance grounded systems. It shall be capable of safely carrying the maximum ground-fault current to be imposed on it from any point on the wiring system where a ground fault occurs to the electrical supply source. The earth shall not be considered as an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(5)] 1011.2 Point of System Grounding Connection. The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at any single point on the photovoltaic output circuit. Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device in accordance with Section 1003.0 shall be permitted to have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be duplicated with an external connection. [NFPA 70:690.42] 1011.3 Equipment Grounding. Equipment grounding conductors and devices shall comply with Section 1011.3.1 through Section 1011.3.6. [NFPA 70:690.43] 1011.3.1 General. Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electrical equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded in accordance with Section 1011.3.1.1 or Section 1011.3.1.2, regardless of voltage. [NFPA 70:690.43(A)] 1011.3.1.1 Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. Unless grounded by connection to the grounded circuit conductor as permitted by Section 250.32, Section 250.140 and Section 250.142 of NFPA 70, non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures, where grounded, shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the following methods: (1) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductors in accordance with by Section 1011.3.7. (2) By connecting to an equipment grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conductors. Exceptions: (1) As provided in Section 1011.3.8, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. (2) For dc circuits, the equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the circuit conductors. [NFPA 70:250.134] 1011.3.1.2 Equipment Considered Grounded. Non-current-carrying metal parts of the equipment shall be considered grounded. [NFPA 70:250.136] Where electrical equipment secured to and in electrical contact with a metal rack or structure provided for its support and connected to an equipment grounding conductor by one of the means indicated in Section 1011.3.1.1. The structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the required equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment. [NFPA 70:250.136(A)] 1011.3.2 Equipment Grounding Conductor Required. An equipment grounding conductor between a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accordance with the following conditions [NFPA 70:690.43(B)]: (1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally of ground or grounded metal objects and subject to contact by persons. (2) Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated. (3) Where in electrical contact with metal. (4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location. (5) Where supplied by a wiring method that provides an equipment grounding conductor.

298 (6) Where equipment operates with a terminal at over 150 volts to ground. Exceptions: (1) Where exempted by special permission, the metal frame of electrically heated appliances that have the frame permanently and effectively insulated from ground shall not be required to be grounded. (2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles at a height exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) above ground or grade level shall not be required to be grounded. (3) Listed equipment protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required to be connected to the equipment grounding conductor. Where such a system is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. [NFPA 70:250.110] 1011.3.3 Structure as Equipment Grounding Conductor. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules, or other equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposed metal surfaces or other equipment to mounting structures. Metallic mounting structures, other than building steel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified as equipment- grounding conductors or shall have identified bonding jumpers or devices connected between the separate metallic sections and shall be bonded to the grounding system. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)] 1011.3.4 Photovoltaic Mounting Systems and Devices. Devices and systems used for mounting PV modules that are also used to provide grounding of the module frames shall be identified for the purpose of grounding PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(D)] 1011.3.5 Adjacent Modules. Devices identified and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(E)] 1011.3.6 Combined Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors for the PV array and structure (where installed) shall be contained within the same raceway, cable, or otherwise installed with the PV array circuit conductors where those circuit conductors leave the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)] 1011.3.7 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor installed with or enclosing the circuit conductors shall be one or more or a combination of the following: (1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductor. This conductor shall be solid or stranded; insulated, covered, or bare; and in the form of a wire or a busbar of any shape. (2) Rigid metal conduit. (3) Intermediate metal conduit. (4) Electrical metallic tubing. (5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. (b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (c) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (d) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meeting the following conditions: (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. 3 1 (b) For trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ⁄2 of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. 3 1 (c) For trade sizes ⁄4 of an inch through 1 ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm through 32 mm), the circuit conductors contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated not more than 60 amperes and there is no flexible metal conduit, flex- 3 ible metallic tubing, or liquidtight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ½ of an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm) in the ground-fault current path. (d) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (e) Where used to connect equipment where flexibility is necessary to minimize the transmission of vibration from equipment or to provide flexibility for equipment that requires movement after installation, an equipment grounding conductor shall be installed. (7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is terminated in listed fittings and meeting the following conditions: (a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. (b) The combined length of flexible metal conduit and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the

299 same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (8) Armor of Type AC cable in accordance with Section 1011.1.5. (9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable. (10) Type MC cable that provides an effective ground-fault current path in accordance with one or more of the following: (a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equipment grounding conductor in accordance with Section 1011.3.7(1). (b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulated equipment grounding/bonding conductor of interlocked metal tape-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath and equipment grounding conductors of the smooth or corrugated tube-type MC cable that is listed and identified as an equipment grounding conductor. (11) Cable trays in accordance with Section 392.10 and Section 392.60 of NFPA 70. (12) Cable bus framework in accordance with Section 370.3 of NFPA 70. (13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways and listed auxiliary gutters. (14) Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. [NFPA 70:250.118] 1011.3.8 Nongrounding Receptacle Replacement or Branch Circuit Extensions. The equipment grounding conductor of a grounding-type receptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall be permitted to be connected to one of the following: (1) An accessible point on the grounding electrode system in accordance with Section 250.50 of NFPA 70. (2) An accessible point on the grounding electrode conductor. (3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or branch circuit originates. (4) For grounded systems, the grounded service conductor within the service equipment enclosure. (5) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal bar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA 70:250.130(C)] 1011.4 Size of Equipment Grounding Conductor. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Section 1011.4.1 or Section 1011.4.2. [NFPA 70:690.45] 1011.4.1 General. Equipment grounding conductors in photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall be sized in accordance with Table 1011.4.1. Where no overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent device rated at the photovoltaic rated short-circuit current shall be used in Table 1011.4.1. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. The equipment grounding conductors shall be not smaller that 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)]

TABLE 1011.4.1 MINIMUM SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT1 [NFPA 70: TABLE 250.122]

300 accessible location. Connections shall be made by a listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. The grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted to be run to the busbar. Where aluminum busbars are used, the installation shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.2. [NFPA 70:250.64(F)] 1011.6.1.2 Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosive conditions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not be terminated within 18 inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.64(A)] 1011.6.1.3 Protection Against Physical Damage. Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be permitted to be installed on or through framing members. A copper or aluminum grounding electrode conductor that is not less than 4 AWG shall be protected where exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding electrode conductor that is free from exposure to physical damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of the building construction without metal covering or protection where it is securely fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be protected in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal conduit (IMC), rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (PVC), reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC, PVC, RTRC, EMT, or cable armor. [NFPA 70:250.64(B)] 1011.6.1.4 Continuous. Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be installed in one continuous length without a splice or joint. Where necessary, splices or connections shall be made in accordance with the following: (1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted by irreversible compression-type connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment or by the exothermic welding process. (2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected together to form a grounding electrode conductor. (3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections of structural metal frames of building structures. (4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered, or bolted-flange connections of metal water piping. [NFPA 70:250.64(C)] 1011.6.2 Direct-Current Systems. Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system shall be provided in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 for grounded systems or Section 1011.6.2.6 for ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.1 through Section 1011.1.6.1.4. A common dc grounding-electrode conductor shall be permitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of the common grounding electrode and the tap conductors shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3. The tap conductors shall be connected to the common grounding-electrode conductor by exothermic welding or with connectors listed as grounding and bonding equipment in such a manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint. [NFPA 70:690.47(B)] 1011.6.2.1 Not Smaller Than the Neutral Conductor. Where the dc system consists of a three-wire balancer set or balancer winding with overcurrent protection in accordance with Section 445.12(D) of NFPA 70, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the neutral conductor and shall not be smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(A)] 1011.6.2.2 Not Smaller Than the Largest Conductor. Where the dc system is other than in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1, the grounding electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the largest conductor supplied by the system, and be not smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(B)] 1011.6.2.3 Connected to Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. Where connected to rod, pipe, or plate electrodes in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.3.1 or Section 1011.6.2.3.2, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(C)] 1011.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and shall consist of the following materials: 3 (1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit shall be not smaller than trade size ⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) and, where of steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. 5 (2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stainless steel and copper or zinc coated steel shall be not less than ⁄8 of an inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(5)] A plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 square feet (0.2 m2) of surface to exterior soil. 1011.6.2.3.2 Plate Electrodes. 1 Electrodes of bare or conductively coated iron or steel plates shall be not less than ⁄4 of an inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid, uncoated electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be not less than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) in thickness. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(7)] 1011.6.2.4 Connected to a Concrete-Encased Electrode. Where connected to a concrete-encased electrode in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.4.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is that sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be more than 4 AWG copper wire. [NFPA 70:250.166(D)] 1011.6.2.4.1 Concrete-Encased Electrode. A concrete-encased electrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm)

301 of one of the following: (1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized or other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods of not less 1 than ⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096 mm) length, or where in multiple pieces connected together by the usual steel tie wires, exothermic welding, welding, or other effective means to create a length of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). (2) Bare copper conductor not less than 4 AWG. Metallic components shall be encased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete and shall be located horizontally within that portion of a concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with the earth or within vertical foundations or structural components or members that are in direct contact with the earth. Where multiple concrete-encased electrodes are present at a building or structure, it shall be permissible to bond one into the grounding electrode system. Concrete installed with insulation, vapor barriers, films or similar items separating the concrete from the earth shall not be considered to be in “direct contact” with the earth. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(3)] 1011.6.2.5 Connected to a Ground Ring. Where connected to a ground ring in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.5.1, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger than the conductor used for the ground ring. [NFPA 70:250.166(E)] 1011.6.2.5.1 Ground Ring. A ground ring encircling the building or structure, in direct contact with the earth, consisting of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not less than 2 AWG. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(4)] 1011.6.2.6 Ungrounded Direct-Current Separately Derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 250.34 of NFPA 70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied from a stand- alone power source (such as an engine-generator set) shall have a grounding electrode conductor connected to an electrode that is in accordance with Part III of Article 250 of NFPA 70 to provide for grounding of metal enclosures, raceways, cables, and exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment. The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to the metal enclosure at a point on the separately derived system from the source to the first system disconnecting means or overcurrent device, or it shall be made at the source of a separately derived system that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent devices. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accordance with Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.3 and Section 1011.6.2.4. [NFPA 70:250.169] 1011.6.3 Systems with Alternating-Current and Direct-Current Grounding Requirements. Photovoltaic systems having dc circuits and ac circuits with no direct connection between the dc grounded conductor and ac grounded conductor shall have a dc grounding system. The dc grounding system shall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of the methods in Section 1011.6.3.1 through Section 1011.6.3.3. This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. Where methods in Section 1011.6.3.2 or Section 1011.6.3.3 are used, the existing ac grounding electrode system shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements in Article 250, Part III of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)] 1011.6.3.1 Separate Direct-Current Grounding Electrode System Bonded to the Alternating-Current Ground- ing Electrode System. A separate dc grounding electrode or system shall be installed, and it shall be bonded directly to the ac grounding electrode system. The size of a bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dc systems shall be based on the larger size of the existing ac grounding electrode conductor or the size of the dc grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Sec- tion 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4. The dc grounding electrode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers to the ac grounding electrode system shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(1)] 1011.6.3.2 Common Direct-Current and Alternating-Current Grounding Electrode. A dc grounding electrode conductor of the size specified in Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4 shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode connection point to the ac grounding electrode. Where an ac grounding electrode is not accessible, the dc grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the ac grounding electrode conductor in accordance with Section 1011.6.1.4(1). This dc grounding electrode conductor shall not be used as a substitute for required ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(2)] 1011.6.3.3 Combined Direct-Current Grounding Electrode Conductor and Alternating-Current Equipment Grounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irreversibly spliced, combined grounding conductor shall be run from the marked dc grounding electrode conductor connection point along with the ac circuit conductors to the grounding busbar in the associated ac equipment. This combined grounding conductor shall be the larger of the sizes specified in Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 or Section 1011.6.2.1 through Section 1011.6.2.4 and shall be installed in accordance with Section 250.64(E) of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(3)] 1011.7 Continuity of Equipment Grounding Systems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photovoltaic source or output circuit equipment, a bonding jumper shall be installed while the equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.48] 1011.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding electrode conductor

302 and the photovoltaic source, photovoltaic output circuit grounded conductor, or both. A bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. [NFPA 70:690.49] 1011.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers. Equipment bonding jumpers, where used, shall be in accordance with Section 1011.5. [NFPA 70:690.50]

1013.0 Connection to Other Sources. 1013.1 Load Disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources where in the off position. [NFPA 70:690.57]

303 1013.2 Identified Interactive Equipment. Inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60] 1013.3 Loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaic system shall automatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive solar photovoltaic system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have been disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources. [NFPA 70:690.61] 1013.4 Unbalanced Interconnections. Single-phase inverters for hybrid systems and ac modules in interactive hybrid systems shall not be connected to three-phase power systems unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages cannot result. [NFPA 70:705.100(A)] Three-phase inverters and three-phase ac modules in interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de-energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one or more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA 70:705.100(B)] 1013.5 Point of Connection. The output of an interconnected electrical power source shall be connected as specified in Section 1013.5.1 through Section 1013.5.4.7. [NFPA 70:705.12] 1013.5.1 Supply Side. An electric power production source shall be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the service disconnecting means in accordance with Section 230.82(6) of NFPA 70. The sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devices connected to power production sources shall not exceed the rating of the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)] 1013.5.2 Integrated Electrical Systems. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where the system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and incorporates protective equipment in accordance with applicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:705.12(B)] 1013.5.3 Greater Than 100 kW. The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or points elsewhere on the premises where the following conditions are met: (1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity has a capacity in excess of 100 kilowatt hours (kW•h) (360 MJ), or the service is more than 1000 volts. (2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service and operate the system. (3) Safeguards, documented procedures, and protective equipment are established and maintained. [NFPA 70:705.12(C)]

304 1013.5.4.7 Inverter Output Connection. Unless the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance with Article 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panelboards connected in series, the rating of the first overcurrent device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. A permanent warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: WARNING INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(7)] 1014.0 Storage Batteries. 1014.1 Installation. Storage batteries in a solar photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photovoltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section 1011.1. [NFPA 70:690.71(A)] 1014.2 Dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings shall have the cells connected so as to operate at less than 50 volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have not more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance with Section 1005.0 shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] 1014.3 Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section 1009.3. [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] 1014.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use or be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA 70:690.71(D)] 1014.5 Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than 24 two-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] 1014.6 Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] 1014.7 Battery Systems Exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists of more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (exceeding 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met: (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with Section 1011.1. (2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded. (3) Main ungrounded battery input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection. (4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA 70:690.71(G)] 1014.8 Battery Locations. Battery locations shall comply with the following: (1) Provisions shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. [NFPA 70:480.9(A)] (2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [(ft3/min)/ft2] [0.005 (m3/s)/m2] of floor area of the room to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Such exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location at the exterior of the building. (3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the rate that air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup air intakes shall be located so as to avoid recirculation of contaminated air.

305 (4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage. (5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use, handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, or explosive materials occurs. (6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible material to constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from combustible material. 1014.9 Charge Control. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. Charge control shall not be required where the design of the photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating and charge current requirements of the interconnected battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.72(A)] A charging controller shall comply with UL 1741. 1014.9.1 Diversion Charge Controller. A photovoltaic power system employing a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging of the battery. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)] 1014.9.2 Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall be in accordance with the following: (1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall exceed the maximum battery voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall be not less than 150 percent of the power rating of the photovoltaic array. (2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be not less than 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the diversion charge controller. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)] 1014.9.3 PV Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall be in accordance with the following: (1) These systems shall not be required to be in accordance with Section 1014.9.2. The charge regulation circuits used shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 1006.0. (2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the battery charging process for use where the utility is not present or where the primary charge controller fails or is disabled. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)] 1014.9.4 Buck/Boost Direct-Current Converters. Where buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the requirements shall comply with the following: (1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. (2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range. [NFPA 70:690.72(C)] 1014.10 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes not less than 2/0 AWG shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 1010.7. [NFPA 70:690.74]

306 permitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.32] 1015.4 High-Voltage Equipment. Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage energized parts shall be locked. [NFPA 70:490.35(A)] 1015.5 Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistant cell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(1)(a)] 1015.6 Operating Characteristics. Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics: (1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power. (2) Be release free (trip free). (3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operate independently of the speed of the manual operation. (4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the main contacts. (5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(2)] 1015.7 Nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trademark, manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(3)] 1015.8 High-Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosed switchgear and substations that utilize high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operated disconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switch between the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall be of the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capacity of the switch. Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switches are installed to provide connection to more than a set of supply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses where all switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more than one source. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(7)] 1015.9 Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage rating of power fuses shall not be less than the circuit voltage. Fuses shall not be applied below the minimum recommended operating voltage. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(3)]

SUBSTANTIATION: The current provisions in Chapter 10 do not contain all of the installation requirements for solar photovoltaic systems. For electrical, only Article 690 of NFPA 70 is extracted; however, Chapters 1 through 4 of NFPA 70 also apply to solar photovoltaic systems. Furthermore, Chapter 10 of the USEHC states that the chapter “does not provide all electrical information necessary for the installation for a photovoltaic system.” Therefore, referencing NFPA 70 directly will avoid unintentional omissions in installations. Besides electrical requirements, there are additional installation requirements for PV installations. The fire code provides requirements for accessibility on the roof, and mounting panels on the ground. The building code provides requirements for fire classification, mounting, and structural loads (such as wind and seismic).

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1 which provides updates to the latest NFPA 70- 2014 extracts.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

19 2 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: ABSTAIN: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION ON NEGATIVE:

307 This comment should have been accepted. As stated by the submitter, Chapter 10 of the USEHC states FECTEAU: that the chapter does not provide all electrical information necessary for the installation for a photovoltaic system. Therefore, referencing NFPA 70 directly will avoid unintentional omissions in installations. In addition to the electrical requirements not being complete, nothing in the USEHC address or references the PV installation requirements found in the fire and building codes. This incomplete document omits mandatory requirements for accessibility on the roof, fire classifications of PV modules, mounting provisions, and structural loading (such as wind and seismic). This could lead to health and safety risks. TIERNEY:

EXPLANATION ON ABSTAIN: Not qualified to comment. BEAN:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Piotr Zelasko, Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to the code change proposal by this public comment. replace

204.0 Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels or electricity.

205.0 Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation by any equipment. Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above. Cooling System. All of that equipment, including associated refrigeration, intended or installed for the purpose of cooling air by mechanical means and discharging such air into any room or space. This definition shall not include any evaporative cooler. Crawl Space. In a building, an area accessible by crawling, having a clearance less than human height, for access to plumbing or wiring, storage, etc.

210.0 Heating Degree Day. A unit, based upon temperature difference and time, used in estimating fuel consumption and specifying nominal annual heating load of a building. For any one day when the mean temperature is less than 65°F (18°C), there exist as many degree days as there are Fahrenheit degrees difference in temperature between mean temperature for the day and 65°F (18°C). Heating Equipment. Includes warm air furnaces, warm air heaters, combustion products vents, heating air-distribution ducts and fans, and all steam and hot water piping, together with all control devices and accessories installed as part of, or in connection with, any environmental heating system or appliance regulated by this code. Hydronic System. Relating to, or being a system of heating or cooling that involves transfer of heat by a circulating fluid (such as water or vapor).

308 216.0 Noncombustible Material. As applied to building construction material, means a material that in the form in which it is used is either one of the following: (1) A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E136 are considered noncombustible material. 1 (2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material not over ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame-spread index not higher than 50. Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish materials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced clearances to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 above. No material shall be classed as noncombustible that is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

217.0 Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used.

218.0 Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings, the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures and structural attachments. Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.

220.0 Termination, Duct. The final or intended end-portion of a duct system that is designed and functions to fulfill the obligations of the system in a satisfactory manner. [NFPA 96:3.3.19]

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM E136-2012 Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C Furnace 216.0 NFPA 96-2014* Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Opera- Commercial Cooking 220.0 tions

Note: ASTM E136 and NFPA 96 meet the requirements for mandatory referenced standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed definitions and corresponding referenced standards are needed as the subject matter is covered in the USEHC. In addition, definitions are needed for the enforcement and application within the USEHC. Lastly, the proposed definitions correlate with the UPC, UMC and USPSHTC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

309 Item # 109 Comment Seq # 050 USEHC 2015 – (1102.4):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1102.4 Water Pumps. Motor operated water pumps shall comply with UL 778 and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. UL 778 is the standard that is used to certify these products. This standard is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user of this code to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to motor operated water pumps.

Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: There was no technical justification provided to warrant inclusion of the proposed standard within the code. The manner by which the standard applies is not indicated.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

Note: UL 778 meets the requirements for a mandatory referenced standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: This code requires these products to be listed and labeled. These requirements are extracted from Article 690 of NFPA 70 (the National Electrical Code). Annex A of NFPA 70 provides a list of product safety standards used for product listing where that listing is required by the National Electrical Code (NEC). The proposed standards are included in Annex A of the NEC. Including these requirements will make this code more complete. UL 778 is currently referenced in Table 1201.1 and will assist the end user to readily identify the appropriate standard pertaining to photovoltaic modules and panels.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: As indicated in the section title, the proposed referenced standard applies to water pumps. The majority of solar thermal systems use glycol or some other mixture solution with water. Furthermore, the substantiation indicates that the standard is for photovoltaic modules and panels. However, the current requirements are for solar thermal systems.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

310 Item # 111 Comment Seq # 051 USEHC 2015 – (1101.0 – 1101.4, 206.0, 209.0):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

CHAPTER 11 GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

1101.0 General. 1101.1 Applicability. This chapter applies to direct-expansion ground-source heat pumps and single-package or split-system liquid-source and ground-source heat pumps using groundwater, submerged heat exchangers, or ground-heat exchangers as a thermal source or sink for heating or cooling, with or without a supplementary heating source. A ground-source heat pump, accessory, component, equipment, or material used in an installation shall be of a type and rating approved for the specific use. The regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, location and installation of geothermal energy systems. 1101.2 Construction Documents. The construction documents for geothermal energy systems shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall include: (1) Required inspections and reports. (2) Excavation and backfill. (3) Specification of materials. (4) Heat transfer medium type. (5) Handling and storage of materials. (6) Testing protocols and purging. (7) Backflow prevention. (8) System identification and labeling. (9) Grouting materials and grouting installation procedures. (10) Commissioning of the system. (11) Start-up procedures and maintenance of the system. 1101.3 Site Survey. A site survey shall be conducted prior to designing the geothermal system. Construction documents shall include the ground and water resources required for the geothermal energy system to be installed, physical limitations and layout of the land area including utilities, and subsurface conditions including the water table, test wells, and water supplies. The design report shall include, but not limited to, the following information: (1) Specify the ground thermal properties and drilling conditions. (2) Indicate building arrangement into thermal comfort zones. (3) Calculate peak zone heating and cooling loads and estimate off-peak loads. (4) Estimate annual heat rejection into and absorption from loop field to identify potential ground temperature changes. (5) Specify operating temperatures and flow rates. (6) Provide heat pump performance at rated conditions to actual design conditions. (7) Arrange heat pump into ground loop circuits. (8) Specify loop field arrangements. (9) Determine the ground heat exchanger dimensions. 1101.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. Prior to the abandonment or decommissioning of a borehole or closed loop system the owner shall obtain the necessary permits from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

206.0

Direct Exchange (DX). A ground-source heat pump that circulates a refrigerant through a closed-loop system. Direct Expansion System. See Direct Exchange (DX).

311 209.0 Geothermal Energy System. A system that uses the earth’s interior thermal energy for space heating and cooling, and water heating. Ground-Source Heat Pump. A device that uses the earth’s interior as a heat source or sink for heating and cooling. Where cooling, heat is extracted from the space and dissipated into the earth; where heating, heat is extracted from the earth and pumped into the space.

SUBSTANTIATION: Chapter 11 has been added and divided into separate proposals for discussion purposes. However, Item # Note:111 through Item # 120 should be viewed as a whole.

Construction documents are required to be a quality and detail such that the Authority Having Jurisdiction can determine that the work conforms to the code and other applicable laws and regulations. In order to properly design a geothermal system, it is important to know the seasonal variation in the soil temperature, as well as the soil’s inherent capability to store and transmit heat, namely its heat capacity and thermal conductivity. These soil thermal properties depend on soil porosity and moisture content. Therefore, any preliminary assessment of a potential geothermal heat pump system will require knowing the soil texture and average groundwater level at the site. Another important geologic feature is the depth of bedrock, which determines the feasibility of certain ground loop configurations. The construction phase is dominated by observation of installation and verification of prefunctional checks and tests. The acceptance phase starts with functional tests and verification of all test results. Proper decommissioning or abandonment eliminates the physical hazard of the well, eliminates a pathway for migration of contamination, prevents hydrologic changes in aquifers system, such as the changes in hydraulic head and mixing of water between aquifers. The actual method will depend on both the reason for abandonment and the condition and construction details of the borehole or well. Many states have different requirements, therefore it is imperative to check with the local jurisdiction.

The sources of information and recommendations for this chapter are included as follows: 1. See ASHRAE. Ground-Source Heat Pumps, Design of Geothermal Systems for Commercial and Institutional Buildings, 1997. Stephen P. Kavanaugh and Kevin Rafferty. Atlanta, GA. 2. See International Ground-Source Heat Pump Association. Closed-Loop/Geothermal Heat Pump Systems, Design and Installation Standards, 2011. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK. 3. See International Ground-Source Heat Pump Association. Ground Source Heat Pump Residential and Light Commercial, Design and Installation Guide, 2011. Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK. 4. See Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Generic Guide Specifications for Geothermal Heat Pump System Installa- tion, 2000. Warren Thomas and Melissa Madgett. Oakridge, TN. 5. See ASHRAE Handbook. Chapter 34 Geothermal Energy, 2011. Atlanta, GA. 6. See CSA Standard C448-2013. Design and Installation of Earth Energy Systems. Ontario, Canada.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Kevin McCray, National Ground Water Association (NGWA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1101.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. Prior to the abandonment or decommissioning of a borehole ground source heat exchange well or closed loop system the owner shall obtain the necessary permits from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1103.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger system shall be installed as follows: (1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heat transfer between the supply and return piping or insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value.

312 (2) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement floors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) from the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab. (3) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing. (4) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) below the frost line. (5) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of the lake or pond. (6) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained between the potable water intake and the submerged heat exchanger system in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (7) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall be separated from wells and private sewage disposal systems in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (8) Grout shall be applied in a single continuous operation into the bottom of the borehole ground heat exchanger well by pumping through a tremie pipe after fluid is circulated in the annular space to clear obstructions.

1103.4 Vertical Bores Ground Heat Exchanger Wells. Vertical bores wells shall be drilled to a depth to provide complete insertion of the U-bend pipe to its specified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The U-bend joint and pipe shall be visually inspected for integrity as specified by the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The U-bend joint and pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks before insertion. To reduce thermal interference between individual bores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separation distances shall be permitted to be reduced where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1106.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger Testing. 1106.1 Testing. Pressure-testing of the ground-heat exchanger shall be prior to the installation of a vertical heat exchanger into the borehole ground source heat exchanger well, after the assembly of each runout, including connections to the boreholes wells or horizontal heat exchangers, connections to subheaders and after the complete ground-heat exchanger has been installed, flushed, purged, and backfilled. Heat exchangers shall be filled with water and pressure-tested to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop prior to the insertion into the boreholes wells. This pressure shall be maintained in the piping or tubing for not less than 1 hour after the completion of tremie-grouting the borehole well. 1106.2 DX System Testing. For DX systems, each loop shall be tested with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa) for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after grouting of the boreholes ground source heat exchanger well shall be maintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.

SUBSTANTIATION: The National Ground Water Association (NGWA) believes ground heat exchange wells are wells, or in other words, an engineered structure. To consider them as anything other than that implies a disregard for groundwater protection. The NGWA believes the grout and the loop tube are integral parts of the loop well (we are comfortable with the alternative term “ground heat exchange well”) and that qualified individuals, such as a Certified Vertical Closed Loop Driller (CVCLD), should be authorized to construct a loop well.

Construction of a geothermal heat pump loop well includes, in continuous order, drilling of the vertical borehole into the earth, placement of the loop tube to the bottom of the vertical borehole with the grout tremie, and grouting of the vertical borehole from the bottom of the vertical bore hole to the earth’s surface. When these three steps are completed, the vertical borehole may now be considered a loop well. Loop emplacement and grouting should be performed in a timely man ner to guarantee successful loop tube placement, grout installation, and environmental protection.

The loop tube shall extend to the bottom of the vertical borehole. If an obstruction is encountered in the vertical borehole, preventing the installation of the loop tube to the vertical borehole bottom, the loop tube and the obstruction must be removed or provisions made for the sealing of the vertical borehole below the obstruction and the designer needs to be notified so adjustments can be made to the design of the system.

Completing a vertical borehole for a loop well requires placing grout in the space between the loop tube and the vertical borehole wall and between the loop tube by pressure pumping grout through the tremie.

313 Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed terminology is not consistent with terminology used by the geothermal industry. The term “well” implies that it is a water producing assembly. The vertical closed-loop heat exchanger is more closely identified as “borehole.”

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1101.0 General. 1101.1 Applicability. This chapter applies to geothermal energy systems such as building systems coupled with a direct- expansion ground-source heat pumps and single-package or split-system liquid-source and ground-source heat pumps using groundwater, submerged heat exchangers, or ground-heat exchangers, submerged heat exchanger or ground water (well) as a thermal source or sink for heating or cooling, with or without a supplementary heating source. A ground-source heat pump, accessory, component, equipment, or material used in an installation shall be of a type and rating approved for the specific use. The regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, location and installation of geothermal energy systems. 1101.1.1 Prior to Construction. Documents for permits shall be submitted prior to the construction of a building system, ground heat exchanger, submerge heat exchanger, or water well. Permits shall be issued by the Local Enforcement Agency or by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1101.1.2 Equipment, Accessories, Components, and Materials. The mechanical equipment, accessories, components, and materials used shall be of the type and rating approved for the specific use. 1101.2 Construction Documents. The construction documents for the building system portion of the geothermal energy systems shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall include:. (1) Required inspections and reports. (2) Excavation and backfill. (3) Specification of materials. (4) Heat transfer medium type. (5) Handling and storage of materials. (6) Testing protocols and purging. (7) Backflow prevention. (8) System identification and labeling. (9) Grouting materials and grouting installation procedures. (10) Commissioning of the system. (11) Start-up procedures and maintenance of the system. 1101.3 Site Survey. A site survey shall be conducted prior to designing the geothermal system. The requirements for cConstruction documents shall be defined by the Local Enforcement Agency or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where no guidance is provided, include the ground and water resources required for the geothermal energy system to be installed, physical limitations and layout of the land area including utilities, and subsurface conditions including the water table, test wells, and water supplies. The design report shall include, but not limited to, the following information shall be provided:

314 (1) Specify the ground thermal properties and drilling conditions Ground heat exchanger dimensions. (2) Indicate building arrangement into thermal comfort zones Grout or sealing specifications, as applicable. (3) Calculate peak zone heating and cooling loads and estimate off-peak loads Dimensions from building to water well, ground heat exchanger, or submerged heat exchanger. (4) Estimate annual heat rejection into and absorption from loop field to identify potential ground temperature changes. (5) (4) Specify oOperating temperatures and flow rates pressures. (6) Provide heat pump performance at rated conditions to actual design conditions. (7) Arrange heat pump into ground loop circuits. (8) Specify loop field arrangements. (9) Determine the ground heat exchanger dimensions. 1101.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. Prior to the abandonment or decommissioning of a ground-heat exchanger, submerged heat exchanger or ground water (well) borehole or closed loop system the owner shall obtain the necessary permits from the Local Enforcement Agency or the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

209.0 Ground-Source Heat Pump. A term that is applied to a variety of systems that use the ground, groundwater, or surface water as a heat source and sink. The general terms include ground-coupled (GCHP), groundwater (GWHP), and surface-water (SWHP) heat pumps. Many parallel terms exist [e.g., geothermal heat pumps (GHP), geo-exchange, and ground-source (GS) systems] and are used to meet a variety of marketing or institutional needs device that uses the earth’s interior as a heat source or sink for heating and cooling. Where cooling, heat is extracted from the space and dissipated into the earth; where heating, heat is extracted from the earth and pumped into the space.

SUBSTANTIATION: Permitting of the ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system varies from state to state. Some states issue permits, in others, local counties or water agencies (LEA, local enforcing agency) issue permits. For example, in California, the State Water Code section 13713 was added in 1996 for ‘ground heat exchange wells’ and gave the Department of Water Resources the responsibility for creating a standard regarding their installation.The counties were given jurisdiction for enforcing the standard.

The permitting of the ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system is separate and different from the permit for a standard plumbing system for a building. In most locations, the building plumbing is covered by the building permit and the ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system is permitted by entities such as: Environmental Health or Services, State and Local Health Departments, and the Department of Natural resources. The Codes and enforcement of these systems are not covered by the Building Department.

While the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) administers the process and establishes rules to promote fairness in the development of consensus, it does not independently test, evaluate, or verify the accuracy of any information or the soundness of any judgments contained in its codes and standards. The Code for ‘ground heat exchanger’ portion of a geothermal heat pumps system should not be defined by this Code (which is typically defined by systems within five 5 feet of a building perimeter) but instead shall remain as defined by the local or state agencies responsible for environmental and groundwater protection.

Therefore, inclusion of any references to a well of any type is in violation of pre-existing well standards and has been removed from this section. Statements regarding the ground heat exchange side of the system are deferred to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall not be addressed in the USEHC.

Only general references to the technology and to the building side of the geothermal heat pump system remain.

The definition for Ground-Source Heat Pump was updated to be consistent with definitions provided in the ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook (Chapter 34) for geothermal energy, current edition.

315 Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

1101.1.1 Prior to Construction. Documents for permits shall be submitted prior to the construction of a building system, ground heat exchanger, submerge heat exchanger, or water well. Permits shall be issued by the Local Enforcement Agency or by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1101.3 Site Survey. A site survey shall be conducted prior to designing the geothermal system. The requirements for construction documents shall be defined by the Local Enforcement Agency or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where no guidance is provided, the following information shall be provided: (1) Ground heat exchanger dimensions. (2) Grout or sealing specifications, as applicable. (3) Dimensions from building to water well, ground heat exchanger, or submerged heat exchanger. (4) Operating temperatures and pressures. 1101.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. Prior to the abandonment or decommissioning of a ground-heat exchanger, submerged heat exchanger or ground water (well) the owner shall obtain the necessary permits from the Local Enforcement Agency or the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Section 1101.1.1, Section 1101.3, and Section 1101.4 are being modified as the correct terminology is “Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction” and not “Local Enforcement Agency.”

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

316 Item # 112 Comment Seq # 052 USEHC 2015 – (1102.0 – 1102.1.2, 209.0, 225.0):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1102.0 Groundwater Systems. 1102.1 General. The potable water supply connected to a groundwater system shall be protected with an approved backflow prevention device. The connection of a discharge line to the sanitary or storm sewer system, or private sewage disposal system, shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1102.1.1 Test Wells. Test wells drilled to investigate subsurface conditions shall provide details of the groundwater location, chemical and physical characteristics, rock strata and temperature profiles. The number of test wells shall be determined in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each test well shall be tested for flow rate for a period of not less than 24 hours. Water samples shall be collected from each well to establish existing water quality levels are approved for groundwater system use. Water samples shall be analyzed for standard drinking water fecal and coliform content, bacterial iron, dissolved minerals, pH, hardness, and other compounds in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Wells shall be tested for their recharge rate up to the maximum recharge capability. Monitoring wells shall be protected, and marked to allow for monitoring of ground temperature, groundwater levels and groundwater quality. 1102.1.2 Installation of Water Wells. Water supply, recharge wells, and pumping equipment shall be hydraulically tested, sealed and grouted in accordance with approved well construction practices and submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. Wells shall be tested for flow volume and water quality before final system design. Wells shall be disinfected upon completion in an approved manner. Verification shall be provided to the owner that the well is designed for the anticipated potable water and groundwater heat pump requirements.

209.0 Groundwater Source. A geothermal energy system that uses the groundwater as a heat source or sink.

225.0 Water Well. A hole constructed in the ground used to withdraw or reject water for an open-loop geothermal system.

SUBSTANTIATION: Tests can be performed for both water flow and water quality. In order to gain information about the producing aquifer, drawdown at other points in the area of the well, future drawdown and influences on other wells, a multi-well test is recommended. In this test, the production well is pumped at a controlled rate, and at least one nearby well is mon- itored for water level. Recommended test periods are typically 24 hours or longer. These periods are frequently shortened, however, depending upon the quality of the data and the extent of available information on the aquifer. The purpose of water quality testing is to determine the chemical nature of the water and its impact upon system materials selection and maintenance requirements. Water quality testing can be a critical part of the well testing phase if unusual or problem water chemistry is suspected.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Kevin McCray, National Ground Water Association (NGWA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

317 1102.0 Groundwater Systems. 1102.1 General. The potable water supply connected to a groundwater system shall be protected with an approved backflow prevention device. The connection of a discharge line to the sanitary or storm sewer system, or private sewage disposal system, shall be in accordance with the plumbing code or in accordance with be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1102.1.1 Test Wells. Test wells drilled to investigate subsurface conditions shall provide details of the groundwater location, chemical and physical characteristics, rock strata and temperature profiles. The number of test wells shall be determined in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each test well shall be tested for flow rate for a period of not less than 24 hours. Water samples shall be collected in accordance with the NGWA-01 from each well to establish existing water quality levels are approved for groundwater system use. Water samples shall be analyzed for standard drinking water fecal and coliform content, bacterial iron, nitrate, dissolved minerals, pH, hardness, and other compounds in accordance with NGWA-01 or in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Wells shall be tested for water production and recovery their recharge rate up to the maximum recharge capability. Monitoring wells shall be protected, and marked to allow for monitoring of ground temperature, groundwater levels and groundwater quality. 1102.1.2 Installation of Water Wells. Water supply, recharge wells, and pumping equipment shall be hydraulically tested, sealed and grouted in accordance with approved well construction practices and submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. Wells shall be tested for water production and recovery, flow volume and water quality before final system design. Wells shall be disinfected upon completion in accordance with NGWA-01 or in accordance with the Authority Having Juris- diction an approved manner. A copy of the water quality test results and the log the well construction in accordance with NGWA- 01 Verification shall be provided to the owner that the well is designed for the anticipated potable water and groundwater heat pump requirements.

225.0 Water Well. A hole constructed in the ground used to withdraw or reject water for an open-loop geothermal system. An excavation that is drilled, cored, bored, washed, driven, dug, jetted, or otherwise constructed for the purposes of extracting groundwater, using the geothermal properties of the earth, or injecting water into an aquifer or subsurface reservoir.

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NGWA-01-2014* Water Well Construction Geothermal 1102.1.1, 1102.1.2

Note: NGWA-01 meets the requirements for a mandatory referenced standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Our concern is drawn from experience that small and underfunded authorities of local jurisdiction do not always possess the resources by which to make adequately informed regulations, thus, the value of reliance upon a third- party consensus standards. 2. For Section 1102.1.2, NGWA’s concern is that this implies a warranty that should not be a part of a standard, but instead a part of a contractual agreement between the relevant parties. 3. Our definition of a water well comes from our officially adopted Lexicon. As we are an association that includes water well system professionals, we believe our definition is more appropriate. We would be happy to provide a copy of our Lexicon to IAPMO.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

318 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1102.0 Groundwater Systems. 1102.1 General. The installation of water wells for groundwater systems and the potable water supply connected to a groundwater system shall be protected with an approved backflow prevention device. The connection of a discharge line to the sanitary or storm sewer system, or private sewage disposal system, shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1102.1.1 Test Wells. Test wells drilled to investigate subsurface conditions shall provide details of the groundwater location, chemical and physical characteristics, rock strata and temperature profiles. The number of test wells shall be determined in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each test well shall be tested for flow rate for a period of not less than 24 hours. Water samples shall be collected from each well to establish existing water quality levels are approved for groundwater system use. Water samples shall be analyzed for standard drinking water fecal and coliform content, bacterial iron, dissolved minerals, pH, hardness, and other compounds in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Wells shall be tested for their recharge rate up to the maximum recharge capability. Monitoring wells shall be protected, and marked to allow for monitoring of ground temperature, groundwater levels and groundwater quality.

(renumber remaining sections)

225.0 Water Well. A borehole constructed in the ground used to withdraw or reject water for an open-loopground-water or open-loop geothermal energy systems.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Section 1102.1 was modified to clarify that when if a single water well is providing both potable water and heat exchange water, then the backflow preventer is already covered by the code. 2. Section 1102.1.1 (Test Wells) should be deleted since the guidance for testing water wells should come from the state or local well standards which are typically regulated by the same government agencies that regulate closed- loop systems for a ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system. For example, in California, water well permitting, and construction and testing requirements are already defined by the State Water Code, Divi- sion 7, Chapter 10. The contents of Section 1102.1 should not introduce conflicts. 3. The definition for “water well” should be modified to distinguish its function as an open-loop “ground-coupling” as opposed to a closed-loop ground-coupling with a geothermal energy system.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1 as it provides specific requirements for ground water systems that are necessary for enforcement.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

319 Item # 113 Comment Seq # 053 USEHC 2015 – (1103.0 – 1103.2, 209.0):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1103.0 Design of Systems. 1103.1 Ground-Heat Exchanger Design. The size of the ground heat exchanger shall be based on the building design loads, monthly and annual heating and cooling loads, soil thermal and temperature properties, heat exchanger geometry and pipe thermal properties, and the capacities and efficiencies of the heat pumps connected to the ground loop. 1103.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger system shall be installed as follows: (1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heat transfer between the supply and return piping or insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. (2) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement floors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) from the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab. (3) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing. (4) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) below the frost line. (5) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of the lake or pond. (6) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained between the potable water intake and the submerged heat exchanger system in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (7) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall be separated from wells and private sewage disposal systems in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (8) Grout shall be applied in a single continuous operation into the bottom of the borehole by pumping through a tremie pipe after fluid is circulated in the annular space to clear obstructions.

209.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger. An underground closed-loop heat exchanger through which a heat-transfer medium passes to and from a heat pump.

SUBSTANTIATION: Sizing of the ground-heat exchanger may be accomplished with one of the many computer programs available or heating and cooling design loads, energy loads and ground loads. The type of system to be installed is based on the available land area and the geotechnical survey at the site before the ground loop is designed. In addition, specifications need to address the total ground coil length, minimum bore separation distance, and U-tube diameter to ensure acceptable maximum and minimum liquid loop temperatures during the life of the system, specify heat pump equipment that will operate efficiently with the liquid temperature, ground and building piping loops with adequate flow to ensure effective heat transfer without creating unacceptable head losses or excessive pumping energy. Lastly, design a layout that can be purged of air and debris, balanced with 15% without flow regulators, and connected in a minimum number of trenches or pits. Piping must be protected from freezing. Where piping is installed in an exterior wall or ceiling of a space intended for occupancy (in other words, a heated space), some degree of freeze protection can be achieved by making sure that the thermal insulation for the wall (or ceiling) is installed between the outdoor surface and the piping. Whether or not this arrangement will prevent freezing temperatures at the piping location depends on the climatic conditions, the thickness of insulation (between the outdoor surface and the piping) and the room temperature. Note that there must always be a heat source along with an appropriate insulation thickness in order to protect pipes from freezing conditions. Insulation by itself (without a heat source) cannot protect a pipe from freezing; insulation only slows the rate of heat loss.

320 Typically, rigid foam board insulation is used for insulating slabs on grade that will be heated by geothermal systems. For most manufacturers of this product, an -value of 5 equates to a 1-inch material thickness. Other types of insulation products that are suitable for under slabR installation are also available.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1103.0 Design of Systems. 1103.1 Ground-Heat Exchanger Design. The size of the ground heat exchanger shall be based on the building design loads, monthly and annual heating and cooling loads, soil thermal and temperature properties, heat exchanger geometry and pipe thermal properties, and the capacities and efficiencies of the heat pumps connected to the ground loop The ground heat-exchanger design shall be provided by a licensed professional, or a designer with the appropriate certifications or credentials as defined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1103.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger system shall be installed as follows: (1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heat transfer between the supply and return piping or insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. (21) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement floors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) from the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab. (32) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing. (43) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) below the frost line. (54) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of the lake or pond, or other approved submerged structure. (65) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained between the potable water intake and the submerged heat exchanger system in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (76) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall be separated from wells and private sewage disposal systems in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (87) Wells and boreholes shall be sealed in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where gGrout is required, it shall be applied in a single continuous operation into from the bottom of the borehole by pumping through a tremie pipe after fluid is circulated in the annular space to clear obstructions.

209.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger. An underground closed-loop heat exchanger through which a heat-transfer medium passes to and from a heat pump or other rated mechanical equipment. It includes the buried pipe and connecting mains(s) up to and terminating with the building.

SUBSTANTIATION: (Attachments for Item # 113 are included in the substantiation cd represented to the TC)

1. The modifications eliminate language which is not specific to protecting the public. Some of the language is relevant to design guidelines or standard design and installation procedures, but not code in nature. 2. Section 1103.1 was modified to provide more specific requirements as to who should provide the ground-heat exchanger design rather than what that design should be based upon. This is a code not a design standard. 3. In regards to Section 1103.2, Item 1 was deleted as it is not correct. The distance between the supply and return pipe should be defined by a heat transfer calculation which accounts for the size of the pipe, the differential temperature and the location of the pipe. Furthermore, buried pipe between the ground heat exchanger and the

321 building is never insulated. The purpose of a ground heat exchanger is to transfer heat to and from the earth, and insulation will prevent this heat transfer. In Item 3, the depth of the pipe in a horizontal system is a design variable. The requirement to be 4 feet below grade is based on what criteria?? Item 5 was modified to allow for submerged heat exchangers to be secured to a pier or dock foundation. Item 8 was modified to be consistent with industry practices for grout emplacement. The reference used to justify the modification is IGSHPA, Section 2. 4. The definition for “ground-heat exchanger” was modified to allow for ground-coupling with other types of mechanical equipment such as chillers and cooling towers. Furthermore, it provides clarity as to the extent or boundary of the “ground heat exchanger.”

Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

1103.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger system shall be installed as follows: (1) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement floors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) from the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab. (2) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing. (3) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 12 inches (305 mm) below the frost line. (4) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of the lake or pond, or other approved submerged structure. (5) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained between the potable water intake and the submerged heat exchanger system in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (6) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall maintain the following setbacks be separated from wells and private sewage disposal systems in accordance with: (a) Ten feet (3048 mm) horizontally from a pressure-tested sewer lateral into a building. (b) Twenty feet (6096 mm) horizontally from a non-pressure tested sewer lateral into a building. (c) Three feet (914 mm) horizontally from buried utilities such as electrical, gas, or water. (d) Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from a water well. (e) Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from a septic tank and 100 feet (30 480 mm) from a subsurface sewage leaching field (f) One hundred feet (30 480 mm) from a spring; or at distances specified by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (7) Wells and boreholes shall be sealed in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where grout is required, it shall be applied in a single continuous operation from the bottom of the borehole by pumping through a tremie pipe.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The modification to Section 1103.2(6) will provide needed setback guidance for ground-loop systems.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Kevin McCray, National Ground Water Association (NGWA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1103.0 Design of Systems. 1103.1 Ground-Heat Exchanger Design. The size of the ground heat exchanger shall be based on the building design loads, monthly, hourly, or and design day annual heating and cooling loads, soil thermal and temperature properties, circulat-

322 ing solution, grouting material, heat exchanger geometry and pipe thermal properties, and the capacities and efficiencies of the heat pumps connected to the ground loop. 1103.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger system shall be installed as follows: (1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heat transfer between the supply and return piping or insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. (2) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement floors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) from the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab. (3) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat-transfer medium is capable of freezing. (4) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) below the frost line. (5) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of the lake or pond. (6) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained between the potable water intake and the submerged heat exchanger system in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (7) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall be separated from wells and private sewage disposal systems in accordance with maintain the following setpoints: (a) Ten feet (3048 mm) horizontally from any pressure-tested sewer lateral into a building. (b) Twenty feet (6096 mm) horizontally from any non-pressure testing sewer lateral into a building. (c) Three feet (914 mm) feet horizontally from any buried utilities such as electrical, gas, or water. (d) Three feet (914 mm) horizontally from an existing or planned building or above-ground structure. (e) Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from a water well. (f) Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from a septic tank and 100 feet (30 480 mm) from a subsurface sewage leaching field (g) One hundred feet (30 480 mm) from a spring; or at distances specified by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (8) Grout shall be applied positively placed in a single continuous operation into the bottom of the borehole by pumping through a tremie pipe after fluid is circulated in the annular space to clear obstructions.

SUBSTANTIATION: We believe all likely potential measures of design load should be listed as they are all used and some can be more meaningful to effective design performance than others in certain circumstances.

Setbacks are intended to represent geologic averages to create effective retention time for contaminants that may be present in groundwater. Setbacks are a factor of porosity (the ratio of the void volume of a rock to the total volume of the rock, usually expressed as a percentage) and permeability (the measure of the relative ease with which a porous media can transmit a liquid under a potential gradient) of the subsurface and how groundwater will flow through a property.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment is being rejected in favor of Public Comment 1 as it also provides the required setback guidance for closed-loop systems.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

323 Item # 114 Comment Seq # 054 USEC 2015 – (1103.3 – 1103.4.2):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1103.3 Verification. For loop systems, the system shall be flushed of debris and purged of air after the assembly of each subheader and after completion of the entire ground-heat exchanger. A report shall be submitted to the owner to confirm that the loop flow is in accordance with the original design and balanced. 1103.4 Vertical Bores. Vertical bores shall be drilled to a depth to provide complete insertion of the U-bend pipe to its specified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The U-bend joint and pipe shall be visually inspected for integrity as specified by the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The U-bend joint and pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks before insertion. To reduce thermal interference between individual bores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separa- tion distances shall be permitted to be reduced where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1103.4.1 Backfill. Thermally-enhanced bentonite grout shall be used to seal and backfill each borehole. Grouting compound (bentonite-based and thermal enhancement compound) shall comply with NSF 60. 1103.4.2 U-Bends and Header. U-bends shall be thermally fused to the horizontal supply and return headers (or subheaders) in the trench. The assembly shall be filled with water (or water/antifreeze solution) and purged at a flow rate that exceeds 2 feet per second (0.6 m/s). Once purged, the U-bend and header assemblies shall be pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) and maintained for 1 hour. For DX systems, each U-bend shall be tested and proved tight with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa) and maintained for 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after tremie grouting of the boreholes shall be maintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTION NSF 60-2012* Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects Backfill 1103.4.1

Note: NSF 60 meets the requirements for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydron- ics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The installation of vertical ground loops require that the installation of a leak-free loop, backfill of the loop-to-bore annulus to ensure good heat transfer to the ground and groundwater protection. U-tubes can be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer with automated equipment at the factory. It is recommended that vertical bores should be drilled to sufficient depths to ensure that the entire length of the U-tube is inserted, the annular space between the tubing and borehole wall is filled to ensure good heat transfer from the loop to the ground and to prevent flow of contaminated water from the surface to the groundwater. To reduce thermal interference between boreholes, a recommended separation distance of 20 feet is required.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

324 A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Kevin McCray, National Ground Water Association (NGWA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1103.4 Vertical Bores. Vertical bores shall be drilled to a depth to provide complete insertion of the U-bend pipe to its specified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall be sized to for the installation and placement of the loop tube and grouting material not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The U-bend joint and pipe shall be visually inspected for integrity as specified by the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The U-bend joint and pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks before insertion. Separation distances shall be in accordance with the design report criteria. To reduce thermal interference between individual bores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separation distances shall be permitted to be reduced where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1103.4.1 BackfillGrout. Thermally-enhanced bentonite gGrout material shall be placed to seal each well for groundwater protection and shall be in accordance with NGWA-01 used to seal and backfill each borehole. Grouting compound (bentonite- based and thermal enhancement compound) shall comply with NSF 60. 1103.4.2 U-Bends and Header. U-bends shall be thermally fused to the horizontal supply and return headers (or subheaders) in the trench. The assembly shall be filled with water (or water/antifreeze solution) and purged at a flow rate that exceeds 2 feet per second (0.6 m/s). Once purged, the U-bend and header assemblies shall be pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) and maintained for 1 hour. To provide for groundwater protection, fFor DX systems, each U-bends shall be tested and proved tight with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa) and maintained for 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after tremie grouting of the boreholes shall be maintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NGWA-01-2014* Water Well Construction Geothermal 1103.4.1

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. Backfill is not an acceptable grout so as to provide groundwater protection, and perhaps not even effective heat transfer. The following comes from the National Ground Water Association’s 3rd edition of its ( Guidelines for the ): Construction of Loop Wells for Vertical Closed Loop Ground Source Heat Pump Systems

Completing a loop well requires placing grout in the space between the loop tube and the borehole wall.

Grout is a high solids fluid mixture of cement or bentonite of a consistency that can be pumped through a pipe and placed as required. Various non-toxic additives may be included in the mixture to meet certain requirements.

The reasons for grouting are: (1) protection of the aquifer, or aquifers, including limiting the potential for water movement between aquifers, for purposes of maintaining quality or preserving the hydraulic response of the producing zone(s); (2) provide thermal contact between the loop tube and the formation (borehole) wall; and

325 (3) accomplishing 1 and 2 in an efficient and economical manner. In determining the specific grouting requirements of a loop well at a designated site, consideration must be given to existing surface conditions, especially the location of sources of pollution, and to subsurface geologic and hydrologic conditions. In all cases, formations which yield water must be adequately sealed off to prevent cross- contamination of the overlying or underlying water bearing zones. To accomplish this, the annular space shall be grouted to seal off the water bearing zones. High solids bentonite grouts, the most common grout material, are extremely beneficial as a loop well sealant, except where drying out and washing away cannot be prevented. Bentonite drilling fluids are not grout. As engineered products, bentonite grouts must be carefully mixed and installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications.

5.1 Bentonite Grouts. 5.1.1 Bentonite Grout. Bentonite grout is a high solids mixture of sodium bentonite, the manufacturer’s added chemistry, and potable water mixed according to the manufacturer’s specifications. 5.1.2 Thermally-Enhanced Bentonite Based Grout. Thermally-enhanced bentonite based grout is a high solids mixture of sodium bentonite, inert additives (such as sand or rock dust that enhance thermal conductivity), and potable water mixed according to the manufacturer’s specifications. If using sand, it must be clean as not to potentially introduce contaminants to the grout mixture. The thermal conductivity of these grouts must be determined and specified by the manufacturer (see the current edition of the IGSHPA Closed-Loop/Geothermal Heat Pump Systems Design and Installation Standards to determine how to properly measure material thermal and hydraulic performance).

5.2 Cement and Flowable Grout. 5.2.1 Portland Cement (Neat Cement Grout). Preliminary research findings indicate that because of cyclic thermal conditions, Portland cement based grout material may shrink away from the loop tube material or from some soil types. If such shrinkage occurs, there may be the potential for voids to form, causing fluid migration pathways and reduction in heat transfer performance. Additionally, in some instances Portland cement based grouts may damage the loop tube as a result of the heat of hydration generated during the curing process. A mixture of Portland cement (ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement) and not more than six (6) gallons of potable water per bag (one cubic foot or ninety-four [94] pounds) of cement shall be used according to the manufacturer’s specifications. Local codes may specify different amounts of potable water content per bag. Sand Cement Grout. A mixture of Portland cement - Type I (ASTM C150), sand, and water in the proportion of not more than two parts by weight of sand to one part of cement with not more than six (6) gallons of potable water per bag of cement (one [1] cubic foot or ninety-four [94] pounds) shall be used according to the manufacturer’s specifications.

5.3 Methods of Installation of Grout. 5.3.1 Timeliness of Installation. Loop tube emplacement and grouting should be performed in a timely manner to guarantee successful loop tube placement, grout installation, and environmental protection. The loop tube installation and grouting processes shall be completed within a timeframe to ensure total loop well grouting and ensure aquifer protection. 5.3.2 Tremie Method – Grout. The tremie should be temporarily attached to the loop tube to carry it to the bottom of the borehole. After the tremie has been installed, water should be pumped through the tremie to ensure that it is open. Grout shall then be placed by pressure pumping through the tremie and the tremie should be raised slowly as the material is introduced. The tremie should be continuously submerged in the grout. All grout shall be emplaced to the maximum extent possible in a single continuous operation upward from the bottom of the borehole.

326 5.3.3 Other Methods. Other methods of grout placement shall be accepted if such methods allow verification of completion. Such methods must ensure that the grout placement provides environmental protection and the intended system performance.

2. Geologic variations can make 20 feet a very arbitrary and potentially wrong measure. Separation distances depend upon the site’s geology and the thermal transfer capacities of that geology, and the related design.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed text is inconsistent with current industry language and practice.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1103.3 Verification. For closed-loop systems, the system shall be flushed of debris and purged of air after the assembly of each subheader and after completion of the entire ground-heat exchanger. A report shall be submitted to the owner to confirm that the loop flow is in accordance with the original design and balanced construction documents. 1103.4 Vertical Bores. Vertical bores shall be drilled to a depth to provide complete insertion of the U-bend pipe to its specified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The U-bend joint and pipe shall be visually inspected for integrity as specified by the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The U-bend joint and pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks before insertion. To reduce thermal interference between individual bores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separa- tion distances shall be permitted to be reduced where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1103.4.1 Backfill. Thermally-enhanced bentonite grout shall be used to seal and backfill each borehole. Grouting compound (bentonite-based and thermal enhancement compound) shall comply with NSF 60. 1103.4.2 U-Bends and Header. U-bends shall be thermally fused to the horizontal supply and return headers (or subheaders) in the trench. The assembly shall be filled with water (or water/antifreeze solution) and purged at a flow rate that exceeds 2 feet per second (0.6 m/s). Once purged, the U-bend and header assemblies shall be pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) and maintained for 1 hour. For DX systems, each U-bend shall be tested and proved tight with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa) and maintained for 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after tremie grouting of the boreholes shall be maintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTION NSF 60-2012* Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects Backfill 1103.4.1

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

327 SUBSTANTIATION: With the exception of ensuring the loop system is properly flushed and purged of air, the remaining content of this section has been deleted because it uses standards language. The requirements for the borehole size, depth, connections and spacing are all design criteria and are driven by geology, heat transfer, drilling capability and local requirements.

The backfill requirements are limiting and may vary by region based on geology. For instance, some states allow pea gravel as backfill; others require concrete. The NSF reference for drinking water is relevant in most cases, but concrete and special mixes required in states (such as New Jersey) do not meet this standard.

The construction standards for the ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system vary from state to state and should not be defined in the USEHC. Specific requirements regarding the ground heat exchanger side of the geothermal energy system should be deferred to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and should be removed from the code.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The comment will remove minimum prescriptive code language that is necessary for the design and enforcement of vertical bores.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: I agree with the submitter of the public comment, "The construction standards for the ground coupled por- BEAN:tion of the geothermal energy system vary from state to state and should not be defined in the USEHC. Specific requirements regarding the ground heat exchanger side of the geothermal energy system should be deferred to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and should be removed from the code."

328 USEHCItem # 115 2015 – (1103.5 – 1103.7, Table 1201.1): Comment Seq # 055

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1103.5 Ground-Heat Exchanger Underground Piping Materials. Underground and submerged piping for ground-heat exchanger shall be polyethylene (PE) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 1103.5.1 and Section 1103.5.1.1 or cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 1103.5.2 and Section 1103.5.2.1. 1103.5.1 Polyethylene (PE). Polyethylene pipe or tubing shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness and respective tolerances in accordance with ASTM D3035, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714 or CSA B137.1. Pipe or tubing shall have a maximum dimension ratio of 11 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F (23°C). Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM D2683 for socket fusion fittings, ASTM D3261 for butt/sidewall fusion fittings or ASTM F1055 for electrofusion fittings. 1103.5.1.1 Joining Methods for Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and one of the following heat fusion methods: (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620 by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force. (2) Socket-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620, by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (3) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. 1103.5.2 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX). Cross-linked polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness and respective tolerances as specified in ASTM F876, ASTM F877 or CSA B137.5. Pipe or tubing shall have a dimension ratio of 9 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F (23°C). Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM F1055 for electrofusion fittings, and ASTM F2080 or CSA 137.5 for cold-expansion compression sleeve fittings. 1103.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-Linked Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe, tubing or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and one of the following methods: (1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (2) Cold-expansion joints shall be made and fittings shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of the pipe with the expander tool, inserting the cold-expression fitting into expanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe and the fitting, compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Cold-expansion joints shall be permitted to be buried with the manufacturer’s approved corrosion covering. 1103.6 DX Systems. Copper pipe and tubing installed for DX systems shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM B280 and copper fittings in accordance with ASME B16.22. Joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8. Underground piping and tubing shall have a cathodic protection system installed. 1103.7 Indoor Piping. Indoor piping, fittings, and accessories that are part of the groundwater system and are not isolated from the groundwater by a water-to-water heat exchanger shall be non-ferrous. Such materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of transfer medium. For DX systems, joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8.

329 TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM B280-2013 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service Piping, Ferrous 1103.6 ASTM D3350-2012 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Piping, Plastic 1103.5.1 ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter Piping, Plastic 1103.5.1 ASTM F2620-2012* Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings Joints 1103.5.1.1

Note: ASTM B280, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714, and ASTM F2620 meets the requirement for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Piping, fittings and joints must be compatible with the heat transfer fluid, antifreeze (or the refrigerant in the case of direct exchange systems) and corrosion resistant. For discussion purposes, piping is divided into underground piping for geothermal applications and indoor piping. In accordance with ASHRAE, Chapter 34 Geothermal Systems, has shown good service in a number of systems as long as the system design excluded oxygen.carbon However, steel piping the introduction of 0.03 mg/kg oxygen under turbulent flow conditions causes a fourfold increase in uniform corrosion. Saturation with air often increases the corrosion rate by at least 15 times. Oxygen contamination at the 0.05 mg/kg level causes severe pitting and chronic oxygen contamination causes rapid failure. External surfaces of buried steel pipe must be protected from contact with groundwater. Groundwater is aerated and has caused pipe failures by external corrosion. External protection can be obtained by coatings, wraps or pre-insulated provided the selected material resists the system operating temperature and thermal stress. Carbon steel piping is primarily used on the inside or clean loop side of the isolation heat exchanger. In both underground and aboveground installations, allowance for expansion joints or loops must be provided. For these reasons, carbon steel is not recommended for underground piping, but may be used as an acceptable indoor piping material.

Copper-tubed fan-coil units and heat exchangers have consistently poor performance because of traces of sulfide species found in geothermal fluids in the United States. rapidly becomes fouled with cuprous sulfide films more than .04 mm thick. Serious crevice corrosionCopper occurs tubing at cracks in the film, and uniform corrosion rates of 50 to 150 mils per year appear typical, based on failure analysis. Much less information is available regarding copper and copper alloys in non-heat-transfer service. Copper pipe shows corrosion behavior similar to copper heat exchange tubes under conditions of moderate turbulence. Solder is yet another problem area for copper equipment. Lead tin solder (50, 50) was observed to fail by dealloying after a few years’ exposure. Silver solder (1Ag, 7P, Cu) was completely removed from joints in under two years. If the designer elects to accept this risk, solders containing at least 70% tin should be used. For this reason, copper is not recommended for use in systems where it is exposed to the geothermal fluid (underground or indoor piping). This section does not apply to DX systems as the refrigerant is an inert gas - it does not, cannot cause electrolysis, so it will not corrode from the inside.

Unlike copper and cupronickel, are not affected by traces of hydrogen sulfide. Their most likely application is heat exchange surfaces.stainless For economic steels reasons, most heat exchangers are probably of the plate-and-frame type, most of which are fabricated with one of two standard alloys, Type 304 and Type 316 austenitic stainless steel. Some pump and valve trim also are fabricated from these or other stainless steels. These alloys are subject to pitting and crevice corrosion above a threshold chloride level, which depends on the chromium and molybdenum content of the alloy and on the temperature of the geothermal fluid. Above this temperature, the passivation film, which gives the stainless steel its corrosion resistance, is ruptured, and local pitting and crevice corrosion occur Type 316 is resistant at that temperature until the chloride level reaches approximately 510 mg/kg. Because of its 2% to 3% molybdenum content, Type 316 is always more resistant to chlorides than is Type 304. Stainless steel is recommended for the interior piping portion.

are not acceptable in most cases because of catastrophic pitting. Aluminum alloys

are easily fabricated and are not adversely affected by oxygen intrusion. External pro- tectionCPVC andagainst PVC groundwater materials is not required. The mechanical properties of these materials at higher temperatures may

330 vary greatly from those at ambient temperature, and the materials’ mechanical limits should not be exceeded. The usual mode of failure is creep rupture: strength decays with time. Manufacturer’s directions for joining should be followed to avoid premature failure of joints. CPVC and PVC are not recommended for underground piping of the ground heat exchanger. However, CPVC and PVC have been used for the interior piping portions.

is a high-density polyethylene material in which the individual molecules are “cross-linked”Cross-linked duringpolyethylene the production (PEX) of the material. The effect of the crosslinking imparts physical qualities to the piping which allow it to meet the requirements of much higher temperature/pressure applications Joining the piping is accomplished through the use of specially designed, conversion fittings which are generally of brass construction. Piping with and without an oxygen diffusion barrier is available. The oxygen barrier prevents the diffusion of oxygen through the piping wall and into the water. This is necessary corrosion prevention for closed systems in which ferrous materials are included. PEX is recommended for underground and indoor piping.

is in the same chemical family (polyolefin) and is similar in physical characteristics. It is a flexi- blePolyethylene material available (PE) in a wide variety of sizes. This is the most common type of piping materials for underground portion of a ground source heat pump. In order to maintain a consistent pressure rating over a range of dimensions, PE is manufactured according to dimension ratios to determine wall thickness. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) is the ratio of the pipe outside diameter to the wall thickness and relates to the pressure rating of the pipe. One advan- tage of using the SDR designation is a consistent pressure rating for all pipe diameters unlike Schedule 40 or 80 pipes. In the schedule dimension ratio, pipe pressure ratings decrease as the pipe dimension increases because the pipe wall thickness does not increase proportionally to the pipe diameter. SDR 17 is generally rated at 100 psi for all diameters, SDR 11 is rated at 160 psi, and SDR 9 is rated at 200 psi. The only recommended joining method is by thermal fusion. Polyethylene is recommended for underground and indoor piping.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Mary Kimlinger, Uponor SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1103.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-Linked Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and one of the following methods: (1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (2) Cold-expansion joints shall be made and fittings shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of the pipe with the expander tool, inserting the cold-expression fitting into expanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe and the fitting, compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Cold-expansion joints shall be permitted to be buried with the manufacturer’s approved corrosion covering. (3) Cold-expansion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F1960. Where applying an expansion ring on the pipe end, the pipe shall be expanded using an expander tool and inserting the cold-expansion fitting into the expanded pipe. The pipe shall retract over the fitting, creating the seal. Buried pipes shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Note: ASTM F1960 meets the requirement for a mandatory reference standard in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

SUBSTANTIATION: The existing text only includes some type of cold expansion fittings, not the ASTM F1960 type.

331 Accept the public comment as amended COMMITTEE ACTION: Amend comment as follows:

1103.5.2 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX). Cross-linked polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness and respective tolerances as specified in ASTM F876, ASTM F877 or CSA B137.5. Pipe or tubing shall have a dimension ratio of 9 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F (23°C). Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM F1055 for electrofusion fittings, and ASTM F1960, ASTM F2080, or CSA B137.5 for cold-expansion compression sleeve fittings. 1103.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-Linked Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and one of the following methods: (1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (2) Cold-expansion joints that are in accordance with ASTM F2080 shall be made and fittings shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of the pipe with the expander tool, inserting the cold-expansion fitting into expanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe and the fitting, compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Cold-expansion joints shall be permitted to be buried with the manufacturer’s approved corrosion covering. (3) Cold-expansion joints that are in accordance with ASTM F1960 shall be made by in accordance with ASTM F1960. Where applying an expansion ring on the pipe end, the pipe shall be expanded using an expander tool and inserting the cold-expansion fitting into the expanded pipe. The pipe shall retract over the fitting, creating the seal. Buried pipes shall comply with the manufacturer’s instructions.

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The modifications to Section 1103.5.2.1(2) and Section 1103.5.2.1(3) will clarify the appropriate standard required for joining methods in regards to cold-expansion joints of PEX piping. Section 1103.5.2.1(2) and Section 1103.5.2.1(3) both address cold expansion fittings, however, they do not make the distinction to what ASTM standard the method is applicable to. Furthermore, Section 1103.5.2 was modified to correlate with the modification made to Section 1103.5.2.1(3).

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1103.5 Ground-Heat Exchanger Underground Piping Materials. Underground and submerged piping for ground-heat exchanger shall be in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction polyethylene (PE) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 1103.5.1 and Section 1103.5.1.1 or cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 1103.5.2 and Section 1103.5.2.1. 1103.5.1 Polyethylene (PE). Polyethylene pipe or tubing shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness and respective tolerances in accordance with ASTM D3035, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714 or CSA B137.1. Pipe or tubing shall have a maximum dimension ratio of 11 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F (23°C). Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM D2683 for socket fusion fittings, ASTM D3261 for butt/sidewall fusion fittings or ASTM F1055 for electrofusion fittings.

332 1103.5.1.1 Joining Methods for Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, tubing, or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and one of the following heat fusion methods: (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620 by heating the squared ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by holding ends against a heated element. The heated element shall be removed where the proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with applied force. (2) Socket-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620, by simultaneously heating the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (3) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. 1103.5.2 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX). Cross-linked polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall thickness and respective tolerances as specified in ASTM F876, ASTM F877 or CSA B137.5. Pipe or tubing shall have a dimension ratio of 9 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73.4°F (23°C). Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional specifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM F1055 for electrofusion fittings, and ASTM F2080 or CSA 137.5 for cold-expansion compression sleeve fittings. 1103.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-Linked Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe, tubing or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and one of the following methods: (1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally by a conductor at the interface of the joint. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain undisturbed until cool. (2) Cold-expansion joints shall be made in accordance with and fittings shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of the pipe with the expander tool, inserting the cold-expression fitting into expanded pipe, then pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX pipe and the fitting, compressing the pipe between compression-sleeve and the fitting. Cold-expansion joints shall be permitted to be buried with the manufacturer’s approved corrosion covering. 1103.6 DX Systems. Copper pipe and tubing installed for DX systems shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM B280 and copper fittings in accordance with ASME B16.22. Joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8. Underground piping and tubing shall have a cathodic protection system installed. 1103.71103.6 Indoor Piping. Indoor piping, fittings, and accessories that are part of the groundwater system and are not isolated from the groundwater by a water-to-water heat exchanger shall be non-ferrous in accordance with Chapter 4. Such materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the system and shall be compatible with the type of transfer medium. For DX systems, joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8. TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM B280-2013 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service Piping, Ferrous 1103.6 ASTM D3350-2012 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Piping, Plastic 1103.5.1 ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter Piping, Plastic 1103.5.1 ASTM F2620-2012* Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings Joints 1103.5.1.1

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Codes, standards, and permitting of the ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system are separate and different from the permit for a building plumbing or piping system. In most locations, the building plumbing is covered by the building permit and the ground-coupled portion of the geothermal energy system is permitted by entities such as: Environmental Health or Services, State and Local Health Departments, and the Department of Natural resources. Codes and enforcement of the ground-coupled portion of these systems are not covered by the Building Department. In California, as part of the local ordinances or regulations for the “ground heat exchanger” the approved

333 piping material(s) for the ground-loop is specified. While the materials specified in this section are industry standard, it is still noted that this work is outside the building perimeter and under the jurisdiction of codes other than IAPMO. The indoor piping section was modified to instead reference to Chapter 4 (Hydronics) since the inside piping of a geothermal energy system is no different than any other hydronic system covered by the USEHC and permitted by local Building Departments.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The public comment removes necessary joining methods and provisions that are necessary for enforcement.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

334 Item # 118 Comment Seq # 056 USEHC 2015 – (1106.0 – 1106.2):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1106.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger Testing. 1106.1 Testing. Pressure-testing of the ground-heat exchanger shall be prior to the installation of a vertical heat exchanger into the borehole, after the assembly of each runout, including connections to the boreholes or horizontal heat exchangers, connections to subheaders and after the complete ground-heat exchanger has been installed, flushed, purged, and backfilled. Heat exchangers shall be filled with water and pressure-tested to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop prior to the insertion into the boreholes. This pressure shall be maintained in the piping or tubing for not less than 1 hour after the completion of tremie-grouting the borehole. 1106.2 DX System Testing. For DX systems, each loop shall be tested with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 kPa) for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop. The pressure reading after grouting of the boreholes shall be maintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 hours.

SUBSTANTIATION: Testing is necessary to make sure that the system is free from leaks or other defects. Testing is also required, to the extent specified in the technical chapters of the code. For DX systems, after each loop is assembled, a pressure test using air or an inert gas is required to determine whether the system leaks. Refrigerant cannot be used for testing because the purpose of testing is to find and repair any leaks before the system is charged with refrigerant, thereby preventing exposure of anyone to the refrigerant. Also, testing with refrigerant introduces the additional and unnecessary risk of environmental damage from release of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1106.1 Testing. Pressure-testing of the ground-heat exchanger shall be prior to the installation of a vertical heat exchanger into the borehole, after the assembly of each runout, including connections to the boreholes or horizontal heat exchangers, connections to subheaders and after the complete ground-heat exchanger has been installed, flushed, purged, and backfilled. Heat exchangers shall be filled with water and pressure-tested to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for not less than 15 minutes 1 hour without a pressure drop of not more than 10 percent prior to the insertion into the boreholes. This pressure shall be maintained in the piping or tubing for not less than 1 hour after the completion of tremie-grouting the borehole.

SUBSTANTIATION: (Attachments for Item # 118 are included in the substantiation cd represented to the TC)

The final pressure test of the system is required for public safety and is acceptable to remain as part of the USEHC. The testing process has been modified to reflect the current industry standard for pressure testing the ground-heat exchanger, which is consistent with the 2011 IGSHPA and Section 1208 of the IMC.

335 Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

336 Item # 119 Comment Seq # 057 USEHC 2015 – (1107.1 – 1107.4, Table 1201.1, 209.0):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1107.0 Heat Pump and Distribution System Design. 1107.1 General. Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-1. Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-2. Direct geoexchange heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with AHRI 870. Heat pump equipment used in DX systems shall comply with AHRI 870. Heat pumps shall be fitted with a means to indicate that the compressor is locked out. 1107.2 Heat Pump Distribution System. The heat pump distribution system shall be designed as follows: (1) Selection for circulation pump(s) and boiler(s) shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (2) Individual heat pumps shall have the capacity to handle the peak load for each zone at its peak hour. (3) Reverse-return piping shall be installed to minimize the need for balancing. (4) Distribution piping and fittings shall be insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-3 value to prevent condensation. (5) An isolation valve shall be installed on both supply and return of each unit. (6) A balancing valve on the return shall be installed for each heat pump. (7) Condensate drains on heat pumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. (8) Air filters shall be installed for heat pump units. (9) Drain valves shall be installed at the base of each supply and return pipe riser for system flushing. (10) Piping shall be supported in accordance with Section 307.0 and provisions for vibration, expansion or contraction shall be provided. (11) Specifications for each heat pump, the heating and cooling capacity, the fluid flow rate, the airflow rate, and the external pressure or head shall be provided to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (12) Manually controlled air vents shall be installed at the high points in the system and drains at the low points. Where the heat- transfer fluid is a salt or alcohol, automatic air vents shall not be installed. (13) Means for flow balancing for the building loop shall be provided. (14) Supply and return header temperatures and pressures shall be marked. 1107.3 Circulating Pumps. The circulating pump shall be sized in accordance with the heat pump manufacturer’s instructions and minimum flow rates under operating conditions. The heat transfer fluid properties and minimum operational temperatures shall be used when sizing the circulating pump. Where heat pumps are installed with integral circulating pumps, the ground heat exchanger shall be designed to be compatible with the flow rate and developed head of the integral circulating pump. Circulating pumps that are activated automatically when the main pump fails shall be designed into the system. 1107.4 Heat Pump and Distribution System Installation. The heat pump and distribution system shall be installed in accordance with the system’s design, with this code, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

209.0 Geoexchange. See Geothermal Energy System.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS AHRI 870-2005* Performance Rating of Direct Geoexchange Heat Pumps Equipment 1107.1 ISO 13256-1-1998 (RA Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Water-to-Air Equipment 1107.1 2012)* and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps ISO 13256-2-1998 Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Water-to- Equipment 1107.1 Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps

337 Note: AHRI, ISO 13256-1, and ISO 13256-2 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uni- form Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The designer should carefully consider the building owner’s maintenance capability. It is often a disservice to a cus- tomer to specify a control system that cannot be adjusted and maintained by personnel with average skills. Proper sizing of the circulating pump will be within the heat pump manufacturer’s required flow rate range for the specified unit. Isolation valves are necessary in such systems so that major components can be isolated from the system to accommodate servicing as well as protecting the components when required pressure testing. Valves must be located on the supply and return piping so that the component or group of components may be separated from the rest of the system when servicing is required. Valves are also used to take system components out of service temporarily. Isolation valves should be installed to allow the isolation of any device or component that will require servicing, repair or replacement at regular intervals. Flow balancing is a set of techniques to ensure that the intended amount of water reaches each terminal unit. This is done typically by means of calibrated flow control valves placed throughout the building. Balancing also enables the detection and correction of problems (i.e., air in system, deficient balancing valves, etc). If the system is not balanced properly water will flow to the path of least resistance causing temperature variation and increased operating costs.

Flow sensing devices must be installed with any direct fired heat source which requires forced circulation to avoid overheating such as those with coil or fin tube type exchangers that will shut down the supply.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1107.1 General. Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-1. Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-2. Direct geoexchange heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with AHRI 870. Heat pump equipment used in DX systems shall comply with AHRI 870. Heat pumps shall be fitted with a means to indicate that the compressor is locked out. Heat pumps shall comply with UL 1995 or UL 60335-2-40.

TABLE 901.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 1995-2011* Heating and Cooling Equipment Heat Pumps 1107.1 UL 60335-2-40-2012* Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part 2-40; Particular Require- Heat Pumps 2207.1 ments for Electrical Heat Pump, Air-Conditioners and Dehumidifiers

Note: UL 1995 and UL 60335-2-40 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Regulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

338 SUBSTANTIATION: The other standards referenced in this section apply only to efficiency ratings. UL 1995 and UL 60335-2-40 provides the additional requirements for the safety of these appliances.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed referenced standards may conflict with each other as UL 1995 is a national standard and UL 60335- 2-40 is an international standard. Furthermore, UL 60335-2-40 is intended for household applications and can be mis- applied to commercial applications.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

21 1 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NEGATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

EXPLANATION OF NEGATIVE: This comment should have been accepted. As stated by the submitter, the current standard referenced FECTEAU: in this section applies only to efficiency ratings. Section 302.1 of this code requires that equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy system shall be listed and shall comply with approved applicable recognized standards referenced in this code.

What is the applicable recognized safety standard for heat pumps if UL 1995 ( Standard for Safety for Heating and ) and UL 60335-2-40 ( Cooling Equipment Standard for Safety of Household and Similar Electrical Appliances, Part ) are not referenced in 2-40: Particular Requirements for Electrical Heat Pumps, Air-Conditioners and Dehumidifiers this code?

The scope of UL 1995 identifies heat pumps that are used for heating and cooling. Heat pump water heaters are also covered by UL 1995. The scope of UL 60335-2-40 identifies that this Standard deals with the safety of electric heat pumps, including sanitary hot water heat pumps. The absence of referencing these standards in this code would seem to indicate that heat pump do not need to be listed to a safety standard, but only need to comply with efficiency standards.

PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1107.1 General. Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumps source heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-1. Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-2. Direct geoexchange heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance requirements in accordance with AHRI 870. Heat Pump equipment used in DX systems shall comply with AHRI 870. Heat pumps shall be fitted with a means to indicate that the compressor is locked out.

339 TABLE 1201.1 REFERENCED STANDARDS4 REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ISO 13256-1-1998 (RA Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Water- Equipment 1107.1 2012)* to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps ISO 13256-2-1998 Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Performance-Water- Equipment 1107.1 to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps ISO 9459-1-1993 Solar Heating – Domestic Water Heating Systems – Part 1 Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9459-2-1995 Solar Heating – Domestic Water Heating Systems Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9806-1-1994 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 1 Collectors 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9806-2-1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 2 Collectors 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9806-3-1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 3 Collectors 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO TR 10217-1989 Solar Energy – Water Heating Systems – Guide to Material Selection Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 with Regard to Internal Corrosion

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above ISO standards are being deleted as the promulgator will not provide IAPMO with copies of their standards as required in accordance with Section 5.0 of the IAPMO Guidelines for Referencing Mandatory Standards. The ISO standards should be deleted from as they cannot be reviewed for applicability. For informational purposes, Sec- tion 5.0 of the Guidelines for Referencing Mandatory Standards is shown as follows: “ 5.0 Procedure for Updating Mandatory Standards. Standards shall be kept current with that of the source document by administratively sending requests for updates to the standard promulgator.” Updates shall be accomplished via a proposal or a comment during the regular revision process of the document.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

1107.2 Heat Pump Distribution System. The heat pump distribution system shall be designed as follows: (1) Selection for circulation pump(s) and boiler(s) shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (21) Individual heat pumps shall have the capacity to handle the peak load for each zone at its peak hour. (3) Reverse-return piping shall be installed to minimize the need for balancing. (42) Distribution piping and fittings shall be insulated with insulation that has a minimum R-3 value to prevent condensation inside the building. (53) An isolation valve shall be installed on both supply and return of each unit. (6) A balancing valve on the return shall be installed for each heat pump. (74) Condensate drains on heat pumps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. (85) Air filters shall be installed for heat pump units. (96) Drain valves shall be installed at the base of each supply and return pipe riser for system flushing.

340 (107) Piping shall be supported in accordance with Section 307.0 and provisions for vibration, expansion or contraction shall be provided. (118) Specifications for each heat pump, the heating and cooling capacity, the fluid flow rate, the airflow rate, and the external pressure or head shall be provided on the construction documents to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (129) Manually controlled air vents shall be installed at the high points in the system and drains at the low points. Where the heat-transfer fluid is a salt or alcohol, automatic air vents shall not be installed. (1310) Means for flow balancing for the building loop shall be provided. (1411) Supply and return header temperatures and pressures shall be marked. 1107.3 Circulating Pumps. The circulating pump shall be sized in accordance with the heat pump manufacturer’s instructions and minimum flow rates under for the operating conditions. The and the heat transfer fluid properties and minimum operational temperatures shall be used when sizing the circulating pump. Where heat pumps are installed with integral circulating pumps, the ground heat exchanger shall be designed to be compatible with the flow rate and developed head of the integral circulating pump. Circulating pumps that are activated automatically when the main pump fails shall be designed into the system.

SUBSTANTIATION: 1. In Section 1107.2 (Heat Pump Distribution System), the language was modified to reflect installation requirements and not design requirements. The design requirements are already addressed in Section 1103.1 and it includes provisions to ensure that the ground heat exchanger design meets the building system design requirements. Items 1, Item 3, and Item 6 are being deleted as they are specific to the design. Item 11 has been modified as the specifications for heat pumps should be provided on the construction documents rather than to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2. In Section 1107.3, the language has been modified to be less specific, giving the design professional responsibility for ensuring the circulation pump is being correctly applied for the piping distribution system configuration, operating temperatures, pressures and flow rates.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

341 Item # 120 Comment Seq # 058 USEHC 2015 – (1108.0 – 1108.2):

Mark Arie SUBMITTER: Self

RECOMMENDATION: Add new text as follows:

1108.0 System Start-Up. 1108.1 General. The following requirements shall be verified prior to system start-up. (1) Piping shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer medium. (2) The internal and the external heat exchanger loop shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer medium before connection of the loops. (3) The air shall be purged from the piping system. (4) The method used for the removal of air and adding additional heat transfer fluid (where necessary) shall be provided. (5) The heat pumps shall be operational and adjustments shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. (6) Valves and operating controls shall be set, adjusted, and operating as required. (7) The system shall be labeled at the loop charging valves with a permanent-type label. Where antifreeze is used, the labels shall indicate the antifreeze type and concentration. (8) DX systems shall have permanent type labels installed and affixed on the compressor unit with the refrigerant type and quantity. (9) Supply and return lines, as well as associated isolation valves, from individual boreholes or water wells shall be identified and tagged. (10) For DX systems, refrigerant liquid and vapor lines from the loop system shall be identified and tagged. (11) Supply and return lines on submerged systems shall be identified in an approved manner, at the point of entry to a surface water resource. 1108.2 Operation and Maintenance Manual. An operation and maintenance manual for the geothermal system shall be provided to the owner. The manual shall include information on required testing and maintenance of the system. Training shall be provided on the system’s operation, maintenance requirements, and on the content of the operation and maintenance manual. The operation and maintenance manual shall contain a layout of the ground-heat exchanger and building loop.

SUBSTANTIATION: The initial startup, check for system operation, and to help diagnose problems that may be encountered during this phase. A static system check is performed before the system is turned on to identify obvious problems that must be resolved before proper operation can be expected. A dynamic system check is performed after the system has been started and consists of measuring various system performance parameters to ensure that the system is performing as promised. Many checklists are commercially available for each type of system. During construction, excavation, and pipe assembly create the greatest opportunity for dirt and construction residue, or other contaminants, while avoiding contact with the pump impellers and any other system interior piping components. Before starting the completed system, the piping must be flushed, purged and pressurized.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Lisa Meline, Self SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

342 1108.0 System Start-Up. 1108.1 General. The following requirements shall be verified prior to system start-up. (1) The interior of the pPiping shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer medium. (2) The internal and the external heat exchanger loop shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer medium before connection of the loops interior piping shall be cleaned and pressure tested prior to connection to the ground-heat exchanger piping in accordance with Chapter 4. (3) The air shall be purged from the piping system. (4) The method used for the removal of air and adding additional heat transfer fluid (where necessary) shall be provided. (5) The heat pumps shall be operational and adjustments shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. (6) Valves and operating controls shall be set, adjusted, and operating as required. (7) The system shall be labeled at the loop charging valves with a permanent-type label. Where antifreeze is used, the labels shall indicate the antifreeze type and concentration. (8) DX systems shall have permanent type labels installed and affixed on the compressor unit with the refrigerant type and quantity. (9) Supply and return lines, as well as associated isolation valves, from individual boreholes or water wells shall be identified and tagged. (10) For DX systems, refrigerant liquid and vapor lines from the loop system shall be identified and tagged. (11) Supply and return lines on submerged systems shall be identified in an approved manner, at the point of entry to a surface water resource.

SUBSTANTIATION: Section 1108.1 was modified to be consistent with previous sections where the focus of the geothermal energy system is mainly on the interior portion of the system and not the ground-coupling which is covered by other local and state codes.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed modification will create confusion as Chapter 4 is for hydronic systems and not for geothermal systems.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

343 Item # 121 Comment Seq # 059 USEHC 2015 – (Chapter 6, Table 1201.1, 204.0, 205.0, 207.0, 210.0, 212.0, 215.0, 218.0, 224.0):

Piotr Zelasko SUBMITTER: Radiant Professional Alliance Working Group

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

CHAPTER 6 GEOTHERMAL HEATING AND COOLING

601.0 Geothermal Systems. 601.1 Applicability. Geothermal systems that use the earth or body of water as a heat source or sink for heating or cooling shall be in accordance with Section 601.1.1 through Section 605.2. 601.1.1 Design, Installation and Testing. Geothermal systems shall be designed by a registered design professional. The geothermal system design, installation and testing shall be in accordance with CSA C448. 601.1.2 Heat Pump Approval. Water source heat pumps used in conjunction with geothermal heat exchangers shall be listed and labeled for use in such systems and shall be designed for the minimum and maximum design water temperature. 601.2 Ground Source Heat Pump-Loop Systems. Ground source heat pump ground-loop piping and tubing material for water-based systems shall comply with the standards cited in this appendix. 601.3 Material Rating. Piping shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressure of the ground source heat pump-loop system. Fittings shall be rated for the temperature and pressure applications and recommended by the manufacturer for installation with the piping material installed. Where used underground, materials shall be approved for burial. 601.4 Used Materials. The installation of used pipe, fittings, valves, and other materials shall not be permitted. 601.5 Piping and Tubing Materials Standards. Ground source heat pump ground-loop pipe and tubing shall comply with the standards listed in Table 601.5.

TABLE 601.5 PLASTIC GROUND SOURCE LOOP PIPING MATERIAL STANDARD Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) ASTM D2846; ASTM F441; ASTM F442 Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) ASTM F876; ASTM F877; CSA B137.5 Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) pressure ASTM F1282; CSA B137.9 pipe High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) ASTM D2737; ASTM D3035; ASTM F714; AWWA C901; CSA B137.1; CSA C448; NSF 358-1 Polypropylene (PP-R) ASTM F2389; CSA B137.11 Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ASTM D1785; ASTM D2241 Polyethylene Raised Temperature (PE-RT) ASTM F2623; ASTM F2769

601.6 Fittings. Fittings for ground source heat pump systems shall be approved for installation with the piping materials to be installed, and shall comply with the standards listed in Table 601.6.

344 TABLE 601.6 GROUND SOURCE LOOP PIPE FITTINGS MATERIAL STANDARD Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) ASTM D2846; ASTM F437; ASTM F438; ASTM F439; ASTM F1970; CSA B137.6 Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) ASTM F877; ASTM F1807; ASTM F1960; ASTM F2080; ASTM F2159; ASTM F2434; CSA B137.5 Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) ASTM F2434; ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) ASTM D2683; ASTM D3261; ASTM F1055; CSA B137.1; CSA C448, NSF 358-1 Polypropylene (PP-R) ASTM F2389; CSA B137.11 Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ASTM D2464; ASTM D2466; ASTM D2467; ASTM F1970; CSA B137.2; CSA B137.3 Polyethylene Raised Temperature (PE-RT) ASTM D3261; ASTM F1807; ASTM F2159; ASTM F2769; CSA B137.1

602.0 Joints and Connections.

602.1 Approval. Joints and connections shall be of an approved type. Joints and connections shall be tight for the pressure of the ground source-loop system. Joints and fittings used underground shall be approved for buried applications.

602.2 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints between various piping materials shall be made with approved transition fittings. 602.3 Preparation of Pipe Ends. Pipe shall be cut square, reamed, and free of burrs and obstructions. Pipe ends shall have full-bore openings and shall not be undercut. CPVC, PE, and PVC pipe shall be chamfered. 602.4 Joint Preparation and Installation. Where required by Section 602.6 through Section 602.12.2, the preparation and installation of mechanical and thermoplastic-welded joints shall be in accordance with Section 602.4 and Section 602.5. 602.5 Mechanical Joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 602.6 Thermoplastic-Welded Joints. Joint surfaces for thermoplastic welded joints shall be cleaned by an approved procedure. Joints shall be welded in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 602.7 CPVC Plastic Pipe. Joints between CPVC plastic piping and fittings shall comply with Section 602.7.1 and Section 602.7.2. 602.7.1 Threaded Joints. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier plastic pipe shall be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant, pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the male threads only and shall be approved for application on the piping material. 602.7.2 Solvent Cement. Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F493, requiring the use of a primer, shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored and be in accordance with ASTM F656. Listed solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F493 that does not require the use of 1 primers, yellow or red in color shall be permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2846, ⁄2 of an inch (15 mm) through 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter. 602.8 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Tubing. Compression or plastic to metal transition joints between crosslinked polyethylene plastic tubing and fittings shall comply with Section 602.8.1 and Section 602.8.2. Mechanical joints shall comply with Section 602.5. 602.8.1 Compression-Type Fittings. Where compression- type fittings include inserts and ferrules or O-rings, the fittings shall be installed with the inserts and ferrules or O-rings. 602.8.2 Plastic-to-Metal Connections. Soldering on the metal portion of the system shall be performed not less than 18 inches (457 mm) from a plastic-to-metal adapter in the same water line. 602.9 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Tubing. Joints between polyethylene plastic piping shall comply with Section 602.9.1 through Section 602.9.3. 602.9.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Joints shall be of the socket-fusion, saddle-fusion, or butt-fusion type and joined in accordance with ASTM D2657. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt temperatures and joined. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2683 or ASTM D3261. 602.9.2 Electrofusion Joints. Joints shall be of the electrofusion type. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture, and scoured to expose virgin resin. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt temperatures for the period of time specified by the manufacturer. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F1055.

345 602.9.3 Stab-Type Insert Fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Pipe ends shall be chamfered and inserted into the fittings to full depth. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F1924. 602.10 Polypropylene (PP) Plastic. Joints between PP plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Section 602.10.1 and Sec- tion 602.10.2. 602.10.1 Heat-Fusion Joints. Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with socket- type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, electrofusion polypropylene fittings, or by butt fusion. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2389. 602.10.2 Mechanical and Compression Sleeve Joints. Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 602.11 Raised Temperature Polyethylene (PE-RT) Plastic Tubing. Joints between raised temperature polyethylene tubing and fittings shall comply with Section 602.11.1 and 602.11.2. Mechanical joints shall comply with Section 602.5. 602.11.1 Compression-Type Fittings. Where compression-type fittings include inserts and ferrules or O-rings, the fittings shall be installed without omitting the inserts and ferrules or O-rings. 602.11.2 PE-RT-to-Metal Connections. Solder joints in a metal pipe shall not occur within 18 inches (457 mm) of a transition from such metal pipe to PE-RT pipe. 602.12 PVC Plastic Pipe. Joints between PVC plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Section 602.12.1 and Section 602.12.2. 602.12.1 Solvent Cement Joints. Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be clean from dirt and moisture. Purple primer in accordance with ASTM F656 shall be applied until the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solvent cement in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall be applied to joint surfaces. 602.12.2 Threaded Joints. Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier plastic pipe shall be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant, pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied on the male threads only and shall be approved for application on the piping material.

603.0 Valves. 603.1 Where Required. Shutoff valves shall be installed in ground source-loop piping systems in the locations indicated in Section 603.2 through Section 603.8. 603.2 Heat Exchangers. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the supply and return side of a heat exchanger, except where the heat exchanger is integral with a boiler or is a component of a manufacturer’s boiler and heat exchanger packaged unit, and is capable of being isolated from the hydronic system by the supply and return valves. 603.3 Central Systems. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the building supply and return of a central utility system. 603.4 Pressure Vessels. Shutoff valves shall be installed on the connection to a pressure vessel. 603.5 Pressure-Reducing Valves. Shutoff valves shall be installed on both sides of a pressure-reducing valve. 603.6 Equipment and Appliances. Shutoff valves shall be installed on connections to mechanical equipment and appliances. This requirement does not apply to components of a ground source loop system such as pumps, air separators, metering devices, and similar equipment. 603.7 Expansion Tanks. Shutoff valves shall be installed at connections to nondiaphragm-type expansion tanks. 603.8 Reduced Pressure. A pressure relief valve shall be installed on the low-pressure side of a hydronic piping system that has been reduced in pressure. The relief valve shall be set at the maximum pressure of the system design.

604.0 Installation. 604.1 General. Piping, valves, fittings, and connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 604.2 Protection of Potable Water. Where ground source heat pump ground loop systems have a connection to a potable water supply, the potable water system shall be protected. 604.3 Pipe penetrations. Openings for pipe penetrations in walls, floors, and ceilings shall be larger than the penetrating pipe. Openings through concrete or masonry building elements shall be sleeved. The annular space surrounding pipe penetrations shall be protected in accordance with the building code. 604.4 Clearance from Combustibles. A pipe in a ground source heat pump piping system having an exterior surface temperature exceeding 250°F (121°C) shall have a clearance of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) from combustible materials.

346 604.5 Contact with Building Material. A ground source heat pump ground-loop piping system shall not be in direct contact with building materials that cause the piping or fitting material to degrade or corrode, or that interferes with the operation of the system. 604.6 Strains and Stresses. Piping shall be installed so as to prevent detrimental strains and stresses in the pipe. Provisions shall be made to protect piping from damage resulting from expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. Piping shall be installed so as to avoid structural stresses or strains within building components. 604.7 Flood Hazard. Piping located in a flood hazard area shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to the design flood elevation. 604.8 Pipe Support. Pipe shall be supported in accordance with Section 316.1. 604.9 Velocities. Ground source heat pump ground-loop systems shall be designed so that the flow velocities do not exceed the maximum flow velocity recommended by the pipe and fittings manufacturer. Flow velocities shall be controlled to reduce the possibility of water hammer. 604.10 Labeling and Marking. Ground source heat pump ground-loop system piping shall be marked with tape, metal tags, or other methods where it enters a building. The marking shall indicate the following words: “GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP-LOOP SYSTEM.” The marking shall indicate antifreeze used in the system by name and concentration. 604.11 Chemical Compatibility. Antifreeze and other materials used in the system shall be chemically compatible with the pipe, tubing, fittings, and mechanical systems. 604.12 Transfer Fluid. The transfer fluid shall be compatible with the makeup water supplied to the system.

605.0 Testing. 605.1 Ground Source Heat Pump Loop System Testing. Before connection header trenches are backfilled, the assembled loop system shall be pressure tested with water at 100 psi (689 kPa) for 15 minutes with no observed leaks. Flow and pressure loss testing shall be performed, and the actual flow rates and pressure drops shall be compared to the calculated design values. Where actual flow rate or pressure drop values differ from calculated design values by more than 10 percent, the cause shall be identified and corrective action taken. 605.2 Pressurizing During Installation. Ground source heat pump ground loop piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. During pouring, the pipe shall be maintained at the proposed operating pressure.

204.0

Boiler. A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels or electricity.

205.0 Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space temperature of 68°F (20°C) or above.

207.0 Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, and apparatus used as part of or in connection with installations regulated by this code.

212.0 Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shaped threaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleeves so that they form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubing they connect. Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid-tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a positive holding mechanical construction.

347 215.0 Manufacturer. The company or organization that evidences its responsibility by affixing its name, trademark, or trade name to equipment or devices. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions. Printed instructions included with equipment or devices for the purpose of providing information regarding safe and proper installation and use whether or not as part of the conditions of listing.

218.0 PEX. An acronym for cross-linked polyethylene. Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the various parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strainers, and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow pipe-supporting fixtures and structural attachments. PP. An acronym for polypropylene. Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a specific system component is subjected under test condition.

224.0 Valve, Pressure-Relief. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure in excess of its setting; also called a safety valve.

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter Piping, Plastic Table 601.5 ASTM F1924-2012* Plastic Mechanical Fittings for Use on Outside Diameter Controlled Poly- Piping, Plastic 602.9.3 ethylene Gas Distribution Pipe and Tubing ASTM F2623-2008* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) SDR9 Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 601.5 CSA B137.2-2009 Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Injection-Moulded Gasketed Fittings for Pressure Piping, Plastic Table 601.6 Applications CSA B137.3-2009 Rigid Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic Table 601.6 CSA B137.6-2009 Chlorinated Polyvinylchloride (CPVC) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Hot- Piping, Plastic Table 601.6 and Cold-Water Distribution Systems CSA C448-2002 Design and Installation of Earth Energy Systems Miscellaneous 601.1.1, Table 601.5 NSF 358-1-2012* Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings for Water-Based Ground-Source “Geother- Piping, Plastic Table 601.5, mal” Heat Pump Systems Table 601.6

Note: ASTM F714, ASTM F1924, ASTM F2623, CSA B137.2, CSA B137.3, CSA B137.6, CSA C448, and NSF 358 meet the requirements for mandatory reference standards in accordance with Section 15.0 of IAPMO’s Reg- ulations Governing Consensus Development of the 2015 Uniform Solar Energy & Hydronics and Swimming Pool, Spa & Hot Tub Codes.

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: Move Chapter 6 (Thermal Storage) to Chapter 10 and insert new Chapter 6. Water based geothermal PE piping is a growing application in residential and commercial construction. This special and growing application should cover other materials that could potentially be used. Green building rating systems are promoting geothermal ground loop heating and cooling systems. While HDPE dominates the water based technology with an expected 95% of the systems, other piping materials can be utilized. Copper is used in direct exchange systems that use refrigerants directly. Definitions are necessary for the interpretation, application and enforcement of the Uniform Solar Energy Hydron- ics Code. The terms relating to Hydronic(s) and Hydronic Systems was added to clarify the intent and scope of the proposed code.

348 Reject COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The committee disapproved this proposal for the following reasons: 1. The justification lacks technical substantiation and additional information and documentation were requested for further study on the merit of the proposed text. 2. The current text only applies to water-based systems. 3. The definitions for “valve, pressure relief,” “joint, compression,” “joint, mechanical,” and “PEX” are already addressed in Item # 005.

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association (PPFA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as submitted

SUBSTANTIATION: This should be included in the USEHC. Multiple plastics can be used in these systems.

Reject the public comment COMMITTEE ACTION:

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The proposed language would conflict with other public comments submitted for geothermal systems. Furthermore, the proposed language is applicable to water-based geothermal systems only.

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

349 Item # 124 Comment Seq # 060 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Angel Guzman/Colleen O’Brien SUBMITTER: The American Society of Mechanical Engineering (ASME)

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASME A112.1.2-2004 Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Water-Con- Fittings Table 405.2(1) 2012* nected Receptors) ASME A112.18.1-2005 Plumbing Supply Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 2012/CSA B125.1-2005 2012 ASME A112.18.2-2005 Plumbing Waste Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 2011/CSA B125.2-2005 2011 ASME B16.3-2006 2011* Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.4-2006 2011* Gray Iron Threaded Fittings (Classes 125 and 250) Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.5-2009 2013* Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.15-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.18-2001 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings (Note 1) Fittings Table 407.1 (R2005) 2012* ASME B16.21-2005 2011* Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.22-2001 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 (R2010) 2012* ASME B16.23-2002 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2006) 2011* ASME B16.24-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 600, 900, 1500 and 2500 ASME B16.26-2006 2011* Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.29-2007 2012* Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fit- Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 tings–DWV (Note 1) ASME B16.33-2002 Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for use in Gas Piping Systems up Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2007) 2012* to 125 psi (Sizes NPS 1/2 - NPS 2) ASME B16.34-2009 2013* Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.47-2006 2011* Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 through NPS 60 Metric/Inch Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASME standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

350 A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Angel Guzman, The American Society of Mechanical Engineering (ASME) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCE STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASME A13.1-2007 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems Piping 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2013)* ASME A112.18.6- Flexible Water Connectors Piping 302.1.2, 302.2 2009/CSA B 125.6-2009 (R2014)* ASME B1.20.1-1983 Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch Joints 503.2.3, 503.3.5, (R2006) 2013* 503.6.2, 503.13.3 ASME B16.9-2007 2012* Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings Fittings Table 407.1

ASME B16.11-2009 Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded Fittings Table 407.1 2011* ASME B16.15-2011 Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ASME B16.22-2012 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ASME B16.26-2011 Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ASME B16.51-2011 Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ASME BPVC Section IV- Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 2010 2013* ASME BPVC Section Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1 Miscellaneous 603.6 VIII-2010 2013* ASME BPVC Section IX- Welding and Brazing Qualifications Certification 302.1.2, 302.2 2010 2013* ASME BPVC Section X- Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels Pressure Vessel 603.7 2007 2013* Construction, Pressure Vessels ASME SA194-2010 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure or High- Mounting 703.5.1 2013* Temperature Service or Both

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASME standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

351 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Conrad Jahrling, American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASSE 1013-2009 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) 2011* Principle Fire Protection Backflow Preventers ASSE 1015-2009 Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Fire Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) 2011* Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies ASSE 1019-2004 Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Draining Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) 2011* Type ASSE 1047-2009 Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assem- Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 2011* blies ASSE 1048-2009 Double Check Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 2011* ASSE 1056-2001 Spill Resistant Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) 2013* ASSE 1061-2006 Push-Fit Fittings Fittings 503.3.3.3, 2011* 503.4.1, Table 407.1 ASSE 1079-2005 2012 Dielectric Pipe Unions Joints 503.16, 503.17.1, 503.17.3

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASSE standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC. These updates were not available at the time the ROP monograph was published.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

PUBLIC COMMENT 3: Steve Ferguson, The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

352 TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASHRAE 34-2010 Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants Refrigerant Classi- 707.1 2013* fications ASHRAE 90.1-2010 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Energy 302.1.2, 302.2 2013* ASHRAE 93-2010 Methods of Testing to Determine the Thermal Performance of Solar Col- Testing Useful Tables (RA2014) lectors ASHRAE 95-1981 Thermal Testing of 32 Residential Solar Water Heating Systems Testing 302.1.2, 302.2 (RA1987)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASHRAE standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC. These updates were not available at the time the ROP monograph was published.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

353 Item # 125 Comment Seq # 061 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Steve Mawn SUBMITTER: American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM A53/A53M-2010 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 2012 ASTM A74-2009 2013a Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM A312-2009 Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 A312/A312M-2013a Pipes ASTM A 518-1999 Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2008) A518/A518M- 1999 (R2012) ASTM B75-2002 (R2010) Seamless Copper Tube Piping, Copper Table 407.1 B75/B75M-2011 Alloy ASTM B302-2007 2012 Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Table 407.1 Alloy ASTM B306-2009 2013 Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Piping, Copper 302.1.2, 302.2 Alloy ASTM B447-2007 2012a Welded Copper Tube Piping, Copper Table 407.1 Alloy ASTM B584-2009a 2013 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications Piping, Copper 302.1.2, 302.2 Alloy ASTM B587-2008 2012 Welded Brass Tube Piping, Copper 302.1.2, 302.2 Alloy ASTM B687-1999 Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples Piping, Copper 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2005)e1 (R2011) Alloy ASTM C411-2005 2011 Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation Thermal Insulat- 702.6.1, 802.4 ing Materials ASTM C443-2010 2012 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM C564-2009a 2012 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM C700-2011 2013 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated Piping, Non- 302.1.2, 302.2 Metallic ASTM C1277-2009a Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 2012 ASTM D56-2005 (R2010) Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0 ASTM D93-2010a 2012 Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0 ASTM D635-2006 2010 Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Hor- Testing 218.0 izontal Position ASTM D1785-2006 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2012* ASTM D2239-2003 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2012a* Diameter ASTM D2464-2006 Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule Fittings Table 407.1 2013* 80 ASTM D2467-2006 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ASTM D2513-2011 2013 Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2

354 REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM D2564-2004 Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Sys- Joints 503.13.2 (R2009) 2012* tems ASTM D2683-2010e1* Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Fittings Table 407.1 Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing ASTM D2737-2003 2012a* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D2846/D2846 M- Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Piping, Plastic Table 407.1, 2009be1* Distribution Systems 503.4.2 ASTM D3035-2010 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2012e1* Diameter ASTM D3261-2010a Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene Fittings Table 407.1 2012* (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM E84-2010b Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6, 2013a* 802.4 ASTM F402-2005 Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2012)* Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F439-2009 2012* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sched- Fittings Table 407.1 ule 80 ASTM F441-2009 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 F441/F 441M-2013* and 80 ASTM F442-2009 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 F442/F 442M-2013* ASTM F480-2006be1 Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Standard Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 2012* Dimension Ratios (SDR), Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 ASTM F628-2008 F628- Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 2012e1* Waste, and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core ASTM F876-2010 2013* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic 503.10.1, Table 407.1 ASTM F877-2007 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribu- Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2011a* tion Systems ASTM F1055-1998 Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Fittings Table 407.1 (R2006) 2013* Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing ASTM F1281-2007 Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX- Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2011* AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe ASTM F1807-2010e1 Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross- Fittings Table 407.1 2013* linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F1960-2010 Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use with Fittings Table 407.1 2012* Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F1970-2005 Special Engineered Fittings, Appurtenances or Valves for Use in Poly Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2012* (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Systems ASTM F2080-2009 Cold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression-Sleeves for Fittings Table 407.1 2012* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe ASTM F2159-2010 Plastic Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross- Joints Table 407.1 F2159-2011* linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F2769-2009 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Plastic Hot and Cold- Piping and Fit- Table 407.1 2010* Water Tubing and Distribution Systems tings, Plastic

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

355 SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASTM standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Steve Mawn, American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM A106/A106M- Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 2011 2014 ASTM A 126-2004 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2009) (R2014) ASTM A254/A254M- Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 1997 (R2007) 2012 ASTM A269/A269M- Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Serv- Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 2010 2014e1 ice ASTM A312/A312M- Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 2013a 2014 Pipes ASTM A420/420M- Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Tem- Fittings Table 407.1 2010a 2013 perature Service ASTM A733-2003 Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2009)e1 2013 Nipples ASTM A861-2004 High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2008) (R2013) ASTM B43-2009 2014 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Table 407.1 Alloy ASTM B584-2013 2014 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications (Note 3) Piping, Copper 302.1.2, 302.2 Alloy ASTM C425-2004 Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2009) (R2013) ASTM C564-2012 2014 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM C1277-2012 2014 Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2

ASTM D93-2012 2013e1 Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0 ASTM D1693-2012 2013 Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

ASTM D2466-2006 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 (Note 1) Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ASTM D2467-2013a* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 (Note 1) Fittings Table 407.1

ASTM D2513-2013 Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 2014* ASTM D2683-2010e1e3* Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Fittings Table 407.1 Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing ASTM D2837-2011 Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2013e1 Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Products

356 ASTM D3035-2012e1 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2014* Diameter ASTM D3261-2012e1* Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene Fittings Table 407.1 (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM D3350-2012e1 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials Piping, Plastic Table 407.1, 703.5.1 ASTM E84- 2013a Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6, 2014* 802.4 ASTM E2231-2009 Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materi- Pipe Insulation 802.4 2014 als to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM F439-2012 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Sched- Fittings Table 407.1 2013* ule 80 ASTM F441/F441M- Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2013e1* and 80 ASTM F442/F442M- Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2013e1* ASTM F480-2012 2014* Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Standard Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 Dimension Ratios (SDR), Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 ASTM F876- 2013a* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic 503.10.1, Table 407.1 ASTM F1807-2013a* Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Cross- Fittings Table 407.1 linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F1970-2012e1* Special Engineered Fittings, Appurtenances or Valves for Use in Poly Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Systems ASTM F2262-2011 Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Crosslinked Polyethylene Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 2009* OD Controlled SDR9 ASTM F2620-2012 Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fit- Joints 409.7(1), 2013* tings 409.7(3), 703.5.1.1

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the ASTM standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

357 Item # 128 Comment Seq # 062 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Lauro Pilla SUBMITTER: Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS CSA B64.1.1-2007 2011 Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers (AVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.1.2-2007 2011 Pressure Vacuum Breakers (PVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.2.1.1-2007 2011 Hose Connection Dual Check Vacuum Breakers (HCDVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.4-2007 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.4.1-2007 2011 Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Systems (RPF) CSA B64.5-2007 2011 Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.5.1-2007 2011 Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Systems Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) (DVCAF) CSA Z21.10.1a-2009 Gas Water Heaters – Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Rat- Fuel Gas, Appli- 302.1.2, 302.2 2013* ings of 75 000 Btu Per Hour or Less (same as CSA 4.1a) ances CSA Z21.10.3b-2008 Gas Water Heaters-Volume III, Storage Water Heaters with Input Rat- Fuel Gas, Appli- 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2010) 2013* ings Above 75 000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous ances (same as CSA 4.3b) CSA Z21.13ab-2010 Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers (same as CSA Fuel Gas, Appli- 302.1.2, 302.2 2012* 4.9ab) ances CSA Z21.24a-2009 Connectors for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.10a) Fuel Gas, Swim- 302.1.2, 302.2, (R2011)* ming Pools and USPSHTC Spas, and Hot Tubs CSA Z21.56a-2008 2013* Gas-Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7a) Fuel Gas, Swim- 302.1.2, 302.2, ming Pools and USPSHTC Spas, and Hot Tubs

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the CSA standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Lauro Pilla, Nikki Kidd, Canadian Standards Association (CSA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

358 TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS CSA B137.1-2009 2013 Polyethylene (PE) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Cold-Water Pressure Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Services CSA B137.5-2009 2013 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure Applica- Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 tions CSA B137.9-2009 2013 Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Pres- Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 sure-Pipe Systems CSA B137.10-2009 2013 Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX- Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 AL-PEX) Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems CSA B137.11-2009 2013 Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic 503.12.1, Table 407.1 CSA Z21.13b- 2012 Gas-Fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boiler (same as CSA Fuel Gas, 302.1.2, 302.2 2014* 4.9b) Appliances CSA Z21.56-2013 2014* Gas-Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7) Fuel Gas, 302.1.2, 302.2, Swimming USPSHTC Pools and Spas, and Hot Tubs

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the CSA standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

359 Item # 131 Comment Seq # 063 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Denise Beach SUBMITTER: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NFPA 274-2009 2013* Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics of Pipe Insulation Pipe Insulation 802.4

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the NFPA 274 standard that is referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NFPA 70-2011 2014* National Electrical Code Electrical 310.1, 1001.1, 1001.3, 1007.1, 1007.2, 1008.1, 1008.3, 1009.2.3(3), 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.5, 1011.3.7(11), 1011.3.7(12), 1011.3.8(1), 1011.6.1, 1011.6.2.1, 1011.6.2.6, 1011.6.3, 1011.6.3.3, 1013.5.1, 1013.5.2, 1013.5.4.7, 1014.1, 1015.1, B 4.1, C 1.9(7)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the NFPA 70 standard that is referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

360 Item # 132 Comment Seq # 064 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Jeremy Brown SUBMITTER: NSF International (NSF)

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NSF 14-2010 2012* Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 NSF 61-2010a 2012* Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects Water Supply 302.1.2, 302.2 Components

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the NSF standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Jeremy Brown, NSF International (NSF) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NSF 14-2012 2013* Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 NSF 60-2012 2013* Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects Backfill 703.4.1 NSF 61-2012 2013* Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects Water Supply 302.1.2, 302.2 Components

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the NSF standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

361 Item # 133 Comment Seq # 065 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Jim Huggins SUBMITTER: Solar Rating & Certification Corporation (SRCC)

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS SRCC 100-2005 2013 Operating Guidelines for Certifying Solar Collectors Solar Thermal Collectors Collectors 702.5 SRCC 150-2008 (D) Test Methods and Minimum Standards for Certifying Innovative Solar Collec- Testing 302.1.2, 302.2 tors (Discontinued) SRCC 300-2008 2013 Operating Guidelines and Minimum Standards for Certifying Solar Water Solar Systems 302.1.2, 302.2 Heating Systems

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the SRCC standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC. Furthermore, SRCC 150 is being deleted as it has been discontinued.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT 1: Ed Tsang, British Standard International (BS EN) SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS BS EN 12975-1-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Solar Collectors (Part 1: Gen- Collectors 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2010) eral Requirements)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revision reflects the latest update to BS EN 12975-1 standard that is referenced in Table 1201.1. These updates were not available at the time the ROP Monograph was published.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

362 PUBLIC COMMENT 2: Tim Ross, Ross Distributing Inc. SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS DD ENV 12977-1-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 1: General Requirements) DD ENV 12977-2-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 2: Test Methods) DD ENV 12977-3-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom Built Systems (Part Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 3: Performance Characterization of Stores for Solar Heating Systems)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above DD ENV standards are being deleted as the promulgator will not provide IAPMO with copies of their standards as required in accordance with Section 5.0 of the IAPMO Guidelines for Referencing Mandatory Standards. The DD ENV standards should be deleted from as they cannot be reviewed for applicability. For informational purposes, Section 5.0 of the Guidelines for Referencing Mandatory Standards is shown as follows: “ 5.0 Procedure for Updating Mandatory Standards. Standards shall be kept current with that of the source document by administratively sending requests for updates to the standard promulgator.” Updates shall be accomplished via a proposal or a comment during the regular revision process of the document.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

363 Item # 134 Comment Seq # 066 USEHC 2015 – (Table 1201.1):

Marguerite Carroll SUBMITTER: UL LLC

RECOMMENDATION: Revise text as follows:

TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 174-2004* Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisions through April Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 22, 2009 September 21, 2012) UL 778-2010* Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through August 25, 2011 May Pumps 302.1.2, 302.2 25, 2012) UL 873-2007 Temperature-Indicating and -Regulating Equipment (with revisions through Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 January 6, 2010 July 27, 2012) UL 916-2007 Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through June 4, 2010 March Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 12, 2012) UL 1453-2004* Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revisions Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 through December 4, 2009 July 15, 2011) UL 1703-2002* Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisions through May 23, Electrical 1002.9 2011 8, 2012) UL 6703-2010 2011 Outline for Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 UL 8703-2008 2011 Outline for Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and Assemblies Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 UL 60730-1A-2002 Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: General Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 2009* Requirements (with revisions through March 29, 2013)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the UL standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEC.

Accept as Submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

A PUBLIC COMMENT(S) WAS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND CONSIDERATION. PUBLIC COMMENT: Marguerite Carroll, UL LLC SUBMITTER:

RECOMMENDATION: Request to accept the code change proposal by this public comment. as modified

364 TABLE 1201.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARDS NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 723-2008* Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (with revi- Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6, 802.4 sions through September 13, 2010 August 12, 2013) UL 778-2010* Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through May 25, 2012 May Pumps 302.1.2, 302.2 23, 2014) UL 873-2007 Temperature-Indicating and -Regulating Equipment (with revisions Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 through July 27, 2012 August 15, 2013) UL 916-2007 Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through March 12, 2012 Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 December 19, 2013) UL 969-1995* Safety Marking and Labeling System (with revisions through November Marking, 1003.4.1, B 2.1 24, 2008) Labeling UL 1703-2002 Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisions through May Electrical 1002.9 8, 2012 October 25, 2013) UL 60730-1 2009* Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use, Part 1: Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 General Requirements (with revisions through March 29, 2013 November 13, 2013)

(portions of table not shown remain unchanged)

SUBSTANTIATION: The above revisions reflect the latest updates to the UL standards that are referenced in Table 1201.1 of the USEHC.

Accept the public comment as submitted COMMITTEE ACTION:

23 TOTAL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE:

22 1 Kendzel VOTING RESULTS: AFFIRMATIVE: NOT RETURNED:

365 366

IAPMO Technical Correlation Committee (TCC) Report

PART I – CORRELATION ITEMS BETWEEN THE 2015 USPSHTC, UPC, UMC, and USEHC

TCC ITEM 1

2015 UNIFORM SWIMMING POOL, SPA & HOT TUB CODE 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ITEM # 010 COMMENTS ITEM # 049 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

205.0 205.0 Coastal High Hazard Areas. An area within the flood hazard Coastal High Hazard Areas. An area within the area that is subject to high velocity wave action, and shown on a flood hazard area that is subject to high velocity wave Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard map as Zone V, action, and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or VO, VE or V1-30. other flood hazard map as Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30.

2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE ITEM # 046 COMMENTS ITEM # 009 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

205.0 205.0

Coastal High Hazard Areas. An area within the flood hazard Coastal High Hazard Areas. An area within the flood area that is subject to high-velocity wave action, and shown on a hazard area that is subject to high velocity wave action, Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard map as Zone V, and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood VO, VE, or V1-30. hazard map as Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: The revision to the definition for “Coastal High Hazard Areas” in the USPSHTC will correlate with the actions taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 049, the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 046, and the USEHC TC to “accept the public as amended” Item # 009 in regards to revising the definition for “flood hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action.”

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 049 of the UPC is as follows: “This is a terminology change only, no change in technical requirements. FEMA has been using the term “coastal high hazard area” instead of “flood hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action” in its publications on codes and guidance for implementing the requirements of the Nation Flood Insurance Program. Standards referenced by building codes (ASCE 7 Minimum De- sign Loads for Buildings and Other Structures and ASCE 24 Flood Resistant Design and Construction) use the term “coastal high hazard area.”

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 046 of the UMC is as follows: “This is a terminology change only, no change in technical requirements. FEMA has been using the term “coastal high hazard area” instead of “flood

1 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE ITEM # 046 COMMENTS ITEM # 009 COMMENTS hazard areas subject to high velocity wave action” in its publications on codes and guidance for implementing the requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program. Standards referenced by building codes (ASCE 7 Minimum De- sign Loads for Buildings and Other Structures and ASCE 24 Flood Resistant Design and Construction) use the term “coastal high hazard area.”

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 009 of the USEHC is as follows: “Section 302.3, Section 302.3.1, and the definition for “flood hazard area subject to high velocity wave action” are being revised to correlate with the UMC and the UPC for similar provisions.”

The Committee Statement provided for rejecting the public comment for Item # 010 of the USPSHTC is as follows: “The TC indicated, that according to CFR Regulations Title 44 (Section 9.4), zone “VO” is not identified in the definition for “coastal high hazard areas.” Therefore, zone “VO” is being removed from the definition for “coastal high hazard areas” in the USPSHTC.”

TCC ITEM 2

2015 UNIFORM SWIMMING POOL, SPA & HOT TUB CODE 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ITEM # 011 COMMENTS ITEM # COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, 301.2 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, material, and devices used in a swimming pool, spa, hot tub, or fixtures, material, and devices used in a plumbing system plumbing system shall be listed and or labeled (third-party certi- shall be listed or labeled (third-party certified) by a list- fied) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) ing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and and shall comply with the approved applicable recognized stand- shall comply with the approved applicable recognized ards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Plastic standards referenced in this code, and shall be free from pipe and the fittings used for plastic pipe, other than for gas, shall defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, mate- meet the requirements of NSF 14. Unless otherwise provided for rials, fixtures, or devices used or entering into the con- in this code, materials, fixtures, or devices used or entering into the struction of plumbing systems, or parts thereof, shall be construction of plumbing systems, or parts thereof, shall be sub- submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for ap- mitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. proval.

2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE ITEM # COMMENTS ITEM # 008 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

302.1 Minimum Standards. Listed pipe, pipe fittings, appli- 302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, traps, ances, appurtenances, equipment, materials, and devices used in a equipment, material, and devices used in a solar energy mechanical system shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) system shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and a listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) shall comply with the approved applicable recognized standards and shall comply with the approved applicable recog- referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. Unless oth- nized standards referenced in this code, and shall be free erwise provided for in this code, materials, appurtenances, or de- from defects. Unless otherwise provided for in this code, vices used or entering into the construction of mechanical systems, materials, appurtenances, or devices used or entering into or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Juris- the construction of solar energy systems, or parts thereof, diction for approval. shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval.

2 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE ITEM # COMMENTS ITEM # 008 COMMENTS x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: Section 302.1 of the USPSHTC is being revised to correlate with the 2015 UPC, 2015 UMC, and 2015 USEHC in regards to “listed or labeled.”

The substantiation for the public comment for Item # 011 of the USPSHTC is as follows: “The proposed language (Section 302.4.1) correlates with the 2015 UPC. Section 302.1 should be revised to correlate with the other codes published by IAPMO (UPC, UMC, and USEHC). The 2015 UPC, 2015 UMC and 2015 USEHC defines “Listed” (third-party certified) as equipment or materials included in a list published by a listing agency that maintains periodic inspection on current production of listed equipment or materials and whose listing states either that the equipment or material complies with approved standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. La- beled is defined as equipment or materials bearing a label of a listing agency (see Listed third-party certified). Based on the definition of listed (third-party certified), a product whose listing states that the product complies with approved standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. Each product that has been listed will have a label of a listing agency which maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials, and where the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner (see definition of listing agency). Therefore, in accordance with the definitions for listed, listing agency and labeled, a product may be listed or labeled but not required to be both as the definition for labeled refers the user back to the listing agency (see Listed third-party certified) which is defined as an agency accredited by an independent and authoritative conformity assessment body to operate a material and product listing and labeling (certification) system and that is accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, which is in the business of listing or labeling. The system includes initial and ongoing product testing, a periodic inspection on current production of listed (certified) products, and makes available a published report of such listing in which specific information is included that the material or product is in accordance with applicable standards and found safe for use in a specific manner.”

The Committee Statement provided for rejecting the public comment for Item # 011 of the USPSHTC is as follows: “A listing does not require labeling but labeling requires a listing. A product that is not labeled is not required to comply with the listing requirements. The Committee wants to ensure that the plumbing fixtures addressed in Chapter 4 are listed and labeled.”

3 PART II – CORRELATION ITEMS BETWEEN THE 2015 UPC and UMC

TCC ITEM 3

2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # COMMENTS ITEM # 341 (PC 2) COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

1213.3 Test Pressure. This inspection shall include an air, 1316.9 Test Pressure. This inspection shall include CO2, or nitrogen pressure test, at which time the gas piping shall an air, CO2, or nitrogen pressure test, at which time the stand a pressure of not less than 10 psi (69 kPa) gauge pressure. gas piping shall stand a pressure of not less than 10 psi Test pressures shall be held for a length of time satisfactory to the (69 kPa) gauge pressure. Test pressures shall be held for Authority Having Jurisdiction but in no case less than 15 minutes a length of time satisfactory to the Authority Having Ju- with no perceptible drop in pressure. For welded piping, and for risdiction but in no case less than 15 minutes with no piping carrying gas at pressures in excess of 14 inches water col- perceptible drop in pressure. For welded piping, and for umn pressure (3.5 kPa), the test pressure shall be not less than 60 piping carrying gas at pressures in excess of 14 inches psi (414 kPa) and shall be continued for a length of time satisfacto- water column (3.5 kPa) pressure, the test pressure shall ry to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, but in no case for less than be not less than 60 psi (414 kPa) and shall be continued 30 minutes. For CSST carrying gas at pressures in excess of 14 for a length of time satisfactory to the Authority Having inches water column (3.5 kPa) pressure, the test pressure shall be Jurisdiction, but in no case for less than 30 minutes. For 30 psi (207 kPa) for 30 minutes. These tests shall be made using CSST carrying gas at pressures in excess of 14 inches air, CO2, or nitrogen pressure and shall be made in the presence of water column (3.5 kPa) pressure, the test pressure shall the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Necessary apparatus for con- be 30 psi (207 kPa) for 30 minutes. These tests shall be ducting tests shall be furnished by the permit holder. Test gauges made using air, CO2, or nitrogen pressure and shall be used in conducting tests shall be in accordance with Section 318.0. made in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion. Necessary apparatus for conducting tests shall be furnished by the permit holder. Test gauges used in conducting tests shall be in accordance with Section 1303.3.3.1 through Section 1303.3.3.4.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation:

The TCC believes that the text “shall be made using air, CO2, or nitrogen pressure and” in Section 1213.3 of the UPC should not be deleted as it is required for enforcement purposes. Therefore, Section 1316.9 of the UMC should be revised to include the text “shall be made using air, CO2, or nitrogen pressure and” to correlate with the UPC.

The revision to Section 1213.3 of the UPC will correlate with the action taken by the UMC TC to “accept an identifiable part” Item # 341 (Public Comment 2) in regards for the test pressure for CSST carrying gas at pressures in excess of 14 inches in water column. Furthermore, Section 1316.9 of the UMC is being revised to correlate with language found in the Section 1213.3 of the UPC in regards to the test gauges required to conduct tests.

Note: Item # 341 (PC 2) of the UMC was rejected as it failed to achieved the necessary 2/3 affirmative votes during ballots. However, the submitter made a motion during the Assembly Technical meeting in Minneapolis to “accept an identifiable part” which was passed by membership and the UMC TC return ballots.

The substantiation provided for Item # 341 (Public Comment 2) is as follows: “The 2012 UMC includes CSST as

4 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # COMMENTS ITEM # 341 (PC 2) COMMENTS an acceptable gas piping material as stated in Section 1308.5.3.4, and in accordance with the CSA LC-1 Standard. CSA and IAPMO R&T certify CSST products based on this standard. The CSA LC-1 Standard limits the design pressure on CSST to 25 psi (performance requirements within the standard limit the test pressure to 37.5 psi). Therefore, requiring a pressure test at 60 psi would clearly violate the listing standard and the IAPMO certification, and in some cases can result in permanent deformation of the CSST. The use of 30 psi is considered a safe test pressure for CSST systems. Independent testing performed by Foster-Miller (Waltham, MA) has demonstrated the ability to detect any perforation/leak of the CSST wall (including a leak beneath the jacket) at test pressures between 3 psi and 10 psi.”

PART III – CORRELATION ITEMS BETWEEN THE 2015 USPSHTC and UPC

TCC ITEM 4

2015 UNIFORM SWIMMING POOL, SPA & HOT TUB CODE 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ITEM # 054 COMMENTS ITEM # COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

505.1 Water Supply Inlets. Water supply inlets to swim- 603.5.5 Water Supply Inlets. Water supply inlets to ming pools, spas, or hot tubs shall be protected by one of the tanks, vats, sumps, swimming pools, and other receptors following means: shall be protected by one of the following means: (1) An approved air gap. (1) An approved air gap. (2) A vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side of the last (2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side valve with the critical level not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or of the last valve with the critical level not less than 6 inches in accordance with its listing. (152 mm) or in accordance with its listing. (3) A backflow preventer suitable for the degree of hazard, and (3) A backflow preventer suitable for the contamination installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation in- or pollution degree of hazard, installed in accordance with structions and the plumbing code. the requirements for that type of device or assembly as set forth in this chapter.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: The revision to Section 603.5.5 of the UPC will correlate with that action taken by the USPSHTC TC to “accept the public comment as submitted” Item # 054 in regards to the degree of hazard for the protection of water supply.

The substantiation provided for accepting the public comment for Item # 054 of the USPSHTC is as follows: “The degree of hazard is the key factor in the determination of the type of backflow prevention device for any given installation. Proposed wording clarifies the intent of this section.”

5 TCC ITEM 5

2015 UNIFORM SWIMMING POOL, SPA & HOT TUB CODE 2015 UNIFORM PLUMING CODE ITEM # 044 COMMENTS ITEM # 123 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

413.0 Drinking Fountains. 415.0 Drinking Fountains. 413.1 General. Drinking fountains shall be self-closing and 415.1 Application. Drinking fountains shall be self- comply with ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2, ASME closing and comply with ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2, A112.19.2/CSA B45.1, or ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4, and NSF ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1, or ASME 112.19.3/CSA 61. Permanently installed electric water coolers shall also comply B45.4, and NSF 61. Permanently installed electric water with UL 399. comply with all of the following: coolers shall also comply with UL 399. (1) Be self-closing (2) Comply with NSF 61 (3) Comply with ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2, ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1, or ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: The revision to Section 413.1 of the USPSHTC will correlate with the action taken by the UPC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 123 in regards to acceptable standards for drinking fountains.

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 123 of the UPC is as follows: “This change adds the appropriate standards for drinking fountains and water coolers. This change is consistent with the recommendations from the Standards Task Group to reference the appropriate standards in the chapters. Such a reference is necessary for the standards to be enforceable.”

The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 123 of the UPC is as follows: “The proposed modification will provide clarity in regards to the installation of permanent installed electric water coolers.”

The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 044 of the USPSHTC is as follows: “The public comment was amended to clarify that all drinking fountains must comply with all three items (self-closing, NSF 61, and one of the ASME standards).”

6 PART IV – CORRELATION ITEMS BETWEEN THE 2015 USEHC and UMC

TCC ITEM 6

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # 043 (PC1) COMMENTS ITEM # 315 (PC 2) COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

408.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an approved 1211.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed for the pres- approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and sure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be made designed for the pressure of the hydronic system. Chang- by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having a radius of not less es in direction shall be made by the use of fittings or with than six times the outside diameter of the tubing in accordance pipe bends having a radius of not less than six times the with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Joints between outside diameter of the tubing. Joints between pipe and pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. turer’s installation instructions.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: Section 408.1 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken on Item # 315 (Public Comment 2) of the UMC in regards to the change in direction of tubing for hydronic systems.

The Substantiation provided by the TCC for Item # 043 (Public Comment 1) is as follows: “The revisions to Sec- tion 408.1 of the USEHC will correlate with the action taken by the UMC TC to “accept the public comment as amended” Item # 315 (Public Comment 2).”

The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 315 (Public Comment 2) of the UMC is as follows: “Section 1211.1 was modified to provide clarity to the end user that the manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be used for the joining and connections using pipe bends.”

7 TCC ITEM 7

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # 050 (PC 2) COMMENTS ITEM # 322 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

413.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor pan- 1217.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled els used for space cooling shall be installed in a humidity- floor panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a controlled environment. An air handling device that removes hu- humidity-controlled environment. An air handling device midity shall be incorporated into the system to keep the relative that removes humidity shall be incorporated into the sys- humidity below 70 percent the relative humidity associated with tem to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent. A the panel dew point temperature. A humidity sensor shall be in- humidity sensor shall be installed within the space to turn stalled within the space to turn off the panels where the surface off the panels where the surface approaches the dew approaches the dew point. point.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: Section 413.4 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken on Item # 322 of the 2015 Uniform Me- chanical Code in regards to the required relative humidity for a chilled ceiling or chilled floor panels used for space cooling.

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 322 of the UMC is as follows: “The temperature of the water flowing through the tube is based on the amount of material obstructing the movement of heat from the tube to the space being heated. The type of flooring used, or extra floor material that the heat must pass through, will require higher water temperatures to motivate the flow of heat into the space.

Identification and labeling is an important part of radiant panel tube heating in order to provide proper system balancing. Some differences between heating and cooling systems are the necessity of constant supply water temperature for humidity control; constant circulation rates because of chiller low temperature and freeze point requirements; relative small water temperature ranges because of the series of temperature differentials required between the water freeze point and dehumidification. Whether a chilled ceiling or chilled floor is used for space cooling, both systems need to be in a humidity-controlled environment. Therefore, some type of air-handling device that removes humidity must also be incorporated into the system to keep the relative humidity below 70 percent.”

The substantiation provided for Item # 050 (Public Comment 2) of the USEHC is as follows: “Specifying 70 percent humidity is too restrictive and may not be appropriate for all climate and installations.”

The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 050 (Public Comment 2) of the USEHC is as follows: “The proposed modification will further clarify the intent of the section.”

8 TCC ITEM 8

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # 050 (PC 3) COMMENTS ITEM # 322, ITEM # 326 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

413.6 Poured Floor Structural Concrete Slab Systems 1217.6 Poured Floor Systems (Thermal Mass). (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a structural con- Where tubing is embedded in a concrete slab such tubes crete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than shall not be larger in outside dimension than one-third of one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 surface. mm) below the surface.

415.3.2 Poured Structural Concrete Slab Systems 1220.3.2 Poured Concrete Slab Systems (Ther- Where tubes are embedded in a structural con- (Thermal Mass). mal Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a concrete crete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be spaced than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and not less than three diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall shall be spaced not less than three diameters on center. be embedded in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the The top of the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not surface. less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: Section 413.6 and Section 415.3.2 of the USEHC are being revised to correlate with the actions taken on Item # 322 and Item # 326 of the 2015 UMC in regards to piping and tubing embedded in concrete.

Good design practices consider the effects of tube placement. Where tubes are placed closer together the result is a lower water temperature. Bare concrete and tile floors may suffer from “striping” when tube centers are too far apart. The results of striping (warm and cool bands) can be felt on the floor surface by the occupants and should be avoided. Manufacturers should be consulted for actual “R” values and maximum temperatures for their products. Tube location near the concrete floor surface is preferred for very thick slabs, minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover to prevent cracking. R-value is a unit of measure of thermal resistance and the higher the value, the better the heat-insulating capabilities of the material. For example, an 8” lightweight concrete block has an R-value of 2 and a ½ of an inch of plywood has an R-value of .63. The concrete block has far better heat-insulating properties than the plywood. This unit is used to

9 find the ‘heat-loss calculation’ for a structure so that preparations can be made to properly heat the structure. Radiant heating systems need low R-values for carpet pads to allow the heat to pass through it and high R-values are encouraged everywhere else.”

The substantiation provided for proposal Item # 326 of the UMC is as follows: “Auxiliary systems need to be addressed as additional loads are placed on the system along with chemical additives, corrosive fluids, or both. These recommended requirements address the design, installation and operation of snow and ice melting systems. The expected output should be based on the rate of snowfall, air dry-bulb temperature, humidity, wind speed, and dimension and design of controlled surfaces. The pipe spacing, pipe depth, and slab insulation can all have a significant effect on the heating capacity required to achieve a certain snow-melting performance. As can be seen, either increasing the pipe spacing or eliminating the bottom-side insulation degrades the performance of the system. Increasing the pipe spacing makes it more difficult to uniformly heat the top surface of the slab. However, increasing the pipe spacing requires higher fluid temperatures, some of which are infeasible. Preheating the slab with full heating capacity before snowfall can significantly improve the snow melting performance; however, it may result in excessively high fluid temperatures in mild weather conditions. These high fluid temperatures may not be achievable with typical system design constraints.”

The substantiation provided for Item # 050 (Public Comment 3) of the USEHC is as follows: “The requirements for embedded tubing to be not less than 2 inches (51mm) below the surface does not take into account thin-slab/over- pour systems. We suggest clarifying that these requirements are limited to slab-on-grade systems (typically 4 to 6 inches thick) and do not apply to thin-slab systems (typically 1.5 to 2 inches thick).”

The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 050 (Public Comment 3) of the USEHC is as follows: “The proposed modification will clarify the intent of the section as the slab may not necessarily be on-grade.”

TCC ITEM 9

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # 053 (PC 3) COMMENTS ITEM # 327 COMMENTS

RECOMMENDATION:

416.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be installed in 1221.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat fusion method, sol- installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat vent cemented, or other approved permanent-type mechanical fit- fusion method. tings in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

x Accept recommendation as submitted. Reject the recommendation.

Substantiation: Section 416.2.3 of the USEHC is being revised to correlate with the action taken on Item # 327 of the 2015 UMC in regards to plastics embedded in concrete.

10 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY & HYDRONICS CODE 2015 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE ITEM # 053 (PC 3) COMMENTS ITEM # 327 COMMENTS or eliminating the bottom-side insulation degrades the performance of the system. Increasing the pipe spacing makes it more difficult to uniformly heat the top surface of the slab. However, increasing the pipe spacing requires higher fluid temperatures, some of which are infeasible. Preheating the slab with full heating capacity before snowfall can significantly improve the snow melting performance; however, it may result in excessively high fluid temperatures in mild weather conditions. These high fluid temperatures may not be achievable with typical system design constraints.”

The substantiation provided for Item # 053 (Public Comment 3) of the USEHC is as follows: “The proposed modification will provide clarity in accordance with the Technical Committee comments made in the ROP. Solvent, welding and mechanical fittings can be used, and are used for pressure systems, under slabs and underground.”

The Committee Statement provided for accepting the public comment as amended Item # 053 (Public Com- ment 3) of the USEHC is as follows: “The term “welding” is being revised to “cemented” as the term solvent welding is not used in ASTM standards.”

MEMORANDUM

TO: Technical Correlating Committee

FROM: Hugo Aguilar, Staff Liaison

DATE: December 24, 2014

SUBJECT: December 2014 TCC Final Ballot Results

Dear Technical Committee Members:

Attached are the Final Ballot Results for the committee actions taken regarding the December 2014 TCC Ballot.

12 Members Eligible to Vote 0 Ballot was not received by the closing date of December 23, 2014. (See voting results for details)

There are two criteria necessary to pass the letter ballot for each item as follows:

1. The number of affirmative votes needed for each item to pass is 3/4 affirmative.

2. In all cases, an affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the total members eligible to vote is required.

All of the committee actions for the Technical Correlating Committee Report achieved the necessary 3/4 affirmative votes of returned ballots.

Please contact me with any questions or comments you may have at 909-472-4111 or [email protected] DECEMBER 2014 TCC FINAL BALLOT RESULTS

TCC Item #001 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #002 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #003 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #004 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #005 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #006 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 11 Negative: 1 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 91.67% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

Negative Comments: Cudahy: Since this section is general, why even try to specify a radius? I don't know that all materials used in hydronics have a minimum of six times the outside diameter of the tube radius for a bend. Some might have less, some might have more, some are rigid and don't bend at all. Leave the new language and follow the directions for the material.

TCC Item #007 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #008 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 12 Negative: 0 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 100% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

TCC Item #009 Eligible to Vote: 12 Affirmative: 11 Negative: 1 Not Returned: 0 Percent: 91.67% Affirmative Vote: Achieved 75% affirmative vote passed

Negative Comments: Cudahy: Now that other materials besides fuseable HDPE are used in hydronics, other methods of in-slab joining are possible. If a manufacturer has a joining system recommended for use in slab, and some PEX hydronics systems do have stainless and plastic fittings, or special coverings, they should be options. Not all piping can be heat fused. Attached is an example PEX radiant system intended for use in commercial slabs. Attachment for TCC Item #009 Radiant RolloutTM Mat with Wirsbo hePEXTM Tubing Submittal Information Revision G: Jan. 7, 2014 Project Information

Job Name:

Location: Part No. Ordered: Engineer: Date Submitted: Contractor: Submitted By:

Manufacturer’s Representative: Approved By:

Technical Data Materials: Crosslinked polyethylene (PEX-a) Engel method UDEL® polysulfone (PSU) 20% glass-reinforced for ProPEX® engineered polymer (EP) fittings1 Acetal polymer for support strip bracing; Nylon zip ties; Brass Schrader® valve Standard Grade 200°F at 80 psi (93°C at 5.51 bar) Hydrostatic Ratings (PPI): 180°F at 100 psi (82°C at 6.89 bar) 73.4°F at 160 psi (23°C at 11.03 bar) Linear Expansion Rate: 1.1"/10°F per 100' (27.94mm/5.56°C per 30.48m)

Product Information and Application Use

The Radiant RolloutTM Mat features ½" or ⅝" Wirsbo hePEXTM tubing that has an oxygen-diffusion barrier that meets German DIN 4726/9. The mat can include a ¾" reverse-return header with ¾" ProPEX EP Fittings that is pressurized to 20 psi to ensure system integrity. The mat can also be designed without a reverse-return header. Instead it is not pre-pressurized and can connect to a wall manifold such as the TruFLOW™ Classic Manifold.

 Description Part Number Loops Roll Height Roll Length Support Strip Bracing Roll Width Roll Weight ½" Wirsbo hePEX M2306060000 5 2' to 4' 40' to 150' 5' wide; place every 7' length; 5' 27.20 to Radiant Rollout Mat pre-drilled anchor points; acetal polymer 91.46 lbs. (6" o.c.), 5 loop

½" Wirsbo hePEX M2309054000 3 2' to 4' 40' to 150' 5' wide; place every 7' length; 4.5' 18.21 to Radiant Rollout Mat pre-drilled anchor points; acetal polymer 59.17 lbs. (9" o.c.), 3 loop

½" Wirsbo hePEX M2312072000 3 2' to 4' 40' to 150' 5' wide; place every 7' length; 6' 18.51 to Radiant Rollout Mat pre-drilled anchor points; acetal polymer 59.47 lbs. (12" o.c.), 3 loop

⅝" Wirsbo hePEX M2406060000 5 2' to 4' 40' to 225' 5' wide; place every 7' length; 5' 36.52 to Radiant Rollout Mat pre-drilled anchor points; acetal polymer 187.48 lbs. (6" o.c.), 5 loop

⅝" Wirsbo hePEX M2409054000 3 2' to 4' 40' to 225' 5' wide; place every 7' length; 4.5' 23.81 to Radiant Rollout Mat pre-drilled anchor points; acetal polymer 118.54 lbs. (9" o.c.), 3 loop

⅝" Wirsbo hePEX M2412072000 3 2' to 4' 40' to 225' 5' wide; place every 7' length; 6' 24.11 to Radiant Rollout Mat pre-drilled anchor points; acetal polymer 118.84 lbs. (12" o.c.), 3 loop

Installation At the jobsite, roll out the mat and, depending on your header/manifold selection, connect to a supply-and-return line using the attached header (optional) or connect each loop to a wall manifold (optional). Contact your local Uponor representative for more information. Listings2 Codes Standards cNSFus-rfh; cNSFus-pw; cQAIus; UL; CSA; WH; ETL; ICC; IPC; IMC; IRC; UPC; UMC; ANSI/NSF 14; ANSI/NSF 61; ASTM F876; ASTM F877; PPI TR-4; ICC-ES; IAPMO; CCMC NSPC; HUD; UFGS; NPC of Canada; ASTM F1960; ASTM F2023; ASTM E84; CAN/ULC S102.2; NBC of Canada ASTM E119/UL 263; CAN/ULC S101; ASTM E814/ULC S115; CSA B137.5; CSA B214; DIN 4726/9 Related Applications Contact Information Radiant Heating and Cooling Systems Uponor, Inc. Uponor Ltd. Snow and Ice Melting Systems 5925 148th Street West 2000 Argentia Road, Plaza 1, Suite 200 Permafrost Protection Systems Apple Valley, MN 55124 USA Mississauga, ON L5N 1W1 CANADA Turf Conditioning Systems Phone: 800.321.4739 Phone: 888.994.7726 Fax: 952.891.2008 Fax: 800.638.9517 www.uponorpro.com www.uponorpro.com

1ProPEX® is a registered trademark of Uponor, Inc. ProPEX™ is a trademark of Uponor Ltd. 2Visit listing agency’s website for complete information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Note: Page number will be updated before publishing. CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION ...... 1 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS ...... 9 101.0 General ...... 1 201.0 General ...... 9 101.1 Title ...... 1 201.1 Applicability ...... 9 101.2 Scope ...... 1 202.0 Definition of Terms ...... 9 101.3 Purpose ...... 1 202.1 General ...... 9 101.4 Unconstitutional ...... 1 202.2 Terms Defined in 101.5 Validity ...... 1 Other Documents ...... 9 102.0 Applicability ...... 1 102.1 Conflicts Between Codes ...... 1 CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS ...... 17 102.2 Existing Installation ...... 1 301.0 General ...... 17 102.3 Maintenance ...... 1 301.1 Applicability ...... 17 102.4 Additions, Alterations, or Repairs . . . .1 302.0 Materials – Standards 102.5 Health and Safety ...... 1 and Alternates ...... 17 102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy . . . . .1 302.1 Minimum Standards ...... 17 102.7 Moved Structures ...... 1 302.2 Alternate Materials and 102.8 Appendices ...... 1 Methods of Construction 103.0 Duties and Powers of the Equivalency ...... 17 Authority Having Jurisdiction ...... 1 302.3 Flood Hazard Areas ...... 17 103.1 General ...... 1 303.0 Structural Design Loads ...... 18 103.2 Liability ...... 2 303.1 General ...... 18 103.3 Applications and Permits ...... 2 304.0 Workmanship ...... 18 103.4 Right of Entry ...... 2 304.1 Engineering Practices ...... 18 104.0 Permits ...... 2 304.2 Concealing Imperfections ...... 18 104.1 Permits Required ...... 2 304.3 Burred Ends ...... 18 104.2 Exempt Work ...... 2 304.4 Installation Practices ...... 18 104.3 Application for Permit ...... 2 305.0 Installation ...... 18 104.4 Permit Issuance ...... 3 305.1 Dissimilar Metals ...... 18 104.5 Fees ...... 4 305.2 Direction of Flow ...... 18 105.0 Inspections and Testing ...... 4 305.3 Changes in Direction ...... 18 105.1 General ...... 4 305.4 Improper Location ...... 18 105.2 Required Inspection ...... 4 PRE-PRINT305.5 Attic Installations ...... 18 105.3 Testing of Systems ...... 5 306.0 Protection of Structures ...... 18 105.4 Connection to Service Utilities ...... 5 106.0 Violations and Penalties ...... 5 306.1 Structural Integrity ...... 18 106.1 General ...... 5 306.2 Waterproofing of Openings ...... 18 106.2 Notice of Correction or Violation . . . . .5 306.3 Rodentproofing ...... 18 106.3 Penalties ...... 5 306.4 Protection Against Decay ...... 18 106.4 Stop Orders ...... 5 307.0 Hangers and Supports ...... 19 106.5 Authority to Disconnect 307.1 Components of Solar Utilities in Emergencies ...... 6 Energy System ...... 19 106.6 Authority to Condemn ...... 6 307.2 Material ...... 19 107.0 Board of Appeals ...... 6 307.3 Suspended Piping ...... 19 107.1 General ...... 6 307.4 Alignment ...... 19 107.2 Limitations of Authority ...... 6 307.5 Underground Installation ...... 19 Table 104.5 Solar Energy System Permit Fees . . .7 307.6 Hanger Rod Sizes ...... 19

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE i Table 307.6 Hanger Rod Sizes ...... 19 CHAPTER 4 PIPING AND 308.0 Trenching, Excavation, CROSS-CONNECTION and Backfill ...... 19 CONTROL ...... 23 308.1 Trenches ...... 19 401.0 General ...... 23 308.2 Tunneling and Driving ...... 19 401.1 Applicability ...... 23 308.3 Open Trenches ...... 19 402.0 Protection of Piping, 308.4 Excavations ...... 19 Materials, and Structures ...... 23 308.5 Water Pipes ...... 19 402.1 General ...... 23 309.0 Testing ...... 19 403.0 Identification of Piping Systems . . . .24 309.1 Piping ...... 19 403.1 General ...... 24 309.2 System Requirements ...... 19 403.2 Color and Information ...... 24 Table 307.3 Hangers and Supports ...... 20 Table 403.2.1 Minimum Length of Color 309.3 Storage Tanks ...... 20 Field and Size of Letters ...... 24 310.0 Electrical ...... 20 403.3 Location of Piping Identification . . . .24 310.1 Wiring ...... 20 403.4 Flow Directions ...... 24 310.2 Controls ...... 20 404.0 Unlawful Connections ...... 24 311.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste ...... 20 404.1 Prohibited Installation ...... 24 311.1 General ...... 20 404.2 Cross-Contamination ...... 24 311.2 Connections to Drainage 404.3 Backflow Prevention ...... 24 System Required ...... 21 405.0 Cross-Connection Control ...... 24 312.0 Location ...... 21 405.1 General ...... 24 312.1 System ...... 21 405.2 Approval of Devices 312.2 Ownership ...... 21 or Assemblies ...... 24 405.3 Assemblies ...... 25 313.0 Abandonment ...... 21 405.4 Backflow Prevention Valve ...... 25 313.1 General ...... 21 405.5 Testing ...... 25 313.2 Storage Tank ...... 21 405.6 Access and Clearance ...... 25 314.0 Safety Requirements ...... 21 405.7 Connections ...... 25 314.1 Welding ...... 21 405.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers . . . .25 314.2 Spark or Flame ...... 21 405.9 Integral Backflow Preventers ...... 25 314.3 Hazardous Heat-Transfer 405.10 Prohibited Locations ...... 25 Mediums ...... 21 405.11 Cold Climate ...... 25 314.4 Discharge ...... 21 405.12 Drain Lines ...... 25 315.0 Safety Devices . . PRE-PRINT...... 21 406.0 Specific Requirements ...... 25 315.1 Pressure Relief Valves ...... 21 406.1 Heat Exchangers ...... 25 315.2 Vacuum Relief Valves ...... 21 406.2 Water Supply Inlets ...... 25 315.3 Space Heating ...... 21 Table 405.2(1) Backflow Prevention Devices, 316.0 Protection of System Components . .21 Assemblies and Methods ...... 26 316.1 Materials ...... 21 Table 405.2(2) Minimum Air Gaps ...... 27 316.2 Corrosion ...... 21 406.3 Systems with Backflow Devices . . . .27 316.3 Mechanical Damage ...... 21 406.4 Chemical Injection ...... 27 317.0 Duct Work ...... 22 406.5 Deck-Mounted and Equipment- 317.1 General ...... 22 Mounted Vacuum Breakers ...... 27 318.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe ...... 22 407.0 Materials ...... 27 318.1 General ...... 22 407.1 Piping Materials ...... 27 319.0 Other Systems ...... 22 407.2 Screwed Fittings ...... 27 319.1 General ...... 22

ii 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 407.3 Storage Tank Connectors ...... 27 503.18 Expansion Joints ...... 33 407.4 Flexible Connectors ...... 27 503.19 Unions ...... 33 408.0 Valves ...... 27 408.1 General ...... 27 CHAPTER 6 THERMAL STORAGE ...... 35 408.2 Fullway Valves ...... 27 601.0 General ...... 35 408.3 Shutoff Valves ...... 27 601.1 Applicability ...... 35 408.4 Balancing Valves ...... 28 601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks . . .35 408.5 Accessible ...... 28 602.0 Storage Tanks ...... 35 408.6 Control Valves ...... 28 602.1 Plans ...... 35 Table 407.1 Materials for Piping and Fittings . . . .28 602.2 Gravity Tanks ...... 35 408.7 Check Valves ...... 28 602.3 Prefabricated Tanks ...... 35 408.8 Automatic Air Vents ...... 28 602.4 Pressure-Type Storage Tanks . . . . .35 408.9 Closed Loop Systems ...... 28 602.5 Separate Storage Tanks ...... 35 602.6 Underground Tanks ...... 35 602.7 Pressure Vessels ...... 35 CHAPTER 5 JOINTS AND 602.8 Devices ...... 35 CONNECTIONS ...... 29 501.0 General ...... 29 602.9 Tank Covers ...... 35 501.1 Applicability ...... 29 602.10 Watertight Pan ...... 35 502.0 Tightness ...... 29 603.0 Materials ...... 35 502.1 General ...... 29 603.1 General ...... 35 503.0 Types of Joints ...... 29 603.2 Construction ...... 35 503.1 Asbestos-Cement Pipe 603.3 Standards ...... 35 and Joints ...... 29 603.4 Concrete ...... 35 503.2 Brass Pipe and Joints ...... 29 603.5 Metal Tanks ...... 36 503.3 Copper Pipe, Tubing 603.6 Filler Metal ...... 36 and Joints ...... 29 603.7 Non-Fiberglass Storage Tanks . . . . .36 503.4 CPVC Plastic Pipe and Joints . . . . .30 603.8 Fiber-Reinforced Storage Tanks . . . .36 503.5 Ductile Iron Pipe and Joints ...... 30 604.0 Expansion Tanks ...... 36 503.6 Galvanized Steel Pipe 604.1 Where Required ...... 36 and Joints ...... 31 604.2 Systems with Open 503.7 PE Plastic Pipe/Tubing Type Expansion Tanks ...... 36 and Joints ...... 31 604.3 Closed-Type Systems ...... 36 503.8 PE-AL-PEPRE-PRINT Plastic 604.4 Minimum Capacity Pipe/Tubing and Joints ...... 31 of Closed-Type Tank ...... 36 503.9 PE-RT ...... 31 Table 604.4(1) Expansion Tank Capacities 503.10 PEX Plastic Tubing and Joints . . . . .31 for Gravity Hot Water Systems . . . . .36 503.11 PEX-AL-PEX Plastic Table 604.4(2) Expansion Tank Capacities Tubing and Joints ...... 32 for Forced Hot Water Systems . . . . .36 503.12 Polypropylene (PP) 605.0 Dry Storage Systems ...... 37 Piping and Joints ...... 32 605.1 Waterproofing ...... 37 503.13 PVC Plastic Pipe and Joints ...... 32 605.2 Detecting Water Intrusion ...... 37 503.14 Stainless Steel Pipe and Joints . . . .32 605.3 Rock as Storage Material ...... 37 503.15 Slip Joints ...... 32 605.4 Odor and Particulate Control ...... 37 503.16 Dielectric Unions ...... 32 605.5 Combustibles Within Ducts 503.17 Joints Between or Plenums ...... 37 Various Materials ...... 32

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE iii CHAPTER 7 COLLECTORS ...... 39 CHAPTER 9 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS 701.0 General ...... 39 FOR A SWIMMING POOL ...... 47 701.1 Applicability ...... 39 901.0 General ...... 47 702.0 Construction ...... 39 901.1 Applicability ...... 47 702.1 General ...... 39 902.0 Water Chemistry ...... 47 702.2 Construction ...... 39 902.1 General ...... 47 702.3 Glass ...... 39 902.2 Parameters ...... 47 702.4 Plastic ...... 39 Table 902.2 Water Chemistry ...... 47 702.5 Listing ...... 39 902.3 Filter ...... 47 702.6 Air Collectors ...... 39 903.0 Corrosion Resistant ...... 47 703.0 Collector Installation ...... 39 903.1 Copper ...... 47 703.1 General ...... 39 703.2 Access ...... 39 CHAPTER 10 ELECTRICAL ...... 49 703.3 Stagnation Condition ...... 39 1001.0 General ...... 49 703.4 Waterproofing ...... 39 1001.1 Electrical Wiring and Equipment . . . .49 703.5 Fasteners ...... 39 1001.2 Applicability ...... 49 703.6 Combustible Materials ...... 39 1001.3 Other Articles ...... 49 703.7 Orientation ...... 39 1001.4 Output Characteristics ...... 49 703.8 Wall Mounted ...... 39 1001.5 Interrupting and Short-Circuit 704.0 Fire Safety Requirements ...... 39 Current Rating ...... 49 704.1 Building Components ...... 39 1001.6 Ground-Fault Protection ...... 50 704.2 Above or On the Roof ...... 39 1001.7 Synchronous Generators ...... 50 1002.0 Installation ...... 50 CHAPTER 8 THERMAL INSULATION ...... 41 1002.1 Photovoltaic Systems ...... 50 801.0 General ...... 41 1002.2 Identification and Grouping ...... 50 801.1 Applicability ...... 41 1002.3 Module Connection Arrangement . . .50 802.0 Piping ...... 41 1002.4 Equipment ...... 50 802.1 Required ...... 41 1002.5 Wiring and Connection ...... 50 802.2 Fittings ...... 41 1002.6 Circuit Routing ...... 50 802.3 Installation ...... 41 1002.7 Bipolar PV Systems ...... 50 802.4 Insulation ...... 41 1002.8 Multiple Inverters ...... 50 803.0 Ducts ...... 41 1002.9 Photovoltaic 803.1 General ...... 41 Modules/Panels/Shingles ...... 50 804.0 Tanks ...... PRE-PRINT...... 41 804.1 Thickness ...... 41 1003.0 Ground-Fault Protection ...... 51 Table 804.1 Minimum Tank Insulation ...... 41 1003.1 General ...... 51 804.2 Temperature Difference ...... 41 1003.2 Ground-Fault Detection Table 802.1(1) Minimum Pipe Insulation ...... 41 and Interruption ...... 51 Table 802.1(2) Iron Pipe and Copper 1003.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits ...... 51 Tubing Insulation Thickness ...... 42 1003.4 Labels and Markings ...... 51 Table 802.1(3) Universal Pipe Insulation 1004.0 Alternating-Current Thickness Based on (ac) Modules ...... 51 Radius and IPS ...... 43 1004.1 Photovoltaic Source Circuits ...... 51 Table 802.1(4) Design Values for Thermal 1004.2 Inverter Output Circuit ...... 51 Conductivity ( ) of 1004.3 Disconnecting Means ...... 51 k Industrial Insulation ...... 44 1004.4 Ground-Fault Detection ...... 51 Table 803.1 Insulation of Ducts ...... 45 1004.5 Overcurrent Protection ...... 51

iv 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 1005.0 Circuit Requirements ...... 51 1008.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection 1005.1 Maximum Photovoltaic (Direct Current) ...... 55 System Voltage ...... 51 1009.0 Disconnecting Means ...... 55 Table 1005.1 Voltage Correction Factors 1009.1 Conductors ...... 55 for Crystalline and 1009.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting ...... 56 Multicrystalline Silicon Modules . . . .52 1009.3 Disconnecting and 1005.2 Direct-Current Servicing of Fuses ...... 56 Utilization Circuits ...... 52 1009.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker ...... 57 1005.3 Photovoltaic Source 1009.5 Installation and Service and Output Circuits ...... 53 of an Array ...... 57 1005.4 Circuits Over 150 1010.0 Wiring Methods Permitted ...... 57 Volts to Ground ...... 53 1010.1 General ...... 57 1005.5 Bipolar Source and 1010.2 Single-Conductor Cable ...... 57 Output Circuits ...... 53 1010.3 Flexible Cords and Cables ...... 57 1005.6 Live Parts Guarded Against Table 1010.3 Correction Factors Based on Accidental Contact ...... 53 Temperature Rating of Conductor . . .57 1010.4 Small-Conductor Cables ...... 57 1005.7 Prevent Physical Damage ...... 53 1010.5 Direct-Current Photovoltaic 1005.8 Warning Signs ...... 53 Source and Output Circuits 1006.0 Circuit Sizing and Current ...... 53 Inside a Building ...... 57 1006.1 Calculation of Maximum 1010.6 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables . . . .58 Circuit Current ...... 53 1010.7 Terminals ...... 58 1006.2 Ampacity and Overcurrent 1010.8 Component Interconnections ...... 58 Device Ratings ...... 53 1010.9 Connectors ...... 58 1006.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 1010.10 Access to Boxes ...... 58 800 Amperes or Less ...... 54 1010.11 Ungrounded Photovoltaic 1006.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding Power Systems ...... 58 800 Amperers ...... 54 1011.0 Grounding ...... 59 1006.5 Small Conductors ...... 54 1011.1 System Grounding ...... 59 1006.6 Systems with Multiple 1011.2 Point of System Grounding Direct-Current Voltages ...... 54 Connection ...... 59 1006.7 Sizing of Module 1011.3 Equipment Grounding ...... 59 Interconnection Conductors ...... 54 1011.4 Size of Equipment 1007.0 Overcurrent Protection ...... 54 PRE-PRINT Grounding Conductor ...... 61 1007.1 Circuits and Equipment ...... 54 1011.5 Array Equipment 1007.2 Power Transformers ...... 54 Grounding Conductors ...... 61 1007.3 Photovoltaic Source Circuits ...... 55 1011.6 Grounding Electrode System ...... 61 1007.4 Direct-Current Rating ...... 55 Table 1011.4.1 Minimum Size Equipment 1007.5 Series Overcurrent Protection . . . . .55 Grounding Conductors 1008.0 Stand-Alone Systems ...... 55 for Grounding Raceway 1008.1 General ...... 55 and Equipment ...... 62 1008.2 Inverter Output ...... 55 1011.7 Continuity of Equipment 1008.3 Sizing and Protection ...... 55 Grounding Systems ...... 64 1008.4 Single 120-Volt Supply ...... 55 1011.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic 1008.5 Energy Storage or Backup Source and Output Circuit Power System Requirements ...... 55 Grounded Conductors ...... 65 1008.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers ...... 55 1011.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers ...... 65

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE v 1012.0 Marking ...... 65 1015.7 Nameplate ...... 69 1012.1 Directory ...... 65 1015.8 High-Voltage Fuses ...... 69 1012.2 Modules ...... 65 1015.9 Voltage Rating ...... 69 1012.3 Alternating-Current Photovoltaic Modules ...... 65 CHAPTER 11 PUMPS ...... 71 1012.4 Direct-Current Photovoltaic 1101.0 General ...... 71 Power Source ...... 65 1101.1 Applicability ...... 71 1012.5 Interactive System 1102.0 Installation ...... 71 Point of Interconnection ...... 65 1102.1 General ...... 71 1012.6 Photovoltaic Power Systems 1102.2 Maintenance ...... 71 Employing Energy Storage ...... 65 1102.3 Mounting ...... 71 1012.7 Facilities with 1103.0 Design and Operation ...... 71 Stand-Alone Systems ...... 65 1103.1 Flow Rate ...... 71 1012.8 Facilities with Utility 1103.2 Materials ...... 71 Services and PV Systems ...... 65 1103.3 Operation ...... 71 1013.0 Connection to Other Sources ...... 65 1013.1 Load Disconnect ...... 65 CHAPTER 12 REFERENCED STANDARDS . . . . .73 1013.2 Identified Interactive Equipment . . . .65 1201.0 General ...... 73 1013.3 Loss of Interactive 1201.1 Standards ...... 73 System Power ...... 65 Table 1201.1 Referenced Standards ...... 73 1013.4 Unbalanced Interconnections ...... 65 1013.5 Point of Connection ...... 66 APPENDICES TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... 83 1014.0 Storage Batteries ...... 67 Appendix A Engineered Solar Energy Systems . .85 Appendix B Solar Photovoltaic System 1014.1 Installation ...... 67 Installation Guidelines ...... 87 1014.2 Dwellings ...... 67 Appendix C Supplemental Checklist 1014.3 Current Limiting ...... 67 for Solar Photovoltaic Systems . . . . .93 1014.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks . . . . .67 1014.5 Disconnection of Series USEFUL TABLES ...... 95 Battery Circuits ...... 67 1014.6 Battery Maintenance INDEX ...... 99 Disconnecting Means ...... 67 1014.7 Battery Systems PRE-PRINT Exceeding 48 Volts ...... 67 1014.8 Battery Locations ...... 67 1014.9 Charge Control ...... 67 1014.10 Battery Interconnections ...... 68 1015.0 Systems Over 600 Volts ...... 68 1015.1 General ...... 68 1015.2 Definitions ...... 68 1015.3 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized Parts Within a Compartment ...... 68 1015.4 High-Voltage Equipment ...... 68 1015.5 Circuit Breakers ...... 68 1015.6 Operating Characteristics ...... 68

vi 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION

101.0 General. The owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance of the system. To determine 101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code,” may be cited as such, compliance with this subsection, the Authority Having Juris- and will be referred to herein as “this code.” diction shall be permitted to cause a system to be reinspected. 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the erection, installation, alteration, addition, repair, relocation, 102.4 Additions, Alterations, Renovations, or replacement, addition to, use or maintenance of solar energy, Repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall water heating, appliances intended for space heating or cool- conform to that required for a new system without requiring ing, swimming pool heating, process heating, geothermal the existing system to be in accordance with the require- and hydronic systems, snow and ice melt systems and use of ments of this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or any solar energy systems or swimming pool, spa or hot tub repairs shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, systems within this jurisdiction. insanitary, or overloaded. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to existing 101.3 Purpose. This code is an ordinance providing minimum requirements and standards for the protection of the system installations shall comply with the provisions for public health, safety, and welfare. new construction, unless such deviations are found to be necessary and are first approved by the Authority Having Where a section, subsection, 101.4 Unconstitutional. Jurisdiction. sentence, clause, or phrase of this code is, for a reason, held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the 102.5 Health and Safety. Where compliance with the validity of the remaining portions of this code. The legisla- provisions of this code fails to eliminate or alleviate a nui- tive body hereby declares that it would have passed this sance, or other dangerous or insanitary condition that code, and each section, subsection, sentence, clause, or involves health or safety hazards, the owner or the owner’s phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that one or more sec- agent shall install such additional facilities or shall make tions, subsections, sentences, clauses, and phrases are such repairs or alterations as ordered by the Authority Hav- declared unconstitutional. ing Jurisdiction. Systems that 101.5 Validity. Where a provision of this code, or the appli- 102.6 Changes in Building Occupancy. cation thereof to a person or circumstance, is held invalid, are a part of a building or structure undergoing a change in the remainder of the code, or the application of such provi- use or occupancy, as defined in the building code, shall be in sion to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected accordance with the requirements of this code that are appli- thereby. cable to the new use or occupancy. 102.7 Moved Structures. Parts of the system of a building or part thereof that is moved from one foundation to 102.0 Applicability. another, or from one location to another, shall be in accor- Where the require- 102.1 Conflicts Between Codes. dance with the provisions of this code for new installations ments within the jurisdiction of this code conflict with the and completely tested as prescribed elsewhere in this section requirements of the plumbing or mechanical code, this code for new work, except that walls or floors need not be shall prevail. In instances wherePRE-PRINT this code, applicable stan- removed during such test where equivalent means of inspec- dards, or the manufacturer’s installation instructions con- tion acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are pro- flict, the more stringent provisions shall prevail. Where there vided. is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall prevail. 102.8 Appendices. The provisions in the appendices are intended to supplement the requirements of this code and Systems lawfully in exis- 102.2 Existing Installation. shall not be considered part of this code unless formally tence at the time of the adoption of this code shall be permit- adopted as such. ted to have their use, maintenance, or repair continued where the use, maintenance, or repair is in accordance with the original design and location and no hazard to life, health, or 103.0 Duties and Powers of the Authority Having property has been created by such system. Jurisdiction. 102.3 Maintenance. Systems, materials, and appurte- 103.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be nances, both existing and new, of a premise under the the Authority duly appointed to enforce this code. For such Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be maintained in operat- purposes, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the ing condition. Devices or safeguards required by this code powers of a law enforcement officer. The Authority Having shall be maintained in accordance with the code edition Jurisdiction shall have the power to render interpretations of under which installed. this code and to adopt and enforce rules and regulations sup-

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 1 ADMINISTRATION plemental to this code as deemed necessary in order to clar- Where such building or premises is unoccupied, the Author- ify the application of the provisions of this code. Such inter- ity Having Jurisdiction shall first make a reasonable effort to pretations, rules, and regulations shall comply with the locate the owner or other person having charge or control of intent and purpose of this code. the building or premises and request entry. Where entry is In accordance with the prescribed procedures and with refused, the Authority Having Jurisdiction has recourse to the approval of the appointing authority, the Authority Hav- every remedy provided by law to secure entry. ing Jurisdiction shall be permitted to appoint such number of Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have first technical officers, inspectors, and other employees as shall obtained an inspection warrant or other remedy provided by be authorized from time to time. The Authority Having law to secure entry, no owner, occupant, or person having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to deputize such inspectors or charge, care, or control of a building or premises shall fail or employees as necessary to carry out the functions of the code neglect, after a request is made as herein provided, to enforcement agency. promptly permit entry herein by the Authority Having Juris- The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to diction for the purpose of inspection and examination pur- request the assistance and cooperation of other officials of suant to this code. this jurisdiction so far as required in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance. 104.0 Permits. It shall be unlawful for a per- The Authority Having Jurisdiction charged 104.1 Permits Required. 103.2 Liability. son, firm, or corporation to make an installation, alteration, with the enforcement of this code, acting in good faith and repair, replacement, or remodel a system regulated by this without malice in the discharge of the Authority Having Jurisdiction’s duties, shall not thereby be rendered person- code except as permitted in Section 104.2, or to cause the ally liable for damage that accrues to persons or property as same to be done without first obtaining a separate permit for a result of an act or by reason of an act or omission in the each separate building or structure. discharge of such duties. A suit brought against the Author- 104.2 Exempt Work. A permit shall not be required for the ity Having Jurisdiction or employee because of such act or following: omission performed in the enforcement of provisions of this (1) The repairing of leaks in pipes, valves, or components, code shall be defended by legal counsel provided by this provided such repairs do not involve or require the jurisdiction until final termination of such proceedings. replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes, or com- 103.3 Applications and Permits. The Authority Having ponents. Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the submission of (2) Replacement of a component part that does not alter its plans, specifications, drawings, and such other information original approval and is in accordance with other appli- in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction, prior cable requirements of this code. to the commencement of, and at a time during the progress of, work regulated by this code. Exemption from the permit requirements of this code shall be deemed not to grant authorization for work to be done The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications in violation of the provisions of the code or other laws or ordi- construction documents shall not prevent the Authority Hav- nances of this jurisdiction. ing Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said plans and specifications construction docu- 104.3 Application for Permit. To obtain a permit, the ments or from preventing construction operations being car- applicant shall first file an application therefore in writing on ried on thereunder where in violation ofPRE-PRINT this code or of other a form furnished by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for that pertinent ordinance or from revoking a certificate of purpose. Such application shall: approval where issued in error. (1) Identify and describe the work to be covered by the per- 103.3.1 Licensing. Provision for licensing shall be mit for which application is made. determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (2) Describe the land upon which the proposed work is to be 103.4 Right of Entry. Where it is necessary to make an done by legal description, street address, or similar inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where description that will readily identify and definitely locate the Authority Having Jurisdiction has reasonable cause to the proposed building or work. believe that there exists in a building or upon a premises a (3) Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposed condition or violation of this code that makes the building or work is intended. premises unsafe, insanitary, dangerous, or hazardous, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to enter the (4) Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations, and building or premises at reasonable times to inspect or to per- other data construction documents in accordance with form the duties imposed upon the Authority Having Jurisdic- Section 104.3.1. tion by this code, provided that where such building or (5) Be signed by the permittee or the permittee’s authorized premises is occupied, the Authority Having Jurisdiction agent. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permit- shall present credentials to the occupant and request entry. ted to require evidence to indicate such authority.

2 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE ADMINISTRATION

(6) Give such other data and information in accordance with shall be extended more than once. In order to renew the Authority Having Jurisdiction. action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee. 104.3.1 Plans and Specifications Construction Documents. Plans Construction documents, engineer- 104.4 Permit Issuance. The application plans construction ing calculations, diagrams, and other data shall be sub- documents, and specifications and other data filed by an appli- mitted in one two or more sets with each application for cant for a permit shall be reviewed by the Authority Having a permit. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be Jurisdiction. Such plans shall be permitted to be reviewed by permitted to require plans construction documents, other departments of this jurisdiction to verify compliance computations, and specifications to shall be prepared with applicable laws under their jurisdiction. Where the by, and the system designed by, a registered design pro- Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that the work described in fessional. Construction documents shall be drawn to an application for permit and the plans, specifications, and scale with clarity to identify that the intended work to be other data filed therewith are in accordance with the require- performed is in accordance with the code. ments of the code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, and that the fees specified in Section 104.5 have been paid, the Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issue a permit therefore to permitted to waive the submission of plans construction the applicant. documents, calculations, or other data where the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction finds that the nature of the work 104.4.1 Approved Plans or Construction Docu- applied for is such that reviewing of plans construction ments. Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues documents is not necessary to obtain compliance with the the permit where plans are required, the Authority Hav- code. ing Jurisdiction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and specifications construction documents 104.3.2 Plan Review Fees. Where a plan or other data is required to be submitted in accordance with Section “APPROVED.” Such approved plans and specifications 104.3.1, a plan review fee shall be paid at the time of sub- construction documents shall not be changed, modified, mitting plans and specifications construction documents or altered without authorization from the Authority for review. Having Jurisdiction, and the work shall be completed in accordance with approved plans. The plan review fees for system work shall be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to issue a permit for the construction of a part of a The plan review fees specified in this subsection are system before the entire plans and specifications con- separate fees from the permit fees specified in Section struction documents for the whole system have been 104.5. submitted or approved, provided adequate information Where plans are incomplete or changed so as to and detailed statements have been filed in accordance require additional review, a fee shall be charged at the with the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder rate shown in Table 104.5. of such permit shall be permitted to proceed at the 104.3.3 Information on Plans and Specifica- holder’s risk without assurance that the permit for the

tions. Plans and specifications shall be drawn to scale entire building, structure, or system will be granted. upon substantial paper or cloth and shall indicate the 104.4.2 Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit location, nature, and extent of the work proposed and or approval of plans and specifications construction doc- show in detail that it is in accordance with the provi- uments shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an sions of this code and relevantPRE-PRINT laws, ordinances, rules, approval of, a violation of the provisions of this code or and regulations. other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presum- The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the ing to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions option to accept plans and specifications electronically, of this code shall be valid. in lieu of on cloth or paper, in whatever format it shall The issuance of a permit based upon plans, specifi- require. cations, or other data shall not prevent the Authority 104.3.4 104.3.3 Time Limitation of Application. Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring the cor- Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 rection of errors in said plans, specifications, and other days following the date of application shall expire by data or from preventing building operations being car- limitation, plans and other data submitted for review ried on thereunder where in violation of this code or of thereafter, shall be returned to the applicant or destroyed other ordinances of this jurisdiction. by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to extend the 104.4.3 Expiration. A permit issued by the Authority time for action by the applicant for a period not to Having Jurisdiction under the provisions of this code exceed 180 days upon request by the applicant showing shall expire by limitation and become null and void that circumstances beyond the control of the applicant where the work authorized by such permit is not com- have prevented action from being taken. No application menced within 180 days from the date of such permit,

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 3 ADMINISTRATION

or where the work authorized by such permit is sus- issued. The payment of such investigation fee shall not pended or abandoned at a time after the work is com- exempt a person from compliance with other provisions menced for a period of 180 days. Before such work is of this code, nor from a penalty prescribed by law. recommenced, a new permit shall first be obtained to do 104.5.3 Fee Refunds. The Authority Having Juris- so, and the fee therefore shall be one-half the amount diction shall be permitted to authorize the refunding of required for a new permit for such work, provided no a fee as follows: changes have been made or will be made in the original (1) The amount paid hereunder that was erroneously plans and specifications construction documents for paid or collected. such work, and provided further that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded 1 year. (2) Refunding of not more than a percentage, as determined by this jurisdiction where no work has been A permittee holding an unex- 104.4.4 Extensions. done under a permit issued in accordance with this pired permit shall be permitted to apply for an extension code. of the time within which work shall be permitted to commence under that permit where the permittee is unable to The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall not author- commence work within the time required by this section. ize the refunding of a fee paid except upon written The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to application filed by the original permittee not to exceed extend the time for action by the permittee for a period 180 days after the date of fee payment. not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the permittee showing that circumstances beyond the control of 105.0 Inspections and Testing. the permittee have prevented action from being taken. 105.1 General. Systems for which a permit is required by No permit shall be extended more than once. In order to this code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Juris- renew action on a permit after expiration, the permittee diction. shall pay a new full permit fee. No system or portion thereof shall be covered, con- 104.4.5 Suspension and Revocation. The Author- cealed, or put into use until inspected and approved as pre- ity Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to, in writing, scribed in this code. Neither the Authority Having Jurisdic- suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions tion nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed of this code where the permit is issued in error or on the in the removal or replacement of material required to permit basis of incorrect information supplied or in violation of inspection. Systems regulated by this code shall not be con- other ordinance or regulation of the jurisdiction. nected to the water, energy fuel supply, or the sewer system until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 104.4.6 Retention of Plans. One set of approved plans, specifications, construction documents and com- 105.2 Required Inspection. New system work and such putations shall be retained by the Authority Having portions of existing systems as affected by new work, or Jurisdiction until final approval of the work covered changes, shall be inspected by the Authority Having Jurisdic- therein. tion to ensure compliance with the requirements of this code One set of approved plans, specifications construc- and to ensure that the installation and construction of the sys- tion documents, computations, and manufacturer’s tem is in accordance with approved plans. The Authority installation instructions shall be returned to the appli- Having Jurisdiction shall make the following inspections and cant, and said set shall be kept on the site of the build- other such inspections as necessary. The permittee or the per- ing or work at times during whichPRE-PRINT the work authorized mittee’s authorized agent shall be responsible for the sched- thereby is in progress. uling of such inspections as follows: Fees shall be assessed in accordance with the (1) Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or 104.5 Fees. ditches are excavated and bedded, piping installed, and provisions of this section and as set forth in the fee schedule, before backfill is put in place. Table 104.5. The fees are to be determined and adopted by this jurisdiction. (2) Rough-in inspection shall be made prior to the installation of wall or ceiling membranes. 104.5.1 Work Commencing Before Permit (3) Final inspection shall be made upon completion of the Issuance. Where work for which a permit is required by this code has been commenced without first obtaining installation. said permit, a special investigation shall be made before 105.2.1 Uncovering. Where a system, or part thereof, a permit is issued for such work. which is installed, altered, or repaired, is covered or concealed before being inspected, tested, and approved as 104.5.2 Investigation Fees. An investigation fee, in addition to the permit fee, shall be collected whether or prescribed in this code, it shall be uncovered for inspection after notice to uncover the work has been issued to not a permit is then or subsequently issued. The investi- the responsible person by the Authority Having Jurisdic- gation fee shall be equal to the amount of the permit fee tion. The requirements of this section shall not be consid- that is required by this code, if a permit were to be ered to prohibit the operation of system equipment

4 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE ADMINISTRATION

installed to replace existing equipment serving an occu- To obtain reinspection, the applicant shall file an pied portion of the building in the event a request for application therefore in writing upon a form furnished inspection of such equipment has been filed with the for that purpose and pay the reinspection fee in accor- Authority Having Jurisdiction not more than 72 hours dance with Table 104.5. after such replacement work is completed, and before a In instances where reinspection fees have been portion of such system is concealed by a permanent por- assessed, no additional inspection of the work will be tion of the building. performed until the required fees have been paid. In addition to the 105.2.2 Other Inspections. 105.3 Testing of Systems. Systems shall be tested and inspections required by this code, the Authority Having approved in accordance with this code or the Authority Hav- Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require other inspec- ing Jurisdiction. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of tions to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this the Authority Having Jurisdiction or the Authority Having code and other laws that are enforced by the Authority Jurisdiction’s duly appointed representative. No test or Having Jurisdiction. inspection shall be required where a system, or part thereof, 105.2.3 Inspection Requests. It shall be the duty of is set up for exhibition purposes and has no connection with the person doing the work authorized by a permit to a water or an energy fuel supply. In cases where it would be notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction that such work impractical to provide the required water or air tests, or for is ready for inspection. The Authority Having Jurisdic- minor installations and repairs, the Authority Having Juris- tion shall be permitted to require that a request for diction shall be permitted to make such inspection as inspection be filed not less than 1 working day before deemed advisable in order to be assured that the work has such inspection is desired. Such request shall be permit- been performed in accordance with the intent of this code. ted to be made in writing or by telephone, at the option Joints and connections in a system shall be airtight, gastight, of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. or watertight for the pressures required by the test. It shall be the duty of the person requesting inspec- 105.3.1 Defective Systems. In buildings or prem- tions in accordance with this code to provide access to ises condemned by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and means for proper inspection of such work. because of an insanitary condition of the system, or part It shall be the duty of the thereof, the alterations in such system shall be in accor- 105.2.4 Advance Notice. dance with the requirements of this code. person doing the work authorized by the permit to notify the Authority Having Jurisdiction, orally or in 105.3.2 Retesting. Where the Authority Having writing that said work is ready for inspection. Such noti- Jurisdiction finds that the work will not pass the test, fication shall be given not less than 24 hours before the necessary corrections shall be made, and the work shall work is to be inspected. be resubmitted for test or inspection. Where prescribed tests and inspec- 105.2.5 Responsibility. It shall be the duty of the 105.3.3 Approval. holder of a permit to make sure that the work will stand tions indicate that the work is in accordance with this the test prescribed before giving the notification. code, a certificate of approval shall be issued by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to the permittee on The equipment, material, and labor necessary for demand. inspection or tests shall be furnished by the person to No person shall whom the permit is issued or by whom inspection is 105.4 Connection to Service Utilities. make connections from a source of energy or fuel to a sys- requested. tem or equipment regulated by this code and for which a per- 105.2.6 Reinspections.PRE-PRINTA reinspection fee shall be mit is required until approved by the Authority Having Juris- permitted to be assessed for each inspection or reinspec- diction. No person shall make connection from a water-sup- tion where such portion of work for which inspection is ply line nor shall connect to a sewer system regulated by this called is not complete or where required corrections code and for which a permit is required until approved by the have not been made. Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Juris- This provision shall not to be interpreted as requir- diction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connection ing reinspection fees the first time a job is rejected for of the system equipment to the source of energy or fuel for failure to be in accordance with the requirements of this the purpose of testing the equipment. code, but as controlling the practice of calling for inspections before the job is ready for inspection or 106.0 Violations and Penalties. reinspection. 106.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm, or cor- Reinspection fees shall be permitted to be assessed poration to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, where the approved plans are not readily available to the improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, or maintain a inspector, for failure to provide access on the date for system or permit the same to be done in violation of this code. which the inspection is requested, or for deviating from 106.2 Notices of Correction or Violation. Notices of plans requiring the approval of the Authority Having correction or violation shall be written by the Authority Hav- Jurisdiction. ing Jurisdiction and shall be permitted to be posted at the site

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 5 ADMINISTRATION of the work, mailed, or delivered to the permittee or their and shall render decisions and findings in writing to the authorized representative. appellant with a duplicate copy to the Authority Having Refusal, failure, or neglect to comply with such notice Jurisdiction. or order within 10 days of receipt thereof, shall be consid- 107.2 Limitations of Authority. The Board of Appeals ered a violation of this code and shall be subject to the penal- shall have no authority relative to interpretation of the ties set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. administrative provisions of this code, nor shall the board be empowered to waive requirements of this code. 106.3 Penalties. A person, firm, or corporation violating a provision of this code shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be punishable by a fine, imprisonment, or both set forth by the governing laws of the jurisdiction. Each separate day or portion thereof, during which a violation of this code occurs or continues, shall be deemed to constitute a separate offense. 106.4 Stop Orders. Where work is being done contrary to the provisions of this code, the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion shall be permitted to order the work stopped by notice in writing served on persons engaged in the doing or causing such work to be done, and such persons shall forthwith stop work until authorized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction to proceed with the work. 106.5 Authority to Disconnect Utilities in Emergen- cies. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to disconnect a system to a building, structure, or equipment regulated by this code in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property. 106.6 Authority to Condemn. Where the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction ascertains that a system or portion thereof, regulated by this code, has become hazardous to life, health, or property, or has become insanitary, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall order in writing that such system either be removed or placed in a safe or sanitary condition. The order shall fix a reasonable time limit for compliance. No person shall use or maintain a defective system after receiving such notice. Where such system is to be disconnected, written notice shall be given. In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be permitted to be made immediately without such notice. PRE-PRINT 107.0 Board of Appeals. 107.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions, or determinations made by the Authority Having Jurisdiction relative to the application and interpretations of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a Board of Appeals consisting of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass upon matters pertaining to a system design, construction, and maintenance and the public health aspects of such systems and who are not employees of the jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be an ex-officio member and shall act as secretary to said board but shall have no vote upon a matter before the board. The Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business

6 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE ADMINISTRATION

TABLE 104.5 2 SYSTEM PERMIT FEES

Permit Issuance 1. For issuing each permit...... 1______2. For issuing each supplemental permit ...... 1______

Unit Fee Schedule (in addition to items 1 and item 2 above) 1. For Collectors (including related piping and regulating devices): Up to 1000 square feet...... 1______Between 1001 square feet and 2000 square feet ...... 1______More than 2000 square feet, $5.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 square feet or fraction thereof over 2000 square feet...... 1______2. For Storage Tanks (including related piping and regulating devices): Up to 750 gallons...... 1______Between 751 gallons and 2000 gallons ...... 1______Exceeding 2000 gallons, $3.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 or fraction thereof exceeding 2000 gallons ...... 1______3. For Rock Storage: Up to 1500 cubic feet...... 1______Between 1501 cubic feet and 3000 cubic feet...... 1______More than 3000 cubic feet, $3.00 plus $1.00 per 1000 cubic feet or fraction thereof over 3000 cubic feet ...... 1______4. For each appliance or piece of equipment regulated by this code for which no fee is listed ...... 1______

Other Inspections and Fees 1. Inspections outside of normal business hours ...... 1______2. Reinspection fee ...... 1______3. Inspections for which no fee is specifically indicated ...... 1______4. Additional plan review required by changes, additions, or 1 1 revisions to approved plans (minimum charge - ⁄2 hour)...... ______5. Plan Check Fee: Where specific plans are required, a plan check fee shall be charged equal to one-half the total permit fee, excluding the permit issuance fee...... 1______For SI units: 1 square foot = 0.0929 mPRE-PRINT2, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m3 Notes: 1 Jurisdiction will indicate its fees here. 2 These fees do not include permit fees for parts of the system that are subject to the requirements of other applicable codes.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 7 PRE-PRINT

8 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS

201.0 General. and other components, exclusive of tracker, designed to generate ac power where exposed to sunlight. [NFPA 70:690.2] 201.1 Applicability. For the purpose of this code, the following terms have the meaning indicated in this chapter. Ambient Temperature. Surrounding temperature. No attempt is made to define ordinary words, which are Angle of Incidence. The angle between the direct solar used in accordance with their established dictionary mean- irradiation and the normal to the aperture plane. ings, except where a word has been used loosely and it is Appliance. A device that utilizes an energy source to pro- necessary to define its meaning as used in this code to avoid duce light, heat, power, refrigeration, or air conditioning. misunderstanding. Approved. Acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 202.0 Definition of Terms. Approved Testing Agency. An organization primarily 202.1 General. The definitions of terms are arranged established for purposes of testing to approved standards and alphabetically according to the first word of the term. approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 202.2 Terms Defined in Other Documents. Where Appurtenance, Plumbing. A manufactured device, a terms are not defined in this chapter and defined in the build- prefabricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of com- ing code, mechanical code, plumbing code, electrical code, ponent parts that is an adjunct to the basic piping system. An and fire code; such terms shall have meanings as defined in appurtenance demands no additional water supply, nor does those codes. it add a discharge load to the drainage system. It performs some useful function in the operation, maintenance, servicing, economy, or safety of the system. 203.0 – A – A manufactured device, a prefab- That part of the solar collector that receives the Appurtenance, Solar. Absorber. ricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of component incident radiation energy. parts that is an adjunct to a solar energy system. The collecting of heat, measured as percent Absorptance. The total projected heat transfer area of total radiation available. Area, Absorber. from which the absorbed solar irradiation heats the transfer Accepted Engineering Practice. That which conforms media. to technical or scientific-based principles, tests, or standards The maximum projected area of a solar that are accepted by the engineering profession. Area, Aperture. collector through which the unconcentrated solar radiant Accessible. Where applied to a device, appliance, or energy is admitted. equipment, “accessible” means having access thereto, but The maximum projected area of which first may require the removal of an access panel, door, Area, Gross Collector. the complete collector module, including integral mounting or similar obstruction. means. Having a direct access without the Accessible, Readily. A mechanically integrated assembly of modules or necessity of removing panel, door, or similar obstruction. Array. panels with a support structure and foundation, tracker, and Air Break, Drainage. ThePRE-PRINT drain from an appliance or other components, as required, to form a direct-current appurtenance that discharges indirectly into another receptor power-producing unit. [NFPA 70:690.2] at a point below the flood level rim and above the trap seal. Authority Having Jurisdiction. The organization, Air Gap, Drainage. The unobstructed vertical distance office, or individual responsible for enforcing the require- through the free atmosphere between the lowest openings ments of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, from a pipe, appliance, or appurtenance conveying waste to materials, installations, or procedures. The Authority Having the flood-level rim of the receptor. Jurisdiction shall be a federal, state, local, or other regional

Air Gap, Water Distribution. The unobstructed vertical department or an individual such as a plumbing official, distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest mechanical official, labor department official, health depart- opening from a pipe or faucet conveying potable water to the ment official, building official, or others having statutory flood-level rim of a tank, vat, or receptor. authority. In the absence of a statutory authority, the Authority Having Jurisdiction may be some other responsi- Air Mass. The ratio of the mass of atmosphere, in the actual earth-sun path, to the mass that would exist if the sun were ble party. This definition shall include the Authority Having directly overhead at sea level. Jurisdiction’s duly authorized representative. Auxiliary Energy System. Equipment using non-solar Alternating-Current (ac) Module (Alternating- energy sources to supplement or backup the output provided Current Photovoltaic Module). A complete, environmentally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics, inverter, by a solar energy system.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 9 DEFINITIONS

204.0 – B – Circulating Air. Air being conveyed from or to a collector through openings, ducts, plenums, or concealed spaces to a Backflow. The flow of water or other liquids, mixtures, or substances into the distributing pipes of a potable supply of heat exchanger or storage media. water from sources other than its intended source. See Circulators (Circulating Pump). A device that circu- Backsiphonage, backpressure backflow. lates liquids within a closed circuit for an intended purpose.

Backflow Connection. An arrangement whereby back- Closed Loop System. A system where the fluid is flow can occur. enclosed in a piping system that is not vented to the atmosphere. Backflow Preventer. A backflow prevention device, an assembly, or other method to prevent backflow into the Coastal High Hazard Areas. An area within the flood potable water system. hazard area that is subject to high velocity wave action, and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard Backpressure Backflow. Backflow due to an increased pressure above the supply pressure, which may be due to map as Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30. pumps, boilers, gravity, or other sources of pressure. Code. A standard that is an extensive compilation of provisions covering broad subject matter or that is suitable for Backsiphonage. The flowing back of used, contaminated, or polluted water from a plumbing fixture or vessel into a adoption into law independently of other codes and stan- water supply pipe due to a pressure less than atmospheric in dards. such pipe. See Backflow. Collector. See Solar Collector. A solar collector that uses Balancing Valves. A valve that regulates the flow rate of Collector, Concentrating. liquid, to achieve uniform distribution, throughout multiple reflectors, lenses, or other optical elements to concentrate collectors. the radiant energy passing through the aperture onto an absorber of which the surface area is smaller than the aper- Bipolar Photovoltaic Array. A photovoltaic PV array that has two outputs, each having opposite polarity to a com- ture area. mon reference point or center tap. [NFPA 70:690.2] Collector System. That section of the solar system that includes the collector and piping or ducts from the collector A diode used to block reverse flow of cur- Blocking Diode. to the storage system. rent into a photovoltaic PV source circuit. [NFPA 70:690.2] The angle above horizontal at which a solar A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid, or Collector Tilt. Boiler. heat collector is positioned. for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels or electricity. Combination Temperature and Pressure-Relief A relief valve that actuates when a set temperature, A structure built, erected, and framed of compo- Valve. Building. pressure, or both is reached. Also known as a T&P valve. nent structural parts designed for the housing, shelter, enclosure, or support of persons, animals, or property of any kind. Combustible Liquid. A liquid having a flash point at or above 100°F (38°C). Combustible liquids shall be divided The building code that is adopted by the Building Code. into the following classifications: jurisdiction. (1) Class II liquids having a flash point above 100°F (38°C) That part of the lowest piping of a drainage Building Drain. and below 140°F (60°C). system that receives the discharge from soil, waste, and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it (2) Class IIIA liquids having a flash point at or above 140°F to the building sewer beginning 2 feet (610 mm) outside the (60°C) and below 200°F (93°C). building wall. (3) Class IIIB liquids having a flash point at or above 200°F PRE-PRINT(93°C). Building Integrated Photovoltaics. Photovoltaic cells, devices, modules, or modular materials that are integrated The classifications of combustible liquids do not into the outer surface or structure of a building and serve as include compressed gases or cryogenic fluids. the outer protective surface of that building. [NFPA Concentration Ratio. The ratio of the aperture area to the 70:690.2] absorber area (in concentrating solar collectors). Concentrator. Reflector of lens designed to focus solar energy into a reduced area. 205.0 – C – AThe liquid phase obtained from produced Calcium Hardness. A measure of dissolved calcium com- Condensate. pounds and mineral content of water. It is measured as cal- by condensation of a particular gas or vapor. cium carbonate (CaCO3). Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normally occupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation Certified Backflow Assembly Tester. A person who has shown competence to test and maintain backflow assem- by any equipment. blies to the satisfaction of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Construction Documents. Plans, specifications, written, graphic, and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for Charge Controller. Equipment that controls dc voltage or dc current, or both, used to charge a battery or other energy describing the design, location, and physical characteristics storage device. [NFPA 70:690.2100] of the elements of a project necessary for obtaining a permit.

10 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE DEFINITIONS

Contamination. An impairment of the quality of the Design Pressure. The maximum allowable pressure for potable water that creates an actual hazard to the public which a specific part of a system is designed. health through poisoning or through the spread of disease by Design Temperature. The maximum allowable continu- sewage, industrial fluids, or waste. Also defined as High ous or intermittent temperature for which a specific part of a Hazard. solar energy system is designed to operate safely and reli- Cooling. Air cooling to provide a room or space tempera- ably. ture of 68°F (20°C) or above. Developed Length. The length along the center line of a Cooling System. All of the equipment, including associ- pipe and fittings. ated refrigeration, intended or installed for the purpose of Diameter. Unless specifically stated, “diameter” is the cooling air by mechanical means and discharging such air nominal diameter as designated commercially. into any room or space. This definition shall not include any Direct-Current (DC) Combiner. A device used in the PV evaporative cooler. source and PV output circuits to combine two or more dc cir- Copper Alloy. A homogenous mixture of two or more met- cuit inputs and provide on dc circuit output. als in which copper is the primary component, such as brass Direct Exchange (DX). A ground-source heat pump that and bronze. circulates a refrigerant through a closed-loop system. The material covering the Cover, Collector (Glazing). Direct Expansion System. See Direct Exchange (DX). aperture to provide thermal and environmental protection. Discrete Products in Plenums. Individual distinct Crawl Space. In a building, an area accessible by crawl- products which are non-continuous such as pipe hangers, ing, having a clearance less than human height, for access to duct registers, duct fittings and duct straps. plumbing or wiring, storage, etc. Distribution System. That section of the solar system Critical Level. The critical level (C-L or C/L) marking on from the storage system to the point of use. a backflow prevention device or vacuum breaker is a point Equipment that regulates conforming to approved standards and established by the Diversion Charge Controller. the charging process of a battery by diverting power from testing laboratory (usually stamped on the device by the energy storage to direct-current or alternating-current loads manufacturer) that determines the minimum elevation above or to an interconnected utility service. [NFPA 70:690.2] the flood-level rim of the fixture or receptor served at which the device may be installed. Where a backflow prevention Drain. A pipe that carries waste or waterborne wastes in a device does not bear a critical level marking, the bottom of building drainage system. the vacuum breaker, combination valve, or the bottom of Drainage System. Includes the piping within a premise such approved device shall constitute the critical level. that conveys liquid waste to a legal point of disposal. Cross-Connection. A connection or arrangement, physi- Drainback System. A closed loop system, which allows cal or otherwise, between a potable water supply system and gravity draining of the heat transfer fluid into, lower portions a tank, receptor, equipment, or device through which it may or the solar loop under prescribed circumstances. be possible for nonpotable, used, unclean, polluted and con- Draindown. An active solar energy system in which the taminated water, or other substances to enter into a part of fluid in the solar collector is drained from the solar energy such potable water system under any condition. system under prescribed circumstances. Duct. A tube or conduit for transmission of air, fumes, 206.0 – D – vapors, or dusts. This definition shall not include: A devicePRE-PRINT installed in the PV source (1) A vent, vent connector, or chimney connector. DC-to-DC Converter. circuit or PV output circuit that can provide an output dc (2) A tube or conduit wherein the pressure of the air voltage and current at a higher or lower value than the input exceeds 1 psi (7 kPa). dc voltage and current. (3) The air passages of listed self-contained systems. Department Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction, including other law enforcement agencies affected by a provision of this code, whether such 207.0 – E – agency is specifically named or not. Electrical (Auxiliary) Heating. Electrical heating element immersed into the storage. Design Flood Elevation. The elevation of the “design flood,” including wave height, relative to the datum specified Electrical Production and Distribution Network. A on the community’s legally designated flood hazard map. In power production, distribution, and utilization system, such areas designated as Zone AO, the design flood elevation shall as a utility system and connected loads, that is external to be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the building’s and not controlled by the photovoltaic PV power system. perimeter plus the depth number in feet (m) specified on the [NFPA 70:690.2] flood hazard map. In areas designated as Zone AO where a Emittance. The amount of heat radiated back from the depth number is not specified on the map, the depth number solar collector, measured as percent of energy absorbed by shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610 mm). the collector.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 11 DEFINITIONS

Enclosure. A room or box used to store solar components. Freeze Protection, Fail-Safe. A freeze-protection method that does not rely on the activation or continued Energy Collector Fluid. That fluid used to transfer energy from the collector to the storage system or point of use. operation of any mechanical or electrical component. Energy Storage Fluid (or Media). That fluid (or media) used in the storage container for storing collected energy. 209.0 – G – Energy Transfer Fluid. That fluid used within a closed Geoexchange. See Geothermal Energy System. system either from the collector to the storage system or Geothermal Energy System. A system that uses the from the storage system to the point of use. earth’s interior thermal energy for space heating and cooling, Equipment. A general term including materials, fittings, and water heating. devices and apparatus used as part of or in connection with Grade. The slope or fall of a line of pipe in reference to a installations regulated by this code. horizontal plane. In drainage, it is usually expressed as the Essentially Nontoxic Transfer Fluid. Fluid generally fall in a fraction of an inch (mm) or percentage slope per foot recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Administration (m) length of pipe. (FDA) as food grade. Gravity Tank. A water storage tank in which fluid is stored Existing Work. A solar system or part thereof that has at atmospheric pressure and distributed by gravity flow in a been installed prior to the effective date of this code. downfeed system. External Auxiliary Heating. Auxiliary heating device Ground-Heat Exchanger. An underground closed-loop located outside the storage. The heat is transferred to the heat exchanger through which a heat-transfer medium storage by direct or indirect charging via a charge loop. passes to and from a heat pump or other rated mechanical equipment. It includes the buried pipe and connecting mains(s) up to and terminating with the building. 208.0 – F – Ground-Source Heat Pump. A term that is applied to a Flammable Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point variety of systems that use the ground, groundwater, or sur- below 100°F (38°C), and has a vapor pressure not exceeding face water as a heat source and sink. The general terms 40 psi (276 kPa) at 100°F (38°C). Flammable liquids shall include ground-coupled (GCHP), groundwater (GWHP), be known as Class I liquids and shall be divided into the fol- and surface-water (SWHP) heat pumps. Many parallel terms lowing classifications: exist [e.g., geothermal heat pumps (GHP), geo-exchange, (1) Class IA liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C) and ground-source (GS) systems] and are used to meet a and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C). variety of marketing or institutional needs device that uses (2) Class IB liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C) the earth’s interior as a heat source or sink for heating and and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C). cooling. Where cooling, heat is extracted from the space and (3) Class IC liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F dissipated into the earth; where heating, heat is extracted (23°C) and below 100°F (38°C). from the earth and pumped into the space. A geothermal energy system that Flash Point. The minimum temperature corrected to a Groundwater Source. pressure of 14.7 psi (101 kPa) at which a test flame causes uses the groundwater as a heat source or sink. the vapors of a portion of the sample to ignite under the conditions specified by the test procedures and apparatus. The flash point of a liquid shall be determined in accordance with 210.0 – H – See Supports. ASTM D56, ASTM D93, or ASTM D3278.PRE-PRINT Hangers. A substance or mixture of sub- A panel (nonconcentrating type) of Hazardous Material. Flat Plate Collector. stances that is toxic, corrosive, flammable, an irritant, a sen- suitable material that converts solar energy into usable sitizer, and that presents a potential threat to the health of energy and the absorbing surface is essentially planar. humans or animals. The greater of the following two Flood Hazard Area. A device that transfers heat from one areas: Heat Exchanger. medium to another. (1) The area within a floodplain subject to a 1 percent or The medium used to transfer greater chance of flooding in any given year. Heat Transfer Medium. energy from the solar collectors to the thermal storage or (2) The area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu- load. nity’s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated. Heating Degree Day. A unit, based upon temperature dif- Flood-Level Rim. The top edge of a receptor from which ference and time, used in estimating fuel consumption and water overflows. specifying nominal annual heating load of a building. For Freeze Protection. Any method for protecting solar ther- any one day when the mean temperature is less than 65°F mal systems from damage due to freezing conditions where (18°C), there exist as many degree days as there are installed in locations where freezing ambient temperature Fahrenheit degrees difference in temperature between mean conditions exist. temperature for the day and 65°F (18°C).

12 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE DEFINITIONS

Heating Equipment. Includes warm air furnaces, warm (4) A defective fixture, trap, pipe, or fitting. air heaters, combustion products vents, heating air-distribu- (5) A trap, except where in this code exempted, directly tion ducts and fans, and all steam and hot water piping, connected to a drainage system, the seal of which is not together with all control devices and accessories installed as protected against siphonage and backpressure by a vent part of, or in connection with, any environmental heating pipe. system or appliance regulated by this code. (6) A connection, cross-connection, construction, or condi- Heliostat. A reflecting surface mounted on an axis to direct tion, temporary or permanent, that would permit or the sun’s rays to a fixed point. make possible by any means whatsoever for an unap- High Hazard. See Contamination. proved foreign matter to enter a water distribution system used for domestic purposes. Horizontal Pipe. A pipe or fitting that is installed in a horizontal position or which makes an angle of less than 45 (7) The foregoing enumeration of conditions to which the degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal. term “insanitary” shall apply, shall not preclude the application of that term to conditions that are, in fact, Hybrid System. A system comprised of multiple power sources. These power sources may include photovoltaic, insanitary. wind, micro-hydro generators, engine-driven generators, Insolation. The rate of solar energy received on a unit sur- and others, but do not include electrical power production face in a unit time. and distribution network systems. Energy storage systems, Instantaneous Efficiency. The amount of energy such as batteries, flywheels, or superconducting magnetic removed by the transfer fluid per gross collector area. storage equipment do not constitute a power source for the During the specified time period, divided by the total solar purpose of this definition. The energy regenerated by an radiation incident on the collector per unit area during the overhauling (descending) elevator does not constitute a same test period, under steady state or quasi-steady state. power source for the purpose of this definition. [NFPA Integral Collector Storage. A solar thermal heating sys- 70:690.2100] tem that uses a solar collector that has all or most of its heat Hydronic System. Relating to, or being a system of heat- transfer liquid inside the collector. ing or cooling that involves transfer of heat by a circulating Interactive System. A solar photovoltaic PV system that fluid (such as water or vapor). operates in parallel with and may deliver power to an elec- Hydronics. Of or relating to a heating or cooling system trical production and distribution network. For the purpose that transfers energy by circulating a fluid through a system of this definition, an energy storage subsystem of a solar of pipes or tubing. photovoltaic PV system, such as a battery, is not another electrical production source. [NFPA 70:690.2] 211.0 – I – Inverter. Equipment that is used to change voltage level or waveform, or both, of electrical energy. Commonly, an Ignition Source. Appliances or equipment due to their intended use and operation, are capable of providing suffi- inverter [also known as a power conditioning unit (PCU) or cient temperature and energy to raise its ignition temperature power conversion system (PCS)] is a device that changes dc and capable of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Sources input to an ac output. Inverters may also function as battery may include appliance or equipment burners, burner igniters chargers that use alternating current from another source and or electric switching devices. convert it into direct current for charging batteries. [NFPA 70:690.2] Immersed Heat Exchanger. Heat exchanger, which is completely surrounded with thePRE-PRINT fluid in the storage tank. Inverter Input Circuit. Conductors between the inverter and the battery in stand-alone systems or the conductors A waste pipe that does not connect Indirect Waste Pipe. between the inverter and the photovoltaic PV output circuits directly with the drainage system, but that discharges into for electrical production and distribution network. [NFPA the drainage system through an air break or air gap into a 70:690.2] trap, fixture, receptor or interceptor. Conductors between the inverter A condition that is contrary to sanitary princi- Inverter Output Circuit. Insanitary. and an ac panelboard for stand-alone systems or the conduc- ples or is injurious to health. tors between the inverter and the service equipment or another Conditions to which “insanitary” shall apply include the electric power production source, such as a utility, for electri- following: cal production and distribution network. [NFPA 70:690.2] (1) A trap that does not maintain a proper trap seal. Irradiation, Instantaneous. The quantity of solar radia- (2) An opening in a drainage system, except where lawful, tion incident on a unit surface area in unit time, measured in that is not provided with an approved liquid-sealed trap. British thermal unit per square foot hour [Btu/(ft2•h)] 2 (3) A plumbing fixture or other waste-discharging receptor (kW/m ). or device that is not supplied with water sufficient to Irradiation, Integrated Average. The solar radiation flush and maintain the fixture or receptor in a clean con- incident on a unit surface area during a specified time period dition. divided by the duration of that time period.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 13 DEFINITIONS

212.0 – J – which specific information is included that the material or product is in accordance with applicable standards and found Joint, Brazed. A joint obtained by joining of metal parts with alloys that melt at temperatures exceeding 840°F safe for use in a specific manner. (449°C), but less than the melting temperature of the parts to Load. The heat output of the storage during discharge. The be joined. load is defined as the product of the mass, specific thermal capacity and temperature increase of the water as it passes Joint, Compression. A multipiece joint with cup-shaped threaded nuts that, when tightened, compress tapered sleeves the solar hot water system. so that they form a tight joint on the periphery of the tubing Lot. A single or individual parcel or area of land legally they connect. recorded or validated by other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction on which is situated a build- Joint, Flanged. One made by bolting together a pair of flanged ends. ing or which is the site of work regulated by this code, together with the yards, courts, and unoccupied spaces Joint, Flared. A metal-to-metal compression joint in which legally required for the building or works, and that is owned a conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is com- by or is in the lawful possession of the owner of the building pressed by a flare nut against a mating flare. or works. Joint, Mechanical. General form for gastight or liquid- See Pollution. tight joints obtained by the joining of parts through a posi- Low Hazard. tive holding mechanical construction. A joint obtained by the joining of metal 215.0 – M – Joint, Soldered. parts with metallic mixtures or alloys that melt at a temper- Main. The principal artery of a system of continuous piping ature up to and including 840°F (449°C). to which branches may be connected. A permissive term. Joint, Welded. A gastight joint obtained by the joining of May. metal parts in the plastic molten state. Mechanical Code. The mechanical code that is adopted by the jurisdiction. Where a mechanical code is not adopted or where the content of the mechanical code adopted by the 213.0 – K – jurisdictions is not applicable, then mechanical code shall No definitions. mean the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) promulgated by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO). 214.0 – L – A complete, environmentally protected unit con- Labeled. Equipment or materials bearing a label of a list- Module. ing agency (accredited conformity assessment body). See sisting of solar cells, optics, and other components, exclu- Listed (Third-Party Certified). sive of tracker, designed to generate dc power where exposed to sunlight. [NFPA 70:690.2] Langelier Saturation Index. A formula used to measure water balance or mineral saturation control of pool, spa, or Monopole Subarray. A PV subarray that has two conduc- hot tub water. Total alkalinity, calcium hardness, pH, water tors in the output circuit, one positive and one negative. Two temperature, and total dissolved solids are measured, given monopole PV subarrays are used to form a bipolar PV array. a factor, and calculated to determine whether water has a [NFPA 70:690.2] tendency to be corrosive or scale forming. Multimode Inverter. Equipment having the capabilities of 2 A unit of measurement of insolation, both the utility-interactive inverter and the stand-alone Langley (cal /cm ). PRE-PRINT2 equal to 4.184 thE+04 joules per square meter (J/m ). inverter. Listed (Third Party Certified). Equipment or materials included in a list published by a listing agency (accredited 216.0 – N – conformity assessment body) that maintains periodic inspec- Noncombustible Material. As applied to building con- tion on current production of listed equipment or material struction material, means a material that in the form in which and whose listing states either that the equipment or material it is used is either one of the following: complies with approved standards or has been tested and (1) A material that, in the form in which it is used and under found suitable for use in a specified manner. the conditions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support Listing Agency. An agency accredited by an independent combustion, or release flammable vapors when sub- and authoritative conformity assessment body to operate a jected to fire or heat. Materials that are reported as pass- material and product listing and labeling (certification) system ing ASTM E136 are considered noncombustible mate- and that is accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, rial. which is in the business of listing or labeling. The system (2) Material having a structural base of noncombustible includes initial and ongoing product testing, a periodic inspec- material as defined in 1 above, with a surfacing material 1 tion on current production of listed (certified) products, and not over ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) thick that has a flame- that makes available a published report of such listing in spread index not higher than 50.

14 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE DEFINITIONS

Noncombustible does not apply to surface finish mate- Photovoltaic Output Circuit. Circuit conductors rials. Material required to be noncombustible for reduced between the photovoltaic PV source circuit(s) and the clearances to flues, heating appliances, or other sources of inverter or dc utilization equipment. [NFPA 70:690.2] high temperature shall refer to material in accordance with 1 Photovoltaic Panel. A collection of modules mechani- above. No material shall be classed as noncombustible that cally fastened together, wired, and designed to provide a is subject to increase in combustibility or flame-spread index field-installable unit. [NFPA 70:690.2] beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition. Photovoltaic Power Source. An array or aggregate of arrays that generates dc power at system voltage and current. Includes, but is not limited to: Nuisance. [NFPA 70:690.2] (1) A public nuisance known at common law or in equity Circuits between modules jurisprudence. Photovoltaic Source Circuit. and from modules to the common connection point(s) of the (2) Where a work regulated by this code is dangerous to dc system. [NFPA 70:690.2] human life or detrimental to health and property. Photovoltaic System Voltage. The direct current (dc) (3) Inadequate or unsafe water supply or sewage disposal voltage of any photovoltaic PV source or photovoltaic PV system. output circuit. For multiwire installations, the photovoltaic PV system voltage is the highest voltage between any two dc 217.0 – O – conductors. [NFPA 70:690.2] Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or part Pipe. A cylindrical conduit or conductor conforming to the thereof is used or intended to be used. particular dimensions commonly known as “pipe size.” Offset. A combination of elbows or bends in a line of pip- Piping. The pipe or tube mains for interconnecting the var- ing that brings one section of the pipe out of line but into a ious parts of a system. Piping includes pipe, tube, flanges, line parallel with the other section. bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings, the pressure-containing parts of other components such as expansion joints, strain- Open Loop System. A system where the fluid is enclosed in a piping system that is vented to the atmosphere. ers, and devices that serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow, Out-Gassing. As applied to thermal energy, the thermal process by which materials expel gas. pipe-supporting fixtures and structural attachments. Plastic CC1. Plastic materials that have a burning extent of 1 inch (25.4 mm) or less where tested in nominal 0.060 of an 218.0 – P – inch (1.524 mm) thickness by ASTM D635 or in the thick- Passive Solar Systems. As used in these requirements, ness intended for use. are solar systems that utilize elements of a building, without Plastic materials that have a burning rate of augmentation by mechanical components such as blowers or Plastic1 CC2. 2 ⁄2 150 inches per minute hour (in/min h) (0.001 m/s 63.5 pumps, to provide for the collections, storage, or distribution mm/min) or less where tested in nominal 0.060 inch (1.524 of solar energy for heating, cooling, or both. mm) thickness by ASTM D635 or in the thickness intended PE. Polyethylene. for use. Polyethylene-aluminum-polyethylene. PE-AL-PE. Plenum. An air compartment or chamber to which one or PE-RT. Polyethylene of raised temperature. more ducts are connected and that forms part of either the conditioned air supply, circulating air, or exhaust air system, Person. A natural person, his heirs, executor, administra- tors, or assigns and shall alsoPRE-PRINT include a firm, corporation, other than the occupied space being conditioned. municipal or quasi-municipal corporation, or governmental Plumbing Code. The plumbing code that is adopted by agency. Singular includes plural, male includes female. the jurisdiction. Where a plumbing code is not adopted or Cross-linked polyethylene. where the content of the plumbing code adopted by the juris- PEX. diction is not applicable, then plumbing code shall mean the PEX-AL-PEX. Cross-linked polyethylene-aluminum-cross- Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) promulgated by the linked polyethylene. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical pH. The log of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion concentra- Officials (IAPMO). tion of a solution, and a measure of the acidity or alkalinity See Authority Having Jurisdiction. of the water. It is determined by the concentration of hydro- Plumbing Official. gen ions in a specific volume of water. Pollution. An impairment of the quality of the potable water to a degree that does not create a hazard to the public Photolysis. A chemical decomposition caused by radia- health but which does adversely and unreasonably affect the tion. aesthetic qualities of such potable water for domestic use. Photosynthesis. The building up of chemical compounds Also defined as Low Hazard. with the help of radiation. Potable Water. Water that is satisfactory for drinking, Photovoltaic. Relating to electricity produced by the culinary, and domestic purposes and that meets the require- action of solar radiation on a solar cell. ments of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 15 DEFINITIONS

Pressure. The normal force exerted by a homogeneous liq- Solar Collector. A device used to absorb energy from the uid or gas, per unit of area, on the wall of the container. sun. Residual Pressure, Residual. The pressure available Solar Constant. The average amount of solar radiation at the fixture or water outlet after allowance is made for reaching the earth’s atmosphere per unit time [about 2 lang- pressure drop due to friction loss, head, meter, and other leys per minute [1395 J/(m2•s)]. losses in the system during maximum demand periods. Solar Energy System. A configuration of equipment and Static Pressure, Static. The pressure existing with- components to collect, convey, store, and convert the sun’s out any flow. energy for a purpose. A pressure-responsive mech- Pressure-Limiting Device. Solar Energy System Components. Any appliance, anism designed to automatically stop the operation of the assembly, device, equipment, or piping used in the conver- pressure-imposing element at a predetermined pressure. sion of solar energy into thermal energy for service water Pressure Test. The minimum gauge pressure to which a heating, pool water heating, space heating and cooling, and specific system component is subjected under test condition. electrical service. Poly(vinyl chloride) Polyvinyl Chloride. PVC. Solar Photovoltaic System. The total components and Pyranometer. A device used to measure the total solar subsystems that, in combination, convert solar energy into radiation incident upon a surface per unit time per unit area. electric energy suitable for connection to a utilization load. Pyrheliometer. A device used to measure the direct radia- [NFPA 70:690.2] tion on a surface normal to the sun’s rays. Solar Thermal System. A complete assembly of subsystems which convert solar energy into thermal energy and utilize this energy for service water heating, pool water heating, 219.0 – Q – space heating and cooling purposes. Quasi-Steady State. The state of the solar collector test where the flow rate and temperature of the fluid entering the Stand-Alone System. A solar photovoltaic PV system collector are constant but the exit fluid temperature changes that supplies power independently of an electrical produc- gradually due to the normal change in irradiation that occurs tion and distribution network. [NFPA 70:690.2] with time for clear sky conditions. Standard. A document, the main text of which contains Quick-Acting Valve. A valve that closes quickly or only mandatory provisions using the word “shall” to indicate abruptly where manually released or electrically actuated. requirements and which is in a form generally suitable for mandatory reference by another standard or code or for adoption into law. Nonmandatory provisions shall be located 220.0 – R – in an appendix, footnote, or fine print note and are not to be A heater designed to transfer heat prima- Radiant Heater. considered a part of the requirements of a standard. rily by direct radiation. An individual who is Standard Air. Air weighing 0.075 of a pound per cubic Registered Design Professional. foot (lb/ft3) (1.201 kg/m3) and is equivalent in density to dry registered or licensed by the laws of the state to perform ° ° such design work in the jurisdiction. air at a temperature of 70 F (21 C) and standard barometric pressure of 29.92 of a inch Hg. (101.32 kPa). Relief Valve, Vacuum. A device which automatically opens or closes for relieving a vacuum with the system, Storage Tank. See Thermal Storage. depending on whether the vacuum is abovePRE-PRINT or below a pre- Storage Temperature. Temperature of the storage determined value. medium. A bin, basement, or other container filled Rock Storage. Stored Energy. Accumulated energy that is available for with rock to act as an energy reservoir for a solar system. use. The installation of the parts of the solar sys- Roughing-In. Stratified. State where thermal stratification is inside the tem that are capable of being completed prior to the installa- storage. tion of fixtures. This includes drainage, water supply, gas piping, vent piping, and the necessary fixture supports. Subarray. An electrical subset of a PV array. [NFPA 70:690.2] Supports. Supports, hangers, and anchors are devices for 221.0 – S – properly supporting and securing pipe, fixtures, and equip- Selective Surface. A special coating applied to solar col- ment. lectors, having high absorption and low emission factors. Swimming Pool Code. For the purpose of this code, any Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement. reference to the swimming pool code shall mean the Uniform Size. See Diameter. Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code (USPSHTC) as Solar Cell. The basic photovoltaic PV device that gener- promulgated by the International Association of Plumbing ates electricity where exposed to light. [NFPA 70:690.2] and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) or local ordinance.

16 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE DEFINITIONS

222.0 – T – 225.0 – W – Termination, Duct. The final or intended end-portion of a Water-Distribution Pipe. In a building or premises, a duct system that is designed and functions to fulfill the obli- pipe that conveys potable water from the building supply gations of the system in a satisfactory manner. [NFPA pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other water outlets. 96:3.3.19] Water Supply System. The building supply pipe, the Thermal Storage. A tank or vessel used in a solar thermal, water-distribution pipes, and the necessary connecting pipes, hydronic, or geothermal system, in which thermal energy is fittings, control valves, backflow prevention devices, and all stored. appurtenances carrying or supplying potable water in or adjacent to the building or premises. Thermal Stratification. State where the local storage temperature is a function of the vertical storage height, with Water Well. A hole constructed in the ground used to with- the temperature decreasing from top to bottom. draw or reject water for an open-loop geothermal system. An excavation that is drilled, cored, bored, washed, driven, dug, Thermosiphon. The natural circulation of fluids due to temperature differential. jetted, or otherwise constructed for the purposes of extracting groundwater, using the geothermal properties of the Tilt Angle. The angle above horizontal of a plane surface. earth, or injecting water into an aquifer or subsurface reser- Time Constant. The time required for the fluid leaving a voir. solar collector to attain 63.2 percent of its steady state value following a step change in insolation or inlet fluid temperature. 226.0 – X – No definitions. Total Alkalinity. The sum of all alkaline minerals in the water that is primarily in bicarbonate form, but also as sodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium carbonates, and 227.0 – Y – hydroxides. It is a measure of the water’s ability to resist No definitions. changes in pH. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). A measure (by electrical conductivity) of the amount of soluble matter that is present 228.0 – Z – No definitions. in the water. Total Incident Irradiation. The total solar radiant energy incident upon a unit surface area during a specified time period, expressed in British thermal unit per square foot (Btu/ft2) (J/m2). Transfer System. The intermediate piping, ducts, or both between the various components of the solar system. Transfer Time. Time period during which energy is transferred through the connections for charge (x=C) or discharge (x=D). The transfer time is calculated over one of more test sequences, excluding time periods used for conditioning at the beginning of the test sequences. A solarPRE-PRINT collector in which fluids free Trickling Collector. flow over the collector surface.

223.0 – U –

Unsanitary. See Insanitary. No definitions.

224.0 – V –

Vacuum. A pressure less than that exerted by the atmosphere.

Vacuum Breaker. See Backflow Preventer. Valve, Pressure-Relief. A pressure-actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure in excess of its setting. Venetian Blind Collector. A solar collector in which movable vanes are employed to absorb or reject energy.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 17 PRE-PRINT

18 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS

301.0 General. 302.2 Alternate Materials and Methods of Construc- Nothing in this code is intended to 301.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the general tion Equivalency. requirements for the installation, design, construction, and prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent repair of a solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal system. or superior quality, strength, fire-resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed by this code. Tech- nical documentation shall be submitted to the Authority 302.0 Materials – Standards and Alternates. Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to approve or 302.1 Minimum Standards. Pipe, pipe fittings, appliances traps, appurtenances, equipment, material, and devices disapprove the system, method, or device for the intended used shall be listed or labeled (third party certified) by a purpose. listing agency (accredited conformity assessment body) and However, the exercise of this discretionary approval by shall comply with the approved applicable recognized stan- the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect dards referenced in this code, and shall be free from defects. beyond the jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Unless otherwise provided for in this code, materials, appur- Having Jurisdiction. An alternate material or method of tenances, or devices used or entering into the construction of construction so approved shall not be considered as in accor- a system, or parts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority dance with the requirements, intent, or both of this code for Having Jurisdiction for approval. a purpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction where the submitted data does not prove equiv- 302.1.1 Marking. Each length of pipe and each pipe alency. fitting, material, and device used in a solar energy system shall have cast, stamped, or indelibly marked on 302.2.1 Testing. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests, as proof of it the manufacturer’s mark or name, which shall readily equivalency. identify the manufacturer to the end user of the product. Where required by the approved standard that applies, 302.2.1.1 Tests. Tests shall be made in accordance the product shall be marked with the weight and the with approved or applicable standards, by an quality of the product. Materials and devices used or approved testing agency at the expense of the appli- entering into the construction of a system, or parts cant. In the absence of such standards, the Authority thereof, shall be marked and identified in a manner Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to specify the test procedure. satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such marking shall be done by the manufacturer. Field mark- 302.2.1.2 Request by Authority Having ings shall not be acceptable. Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority to require tests to be made or Exception: Markings shall not be required on nipples repeated where there is reason to believe that a mate- created from cutting and threading of approved pipe. rial or device no longer is in accordance with the 302.1.2 Standards. Standards listed or referred to in requirements on which its approval was based. this chapter or other chapters cover materials that will 302.3 Flood Hazard Areas. Systems shall be located conform to the requirements of this code, where used in above the elevation in accordance with the building code for accordance with the limitationsPRE-PRINT imposed in this or other utilities and attendant equipment or the elevation of the chapters thereof and their listing. Where a standard covers lowest floor, whichever is higher. materials of various grades, weights, quality, or configura- Exception: Systems shall be permitted to be located below tions, the portion of the listed standard that is applicable the elevation in accordance with the building code for utili- shall be used. Design and materials for special conditions ties and attendant equipment or the elevation of the lowest or materials not provided for herein shall be permitted to floor, whichever is higher, provided that the systems are be used by special permission of the Authority Having designed and installed to prevent water from entering or Jurisdiction after the Authority Having Jurisdiction has accumulating within their components and the systems are been satisfied as to their adequacy. A list of accepted mate- constructed to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads rial standard are referenced in Table 901.1 1001.1. and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the 302.1.3 Existing Buildings. In existing buildings or occurrence of flooding to such elevation premises in which a system installations are to be 302.3.1 Coastal High Hazard Areas. Systems in altered, repaired, or renovated, the Authority Having buildings located in coastal high hazard areas shall be in Jurisdiction has discretionary powers to permit devia- accordance with the requirements of Section 302.3, and tion from the provisions of this code, provided that such systems, pipes, tubing, and appurtenances shall not be proposal to deviate is first submitted for proper determi- mounted on or penetrate through walls that are intended nation in order that health and safety requirements, as to breakaway under flood loads in accordance with the they pertain to the system, shall be observed. building code.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 19 GENERAL REGULATIONS

302.3.2 Flood Resistant Materials. System compo- 304.0 Accessibility for Service. nents installed in flood hazard areas and below the 304.1 General. Appliances shall be located with respect to design flood elevation shall be made of flood damage- building construction and other equipment so as to permit resistant materials. access to the appliance. Sufficient clearance shall be main- 302.4 Alternative Engineered Design. An alternative tained to permit cleaning of heating surfaces; the replace- engineered design shall comply with the intent of the provi- ment of filters, blowers, motors, burners, controls, and vent sions of this code and shall provide an equivalent level of connections; the lubrication of moving parts where neces- quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, and sary; the adjustment and cleaning of burners and pilots; and safety. Material, equipment, or components shall be designed the proper functioning of explosion vents, where provided. and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa- For attic installation, the passageway and servicing area tion instructions. adjacent to the appliance shall be floored. [NFPA 54:9.2.1] Unless otherwise specified, not less than 30 inches (762 302.4.1 Permit Application. The registered design professional shall indicate on the design documents that mm) in depth, width, and height of working space shall be the system, or parts thereof, is an alternative engineered provided. design so that it is noted on the construction permit appli- Exception: A platform shall not be required for unit heaters cation. The permit and permanent permit records shall or room heaters. indicate that an alternative engineered design was part of 304.2 Access to Equipment and Appliances on the approved installation. Roofs. Equipment and appliances located on roofs or other 302.4.2 Technical Data. The registered design profes- elevated locations shall be accessible. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.1] sional shall submit sufficient technical data to substan- 304.2.1 Access. Buildings exceeding 15 feet (4572 tiate the proposed alternative engineered design and to mm) in height shall have an inside means of access to prove that the performance meets the intent of this code. the roof, unless other means acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction are used. 302.4.3 Design Documents. The registered design professional shall provide two complete sets of signed Exception: In Group R occupancies of less than 6 and sealed design documents for the alternative engi- dwelling units and Group U occupancies. neered design for submittal to the Authority Having Juris- 304.2.2 Access Type. The inside means of access diction. The design documents shall include floor plans shall be a permanent, or foldaway inside stairway or of the work. Where appropriate, the design documents ladder, terminating in an enclosure, scuttle, or trap door. shall indicate location, sizing, and loading of appurte- Such scuttles or trap doors shall be not less than 22 nances, equipment, appliances, and devices. inches by 24 inches (559 mm by 610 mm) in size, shall 302.4.4 Design Approval. An approval of an alterna- open easily and safely under all conditions, especially tive engineered design shall be at the discretion of the snow; and shall be constructed so as to permit access Authority Having Jurisdiction. The exercise of this from the roof side unless deliberately locked on the discretionary approval by the Authority Having Jurisdic- inside. tion shall have no effect beyond the jurisdictional bound- Not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be aries of said Authority Having Jurisdiction. An alternative between the access opening and the edge of the roof or engineered design so approved shall not be considered as similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rails or guards not less in accordance with the requirements, intent, or both of than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on this code for a purpose other than that granted by the the exposed side. Where parapets or other building Authority Having Jurisdiction. PRE-PRINT structures are utilized in lieu of guards or rails, they shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height. 302.4.5 Design Review. The Authority Having Juris- diction shall have the authority to require testing of the [NFPA 54:9.4.3.3] alternative engineered design in accordance with Section 304.2.3 Permanent Ladders. Permanent ladders 302.2.1, including the authority to require an independent required by Section 304.2.2 shall be constructed in review of the design documents by a registered design accordance with the following: professional selected by the Authority Having Jurisdic- (1) Side railings shall extend not less than 30 inches tion and at the expense of the applicant. (762 mm) above the roof or parapet wall. 302.4.6 Inspection and Testing. The alternative (2) Landings shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm) apart engineered design shall be tested and inspected in accor- measured from the finished grade. dance with the submitted testing and inspection plan and (3) Width shall be not less than 14 inches (356 mm) on the requirements of this code. center. (4) Rungs spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 303.0 Iron Pipe Size (IPS) Pipe. mm) on center and each rung shall be capable of supporting a 300 pound (136.1 kg) load. 303.1 General. Iron, steel, brass, and copper pipe shall be standard-weight iron pipe size (IPS) pipe. (5) Toe space shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm).

20 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GENERAL REGULATIONS

304.2.4 Permanent Lighting. Permanent lighting 304.4.2 Fasteners. Access locks, screws, and bolts shall be provided at the roof access. The switch for such shall be of corrosion resistant material. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.3] lighting shall be located inside the building near the access means leading to the roof. [NFPA 54:9.4.3.4] 304.4.3 Installation of Equipment and Appli- ances on Roofs. Equipment and appliances shall be 304.2.5 Sloped Roof. Where equipment or appli- installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa- ances that require service are installed on a roof having tion instructions. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.1] a slope of 4 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33 304.4.4 Clearance. Equipment and appliances shall percent slope) or more, a level platform of not less than be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof. Not 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) shall be less than 6 feet (1829 mm) of clearance shall be between provided at the service side of the equipment or appli- a part of the equipment or appliance and the edge of a ance. roof or similar hazard, or rigidly fixed rails, guards, 304.3 305.5 Appliances in Attics and Under-Floor parapets, or other building structures not less than 42 An attic or under floor space Spaces Attic Installations. inches (1067 mm) in height shall be provided on the in which an appliance is installed space in which the system exposed side. Clearance requirements shall not apply to components are installed shall be accessible through an solar equipment. opening and passageway not less than as large as the largest component of the appliance, and not less than 22 inches by 304.4.5 Electrical Power. Equipment and appliances 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm). requiring an external source of electrical power for its operation shall be provided with the following: 304.3.1 305.5.1 Length of Passageway. Where the height of the passageway is less than 6 feet (1829 (1) A readily accessible electrical disconnecting means mm), the distance from the passageway access to the within sight of the equipment and appliance that components appliance shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 will completely de-energize the equipment and mm) measured along the centerline of the passageway. appliance. [NFPA 54:9.5.1.1] (2) A 120-VAC grounding-type receptacle outlet on the roof adjacent to the equipment and appliance. The 304.3.2 305.5.2 Width of Passageway. The passageway shall be unobstructed and shall have solid receptacle outlet shall be on the supply side of the flooring not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide from the disconnect switch. [NFPA 54:9.4.2.3] entrance opening to the appliance components. [NFPA 304.4.6 Platform or Walkway. Where water stands 54:9.5.1.2] on the roof at the equipment, and appliance or in the 304.3.3 305.5.3 Work Platform. A level working passageways to the equipment and appliance, or where platform not less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm the roof is of a design having a water seal, an approved by 762 mm) shall be provided in front of the service platform, walkway, or both shall be provided above the side of the appliance components. [NFPA 54:9.5.2] waterline. Such platforms or walkways shall be located Exception: A working platform need not be provided adjacent to the equipment and appliance and control where the furnace is capable of being serviced from the panels so that the equipment and appliance is capable of required access opening. The furnace service side shall being safely serviced where water stands on the roof. not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) from the access [NFPA 54:9.4.2.4] opening.

304.3.4 305.5.4 Lighting and Convenience 305.0 Installation. A permanent 120-voltPRE-PRINT receptacle outlet and a Outlet. Except as otherwise provided lighting fixture shall be installed near the appliance. The 305.1 Listed Appliances. in this code, the installation of appliances regulated by this switch controlling the lighting fixture shall be located at code shall be in accordance with the conditions of the listing. the entrance to the passageway. [NFPA 54:9.5.3] The appliance installer shall leave the manufacturer’s instal- 304.4 Equipment and Appliances on Roofs. Equip- lation and operating instructions attached to the appliance. ment and appliances on roofs shall be designed or enclosed Clearances of listed appliances from combustible materials so as to withstand climatic conditions in the area in which shall be as specified in the listing or on the rating plate. they are installed. Where enclosures are provided, each Except for necessary valves, enclosure shall permit easy entry and movement, shall be of 305.12 Dissimilar Metals. reasonable height, and shall have not less than a 30 inch (762 where intermembering or mixing of dissimilar metals occur, the point of connection shall be confined to exposed or mm) clearance between the entire service access panel(s) of the equipment and appliance and the wall of the enclosure. accessible locations. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.1] The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the use of an approved dielectric insulator on the 304.4.1 Load Capacity. Roofs on which equipment piping connections of an open loop system. and appliances are to be installed shall be capable of supporting the additional load or shall be reinforced to 305.23 Direction of Flow. Valves, pipes, and fittings shall support the additional load. [NFPA 54:9.4.1.2] be installed in correct relationship to the direction of flow.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 21 GENERAL REGULATIONS

305.34 Changes in Direction. Changes in direction shall 306.0 Workmanship. be made by the approved use of fittings, except that changes 306.1 Engineering Practices. Design, construction, and in direction in copper tubing shall be permitted to be made workmanship shall comply with accepted engineering prac- with bends provided that such bends are made with bending tices and shall be of such character as to secure the results equipment that does not deform or create a loss in the cross- sought to be obtained by this code. sectional area of the tubing. It is unlawful to conceal Piping or equipment shall not 306.2 Concealing Imperfections. 305.45 Improper Location. cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials by welding, be located as to interfere with the normal use thereof or with brazing, or soldering or by using therein or thereon a paint, the normal operation and use of windows, doors, or other required facilities. wax, tar, solvent cement, or other leak-sealing or repair agent. Burred ends of pipe and tubing shall 305.6 Condensation Control. Piping, tubing, and 306.3 Burred Ends. fittings shall be insulated where located in areas capable of be reamed to the full bore of the pipe or tube, and chips shall reaching a surface temperature below the dew point of the be removed. surrounding air, and that are located in spaces or areas where 306.4 Installation Practices. A system shall be installed in condensation is capable of creating a hazard for the building a manner that is in accordance with this code, applicable stan- occupants or damage to the structure. Condensate from air dards, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. washers, air-cooling coils, fuel-burning condensing appli- The installer shall leave the manu- ances, and similar air-conditioning equipment shall be 306.4.1 On-Site. facturer’s installation and operating instructions with collected and discharged in accordance with the mechanical the system owner. code. 305.7 Drainage Pan. Where a water heater, boiler, or thermal storage tank is located in an attic, or in or on an attic- 307.0 Labeling. ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or floor subfloor 307.1 Fuel-Burning Appliances. Fuel-burning heating assembly where damage results from a leaking water heater, appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory boiler, or tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant mate- applied nameplate on which shall appear: rials shall be installed beneath the water heater, boiler, or 3 (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. tank, with not less than ⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain 1 to an approved location. Such pan shall be not less than 1 ⁄2 (2) The approved fuel input rating of the appliance, inches (38 mm) in depth. expressed in Btu/h (kW). 305.8 Anchorage. Appliances and equipment designed to (3) The model number or equivalent. be fixed in position shall be securely fastened in place in (4) The serial number. accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. (5) Instructions for the lighting, operation, and shutdown of The supports shall be designed and constructed to sustain the appliance. vertical and horizontal loads within the stress limitations specified in the building code. (6) The type of fuel approved for use with the appliance. 305.9 Structural Design Loads. System components, (7) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compli- including building components and attachments, shall be ance of the equipment with recognized standards. designed and constructed to withstand the following loads in (8) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on accordance with the building code: which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. (1) Dead loads PRE-PRINT Electric heating 307.2 Electric Heating Appliances. (2) Live loads appliances shall bear a permanent and legible factory (3) Snow loads applied nameplate on which shall appear: (4) Wind loads (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (5) Seismic loads (2) The model number or equivalent. (6) Flood loads (3) The serial number. (7) Expansion and contraction loads resulting from temper- (4) The electrical rating in volts, amperes (or watts), and, ature changes for other than single phase, the number of phases. 305.10 Location. Except as otherwise provided in this (5) The output rating in Btu/h (kW). code, no system, or parts thereof shall be located in a lot (6) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each other than the lot that is the site of the building, structure, or field-replaceable electrical component. premises served by such facilities. (7) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compli- 305.11 Ownership. No subdivision, sale, or transfer of ownership of existing property shall be made in such manner ance of equipment with recognized standards. that the area, clearance, and access requirements of this code (8) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on are decreased. which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted.

22 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GENERAL REGULATIONS

An appliance shall be accompanied by clear and per foot (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope and shall be of complete installation instructions, including required clear- approved corrosion- resistant material not smaller than the ances from combustibles other than mounting or adjacent outlet size in accordance with Section 308.3 or Section 308.4 surfaces, and temperature rating of field-installed wiring for air-cooling coils or condensing appliances, respectively. connections exceeding 140°F (60°C). Condensate or wastewater shall not drain over a public way. 307.3 Heat Pump and Electric Cooling Appliances. 308.1.1 Condensate Pumps. Where approved by Heat pumps and electric cooling appliances shall bear a the Authority Having Jurisdiction, condensate pumps permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s shall appear: installation instructions. Pump discharge shall rise verti- (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. cally to a point where it is possible to connect to a gravity condensate drain and discharged to an approved (2) The model number or equivalent. disposal point. Each condensing unit shall be provided (3) The serial number. with a separate sump and interlocked with the equip- (4) The amount and type of refrigerant. ment to prevent the equipment from operating during a (5) The factory test pressures or pressures applied. failure. Separate pumps shall be permitted to connect to a single gravity indirect waste where equipped with (6) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, and, for other check valves and approved by the Authority Having than single phase, the number of phases. Jurisdiction. (7) The output rating in Btu/h (kW). 308.2 Condensate Control. Where an equipment or (8) The electrical rating in volts, amperes, or watts of each appliance is installed in a space where damage is capable of field replaceable electrical component. resulting from condensate overflow, other than damage to (9) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compli- replaceable lay-in ceiling tiles, a drain line shall be provided ance of the equipment with recognized standards. and shall be drained in accordance with Section 308.1. An additional protection method for condensate overflow shall (10) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on be provided in accordance with one of the following: which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. (1) A water level detecting device that will shut off the An appliance shall be accompanied by clear and equipment or appliance in the event the primary drain is complete installation instructions, including required clear- blocked. ances from combustible other than mounting or adjacent (2) An additional watertight pan of corrosion-resistant surfaces, and temperature rating of field-installed wiring material, with a separate drain line, installed beneath the connections exceeding 140°F (60°C). cooling coil, unit, or appliance to catch the overflow 307.4 Absorption Units. Absorption units shall bear a condensate due to a clogged primary condensate drain. permanent and legible factory-applied nameplate on which (3) An additional drain line at a level that is higher that the shall appear: primary drain line connection of the drain pan. (1) The name or trademark of the manufacturer. (4) An additional watertight pan of corrosion-resistant (2) The model number or equivalent. material with a water level detection device installed (3) The serial number. beneath the cooling coil, unit, or the appliance to catch (4) The amount and type of refrigerant. the overflow condensate due to a clogged primary condensate drain and to shut off the equipment. (5) Hourly rating in Btu/h (kW). The additional pan or the additional drain line connec- 3 (6) The type of fuel approvedPRE-PRINT for use with the unit. 4 tion shall be provided with a drain pipe of not less than ⁄ of (7) Cooling capacity Btu/h (kW). an inch (20 mm) nominal pipe size, discharging at a point (8) Required clearances from combustible surfaces on that is readily observed. which or adjacent to which it is permitted to be mounted. 308.2.1 Protection of Appurtenances. Where (9) The symbol of an approved agency certifying compli- insulation or appurtenances are installed where damage ance of the equipment with recognized standards. is capable of resulting from a condensate drain pan overfill, such installations shall occur above the rim of the drain pan with supports. Where the supports are in 308.0 Condensate Wastes and Control. contact with the condensate waste, the supports shall be 308.1 Condensate Disposal. Condensate from air of approved corrosion-resistant material. washers, air-cooling coils, condensing appliances, and the 308.3 Condensate Waste Pipe Material and Sizing. overflow from evaporative coolers and similar water Condensate waste pipes from air-cooling coils shall be sized supplied equipment or similar air-conditioning equipment in accordance with the equipment capacity as specified in shall be collected and discharged to an approved plumbing Table 308.3. The material of the piping shall comply with fixture or disposal area. Where discharged into the drainage the pressure and temperature rating of the appliance or system, equipment shall drain by means of an indirect waste equipment, and shall be approved for use with the liquid 1 pipe. The waste pipe shall have a slope of not less than ⁄8 inch being discharged.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 23 GENERAL REGULATIONS

TABLE 308.3 No person shall install a water-operated equipment or MINIMUM CONDENSATE PIPE SIZE mechanism, or use a water-treating chemical or substance, MINIMUM CONDENSATE EQUIPMENT CAPACITY IN where it is found that such equipment, mechanism, chemical, PIPE DIAMETER TONS OF REFRIGERATION or substance causes pollution or contamination of the potable (inches) 3 water supply. Such equipment or mechanism shall be Up to 20 ⁄4 permitted where equipped with an approved backflow device 21 – 40 1 or assembly. 1 41 – 90 1 ⁄4 Before a 1 308.2 Approval of Devices or Assemblies. 91 – 125 1 ⁄2 device or an assembly is installed for the prevention of back- 126 – 250 2 flow, it shall have first been approved by the Authority Having For SI units: 1 ton of refrigeration = 3.52 kW, 1 inch = 25 mm Jurisdiction. Devices or assemblies shall be tested in accordance with recognized standards or other standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Backflow prevention The size of condensate waste pipes is for one unit or a devices and assemblies shall comply with Table 308.2(1), combination of units, or as recommended by the manufac- except for specific applications and provisions as stated in this 1 turer. The capacity of waste pipes assumes a ⁄8 inch per foot code. The minimum air gap to afford backflow protection shall (10.4 mm/m) or 1 percent slope, with the pipe running three comply with Table 308.2(2). quarters full at the following pipe conditions: Devices or assemblies installed in a potable water supply system for protection against backflow shall be maintained in Outside Air – 20% Room Air – 80% good working condition by the person or persons having DB WB DB WB control of such devices or assemblies. Such devices or assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, repair, or reloca- 90°F 73°F 75°F 62.5°F tion and not less than on an annual schedule thereafter, or more For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8 often where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where found to be defective or inoperative, the device or Condensate drain sizing for other slopes or other condi- assembly shall be repaired or replaced. No device or assembly tions shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. shall be removed from use or relocated or other device or assembly substituted, without the approval of the Authority 308.3.1 Cleanouts. Condensate drain lines shall be Having Jurisdiction. configured or provided with a cleanout to permit the clearing of blockages and for maintenance without Testing shall be performed by a certified backflow requiring the drain line to be cut. assembly tester in accordance with ASSE Series 5000 or otherwise approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 308.4 Appliance Condensate Drains. Condensate drain lines from individual condensing appliances shall be 308.3 Assemblies. Assemblies shall be listed in accordance sized as required by the manufacturer’s instructions. with listed standards and be acceptable to the Authority Condensate drain lines serving more than one appliance Having Jurisdiction, with jurisdiction over the selection and shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction prior installation of backflow prevention assemblies. to installation. 308.4 Backflow Prevention Valve. Where more than one backflow prevention valve is installed on a single premise, and 308.5 Point of Discharge. Air-conditioning condensate waste pipes shall connect indirectly, except where permitted the valves are installed in one location, each separate valve in Section 308.6, to the drainage system through an air gap shall be permanently identified by the permittee in a manner or air break to trapped and vented receptors,PRE-PRINT dry wells, leach satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. pits, or the tailpiece of plumbing fixtures. A condensate 308.5 Testing. The premise owner or responsible person drain shall be trapped in accordance with the appliance shall have the backflow prevention assembly tested by a manufacturer’s instructions or as approved. certified backflow assembly tester at the time of installation, repair, or relocation and not less than on an annual schedule 308.6 Condensate Waste From Air-Conditioning thereafter, or more often when required by the Authority Coils. Where the condensate waste from air conditioning coils discharges by direct connection to a lavatory tailpiece Having Jurisdiction. The periodic testing shall be performed or to an approved accessible inlet on a bathtub overflow, the in accordance with the procedures referenced in Table 901.1 connection shall be located in the area controlled by the by a tester qualified in accordance with those standards. same person controlling the air-conditioned space. 308.6 Access and Clearance. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance, and 308.7 Plastic Fittings. Female plastic threaded fittings shall be used with plastic male fittings and plastic male threads. repair. Access and clearance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) between the lowest portion of the assembly and grade, 308.0 Cross-Connection Control. floor, or platform. Installations elevated that exceed 5 feet 308.1 General. Cross-connection control shall be provided (1524 mm) above the floor or grade shall be provided with a between the potable water system and a system in accordance permanent platform capable of supporting a tester or main- with Section 308.2 through Section 308.12. tenance person.

24 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GENERAL REGULATIONS

308.7 Connections. Where potable water is discharged to manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be followed for the drainage system, it shall be by means of an approved air correct orientation and installation. gap of two pipe diameters of the supply inlet, but in no case 314.2 310.2 Mounting. The circulator shall be installed in shall the gap be less than 1 inch (25.4 mm). such a way that strain from the piping is not transferred to 308.8 Hot Water Backflow Preventers. Backflow the circulator housing. The circulator shall be permitted to preventers for hot water exceeding 110°F (43°C) shall be a be directly connected to the piping, provided the piping is type designed to operate at temperatures exceeding 110°F supported on each side of the circulator. Where the installa- (43°C) without rendering a portion of the assembly inopera- tion of a circulator will cause strain on the piping, the circu- tive. lator shall be installed on a mounting bracket or base plate. 308.9 Integral Backflow Preventers. Systems with Where means for controlling vibration of a circulator is integral backflow preventers or integral air gaps manufac- required, an approved means for support and restraint shall tured as a unit shall be installed in accordance with their be provided. listing requirements and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 314.3 310.3 Sizing. The selection and sizing of a circulator shall be based on the following: 308.10 Prohibited Locations. Backflow preventers shall not be located in an area containing fumes that are toxic, (1) Loop or system head pressure, feet of head (m) poisonous, or corrosive. Backflow preventers with atmos- (2) Capacity, gallons per minute (L/s) pheric vents or ports shall not be installed in pits, under- (3) Maximum and minimum velocity, feet per second (m/s) ground, or submerged locations. (4) Maximum and minimum temperature, °F (°C) 308.11 Cold Climate. In cold climate areas, backflow assemblies and devices shall be protected from freezing with (5) Maximum working pressure, pounds-force per square an outdoor enclosure or by a method acceptable to the inch (kPa) Authority Having Jurisdiction. (6) Fluid type Drain lines serving backflow devices 308.12 Drain Lines. 314.4 310.4 Drainback Systems. For drainback solar or assemblies shall be sized in accordance with the discharge thermal systems, a circulator without a check valve shall be rates of the manufacturer’s flow charts of such devices or installed. assemblies. 314.5 310.5 Pumps Used in Parallel. A check valve shall be installed downstream of each circulator installed in parallel. 313.0 309.0 Safety Requirements. Circulators with integral check valves shall be permitted. Welding shall be done by approved 313.1 309.1 Welding. 314.6 310.6 Cavitation. Systems, which utilize circulators, welders in accordance with nationally recognized standards. shall be designed such that the pressure of the system is more Such welding shall be subject to the approval of the Authority than the vapor pressure of the liquid it conveys. Having Jurisdiction. 314.7 310.7 Materials. Circulating pumps shall be 313.2 309.2 Spark or Flame. Equipment that generates a glow, spark, or flame capable of igniting flammable vapors constructed of materials that are compatible with the heat shall be permitted to be installed in a residential garage transfer medium. provided the pilots and burners, heating elements, motors, 314.8 310.8 Operation. Over-temperature protection controllers, or switches are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be provided for circulating pumps. The temperature set above the floor level unless listed as flammable vapor ignition point of the pump shall comply with the manufacturer’s resistant. PRE-PRINT instructions. The pumps shall automatically turn off when 313.3 309.3 Hazardous Heat-Transfer Mediums. the system is not in operation. Heat-transfer mediums that are hazardous shall not be used, except where approved by the Authority Having Jurisdic- tion. 315.0 311.0 Safety Devices. Solar thermal system components 313.4 309.4 Discharge. The collector, collector manifold, 315.1 311.1 General. and manifold relief valve shall not discharge directly or indi- containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pres- rectly into the building or toward an open flame or other sures exceeding the design limitations with a pressure relief source of ignition. valve. Hydronic or geothermal system components containing pressurized fluids shall be protected against pressures and 313.5 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with Section 313.5.1 and Section 313.5.2. temperatures exceeding design limitations with a pressure and temperature relief valve. Each section of the system in which excessive pressures are capable of developing shall have a 314.0 310.0 Pumps Circulators. relief valve located so that a section is not capable of being 314.1 310.1 General. Circulators shall be listed for their isolated from a relief device. Pressure and temperature relief intended use based on the heat transfer medium. Circulators valves shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their shall be installed to allow for service and maintenance. The listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 25 GENERAL REGULATIONS

315.2 311.2 Pressurized Vessels. Pressurized vessels 317.6 312.6 Equipment, Components, and Appli- shall be provided with overpressure protection by means of ances. Serviceable equipment, components, and appliances a listed pressure relief valve installed in accordance with the within the system shall have isolation valves installed manufacturer’s installation instructions. upstream and downstream of such devices. 315.3 311.3 Discharge Piping. The discharge piping 317.7 312.7 Expansion Tanks. Isolation valves shall be serving a temperature relief valve, pressure relief valve, or installed at connections to non-diaphragm-type expansion combination of both shall have no valves, obstructions, or tanks. means of isolation and be provided with the following: 317.8 312.8 Flow Balancing Valves. Where flow (1) Equal to the size of the valve outlet and shall discharge balancing valves are installed, such valves shall be capable full size to the flood level of the area receiving the of increasing or decreasing the amount of flow by means of discharge and pointing down. adjustment. (2) Materials shall be rated at not less than the operating 317.8.1 312.8.1 Location. Balancing valves shall be temperature of the system and approved for such use. installed at the outlet of each group of collectors. (3) Discharge pipe shall discharge independently by gravity 317.9 312.9 Control Valves. An approved three-way valve through an air gap into the drainage system or outside of shall be permitted to be installed for manual control systems. the building with the end of the pipe not exceeding 2 An approved electric control valve shall be permitted to be feet (610 mm) and not less than 6 inches (152 mm) installed for automatic control systems. The installation and above the ground and pointing downwards. operation of automatic control valves shall comply with the (4) Discharge in such a manner that does not cause personal manufacturer’s instructions. injury or structural damage. 317.9.1 312.9.1 Mixing or Temperature Control (5) No part of such discharge pipe shall be trapped or Valves. Where mixing or temperature control valves subject to freezing. are installed, such valves shall be capable of obtaining (6) The terminal end of the pipe shall not be threaded. the design water temperature and design flow requirements. (7) Discharge from a relief valve into a water heater pan shall be prohibited. 317.10 312.10 Thermosiphoning. An approved type check valve shall be installed on liquid heat transfer piping System components 315.4 311.4 Vacuum Relief Valves. to control thermosiphoning of heated liquids. that are subjected to a vacuum while in operation or during shutdown shall be protected with vacuum relief valves. 317.11 312.11 Air Removal Device or Air Vents. Where the piping configuration, equipment location, and Isolation valves shall be installed where air removal devices valve outlets are located below the storage tank elevation the or automatic air vents are utilized to permit cleaning, inspec- system shall be equipped with a vacuum relief valve at the tion, or repair without shutting the system down. highest point. 317.12 312.12 Closed Loop Systems. Closed loop 315.5 311.5 Temperature Regulation. Where a system systems, where hose bibbs or similar valves are used to is capable of providing potable water at temperatures that charge or drain the system, shall be of loose key type; have exceed 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve that is in valve outlets capped; or have handles removed where the accordance with ASSE 1017 shall be provided to limit the system is operational. water supplied to the potable hot water distribution system 317.13 312.13 Fullway Valves. A fullway valve shall be to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less. installed in the following locations: PRE-PRINT(1) On the water supply to a solar thermal system. 317.0 312.0 Valves. (2) On the water supply pipe to a gravity or pressurized 317.1 312.1 General. Valves shall be rated for the oper- water tank. ating temperature and pressure of the system. Valves shall be (3) On the water supply pipe to a water heater. compatible with the type of heat transfer medium and piping material. 317.14 312.14 Accessible. Required fullway or shutoff valves shall be accessible. 317.2 312.2 Where Required. Valves shall be installed in a solar thermal, hydronic, or geothermal system in accordance with Section 317.3 312.3 through Section 317.14 312.14. 318.0 313.0 Heat Exchangers. Isolation valves shall be 317.3 312.3 Heat Exchanger. 318.1 313.1 General. Systems utilizing heat exchangers installed on the supply and return side of the heat exchanger. shall protect the potable water system from being contami- 317.4 312.4 Pressure Vessels. Isolation valves shall be nated by the heat transfer medium. Systems that incorporate installed on connections to pressure vessels. a single-wall heat exchanger to separate potable water from the heat-transfer fluid shall meet the following requirements: 317.5 312.5 Pressure Reducing Valves. Isolation valves shall be installed on both sides of a pressure reducing (1) Heat transfer medium is either potable water or contains valve. fluids recognized as safe by the Food and Drug Admin- istration (FDA) as food grade.

26 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GENERAL REGULATIONS

(2) A tag or label shall be securely affixed to the heat source 319.2 315.2 Controls. Required electrical, mechanical, with the word “CAUTION,” and the following state- safety, and operating controls shall be listed or labeled by a ments: listing agency. Electrical controls shall be of such design and (a) The heat transfer medium shall be water or other construction as to be suitable for installation in the environ- nontoxic fluid recognized as safe by the FDA. ment in which they are located. (b) The maximum operating pressure of the heat 319.3 315.3 Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Systems. Solar exchanger shall not exceed the maximum operating photovoltaic systems shall be installed in accordance with pressure of the potable water supply. Chapter 89. (3) The word “CAUTION” and the statements listed above shall have an uppercase height of not less than 0.120 of an inch (3.048 mm). The vertical spacing between lines 304.0 316.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste. of type shall be not less than 0.046 of an inch (1.168 304.1 316.1 General. It shall be unlawful for a person to mm). Lowercase letters shall be not less than compatible cause, suffer, or permit the disposal of liquid wastes, heat with the uppercase letter size specification. transfer medium, or other liquids, in a place or manner, Systems that do not comply with the requirements for a except through and by means of an approved drainage single-wall heat exchanger shall install a double-wall heat system installed and maintained in accordance with the exchanger. Double-wall heat exchangers shall separate the provisions of this code. Waste that is deleterious to surface potable water from the heat transfer medium by providing a or subsurface waters shall not be discharged into the ground space between the two walls that are vented to the atmos- or into a waterway. phere. 304.2 316.2 Connections to Drainage System Required. Receptors, drains, appurtenances, and appliances, used to receive or discharge liquid wastes, shall be 307.0 314.0 Unlawful Connections. connected to the drainage system of the building or premises 307.1 314.1 Prohibited Installation. No piping installa- in accordance with the requirements of this code. tion, or part thereof, shall be made in such a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated 304.3 316.3 Drainage. For heating or hot-water-supply water, mixtures, or substances to enter a portion of the boiler applications, the boiler room shall be equipped with a potable water system from a pipe, tank, receptor, or equip- floor drain or other approved means for disposing of the ment by reason of backsiphonage, suction, or other cause, accumulation of liquid wastes incident to cleaning, either during normal use and operation thereof, or where recharging, and routine maintenance. No steam pipe shall be such pipe, tank, receptor, or equipment is subject to pressure directly connected to a part of a plumbing or drainage exceeding the operating pressure in the potable water system, nor shall a water having a temperature above 140°F system. (60°C) be discharged under pressure directly into a part of a drainage system. Pipes from boilers shall discharge by 307.2 Cross-Contamination. No person shall make a connection or allow one to exist between pipes or conduits means of indirect waste piping, as determined by the carrying potable water supplied by a public or private Authority Having Jurisdiction or the boiler manufacturer’s building supply system, and pipes or conduits containing or instructions. carrying water from other source or containing or carrying 315.1.1 316.4 Nonpotable Discharge. The discharge water that has been used for a purpose whatsoever, or piping location for a relief device on a system utilizing other than carrying chemicals, liquids, gases, or substances whatsoever, potable water shall be in accordance with Section 304.1 unless there is provided a backflow prevention device 316.1. approved for the potential hazardPRE-PRINT and maintained in accordance with this code. 307.3 Backflow Prevention. No device or construction 310.0 317.0 Hangers and Supports. shall be installed or maintained, or shall be connected to a 310.1 317.1 General. Piping, tubing, appliances, and potable water supply, where such installation or connection appurtenances shall be supported in accordance with this provides a possibility of polluting such water supply or cross- code, the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and in connection between a distributing system of water for drinking accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. and domestic purposes and water that becomes contaminated 310.2 317.2 Material. Hangers and anchors shall be of by such device or construction unless there is provided a back- sufficient strength to support the weight of the pipe or tubing, flow prevention device approved for the potential hazard. and its contents. Piping shall be isolated from incompatible materials. 319.0 315.0 Electrical. 310.3 317.3 Suspended Piping. Suspended piping or tubing shall be supported at intervals not to exceed those 319.1 315.1 Wiring. Electrical connections, wiring, and devices shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70. Elec- shown in Table 310.3 317.3. trical equipment, appliances, and devices installed in areas that 310.4 317.4 Alignment. Piping or tubing shall be contain flammable vapors or dusts shall be of a type approved supported in such a manner as to maintain its alignment and for such environment. prevent sagging.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 27 GENERAL REGULATIONS

310.5 317.5 Underground Installation. Piping or For the purpose of this section, “within a building” shall tubing in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire mean within the fixed limits of the building foundation. length; where other support is otherwise provided, it shall be 309.3 Protectively Coated Pipe. Protectively coated approved in accordance with Section 302.0. pipe shall be inspected and tested, and a visible void, damage, or imperfection to the pipe coating shall be repaired 310.6 317.6 Hanger Rod Sizes. Hanger rod sizes shall be not smaller than those shown in Table 310.6 317.6. in an approved manner. 309.4 318.3 Fire-Resistant Construction. Piping TABLE 310.6 317.6 penetrations of fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors, HANGER ROD SIZES floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies, or shaft PIPE AND TUBE SIZE ROD SIZE enclosures shall be protected in accordance with the require- (inches) (inches) ments of the building code. 1 3 ⁄2 – 4 ⁄8 Joints at the 1 309.5 318.4 Waterproofing of Openings. 5 – 8 ⁄2 roof around pipes, ducts, or other appurtenances shall be 10 – 12 5⁄8 made watertight by the use of lead, copper, galvanized iron, For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm or other approved flashings or flashing material. Exterior wall openings shall be made watertight. 310.7 317.7 Strength. Hangers and supports shall be of 309.6 318.5 Steel Nail Plates. Plastic and copper or sufficient strength to withstand all static and dynamic loading copper alloy piping penetrating framing members to within conditions in accordance with its intended use. Pipe and tube 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing shall be protected hangers and supports with direct contact with piping or by steel nail plates not less than No. 18 gauge (0.0478 tubing shall be of approved materials that are compatible inches) (1.2141 mm) in thickness. The steel nail plate shall 1 with the piping and will not cause galvanization. extend along the framing member not less than 1 ⁄2 inches (38 mm) beyond the outside diameter of the pipe or tubing. Sleeves shall be provided to protect 309.0 318.0 Protection of Piping, Materials, and 309.7 318.6 Sleeves. piping through concrete and masonry walls, and concrete Structures. floors. 309.1 318.1 General. Piping or tubing passing under or through walls shall be protected from breakage. Piping Exception: Sleeves shall not be required where openings are passing through or under cinders or other corrosive materials drilled or bored. shall be protected from external corrosion in an approved 309.7.1 318.6.1 Building Loads. Piping through manner. Approved provisions shall be made for expansion of concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to a load hot liquid piping. Voids around piping or tubing passing from building construction. through concrete floors on the ground shall be sealed. 309.7.2 318.6.2 Exterior Walls. In exterior walls, 309.2 318.2 Installation. Piping or tubing shall be installed annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed so that piping, tubing, or connections will not be subject to and made watertight, as approved by the Authority undue strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for Having Jurisdiction. A penetration through fire-resistive expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. No piping or construction shall be in accordance with Section 309.4 tubing, unless designed and listed for such use, shall be 318.3. directly embedded in concrete or masonry. No structural A pipe sleeve through a firewall member shall be seriously weakened or impaired by cutting, 309.7.3 318.7 Firewalls. shall have the space around the pipe completely sealed with notching, or otherwise, as defined in the building code. an approved fire-resistive material in accordance with other PRE-PRINT 309.2.1 Under Concrete Slab. Piping installed codes. within a building and in or under a concrete floor slab A structural member resting on the ground shall be installed in accordance 309.8 318.8 Structural Members. with the following requirements: weakened or impaired by cutting, notching, or otherwise shall be reinforced, repaired, or replaced so as to be left in a (1) Ferrous piping shall have a protective coating of an safe structural condition in accordance with the require- approved type, machine applied and in accordance ments of the building code. with recognized standards. Field wrapping shall provide equivalent protection and shall be 309.9 318.9 Rodentproofing. Solar thermal, hydronic, restricted to those short sections and fittings neces- and geothermal systems shall be constructed in such a sarily stripped for threading. Zinc coating (galva- manner as to restrict rodents or vermin from entering a nizing) shall not be deemed protection for piping or building by following the duct work from the outside into fittings. Approved nonferrous piping shall not be the building. required to be wrapped. 309.9.1 318.10 Metal Collars. In or on buildings where (2) Copper or copper alloy tubing shall be installed openings have been made in walls, floors, or ceilings for the without joints where possible. Where joints are passage of pipes, such openings shall be closed and permitted, they shall be brazed, and fittings shall be protected by the installation of approved metal collars wrought copper. securely fastened to the adjoining structure.

28 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GENERAL REGULATIONS

316.0 319.0 Protection of System Components. (1) The bottom of the water pipe, at all points, shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the sewer 316.1 319.1 Materials. System components in contact with heat-transfer mediums shall be approved for such use. or drain line. Components, installed outdoors, shall be resistant to UV (2) The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf exca- radiation. vated at one side of the common trench with a clear horizontal distance of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) 316.2 319.2 Corrosion. Systems and components subject to corrosion shall be protected in an approved manner. Metal from the sewer or drain line. parts exposed to atmospheric conditions shall be of corro- Water pipes crossing sewer or drainage piping sion-resistant material. constructed of clay or materials that are not approved 316.3 319.3 Mechanical Damage. Portions of a system for use within a building shall be laid not less than 12 installed where subjected to mechanical damage shall be inches (305 mm) above the sewer or drainpipe. guarded against such damage by being installed behind approved barriers or, where located within a garage, be elevated or located out of the normal path of a vehicle. 312.0 321.0 Abandonment. 312.1 321.1 General. An abandoned system or part thereof shall be disconnected from remaining systems, 320.0 Duct Work. drained, plugged, and capped in an approved manner. Ducts shall be installed in accordance with 320.1 General. 312.2 321.2 Storage Tank. An underground water the requirements of the mechanical code. storage tank that has been abandoned or discontinued otherwise from use shall be completely drained and filled with 311.0 320.0 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill. earth, sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removed in a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having 311.1 320.1 Trenches. Trenches deeper than the footing of a building or structure, and paralleling the same, shall be Jurisdiction. located not less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the bottom exterior edge of the footing, or as approved in accordance with Section 302.0. 321.0 322.0 Other Systems. 321.1 322.1 General. Other systems installed in conjunc- 311.2 320.2 Tunneling and Driving. Tunneling and tion with solar energy, hydronic, or geothermal systems for driving shall be permitted to be done in yards, courts, or the purpose of domestic hot water, comfort cooling or heating, driveways of a building site. Where sufficient depth is avail- swimming pools, spas, or other similar facilities, shall comply able to permit, tunnels shall be permitted to be used between with the applicable codes. open-cut trenches. Tunnels shall have a clear height of 2 feet (610 mm) above the pipe and shall be limited in length to one-half the depth of the trench, with a maximum length of 8 feet (2438 mm). Where pipes are driven, the drive pipe shall be not less than one size larger than the pipe to be laid. 311.3 320.3 Open Trenches. Excavations required to be made for the installation of a system or a part thereof, within the walls of a building, shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until it has been inspected, tested, and accepted. PRE-PRINT 311.4 320.4 Excavations. Excavations shall be completely backfilled as soon after inspection as practicable. Precaution shall be taken to ensure compactness of backfill around piping without damage to such piping. Trenches shall be backfilled in thin layers to 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the piping with clean earth, which shall not contain stones, boulders, cinderfill, frozen earth, construction debris, or other materials that will damage or break the piping or cause corrosive action. Mechanical devices such as bulldozers, graders, etc., shall be permitted to then be used to complete backfill to grade. Fill shall be properly compacted. Precautions shall be taken to ensure permanent stability for pipe laid in filled or made ground. 311.5 Water Pipes. Water pipes shall not be run or laid in the same trench as building sewer or drainage piping constructed of clay or materials that are not approved for use within a building unless both of the following conditions are met:

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 29 GENERAL REGULATIONS

TABLE 308.2(1) BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS DEGREE OF HAZARD DEVICE, ASSEMBLY, APPLICABLE POLLUTION CONTAMINATION INSTALLATION2,3 OR METHOD1 STANDARDS (LOW HAZARD) (HIGH HAZARD) BACK- BACK- BACK- BACK- SIPHONAGE PRESSURE SIPHONAGE PRESSURE ASME Air gap X –– X –– See Table 308.8(2) in this chapter. A112.1.2 Air gap fitting is a device with an internal air gap and typical installa- Air gap fittings for use ASME tion includes plumbing fixtures, with appliances and X –– X –– A112.1.3 appurtenances appliances and appurtenances. The critical level shall not be installed below the flood level rim. Upright position. No valve down- Atmospheric vacuum stream. Minimum of 6 inches or breaker (consists of a ASSE 1001 or X –– X –– listed distance above all down- body, checking member CSA B64.1.1 and atmospheric port) stream piping and flood-level rim of receptor.4, 5 Installation includes wall hydrants Vacuum breaker wall and hose bibbs. Such devices are hydrants, hose bibbs, ASSE 1019 or not for use under continuous pres- X –– X –– frost resistant, automatic CSA B64.2.1.1 sure conditions (means of shut-off draining type downstream of device is prohibited).4, 5 Spill-Resistant Pressure Upright position. Minimum of 12 Vacuum Breaker (single inches or listed distance above all check valve with air ASSE 1056 X –– X –– downstream piping and flood- inlet vent and means of 5 field testing) level rim of receptor. Horizontal unless otherwise listed. Double Check Valve Access and clearance shall be in Backflow Prevention ASSE 1015; accordance with the manufac- Assembly (two inde- AWWA C510; turer’s instructions, and not less X X –– –– pendent check valves CSA B64.5 or than a 12 inch clearance at bottom and means of field CSA B64.5.1 for maintenance. May need plat- testing) form or ladder for test and repair. Does not discharge water. Pressure Vacuum Breaker Upright position. May have valves Backflow Prevention downstream. Minimum of 12 inches Assembly (loaded air ASSE 1020 or X –– X –– above all downstream piping and inlet valve, internally CSA B64.1.2 PRE-PRINTflood-level rim of receptor. May loaded check valve and means of field testing) discharge water. Reduced Pressure Prin- Horizontal unless otherwise listed. ciple Backflow Preven- Access and clearance shall be in tion Assembly (two inde- ASSE 1013; accordance with the manufacturer’s pendently acting loaded AWWA C511; instructions, and not less than a 12 X X X X check valves, a differen- CSA B64.4 or inch minimum clearance at bottom tial pressure relief valve CSA B64.4.1 for maintenance. May need plat- and means of field form/ladder for test and repair. May testing) discharge water. For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 See description of devices and assemblies in this chapter. 2 Installation in pit or vault requires previous approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3 Refer to general and specific requirement for installation. 4 Not to be subjected to operating pressure for more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period. 5 For deck-mounted and equipment-mounted vacuum breaker, see Section 408.4.

30 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GENERAL REGULATIONS

TABLE 308.2(2) MINIMUM AIR GAPS4 WHERE NOT AFFECTED WHERE AFFECTED FIXTURES BY SIDEWALLS1 BY SIDEWALLS2 (inches) (inches) 3 1 1 Effective openings not greater than ⁄2 of an inch in diameter 1 1 ⁄2 3 3 1 1 Effective openings not greater than ⁄4 of an inch in diameter 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄4 Effective openings3 not greater than 1 inch in diameter 2 3 Two times diameter of effective Three times diameter of effective Effective openings3 greater than 1 inch in diameter opening opening For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Notes: 1 Sidewalls, ribs, or similar obstructions do not affect air gaps where spaced from the inside edge of the spout opening a distance exceeding three times the diameter of the effective opening for a single wall, or a distance exceeding four times the effective opening for two intersecting walls. 2 Vertical walls, ribs, or similar obstructions extending from the water surface to or above the horizontal plane of the spout opening other than specified in Footnote 1 above. The effect of three or more such vertical walls or ribs has not been determined. In such cases, the air gap shall be measured from the top of the wall. 3 The effective opening shall be the minimum cross-sectional area at the seat of the control valve or the supply pipe or tubing that feeds the device or outlet. Where two or more lines supply one outlet, the effective opening shall be the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual supply lines or the area of the single outlet, whichever is smaller. 4 Air gaps less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall be approved as a permanent part of a listed assembly that has been tested under actual backflow conditions with vacuums of 0 to 25 inches of mercury (0 kPa to 85 kPa).

PRE-PRINT

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 31 GENERAL REGULATIONS

TABLE 310.3 317.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MATERIALS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL Cast 5 feet, except 10 feet where Base and each floor, Lead and Oakum 10 foot lengths are installed1, 2, 3 not to exceed 15 feet Every other joint, unless over Base and each floor, Compression Gasket 4 feet then support each joint1, 2, 3 not to exceed 15 feet Cast Iron Hubless Every other joint, unless over Base and each floor, Shielded Coupling 4 feet then support each joint1, 2, 3, 4 not to exceed 15 feet Copper & Copper Alloys Soldered, Brazed, 11⁄2 inches and smaller, 6 feet; Each floor, not to exceed 10 feet5 Threaded, or Mechanical 2 inches and larger, 10 feet Steel Pipe for Water 3⁄4 inch and smaller, 10 feet; Every other floor, Threaded or Welded 5 1 inch and larger, 12 feet not to exceed 25 feet Schedule 40 PVC and Base and each floor; provide All sizes, 4 feet; allow for expansion Solvent Cemented mid-story guides; Provide for ABS every 30 feet3 expansion every 30 feet. CPVC 1 inch and smaller, 3 feet; Base and each floor; Solvent Cemented 11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet provide mid-story guides Steel Mechanical In accordance with standards acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction PE-RT 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; Base and each floor; Insert and Compression 11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet provided mid-story guides PEX Cold Expansion 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; Base and each floor; Insert and Compression 11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet provide mid-story guides PEX-AL-PEX 1⁄2 inch Base and each floor; Metal Insert and Metal Compression 3⁄4 inch All sizes 98 inches provide mid-story guides 1 inch 1 } PE-AL-PE ⁄2 inch Base and each floor; Metal Insert and Metal Compression 3⁄4 inch All sizes 98 inches provide mid-story guides 1 inch } Polypropylene (PP) Fusion weld (socket, butt, 1 inch and smaller, 32 inches; Base and each floor; saddle, electrofusion) threaded 11⁄4 inches and larger, 4 feet provide mid-story guides (metal threads only) or mechanical For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm Notes: 1 Support adjacent to joint, not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm). 2 Brace not to exceed 40 foot (12 192 mm) intervals to prevent horizontal movement. 3 Support at each horizontal branch connection. 4 Hangers shall not be placed on the coupling. 5 Vertical water lines shall be permitted to be supported in accordance with recognized engineering principles with regard to expansion and contraction, where first approved by the Authority Having PRE-PRINTJurisdiction.

32 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 4 HYDRONICS

401.0 General. 402.2 Chemical Injection. Where systems include an additive, chemical injection or provisions for such injection, the 401.1 Applicability. This chapter shall apply to hydronic piping systems that are part of heating, cooling, ventilation, potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pressure and air conditioning systems. Such piping systems include principle backflow prevention assembly listed or labeled in steam, hot water, chilled water, steam condensate, solar ther- accordance with ASSE 1013. Such additive or chemical shall mal systems, and ground source heat pump systems. The be compatible with system components. regulations of this chapter shall govern the construction, 402.3 Compatibility. Where materials in the hydronic sys- location, and installation of hydronic piping systems. tem are not suitable for use in a potable water system, such potable water shall not be used. Where a heat exchanger is 401.2 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within reach installed with a dual purpose water heater, such application of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless shall comply with the requirements for a single wall heat they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, exchanger in Section 318.1 313.1. the insulation shall continue full size through them. Coverings and insulation used for piping shall be of material approved for the operating temperature of the system 403.0 Capacity of Heat Source. and the installation environment. Where installed in a plenum, 403.1 Heat Source. The heat source shall be sized to the the insulation, jackets, and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe design load. coverings and linings, shall have a flame-spread index not to 403.2 Dual Purpose Water Heater. Water heaters uti- exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index not to exceed 50 lized for combined space-and water-heating applications where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. both, to supply potable hot water and provide hot water for The flow of the space heating shall be listed or labeled in accordance with the 401.3 Water Hammer Protection. standards referenced in Table 403.2, and shall be installed in hydronic piping system shall be controlled to prevent water accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. hammer. The total heating capacity of a dual purpose water heater 401.4 Manifolds. Manifolds shall be equipped with a full- shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water require- way isolation valve that is fully sealed on the supply and ments and the space heating design requirements corrected return lines. Manifolds shall be capable of withstanding the for hot water first hour draw recovery. pressure and temperature of the system. The material of the manifold shall be compatible with the system fluid and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa- TABLE 403.2 tion instructions. WATER HEATERS TYPE STANDARD 401.5 Heat Emitters. Heat emitters shall be installed in Gas, 75,000 Btu/hr or less CSA Z21.10.1 accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Gas, above 75,000 Btu/hr CSA Z21.10.3 401.6 Mechanical Devices. Where listed mechanical Electric, space heating UL 834 devices are used, the manufacturer’s installation instructions Solid fuel, hydronic UL 2523 as to the location and method of installation shall be followed. For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW 407.4 401.7 Flexible Connectors.PRE-PRINTListed flexible connectors shall be installed in readily accessible locations, unless otherwise listed. 403.3 Tankless Water Heater. The output performance on tankless water heaters shall be determined by the temperature rise and flow rate of water through the unit. The ratings 402.0 Protection of Potable Water Supply. shall be expressed by the water temperature rise at a given flow rate. Manufacturers flow rates shall not be exceeded. 402.1 Prohibited Sources. Hydronic systems or parts thereof, shall be constructed in such a manner that polluted, contaminated water, or substances shall not enter a portion 404.0 Identification of Piping Systems. of the potable water system either during normal use or 404.1 General. In buildings where a potable water system where the system is subject to pressure that exceeds the and nonpotable water or solar thermal system, or both, are operating pressure in the potable water system. Piping, com- installed, each system shall be clearly identified in accor- ponents, and devices in contact with the potable water shall dance with Section 404.2 through Section 404.4 404.7. be approved for such use and where an additive is used it Each system shall be iden- shall not affect the performance of the system. 404.2 Color and Information. tified with a colored pipe or band and coded with paints, 402.2 Protection of Potable Water. The potable water wraps, and materials compatible with the piping and in accor- system shall be protected from backflow in accordance with dance with Section 404.2.1 404.3 through Section 404.2.3 the Uniform Plumbing Code. 404.5.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 33 HYDRONICS

404.2.1 404.3 Potable Water. Potable water systems 405.3 Flushing. Heat sources, system piping and tubing shall be identified with a green background with white let- shall be flushed after installation with water or a cleaning tering. The minimum size of the letters and length of the solution. Cleaning of the heat source shall comply with the color field shall comply with Table 404.2.1 404.3. manufacturer’s instructions. The cleaning solution shall be compatible with all system components and shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The heat TABLE 404.2.1 404.3 source shall be disconnected from the piping system or pro- MINIMUM LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD AND SIZE OF LETTERS OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF MINIMUM LENGTH OF MINIMUM SIZE OF tected with a fine mesh strainer during flushing to prevent PIPE OR COVERING COLOR FIELD LETTERS debris from being deposited into the heat source. (inches) (inches) (inches) 1 1 1 ⁄2 to 1 ⁄4 8 ⁄2 405.4 Oxygen Diffusion Corrosion. PEX, PE-RT, and 1 3 1 ⁄2 to 2 8 ⁄4 PB tubing in closed hydronic systems shall contain an oxy- 1 1 gen barrier. 2 ⁄2 to 6 12 1 ⁄4 1 8 to 10 24 2 ⁄2 1 Over 10 32 3 ⁄2 405.0 406.0 Heating Appliances and Equipment. For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm 405.1 406.1 General. Heating appliances, equipment, safety and operational controls shall be listed for their intended use in a hydronic heating system and installed in 404.2.2 404.4 Nonpotable Water. Nonpotable water systems shall be identified in accordance with the plumbing accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. code. 405.2 406.2 Boilers. Boilers and their controls shall comply be designed and constructed in accordance with the 404.2.3 404.5 Heat Transfer Medium. Solar thermal piping shall be identified with an orange background with mechanical code. black uppercase lettering, with the words “CAUTION: 405.2.1 406.2.1 Condensing Boilers. A condens- HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT DRINK.” Each ing boiler, in which the heat exchanger and venting sys- solar thermal system shall be identified to designate the tem are designed to operate with condensing flue gases, medium being conveyed. The minimum size of the letters shall be permitted to be connected directly to the panel and length of the color field shall comply with Table 404.2.1 heating system without a protective mixing device. 404.3. 405.2.2 406.2.2 Noncondensing Boilers. Where Each outlet on the solar thermal piping system shall be the heat exchanger and venting system are not designed posted with black uppercase lettering as follows: to operate with condensed flue gases, the boiler shall be “CAUTION: HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM, DO NOT permitted to connect directly to the panel heating system DRINK.” where protected from flue gas condensation. The operat- 404.3 404.6 Location of Piping Identification. The ing temperature of the boiler shall be more than the fluid background color and required information shall be indi- temperature in accordance with the manufacturer’s cated every 20 feet (6096 mm) but not less than once per instructions. room, and shall be visible from the floor level. 405.3 406.3 Dual-Purpose Water Heaters. Water 404.4 404.7 Flow Directions. Solar thermal systems heaters used for combined space- and water-heating applica- shall have flow directions indicated on system components tions shall be in accordance with CSA Z21.10.1 or CSA and piping or shall have flow directionsPRE-PRINT indicated on a dia- Z21.10.3 the standards referenced in Table 403.2, and shall grammatic representation of the system as installed, and per- be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa- manently affixed to the system hardware in a readily visible tion instructions. The total heating capacity of a dual pur- location. pose water heater shall be based on the sum of the potable hot water requirements and the space heating design requirements corrected for hot water first hour draw recovery. 405.0 Installation, Testing, and Inspection. Where 405.1 Operating Instructions. Operating and mainte- 405.3.1 406.3.1 Temperature Limitations. nance information shall be provided to the building owner. a combined space- and water-heating application requires water for space heating at temperatures exceed- 405.2 Pressure Testing. System piping and components shall be tested with a pressure of not less than one and one- ing 140°F (60°C), a thermostatic mixing valve in accor- half times the operating pressure but not less than 100 psi dance with ASSE 1017 shall be installed to temper the (689 kPa). Piping shall be tested with water or air except that water supplied to the potable water distribution system plastic pipe shall not be tested with air. Test pressures shall to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less. be held for a period of not less than 30 minutes with no per- 405.4 406.4 Solar Heat Collector Systems. Solar ceptible drop in pressure. These tests shall be made in the water heating systems used in hydronic panel radiant heating presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. systems shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 5.

34 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE HYDRONICS

406.0 407.0 Expansion Tanks. Table 407.1 408.1. Exterior piping shall be protected against freezing, UV radiation, corrosion and degradation. 406.1 407.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a hydronic system to control thermal expan- Embedded pipe or tubing shall comply with Section 417.2. sion. Secondary hot water systems, that are isolated from the 407.2 408.2 Expansion and Contraction. Pipe and primary system by a heat exchanger shall install a separate tubing shall be so installed that it will not be subject to undue expansion tank and pressure relief valve. Expansion tanks strains or stresses, and provisions shall be made for expan- shall be of the closed or open type. Expansion tanks used in sion, contraction, and structural settlement. hydronic systems shall be in accordance with the require- 407.3 408.3 Hangers and Supports. Pipe and tubing ments of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section shall be supported in accordance with Table 310.3 317.3. VIII, where the system is designed to operate at more than Systems with valves, circulators, and expansion tanks shall 30 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa) diameter of be provided with additional support in accordance with this the tank exceeds 24 inches (610 mm) or where the operating code and manufacturer’s installation instructions. temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C). Tanks shall be rated for the pressure of the system. Expansion tanks shall be accessible for maintenance and shall be installed in accordance with 408.0 Specific Requirements. Water supply inlets to tanks the manufacturer’s installation instructions. 408.1 Water Supply Inlets. and other receptors shall be protected by one of the follow- 406.2 407.2 Systems with Closed Expansion Tanks. ing means: A closed expansion tank shall be sized based on the capacity (1) An approved air gap. of the system. The minimum size of the tank shall be determined in accordance with Section 605.4 and shall be (2) A listed vacuum breaker installed on the discharge side equipped with an airtight tank or other air cushion that is of the last valve with the critical level not less than 6 consistent with the volume and capacity of the system. inches (152 mm) or in accordance with its listing. Tanks without membranes shall be equipped with a drain (3) A backflow preventer suitable for the contamination or valve and a manual air vent. Tanks shall be located in accor- pollution, installed in accordance with the requirements dance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless otherwise for that type of device or assembly as set forth in this specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped chapter. with a shutoff device that will remain open during operation 408.2 Systems with Backflow Devices. Where sys- of the heating system. Valve handles shall be locked open or tems have a backflow device installed downstream from a removed to prevent from being inadvertently shut off. potable water supply pump or a potable water supply pump connection, the device shall be one of the following: 406.3 407.3 Systems with Open Expansion Tanks. An open expansion tank shall be located not less than 36 (1) Atmospheric vacuum breaker (AVB). inches (914 mm) above the highest point in the system and (2) Pressure vacuum breaker backflow prevention assem- shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An over- bly (PVB). flow with a diameter of not less than one-half the size of the (3) Spill-resistant pressure vacuum breaker (SVB). water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter (4) Reduced-pressure principle backflow prevention assem- shall be installed at the top of the tank. The overflow shall bly (RP). discharge through an air gap into the drainage system. Where systems include a Isolation valves shall not be installed in the piping between 408.3 Chemical Injection. chemical injector or provisions for chemical injection, the the heat-distribution system and the expansion tank. Tanks potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced-pres- shall be located in accordancePRE-PRINT with the manufacturer’s sure principle backflow prevention assembly (RP). instructions unless otherwise specified by the system design. Each tank shall be equipped with a shutoff device that will 408.4 Deck-Mounted and Equipment-Mounted Deck-mounted or equipment-mounted remain open during operation of the heating system. Valve Vacuum Breakers. vacuum breakers shall be installed in accordance with their handles shall be locked open or removed to prevent from listing and the manufacturer’s installation instructions, with being inadvertently shut off. the critical level not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the flood-level rim. 407.0 408.0 Materials. 407.1 408.1 Pipe, Tube, Tubing and Fittings. 409.0 Joints and Connections. Hydronic pipe and tubing shall comply with the applicable 409.1 General. Joints and connections shall be of an standards referenced in Table 407.1 408.1 and shall be approved type. Joints shall be gas and watertight and designed approved for use based on the intended purpose. Materials for the pressure of the hydronic system. Changes in direction shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressure of shall be made by the use of fittings or with pipe bends having the system and shall be compatible with the type of heat a radius of not less than six times the outside diameter of the transfer medium. Pipe fittings and valves shall be approved tubing. Joints between pipe and fittings shall be installed in for the installation with the piping, materials to be installed accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. and shall comply with the applicable standards referenced in

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 35 HYDRONICS

TABLE 407.1 408.1 MATERIALS FOR HYDRONICS AND SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEM, PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS MATERIAL PIPING/TUBING FITTINGS Copper/Copper Alloy ASTM B42, ASTM B43, ASTM B75, ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASTM B88, ASTM B135, ASTM B2512, ASME B16.23, ASME B16.24, ASME B16.26, ASTM B302, ASTM B447 ASME B16.29, ASME B16.51 Ductile Iron AWWA C115, AWWA C151 AWWA C1101, AWWA C153 Steel ASME B16.5, ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASTM A53, ASTM A106, ASTM A254 ASTM A420 Gray Iron –– ASTM A126 Malleable Iron –– ASME B16.3 Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) ASTM D1527 –– Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) ASTM D2846, ASTM F437, ASTM F438, ASTM D2846, ASTM F441, ASTM F442 ASTM F439, ASTM F1970 Polyethylene (PE) ASTM D1693, ASTM D2513, ASTM ASTM D2609, ASTM D2683, ASTM D3261, D2683, ASTM D2837, ASTM D 3035, ASTM F1055, CSA B137.1 ASTM D3350, ASTM F1055, CSA B137.1 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) ASSE 1061, ASTM F877, ASTM F1807, ASTM F876, ASTM F877, CSA B137.5 ASTM F1960, ASTM F1961, ASTM F2080, ASTM F2159, ASTM F2735, CSA B137.5 Polypropylene (PP) ASTM F2389 ASTM F2389 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) ASTM D2464, ASTM D2466, ASTM D2467, ASTM D1785, ASTM D2241 ASTM F1970 Raised Temperature Polyethylene ASTM F1807, ASTM F2159, ASTM F2735, ASTM F2623, ASTM F2769 (PE-RT) ASTM F2769 Cross-Linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ ASTM F1281, ASTM F1974, ASTM F2434, Cross-Linked Polyethylene ASTM F1281, ASTM F2262, CSA B137.10 CSA B137.10 (PEX-AL-PEX) Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene ASTM F1282, CSA B137.9 ASTM F1282, ASTM F1974, CSA B137.9 (PE-AL-PE) Stainless Steel ASTM A269, ASTM A312 –– Notes: 1 Ductile and gray iron. 2 Only Type K, L, or M shall be permitted to be installed.

409.2 Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe. of fitting. Place pipe inside fitting to forcefully bottom Joints between chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) pipe the pipe in the socket and hold together until joint is set. and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the The manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be following methods: followed for safe practices. (1) Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings with an (3) Threaded joints for CPVC pipe shall be made with pipe elastomeric o-ring that employ quickPRE-PRINT assembly push fit threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum connectors listed or labeled shall be in accordance with of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded and the ASSE 1061. pressure rating shall be reduced by 50 percent. The use of (2) Solvent cement joints for CPVC pipe and fittings shall be molded fittings shall not result in a 50 percent reduction clean from dirt and moisture. Solvent cements in accor- in the pressure rating of the pipe provided that the molded dance with ASTM F493, requiring the use of a primer fittings shall be fabricated so that the wall thickness of the shall be orange in color. The primer shall be colored and material is maintained at the threads. Thread sealant com- be in accordance with ASTM F656. Listed solvent pound that is compatible with the pipe and fitting, insol- cement in accordance with ASTM F493 that does not uble in water, and nontoxic shall be applied to male require the use of primers, yellow or red in color, shall be threads. Caution shall be used during assembly to prevent permitted for pipe and fittings manufactured in accor- over tightening of the CPVC components once the thread dance with ASTM D2846, ½ of an inch (15 mm) through sealant has been applied. Female CPVC threaded fittings 1 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter or ASTM F442, ⁄2 of an shall be used with plastic male threads only. inch (15 mm) through 23 inches (5080 mm) in diameter. 409.3 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe and Tubing. Apply primer where required inside the fitting and to the Joints between copper or copper alloy pipe or tubing and fit- depth of the fitting on pipe. Apply liberal coat of cement tings shall be installed in accordance with one of the follow- to the outside surface of pipe to depth of fitting and inside ing methods:

36 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE HYDRONICS

(1) Brazed joints between copper or copper alloy pipe or ASTM B828. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square and tubing and fittings shall be made with brazing alloys reamed to the full inside diameter including the removal having a liquid temperature above 1000°F (538°C). The of burrs on the outside of the pipe or tubing. Surfaces to joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by be joined shall be cleaned bright by manual or mechani- either manual or mechanical means. Tubing shall be cut cal means. Flux shall be applied to pipe or tubing and fit- square and reamed to full inside diameter. Brazing flux tings and shall be in accordance with ASTM B813, and shall be applied to the joint surfaces where required by shall become noncorrosive and nontoxic after soldering. manufacturer’s recommendation. Brazing filler metal in Insert pipe or tubing into the base of the fitting and accordance with AWS A5.8 shall be applied at the point remove excess flux. Pipe or tubing and fitting shall be where the pipe or tubing enters the socket of the fitting. supported to ensure a uniform capillary space around the (2) Flared joints for soft copper or copper alloy tubing shall joint. Solder in accordance with ASTM B32 shall be be made with fittings that are in accordance with the applied to the joint surfaces until capillary action draws applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 408.1. the molten solder into the cup. Joint surfaces shall not be Pipe or tubing shall be cut square using an appropriate disturbed until cool and any remaining flux residue shall tubing cutter. The tubing shall be reamed to full inside be cleaned. diameter, resized to round, and expanded with a proper (7) Threaded joints for copper or copper alloy pipe shall be flaring tool. made with pipe threads in accordance with ASME (3) Mechanically formed tee fittings shall have extracted B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape or compound shall be collars that shall be formed in a continuous operation applied only on male threads, and such material shall be consisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the of approved types, insoluble in water, and nontoxic. pipe or tube surface to form a collar having a height not 409.4 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe. Joints less than three times the thickness of the branch tube between cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe and fittings wall. The branch pipe or tube shall be notched to con- shall be installed with fittings for PEX tubing that comply form to the inner curve of the run pipe or tube and shall with the applicable standards referenced in Table 407.1 have two dimple depth stops to ensure that penetration 408.1. PEX tubing labeled in accordance with ASTM F876 of the branch pipe or tube into the collar is of a depth for shall be marked with the applicable standard designation for brazing and that the branch pipe or tube does not the fittings specified for use with the tubing. Mechanical obstruct the flow in the main line pipe or tube. Dimple joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- depth stops shall be in line with the run of the pipe or turer’s installation instructions. 1 4 tube. The second dimple shall be ⁄ of an inch (6.4 mm) 409.5 Cross-Linked Polyethylene/Aluminum above the first and shall serve as a visual point of /Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pipe. inspection. Fittings and joints shall be made by brazing. Joints between cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross- Soldered joints shall not be permitted. linked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pipe and fittings shall (4) Pressed fittings for copper or copper alloy pipe or tub- be installed in accordance with one of the following meth- ing shall have an elastomeric o-ring that forms the joint. ods: The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, (1) Mechanical joints between PEX-AL-PEX pipe and fit- and the pipe or tubing marked at the shoulder of the fittings shall include mechanical and compression type fitting. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, chamfered, and tings and insert fittings with a crimping ring. Insert fit- reamed to full inside diameter. The fitting alignment tings utilizing a crimping ring shall be in accordance shall be checked against the mark on the pipe or tubing with ASTM F1974 or ASTM F2434. Crimp joints for to ensure the pipe or tubingPRE-PRINT is inserted into the fitting. crimp insert fittings shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX The joint shall be pressed using the tool recommended pipe by the compression of a crimp ring around the by the manufacturer. outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the pipe mate- (5) Removable and nonremovable push fit fittings for cop- rial into annular spaces formed by ribs on the fitting. per or copper alloy tubing or pipe that employ quick (2) Compression joints shall include compression insert fit- assembly push fit connectors shall be in accordance tings and shall be joined to PEX-AL-PEX pipe through with ASSE 1061. Push fit fittings for copper or copper the compression of a split ring or compression nut alloy pipe or tubing shall have an approved elastomeric around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the o-ring that forms the joint. Pipe or tubing shall be cut pipe material into the annular space formed by the ribs square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. on the fitting. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting, and the 409.6 Ductile Iron Pipe. Joints between ductile iron pipe tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tub- following methods: ing to ensure the tubing is inserted into the fitting and (1) Mechanical joints for ductile iron pipe or fittings shall gripping mechanism has engaged on the pipe. consist of a bell that is cast integrally with the pipe or fit- (6) Soldered joints between copper or copper alloy pipe or ting and provided with an exterior flange having bolt tubing and fittings shall be made in accordance with holes and a socket with annular recesses for the sealing

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 37 HYDRONICS

gasket and the plain end of the pipe or fitting. The elas- insert fitting, making contact with the fitting shoulder. tomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. Clamps shall be positioned equal to 180 degrees (3.14 Lubricant recommended for the application by the pipe rad) apart and shall be tightened to provide a leak tight manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end joint. Compression type couplings and fittings shall be of the pipe. permitted for use in joining PE piping and tubing. (2) Push-on joints for ductile iron pipe or fittings shall con- Stiffeners that extend beyond the clamp or nut shall be sist of a single elastomeric gasket that shall be assembled prohibited. Bends shall be not less than 30 pipe diame- by positioning the elastomeric gasket in an annular ters, or the coil radius where bending with the coil. recess in the pipe or fitting socket and forcing the plain Bends shall not be permitted closer than 10 pipe diame- end of the pipe or fitting into the socket. The plain end ters of a fitting or valve. Mechanical joints shall be shall compress the elastomeric gasket to form a positive designed for their intended use. seal and shall be designed so that the elastomeric gasket 409.8 Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL- shall be locked in place against displacement. The elas- PE). Joints between polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene tomeric gasket shall comply with AWWA C111. (PE-AL-PE) pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance Lubricant recommended for the application by the pipe with one of the following methods: manufacturer shall be applied to the gasket and plain end (1) Mechanical joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and fit- of the pipe. tings shall be either of the metal insert fittings with a 409.7 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe/Tubing. Joints split ring and compression nut or metal insert fittings between polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings with copper crimp rings. Metal insert fittings shall com- shall be installed in accordance with one of the following ply with ASTM F1974. Crimp insert fittings shall be methods: joined to the pipe by placing the copper crimp ring around the outer circumference of the pipe, forcing the (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with pipe material into the space formed by the ribs on the fit- ASTM F2620 and shall be made by heating the squared ting until the pipe contacts the shoulder of the fitting. ends of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by The crimp ring shall then be positioned on the pipe so holding ends against a heated element. The heated ele- 1 1 the edge of the crimp ring is ⁄8 of an inch (3.2 mm) to ⁄4 ment shall be removed where the proper melt is of an inch (6.4 mm) from the end of the pipe. The jaws obtained and joined ends shall be placed together with of the crimping tool shall be centered over the crimp ring applied force. and tool perpendicular to the barb. The jaws shall be (2) Electro-fusion joints shall be heated internally by a con- closed around the crimp ring and shall not be crimped ductor at the interface of the joint installed in accor- more than once. dance with ASTM F1290 and shall be made by embed- (2) Compression joints for PE-AL-PE pipe or tubing and ding the resistance wire in the fitting and supplying with fittings shall be joined through the compression of a a heat source. Align and restrain fitting to pipe to pre- split ring, by a compression nut around the circumfer- vent movement and apply electric current to the fitting. ence of the pipe. The compression nut and split ring Turn off the current when the proper time has elapsed to shall be placed around the pipe. The ribbed end of the heat the joint. The joint shall fuse together and remain fitting shall be inserted onto the pipe until the pipe con- undisturbed until cool. Pipe shall be clamped in place tacts the shoulder of the fitting. Position and compress and power applied through a controlled processor. The the split ring by tightening the compression nut onto the material surrounding the wire shall be melted along insert fitting. with the pipe and shall provide the pressure required for fusion. PRE-PRINT409.9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT). Joints between polyethylene of raised temperature (PE-RT) (3) Socket-fusion joints shall be installed in accordance with tubing and fittings shall be installed with fittings for PE-RT ASTM F2620 and shall be made by simultaneously heat- tubing that comply with the applicable standards referenced ing the outside surface of a pipe end and the inside of a in Table 407.1 408.1. Metal insert fittings, metal compres- fitting socket. Where the proper melt is obtained, the pipe sion fittings, and plastic fittings shall be manufactured to and and fitting shall be joined by inserting one into the other marked in accordance with the standards for fittings in Table with applied force. The joint shall fuse together and 407.1 408.1. remain undisturbed until cool. 409.10 Polypropylene (PP) Pipe. Joints between (4) Mechanical joints between PE pipe or tubing and fit- polypropylene pipe and fittings shall be installed in accor- tings shall include insert and mechanical compression dance with one of the following methods: fittings that provide a pressure seal resistance to pullout. (1) Heat-fusion joints for polypropylene (PP) pipe shall be Joints for insert fittings shall be made by cutting the installed with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fit- pipe square, using a cutter designed for plastic piping, tings, butt-fusion polypropylene fittings or pipe, or elec- and removal of sharp edges. Two stainless steel clamps tro-fusion polypropylene fittings. Joint surfaces shall be shall be placed over the end of the pipe. Fittings shall be clean and free from moisture. The joint shall be undis- checked for proper size based on the diameter of the turbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance pipe. The end of pipe shall be placed over the barbed with ASTM F2389 or CSA B137.11.

38 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE HYDRONICS

(2) Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be (2) Threaded joints shall be made with pipe threads that are installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa- in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Thread sealant tape tion instructions. Polypropylene pipe shall not be or compound shall be applied only on male threads, and threaded. Polypropylene transition fittings for connec- such material shall be of approved types, insoluble in tion to other piping materials shall only be threaded by water, and nontoxic. use of copper or copper alloy or stainless steel inserts (3) Welded joints shall be made by electrical arc or molded in the fitting. oxygen/acetylene method. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned Joints between by an approved procedure. Joints shall be welded by an 409.11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. approved filler metal. polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods: (4) Pressed joints shall have an elastomeric o-ring that forms the connection. The pipe or tubing shall be fully inserted (1) Mechanical joints shall be designed to provide a perma- into the fitting, and the pipe or tubing marked at the nent seal and shall be of the mechanical or push-on shoulder of the fittings. Pipe or tubing shall be cut joint. The mechanical joint shall include a pipe spigot square, chamfered, and reamed to full inside diameter. that has a wall thickness to withstand without deforma- The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark tion or collapse; the compressive force exerted where on the pipe or tubing to ensure the pipe or tubing is fully the fitting is tightened. The push-on joint shall have a inserted into the fitting. The joint shall be pressed using minimum wall thickness of the bell at any point the tool recommended by the manufacturer. between the ring and the pipe barrel. The elastomeric 409.13 Joints Between Various Materials. Joints gasket shall comply with ASTM D3139, and be of such between various materials shall be installed in accordance size and shape as to provide a compressive force against with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall the spigot and socket after assembly to provide a posi- comply with Section 409.13.1 and Section 409.13.2. tive seal. 409.13.1 Copper or Copper Alloy Pipe or Tubing (2) Solvent cement joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall be to Threaded Pipe Joints. Joints from copper or cop- clean from dirt and moisture. Pipe shall be cut square per alloy pipe or tubing to threaded pipe shall be made and pipe shall be deburred. Where surfaces to be joined by the use of brass copper alloy adapter, brass copper are cleaned and free of dirt, moisture, oil, and other for- alloy nipple [minimum 6 inches (152 mm)], dielectric eign material, apply primer purple in color in accor- fitting, or dielectric union in accordance with ASSE dance with ASTM F656. Primer shall be applied until 1079. The joint between the copper or copper alloy pipe the surface of the pipe and fitting is softened. Solvent or tubing and the fitting shall be a soldered, brazed, cements in accordance with ASTM D2564 shall be flared, or pressed joint and the connection between the applied to all joint surfaces. Joints shall be made while threaded pipe and the fitting shall be made with a stan- both the inside socket surface and outside surface of dard pipe size threaded joint. pipe are wet with solvent cement. Hold joint in place 409.13.2 Plastic Pipe to other Materials. Where and undisturbed for 1 minute after assembly. The man- connecting plastic pipe to other types of piping, ufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F402 shall be fol- approved types of adapter or transition fittings designed lowed for safe practices. for the specific transition intended shall be used. (3) Threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.1. A minimum of Schedule 80 shall be permitted to be threaded; how- 410.0 System Controls. ever, the pressure rating shallPRE-PRINT be reduced by 50 percent. 410.1 Water Temperature Controls. A heat source or The use of molded fittings shall not result in a 50 per- system of commonly connected heat sources shall be pro- cent reduction in the pressure rating of the pipe protected by a water-temperature-activated operating control to vided that the molded fittings shall be fabricated so that stop heat output of the heat source where the system water the wall thickness of the material is maintained at the reaches a pre-set operating temperature. threads. Thread sealant compound that is compatible Radiant floor with the pipe and fitting, insoluble in water, and non- 410.2 Radiant Floor Heating Panels. heating panels shall be protected with a high-limit control toxic shall be applied to male threads. Caution shall be set 20°F (11°C) above the maximum design water tempera- used during assembly to prevent over tightening of the ture for the panel to prevent the introduction of heat into the PVC components once the thread sealant has been panel. The high-limit setting shall not exceed the tempera- applied. Female PVC threaded fittings shall be used ture rating for the pipe and shall be equipped with a manual with plastic male threads only. reset. Joints between steel pipe 409.12 Steel Pipe and Tubing. A steam heat source or tubing and fittings shall be installed in accordance with 410.3 Operating Steam Controls. or system of commonly connected steam heat sources shall one of the following methods: be protected by a pressure-actuated control to shut off the (1) Mechanical joints shall be made with an approved and fuel supply where the system pressure reaches a pre-set listed elastomeric gasket. operating pressure.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 39 HYDRONICS

410.3.1 Water-Level Controls. A primary water- A pressure-reducing valve shall be installed on the level control shall be installed on a steam heat source to makeup water feed line. The pressure of the feed line shall control the water level in the heat source. The control be set in accordance with the design of the system, and con- shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s nections to potable water shall be in accordance with Section installation instructions. 402.0 to prevent contamination due to backflow. 410.4 Occupied Spaces. An air-temperature-sensing 411.5 Differential Pressure Regulation. Provisions device shall be installed in the occupied space to regulate the shall be made to control zone flows in a multi-zone hydronic operation of the heat-distribution system. system where the closing of some or all of the two-way zone valves is capable of excess flow through the open zones or 410.5 Return-Water Low-Temperature Protection. Where a minimum return-water temperature to the heat deadheading of a fixed-speed pump. source is specified, the heating system shall be designed and 411.5.1 Differential Pressure Bypass Valve. installed to ensure that the minimum return-water tempera- Where a differential pressure bypass valve is used for ture is maintained during the normal operation of the heat the purpose in accordance with Section 411.4 411.5, it source. shall be installed and adjusted to provide bypass of the distribution system where the zones are closed. 410.6 Simultaneous Operation. Radiant heating and cooling systems sharing a common space temperature con- 411.6 Air-Removal Device. Provision shall be made for trol shall be configured to prevent simultaneous heating and the removal of air in the heat-distribution piping system. The cooling. air-removal device shall be located in the area of the heat- distribution piping system where air accumulates. Air- A temperature gauge or 410.7 Temperature Reading. removal devices shall be installed to facilitate their removal transmitter shall be installed for reading the following fluid for examination, repair, or replacement. temperatures: (1) The in the panel system supply and heat source outlet. One temperature gauge or transmitter shall be 411.7 Air-Separation Device. An air-separation device permitted where the temperature between the heat source shall be installed on a closed heat-distribution system. The outlet and panel system supply are the same. device shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions or at the point in the heat-dis- (2) The heat source outlet and return line. One temperature tribution system where there is no pressure change and the gauge or transmitter shall be permitted where the tem- water in the heat-distribution system is at the highest temperature between the panel system outlet and the heat perature. source return are the same. 411.8 Secondary Loops. Secondary loops that are isolated from the primary heat-distribution loop by a heat exchanger 411.0 Pressure and Flow Controls. shall have an air-removal device or an air-separation device in accordance with Section 411.6 or Section 411.7. 411.1 Balancing. A means for balancing distribution loops, heat emitting devices, and multiple-boiler installations shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. A means for balancing and flow control shall include 412.0 Hydronic Space Heating. the piping design, pumping equipment, or balancing devices. 412.1 General. Based on the system design, the heat-distribution units shall be selected in accordance with the man- 411.2 Low-Water Control. Direct-fired heat sources ufacturer’s specifications. within a closed heating system shall have a low-water fuel cut-off device, except as specified in Section 411.3. Where a 412.2 Installation. Heat-distribution units shall be low-water control is integral with the heat source as part of installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation the appliance’s integrated control, and isPRE-PRINT listed for such use, instructions and this code. a separate low-water control shall not be required. An exter- 412.3 Freeze Protection. Hydronic heat-distribution nal cut-off device shall be installed in accordance with the units or other system components shall be designed, heat-source manufacturer’s installation instructions. No installed, and protected from freezing. valve shall be located between the external low-water fuel 412.4 Balancing. System loops shall be installed so that cut-off and the heat-source unit. Where a pumped conden- the design flow rates are achieved within the system. sate return is installed, a second low-water cut-off shall be The flash point of transfer provided. 412.5 Heat Transfer Medium. fluid in a hydronic piping system shall be a minimum of 411.3 Flow-Sensing Devices. A direct-fired heat source, 50°F (28°C) above the maximum system operating temper- requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating, shall ature in accordance with Section 501.14 501.15. The trans- have a flow-sensing device installed with the appliance or fer fluid shall be compatible with the makeup fluid supplied such device shall be integral with the appliance. A low-water to the system. fuel cut-off device shall not be required. 411.4 Automatic Makeup Water. Where an automatic makeup water supply fill device is used to maintain the 413.0 Steam Systems. water content of the heat-source unit, or any closed loop in 413.1 Steam Traps. For other than one-pipe steam sys- the system, the makeup supply shall be located at the expan- tems, each heat-distribution unit shall be supplied with a sion tank connection. steam trap that is listed for the application.

40 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE HYDRONICS

413.2 Sloping for Two-Pipe System. Two-pipe steam 414.5 Tube Placement. Hydronic radiant panel tubing system piping and heat-distribution units shall be sloped shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s 1 down at ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) in the direction of the installation instructions and system design. The length of steam flow. continuous tubing from a supply-and-return manifold shall not exceed the lengths in accordance with the manufacturer 413.3 Sloping for One-Pipe System. One-pipe steam system piping and heat-distribution units shall be sloped or, in the absence of manufacturer’s specifications, the 1 down at ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m) towards the steam lengths in accordance with Table 414.5. Actual loop lengths boiler, without trapping. shall be determined by spacing, number of loops, flow rate, and pressure drop requirements in accordance with the sys- 413.4 Automatic Air Vents. Steam automatic air vents tem design. shall be installed to eliminate air pressure in heat-distribution units on gravity steam piping systems. Steam traps shall For the purpose of system balancing, each individual be installed on pump and receiver condensate systems to loop shall have a tag securely affixed to the manifold to indi- eliminate negative pressures in coils and heat exchangers on cate the length of the loop, and the room(s) and area(s) a low-pressure steam system. Air vents shall not be used on served. a vacuum system. In a single-zone multiple-manifold installation, balanced flow through manifolds shall be in accordance with 413.5 Condensate Flow. System piping shall be installed to allow condensate to flow from the steam trap to the con- Section 412.4. densate tank or steam boiler. 413.6 Steam-Distribution Piping. Where multi-row ele- TABLE 414.5 ments are installed in an enclosure, they shall be top fed and MAXIMUM LENGTH OF CONTINUOUS TUBING FROM piped in parallel down to the steam trap. A single steam trap A SUPPLY-AND-RETURN MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT NOMINAL TUBE SIZE MAXIMUM LOOP LENGTH for each row of heating elements shall be installed. Where (inches) (feet) 1 the size of the return header is increased by a minimum of ⁄4 125 one pipe size, a single steam trap shall be permitted to be 5 ⁄16 200 installed for multiple rows. Where multiple steam unit 3 heaters are installed, an individual steam trap for each unit ⁄8 250 1 shall be installed. ⁄2 300 5 ⁄8 400 3 ⁄4 500 414.0 Radiant Heating and Cooling. 1 750 414.1 Installation. Radiant heating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordance with the system design. For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm 414.2 Radiant Under-Floor Heating. Floor surface temperatures shall not exceed the following temperatures: 414.6 Poured Floor Systems (Thermal Mass). Where tubing is embedded in a concrete slab, such tubes shall not (1) 85°F (29°C) in dwellings, buildings, or structures. be larger in outside dimension than one-third of the overall (2) 85°F (29°C) in occupancies where prolonged foot con- thickness of the slab and shall be spaced not less than three tact with the floor, and solid or laminated hardwood diameters on center. The top of the tubing shall be embedded flooring. in the slab not less than 2 inches (51 mm) below the surface. (3) 90°F (32°C) in bathroomsPRE-PRINT and indoor swimming pools. 414.6.1 Slab Penetration Tube and Joint The radiant heating panel temperature shall not exceed Protection. Where embedded in or installed under a the maximum temperature rating of the materials used in the concrete slab, tubing shall be protected from damage at construction of the radiant heating panel. The radiant panel penetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve. shall be protected with a high-limit control in accordance The space between the tubing and sleeve shall be sealed. The tubing at the location of an expansion joint with Section 410.2. in a concrete slab shall be encased in a protective pipe 414.3 Chilled Water Systems. Chilled water systems for sleeve that covers the tubing not less than 12 inches cooling shall be designed to minimize the potential for con- (305 mm) on either side of the expansion joint or the densation. Chilled water piping, valves, and fittings shall be tubing shall be installed below the slab. insulated and vapor sealed to prevent surface condensation. 414.6.2 Insulation. Where a poured concrete radiant 414.4 Dehumidification. A chilled ceiling or chilled floor floor system is installed in contact with the soil, not less panels used for space cooling shall be installed in a humid- than R-5 insulation shall be installed and shall be placed ity-controlled environment. An air handling device that between the soil and the concrete; extend to the outside removes humidity shall be incorporated into the system to edges of the concrete; and be placed on all slab edges. keep the relative humidity below 70 percent. A humidity Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is sensor shall be installed within the space to turn off the pan- installed on grade, not less than R-5 insulation shall be els where the surface approaches the dew point. installed and placed on vertical slab edges.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 41 HYDRONICS

Where a poured concrete radiant floor system is nationally recognized standards. A pressure- and tempera- installed within a habitable space above and below, the ture-relief valve with a set pressure not exceeding 150 per- total R-value of the floor system below the concrete slab cent of the maximum operating pressure of the system, and shall be more than the total R-value of the material lying at a temperature of 210°F (99°C), shall be installed on the above the concrete slab and the floor system shall have storage tank. not less than a R-3 value. Where the normal operating temperature of the boiler or dual-purpose water heater that provides heat input for 414.7 Joist Systems and Subfloors. Where tubing is installed below a subfloor, the tube spacing shall be in accor- domestic hot water exceeds 140°F (60°C), a thermostatically dance with the system design and joist space limitations. controlled mixing valve in accordance with Section 405.3.1 406.3.1 shall be installed to limit the water supplied to the Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor, the potable hot water system to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) tube spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) center-to- or less. The potability of the water shall be maintained center for living areas. throughout the system. Where tubing is installed in the joist cavity, the cavity shall be insulated with not less than R-12 material. An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall be 416.0 Auxiliary Systems. Additional heating loads shall be sized in maintained between the top of the insulation and the under- 416.1 General. accordance with one of the following methods and the side of the floor unless a conductive plate is installed. required additional capacity shall be added to the primary Where tubing is installed above or in the subfloor and heat source: not embedded in concrete, the floor assembly shall be insu- (1) Methods included in this chapter. lated with not less than R-12 material below the tubing. (2) Other approved engineering methods acceptable to the 414.8 Wall and Ceiling Panels. Where piping is Authority Having Jurisdiction. installed in the wall stud cavity or the ceiling joist cavity, the (3) Sizing guidelines included in the manufacturer’s cavity shall be insulated with material having an R-value of instructions. not less than R-12 material. The insulation shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent heating or cooling from being Where an auxiliary system is deemed to be in use only lost from the space intended to be controlled. in seasons other than winter, it shall not be required to be combined with the space heating requirement in the winter. An air space of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) shall be The heat source shall be sized to the level of the highest total maintained between the insulation and the interior surface of seasonal load. the panel unless a conductive plate is installed. Radiant 416.2 Use of Chemical Additives and Corrosive 414.9 Radiant Heating and Cooling Panels. Fluids. Where auxiliary systems contain chemical addi- heating and cooling panels shall be installed in accordance tives, corrosive fluids, or both not intended or designed for with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and shall be use in the primary system, a double wall heat exchanger listed for the application. shall be used in accordance with Section 318.0 313.1. The 414.9.1 Electric Heating Panel Systems. chemical additives in the auxiliary systems shall be compat- Clearances for electric heating panels or between out- ible with auxiliary system components and accepted for use lets, junction boxes, mounting luminaries, ventilating, by the heat exchanger manufacturer. or other openings shall comply with NFPA 70. 416.3 Snow Melt. An automatic thermostatically operating control device that controls the supply hydronic solution tem- 414.9.2 Radiant Wall and CeilingPRE-PRINT Panels. Radiant panels attached to wood, steel, masonry, or concrete perature to the snow melt area shall be installed in the system. framing members shall be fastened by means of A means shall be provided to prevent low return hydronic anchors, bolts, or approved expansion screws of suffi- solution temperature in accordance with Section 410.5. Snow cient size and anchorage to support the loads applied. In melt auxiliary systems shall be protected from freezing with high moisture areas, panels shall be installed with cor- an approved hydronic solution. The circulating heat transfer rosion-resistant fasteners. Piping systems shall be fluid shall be a mixture of propylene glycol or ethylene glycol designed for thermal expansion to prevent the load and water. Automotive antifreeze shall not be used. being transmitted to the panel. 416.3.1 Tube Placement. Snow melt tubing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and with the tube layout and spacing in 415.0 Indirect-Fired Domestic Hot-Water Storage accordance with the system design. Except for distribu- Tanks. tion mains, tube spacing that is shown in the design as 415.1 General. Domestic hot-water heat exchangers, center-to-center and the individual loop lengths shall be whether internal or external to the heating appliance, shall be installed with a variance of not more than ±10 percent permitted to be used to heat water in domestic hot-water from the design. storage tanks. Tanks used to store hot water shall be listed The length of continuous tubing from a supply-and- for the intended use and constructed in accordance with return manifold arrangement shall not exceed the

42 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE HYDRONICS

lengths in accordance with the manufacturer installation 416.3.6 Testing. Testing of auxiliary systems shall be instructions and system design or, in the absence of in accordance with Section 417.3 405.2. manufacturer’s specifications, the lengths specified in Hydronic makeup accordance with Table 416.3.1. Actual loop lengths 416.4 Hydronic Makeup Air Units. air units that are affected by freezing shall be protected shall be determined by spacing, flow rate, temperature, and pressure drop in accordance with the system design. against freezing by a hydronic solution or a method approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

TABLE 416.3.1 1, 2 LOOP LENGTHS FOR SNOW MELT SYSTEMS 417.0 Piping Installation. SIZE AVERAGE ACTIVE LOOP TOTAL LOOP 417.1 General. Piping, fittings, and connections shall be (inches) (feet) (feet) installed in accordance with the conditions of their approval. PE-RT or PEX Tubing Piping for heating 5 417.2 Embedded Piping and Joints. ⁄8 225 250 or cooling panels embedded in concrete shall be steel pipe, ¾ 300 325 Type L copper tubing or plastic pipe or tubing rated at not 1 450 475 less than 100 psi at 180°F (689 kPa at 82°C). Joints of pipe Copper Tubing3 or tubing that are embedded in a portion of the building, ½ – 140 such as concrete or plaster, shall be installed in accordance ¾ – 280 with Section 417.2.1 through Section 417.2.3. For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm 417.2.1 Steel Pipe. Steel pipe shall be welded by Notes: electrical arc or oxygen/acetylene method. (1) The total PE-RT or PEX loop lengths consist of two separate sections, Copper tubing shall be the active loop and the leader length. The active loop is installed within 417.2.2 Copper Tubing. the heated slab. The leader length is the total distance to and from the joined by brazing with filler metals having a melting manifold and heated slab, including vertical distances. point not less than 1000°F (538°C). (2) The manifolds shall be installed as close to the snow melts area as pos- 417.2.3 Plastics. Plastic pipe and tubing shall be sible. installed in continuous lengths or shall be joined by heat (3) In concrete use not less than Type L copper water tubing. In bituminous pavement use a Type K copper water tubing. fusion method. 417.3 Pressure Tested. Piping to be embedded in concrete shall be pressure tested prior to pouring concrete. 416.3.2 Poured Concrete Slab Systems (Thermal During the pour, the pipe shall maintain the test pressure of Mass). Where tubes are embedded in a concrete slab, such tubes shall not be larger in outside dimension than not less than one and one-half times the operating pressure one-third of the overall thickness of the slab and shall be but not less than 100 psi (689 kPa). During freezing or the spaced not less than three diameters on center. The top of possibility of freezing conditions, testing shall be done with the tubing shall be embedded in the slab not less than 2 air where permitted by the manufacturer. inches (51 mm) below the surface. 417.4 System Drainage. Hydronic piping systems shall be installed to permit the system to be drained. The system 416.3.3 Slab Penetration Tube and Joint shall drain by indirect waste in accordance with Section Protection. Where embedded in or installed under a concrete slab, tubing shall be protected from damage at 304.3 316.3. Embedded piping underground or under floors penetrations of the slab with a protective pipe sleeve. is not required to be designed for draining the system. The space between the PRE-PRINT tubing and sleeve shall be 417.5 Condensate Drainage. Condensate drains from sealed. The tubing at the location of a joint in a concrete dehumidifying coils shall be constructed and sloped for con- slab shall be encased in a protective pipe sleeve that densate removal. Such drains shall be installed in accor- covers the tubing not less than 12 inches (305 mm) on dance with Section 304.3. either side of the joint or the tubing shall be installed 417.6 417.5 Clearance to Combustibles. Hydronic below the slab. piping where the exterior temperature exceeds 250°F 416.3.4 Concrete Slab Preparation. A solid founda- (121°C) shall have a clearance of not less 1 inch (25.4 mm) tion shall be prepared before the tubing is installed. to combustible materials. Compaction shall be used for slabs, sidewalks, and driveways. 416.3.5 Insulation. Where a poured concrete snow melt system is installed in contact with the soil, insulation that has a R-5 value shall be placed between the concrete and the compacted grade; extend as close as practical to the outside edges of the concrete; and be placed on vertical slab edges that are in contact with plants or landscaping.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 43 PRE-PRINT

44 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 5 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

501.0 General. collector, pressure losses, and provide the required flow rate to the collector. The drainback reservoir shall be located in a 501.1 Applicability. The provisions of this chapter address the construction and installation of solar thermal systems, conditioned space to prevent freezing. A sight glass, or other including components. The solar thermal system shall method of monitoring the level of fluid in the solar loop shall include the solar collector, thermal storage, system piping be installed in the solar loop, or on the drainback reservoir. and appurtenances. A drainback system shall be capable of being manually isolated and drained. 501.2 Connections. Connections that are required for filling, draining, and flushing shall be readily accessible. Solar 501.8 Auxiliary Heating. Auxiliary heating that utilizes thermal systems using liquid as a heat transfer medium shall electricity as the energy source shall be in accordance with have means for purging air. Section 319.0 315.0. Auxiliary heating that utilizes solid fuel or fuel gas as the energy source shall be in accordance with 501.3 Stagnation Condition. The solar thermal assembly shall be capable of withstanding stagnant conditions in the mechanical code. accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions where high 501.9 Automatic Air Vents. Where installed, automatic solar flux and no flow occurs. air release vents shall be installed at high points of the solar thermal system in accordance with the system design 501.4 Draining. Solar thermal system piping shall be installed to permit draining of the system. Drainback system requirements and manufacturer’s installation instructions. 1 piping shall have a slope of not less than ⁄4 inch per foot 501.10 Waterproofing. Joints between structural supports (20.8 mm/m). and buildings or dwellings, including penetrations made by bolts or other means of fastening, shall be made watertight 501.5 Materials. Piping, tubing and fittings materials shall comply with Table 408.1. Joining methods shall be in accor- with approved materials. dance with Section 409.0. Materials in contact with heat 501.11 Protection. Solar thermal systems shall be pro- transfer medium shall be approved for such use. Galvanized tected from excessive pressures, temperature, and vacuum in steel shall not be used for solar thermal piping systems con- accordance with Section 311.0. Where required, freeze pro- taining antifreeze. Black steel shall not be used in systems tection shall be provided in accordance with Section 501.12. with entrained air. Unions between dissimilar metals shall No solar thermal pip- comply with Section 305.1 305.2 and Section 409.13. The 501.11 501.12 Freeze Protection. material used shall be capable of withstanding the maximum ing shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in temperature and pressure of the system. an exterior wall, unless, where necessary, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing Unless designed 501.5.1 Plastic. Plastic used in the construction of a for such conditions, solar thermal systems and components solar thermal system shall be installed in accordance that contain liquid as the heat transfer medium shall be pro- with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. tected from freezing where the ambient temperature is less 501.5.2 Combustible Materials. Combustible mate- than 46°F (8°C) by means of fail-safe Freeze protection for rials shall not be located on or adjacent to construction solar thermal systems shall be provided in accordance with required to be of noncombustible materials or in fire the following: Section 501.12.1 through Section 501.12.5. areas, unless approved by the Authority Having Juris- Antifreeze shall be used in diction. PRE-PRINT501.12.1 Antifreeze. accordance with the solar thermal system manufac- 501.5.3 Adhesives. Adhesives used in a solar collec- turer’s instructions. tor shall not vaporize at the design temperature. 501.12.2 Drainback. Drainback systems shall drain by 501.5.4 Potable Water. Materials in contact with gravity and shall be permitted to be installed in applica- potable water shall comply with NSF 61. tions where the ambient temperature is not less than -60°F 501.5.5 Racking Racks. Dissimilar metals used for (-51°C). racking shall be isolated to prevent galvanic corrosion. 501.12.3 Integral Collector Storage. Integral col- Paint shall not be used as a method of isolation. lector storage systems shall be permitted to be installed 501.5.6 Fasteners. Mountings and fasteners shall be in applications where the ambient temperature is not made of corrosion-resistant materials. Carbon steel less than 23°F (-5°C) and the duration of a below-freez- mountings and fasteners shall be classified as noncorro- ing episode has not exceeded 18 hours. Exposed piping sive in accordance with ASME SA194. in a solar thermal system shall be protected with insula- 501.6 Thermosiphon Systems. The storage tank in a tion having a thermal resistance of not less than R-5.0. thermosiphon system shall be installed above the collector. 501.12.4 Indirect Thermosiphon. Indirect ther- 501.7 Drainback Systems. The circulating pump shall mosiphon systems shall be permitted to be installed in be sized to overcome the static head pressure height of the applications where the ambient temperature is not less

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 45 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

than 23°F (-5°C). Exposed piping in a solar thermal sys- 501.13 501.14 Protection Against Decay. Wood used tem shall be protected with insulation having a thermal in the construction of collector or system mounting, and resistance of not less than R-5. exposed to outdoor conditions shall be pressure-treated with (1) Protection from freeze damage where the ambient preservative or shall be a naturally durable, decay resistant temperature is less than 41°F (5°C) shall be pro- species of lumber. vided for system components containing heat trans- 501.14 501.15 Flash Points. The flash point of a heat- fer liquids in an approved manner. transfer medium shall be 50°F (28°C) or more above the design maximum temperature. 501.12.5 Air Heating Systems. Air solar heating systems shall be permitted to be used in accordance 501.15 501.16 Storage Tanks. Storage tanks shall com- with the manufacturer’s instructions. ply with Chapter 6 and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Access ports and 501.12.6 Labeling. (2) The supplier of each system connections shall be accessible. shall specify the limit (“Freeze Tolerance Limit”) to the system’s tolerance of freezing weather conditions. A label indicating the method of freeze protection for the 502.0 Solar Collectors. system shall be attached to the system in a visible loca- 502.1 General. Frames and braces exposed to the weather tion. shall be constructed of materials for exterior locations, and (3) For systems that rely on manual intervention for protected from corrosion or deterioration, in accordance freeze protection, the supplier shall specify the system’s with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. freeze tolerance limit based on exposure for 18 hours to 502.1.1 Construction. Collectors shall be designed and a constant atmospheric temperature. constructed as to prevent interior condensation, out- gassing, or other processes that will reduce the transmis- (4) For solar thermal systems where the collector fluid sion properties of the glazing, reduce the efficiency of the is potable water, not less than two freeze protection insulation, or otherwise adversely affect the performance mechanisms shall be provided on each system. Manual of the collector. intervention (e.g., draining, changing valve positions, etc.) shall be permitted as one mechanism. Not less than 502.2 Fire Safety Requirements. Collectors that func- one freeze protection mechanism, in addition to manual tion as building components shall be in accordance with the building code. intervention, shall be designed to protect components from freeze damage, in the event of power failure in an 502.3 Glass. Glass used in collector construction shall be approved manner. Where approved, thermal mass of a tempered. system shall be permitted to be a form of freeze protec- 502.4 Air Collectors. Materials exposed within air collection. tors shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke developed index not to 501.12.7 Piping. (5) Fittings, pipe slope, and collector shall be designed to allow for manual gravity draining exceed 50 where tested as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. and air filling of solar thermal system components and piping. Pipe slope for gravity draining shall be not less 502.4.1 Testing. Materials used within an air collector 1 than ⁄4 inch per foot (20.8 mm/m) of horizontal length. shall not smoke, smolder, glow, or flame where tested in This also applies to Collector header pipes or absorber accordance with ASTM C411 at temperatures exposed to in service. In no case shall the test temperature be less than plate riser tubes internal to the collector shall be sloped ° in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 250 F (121°C). Where a means to drain the systemPRE-PRINT is provided a drain 502.5 Installation. Solar collectors shall be anchored to roof valve shall be installed. structures or other surfaces in accordance with Section 310.1 317.1. Collectors shall be mounted as to minimize the accumu- (6) At the time of installation, a label indicating the lation of debris. Connecting pipes shall not be used to pro- method of freeze protection for the system shall be vide support for a solar collector. Collectors shall be installed attached to the system in a visible location. For systems in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. which rely on manual intervention for freeze protection, Anchors secured to and such label shall indicate the minimum ambient temper- 502.5.1 Roof Installations. through a roofing material shall be made to maintain the ature conditions (Freeze Tolerance Limit) below which water integrity of the roof covering. Roof drainage shall owner action is recommended by the manufacturer’s not be impaired by the installation of collectors. Solar instructions. collectors that are not an integral part of the roofing sys- 501.12 501.13 Circulators. Circulating pumps shall be tem shall be installed to preserve the integrity of the installed in accordance with Section 314.0 310.0. For drain- roof surface. back systems, the pump shall overcome the total head of the 502.5.2 Above or On the Roof. Collectors located system while maintaining the required collector flow rate. above or on roofs, and functioning as building compo- For other systems, the pump shall overcome the friction nents, shall not reduce the required fire-resistance and head of the system while maintaining the required collector fire-retardance classification of the roof covering mate- flow rate. rials.

46 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

Exceptions: tem and the installation environment. Where installed in a (1) One- and two-family dwellings. plenum, the insulation, jackets and lap-seal adhesives, including pipe coverings and linings, shall have a flame (2) Collectors located on buildings not exceeding three 2 spread index not to exceed 25 and a smoke-developed index stories in height, a 9000 square feet (836.13 m ) not to exceed 50 where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 total floor area; or both providing: or UL 723. (a) The collectors are noncombustible. 503.2 Heat Loss. Piping, storage tanks, and circulating air (b) Collectors with plastic covers have noncom- ductwork shall be insulated to minimize heat loss. Ductwork bustible sides and bottoms, and the total area and piping shall be permitted to not be insulated where covered and the collector shall not exceed the exposed in conditioned spaces, and the heat loss from such following: ducts or piping does not otherwise contribute to the heating or 1 1. Plastic CC1 – 33 ⁄3 percent of the roof area. cooling load within such space. 2. Plastic CC2 – 25 percent of the roof area. Exception: Low temperature, aboveground piping installed (c) Collectors with plastic film covers having a for swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs in accordance with thickness of not more than 0.010 of an inch (0.25 the manufacturer’s installation instructions unless such pip- mm) shall have noncombustible sides and bot- ing is located within a building. toms, and the total area covered by the collector 1 503.3 Piping. Pipe and fittings, other than unions, flanges, shall not exceed 33 ⁄3 percent of the roof area. or valves, shall be insulated. Insulation material shall be 502.5.3 Ground Installations. Solar collectors shall approved for continuous operating temperatures of not less terminate above finished grade to avoid being than 220°F (104°C). [See Table 503.3(1) through Table obstructed by vegetation, snow, or ice. The supporting 503.3(4)]. columns shall extend below the frost line. 503.4 Fittings. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered sec- 502.5.4 Wall Mounted. Solar collectors that are tions, molded fittings, insulating cement, or flexible insula- mounted on a wall shall be secured and fastened in an tion. approved manner in accordance with Section 310.0 317.0. 503.5 Installation. Insulation shall be finished with a 502.5.5 Access. Access shall be provided to collec- jacket or facing with the laps sealed with adhesives or sta- tors and components in an approved manner. A work ples so as to secure the insulation on the pipe. Insulation space adjacent to collectors for maintenance and repair jacket seams shall be on the underside of the piping and shall shall be provided in accordance with the Authority Hav- overlap in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation ing Jurisdiction. instructions. Joints and seams shall be sealed with a sealant 502.5.6 Orientation. Collectors shall be located and that is approved for both the material and environmental oriented in accordance with the manufacturer’s installa- conditions. In lieu of jackets, molded insulation shall be per- tion instructions. mitted to be secured with 16 gauge galvanized wire ties not 502.6 Listing. Collectors that are manufactured as a com- exceeding 9 inches (229 mm) on center. plete component shall be listed or labeled by an approved list- Insulation for exte- ing agency in accordance with SRCC 100, UL 1279, or 503.5.1 Exterior Applications. rior applications shall be finished with an approved equivalent standard. jacket or facing with the surfaces and laps sealed. Jack- eting, facing, and tape used for exterior applications 503.0 Insulation. shall be designed for such use. Where flexible insulation PRE-PRINTis used, it shall be wrapped and sealed against water 503.1 General. The temperature of surfaces within reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) unless they penetration. Insulation used for exterior applications are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are installed, the shall be resistant to extreme temperatures, UV expo- insulation shall continue full size through them. sure, and moisture. Coverings and insulation used for piping shall be of 503.6 Ducts. Circulating air ducts shall be insulated in material approved for the operating temperature of the sys- accordance with Table 503.6.

TABLE 503.3(1) MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION FLUID TEMPERATURE PIPE DIAMETER (inches) RANGE 1 AND LESS 1.25 – 2 2.5 – 4 5 – 6 8 AND LARGER (°F) R-VALUE 306–460 10 10 12 14 14 251–305 8 10 10 12 12 201–250 6 6 8 8 8 105–200 2 4 6 6 6 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, °C = (°F-32)/1.8

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 47 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

504.0 Testing. 505.3 Filter. A filter shall be provided to remove debris from the water entering the solar loop. 504.1 Piping. The piping of the solar thermal system shall be tested with water, air, heat transfer liquid, or as recom- Exception: A solar swimming pool, spa, or hot tub heating mended by the manufacturer’s instructions, except that plas- system with a heat exchanger. tic pipe shall not be tested with air. The Authority Having 505.3.1 Location. A filter shall be located upstream of a Jurisdiction shall be permitted to require the removal of pump used to direct water to solar collectors. plugs, etc., to ascertain where the pressure has reached all 505.4 Corrosion Resistant. Glazed solar collectors made parts of the system. of copper shall not be used for solar pool, spa, or hot tub heating. 504.2 System Requirements. Upon completion, the Prior to the installation of insulation and startup, a solar ther- Exception: Where a heat exchanger is provided between the mal system, including piping, collectors, heat exchangers, collector circuit and the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub water. and other related equipment, shall be tested and proved airtight. 504.2.1 Direct (Open Loop) Systems. Direct (oOpen loop) systems directly connected to the potable water system shall be tested under a water pressure not less than one and one-half times the maximum working design operating pressure or 150 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (1034 kPa), whichever is more under which it is to be used. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. A 50 pound-force per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) air pressure test shall be permitted to be substituted for the water test.

504.2.2 Other Open Loop Systems. Systems operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under actual operating conditions. 504.2.3 504.2.2 Indirect (Closed Loop) Systems. Indirect (cClosed loop) systems or other type pressure systems shall be hydrostatically tested at one-and-one- half times maximum designed operating pressure in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Systems shall withstand the test without leaking for a period of not less than 15 minutes.

505.0 Swimming Pools and Hot Tubs. 505.1 Water Chemistry. Where waterPRE-PRINT from a swimming pool, spa or hot tub is heated by way of circulation through solar collectors, the chemistry of such water shall comply with the requirements of Section 505.2, and shall be filtered in accordance with Section 505.3 and Section 505.3.1. 505.2 Parameters. Parameters for chemicals used within a swimming pool, spa, or hot tub shall be in accordance with Table 505.2.

48 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

TABLE 503.3(2) IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSULATION THICKNESS PIPE SIZE TEMP (inches) DIFF. COPPER TUBING SIZE (DT) INSULATION* IRON PIPE SIZE (°F) (nominal) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calcium T 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 4 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 3 ⁄2 4 4 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 4 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 4 ⁄2 5 Silicate HL 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 38 39 40 23 25 25 24 24 25 25 39 40 40 38 40 40 240 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 3 1 ⁄2 2 3 4 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 Glass HL 25 23 25 26 25 25 38 40 37 39 20 21 25 22 25 24 23 34 39 38 36 39 38 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calcium T 2 2 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 2 3 3 3 ⁄2 4 4 Silicate HL 23 24 25 25 25 25 39 40 40 40 21 23 24 24 25 24 23 40 38 40 39 38 40 230 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 Glass HL 22 21 23 25 23 25 34 37 38 40 18 18 23 20 23 25 25 31 38 40 39 39 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calcium T 2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 2 3 3 3 ⁄2 4 4 Silicate HL 23 25 24 24 24 24 37 39 40 40 25 22 23 25 25 25 25 38 37 39 40 38 40 220 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 Glass HL 22 20 22 25 22 24 33 35 36 39 25 18 22 24 21 24 24 30 36 37 37 37 38 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calcium T 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 3 ⁄2 2 3 3 ⁄2 4 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 4 Silicate HL 24 25 24 22 25 25 40 39 38 40 24 24 25 24 25 24 25 36 38 40 40 38 40 210 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 3 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 Glass HL 21 25 21 25 21 23 31 34 40 40 24 24 24 23 20 23 23 40 35 39 36 36 37 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calcium T 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 2 ⁄2 3 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 3 3 ⁄2 3 ⁄2 Silicate HL 23 24 25 25 23 25 38 38 40 40 23 23 24 23 25 25 25 39 40 39 38 38 40 200 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 3 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 2 2 ⁄2 Glass HL 20 25 21 23 21 25 31 40 40 40 24 22 24 22 20 23 24 39 34 35 35 40 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 Glass HL 24 24 21 19 22 25 37 33 40 38 20 20 20 18 22 23 22 32 36 39 35 34 38 180 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 Flexible T ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 Tubing HL 21 23 23 25 22 25 40 40 40 40 21 22 22 24 24 24 25 36 40 39 39 38 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 Glass HL 22 23 20 18 21 23 35 31 38 35 18 18 19 25 21 22 22 30 34 37 32 38 36 170 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 Flexible T ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 2 ⁄2 Tubing HL 25 22 22 24 25 24 38 39 40 40 20 20 25 22 23 24 23 39 37 36 36 40 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 Glass HL 16 18 19 25 20 23 34 40 36 40 18 18 18 24 25 21 25 29 33 37 40 37 35 160 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 Flexible T ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 2 ⁄2 Tubing HL 23 24 25 22 25 32 37 38 37 38 22 23 24 21 22 23 25 37 36 36 39 39 38 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 PRE-PRINT2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Fibrous T ⁄ ⁄ 1 1 1 1 ⁄ 1 1 1 ⁄ 2 ⁄ ⁄ ⁄ ⁄ ⁄ 1 1 ⁄ 1 1 1 1 ⁄ 1 ⁄ Glass HL 20 21 18 23 24 21 32 38 34 38 17 18 19 23 23 20 24 40 31 33 37 35 40 150 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 Flexible T ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 Tubing HL 24 18 23 24 25 24 40 39 40 40 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 34 39 31 38 40 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 Glass HL 19 19 17 22 22 25 29 35 32 35 15 15 16 21 21 18 22 37 28 31 35 32 27 140 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 1 Flexible T ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 2 Tubing HL 22 25 21 23 24 23 37 37 39 39 18 19 21 23 22 22 23 38 38 39 38 40 39 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 1 ⁄2 Glass HL 17 17 23 25 20 23 26 31 38 40 14 14 14 19 21 24 20 33 38 25 31 37 34 130 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 Flexible T ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 2 Tubing HL 21 24 25 21 22 25 35 35 40 37 17 18 19 20 21 21 25 36 36 37 34 39 37

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 49 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

TABLE 503.3(2) (continued) IRON PIPE AND COPPER TUBING INSULATION THICKNESS PIPE SIZE TEMP (inches) DIFF. COPPER TUBING SIZE (DT) INSULATION* IRON PIPE SIZE (°F) (nominal) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 Glass HL 16 16 21 23 18 21 38 29 35 37 13 13 14 17 18 23 18 31 35 40 29 35 40 120 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 Flexible T ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 Tubing HL 19 22 23 25 23 23 32 39 38 40 16 16 17 19 24 24 23 33 38 34 32 38 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 ⁄2 1 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 Glass HL 14 15 19 21 17 19 34 26 32 38 12 12 13 16 16 20 24 28 32 36 39 31 36 110 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 Flexible T ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 1 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 1 Tubing HL 17 20 21 23 22 25 37 36 35 36 14 15 16 17 22 22 21 30 35 40 29 35 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 1 Glass HL 10 11 15 16 21 24 28 38 40 38 9 9 10 12 14 19 21 25 37 38 39 34 36 80 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 3 Flexible T ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 Tubing HL 12 15 15 23 16 22 39 35 25 37 10 11 12 12 16 23 19 30 34 40 31 36 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fibrous T ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 1 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄2 Glass HL 9 10 13 14 18 19 23 29 35 31 8 9 9 10 12 16 18 22 27 32 34 41 50 70 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 Flexible T ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄4 Tubing HL 11 13 13 21 14 20 37 33 39 40 9 10 11 11 14 21 23 26 29 37 29 34 38 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293kW *T = Thickness (inches), HL = Heat loss (Btu/h)

TABLE 503.3(3) UNIVERSAL PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON RADIUS AND IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS) 1 3 1 2 4 2 Pipe ⁄ INCH THICK* ⁄ INCH THICK* 1 INCH THICK* 1 ⁄ INCHES THICK* 2 INCHES THICK* IPS Diameter r1* r2 r2 r2 r2 r2 (inches) r2 •ln A r2 r2 •ln A r2 r2 •ln A r2 r2 •ln A r2 r2 •ln A r2 (inches) r1 r1 r1 r1 r1 1 ⁄2 0.840 0.420 0.72 0.48 0.92 1.21 0.62 1.18 1.77 0.75 1.44 3.12 1.05 2.00 4.46 1.31 2.50 3 ⁄4 1.050 0.525 0.69 0.54 1.03 0.96 0.62 1.18 1.44 0.75 1.44 2.67 1.05 2.00 3.90 1.31 2.50 1 1.315 0.657 0.65 0.61 1.16 1.11 0.75 1.44 1.71 0.92 1.75 2.77 1.18 2.25 4.01 1.46 2.78 1 1 ⁄4 1.660 0.830 0.63 0.70 1.33 1.29 0.86 1.64 1.31 0.92 1.75 2.76 1.31 2.50 3.36 1.46 2.78 1 1 ⁄2 1.990 0.950 0.53 0.63 1.39PRE-PRINT1.06 0.92 1.75 1.49 1.05 2.00 2.42 1.31 2.50 2.98 1.46 2.78 2 2.375 1.187 0.62 0.90 1.71 1.02 1.04 1.99 1.43 1.18 2.25 2.37 1.46 2.78 3.39 1.73 3.31 1 2 ⁄2 2.875 1.437 0.58 1.02 1.94 0.99 1.17 2.24 1.38 1.31 2.50 1.84 1.46 2.78 2.76 1.73 3.31 3 3.500 1.750 0.56 1.18 2.25 0.87 1.29 2.48 1.29 1.46 2.78 2.11 1.73 3.31 2.96 2.00 3.81 1 3 ⁄2 4.000 2.000 0.52 1.29 2.48 0.89 1.46 2.78 1.67 1.73 3.31 1.67 1.73 3.31 2.46 2.00 3.81 4 4.500 2.250 0.59 1.46 2.78 1.25 1.72 3.29 1.28 1.73 3.31 2.01 2.00 3.81 2.80 2.26 4.31 6 6.625 3.312 0.64 2.05 3.90 0.83 2.13 4.06 1.13 2.26 4.31 1.79 2.52 4.81 2.60 2.82 5.38 For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 0.000645 m2 *A = Area (square inches), r1 = Inside radius (inches), r2 = Outside radius (inches)

50 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

TABLE 503.3(4) 3, 4, 5 DESIGN VALUES FOR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (k) OF INDUSTRIAL INSULATION ACCEPTED TYPICAL TYPICAL THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (k) AT MEAN TEMP (°F) MAX TEMP FORM MATERIAL COMPOSITION3 DENSITY FOR USE 3 (°F) (lb/ft ) -100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 200 300 500 700 BLOCKS, BOARDS & PIPE INSULATION ASBESTOS Laminated asbestos paper 700 30 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 –– Corrugated & laminated asbestos paper 4-ply 300 11-13 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.54 0.57 0.68 –– –– –– 6-ply 300 15-17 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.49 0.51 0.59 –– –– –– 6-ply 300 18-20 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.47 0.49 0.57 –– –– –– MOLDED AMOSITE & BINDER 1500 15-18 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.52 0.62 85 PERCENT MAGNESIA 600 11-12 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.35 0.38 0.42 –– –– 1200 11-13 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.38 0.41 0.44 0.52 0.62 CALCIUM SILICATE 1800 12-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.63 0.74 CELLULAR GLASS 800 9 –– –– 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.48 0.55 –– –– 1600 21-22 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.64 0.68 DIATOMACEOUS SILICA 1900 23-25 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.70 0.75 MINERAL FIBER Glass, Organic bonded, block and boards 400 3-10 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 –– –– Nonpunking binder 1000 3-10 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.52 –– 350 3-4 –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.29 –– –– –– Pipe insulation, slag or glass 500 3-10 –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 –– –– 1000 10-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.55 –– Inorganic bonded-block 1800 15-24 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.52 0.62 Pipe insulation, slag or glass 1000 10-15 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.55 MINERAL FIBER Resin binder –– 15 –– –– 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.29 –– –– –– –– –– RIGID POLYSTYRENE Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp 170 3.5 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 –– –– –– –– Extruded, Refrigerant 12 exp 170 2.2 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 –– –– –– –– –– Extruded 170 1.8 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.27 –– –– –– –– Molded beads 170 1 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.28 –– –– –– –– –– POLYURETHANE2, 4 Refrigerant 11 exp 210 1.5-2.5 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.17 –– –– –– –– RUBBER, Rigid Foamed 150 4.5 –– –– –– –– –– 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 –– –– –– –– VEGETABLE & ANIMAL FIBER Wool felt (pipe insulation) 180 20 –– –– –– –– –– 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.33 –– –– –– –– INSULATING CEMENTS MINERAL FIBER (Rock, slag, or glass) With colloidal clay binderPRE-PRINT1800 24-30 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.49 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.85 With hydraulic setting binder 1200 30-40 –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.95 –– LOOSE FILL Cellulose insulation (milled pulverized paper or wood pulp) –– 2.5-3 –– –– –– –– –– –– 0.26 0.27 0.29 –– –– –– –– Mineral fiber, slag, rock, or glass –– 2-5 –– –– 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.31 –– –– –– –– Perlite (expanded) –– 5-8 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.34 0.35 0.37 0.39 –– –– –– –– –– Silica aerogel –– 7.6 –– –– 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 –– –– –– –– –– 7-8.2 –– –– 0.39 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.49 –– –– –– –– Vermiculite (expanded) –– 4-6 –– –– 0.34 0.35 0.38 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.46 –– –– –– –– For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.01846 kg/m3, 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree fahrenheit = 0.1 [W/(m•K)] Notes: 1 These temperatures are generally accepted as maximum. Where operating temperature approaches these limits, follow the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2 Values are for aged board stock. 3 Representative values for dry materials as selected by ASHRAE TC 4.4, Insulation and Moisture Barriers. They are intended as design (not specification values for materials of building construction for normal use). For thermal resistance of a particular product, use the value supplied by the manufacturer or by unbiased tests. 4 Some polyurethane foams are formed by means that produce a stable product (with respect to k), but most are blown with refrigerant and will change with time. 5 Thermal conductivity (k) of industrial insulation shall be expressed in British thermal unit inch per hour square foot degree fahrenheit [Btu•in/(h•ft2•°F)] [W/(m•K)]

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 51 SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEMS

TABLE 503.6 5 INSULATION OF DUCTS

INSULATION TYPES 1 INSULATION TYPES DUCT LOCATION 4 HEATING ZONES 4 MECHANICALLY COOLED HEATING ONLY I A and W On roof or on exterior of building C, V2 and W II B and W III C and W I A Attics, and garages and crawl spaces A and V2 II A III B I A In walls,3 within floor-ceiling spaces3 A and V2 II A III B Within the conditioned space, or in basements; return None required –– None required ducts in air plenums Cement slab or within ground None required –– None required Notes: 1 Heating Degree Days: (a) Zone I – below 4500 Degree Days (b) Zone II – 4501 Degree Days to 8000 Degree Days (c) Zone III – exceeds 8000 Degree Days 2 Vapor barriers shall be installed on supply ducts in spaces vented to the outside in geographic areas where the average July, August, and September mean dew point temperature exceeds 60°F (16°C). 3 Insulation shall be permitted to be omitted on that portion of a duct that is located within a wall or a floor-ceiling space where: (a) Both sides of the space are exposed to conditioned air. (b) The space is not ventilated. (c) The space is not used as a return plenum. (d) The space is not exposed to unconditioned air. Ceilings that form plenums need not be insulated. 4 The examples of materials listed under each type of insulation is not meant to limit other available thickness and density combinations with the equivalent installed conductance or resistance based on the insulation only. Insulation Types: A = Materials with an installed conductance of 0.48 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 2.1. Examples of materials capable of meeting the above requirements: (a) One inch (25.4 mm), 0.60 pounds per cubic feet (lb/ft3) (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass) blanket. (b) One-half inch (12.7 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket duct liner. (c) One-half inch (12.7 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board. B = Materials with an installed conductance of 0.24 or the equivalent thermal resistance of 4.2. Examples of materials meeting the above requirements: (a) Two inch (51 mm), 0.60 lb/ft3 (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket. (b) One inch (25.4 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket duct liner. (c) One inch (25.4 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48PRE-PRINT kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board. C = Materials with an installed conductance 0.16 or the equivalent thermal resistance 6.3. Examples of materials meeting the above requirements: (a) Three inch (76 mm), 0.60 lb/ft3 (9.61 kg/m3) mineral fiber blanket. (b) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm), 1.5 lb/ft3 to 3 lb/ft3 (24 kg/m3 to 48 kg/m3) mineral blanket duct liner. (c) One-and-one-half inch (38 mm), 3 lb/ft3 to 10 lb/ft3 (48 kg/m3 to 160 kg/m3) mineral fiber board. V = Vapor barrier: Material with a perm rating not exceeding 0.5 perm [2.9 E-11 kg/(Pa•s•m2)]. Joints shall be sealed. W =Approved weatherproof barrier. 5 Where ducts are used for both heating and cooling, the minimum insulation shall be as required for the most restrictive condition.

52 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 6 THERMAL STORAGE

601.0 General. 603.0 Storage Tanks. 601.1 Applicability. This chapter shall govern the construc- 603.1 Plans. Plans for tanks shall be submitted to the tion, design, location, and installations a thermal storage. Ther- Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval, unless listed by mal storage includes storage tanks with or without heat an approved listing agency. Such plans shall show dimen- exchangers and expansion tanks. sions, reinforcing, structural calculations, and such other 601.2 Test Pressure for Storage Tanks. The test pres- pertinent data as required. sure for storage tanks that are subject to water pressure from Atmospheric storage tanks utility mains (with or without a pressure reducing valve) shall 603.2 Atmospheric Tanks. be two times the working pressure but not less than 300 psi shall be vented to the atmosphere and installed in accordance (2068 kPa). with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Gravity tanks shall be 313.5.1 601.2.1 Pressure Type. Pressure-type sStor- 603.2.1 Gravity Tanks. age tanks exceeding 15 pounds-force per square inch installed with an overflow opening of not less than 2 (psi) (103 kPa) shall be tested in accordance with Sec- inches (50 mm) in diameter. The openings shall be tion 504.2.3 ASME BPVC Section VIII. Pressure-type aboveground and installed with a screened return bend. storage tanks not exceeding 15 psi (103 kPa) shall be 603.2.2 Makeup Water. Makeup water from a potable hydrostatically tested at one and one-half times the water system to an atmospheric tank shall be protected maximum design operating pressure. by an air gap in accordance with Table 308.2(2). 313.5.2 601.2.2 Non-Pressure Atmospheric- 603.2.3 Overflow. An overflow shall be provided for Type. Atmospheric-type thermal sStorage tanks shall be tested by filling it with water for a period of 24 hours an atmospheric tank. The overflow shall be provided prior to inspection and shall withstand the test without with a means of drainage in accordance with Section leaking. No thermal storage tank or portion thereof shall 304.0 316.0. The overflow for an atmospheric tank con- be covered or concealed prior to approval. taining nonpotable water shall be emptied into an approved container. 407.5 601.3 Storage Tank Connectors. Flexible metallic storage tank connectors or reinforced flexible storage 603.3 Prefabricated Tanks. Prefabricated tanks shall be tank connectors connecting a storage tank to the piping sys- listed and labeled. tem shall be in accordance with the applicable standards ref- 603.4 Separate Storage Tanks. For installations with erenced in Table 901.1 1001.1. Copper or stainless steel separate storage tanks, a pressure relief valve and tempera- flexible connectors shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) in ture relief valve or combination thereof shall be installed on length. PEX, PEX-AL-PEX, PE-AL-PE, or PE-RT tubing shall not be installed within the first 18 inches (457 mm) of both the main storage and auxiliary storage tank. piping connected to a storage tank. 603.4.1 Isolation. Storage tanks shall be provided with isolation valves for servicing. 602.0 Insulation. 603.5 Underground Tanks. Tanks shall be permitted to be buried underground where designed and constructed for such 602.1 Thickness. Tank insulation shall have a thermal resistance not less than as shown in Table 602.1. The temper- installation. ature difference shall be calculated as the difference between PRE-PRINT603.6 Pressure Vessels. A pressure-type storage tank the design operating temperature of the tank and the tempera- exceeding an operating pressure of 15 pounds-force per square ture of the surrounding air, or soil where the tank is installed inch (psi) (103 kPa) shall be constructed in accordance with underground. Where such data is not available, a temperature ASME BPVC, Section VIII. Fiber-reinforced plastic storage difference of 50°F (28°C) shall be used. tanks shall be constructed in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section X. TABLE 602.1 * 603.7 Devices. Devices attached to or within a tank shall be MINIMUM TANK INSULATION accessible for repair and replacement. TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE THERMAL RESISTANCE (R) 2 (°F) [°F•h•ft /(Btu·inch)] 603.7.1 Safety Devices. Pressure-type thermal stor- 50 6 age tanks shall be installed with a listed combination 100 12 temperature and pressure relief valve in accordance with 150 18 Section 315.1 311.1. The temperature setting shall not 200 24 exceed 210°F (99°C) and the pressure setting shall not 250 30 exceed 150 percent of the maximum designed operating For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 degree Fahrenheit hour square foot per pressure of the system, or 150 percent of the established British thermal unit inch = [6.9 (m•K/W] normal operating pressure of the piping materials, or the *Based on thermal conductivity (k) of 0.20 [(Btu•inch)/(°F•h•ft2)] labeled maximum operating pressure of a pressure-type

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 53 THERMAL STORAGE

storage tank, whichever is less. The pressure and temper- valve or other device is installed on a water supply system ature setting shall not exceed the pressure and tempera- utilizing storage or tankless water heating equipment as a ture rating of the tank or as recommended by the tank means for controlling increased pressure caused by thermal manufacturer. expansion. Expansion tanks shall be of the closed or open Storage tanks and bottom fed tanks connected to a type and securely fastened to the structure. Tanks shall be water heater shall be designed to withstand vacuum rated for the pressure of the system. Supports shall be capa- induced pressure, or shall be provided with a vacuum ble of carrying twice the weight of the tank filled with water relief in accordance with Section 315.4 311.4. The vac- without placing strain on the connecting piping. uum relief valve shall be installed at the top of the tank Solar thermal Water-heating systems incorporating hot and shall have an operating pressure not to exceed 200 water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be installed to pre- psi (1379 kPa) and a temperature rating not to exceed vent freezing under normal operating conditions. 250°F (121°C). The size of such vacuum relief valves 605.2 Systems with Open Type Expansion Tanks. shall have a minimum rated capacity for the equipment Open type expansion tanks shall be located not less than 3 served. This section shall not apply to pressurized cap- feet (914 mm) above the highest point of the system. Such tive air diaphragm or bladder tanks. tanks shall be sized based on the capacity of the system. An overflow with a diameter of not less than one-half the size of 603.8 Tank Covers. Tank covers shall be structurally designed to withstand anticipated loads and pressures in accor- the water supply or not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter dance with the manufacturer’s instructions. shall be installed at the top of the tank. The overflow shall discharge through an air gap into the drainage system. 603.9 Watertight Pan. Where a storage tank is installed in an attic, attic-ceiling assembly, floor-ceiling assembly, or 605.3 Closed-Type Systems. Closed-type systems shall floor subfloor assembly where damage results from a leak- have an airtight tank or other approved air cushion that will ing storage tank, a watertight pan of corrosion-resistant be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system, materials shall be installed beneath the storage tank with not and shall be designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of two 3 less than ⁄4 of an inch (20 mm) diameter drain to an and one-half times the allowable working pressure of the approved location. system. Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate at or above more than 30 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (207 kPa) shall comply with ASME BPVC Section VIII be 604.0 Materials. constructed in accordance with nationally recognized stan- 604.1 General. Tanks shall be constructed in accordance dards and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provisions with Section 604.2 through Section 604.5. shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the 604.2 Construction. Tanks shall be constructed of durable system, except for pressurized tanks. materials not subject to excessive corrosion or decay and shall 605.4 Minimum Capacity of Closed-Type Tank. The be watertight. Each such tank shall be structurally designed to minimum capacity of a closed-type for a gravity-type hot withstand anticipated loads and pressures and shall be installed water system expansion tank shall be in accordance with level and on a solid bed. Table 605.4(1). The minimum capacity for a forced-type hot 604.3 Concrete. The walls and floor of each poured-in- water system expansion tank shall be in accordance and place, concrete tank shall be monolithic. The exterior walls Table 605.4(2) or Equation 605.4 from the following for- shall be double-formed so as to provide exposure of the exte- mula:. rior walls during the required water test. The compressive strength of a concrete tank wall, top andPRE-PRINT covers, or floor shall 2 (Equation 605.4) be not less than 2500 pounds per square inch (lb/in ) (1.7577 (0.00041t - 0.0466) Vs 2 Vt = E+06 kg/m ). Where required by the Authority Having Juris- P P diction, the concrete shall be sulfate resistant (Type V Portland ( a a ) Cement). Pf Po 604.4 Metal Tanks. Metal tanks shall be welded, riveted and caulked, brazed, bolted, or constructed by use of a combination Where: of these methods. Vt = Minimum volume of expansion tank, gallons. 604.5 Filler Metal. Filler metal used in brazing shall be non- ferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above 1000°F Vs = Volume of system, not including expansion tank, gallons. (538°C) and below that of the metal joined. t = Average operating temperature, °F.

Pa = Atmospheric pressure, feet H2O absolute. 605.0 Expansion Tanks. Pf = Fill pressure, feet H2O absolute. 605.1 Where Required. An expansion tank shall be installed in a solar thermal water heating system where a Po = Maximum operating pressure, feet H2O absolute. pressure reducing valve, backflow prevention device, check For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, °C = (°F-32)/1.8, 1 foot of water = 2.99 kPa

54 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE THERMAL STORAGE

TABLE 605.4(1) 606.3 Rock as Storage Material. Systems utilizing rock EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR GRAVITY as the thermal storage material shall use clean, washed rock, 1 HOT WATER SYSTEMS and free of organic material. INSTALLED EXPANSION Thermal storage EQUIVALENT 2 TANK CAPACITY 606.4 Odor and Particulate Control. DIRECT RADIATION* (gallons) materials and containment structures, including an interior pro- (square feet) tective coating, shall not impart toxic elements, particulate Up to 350 18 matter, or odor to areas of human occupancy. Up to 450 21 606.5 Combustibles Within Ducts or Plenums. Up to 650 24 Materials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncom- Up to 900 30 bustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 Up to 1100 35 and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50 where tested Up to 1400 40 as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL Up to 1600 2 to 30 723. Up to 1800 2 to 30 Up to 2000 2 to 35 Up to 2400 2 to 40 For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2 Notes: 1 Based on a two-pipe system with an average operating water temperature of 170°F (77°C), using cast-iron column radiation with a heat emission rate of 150 British thermal units per square foot hour [Btu/(ft2•h)] (473 W/m2) equivalent direct radiation. 2*For systems exceeding 2400 square feet (222.9 m2) of installed equivalent direct water radiation, the required capacity of the cushion tank shall be increased on the basis of 1 gallon (3.785 4 L) tank capacity per 33 square feet (3.1 m2) of additional equivalent direct radiation.

TABLE 605.4(2) EXPANSION TANK CAPACITIES FOR FORCED 1 HOT WATER SYSTEMS

2 TANK CAPACITY SYSTEM VOLUME TANK CAPACITY * DIAPHRAGM TYPE (gallons) (gallons) (gallons) 100 9 15 200 17 30 300 25 45 400 33 60 500 42 75 1000 83 150 2000 165 300 For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L Notes: PRE-PRINT 1 Based on an average operating water temperature of 195°F (91°C), a fill pressure of 12 psig (83 kPa), and an operating pressure of not more than 30 psig (207 kPa). 2*Includes volume of water in boiler, radiation, and piping, not including expansion tank.

606.0 Dry Storage Systems. 606.1 Waterproofing. The containment structure for dry thermal storage systems shall be constructed in an approved manner to prevent the infiltration of water or moisture. 606.2 Detecting Water Intrusion. The containment structure shall be capable of fully containing spillage or moisture accumulation that occurs. The structure shall have a means, such as a sight glass, to detect spillage or moisture accumulation, and shall be fitted with a drainage device to eliminate spillage.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 55 PRE-PRINT

56 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 7 GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

701.0 General. (1) Specify the ground thermal properties and drilling conditions Ground heat exchanger dimensions. 701.1 Applicability. This chapter applies to geothermal energy systems such as building systems coupled with a (2) Indicate building arrangement into thermal comfort direct-expansion ground-source heat pumps and single- zones Grout or sealing specifications, as applicable. package or split-system liquid-source and ground-source (3) Calculate peak zone heating and cooling loads and esti- heat pumps using groundwater, submerged heat exchangers, mate off-peak loads Dimensions from building to water or ground-heat exchangers, submerged heat exchanger or well, ground heat exchanger, or submerged heat ground water (well) as a thermal source or sink for heating exchanger. or cooling, with or without a supplementary heating source. (4) Estimate annual heat rejection into and absorption from A ground-source heat pump, accessory, component, equip- loop field to identify potential ground temperature ment, or material used in an installation shall be of a type changes. and rating approved for the specific use. The regulations of (5) (4) Specify oOperating temperatures and flow rates pres- this chapter shall govern the construction, location and sures. installation of geothermal energy systems. (6) Provide heat pump performance at rated conditions to 701.1.1 Prior to Construction. Documents for actual design conditions. permits shall be submitted prior to the construction of a (7) Arrange heat pump into ground loop circuits. building system, ground heat exchanger, submerge heat exchanger, or water well. Permits shall be issued by the (8) Specify loop field arrangements. Authority Having Jurisdiction. (9) Determine the ground heat exchanger dimensions. Prior to 701.1.2 Equipment, Accessories, Components, 701.4 Decommissioning and Abandonment. the abandonment or decommissioning of a ground-heat and Materials. The mechanical equipment, accessories, components, and materials used shall be of the exchanger, submerged heat exchanger or ground water type and rating approved for the specific use. (well) borehole or closed loop system the owner shall obtain the necessary permits from the Authority Having Jurisdic- The construction 701.2 Construction Documents. tion. documents for the building system portion of the geothermal energy systems shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall include:. 702.0 Groundwater Systems. (1) Required inspections and reports. 702.1 General. The potable water supply connected to a (2) Excavation and backfill. groundwater system shall be protected with an approved backflow prevention device. The connection of a discharge (3) Specification of materials. line to the sanitary or storm sewer system, or private sewage (4) Heat transfer medium type. disposal system, shall be approved by be in accordance with (5) Handling and storage of materials. the plumbing code or in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (6) Testing protocols and purging.PRE-PRINT Test wells drilled to investigate (7) Backflow prevention. 702.1.1 Test Wells. subsurface conditions shall provide details of the (8) System identification and labeling. groundwater location, chemical and physical character- (9) Grouting materials and grouting installation procedures. istics, rock strata, and temperature profiles. The number (10) Commissioning of the system. of test wells shall be determined in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Each test well shall be (11) Start-up procedures and maintenance of the system. tested for flow rate for a period of not less than 24 701.3 Site Survey. A site survey shall be conducted prior hours. Water samples shall be collected in accordance to designing the geothermal system. The requirements for with the NGWA-01 from each well to establish existing cConstruction documents shall be defined by the Authority water quality levels are approved for groundwater Having Jurisdiction. Where no guidance is provided, include system use. Water samples shall be analyzed for stan- the ground and water resources required for the geothermal dard drinking water, fecal and coliform content, bacte- energy system to be installed, physical limitations and layout rial iron, nitrate, dissolved minerals, pH, hardness, and of the land area including utilities, and subsurface conditions other compounds in accordance with NGWA-01 or in including the water table, test wells, and water supplies. The accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. design report shall include, but not limited to, the following Wells shall be tested for water production and recovery information shall be provided: their recharge rate up to the maximum recharge capa-

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 57 GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

bility. Monitoring wells shall be protected, and marked (76) Vertical and horizontal ground-heat exchangers shall to allow for monitoring of ground temperature, ground- maintain the following setbacks be separated from wells water levels and groundwater quality. and private sewage disposal systems in accordance with: 702.1.2 Installation of Water Wells. Water supply, recharge wells, and pumping equipment shall be (a) Ten feet (3048 mm) horizontally from a pressure- hydraulically tested, sealed, and grouted in accordance tested sewer lateral into a building. with approved well construction practices and submitted (b) Twenty feet (6096 mm) horizontally from a non- to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. Wells pressure tested sewer lateral into a building. shall be tested for water production and recovery, flow (c) Three feet (914 mm) horizontally from buried util- volume and water quality before final system design. ities such as electrical, gas, or water. Wells shall be disinfected upon completion in accordance with NGWA-01 or in accordance with the (d) Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from a water well. Authority Having Jurisdiction an approved manner. (e) Fifty feet (15 240 mm) from a septic tank and 100 Verification A copy of the water quality test results and feet (30 480 mm) from a subsurface sewage leaching the log of well construction in accordance with NGWA- field. 01 shall be provided to the owner that the well is (f) One hundred feet (30 480 mm) from a spring; or at designed for the anticipated potable water and ground- distances specified by the Authority Having Juris- water heat pump requirements. diction. (87) Wells and boreholes shall be sealed in accordance with the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Where gGrout is required, 703.0 Design of Systems. it shall be applied in a single continuous operation into 703.1 Ground-Heat Exchanger Design. The size of the ground heat exchanger shall be based on the building design from the bottom of the borehole by pumping through a loads, monthly and annual heating and cooling loads, soil tremie pipe after fluid is circulated in the annular space to thermal and temperature properties, heat exchanger geom- clear obstructions. etry and pipe thermal properties, and the capacities and effi- 703.3 Verification. For loop systems, the system shall be ciencies of the heat pumps connected to the ground loop The flushed of debris and purged of air after the assembly of each ground heat-exchanger design shall be provided by a subheader and after completion of the entire ground-heat licensed professional, or a designer with the appropriate exchanger. A report shall be submitted to the owner to confirm certifications or credentials as defined by the Authority that the loop flow is in accordance with the original design Having Jurisdiction. and balanced. 703.2 Installation Practices. A ground-heat exchanger 703.4 Vertical Bores. Vertical bores shall be drilled to a system shall be installed as follows: depth to provide complete insertion of the u-bend pipe to its (1) Horizontal supply and return pipes shall be separated by specified depth. The maximum borehole diameter shall not not less than 12 inches (305 mm) to reduce the heat exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The u-bend joint and pipe shall transfer between the supply and return piping or insu- be visually inspected for integrity in accordance with the lated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. manufacturer’s installation instructions. The u-bend joint and pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to not less (21) Outside piping or tubing located within 5 feet (1524 than 100 psi (689 kPa) for 1 hour to check for leaks before mm) of any wall or structure shall be continuously insu- PRE-PRINTinsertion. To reduce thermal interference between individual lated with insulation that has a minimum R-5 value. bores, a minimum borehole separation distance shall be not Such pipe or tubing installed under the slab or basement less than 20 feet (6096 mm). Separation distances shall be floors shall be insulated within 5 feet (1524 mm) from permitted to be reduced where approved by the Authority the structure to the exterior point of exit from the slab. Having Jurisdiction. (32) Freeze protection shall be provided where the heat- Thermally-enhanced bentonite grout transfer medium is capable of freezing. 703.4.1 Backfill. shall be used to seal and backfill each borehole. (43) Horizontal piping shall be installed not less than 4 feet Grouting compound (bentonite-based and thermal (1219 mm) below grade or 12 inches (305 mm) below enhancement compound) shall comply with NSF 60. the frost line. 703.4.2 U-Bends and Header. U-bends shall be (54) Submerged heat exchangers shall be protected from thermally fused to the horizontal supply and return damage and shall be securely fastened to the bottom of headers (or subheaders) in the trench. The assembly the lake or pond, or other approved submerged structure. shall be filled with water (or water/antifreeze solution) (65) A minimum separation distance shall be maintained and purged at a flow rate that exceeds 2 feet per second between the potable water intake and the submerged heat (0.6 m/s). Once purged, the u-bend and header assem- exchanger system in accordance with the Authority blies shall be pressurized to not less than 100 psi (689 Having Jurisdiction. kPa) and maintained for 1 hour.

58 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

For DX systems, each u-bend shall be tested and outside diameters, wall thickness, and respective toler- proved tight with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi ances in accordance with ASTM F876, ASTM F877, or (2172 kPa) and maintained for 15 minutes without pres- CSA B137.5. Pipe or tubing shall have a dimension ratio sure drop. The pressure reading after tremie grouting of of 9 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of not less the boreholes shall be maintained in the ground-heat than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73°F (23°C). exchanger for not less than 2 hours. Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional spec- 703.5 Ground-Heat Exchanger Underground a ifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM Piping and Submerged Materials. Underground and F1055 for electrofusion fittings, and ASTM F1960, submerged piping for a ground-heat exchanger shall be poly- ASTM F2080, or CSA B137.5 for cold-expansion ethylene (PE) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section compression sleeve fittings. 703.5.1 and Section 703.5.1.1, or cross-linked polyethylene 703.5.2.1 Joining Methods for Cross-Linked (PEX) pipe or tubing in accordance with Section 703.5.2 and Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing. Joints between Section 703.5.2.1. cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe or tubing and 703.5.1 Polyethylene (PE). Polyethylene pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the tubing shall be manufactured to outside diameters, wall manufacturer’s installation instructions and one of thickness, and respective tolerances in accordance with the following methods: ASTM D3035, ASTM D3350, ASTM F714 or CSA (1) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally B137.1. Pipe or tubing shall have a maximum dimension by a conductor at the interface of the joint. ratio of 11 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent not less than 160 psi (1103 kPa) at 73°F (23°C). movement and apply electric current to the Fittings shall be manufactured to dimensional spec- fitting. Turn off the current when the proper ifications and requirements in accordance with ASTM time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint D2683 for socket fusion fittings, ASTM D3261 for shall fuse together and remain undisturbed butt/sidewall fusion fittings, or ASTM F1055 for elec- until cool. trofusion fittings. (2) Cold-expansion joints that are in accordance 703.5.1.1 Joining Methods for Polyethylene with ASTM F2080 shall be made and fittings Pipe or Tubing. Joints between polyethylene shall be joined to pipe by expanding the end of (PE) plastic pipe or tubing and fittings shall be the pipe with the expander tool, inserting the installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s cold-expansion fitting into expanded pipe, then installation instructions, and one of the following pulling the compression-sleeve over the PEX heat fusion methods: pipe and the fitting, compressing the pipe (1) Butt-fusion joints shall be made in accordance between compression-sleeve and the fitting. with ASTM F2620 by heating the squared ends Cold-expansion joints shall be permitted to be of two pipes, pipe and fitting, or two fittings by buried with the manufacturer’s approved holding ends against a heated element. The corrosion covering. heated element shall be removed where the (3) Cold-expansion joints that are in accordance proper melt is obtained and joined ends shall with ASTM F1960 shall be made by applying be placed together with applied force. an expansion ring on the pipe end, the pipe (2) Socket-fusion joints shall be made in accor- shall be expanded using an expander tool and dance with ASTMPRE-PRINT F2620, by simultaneously inserting the cold-expansion fitting into the heating the outside surface of a pipe end and expanded pipe. The pipe shall retract over the the inside of a fitting socket. Where the proper fitting, creating the seal. Buried pipes shall melt is obtained, the pipe and fitting shall be comply with the manufacturer’s instructions. joined by inserting one into the other with 703.6 DX Systems. Copper pipe and tubing installed for applied force. The joint shall fuse together and DX systems shall be manufactured in accordance with remain undisturbed until cool. ASTM B280 and copper fittings in accordance with ASME (3) Electrofusion joints shall be heated internally B16.22. Joints shall be purged with an inert gas and brazed by a conductor at the interface of the joint. with a brazing alloy having 15 percent silver content in Align and restrain fitting to pipe to prevent accordance with AWS A5.8. Underground piping and tubing movement and apply electric current to the shall have a cathodic protection system installed. fitting. Turn off the current when the proper 703.7 Indoor Piping. Indoor piping, fittings, and acces- time has elapsed to heat the joint. The joint sories that are part of the groundwater system, and are not shall fuse together and remain undisturbed isolated from the groundwater by a water-to-water heat until cool. exchanger, shall be non-ferrous. Such materials shall be rated for the operating temperature and pressures of the 703.5.2 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX). Cross- linked polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured to system and shall be compatible with the type of transfer

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 59 GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS medium. For DX systems, joints shall be purged with an 705.2 Heat-Transfer Medium. The heat-transfer medium inert gas and brazed with a brazing alloy having 15 percent shall be compatible with components with which it comes silver content in accordance with AWS A5.8. into contact. Where antifreeze or corrosion inhibitors are used, such solutions shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The flash point of the heat-transfer 704.0 Installation. medium shall be not less than 194°F (90°C). For DX 704.1 Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill. Prior to systems, the heat transfer medium shall be a refrigerant excavation, trenching, or drilling, buried utilities, drainage, listed in ASHRAE 34 or the mechanical code. The heat- water, and irrigation systems shall be located. Prior to exca- transfer fluid shall provide freeze protection to not less than vation, trenching, or drilling, the contractor and owner shall 9°F (5°C) below the minimum loop-design temperature. agree in writing to site restoration requirements and submit to the Authority Having Jurisdiction for approval. 705.3 On Site Storage. Exterior piping shall be fitted with end caps and protected from freezing, UV radiation, Trenches 704.2 Trenches, Tunneling, and Driving. corrosion, and degradation. For DX systems, copper piping shall comply with Section 311.1 320.1. Tunneling and driving shall comply with Section 311.2 320.2. and fittings shall be stored to prevent physical damage, contamination, and each pipe or tubing shall be pressurized 704.3 Excavations and Open Trenches. Excavations with an inert gas and sealed with a cap. required to be made for the installation of piping or tubing shall be in accordance with Section 311.3 320.3. Piping or 705.4 Insulation. The temperature of surfaces within tubing shall be supported to maintain its alignment and reach of building occupants shall not exceed 140°F (60°C) prevent sagging. Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm unless they are protected by insulation. Where sleeves are bed for its entire length; where other support is otherwise installed, the sleeve insulation shall retain its full size over provided, it shall be approved in accordance with Section the length of the material being protected. 302.0. Piping or tubing shall be backfilled after inspection in accordance with Section 311.4 320.4. 706.0 Ground-Heat Exchanger Testing. 704.4 Protection of Piping, Materials, and Struc- Pressure-testing of the ground-heat Piping and tubing passing under or through walls 706.1 Testing. tures. exchanger shall be prior to the installation of a vertical heat shall be protected from breakage in accordance with Section exchanger into the borehole, after the assembly of each 309.1 318.1. Piping and tubing installed within a building runout, including connections to the boreholes or horizontal and in or under a concrete floor slab resting on the ground heat exchangers, connections to subheaders and after the shall be protected in accordance with Section 309.2.1. complete ground-heat exchanger has been installed, flushed, Piping and tubing shall be installed in accordance with purged, and backfilled. Section 309.2 318.2 to provide for expansion, contraction, and structural settlement. An electrically continuous corro- Heat exchangers shall be filled with water and pressure- sion-resistant tracer wire (not less than AWG 14) or tape tested to not less than 100 psi (689 kPa) for not less than 15 shall be buried with the plastic pipe to facilitate locating. minutes 1 hour without a pressure drop of not more than 10 One end shall be brought aboveground at a building wall or percent prior to the insertion into the boreholes. This pres- riser. sure shall be maintained in the piping or tubing for not less than 1 hour after the completion of tremie-grouting the bore- 704.5 Sleeves. In exterior walls, annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be sealed and made watertight and hole. shall not be subject to a load from building construction in 706.2 DX System Testing. For DX systems, each loop accordance with Section 309.7 318.6 through 318.6.2. shall be tested with an inert gas at not less than 315 psi (2172 PRE-PRINTkPa) for not less than 15 minutes without pressure drop. The 704.6 Steel Nail Plates. Steel nail plates shall be installed for plastic and copper piping penetrating framing members pressure reading after grouting of the boreholes shall be to within 1 inch (25.4 mm) of the exposed framing in accor- maintained in the ground-heat exchanger for not less than 2 dance with Section 309.6 318.5. hours. 704.7 Protectively Coated Pipe. Where protectively coated pipe is used, it shall be inspected and tested in accor- 707.0 Heat Pump and Distribution System Design. dance with Section 309.3. 707.1 General. Water-to-air and brine-to-air heat pumps source heat pumps shall comply with the testing and rating 705.0 Specific System Components Design. performance requirements in accordance with ISO 13256-1. . Water-to-water and brine-to-water heat pumps shall comply 705.1 Heat Exchangers Heat exchangers used for heat transfer or heat recovery, shall protect the potable water with the testing and rating performance requirements in system from being contaminated by the heat transfer accordance with ISO 13256-2. Direct geoexchange heat medium. Single-wall heat exchangers shall comply with pumps shall comply with the testing and rating performance Section 318.1 313.1. Double-wall heat exchangers shall sepa- requirements in accordance with AHRI 870. Heat Pump rate the potable water from the heat transfer medium by equipment used in DX systems shall comply with AHRI providing a space between the two walls that are vented to 870. Heat pumps shall be fitted with a means to indicate that the atmosphere. the compressor is locked out.

60 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE GEOTHERMAL ENERGY SYSTEMS

707.2 Heat Pump Distribution System. The heat pump 708.0 System Start-Up. distribution system shall be designed as follows: 708.1 General. The following requirements shall be veri- (1) Selection for circulation pump(s) and boiler(s) shall be fied prior to system start-up. in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (1) Piping shall be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the (21) Individual heat pumps shall have the capacity to heat transfer medium. handle the peak load for each zone at its peak hour. (2) The internal and the external heat exchanger loop shall (3) Reverse-return piping shall be installed to minimize be cleaned, flushed, and filled with the heat transfer the need for balancing. medium before connection of the loops. (42) Distribution piping and fittings shall be insulated with (3) The air shall be purged from the piping system. insulation that has a minimum R-3 value to prevent (4) The method used for the removal of air and adding condensation inside the building. additional heat transfer fluid (where necessary) shall (53) An isolation valve shall be installed on both supply and be provided. return of each unit. (5) The heat pumps shall be operational and adjustments shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s (6) A balancing valve on the return shall be installed for installation instructions. each heat pump. (6) Valves and operating controls shall be set, adjusted, (74) Condensate drains on heat pumps shall be installed in and operating as required. accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. (7) The system shall be labeled at the loop charging valves with a permanent-type label. Where antifreeze is used, (85) Air filters shall be installed for heat pump units. the labels shall indicate the antifreeze type and concen- (96) Drain valves shall be installed at the base of each tration. supply and return pipe riser for system flushing. (8) DX systems shall have permanent type labels installed (107) Piping shall be supported in accordance with Section and affixed on the compressor unit with the refrigerant 310.0 317.0 and provisions for vibration, expansion type and quantity. or contraction shall be provided. (9) Supply and return lines, as well as associated isolation (118) Specifications for each heat pump, the heating and valves, from individual boreholes or water wells shall cooling capacity, the fluid flow rate, the airflow rate, be identified and tagged. and the external pressure or head shall be provided on (10) For DX systems, refrigerant liquid and vapor lines the construction documents to the Authority Having from the loop system shall be identified and tagged. Jurisdiction. (11) Supply and return lines on submerged systems shall be (129) Manually controlled air vents shall be installed at the identified in an approved manner, at the point of entry high points in the system and drains at the low points. to a surface water resource. Where the heat-transfer fluid is a salt or alcohol, auto- 708.2 Operation and Maintenance Manual. An opera- matic air vents shall not be installed. tion and maintenance manual for the geothermal system (1310)Means for flow balancing for the building loop shall shall be provided to the owner. The manual shall include be provided. information on required testing and maintenance of the system. Training shall be provided on the system’s opera- (1411)Supply and return header temperatures and pressures PRE-PRINTtion, maintenance requirements, and on the content of the shall be marked. operation and maintenance manual. The operation and main- 707.3 Circulating Pumps. The circulating pump shall be tenance manual shall contain a layout of the ground-heat sized in accordance with the heat pump manufacturer’s exchanger and building loop. instructions and minimum flow rates under for the operating conditions. The and the heat transfer fluid properties and minimum operational temperatures shall be used when sizing the circulating pump. Where heat pumps are installed with integral circulating pumps, the ground heat exchanger shall be designed to be compatible with the flow rate and developed head of the integral circulating pump. Circulating pumps that are activated automatically when the main pump fails shall be designed into the system. 707.4 Heat Pump and Distribution System Installa- tion. The heat pump and distribution system shall be installed in accordance with the system’s design, with this code, and the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 61 PRE-PRINT

62 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 8 DUCT SYSTEMS

801.0 General. exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not 801.1 Applicability. Ducts and plenums that are portions of a heating, cooling, absorption or evaporative cooling, or exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with NFPA exhaust system shall comply with the requirements of this 262. chapter. 802.2.2 Fire Sprinkler Piping. Nonmetallic fire sprinkler piping in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use 801.2 Sizing Requirements. Duct systems used with blower-type equipment that are portions of a heating, in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not cooling, absorption, evaporative cooling, or outdoor-air exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density ventilation system shall be sized in accordance with an not exceeding 0.15 and, a peak optical density not approved standard listed in Table 1001.1, or by other exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL 1887. approved methods. 802.2.3 Pneumatic Tubing. Nonmetallic pneumatic tubing in plenums shall be listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not 802.0 Material. exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm), an average optical density 802.1 General. Supply air, return air, and outside air for not exceeding 0.15, and a peak optical density not heating, cooling, or evaporative cooling duct systems exceeding 0.5, where tested in accordance with UL constructed of metal shall comply with SMACNA HVAC 1820. Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible or UL 802.2.4 Loudspeakers and Recessed Lighting. 181. Loudspeakers and recessed lighting fixtures, including Concealed building spaces or independent construction their assemblies and accessories, in plenums shall be within buildings shall be permitted to be used as ducts or listed and labeled for use in plenums and shall have a plenums. peak rate of heat release not exceeding 134 horsepower (hp) (100 kW), an average optical density not exceeding 802.2 Combustibles within Ducts or Plenums. Mate- rials exposed within ducts or plenums shall be noncom- 0.15, and a peak optical density not exceeding 0.5, bustible or shall have a flame spread index not to exceed 25 where tested in accordance with UL 2043. and a smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested 802.2.5 Discrete Products in Plenums. Discrete as a composite product in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL plumbing, mechanical, and electrical products that are 723. located in a plenum and have exposed combustible Exceptions: material shall be in accordance with UL 2043. (1) Return-air and outside-air ducts, plenums, or concealed 802.3 Factory-Made Air Ducts. Factory-made air ducts spaces that serve a dwelling unit shall be permitted to be shall be approved for the use intended or shall be in accor- of combustible construction. dance with the requirements of UL 181. Each portion or a factory-made air duct system shall be identified by the (2) Air filters. manufacturer with a label or other identification indicating (3) Water evaporation media in an evaporative cooler. compliance with its class designation. (4) Charcoal filters where protectedPRE-PRINT with an approved fire Ducts, plenums, or fittings of metal shall 802.4 Metal. suppression system. comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (5) Products listed and labeled for installation within - Metal and Flexible. plenums in accordance with Section 802.2.1 through 802.5 Existing Metal Ducts. Existing metal ducts shall Section 802.2.4. be permitted to be used where cooling coils are added to a (6) Smoke detectors. heating system, provided the first 10 feet (3048 mm) of the (7) Duct insulation, coverings, and linings and other duct or plenum measured from the cooling coil discharge are supplementary materials installed in accordance with constructed of metal of the gauge thickness in accordance Section 804.0. with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Existing metal ducts completely enclosed in (8) Materials in a hazardous fabrication area including the inaccessible concealed areas are not required to be replaced. areas above and below the fabrication area sharing a Accessible ducts shall be insulated in accordance with common air recirculation path with the fabrication area. Section 804.0. For the purpose of this section, ducts shall be 802.2.1 Electrical. Electrical wiring in plenums shall considered accessible where the access space is 30 inches comply with NFPA 70. Electrical wires and cables and (762 mm) or more in height. optical fiber cables shall be listed and labeled for use in 802.6 Gypsum. Where gypsum products are exposed in plenums and shall have a flame spread distance not ducts or plenums, the air temperature shall be restricted to a

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 63 DUCT SYSTEMS range from 50°F (10°C) to 125°F (52°C), and moisture 803.3.3 Earthquake Loads. Ducts located in struc- content shall be controlled so that the material is not tures that are installed in areas classified as seismic adversely affected. For the purpose of this section, gypsum design category C, D, E, or F shall be in accordance products shall not be exposed in ducts serving as supply with the building code. from evaporative coolers, and in other air-handling systems regulated by this chapter where the temperature of the 803.4 Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. Factory-made air ducts and connectors shall be listed and gypsum product will be below the dew point temperature. labeled in accordance with UL 181, and installed in accor- 802.7 Corridors. Corridors shall not be used to convey air dance with the terms of their listing, the manufacturer’s to or from rooms where the corridor is required to be of fire- installation instructions and SMACNA HVAC Duct resistive construction in accordance with the building code. Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible. Factory-made air ducts shall not be used for vertical 803.0 Installation of Ducts. risers in air-duct systems serving more than two stories and 803.1 General. The pressure classification of ducts shall shall not penetrate a fire-resistance-rated assembly or be not less than the design operating pressure of the air construction. distribution in which the duct is utilized. Factory-made air ducts shall be installed with not less 803.2 Under Floor or Crawl Space. Air ducts installed than 4 inches (102 mm) of separation from earth, except under a floor in a crawl space shall be installed in accor- where installed as a liner inside of concrete, tile, or metal dance with the following: pipe and shall be protected from physical damage. The (1) Shall not prevent access to an area of the crawl space. temperature of the air to be conveyed in a duct shall not (2) Where it is required to move under ducts for access to exceed 250°F (121°C). areas of the crawl space, a vertical clearance of not less 803.4.1 Length Limitation. Factory-made flexible than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be provided. air ducts and connectors shall be not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) in length and shall not be used in lieu of 803.3 Metal Ducts. Ducts shall be supported at each change of direction and in accordance with SMACNA rigid elbows or fittings. HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Exception: Residential occupancies. Riser ducts shall be held in place by means of metal straps 803.5 Flexible Air Ducts and Connectors. Flexible air or angles and channels to secure the riser to the structure. ducts and connectors shall comply with UL 181, shall be Metal ducts shall be installed with not less than 4 inches installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation (102 mm) separation from earth. Ducts shall be installed in instructions, and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Stan- a building with clearances that will retain the full thickness dards - Metal and Flexible. Flexible air ducts shall not pene- of fireproofing on structural members. trate a fire-resistance-rated assembly or construction. Flex- 803.3.1 Rectangular Ducts. Supports for rectan- ible air connector’s lengths shall be not more than 5 feet gular ducts shall be installed on the two opposite sides (1524 mm) and shall not penetrate a wall, floor, or ceiling. of each duct and shall be riveted, bolted, or metal The temperature of the air to be conveyed in a flexible air screwed to each side of the duct at intervals specified. duct or connector shall not exceed 250°F (121°C). 803.3.2 Horizontal Round Ducts. Horizontal round 803.6 Joints and Seams of Ducts. Joints and seams for ducts not more than 40 inches (1016 mm) in diameter duct systems shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct where suspended from above shallPRE-PRINT be supported with Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Joints of duct one hanger per interval and in accordance with Section systems shall be made substantially airtight by means of 803.3.2.1 through Section 803.3.2.3. tapes, mastics, gasketing, or other means. Crimp joints for 803.3.2.1 Tight-Fitting Around the Perimeter. round ducts shall have a contact lap of not less than 1½ Ducts shall be equipped with tight-fitting circular inches (38 mm) and shall be mechanically fastened by bands extending around the entire perimeter of the means of not less than three sheet-metal screws equally duct at each specified support interval. spaced around the joint, or an equivalent fastening method.

803.3.2.2 Size of Circular Bands. Circular Joints and seams and reinforcements for factory-made bands shall be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) wide air ducts and plenums shall comply with the conditions of nor less than equivalent to the gauge of the duct prior approval in accordance with the installation instruc- material it supports. tions that shall accompany the product. Closure systems for rigid air ducts and plenums shall be listed in accordance with Exception: Ducts not more than 10 inches (254 mm) in diameter shall be permitted to be supported UL 181A. Closure systems for flexible air ducts shall be by No. 18 gauge galvanized steel wire. listed in accordance with UL 181B. 803.3.2.3 Connection. Each circular band shall 803.7 Protection of Ducts. Ducts installed in locations be provided with means of connecting to the where they are exposed to mechanical damage by vehicles suspending support. or from other causes shall be protected by approved barriers.

64 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE DUCT SYSTEMS

803.8 Support of Ducts. Installers shall provide the (3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length to air manufacturer’s field fabricated and installation instructions. terminals or air outlets, the rated R value of insulation Factory-made air ducts that are in accordance with UL need not exceed R-3.5. 181 shall be supported in accordance with the manufac- (4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenums exposed to turer’s installation instructions. Other ducts shall comply unconditioned or indirectly conditioned spaces with with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal face areas exceeding 5 square feet (0.5 m2) need not and Flexible. exceed R-2; those 5 square feet (0.5 m2) or smaller need 803.9 Vibration Isolators. Vibration isolators installed not be insulated. between mechanical equipment and metal ducts (or casings) (5) Ducts and plenums used exclusively for evaporative shall be made of an approved material and shall not exceed cooling systems. 10 inches (254 mm) in length. Materials 804.1.1 Within Ducts or Plenums. 803.10 Protection Against Flood Damage. In flood installed within ducts and plenums for insulating, sound hazard areas, ducts shall be located above the elevation deadening, or other purposes shall have a mold, required by the building code for utilities and attendant equip- humidity, and erosion-resistant surface where tested in ment or the elevation of the lowest floor, whichever is higher, accordance with UL 181. Duct liners in systems oper- or shall be designed and constructed to prevent water from ating with air velocities exceeding 2000 feet per minute entering or accumulating within the ducts during floods up to (10.16 m/s) shall be fastened with both adhesive and such elevation. Where the ducts are located below that eleva- mechanical fasteners, and exposed edges shall have tion, the ducts shall be capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of approved treatment to withstand the operating velocity. buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding to such elevation. Where the internal insulation is capable of being in contact with condensates or other liquids, the material 803.11 Cross Contamination. Exhaust ducts and shall be water-resistant. venting systems under positive pressure shall not extend into or pass through ducts or plenums. 804.1.2 Duct Coverings and Linings. Insulation applied to the surface of ducts, including duct cover- Ducts installed 803.12 Underground Installation. ings, linings, tapes, and adhesives, located in buildings underground shall be approved for the installation and shall 1 shall have a flame-spread index not to exceed 25 and a have a slope of not less than ⁄8 inch per foot (10.4 mm/m). Ducts, plenums, and fittings shall be permitted to be smoke developed index not to exceed 50, where tested constructed of concrete, clay, or ceramics where installed in in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. The spec- the ground or in a concrete slab, provided the joints are imen preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM tightly sealed. Metal ducts where installed in or under a E2231 shall be used. Air duct coverings and linings concrete slab shall be encased in not less than 2 inches (51 shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke where tested in mm) of concrete. accordance with ASTM C411 at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the 803.12.1 Plastic Ducts. Plastic air ducts and fittings shall be permitted where installed underground and test temperature be less than 250°F (121°C). Coverings listed for such use. shall not penetrate a fire-resistance-rated assembly.

804.0 Insulation of Ducts. 805.0 Smoke Dampers, Fire Dampers, and Ceiling Dampers. 804.1 General. Air ducts conveyingPRE-PRINT air at temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C) shall be insulated to maintain an 805.1 Smoke Dampers. Smoke dampers shall comply insulation surface temperature of not more than 140°F with UL 555S, and shall be installed in accordance with the (60°C). Factory-made air ducts and insulations intended for manufacturer’s installation instructions where required by installation on the exterior of ducts shall be legibly printed the building code. with the name of the manufacturer, the thermal resistance 805.2 Fire Dampers. Fire dampers shall comply with UL (R) value at installed thickness, flame-spread index and 555, and shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- smoke developed index of the composite material. Internal turer’s installation instructions where required by the duct liners and insulation shall be installed in accordance building code. Fire dampers shall have been tested for with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal closure under airflow conditions and shall be labeled for and Flexible. both maximum airflow permitted and direction of flow. Exceptions: Where more than one damper is installed at a point in a (1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, or ductwork single air path, the entire airflow shall be assumed to be furnished as a part of HVAC equipment tested and rated passing through the smallest damper area. in accordance with approved energy efficiency standards. Ductwork shall be connected to damper sleeves or (2) Ducts or plenums located in conditioned spaces where assemblies in accordance with the fire damper manufac- heat gain or heat loss will not increase energy use. turer’s installation instructions.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 65 DUCT SYSTEMS

805.3 Ceiling Radiation Dampers. Ceiling radiation 807.0 Use of Under-Floor Space as Supply Plenum dampers shall comply with UL 555C, and shall be installed for Dwelling Units. in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instruc- 807.1 General. An under-floor space shall be permitted to tions in the fire-resistive ceiling element of floor-ceiling and be used as a supply plenum. roof-ceiling assemblies where required by the building code. The use of under-floor space shall Fire dampers not meeting the temperature limitation of 807.2 Dwelling Units. be limited to dwelling unit’s not more than two stories in ceiling radiation dampers shall not be used as a substitute. height. Except for the floor immediately above the under- 805.4 Multiple Arrangements. Where size requires the floor plenum, supply ducts shall be provided extending from use of multiple dampers, the installation shall be framed in the plenum to registers on other floor levels. an approved manner to ensure that the dampers remain in Exception: In flood hazard areas, under-floor spaces shall place. not be used as supply plenums unless the flood opening 805.5 Access and Identification. Fire and smoke requirements in the building code are met. dampers shall be provided with an approved means of access 807.3 Enclosed. Such spaces shall be cleaned of all loose large enough to allow inspection and maintenance of the combustible scrap material and shall be tightly enclosed. damper and its operating parts. The access shall not affect the integrity of the fire resistance-rated assembly. The access 807.4 Flammable Materials. The enclosing material of openings shall not reduce the fire resistance rating of the the under-floor space, including the sidewall insulation, assembly. shall be not more flammable than 1 inch (25.4 mm) (nominal) wood boards (flame-spread index of 200). Instal- Access shall not require the use of tools. Access doors lation of foam plastics is regulated by the building code. in ducts shall be tight fitting and approved for the required duct construction. Access points shall be permanently iden- 807.5 Access. Access shall be through an opening in the 1 floor and shall be not less than 24 inches by 24 inches (610 tified on the exterior by a label with letters not less than ⁄2 mm by 610 mm). of an inch (12.7 mm) in height reading as one of the following: 807.6 Automatic Control. A furnace supplying warm air to under-floor space shall be equipped with an automatic (1) Smoke Damper control that will start the air-circulating fan where the air in (2) Fire Damper the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not exceeding (3) Fire/Smoke Damper 150°F (66°C). Such control shall be one that cannot be set to exceed 150°F (66°C). 805.6 Freedom from Interference. Dampers shall be installed in a manner to ensure positive closing or opening as 807.7 Temperature Limit. A furnace supplying warm air required by function. Interior liners or insulation shall be to such space shall be equipped with an approved tempera- held back from portions of a damper, its sleeve, or adjoining ture limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to duct that would interfere with the damper’s proper opera- 200°F (93°C). tion. Exterior materials shall be installed so as to not inter- 807.8 Noncombustible Receptacle. A noncombustible fere with the operation or maintenance of external operating receptacle shall be placed below each floor opening into the devices needed for the function of the damper. air chamber, and such receptacle shall comply with the 805.7 Temperature Classification of Operating following sections. Fusible links, thermal sensors, and pneumatic or Elements. 807.8.1 Location. The receptacle shall be securely electric operators shall have a temperature rating or classifi- suspended from the floor members and shall be not cation as in accordance with the buildingPRE-PRINT code. more than 18 inches (457 mm) below the floor opening. 807.8.2 Area. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 806.0 Ventilating Ceilings. inches (76 mm) beyond the opening on all sides. 806.1 General. Perforated ceilings shall be permitted to be 807.8.3 Perimeter. The perimeter of the receptacle used for air supply within the limitations of this section. Exit shall have a vertical lip not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) corridors, where required to be of fire-resistive construction high at the open sides where it is at the level of the by the building code, shall not have ventilating ceilings. bottom of the joists, or 3 inches (76 mm) high where the receptacle is suspended. 806.2 Requirements. Ventilating ceilings shall comply with the following: 807.9 Floor Registers. Floor registers shall be designed (1) Suspended ventilating ceiling material shall have a for easy removal in order to give access for cleaning the Class 1 flame-spread classification on both sides, deter- receptacles. mined in accordance with the building code. Suspended 807.10 Exterior Wall and Interior Stud Partitions. ventilating ceiling supports shall be of noncombustible Exterior walls and interior stud partitions shall be fire- materials. blocked at the floor. (2) Lighting fixtures recessed into ventilating ceilings shall 807.11 Wall Register. Each wall register shall be be of a type approved for that purpose. connected to the air chamber by a register box or boot.

66 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE DUCT SYSTEMS

807.12 Distances from Combustible. A duct complying with Section 802.0 shall extend from the furnace supply outlet not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below combustible framing. 807.13 Vapor Barrier. The entire ground surface of the under-floor space shall be covered with a vapor barrier having a thickness not less than 4 mils (0.1 mm) and a flame-spread index of not more than 200. 807.14 Prohibited. Fuel-gas lines and plumbing waste cleanouts shall not be located within the space.

808.0 Automatic Shutoffs. 808.1 Air-Moving Systems and Smoke Detectors. Air-moving systems supplying air in excess of 2000 cubic feet per minute (ft3⁄min) (0.9439 m3⁄s) to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air-moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment. Duct smoke detectors shall comply with UL 268A and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Such devices shall be compatible with the operating velocities, pressures, temperatures, and humidity’s of the system. Where fire-detection or alarm systems are provided for the building, the smoke detectors shall be supervised by such systems in an approved manner. Exceptions: (1) Where the space supplied by the air-moving equipment is served by a total coverage smoke-detection system in accordance with the fire code, interconnection to such system shall be permitted to be used to accomplish the required shutoff. (2) Automatic shutoff is not required where occupied rooms served by the air-handling equipment have direct exit to the exterior and the travel distance does not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm). (3) Automatic shutoff is not required for Group R, Division 3 and Group U Occupancies.PRE-PRINT (4) Automatic shutoff is not required for approved smoke- control systems or where analysis demonstrates shutoff would create a greater hazard, such as shall be permitted to be encountered in air-moving equipment supplying specialized portions of Group H Occupancies. Such equipment shall be required to have smoke detection with remote indication and manual shutoff capability at an approved location. (5) Smoke detectors that are factory installed in listed air- moving equipment shall be permitted to be used in lieu of smoke detectors installed in the main supply-air duct served by such equipment.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 67 PRE-PRINT

68 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 89 ELECTRICAL SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

801.0 901.0 General. 801.3 901.3 Other Articles. Where the requirements of NFPA 70 and this chapter differ, the requirements of this 801.1 901.1 Electrical Wiring and Equipment. Elec- trical wiring and equipment shall comply with the require- chapter shall apply. Where the system is operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in ments of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), or local Section 801.4 901.4 through Section 801.7 901.7 shall apply. ordinances. This chapter does not provide all electrical information necessary for the installation of a photovoltaic (PV) Exception: Solar photovoltaic PV systems, equipment, or wiring installed in a hazardous (classified) location shall system. Resort shall be had to the edition of NFPA 70 also comply with the applicable portions of Article 500 adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. through Article 516 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.3] The provisions of this chapter 801.2 901.2 Applicability. 801.4 901.4 Output Characteristics. The output of a apply to solar photovoltaic (PV) electrical energy systems, generator or other electric power production source oper- including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and controller(s) ating in parallel with an electrical supply system shall be for such systems [see Figure 801.2(1) 901.2(1) and Figure compatible with the voltage, wave shape, and frequency of 801.2(2) 901.2(2)]. Solar photovoltaic PV systems covered the system to which it is connected. [NFPA 70:705.14] by this chapter shall be permitted to interact be interactive 801.5 901.5 Interrupting and Short-Circuit Current with other electrical power production sources or stand- Rating. Consideration shall be given to the contribution of alone, with or without electrical energy storage such as fault currents from all interconnected power sources for the batteries. These systems shall be permitted to have ac or dc interrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipment output for utilization. [NFPA 70:690.1] on interactive systems. [NFPA 70:705.16]

PRE-PRINT

Notes: 1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for photo voltaic system components, circuits, and connections. Notes: 2 Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection required by this 1 These diagrams are intended to be a means of identification for Chapter Section 909.0 are not shown. photovoltaic system components, circuits, and connections. 3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See 2 Disconnecting means required by Section 809.0 909.0 are not Section 811.0 911.0. shown. 4 Custom designs occur in each configuration, and some compo- 3 System grounding and equipment grounding are not shown. See nents are optional. Section 811.0 911.0 of this chapter. FIGURE 801.2(1) 901.2(1) FIGURE 801.2(2) 901.2(2) IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC IDENTIFICATION OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM SYSTEM COMPONENTS COMPONENTS IN COMMON SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(Aa)] [NFPA 70: FIGURE 690.1(Bb)]

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 69 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

801.6 901.6 Ground-Fault Protection. Where ground- 1703 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- fault protection is used, the output of an interactive system turer’s installation instructions and the building code. shall be connected to the supply side of the ground-fault protection. 803.0 903.0 Ground-Fault Protection. Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made to the 803.1 903.1 General. Grounded dc photovoltaic PV arrays load side of ground-fault protection, provided that there is shall be provided with dc ground-fault protection in accor- ground-fault protection for equipment from all ground-fault dance with Section 803.2 903.2 through Section 803.4 903.4 current sources. [NFPA 70:705.32] to reduce fire hazards. Ungrounded dc photovoltaic PV 801.7 901.7 Synchronous Generators. Synchronous arrays shall comply with Section 810.11 910.14. generators in a parallel system shall be provided with the Exceptions: (1) Ground-mounted or pole-mounted photo- necessary equipment to establish and maintain a synchro- voltaic PV arrays with not more than two paralleled source nous condition. [NFPA 70:705.143] circuits and with all dc source and dc output circuits isolated from buildings shall be permitted without ground-fault protection. (2) Photovoltaic arrays installed at other than 802.0 902.0 Installation General Requirements. dwelling units shall be permitted without ground-fault 802.1 902.1 Photovoltaic Systems. Photovoltaic systems shall be permitted to supply a building or other protection where each equipment grounding conductor is sized in accordance with Section 811.4. [NFPA 70:690.5] structure in addition to other electricity electrical supply system(s). [NFPA 70:690.4(A)] 803.2 903.2 Ground-Fault Detection and Interrup- The ground-fault protection device or system shall Inverters, motor generators, tion. 802.4 902.2 Equipment. comply with the following: photovoltaic PV modules, photovoltaic PV panels, ac photovoltaic PV modules, source-circuit dc combiners, dc-to-dc (1) bBe capable of detecting a ground-fault in the PV array converters, and charge controllers intended for use in photo- dc current-carrying conductors and components, voltaic PV power systems shall be identified and listed for including any intentionally grounded conductors inter- the PV application. [NFPA 70:690.4(DB)] rupting the flow of the fault current, and providing an indication of the fault. 802.5 902.3 Wiring and Connection Qualified (2) Interrupt the flow of fault current. Personnel. The installation of equipment and systems in Section 802.1 through Section 802.4 and all associated (3) Provide an indication of the fault. wiring and interconnections shall be installed performed by (4) Be listed for providing PV ground-fault protection. qualified persons. [NFPA 70:690.4(EC)] For purposes of this Automatically opening the grounded conductor of the chapter a qualified person is defined as “one who has skills faulted circuit for measurement purposes or to interrupt the and knowledge related to the construction and operation of ground-fault current path shall be permitted. Where a the electrical equipment and installations and has received grounded conductor is opened to interrupt the ground-fault safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.” current path, all conductors of the faulted circuit shall be [NFPA 70:100] automatically and simultaneously opened. 802.6 Circuit Routing. Photovoltaic source and PV output Manual operation of the main PV dc disconnect shall conductors, in and out of conduit, and inside of a building or not activate the ground-fault protection device or result in structure, shall be routed along building structural members grounded conductors becoming ungrounded. [NFPA such as beams, rafters, trusses, and columns where the loca- 70:690.5(A)] tion of those structural members are determined by observation. Where circuits are imbedded in built-up, laminate, or 803.3 903.3 Isolating Faulted Circuits. The faulted membrane roofing materials in roof areasPRE-PRINT not covered by PV circuits shall be isolated by one of the following methods: modules and associated equipment, the location of circuits (1) The ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit shall shall be clearly marked. [NFPA 70:690.4(F)] be automatically disconnected. (2) The inverter or charge controller fed by the faulted 802.8 902.4 Multiple Inverters. A PV system shall be permitted to have multiple utility-interactive inverters circuit shall automatically cease to supply power to the installed in or on a single building or structure. Where the output circuits. [NFPA 70:690.5(B)] inverters are remotely located from each other, a directory in 803.4 903.4 Labels and Markings. A warning label accordance with Section 812.1 912.1 shall be installed at each shall appear on the utility-interactive inverter or be applied dc PV system disconnecting means, at each ac disconnecting by the installer near the ground-fault indicator at a visible means, and at the main service disconnecting means showing location, stating the following: the location of all ac and dc PV system disconnecting means in the building. WARNING Exception: A directory shall not be required where inverters and PV dc disconnecting means are grouped at the main ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD service disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.4(H D)] IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS 802.9 902.5 Photovoltaic Modules/Panels/Shingles. Photovoltaic modules/panels/shingles shall comply with UL MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED

70 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

Where the photovoltaic PV system also has batteries, the (1) 20-ampere circuits – 18 AWG, not exceeding 50 feet (15 same warning shall also be applied by the installer in a visible 240 mm) of run length. location at the batteries. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall (2) 20-ampere circuits – 16 AWG, not exceeding 100 feet comply with Section 903.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.5(C)] (30 480 mm) of run length. 803.4.1 903.4.1 Marking Field-Applied Hazard (3) 20-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. Markings. The warning labels required in Section (4) 30-ampere circuits – Not less than 14 AWG. 803.4, Section 805.5(3), Section 808.4, Section 810.11.6, and Section 813.5.4.7 shall be in accordance (5) 40-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. with UL 969. Where caution, warning, or danger signs (6) 50-ampere circuits – Not less than 12 AWG. [NFPA or labels are required by this chapter, the labels shall 70:240.5(B)(2)] comply with the following requirements: (1) The marking shall adequately warn of the hazard 805.0 905.0 Circuit Requirements. using effective words, colors, or symbols. 805.1 905.1 Maximum Photovoltaic System Voltage. (2) The label shall be permanently affixed to the equip- In a dc photovoltaic PV source circuit or output circuit, the ment or wiring method and shall not be hand written. maximum photovoltaic PV system voltage for that circuit Exception: Portions of labels or markings that are shall be calculated as the sum of the rated open-circuit voltage variable, or that could be subject to changes, shall of the series-connected photovoltaic PV modules corrected be permitted to be hand written and shall be legible. for the lowest expected ambient temperature. For crystalline (3) The label shall be durable as to withstand the envi- and multicrystalline silicon modules, the rated open-circuit ronment involved. [NFPA 70:110.21(B)] voltage shall be multiplied by the correction factor provided in Table 805.1 905.1. This voltage shall be used to determine 803.4.2 903.4.2 Format. The marking requirements in Section 803.4.1 903.4.1 shall be provided in accor- the voltage rating of cables, disconnects, overcurrent devices, dance with the following: and other equipment. Where the lowest expected ambient temperature is below -40°F (-40°C), or where other than crys- (1) Red background. talline or multicrystalline silicon photovoltaic PV modules are (2) White lettering. used, the system voltage adjustment shall be made in accor- 3 (3) Not less than ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height. dance with the manufacturer’s instructions. (4) Capital letters. Where open-circuit voltage temperature coefficients are (5) Made of reflective weather-resistant material. supplied in the instructions for listed PV modules, they shall be used to calculate the maximum photovoltaic PV system voltage in accordance with Section 302.1 instead of using 804.0 904.0 Alternating-Current (ac) Modules. Table 805.1 905.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(A)] 804.1 904.1 Photovoltaic Source Circuits. The requirements of this chapter pertaining to photovoltaic PV source circuits shall not apply to ac modules. The photovoltaic PV TABLE 805.1 905.1 VOLTAGE CORRECTION FACTORS FOR CRYSTALLINE AND source circuit, conductors, and inverters shall be considered as MULTICRYSTALLINE SILICON MODULES 1, 2 internal wiring of an ac module. [NFPA 70:690.6(A)] [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.7] ° 804.2 904.2 Inverter Output Circuit. The output of an AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ( F) FACTOR ac module shall be considered an inverter output circuit. 76 to 68 1.02 [NFPA 70:690.6(B)] PRE-PRINT67 to 59 1.04 58 to 50 1.06 804.3 904.3 Disconnecting Means. A single disconnecting means, in accordance with Section 809.2.5 909.2 49 to 41 1.08 and Section 809.4 909.4 through Section 909.4.4, shall be 40 to 32 1.10 permitted for the combined ac output of one or more ac 31 to 23 1.12 modules. Additionally, each ac module in a multiple ac 22 to 14 1.14 module system shall be provided with a connector, bolted, or 13 to 5 1.16 terminal-type disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.6(C)] 4 to -4 1.18 804.4 Ground-Fault Detection. Alternating-current- -5 to -13 1.20 module systems shall be permitted to use a single detection -14 to -22 1.21 device to detect only ac ground faults and to disable the -23 to -31 1.23 array by removing ac power to the ac module(s). [NFPA -32 to -40 1.25 70:690.6(D)] For SI units: °C = (°F-32)/1.8 804.5 904.4 Overcurrent Protection. The output circuits Notes: of ac modules shall be permitted to have overcurrent protec- 1 Correction factors for ambient temperatures below 77°F (25°C). 2 tion and conductor sizing in accordance with the following Multiply the rated open circuit voltage by the appropriate correction [NFPA 70:690.6(E D)]: factor shown above.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 71 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

805.2 905.2 Direct-Current Utilization Circuits. The (1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge voltage of dc utilization circuits shall comply with Section lamps mounted in permanently installed luminaires 805.2.1 905.2.1 through Section 805.2.5 905.2.5. [NFPA where the luminaires are mounted in accordance 70:690.7(B)] with one of the following: (a) Not less than a height of 22 feet (6706 mm) on 805.2.1 905.2.1 Occupancy Limitation. In dwelling units and guest rooms or guest suites of hotels, motels, poles or similar structures for the illumination and similar occupancies, the voltage shall not exceed 120 of outdoor areas such as highways, roads, volts, nominal, between conductors that supply the termi- bridges, athletic fields, or parking lots. nals of the following: (b) Not less than a height of 18 feet (5486 mm) on (1) Luminaires. other structures such as tunnels. (2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes, (2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected 1 utilization equipment other than luminaires. nominal, or less than ⁄4 hp (0.19 kW). [NFPA 70:210.6(A)] (3) Luminaires powered from direct-current systems where the luminaire contains a listed, dc-rated 805.2.2 905.2.2 One Hundred Twenty Volts ballast that provides isolation between the dc power Circuits not exceeding 120 Between Conductors. source and the lamp circuit and protection from volts, nominal, between conductors shall be permitted electric shock where changing lamps. [NFPA to supply the following: 70:210.6(D)] (1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their Exceptions: For lampholders of infrared industrial voltage ratings. heating appliances as provided in Section 905.2.6. (2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. [NFPA 70:210.6(D)] In industrial occupancies, (3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently infrared heating appliance lampholders shall be connected utilization equipment. permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, provided the voltage Exception: For lampholders of infrared industrial rating of the lampholders is not less than the circuit heating appliances as provided in Section 905.2.6. voltage. Each section, panel, or strip carrying a [NFPA 70:210.6(B)] number of infrared lampholders (including the 805.2.3 905.2.3 Two Hundred Seventy Seven internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, be considered an appliance. The terminal connec- nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 tion block of each such assembly shall be consid- volts, nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply ered an individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] the following: 805.2.5 905.2.5 Over 600 Volts Between Conduc- (1) Listed electric-discharge or listed light-emitting tors. Circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between diodetype luminaires. conductors shall be permitted to supply utilization equip- (2) Listed incandescent luminaires, where supplied at ment in installations where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that qualified persons service the 120 volts or less from the output of a stepdown installation. [NFPA 70:210.6(E)] autotransformer that is an integral component of the luminaire and the outer shell terminal is electri- 905.2.6 Infrared Lamp Industrial Heating Appli- cally connected to a groundedPRE-PRINT conductor of the ances. In industrial occupancies, infrared heating branch circuit. appliance lampholders shall be permitted to be operated in series on circuits exceeding 150 volts to ground, (3) Luminaires equipped with mogul-base screw shell provided the voltage rating of the lampholders is not lampholders. less than the circuit voltage. Each section, panel, or strip (4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, carrying a number of infrared lampholders (including applied within their voltage ratings. the internal wiring of such section, panel, or strip) shall (5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps. be considered an appliance. The terminal connection block of each such assembly shall be considered an (6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected individual outlet. [NFPA 70:422.14] utilization equipment. Exception: For lampholders of infrared industrial 805.3 905.3 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. In one-and two-family dwellings, photovoltaic heating appliances as provided in Section 905.2.6. PV source circuits and photovoltaic PV output circuits that [NFPA 70:210.6(C)] do not include lampholders, fixtures, or receptacles shall be 805.2.4 905.2.4 Six Hundred Volts Between permitted to have a photovoltaic PV system voltage not Conductors. Circuits exceeding 277 volts, nominal, to exceeding 600 volts. Other installations with a maximum ground and not exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between photovoltaic PV system voltage exceeding 600 1000 volts conductors shall be permitted to supply the following: shall comply with Section 815.1 915.0. [NFPA 70:690.7(C)]

72 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

805.4 905.4 Circuits Over 150 Volts to Ground. In 805.6 905.7 Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental one-and two-family dwellings, live parts in photovoltaic PV Contact. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 source circuits and photovoltaic PV output circuits volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by exceeding 150 volts to ground shall not be accessible to approved enclosures or by one of the following means: other than qualified persons while energized. [NFPA (1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that is 70:690.7(D)] accessible only to qualified persons. 805.5 905.5 Bipolar Source and Output Circuits. For (2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens two-wire circuits connected to bipolar systems, the maximum arranged so that qualified persons have access to the system voltage shall be the highest voltage between the space within reach of the live parts. Openings in such conductors of the two wire circuit where the following condi- partitions or screens shall be sized and located so that tions apply: persons are not likely to come into accidental contact (1) One conductor of each circuit of a bipolar subarray is with the live parts or to bring conducting objects into solidly grounded. contact with them. Exception: The operation of ground fault or arc-fault (3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform devices (abnormal operation) shall be permitted to inter- elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified rupt this connection to ground where the entire bipolar persons. array becomes two distinct arrays isolated from each (4) By elevation of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above the other and the utilization equipment. floor or other working surface in accordance with the (2) Each circuit is connected to a separate subarray. following: (3) The equipment is clearly marked with a label as follows: (a) Not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) for 50 volts to 300 volts. 1 WARNING (b) Not less than 8 ⁄2 feet (2591 mm) for 301 volts to BIPOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY. 600 volts. [NFPA 70:110.27(A)] DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR 805.7 905.8 Prevent Physical Damage. In locations GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN where electrical equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER. of such strength to prevent such damage. [NFPA 70:110.27(B)] The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section Entrances to rooms and 903.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.7(E)(3)] 805.8 905.9 Warning Signs. other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts shall 905.6 Disconnects and Overcurrent Protection. be marked with conspicuous warning signs forbidding Where energy storage device output conductor length unqualified persons to enter. The marking shall comply with exceeds 5 feet (1524 mm), or where the circuits pass through the requirements in Section 903.4.1. [NFPA 70:110.27(C)] a wall or partition, the installation shall comply with the following: (1) A disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall 806.0 906.0 Circuit Sizing and Current. be provided at the energy storage device end of the 806.1 906.1 Calculation of Maximum Circuit circuit. Fused disconnecting means or circuit breakers Where the requirements of Section 806.1(1) and shall be permitted. PRE-PRINTCurrent. Section 806.2(1) are both applied, the resulting multiplica- (2) Where fused disconnecting means are used, the line tion factor is 156 percent. The maximum current for the terminals of the disconnecting means shall be connected specific circuit shall be calculated as follows: toward the energy storage device terminals. (1) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel module (3) Overcurrent devices or disconnecting means shall not rated short-circuit currents multiplied by 125 percent. be installed in energy storage device enclosures where explosive atmospheres can exist. (2) The maximum current shall be the sum of parallel (4) A second disconnecting means located at the connected source circuit maximum currents as calculated in equipment shall be installed where the disconnecting Section 806.1(1) 906.1(1). means required in Section 905.6(1) is not within sight of (3) The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous the connected equipment. output current rating. (5) Where the energy storage device disconnecting means (4) The maximum current shall be the stand-alone contin- is not within sight of the PV system ac and dc discon- uous inverter input current rating where the inverter is necting means, placards or directories shall be installed producing rated power at the lowest input voltage. at the locations of all disconnecting means indicating the location of all disconnecting means. [NFPA (5) The maximum current shall be the dc-to-dc converter 70:690.7(F)] continuous output current rating. [NFPA 70:690.8(A)]

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 73 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

806.2 906.2 Conductor Ampacity and Overcurrent (2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond with Device Ratings. Photovoltaic PV system currents shall be the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit breaker considered to be continuous. Circuit conductors shall be without overload trip adjustments above its rating (shall sized to carry not less than the larger of one of the following be permitted to have other trip or rating adjustments). [NFPA 70:690.8(B)]: Overcurrent devices, where required, (3) The next higher standard rating selected does not shall be rated in accordance with the following [NFPA exceed 800 amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(B)] 70:690.8(B)(1)]: 906.4 Overcurrent Devices Exceeding 800 Amperes. (1) Carry not less than 125 One hundred twenty-five Where the overcurrent device exceeds 800 amperes, the percent of the maximum currents as calculated in ampacity of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or Section 806.1 906.1 before the application of adjust- more than the rating of the overcurrent device defined in ment and correction factors. Section 807.3(1). [NFPA 70:240.4(C)] Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together 906.5 Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted, with its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for contin- the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by uous operation at 100 percent of its rating shall be Section 806.5(1) through Section 806.5(7) after correction permitted to be used at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors 70:690.8(B)(1)(a)] have been applied. (2) The maximum currents calculated in accordance with (1) 18 AWG copper-7-amperes, provided the following Section 906.1 after the application of adjustment and conditions are met: correction factors. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)] (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 5.6 amperes. (2) Terminal temperature limits shall comply with Section (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the 302.1. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(b)] The temperature following: rating associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and be selected and coordinated so as not to exceed the marked for use with 18 AWG copper wire. lowest temperature rating of a connected termination, 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked conductor, or device. Conductors with temperature for use with 18 AWG copper wire. ratings higher than specified for terminations shall be permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, correc- 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. tions, or both. [NFPA 70:110.14(C)] (2) 16 AWG copper-10-amperes, provided the following (3) Where operated at temperatures exceeding 104°F conditions are met: (40°C), the manufacturer’s temperature correction (a) Continuous loads do not exceed 8 amperes. factors shall apply. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(c)] (b) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the (4) The rating or setting of overcurrent devices shall be following: permitted in accordance with Section 806.3 through 1. Branch-circuit-rated circuit breakers listed and Section 806.5. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(1)(d)] Circuit marked for use with 16 AWG copper wire. conductors shall be sized to carry not less than the larger 2. Branch-circuit-rated fuses listed and marked of currents listed as follows [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)]: for use with 16 AWG copper wire. (a) One hundred and twenty-five percent of the 3. Class CC, Class J, or Class T fuses. maximum currents calculated in Section 806.1 without any additional correctionPRE-PRINT factors for condi- (3) 14 AWG copper-15-amperes. tions of use. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(a)] (4) 12 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-15- (b) The maximum current calculated in Section 806.1 amperes. after conditions of use have been applied. [NFPA (5) 12 AWG copper-20-amperes. 70:690.8(B)(2)(b)] (6) 10 AWG aluminum and copper-clad aluminum-25- (c) The conductor selected, after application of condi- amperes. tions of use, shall be protected by the overcurrent (7) 10 AWG copper-30-amperes. [NFPA 70:240.4(D)] protective device, where required. [NFPA 70:690.8(B)(2)(c)] 806.6 906.3 Systems with Multiple Direct-Current Voltages. For a photovoltaic PV power source that has 806.3 Overcurrent Devices Rated 800 Amperes or multiple output circuit voltages and employs a common-return Less. The next higher standard overcurrent device rating conductor, the ampacity of the common-return conductor shall (above the ampacity of the conductors being protected) shall be not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the overcur- be permitted to be used, where the following conditions are rent devices of the individual output circuits. [NFPA met: 70:690.8(C)] (1) The conductors being protected are not part of a branch 806.7 906.4 Sizing of Module Interconnection circuit supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and- Conductors. Where a single overcurrent device is used to plug-connected portable loads. protect a set of two or more parallel-connected module

74 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

circuits, the ampacity of each of the module interconnection 807.3.1 Ampere Ratings. The standard ampere ratings for conductors shall be not less than the sum of the rating of the fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall be considered single overcurrent device fuse plus 125 percent of the short- 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, circuit current from the other parallel-connected modules. 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, [NFPA 70:690.8(D)] 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 601. The use of fuses and inverse time 807.0 907.0 Overcurrent Protection. circuit breakers with nonstandard ampere ratings shall be 807.1 907.1 Circuits and Equipment. Photovoltaic PV permitted. [NFPA 70:240.6(A)] source circuit, photovoltaic PV output circuit, inverter output circuit, and storage battery circuit conductors and equipment 807.5 907.5 Series Overcurrent Protection. In shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of grounded PV source circuits, a single overcurrent protection Article 240 of NFPA 70. Protection devices for PV source device, where required, shall be permitted to protect the PV circuits and PV output circuits shall be in accordance with the modules and the interconnecting conductors. In underground requirements of Section 907.2 through Section 907.5. PV source circuits that are in accordance with Section Circuits, either ac or dc, connected to more than one elec- 910.14, an overcurrent protection device, where required, trical source shall have overcurrent devices located so as to shall be installed in each undergrounded circuit conductor provide overcurrent protection from all sources current- and shall be permitted to protect the PV modules and the limited supplies (e.g., PV modules, ac output of utility-inter- interconnecting cables. [NFPA 70:690.9(E)] active inverters), and connected to sources having higher 807.2 907.6 Power Transformers. Overcurrent protec- current availability (e.g., parallel strings of modules, utility tion for a transformer with a source(s) on each side shall be power), shall be protected at the source from overcurrent. provided in accordance with Section 450.3 of NFPA 70 by Exceptions: An overcurrent device shall not be required for considering first one side of the transformer, then the other PV modules or PV source circuit conductors sized in accor- side of the transformer, as the primary. dance with Section 806.2 906.2 where one of the following Exception: A power transformer with a current rating on the applies: side connected toward the utility-interactive inverter output, (1) There are no external sources such as parallel-connected not less than the rated continuous output current of the source circuits, batteries, or backfeed from inverters. inverter, shall be permitted without overcurrent protection from the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.9(BF)] (2) The short-circuit currents from all sources do not exceed the ampacity of the conductors or and the maximum overcurrent protective device size rating specified on the 808.0 908.0 Stand-Alone Systems. PV module nameplate. [NFPA 70:690.9(A)] 808.1 908.1 General. The premises wiring system shall be adequate to meet comply with the requirements of NFPA 70 907.2 Overcurrent Device Ratings. Overcurrent device ratings shall be not less than 125 percent of the maximum for a similar installation connected to a service. The wiring currents calculated in accordance with Section 906.1. on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting Exception: Circuits containing an assembly, together with means shall comply with NFPA 70, except as modified by in its overcurrent device(s), that is listed for continuous opera- accordance with Section 808.2 908.2 through Section 808.6 tion at 100 percent of its rating shall be permitted to be used 908.6. [NFPA 70:690.10] at 100 percent of its rating. [NFPA 70:690.9(B)] 808.2 908.2 Inverter Output. The ac output from a stand- PRE-PRINTOvercurrent devices, alone inverter(s) shall be permitted to supply ac power to the 807.4 907.3 Direct-Current Rating. either fuses or circuit breakers, used in the dc portion of a building or structure disconnecting means at current levels photovoltaic PV power system shall be listed for use in dc less than the calculated load connected to that disconnect. circuits and shall have the appropriate voltage, current, and The inverter output rating or the rating of an alternate energy interrupt ratings. [NFPA 70:690.9(DC)] source shall be equal to or greater not less than the load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected 807.3 907.4 Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuits. to the system. Calculated general lighting loads shall not be Listed PV Branch-circuit or supplementary-type overcurrent considered as a single load. [NFPA 70:690.10(A)] devices shall be permitted required to provide overcurrent The circuit conduc- protection in photovoltaic PV source and output circuits. The 808.3 908.3 Sizing and Protection. tors between the inverter output and the building or structure overcurrent devices shall be accessible but shall not be disconnecting means shall be sized based on the output required to be readily accessible. Standard values of supple- rating of the inverter. These conductors shall be protected mentary overcurrent devices allowed by this section shall be from overcurrents in accordance with Article 240 of NFPA in one ampere size increments, starting at 1 ampere up to and 70. The overcurrent protection shall be located at the output including 15 amperes. Higher standard values exceeding 15 of the inverter. [NFPA 70:690.10(B)] amperes for supplementary overcurrent devices shall be based on the standard sizes provided as follows [NFPA 808.4 908.4 Single 120-Volt Supply. The inverter 70:690.9(CD)]: output of a stand-alone solar photovoltaic PV system shall

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 75 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS be permitted to supply 120 volts to single-phase, three-wire, 908.8 Rapid Shutdown of PV Systems on Build- 120/240 volt service equipment or distribution panels where ings. PV system circuits installed on or in buildings shall there are no 240-volt outlets and where there are no multi- include a rapid shutdown function that controls specific wire branch circuits. In installations, the rating of the over- conductors in accordance with the following: current device connected to the output of the inverter shall (1) Requirements for controlled conductors shall apply be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equip- only to PV system conductors of more than 5 feet (1524 ment. This equipment shall be marked with the following mm) in length inside a building, or more than 10 feet words or equivalent: (3048 mm) from a PV array. (2) Controlled conductors shall be limited to not more than WARNING 30 volts and 240 volt-amperes within 10 seconds of SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT rapid shutdown initiation. MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS! (3) Voltage and power shall be measured between any two conductors and between any conductor and ground. (4) The rapid shutdown initiation methods shall be labeled The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section in accordance with Section 912.8. 903.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.10(C)] (5) Equipment that performs the rapid shutdown shall be 808.5 908.5 Energy Storage or Backup Power listed and identified. [NFPA 70:690.12] System Requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are not required. [NFPA 70:690.10(D)] 808.6 908.6 Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in type 809.0 909.0 Disconnecting Means. back-fed circuit breakers connected to a stand-alone or multi- 809.1 909.1 Conductors Building or Other Struc- mode inverter output in either stand-alone or utility-interac- ture Supplied by a Photovoltaic System. Means shall tive systems shall be secured in accordance with Section be provided to disconnect current-carrying ungrounded dc 808.6.1 908.6.1. Circuit breakers that are marked “line” and conductors of a photovoltaic PV system from other conduc- “load” shall not be back-fed. [NFPA 70:690.10(E)] tors in a building or other structure. A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded conductor Plug-in-type 808.6.1 908.6.1 Back-Fed Devices. where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other overcurrent protection devices or plug-in type main lug device leaves the marked, grounded conductor in an assemblies that are back-fed and used to terminate field- ungrounded and energized state. installed ungrounded supply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fastener that requires Exceptions: other than a pull to release the device from the mounting (1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground-fault means on the panel. [NFPA 70:408.36(D)] detection system in accordance with Section 803.1, or that is part of an arc-fault detection/interruption system 808.7 908.7 Arc-Fault Circuit Protection (Direct in accordance with Section 808.7, shall be permitted to Current). Photovoltaic systems with dc source circuits, dc output circuits or both, on or penetrating a building operating open the grounded conductor where that switch or circuit breaker is automatically opened as a normal at a PV system maximum system voltage of not less than 80 function of the device in responding to ground faults. volts or greater, shall be protected by a listed (dc) arc-fault circuit interrupter, PV type, or other system components listed (2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a grounded to provide equivalent protection. The PV arc-fault protection conductor where the following conditions are met. means shall comply with the following requirements:PRE-PRINT(a) The switch is used for PV array maintenance. (1) The system shall detect and interrupt arcing faults (b) The switch is accessible by qualified persons. resulting from a failure in the intended continuity of a (c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage and conductor, connection, module, or other system compo- current that is present during operation, including nent in the dc PV source and dc PV output circuits. ground-fault conditions. [NFPA 70:690.13] (2) The system shall disable or disconnect one of the 809.2.3 Requirements for Disconnecting Means following: 909.1.1 Location. Means shall be provided to discon- (a) Inverters or charge controllers connected to the nect all conductors in a building or other structure from fault circuit where the fault is detected. the photovoltaic system conductors as follows: (1) The photovoltaic PV disconnecting means shall be installed (b) System components within the arcing circuit. at a readily accessible location either on the outside of a (32) The system shall require that the disabled or discon- building or structure or inside nearest the point of nected equipment be manually restarted. entrance of the system conductors. (43) The system shall have an annunciator that provides a Exception: Installations that comply with Section 810.5 visual indication that the circuit interrupter has oper- 910.6 shall be permitted to have the disconnecting means ated. This indication shall not reset automatically. located remote from the point of entry of the system [NFPA 70:690.11] conductors.

76 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

The photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means (3) The alternating-current ac output conductors from shall not be installed in bathrooms. [NFPA 70:690.13(A)] the inverter and an additional alternating-current ac disconnecting means for the inverter shall comply 909.1.2 Marking. (2) Each photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall be permanently marked to with Section 809.2.3(1) 909.1.1. identify it as a photovoltaic PV system disconnect. (4) A plaque shall be installed in accordance with [NFPA 70:690.13(B)] Section 812.1 912.1. [NFPA 70:690.145(DA)] 909.1.3 Suitable for Use. (3) Each photovoltaic PV 809.2.2 909.2.2 Equipment. Equipment such as system disconnecting means shall not be required to be photovoltaic PV source circuit isolating switches, over- suitable as service equipment for the prevailing condi- current devices, dc-to-dc converters, and blocking tions. Equipment installed in hazardous (classified) diodes shall be permitted on the photovoltaic PV side of locations shall comply with the requirements of Article the photovoltaic PV disconnecting means. [NFPA 500 through Article 517 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.1415(B)] 70:690.13(C)] 909.2.3 Direct-Current Combiner Disconnects. 909.1.4 Maximum Number of Disconnects. (4) The dc output of dc combiners mounted on roofs of The photovoltaic PV system disconnecting means shall dwellings or other buildings shall have a load break consist of not more than six switches or six circuit disconnecting means located in the combiner or within breakers mounted in a single enclosure, or in a group of 6 feet (1829 mm) of the combiner. The disconnecting separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. [NFPA means shall be permitted to be remotely controlled but 70:690.13(D)] shall be manually operable locally when control power 909.1.5 Grouping. (5) The photovoltaic PV system is not available. [NFPA 70:690.15(C)] disconnecting means shall be grouped with other discon- 909.2.4 Maximum Number of Disconnects. The necting means for the system to be in accordance with PV system disconnecting means shall consist of not Section 809.2.3(4) 909.1.4. A photovoltaic PV discon- more than six switches or six circuit breakers mounted necting means shall not be required at the photovoltaic in a single enclosure or in a group of separate enclo- PV module or array location. [NFPA 70:690.14(C) sures. [NFPA 70:690.15(D)] 690.13(E)] Photovoltaic 809.3 909.3 Disconnecting and Servicing of Fuses. 809.2 Photovoltaic Disconnecting. Disconnecting means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse disconnecting means shall comply with Section 809.2.1 from sources of supply where the fuse is energized from through Section 809.2.4. [NFPA 70:690.14] both directions. Such a fuse in a photovoltaic PV source 809.2.1 Disconnecting Means. The disconnecting circuit shall be capable of being disconnected independently means shall not be required to be suitable as service of fuses in other photovoltaic PV source circuits. [NFPA equipment and shall comply with Section 809.4. [NFPA 70:690.16(A)] 70:690.14(A)] Disconnecting means shall be installed on PV output 809.2.5 909.2 Disconnection of Photovoltaic Equip- circuits where overcurrent devices (fuses) must are required to ment. Means shall be provided to disconnect equipment, be serviced that are not capable of being isolated from ener- such as inverters, batteries, and charge controllers, and the gized circuits. The disconnecting means shall be within sight like, from ungrounded conductors of all sources. Where the of, and accessible to, the location of the fuse or integral with equipment is energized from more than one source, the fuse holder and shall be in accordance with Section 809.4 disconnecting means shall be groupedPRE-PRINT and identified. 909.4 through Section 909.4.4. Where the disconnecting A single disconnecting means in accordance with means are located exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) from the over- Section 809.4 909.4 through Section 909.4.4 shall be current device, a directory showing the location of each permitted for the combined ac output of one or more inverters disconnect shall be installed at the overcurrent device location. or ac modules in an interactive system. [NFPA 70:690.15] Non-load-break-rated disconnecting means shall be 809.2.4 909.2.1 Utility-Interactive Inverters marked “Do not open under load.” [NFPA 70:690.16(B)] Mounted in Not Readily Accessible Locations. Utility-interactive inverters shall be permitted to be 809.4 909.4 Switch or Circuit Breaker Disconnect The disconnecting means for ungrounded PV conduc- mounted on roofs or other exterior areas that are not Type. tors shall consist of a manually operable switch(es) or circuit readily accessible. These installations and shall comply breaker(s). The disconnecting means shall be permitted to be with the following: power operable with provisions for manual operation in the (1) A direct-current photovoltaic dc PV disconnecting event of a power-supply failure. The disconnecting means means shall be mounted within sight of or in the shall be in accordance with one of the following requirements each inverter. listed devices: (2) An alternating-current ac disconnecting means shall (1) Located where readily accessible A PV industrial be mounted within sight of or in the each inverter. control switch marked for use in PV systems.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 77 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

(2) Externally operable without exposing the operator to rating sufficient for the maximum circuit voltage and contact with live parts A PV molded-case circuit breaker current that is available at the line terminals of the marked for use in PV systems. equipment. Where terminals of the disconnecting means (3) Plainly indicating whether in the open or closed position are capable of being energized in the open position, a A PV molded-case switch marked for use in PV systems. warning sign shall be mounted on or adjacent to the (4) Having an interrupting rating sufficient for the nominal disconnecting means. The sign shall be clearly legible circuit voltage and the current that is available at the and have the following words or equivalent: line terminals of the equipment A PV enclosed switched marked for use in PV systems. WARNING (5) A PV open-type switch marked for use in PV systems. ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. (6) A dc-rated molded-case circuit breaker suitable for DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. backfeed operation. (7) A dc-rated molded-case switch suitable for backfeed TERMINALS ON BOTH THE LINE operation. AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED (8) A dc-rated enclosed switch. IN THE OPEN POSITION. (9) A dc-rated open-type switch. (10) A dc-rated rated low-voltage power circuit breaker. The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section [NFPA 70:690.17(A)] 903.4.1. 909.4.1 Simultaneous Opening of Poles. The PV Exception: A connector shall be permitted to be used as disconnecting means shall simultaneously disconnect all an ac or a dc disconnecting means, provided that it is in ungrounded supply conductors. [NFPA 70:690.17(B)] accordance with the requirements of Section 810.9 910.12 909.4.2 Externally Operable and Indicating. The and is listed and identified for the use with specific equip- PV disconnecting means shall be externally operable ment. [NFPA 70:690.17(E)] without exposing the operator to contact with live parts and shall indicate whether in the open or closed position. 809.5 909.5 Installation and Service of an Array. Open circuiting, short circuiting, or opaque covering shall be [NFPA 70:690.17(C)] used to disable an array or portions of an array for installa- 909.4.3 Disconnection of Grounded Conductor. tion and service. [NFPA 70:690.18] A switch, circuit breaker, or other device shall not be installed in a grounded conductor where operation of that switch, circuit breaker, or other device leaves the 810.0 910.0 Wiring Methods Permitted. marked, grounded conductor in an ungrounded and ener- 810.1 910.1 General. Raceway and cable wiring methods gized state. included in this chapter, and other wiring systems and Exceptions: fittings specifically listed intended and identified for use on (1) A switch or circuit breaker that is part of a ground- photovoltaic PV arrays, and wiring as part of a listed system fault detection system required by Section 903.1 shall be permitted. Where wiring devices with integral through Section 903.4, or that is part of an arc-fault enclosures are used, sufficient length of cable shall be detection or interruption system required by Section provided to facilitate replacement. 908.7, shall be permitted to open the grounded Where photovoltaic PV source and output circuits oper- conductor when that switch PRE-PRINT or circuit breaker is ating at maximum system voltages exceeding 30 volts are automatically opened as a normal function of the installed in readily accessible locations, circuit conductors device in responding to ground faults. shall be guarded or installed in a raceway. [NFPA (2) A disconnecting switch shall be permitted in a 70:690.31(A)] grounded conductor where in accordance with the following: 802.2 910.2 Identification and Grouping. Photovoltaic PV source circuits and PV output circuits shall not be (a) The switch is used only for PV array mainte- contained in the same raceway, cable tray, cable, outlet box, nance. junction box, or similar fitting as conductors, feeders, or (b) The switch is accessible only by qualified branch circuits of other non-PV systems, or inverter output persons. circuits, unless the conductors of the different systems are (c) The switch is rated for the maximum dc voltage separated by a partition. The means of identification shall be and current that could be present during any permitted by separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, operation, including ground-fault conditions. or other approved means. Photovoltaic PV system conduc- [NFPA 70:690.17(D)] tors shall be identified and grouped as follows: 909.4.4 Interrupting Rating. The building or struc- (1) Photovoltaic PV source circuits shall be identified at ture disconnecting means shall have an interrupting points of termination, connection, and splices.

78 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

(2) The conductors of PV output circuits and inverter input TABLE 810.3 910.5 and output circuits shall be identified at points of termi- CORRECTION FACTORS BASED ON nation, connection, and splices. TEMPERATURE RATING OF CONDUCTOR [NFPA 70: TABLE 690.31(CE)] (3) Where the conductors of more than one PV system AMBIENT 140°F 167°F 194°F 221°F occupy the same junction box, raceway, or equipment, TEMPERATURE (°F) the conductors of each system shall be identified at 86 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 termination, connection, and splice points. 87–95 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.97 Exception: Where the identification of the conductors 96–104 0.82 0.88 0.91 0.93 is evident by spacing or arrangement, further identifica- 105–113 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.89 tion is shall not be required. 114–122 0.58 0.75 0.82 0.86 123–131 0.41 0.67 0.76 0.82 (4) Where the conductors of more than one PV system 132–140 — 0.58 0.71 0.77 occupy the same junction box or raceway with a remov- 141–158 — 0.33 0.58 0.68 able cover(s), the ac and dc conductors of each system 159–176 — — 0.41 0.58 shall be grouped separately by wire cable ties or similar For SI units: °C = (°F - 32)/1.8 means not less than once, and then shall then be grouped at intervals not to exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). 810.4 910.6 Small-Conductor Cables. Single-conductor Exception: The requirements for grouping shall not cables listed for outdoor use that are sunlight resistant and apply where the circuit enters from a cable or raceway moisture resistant in sizes 16 AWG and 18 AWG shall be unique to the circuit that makes the grouping obvious. permitted for module interconnections where such cables [NFPA 70:690.4(B) 690.31(B)] comply with the ampacity requirements of Section 806.0 810.2 910.3 Single-Conductor Cable. Single-conductor 400.5 of NFPA 70. Section 310.15 of NFPA 70 shall be used cable type USE-2, and single-conductor cable listed and to determine the cable ampacity adjustment and correction labeled as photovoltaic (PV) wire shall be permitted in factors. [NFPA 70:690.31(DF)] exposed outdoor locations in photovoltaic PV source circuits 810.5 910.7 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Source and for photovoltaic PV module interconnections within the Direct-Current Output on or Circuits Inside a photovoltaic PV array. Building. Where dc photovoltaic PV source or dc PV output Exception: Raceways shall be used where required by circuits from a building-integrated systems or other photo- Section 810.1 910.1. [NFPA 70:690.31(BC)(1)] voltaic PV systems are installed run inside a building or structure, they shall be contained in metal raceways, type MC PV source circuits and PV output 910.3.1 Cable Tray. metal-clad cable that is in accordance with Section circuits using single-conductor cable listed and labeled 250.118(10) of NFPA 70, or metal enclosures from the point as photovoltaic (PV) wire of all sizes, with or without a of penetration of the surface of the building or structure to the cable tray marking or rating, shall be permitted in cable first readily accessible disconnecting means. The discon- trays installed in outdoor locations, provided that the necting means shall comply with Section 809.2.1 909.1.2, cables are supported at intervals not to exceed 12 inches 1 Section 809.2.2 909.1.3, and Section 809.2.4 909.2.1 and (305 mm) and secured at intervals not to exceed 4 ⁄2 feet Section 909.2.2. The wiring methods shall comply with the (1372 mm). [NFPA 70:690.31(C)(2)] additional installation requirements in Section 810.5.1 910.7.1 910.4 Multiconductor Cable. Multiconductor cable through Section 810.5.4 910.7.4. [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)] Type TC-ER or Type USE-2 shall be permitted in outdoor PRE-PRINT910.7.1 Embedded in Building Surfaces. Where locations in PV inverter output circuits where used with circuits are embedded in built-up, laminate, or utility-interactive inverters mounted in locations that are not membrane roofing materials in roof areas not covered by readily accessible. The cable shall be secured at intervals not PV modules and associated equipment, the location of exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm). Equipment grounding for the circuits shall be clearly marked using a marking protocol utilization equipment shall be provided by an equipment that is approved as being suitable for continuous expo- grounding conductor within the cable. [NFPA 70:690.31(D)] sure to sunlight and weather. [NFPA 70:690.31(G)(1)] 810.3 910.5 Flexible Cords and Cables. Flexible cords 810.5.1 Beneath Roofs. Installation of wiring and cables, where used to connect the moving parts of tracking methods shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm) from PV modules, shall comply with Article 400 of NFPA 70 and the roof decking or sheathing except where directly shall be of a type identified as a hard service cord or portable below the roof surface covered by PV modules and power cable; they shall be suitable for extra-hard usage, listed associated equipment. Circuits shall be run perpendi- for outdoor use, water resistant, and sunlight resistant. Allow- cular to the roof penetration point to supports not less able ampacities shall be in accordance with Section 400.5 of than 10 inches (254 mm) below the roof decking. NFPA 70. For ambient temperatures exceeding 86°F (30°C), [NFPA 70:690.31(E)(1)] the ampacities shall be derated by the appropriate factors given Where 810.5.2 910.7.2 Flexible Wiring Methods. 3 in Table 810.3 910.5. [NFPA 70:690.31(CE)] flexible metal conduit (FMC) less than the trade size ⁄4

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 79 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

of an inch in diameter (19.1 mm 21 metric designator) or inverter. The disconnecting means and overcurrent protec- Type MC cable less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter tive devices for each monopole subarray output shall be in containing PV power circuit conductors is installed separate enclosures. Conductors from each separate mono- across ceilings or floors joists, the raceway or cable shall pole subarray shall be routed in the same raceway. Bipolar be protected by substantial guard strips that are not less PV systems shall be clearly marked with a permanent, than the height of the raceway or cable. Where installed legible warning notice indicating that the disconnection of run exposed, other than within 6 feet (1829 mm) of their the grounded conductor(s) shall be permitted to result in connection to equipment, these wiring methods shall overvoltage on the equipment. closely follow the building surface or be protected from Exception: Listed switchgear rated for the maximum physical damage by an approved means. [NFPA voltage between circuits and containing a physical barrier 70:690.31(EG)(2)] separating the disconnecting means for each monopole subarray shall be permitted to be used instead of discon- 810.5.3 910.7.3 Marking or and Labeling necting means in separate enclosures. [NFPA 70:690.4(G) Required. The following wiring methods and enclosures that contain PV power source conductors shall be 690.31(I)] marked with the wording “WARNING: “Photovoltaic 802.3 910.10 Module Connection Arrangement. The Power Source” by means of permanently affixed labels connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that or other approved permanent markings as follows: removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic PV source circuit does not interrupt a grounded conductor connection (1) Exposed raceways, cable trays, and other wiring to other PV source circuits. [NFPA 70:690.4(C) 690.31(J)] methods. Fittings (2) Covers or enclosures of pull boxes and junction 810.8 910.11 Component Interconnections. and connectors that are intended to be concealed at the time boxes. of on-site assembly, where listed for such use, shall be (3) Conduit bodies where conduit openings are unused. permitted for on-site interconnection of modules or other [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)(3)] array components. Such fittings and connectors shall be equal to the wiring method employed in insulation, temper- 810.5.4 910.7.4 Markings and Labeling Methods ature rise, and fault-current withstand, and shall be capable and Locations. The labels or markings shall be visible after installation. The labels shall be reflective, of resisting the effects of the environment in which they are and all letters shall be capitalized and shall be of a used. [NFPA 70:690.32] 3 height of not less than ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) in white 810.9 910.12 Connectors. The connectors permitted by on a red background. Photovoltaic PV power circuit this chapter shall be in accordance with Section 810.9.1 labels shall appear on the sections of the wiring system 910.12.1 through Section 810.9.5 910.12.5. [NFPA that is separated by enclosures, walls, partitions, ceil- 70:690.33] ings, or floors. Spacing between labels or markings, or 810.9.1 910.12.1 Configuration. The connectors between a label and a marking, shall not exceed 10 feet shall be polarized and shall have a configuration that is (3048 mm). Labels required by this section shall be suit- noninterchangeable with receptacles in other electrical able for the environment where they are installed. systems on the premises. [NFPA 70:690.33(A)] [NFPA 70:690.31(EG)(4)] 810.9.2 910.12.2 Guarding. The connectors shall be constructed and installed so as to guard against inadver- 810.6 910.8 Flexible, Fine-Stranded Cables. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall be terminated with terminals, lugs, tent contact with live parts by persons. [NFPA devices, or connectors in accordance with Section 810.7 70:690.33(B)] 110.14 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.31(FPRE-PRINTH)] The connectors shall be of the 810.9.3 910.12.3 Type. latching or locking type. Connectors that are readily 810.7 Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts shall be secured without damaging the conductors and accessible and that are used in circuits operating at over shall be made by means of pressure connectors (including 30 volts, nominal, maximum system voltage for dc set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to flexible leads. circuits, or 30 volts for ac circuits, shall require a tool Connection by means of wire-binding screws or studs and for opening. [NFPA 70:690.33(C)] nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalent shall be 810.9.4 910.12.4 Grounding Member. The permitted for not more than 10 AWG conductors. Terminals grounding member shall be the first to make and the for more than one conductor and terminals used to connect last to break contact with the mating connector. [NFPA aluminum shall be identified. [NFPA 70:110.14(A)] 70:690.33(D)] Connec- 802.7 910.9 Bipolar PV Systems. Where the sum, 810.9.5 910.12.5 Interruption of Circuit. without consideration of polarity, of the PV system voltages tors shall comply with one of the following: of the two monopole subarrays exceeds the rating of the (1) Be rated for interrupting current without hazard to conductors and connected equipment, monopole subarrays the operator. in a bipolar PV system shall be physically separated, and the (2) Be a type that requires the use of a tool to open and electrical output circuits from each monopole subarray shall marked “Do Not Disconnect Under Load” or “Not be installed in separate raceways until connected to the for Current Interrupting.” [NFPA 70:690.33(E)]

80 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

810.10 910.13 Access to Boxes. Junction, pull, and WARNING outlet boxes located behind modules or panels shall be so ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. THE DIRECT installed that the wiring contained in them is rendered acces- CURRENT DC CONDUCTORS OF THIS sible directly or by displacement of a module(s) or panel(s) PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE secured by removable fasteners and connected by a flexible wiring system. [NFPA 70:690.34] UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED. 810.11 910.14 Ungrounded Photovoltaic Power Systems. Photovoltaic power systems shall be permitted to The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with operate with ungrounded photovoltaic PV source and output Section 903.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.35(F)] circuits where the system is in accordance with Section 810.11.7 910.14.7 Inverters or Charge Controllers 810.11.1 910.14.1 through Section 810.11.7 910.14.7. Equipment. The inverters or charge controllers used in [NFPA 70:690.35] systems with ungrounded photovoltaic PV source and output circuits shall be listed for the purpose. [NFPA 810.11.1 910.14.1 Disconnects. Photovoltaic PV source and output circuit conductors shall have discon- 70:690.35(G)] nects in accordance with Section 809.0 909.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(A)] 811.0 911.0 Grounding. 810.11.2 910.14.2 Overcurrent Protection. Photo- 811.1 911.1 System Grounding. For a photovoltaic voltaic PV source and output circuit conductors shall power source, one conductor of a two-wire system with a have overcurrent protection in accordance with Section photovoltaic system voltage exceeding 50 volts and Photo- 807.0 907.0. [NFPA 70:690.35(B)] voltaic systems shall comply with one of the following: (1) Ungrounded systems shall comply with Section 910.14. 810.11.3 910.14.3 Ground-Fault Protection. Photovoltaic PV source and output circuits shall be (2) Grounded two-wire systems shall have one conductor provided with a ground-fault protection device or grounded or be impedance grounded, and the system system that is in accordance with the following: shall comply with Section 903.0. (1) Detects a ground fault(s) in the PV array dc current- (3) Grounded bipolar systems shall have the reference carrying conductors and components. (center tap) conductor of a bipolar system shall be solidly grounded or shall use grounded or be impedance (2) Indicates that a ground fault has occurred. grounded, and the system shall comply with Section (3) Automatically disconnects conductors or causes the 903.0. inverter or charge controller connected to the (4) Oother methods that provide equivalent system protec- faulted circuit to automatically cease supplying tion in accordance with Section 811.1.1 911.1.1 through power to output circuits. Section 811.1.5 911.1.5 with and that utilize equipment (4) Is listed for providing PV ground-fault protection. listed and identified for the use shall be permitted to be [NFPA 70:690.35(C)] used. Exception: Systems that comply with Section 810.11. 810.11.4 910.14.4 Conductors. The Photovoltaic PV source conductors shall consist of the following: [NFPA 70:690.41] (1) Metallic or Nnonmetallic jacketed multiconductor 811.1.1 911.1.1 Electrical System Grounding. cables. PRE-PRINTElectrical systems that are grounded shall be connected to earth in a manner that will limit the voltage imposed (2) Conductors installed in raceways. by lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with (3) Conductors listed and identified as photovoltaic higher-voltage lines and that will stabilize the voltage to (PV) wire installed as exposed, single conductors. earth during normal operation. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(1)] (4) Conductors that are direct-buried and identified for 811.1.2 911.1.2 Grounding of Electrical Equip- direct-burial use. [NFPA 70:690.35(D)] ment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, 810.11.5 910.14.5 Direct-Current Circuits or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected The Photovoltaic PV power Battery Systems. to earth so as to limit the voltage to ground on these system direct-current circuits shall be permitted to be materials. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(2)] used with ungrounded battery systems in accordance with Section 814.7 914.7. [NFPA 70:690.35(E)] 811.1.3 911.1.3 Bonding of Electrical Equip- ment. Normally non-current-carrying conductive 810.11.6 910.14.6 Warning Marking. The Photo- materials enclosing electrical conductors or equipment, voltaic PV power source shall be labeled with the or forming part of such equipment, shall be connected following warning at each junction box, combiner box, together and to the electrical supply source in a manner disconnect, and device where energized, ungrounded that establishes an effective ground-fault current path. circuits are capable of being exposed during service: [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(3)]

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 81 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

811.1.4 911.1.4 Bonding of Electrically Conduc- Exceptions: tive Materials and Other Equipment. Normally (1) As provided in Section 811.3.8 911.3.8, the non-current-carrying electrically conductive materials equipment grounding conductor shall be that become energized shall be connected together and permitted to be run separately from the circuit to the electrical supply source in a manner that estab- conductors. lishes an effective ground-fault current path. [NFPA (2) For dc circuits, the equipment grounding 70:250.4(A)(4)] conductor shall be permitted to be run separately 811.1.5 911.1.5 Effective Ground-Fault Current from the circuit conductors. [NFPA 70:250.134] Path. Electrical equipment and wiring and other elec- 811.3.1.2 911.3.1.2 Equipment Considered trically conductive material that become energized shall Grounded. The normally nNon-current-carrying be installed in a manner that creates a low-impedance metal parts of the equipment shall be considered circuit facilitating the operation of the overcurrent grounded. [NFPA 70:250.136] Where where the device or ground detector for high-impedance grounded electrical equipment is secured to and in electrical systems. It shall be capable of safely carrying the contact with a metal rack or structure provided for maximum ground-fault current to be imposed on it from its support and connected to an equipment any point on the wiring system where a ground fault grounding conductor by one of the means indicated occurs to the electrical supply source. The earth shall in Section 811.3.1.1 911.3.1.1. The structural metal not be considered as an effective ground-fault current frame of a building shall not be used as the required path. [NFPA 70:250.4(A)(5)] equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment. [NFPA 70:250.136(A)] 811.2 911.2 Point of System Grounding Connec- The dc circuit grounding connection shall be made at 811.3.2 911.3.2 Equipment Grounding Conductor tion. An equipment grounding conductor between any single point on the photovoltaic PV output circuit. Required. a PV array and other equipment shall be required in accor- Exception: Systems with a ground-fault protection device in dance with the following conditions Section 911.3.2.1. accordance with Section 803.0 903.0 shall be permitted to [NFPA 70:690.43(B)]: have the required grounded conductor-to-ground bond made by the ground-fault protection device. This bond, where 911.3.2.1 Equipment Fastened in Place internal to the ground-fault equipment, shall not be dupli- (Fixed) or Connected by Permanent Wiring Methods. Exposed, normally non–current- cated with an external connection. [NFPA 70:690.42] carrying metal parts of fixed equipment supplied by 811.3 911.3 Equipment Grounding. Equipment or enclosing conductors or components that are grounding conductors and devices shall comply with likely to become energized shall be connected to an Section 811.3.1 911.3.1 through Section 811.3.6 911.3.6. equipment grounding conductor in accordance with [NFPA 70:690.43] one of the following conditions: (1) Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 811.3.1 911.3.1 General. Exposed non-current- carrying metal parts of PV module frames, electrical feet (1524 mm) horizontally of ground or equipment, and conductor enclosures shall be grounded grounded metal objects and subject to contact in accordance with Section 811.3.1.1 911.3.1.1 or by persons. Section 811.3.1.2 911.3.1.2, regardless of voltage. (2) Where located in a wet or damp location and [NFPA 70:690.43(A)] not isolated. (3) Where in electrical contact with metal. 811.3.1.1 911.3.1.1 EquipmentPRE-PRINT Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent Wiring (4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location. Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. Unless (5) Where supplied by a wiring method that grounded by connection to the grounded circuit provides an equipment grounding conductor. conductor as permitted by Section 250.32, Section (6) Where equipment operates with a terminal at 250.140 and Section 250.142 of NFPA 70, non- over 150 volts to ground. current-carrying metal parts of equipment, race- Exceptions: ways, and other enclosures, where grounded, shall be connected to an equipment grounding (1) Where exempted by special permission, the conductor by one of the following methods: metal frame of electrically heated appliances that have the frame permanently and effectively insu- (1) By connecting to an equipment grounding lated from ground shall not be required to be conductors in accordance with by Section grounded. 811.3.7 911.3.7. (2) Distribution apparatus, such as transformer (2) By connecting to an equipment grounding and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden poles conductor contained within the same raceway, at a height exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) above cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conduc- ground or grade level shall not be required to tors. be grounded.

82 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

(3) Listed equipment protected by a system of (d) Where used to connect equipment where flexi- double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be bility is necessary to minimize the transmission required to be connected to the equipment of vibration from equipment or to provide flex- grounding conductor. Where such a system is ibility for equipment that requires movement employed, the equipment shall be distinctively after installation, an equipment grounding marked. [NFPA 70:250.110] conductor shall be installed. (6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meeting the 811.3.3 911.3.3 Structure as Equipment following conditions: Grounding Conductor. Devices listed and identified for grounding the metallic frames of PV modules, or (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. 3 1 other equipment shall be permitted to bond the exposed (b) For trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ⁄2 of an metal surfaces or other equipment to mounting struc- inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm) (12 through 16 tures. Metallic mounting structures, other than building metric designator), the circuit conductors steel, used for grounding purposes shall be identified as contained in the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes or less. equipment-grounding conductors or shall have identi- 3 1 fied bonding jumpers or devices connected between the (c) For trade sizes ⁄4 of an inch through 1 ⁄4 of an separate metallic sections and shall be bonded to the inch (19.1 mm through 32 mm) (21 through 35 metric designator), the circuit conductors grounding system. [NFPA 70:690.43(C)] contained in the conduit are protected by over- 811.3.4 911.3.4 Photovoltaic Mounting Systems current devices rated not more than 60 amperes and Devices. Devices and systems used for mounting and there is no flexible metal conduit, flexible PV modules that are also used to provide grounding of the metallic tubing, or liquidtight flexible metal 3 1 module frames shall be identified for the purpose of conduit in trade sizes ⁄8 of an inch through ⁄2 of grounding PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(D)] an inch (9.5 mm through 12.7 mm 12 through 16 Devices identi- metric designator) in the ground-fault current 811.3.5 911.3.5 Adjacent Modules. path. fied and listed for bonding the metallic frames of PV modules shall be permitted to bond the exposed metallic (d) The combined length of flexible metal conduit frames of PV modules to the metallic frames of adjacent and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flex- PV modules. [NFPA 70:690.43(E)] ible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). Equip- 811.3.6 911.3.6 Combined Conductors. (e) Where used to connect equipment where flexi- ment grounding conductors for the PV array and struc- bility is necessary to minimize the transmission ture (where installed) shall be contained within the same of vibration from equipment or to provide flex- raceway, cable, or otherwise installed with the PV array ibility for equipment that requires movement circuit conductors where those circuit conductors leave after installation, an equipment grounding the vicinity of the PV array. [NFPA 70:690.43(F)] conductor shall be installed. 811.3.7 911.3.7 Types of Equipment Grounding (7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is termi- Conductors. The equipment grounding conductor nated in listed fittings and meeting the following installed with or enclosing the circuit conductors shall conditions: be one or more or a combination of the following: (a) The circuit conductors contained in the tubing (1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum are protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 conductor. This conductorPRE-PRINT shall be solid or stranded; amperes or less. insulated, covered, or bare; and in the form of a wire (b) The combined length of flexible metal conduit or a busbar of any shape. and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flex- (2) Rigid metal conduit. ible metal conduit in the same ground-fault current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). (3) Intermediate metal conduit. (8) Armor of Type AC cable in accordance with Section (4) Electrical metallic tubing. 811.1.5 911.1.5. (5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting the following (9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal- conditions: sheathed cable Type MI. (a) The conduit is terminated in listed fittings. (10) Type MC cable that provides an effective ground- (b) The circuit conductors contained in the conduit fault current path in accordance with one or more of are protected by overcurrent devices rated at the following: 20 amperes or less. (a) It contains an insulated or uninsulated equipment grounding conductor in accordance with (c) The combined length of flexible metal conduit Section 811.3.7(1) 911.3.7(1). and flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible metal conduit in the same ground-fault (b) The combined metallic sheath and uninsulated current path shall not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm). equipment grounding/bonding conductor of

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 83 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

interlocked metal tape-type MC cable that is (3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the listed and identified as an equipment enclosure where the branch circuit for the recep- grounding conductor. tacle or branch circuit originates. (c) The metallic sheath or the combined metallic (4) An equipment grounding conductor that is part of sheath and equipment grounding conductors of another branch circuit that originates from the the smooth or corrugated tube-type MC cable enclosure where the branch circuit for the recep- that is listed and identified as an equipment tacle or branch circuit originates. grounding conductor. (45)For grounded systems, the grounded service (11) Cable trays in accordance with Section 392.10 and conductor within the service equipment enclosure. Section 392.60 of NFPA 70. (56) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal (12) Cable bus framework in accordance with Section bar within the service equipment enclosure. [NFPA 370.3 370.60(1) of NFPA 70. 70:250.130(C)] (13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways and listed auxiliary gutters. 811.4 911.4 Size of Equipment Grounding Conduc- tors. Equipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic PV (14)Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. source and photovoltaic PV output circuits shall be sized in [NFPA 70:250.118] accordance with Section 811.4.1 or Section 811.4.2 250.122 811.3.8 911.3.8 Nongrounding Receptacle of NFPA 70. Where no overcurrent protective device is used Replacement or Branch Circuit Extensions. The in the circuit, an assumed overcurrent device rated at the PV equipment grounding conductor of a grounding-type maximum circuit current shall be used in accordance with receptacle or a branch-circuit extension shall be Table 911.4. Increases in equipment grounding conductor permitted to be connected to one of the following: size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be (1) An accessible point on the grounding electrode required. An equipment grounding conductor shall not be system in accordance with Section 250.50 of NFPA less than 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45] 70. 811.4.1 General. Equipment grounding conductors in (2) An accessible point on the grounding electrode photovoltaic source and photovoltaic output circuits shall conductor. be sized in accordance with Table 811.4.1. Where no

TABLE 811.4.1 911.4 1 MINIMUM SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS FOR GROUNDING RACEWAY AND EQUIPMENT [NFPA 70: TABLE 250.122] RATING OR SETTING OF AUTOMATIC OVERCURRENT SIZE (AWG or kcmil) DEVICE IN CIRCUIT AHEAD OF EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., ALUMINUM OR COPPER COPPER 2 NOT EXCEEDING (AMPERES) CLAD ALUMINUM 15 14 12 20 12 10 60 10 8 100 8 6 200 PRE-PRINT6 4 300 4 2 400 3 1 500 2 1/0 600 1 2/0 800 1/0 3/0 1000 2/0 4/0 1200 3/0 250 1600 4/0 350 2000 250 400 2500 350 600 3000 400 600 4000 500 750 5000 700 1200 6000 800 1200 Notes: 1 Where necessary to comply with Section 811.1.5 911.1.5, the equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in this table. 2 See installation restrictions in Section 811.6.1.2 911.4.1.

84 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

overcurrent protective device is used in the circuit, an 811.6 911.6 Grounding Electrode System. Grounding assumed overcurrent device rated at the photovoltaic of electrode systems shall comply with Section 911.6.1 rated short-circuit current shall be used in Table 811.4.1. through Section 911.6.4. Increases in equipment grounding conductor size to address voltage drop considerations shall not be required. 811.6.1 911.6.1 Alternating-Current Systems. Where installing an ac system, a grounding electrode The equipment grounding conductors shall be not smaller that 14 AWG. [NFPA 70:690.45(A)] system shall be provided in accordance with Section 250.50 through Section 250.60 of NFPA 70. The 811.4.2 Ground-Fault Protection Not Provided. grounding electrode conductor shall be installed in accor- For other than dwelling units where ground-fault protec- dance with Section 811.6.1.1 911.6.1.1 through Section tion is not provided in accordance with Section 803.2 811.6.1.4 911.6.1.4. [NFPA 70:690.47(A)] through Section 803.4, each equipment grounding conductor shall have an ampacity of not less than two 811.6.1.1 911.6.1.1 Installation of Electrodes. Grounding electrode conductor(s) and bonding times the temperature and conduit fill corrected circuit jumpers interconnecting grounding electrodes shall conductor ampacity. [NFPA 70:690.45(B)] be installed in accordance with one of the following 911.4.1 Equipment Grounding Conductor Instal- methods. The grounding electrode conductor shall lation. An equipment grounding conductor shall be be sized for the largest grounding electrode installed in accordance with Section 911.4.2 through conductor required among the electrodes connected Section 911.4.4. [NFPA 70:250.120] to it. 911.4.2 Raceway, Cable Trays, Cable Armor, (1) The grounding electrode conductor shall be Cablebus, or Cable Sheaths. Where it consists of a permitted to be run to a convenient grounding raceway, cable tray, cable armor, cablebus framework, or electrode available in the grounding electrode cable sheath or where it is a wire within a raceway or system where the other electrode(s), where any, cable, it shall be installed in accordance with the appli- is connected by bonding jumpers that are cable provisions of NFPA 70 using fittings for joints and installed in accordance with Section 811.6.1.2 terminations approved for use with the type raceway or 911.6.1.2 and Section 811.6.1.3 911.6.1.3. cable used. All connections, joints, and fittings shall be (2) Grounding electrodes conductor(s) shall be made tight using suitable tools. [NFPA 70:250.120(A)] permitted to be run to one or more grounding 911.4.3 Aluminum and Copper-Clad Aluminum electrode(s) individually. Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors of bare (3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s) or insulated aluminum or copper-clad aluminum shall be shall be permitted to be connected to an 1 permitted. Bare conductors shall not come in direct aluminum or copper busbar not less than ⁄4 of an contact with masonry or the earth or where subject to inch by 2 inches (6.4 mm by 51 mm). The busbar corrosive conditions. Aluminum or copper-clad shall be securely fastened and shall be installed aluminum conductors shall not be terminated within 18 in an accessible location. Connections shall be inches (457 mm) of the earth. [NFPA 70:250.120(B)] made by a listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. The grounding electrode 911.4.4 Equipment Grounding Conductors Less conductor shall be permitted to be run to the Than 6 AWG. Where not routed with circuit conductors as permitted in Section 911.3.1.1 (Exception 2) and busbar. Where aluminum busbars are used, the Section 911.3.8, equipment grounding conductors less installation shall be in accordance with Section than 6 AWG shall be protectedPRE-PRINT from physical damage by 811.6.1.2 911.6.1.2. [NFPA 70:250.64(F)] an identified raceway or cable armor unless installed 811.6.1.2 911.6.1.2 Aluminum or Copper- within hollow spaces of the framing members of build- Clad Aluminum Conductors. Bare aluminum or ings or structures and where not subject to physical copper-clad aluminum grounding electrode conduc- damage. [NFPA 70:250.120(C)] tors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry, earth, or where subject to corrosive condi- 811.5 911.5 Array Equipment Grounding Conduc- tions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad tors. For PV modules, eEquipment grounding conductors for photovoltaic modules less than 6 AWG shall comply with aluminum grounding electrode conductors shall not Section 911.4.4where not routed with circuit conductors in be terminated within 18 inches (457 mm) of the accordance with Section 811.3.8 and Section 811.3.1.1(2), earth. [NFPA 70:250.64(A)] shall be protected from physical damage by an identified 811.6.1.3 911.6.1.3 Securing and Protection raceway or cable armor unless installed within hollow spaces Against Physical Damage. Where exposed, a of the framing members of buildings or structures and where grounding electrode conductor or its enclosure not subject to physical damage. Where installed in raceways, shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode is carried. Grounding electrode conductors shall be conductors not more than 6 AWG shall be permitted to be permitted to be installed on or through framing solid. [NFPA 70:690.46 and NFPA 70:250.120(C)] members. A 4 AWG or large copper or aluminum

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 85 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

grounding electrode conductor that is not less than inverters and other equipment and for the ground-fault 4 AWG shall be protected where exposed to phys- detection reference for ungrounded PV systems. [NFPA ical damage. A 6 AWG grounding electrode 70:690.47(B)] conductor that is free from exposure to physical 811.6.2.1 911.6.2.1 Not Smaller Than the damage shall be permitted to be run along the Neutral Conductor. Where the dc system surface of the building construction without metal consists of a three-wire balancer set or balancer covering or protection where it is securely fastened winding with overcurrent protection in accordance to the construction; otherwise, it shall be protected with Section 445.12(D) of NFPA 70, the grounding in rigid metal conduit (RMC), intermediate metal electrode conductor shall be not smaller than the conduit (IMC), rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit neutral conductor and shall be not be smaller than 8 (PVC), reinforced thermosetting resin conduit AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. [NFPA (RTRC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or cable 70:250.166(A)] armor. Grounding electrode conductors less than 6 AWG shall be protected in RMC, IMC, PVC, 811.6.2.2 911.6.2.2 Not Smaller Than the Where the dc system is other RTRC, EMT, or cable armor. Grounding electrode Largest Conductor. than in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 911.6.2.1, conductors and grounding electrode bonding the grounding electrode conductor shall be not jumpers shall not be required to comply with smaller than the largest conductor supplied by the Section 300.5 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:250.64(B)] system, and be not smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 811.6.1.4 911.6.1.4 Continuous. Grounding AWG aluminum. [NFPA 70:250.166(B)] electrode conductor(s) shall be installed in one continuous length without a splice or joint. Where 811.6.2.3 911.6.2.3 Connected to Rod, Pipe, Where connected to rod, necessary, splices or connections shall be made in or Plate Electrodes. pipe, or plate electrodes in accordance with Section accordance with the following: 811.6.2.3.1 911.6.2.3.1 or Section 811.6.2.3.2 (1) Splicing of the wire-type grounding electrode 911.6.2.3.2, that portion of the grounding electrode conductor shall be permitted by irreversible conductor that is the sole connection to the compression-type connectors listed as grounding grounding electrode shall not be required to be more and bonding equipment or by the exothermic than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. welding process. [NFPA 70:250.166(C)] (2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected together to form a grounding elec- 811.6.2.3.1 911.6.2.3.1 Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes shall be trode conductor. not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and (3) Bolted, riveted, or welded connections of shall consist of the following materials: structural metal frames of building structures. (1) Grounding electrodes of pipe or conduit 3 (4) Threaded, welded, brazed, soldered, or bolted- shall be not smaller than trade size ⁄4 of an flange connections of metal water piping. inch (19.1 mm) (21 metric designator) [NFPA 70:250.64(C)] and, where of steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal- 811.6.2 911.6.2 Direct-Current Systems. Where installing a dc system, a grounding electrode system coated for corrosion protection. shall be provided in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 (2) Rod-type grounding electrodes of stain- 911.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.3PRE-PRINT911.6.2.5 for less steel and copper or zinc coated steel 5 grounded systems or Section 811.6.2.6 911.6.2.6 for shall be not less than ⁄8 of an inch (15.9 ungrounded systems. The grounding electrode conductor mm) in diameter, unless listed. [NFPA shall be installed in accordance with Section 811.6.1.1 70:250.52(A)(5)] 911.6.1.1 through Section 811.1.6.1.4 911.1.6.1.4. 811.6.2.3.2 911.6.2.3.2 Plate Electrodes. A common dc grounding-electrode conductor shall A plate electrode shall expose not less than 2 be permitted to serve multiple inverters. The size of the square feet (0.2 m2) of surface to exterior soil. common grounding electrode and the tap conductors Electrodes of bare or conductively coated iron 1 shall be in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 911.6.2.1 or steel plates shall be not less than ⁄4 of an through Section 811.6.2.3 911.6.2.5. The tap conductors inch (6.4 mm) in thickness. Solid, uncoated shall be connected to the common grounding-electrode electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be not less conductor by exothermic welding or with connectors than 0.06 of an inch (1.52 mm) in thickness. listed as grounding and bonding equipment in such a [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(7)] manner that the common grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or joint. 811.6.2.4 911.6.2.4 Connected to a Concrete- Encased Electrode. Where connected to a An ac equipment grounding system shall be concrete-encased electrode in accordance with permitted to be used for equipment grounding of Section 811.6.2.4.1 911.6.2.4.1, that portion of the

86 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

grounding electrode conductor that is that sole accordance with Part III of Article 250, Part III of connection to the grounding electrode shall not be NFPA 70 to provide for grounding of metal enclo- required to be more than 4 AWG copper wire. sures, raceways, cables, and exposed non-current- [NFPA 70:250.166(D)] carrying metal parts of equipment. The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to the 811.6.2.4.1 911.6.2.4.1 Concrete- metal enclosure at a point on the separately derived Encased Electrode. A concrete-encased electrode shall consist of not less than 20 feet system from the source to the first system discon- (6096 mm) of one of the following: necting means or overcurrent device, or it shall be made at the source of a separately derived system (1) Not less than one bare or zinc galvanized that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent or other electrically conductive coated devices. steel reinforcing bars or rods of not less 1 than ⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, The size of the grounding electrode conductor installed in one continuous 20 feet (6096 shall be in accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 mm) length, or where in multiple pieces 911.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.3 and Section connected together by the usual steel tie 811.6.2.4 911.6.2.5. [NFPA 70:250.169] wires, exothermic welding, welding, or 811.6.3 911.6.3 Systems with Alternating- other effective means to create a length of Current and Direct-Current Grounding Require- not less than 20 feet (6096 mm). ments. Photovoltaic systems having dc circuits and ac (2) Bare copper conductor not less than 4 circuits with no direct connection between the dc AWG. grounded conductor and ac grounded conductor shall have a dc grounding system. The dc grounding system Metallic components shall be encased by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete and shall be bonded to the ac grounding system by one of shall be located horizontally within that the methods in Section 811.6.3.1 911.6.3.1 through portion of a concrete foundation or footing that Section 811.6.3.3 911.6.3.3. is in direct contact with the earth or within This section shall not apply to ac PV modules. vertical foundations or structural components Where methods in Section 811.6.3.2 911.6.3.2 or or members that are in direct contact with the Section 811.6.3.3 911.6.3.3 are used, the existing ac earth. Where multiple concrete-encased elec- grounding electrode system shall be in accordance with trodes are present at a building or structure, it the applicable requirements in Article 250, Part III of shall be permissible to bond one into the NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)] grounding electrode system. 811.6.3.1 911.6.3.1 Separate Direct-Current Concrete installed with insulation, vapor Grounding Electrode System Bonded to barriers, films or similar items separating the the Alternating-Current Grounding Elec- concrete from the earth shall not be considered trode System. A separate dc grounding electrode to be in “direct contact” with the earth. [NFPA or system shall be installed, and it shall be bonded 70:250.52(A)(3)] directly to the ac grounding electrode system. The size of a bonding jumper(s) between the ac and dc 811.6.2.5 911.6.2.5 Connected to a Ground systems shall be based on the larger size of the Ring. Where connected to a ground ring in accordance with Section 811.6.2.5.1 911.6.2.5.1, that existing ac grounding electrode conductor or the portion of the groundingPRE-PRINT electrode conductor that is size of the dc grounding electrode conductor in the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall accordance with Section 811.6.2.1 911.6.2.1 not be required to be larger than the conductor used through Section 811.6.2.4 911.6.2.5. The dc for the ground ring. [NFPA 70:250.166(E)] grounding electrode system conductor(s) or the bonding jumpers to the ac grounding electrode 811.6.2.5.1 911.6.2.5.1 Ground Ring. A ground ring encircling the building or struc- system shall not be used as a substitute for required ture, in direct contact with the earth, consisting ac equipment grounding conductors. [NFPA of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare 70:690.47(C)(1)] copper conductor not less than 2 AWG. [NFPA 811.6.3.2 911.6.3.2 Common Direct-Current 70:250.52(A)(4)] and Alternating-Current Grounding Elec- A dc grounding electrode conductor of the 811.6.2.6 911.6.2.6 Ungrounded Direct- trode. size specified in Section 811.6.2.1 911.6.2.1 Current Separately Derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 250.34 of NFPA through Section 811.6.2.4 911.6.2.5 shall be run 70 for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an from the marked dc grounding electrode connec- ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied tion point to the ac grounding electrode. Where an from a stand-alone power source (such as an ac grounding electrode is not accessible, the dc engine-generator set) shall have a grounding elec- grounding electrode conductor shall be connected trode conductor connected to an electrode that is in to the ac grounding electrode conductor in accor-

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 87 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

dance with Section 811.6.1.4(1) 911.6.1.4(1) or any metal well casing bonded to the pipe) and elec- Section 911.6.1.4(2) or by using a connector listed trically continuous (or made electrically continuous for grounding and bonding. This dc grounding elec- by bonding around insulating joints or insulating trode conductor shall not be used as a substitute for pipe) to the points of connection of the grounding required ac equipment grounding conductors. electrode conductor and the bonding conductor(s) or [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(2)] jumper(s), where installed. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(1)] 811.6.3.3 911.6.3.3 Combined Direct- 911.6.4.2 Metal Frame of the Building or The metal frame of the building or Current Grounding Electrode Conductor Structure. structure that is connected to the earth by one or and Alternating-Current Equipment more of the following methods: Grounding Conductor. An unspliced, or irreversibly spliced, combined grounding conductor (1) At least one structural metal member that is in shall be run from the marked dc grounding elec- direct contact with the earth for 10 feet (3048 trode conductor connection point along with the ac mm) or more, with or without concrete encase- circuit conductors to the grounding busbar in the ment. associated ac equipment. This combined grounding (2) Hold-down bolts securing the structural steel conductor shall be the larger of the sizes specified column that are connected to a concrete- in Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 or Section 811.6.2.1 encased electrode that are in accordance with 911.6.2.1 through Section 811.6.2.4 911.6.2.5, and Section 911.6.2.4.1 and is located in the shall be installed in accordance with Section support footing or foundation. The hold-down 250.64(E) of NFPA 70. For underground systems, bolts shall be connected to the concrete- this conductor shall be sized in accordance with encased electrode by welding, exothermic Section 250.122 of NFPA 70 and shall not be welding, the usual steel tie wires, or other required to be larger than the largest ungrounded approved means. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(2)] phase conductor. [NFPA 70:690.47(C)(3)] 911.6.4.3 Other Listed Electrodes. Other listed grounding electrodes shall be permitted. 911.6.4 Additional Auxiliary Electrodes for Array [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(6)] Grounding. A grounding electrode shall be installed in accordance with Section 911.6.2.3.1, Section 911.6.2.3.2, 911.6.4.4 Other Local Metal Underground Section 911.6.2.4.1, Section 911.6.2.5.1, Section Systems or Structures. Other local metal 911.6.4.1 through Section 911.6.4.5; and Section 250.54 underground systems or structures such as piping of NFPA 70 at the location of all ground- and pole- systems, underground tanks, and underground mounted PV arrays and as close as practicable to the loca- metal well casings that are not bonded to a metal tion of roof-mounted PV arrays. The electrodes shall be water pipe. [NFPA 70:250.52(A)(8)] connected directly to the array frame(s) or structure. The 911.6.4.5 Not Permitted for Use as dc grounding electrode conductor shall be sized in accor- Grounding Electrodes. The following systems dance with Section 911.6.2.1 through Section 911.6.2.5. and materials shall not be used as grounding elec- Additional electrodes are not permitted to be used as a trodes: substitute for equipment bonding or equipment (1) Metal underground gas piping systems grounding conductor requirements. The structure of a (2) Aluminum [NFPA 70:250.52(B)] ground- or pole-mounted PV array shall be permitted to be considered a grounding electrode where in accordance 811.7 911.7 Continuity of Equipment Grounding with the requirements of Section PRE-PRINT 911.6.2.3.1, Section Systems. Where the removal of equipment disconnects the 911.6.2.3.2, Section 911.6.2.4.1, Section 911.6.2.5.1, and bonding connection between the grounding electrode Section 911.6.4.1 through Section 911.6.4.5. Roof- conductor and exposed conducting surfaces in the photo- mounted PV arrays shall be permitted to use the metal voltaic PV source or output circuit equipment, a bonding frame of a building or structure where in accordance with jumper shall be installed while the equipment is removed. the requirements of Section 911.6.4.2. [NFPA 70:690.48] Exceptions: 811.8 911.8 Continuity of Photovoltaic Source and Output Circuit Grounded Conductors. Where the (1) An array grounding electrode(s) shall not be removal of the utility-interactive inverter or other equipment required where the load served by the array is inte- disconnects the bonding connection between the grounding gral with the array. electrode conductor and the photovoltaic PV source, photo- (2) An additional array grounding electrode(s) shall voltaic PV output circuit grounded conductor, or both. A, a not be required where located within 6 feet (1829 bonding jumper shall be installed to maintain the system mm) of the premises wiring electrode. [NFPA grounding while the inverter or other equipment is removed. 70:690.47(D)] [NFPA 70:690.49] Equipment 911.6.4.1 Metal Underground Water Pipe. A 811.9 911.9 Equipment Bonding Jumpers. metal underground water pipe in direct contact with bonding jumpers, where used, shall be in accordance with the earth for 10 feet (3048 mm) or more (including Section 811.5 911.4.4. [NFPA 70:690.50]

88 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

812.0 912.0 Marking. 812.7 912.7 Facilities with Stand-Alone Systems. A structure or building with a photovoltaic PV power system 812.1 912.1 Directory. A permanent plaque or directory, denoting the electrical power sources on or in the premises, that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand- shall be installed at each service equipment location and at alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory locations of electric power production sources capable of installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a being interconnected. readily visible location acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the loca- Exception: Installations with large numbers of power tion of system disconnecting means and that the structure production sources shall be permitted to be designated by groups. [NFPA 70:705.10] contains a stand-alone electrical power system. The marking shall be in accordance with Section 910.5. [NFPA 812.2 912.2 Modules. Modules shall be marked with 70:690.56(A)] identification of terminals or leads as to polarity, maximum overcurrent device rating for module protection, and with 812.8 912.8 Facilities with Utility Services and PV the following ratings: Systems. Buildings or structures with both utility service and a photovoltaic PV system shall have a permanent plaque (1) Open-circuit voltage or directory providing the location of the service discon- (2) Operating voltage necting means and the photovoltaic PV system discon- (3) Maximum permissible system voltage necting means, where not located at the same location. The (4) Operating current warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with Section 903.4.1. [NFPA 70:690.56(B)] (5) Short-circuit current 912.9 Facilities with Rapid Shutdown. Buildings or (6) Maximum power [NFPA 70:690.51] structures with both utility service and a PV system, in 812.3 912.3 Alternating-Current Photovoltaic accordance with Section 908.8, shall have a permanent Modules. Alternating-current modules shall be marked plaque or directory including the following wording: with identification of terminals or leads and with identification of the following ratings: PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM EQUIPPED WITH (1) Nominal operating ac voltage. RAPID SHUTDOWN (2) Nominal operating ac frequency. (3) Maximum ac power. The plaque or directory shall be reflective, with all (4) Maximum ac current. 3 letters capitalized and having a minimum height of ⁄8 of an (5) Maximum overcurrent device rating for ac module inch (9.5 mm), in white on red background. [NFPA protection. [NFPA 70:690.52] 70:690.56(C)] 812.4 912.4 Direct-Current Photovoltaic Power Source. A permanent label for the direct-current photovoltaic PV power source shall be provided by the installer at 813.0 913.0 Connection to Other Sources. the accessible location at the photovoltaic PV disconnecting 813.1 913.1 Load Disconnect. A load disconnect that means as follows: has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all sources where in the off position. [NFPA 70:690.57] (1) Rated maximum power-point current. (2) Rated maximum power-point voltage. 813.2 913.2 Identified Interactive Equipment. Inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive (3) Maximum system voltage.PRE-PRINTshall be permitted in interactive systems. [NFPA 70:690.60] (4) Maximum Short-circuit current. Where the PV power 813.3 913.3 Loss of Interactive System Power. An source has multiple outputs, Section 912.4(1) and inverter or an ac module in an interactive solar photovoltaic Section 912.4(4) shall be specified for each output. PV system shall automatically de-energize its output to the (5) Maximum rated output current of the charge controller connected electrical production and distribution network (where installed). [NFPA 70:690.53] upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network 812.5 912.5 Interactive System Point of Intercon- voltage has been restored. nection. Interactive system(s) points of interconnection with other sources shall be marked at an accessible location A normally interactive solar photovoltaic PV system at the disconnecting means as a power source and with the shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to rated ac output current and the nominal operating ac voltage. supply loads that have been disconnected from electrical [NFPA 70:690.54] production and distribution network sources. [NFPA 812.6 912.6 Photovoltaic Power Systems Employing 70:690.61] Photovoltaic power systems employing Energy Storage. 813.4 913.4 Unbalanced Interconnections. Single- energy storage shall be marked with the maximum operating phase inverters for hybrid systems and ac modules in interac- voltage, including any equalization voltage and the polarity of tive hybrid systems shall not be connected to three-phase the grounded circuit conductor. [NFPA 70:690.55] power systems unless the interconnected system is designed

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 89 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS so that significant in order to limit unbalanced voltages cannot 813.5.4.1 913.5.4.1 Dedicated Overcurrent result to not more than 3 percent. [NFPA 70:705.100(A)] and Disconnect. Each The source interconnection Three-phase inverters and three-phase ac modules in of one or more inverters installed in one system shall interactive systems shall have all phases automatically de- be made at a dedicated circuit breaker or fusible energized upon loss of, or unbalanced, voltage in one or disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(1)] more phases unless the interconnected system is designed so 813.5.4.2 913.5.4.2 Bus or Conductor that significant unbalanced voltages will not result. [NFPA Ampere Rating. The sum of the ampere ratings 70:705.100(B)] of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor shall not exceed 120 813.5 913.5 Point of Connection. The output of an interconnected electrical power source shall be connected as percent of the rating of the busbar or conductor. specified in Section 813.5.1 913.5.1 through Section Exception: Where the photovoltaic system has an 813.5.4.7 913.5.4. [NFPA 70:705.12] energy storage device to allow stand-alone operation of loads, the value used in the calculation of 813.5.1 913.5.1 Supply Side. An electric power production source shall be permitted to be connected to bus or conductor loading shall be 125 percent of the the supply side of the service disconnecting means in rated utility-interactive current from the inverter accordance with Section 230.82(6) of NFPA 70. The instead of the rating of the overcurrent device between the inverter and the bus or conductor. One sum of the ratings of all overcurrent devices connected hundred twenty-five percent of the inverter output to power production sources shall not exceed the rating circuit current shall be used in ampacity calcula- of the service. [NFPA 70:705.12(A)] tions for the following: 813.5.2 913.5.2 Integrated Electrical Systems. (1) Where the inverter output connection is made The outputs shall be permitted to be interconnected at a to a feeder at a location other than the opposite point or points elsewhere on the premises where the end of the feeder from the primary source system qualifies as an integrated electrical system and overcurrent device, that portion of the feeder incorporates protective equipment in accordance with on the load side of the inverter output connec- applicable sections of Article 685 of NFPA 70. [NFPA tion shall be protected by one of the following: 70:705.12(B)] (a) The feeder ampacity shall be not less than 813.5.3 913.5.3 Greater Than 100 kW. The outputs the sum of the primary source overcurrent shall be permitted to be interconnected at a point or device and 125 percent of the inverter points elsewhere on the premises where the following output circuit current. conditions are met: (b) An overcurrent device on the load side of (1) The aggregate of non-utility sources of electricity the inverter connection shall be rated not has a capacity in excess of 100 kilowatt hours more than the ampacity of the feeder. (kW•h) (360 MJ), or the service is more than 1000 (2) In Systems where inverter output connections volts. are made at feeders, any taps shall be sized (2) The conditions of maintenance and supervision based on the sum of 125 percent of the ensure that qualified persons service and operate inverter(s) output circuit current and the rating the system. of the overcurrent device protecting the feeder (3) Safeguards, documented procedures,PRE-PRINT and protective conductors as calculated in Section 240.21(B) equipment are established and maintained. [NFPA of NFPA 70. 70:705.12(C)] (3) One of the following methods shall be used to determine the ratings of busbars in panelboard: 813.5.4 913.5.4 Utility-Interactive Inverters. The output of an utility-interactive inverter shall be permitted (a) The sum of 125 percent of the inverter(s) to be connected to the load side of the service discon- output circuit current and the rating of the necting means of the other source(s) at any distribution overcurrent device protecting the busbar equipment on the premises. Where distribution equip- shall not exceed the ampacity of the ment, including switchgear, switchboards and or panel- busbar. boards, is fed simultaneously by a primary source(s) of (b) Where two sources, one a utility and the electricity and one or more utility-interactive inverters, other an inverter, are located at opposite and where this distribution equipment is capable of ends of a busbar that contains loads, the supplying multiple branch circuits or feeders, or both, sum of 125 percent of the inverter(s) output the interconnecting provisions for the utility-interactive circuit current and the rating of the overcur- inverter(s) shall be in accordance with Section 813.5.4.1 rent device protecting the busbar shall not 913.5.4.1 through Section 813.5.4.7 913.5.4.6. [NFPA exceed 120 percent of the ampacity of the 70:705.12(D)] busbar. The busbar shall be sized for the

90 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

loads connected in accordance with Article that there is ground-fault protection for equipment 220 of NFPA 70. A permanent warning from ground-fault current sources. Ground-fault label shall be applied to the distribution protection devices used with supplies connected to equipment adjacent to the back-fed breaker the load-side terminals shall be identified and listed from the inverter that displays the as suitable for backfeeding. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(3)] following or equivalent wording: 813.5.4.4 913.5.4.3 Marking. Equipment containing overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar or conductor supplied from WARNING: multiple sources shall be marked to indicate the pres- INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION; ence of all sources. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(43)] DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVER- 813.5.4.5 913.5.4.4 Suitable for Backfeed. CURRENT DEVICE. Circuit breakers, where back-fed, shall be suitable for such operation. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(54)] The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall 813.5.4.6 913.5.4.5 Fastening. Listed plug-in- comply with Section 903.4.1. type circuit breakers backfed from utility-interactive inverters that are listed and identified as interactive in accordance with Section 813.2 shall be permitted (c) The sum of the ampere ratings of all over- to omit the additional fastener required in accor- current devices on panelboards, both load dance with Section 908.6.1 for such application that and supply devices, excluding the rating requires other than a pull to release the device from of the overcurrent device protecting the the mounting means on the panel. [NFPA busbar, shall not exceed the ampacity of 70:705.12(D)(5)] the busbar. The rating of the overcurrent device protecting the busbar shall not 913.5.4.6 Wire Harness and Exposed Cable Arc-Fault Protection. A utility-interactive exceed the rating of the busbar. Permanent inverter(s) that has a wire harness or cable output warning labels shall be applied to distribu- circuit rated 240 V, 30 amperes, or less, that is not tion equipment that displays the following installed within an enclosed raceway, shall be or equivalent wording: provided with listed ac AFCI protection. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(6)] WARNING: 813.5.4.7 Inverter Output Connection. Unless THIS EQUIPMENT FED BY the panelboard is rated not less than the sum of the MULTIPLE SOURCES. ampere ratings of the overcurrent devices supplying it, a connection in a panelboard shall be positioned at TOTAL RATING OF ALL OVERCUR- the opposite (load) end from the input feeder location RENT DEVICES, or main circuit location. The bus or conductor rating EXCLUDING MAIN SUPPLY OVER- shall be sized for the loads connected in accordance CURRENT DEVICE, with Article 220 of NFPA 70. In systems with panel- SHALL NOT EXCEED AMPACITY OF boards connected in series, the rating of the first over- BUSBAR. current device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply calculations for busbars and conductors. A permanent with Section PRE-PRINT903.4.1. warning label shall be applied to the distribution equipment with the following or equivalent marking: (d) Connections shall be permitted on multiple- ampacity busbars or center-fed panelboards WARNING where designed under engineering supervi- INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION sion that includes fault studies and busbar load calculations. [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(2)] DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT In systems with panelboards connected in DEVICE series, the rating of the first overcurrent [NFPA 70:705.12(D)(7)] device directly connected to the output of a utility-interactive inverter(s) shall be used in the calculations for busbars and conductors. 814.0 914.0 Storage Batteries. 814.1 914.1 Installation. Storage batteries in a solar 813.5.4.3 Ground-Fault Protection. The inter- photovoltaic system shall be installed in accordance with the connection point shall be on the line side of ground- provisions of Article 480 of NFPA 70. The interconnected fault protection equipment. battery cells shall be considered grounded where the photo- Exception: Connection shall be permitted to be made voltaic power source is installed in accordance with Section to the load side of ground-fault protection, provided 811.1 911.1. [NFPA 70:690.71(A)]

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 91 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

814.2 914.2 Dwellings. Storage batteries for dwellings (2) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded. shall have the cells connected so as to operate at a voltage of (3) Main ungrounded battery input/,output, or both circuit 50 volts, nominal, or less than 50 volts nominal. Lead-acid conductors shall be provided with switched disconnects storage batteries for dwellings shall have not more than 24 and overcurrent protection. two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal). (4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine to monitor for ground faults in the battery bank. [NFPA battery maintenance, a battery system voltage in accordance 70:690.71(G)] with Section 805.0 905.0 shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(1)] 914.8 Disconnects and Overcurrent Protection. Where energy storage device input and output terminals are Live parts of battery systems for dwellings shall be more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from connected equipment, or guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, where the circuits from these terminals pass through a wall regardless of voltage or battery type. [NFPA 70:690.71(B)(2)] or partition, the installation shall comply with the following: 814.3 914.3 Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent (1) A disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall to the batteries where the available short-circuit current from be provided at the energy storage device end of the a battery or battery bank exceeds the interrupting or with- circuit. Fused disconnecting means or circuit breakers stand ratings of other equipment in that circuit. The installa- shall be permitted to be used. tion of current-limiting fuses shall comply with Section (2) Where fused disconnecting means are used, the line 809.3 909.3. [NFPA 70:690.71(C)] terminals of the disconnecting means shall be connected toward the energy storage device terminals. 814.4 914.4 Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries (3) Overcurrent devices or disconnecting means shall not be with more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series (48 installed in energy storage device enclosures where volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be explosive atmospheres can exist. installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to (4) A second disconnecting means located at the connected support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no equipment shall be installed where the disconnecting rack material is located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the tops means required in accordance with Section 914.8(1) is of the nonconductive cases. not within sight of the connected equipment. This requirement shall not apply to a type of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed (5) Where the energy storage device disconnecting means is batteries that require steel cases for proper operation. [NFPA not within sight of the PV system ac and dc discon- 70:690.71(D)] necting means, placards or directories shall be installed at the locations of all disconnecting means indicating the 814.5 914.5 Disconnection of Series Battery location of all disconnecting means. [NFPA Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where Circuits. 70:690.71(H)] more than 24 two-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series- 814.8 914.9 Battery Locations. Battery locations shall connected strings into segments of 24 cells or less for main- comply with the following: tenance by qualified persons. Non-load-break bolted or plug- (1) Provisions appropriate to the battery technology shall be in disconnects shall be permitted. [NFPA 70:690.71(E)] made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of the 814.6 914.6 Battery Maintenance Disconnecting gases from the battery, where present, to prevent the Battery installations, where therePRE-PRINT are more than 24 accumulation of an explosive mixture. [NFPA Means. two-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall 70:480.9(A)] have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified (2) Battery rooms shall be provided with a exhaust rate of persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This discon- [(ft3/min)/ft2] [0.005 (m3/s)/m2] of floor area of the room necting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors. Such conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location system. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to at the exterior of the building. be used as the disconnecting means. [NFPA 70:690.71(F)] (3) Makeup air shall be provided at a rate equal to the rate 814.7 914.7 Battery Systems Exceeding 48 Volts. On photovoltaic systems where the battery system consists that air is exhausted by the exhaust system. Makeup air of more than 24 two-volt cells connected in series intakes shall be located so as to avoid recirculation of (exceeding 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be contaminated air. permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided (4) Batteries shall be protected against physical damage. the following conditions are met: (5) Batteries shall not be located in areas where open use, (1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall handling or dispensing of combustible, flammable, or comply with Section 811.1 911.1. explosive materials occurs.

92 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

(6) Batteries shall not be located near combustible material 814.9.4 914.10.4 Buck/Boost Direct-Current to constitute a fire hazard and shall have a clearance of Converters. Where buck/boost charge controllers and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from combustible other dc power converters that increase or decrease the material. output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the requirements 814.9 914.10 Charge Control. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the battery. shall comply with the following: Charge control shall not be required where the design of the (1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits photovoltaic source circuit is matched to the voltage rating shall be based on the maximum rated continuous and charge current requirements of the interconnected output current of the charge controller or converter battery cells and the maximum charging current multiplied for the selected output voltage range. by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity (2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be expressed in ampere-hours or as recommended by the based on the maximum voltage output of the charge battery manufacturer. controller or converter for the selected output All adjusting means for control of the charging process voltage range. [NFPA 70:690.72(C)] shall be accessible only to qualified persons. [NFPA 814.10 914.11 Battery Interconnections. Flexible 70:690.72(A)] A charging controller shall comply with UL cables, as identified in Article 400 of NFPA 70, in sizes not 1741. less than 2/0 AWG shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box 814.9.1 914.10.1 Diversion Charge Controller where they shall be connected to an approved wiring Sole Means of Regulating Charging. A photo- method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted voltaic power system employing a diversion charge between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. controller as the sole means of regulating the charging Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identi- of a battery shall be equipped with a second inde- fied as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cable shall pendent means to prevent overcharging of the battery. be terminated with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(1)] accordance with Section 810.7 110.14 of NFPA 70. [NFPA 814.9.2 914.10.2 Circuits with Direct-Current 70:690.74] Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall be in accordance 815.0 915.0 Systems Over 600 1000 Volts. with the following: 815.1 915.1 General. Solar photovoltaic PV systems with a system voltage exceeding 600 1000 volts dc shall comply (1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less with Section 815.3 915.4 through Section 815.9 915.10, than or equal to the current rating of the diversion Article 490 of NFPA 70, and other requirements applicable load charge controller. The voltage rating of the to installations with a system voltage exceeding 600 1000 diversion load shall exceed the maximum battery volts. [NFPA 70:690.80] voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall 915.2 Listing. Products listed for PV systems shall be be not less than 150 percent of the power rating of permitted to be used and installed in accordance with their the photovoltaic array. listing. PV wire that is listed for direct burial at voltages (2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the over- above 600 volts, but not exceeding 2000 volts, shall be current device for thisPRE-PRINT circuit shall be not less than installed in accordance with Table 300.50, column 1 of 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the NFPA 70. [NFPA 70:690.81] diversion charge controller. [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(2)] 815.2 915.3 Definitions. For the purposes of this section 814.9.3 914.10.3 PV Systems Using Utility-Inter- Section 914.0, the voltages used to determine cable and equipment ratings are as follows: active Inverters. Photovoltaic power systems using utility-interactive inverters to control battery state-of- (1) In battery circuits, the highest voltage experienced charge by diverting excess power into the utility system under charging or equalizing conditions. shall be in accordance with the following: (2) In dc photovoltaic PV source circuits and photovoltaic (1) These systems shall not be required to be in accor- PV output circuits, the maximum system voltage. dance with Section 814.9.2 914.10.2. The charge [NFPA 70:690.85] regulation circuits used shall be in accordance with 815.3 915.4 Guarding of High-Voltage Energized the requirements of Section 806.0 400.5 of NFPA 70. Parts Within a Compartment. Where access for other (2) These systems shall have a second, independent than visual inspection is required to a compartment that means of controlling the battery charging process contains energized high-voltage parts, barriers shall be for use where the utility is not present or where the provided to prevent accidental contact by persons, tools, or primary charge controller fails or is disabled. other equipment with energized parts. Exposed live parts [NFPA 70:690.72(B)(3)] shall be permitted in compartments accessible to qualified

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 93 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS persons. Fuses and fuseholders designed to enable future 815.9 915.10 Voltage Rating. The maximum voltage replacement without de-energizing the fuseholder shall be rating of power fuses shall not be less than the maximum permitted for use by qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.32] circuit voltage. Fuses shall not be applied below the minimum recommended operating voltage. [NFPA 815.4 915.5 High-Voltage Equipment. Doors that would provide unqualified persons access to high-voltage 70:490.21(B)(3)] energized parts shall be locked. Permanent signs in accordance with Section 903.4.1 shall be installed on panels or doors that provide access to live parts over 1000 volts and shall read “DANGER – HIGH VOLTAGE – KEEP OUT.” [NFPA 70:490.35(A)] 815.5 915.6 Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers installed indoors shall be mounted either in metal-enclosed units or fire-resistant cell-mounted units, or they shall be permitted to be open-mounted in locations accessible to qualified persons. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(1)(a)] 815.6 915.7 Operating Characteristics. Circuit breakers shall have the following equipment or operating characteristics: (1) An accessible mechanical or other identified means for manual tripping, independent of control power. (2) Be release free (trip free). (3) Where capable of being opened or closed manually while energized, main contacts that operate independently of the speed of the manual operation. (4) A mechanical position indicator at the circuit breaker to show the open or closed position of the main contacts. (5) A means of indicating the open and closed position of the breaker at the point(s) from which they are operated. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(2)] 815.7 915.8 Nameplate. A circuit breaker shall have a permanent and legible nameplate showing manufacturer’s name or trademark, manufacturer’s type or identification number, continuous current rating, interrupting rating in megavolt-amperes (MVA) or amperes, and maximum voltage rating. Modification of a circuit breaker affecting its rating(s) shall be accompanied by an appropriate change of nameplate information. [NFPA 70:490.21(A)(3)] 815.8 915.9 High-Voltage Fuses. Metal-enclosed sSwitchgear and substations that utilizePRE-PRINT high-voltage fuses shall be provided with a gang-operated disconnecting switch. Isolation of the fuses from the circuit shall be provided by either connecting a switch between the source and the fuses or providing roll-out switch and fuse-type construction. The switch shall be of the load-interrupter type, unless mechanically or electrically interlocked with a load-interrupting device arranged to reduce the load to the interrupting capacity of the switch. Exception: More than one switch shall be permitted as the disconnecting means for one set of fuses where the switches are installed to provide connection to more than a set of supply conductors. The switches shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked to permit access to the fuses where all switches are open. A conspicuous sign shall be placed at the fuses identifying the presence of more than one source. [NFPA 70:490.21(B)(7)]

94 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE CHAPTER 9 10 REFERENCED STANDARDS *Note: Referenced sections will be updated before publishing. 901.0 1001.0 General. required by sections in this code. Organization abbreviations referred to in Table 901.1 1001.1 are defined in a list found 901.1 1001.1 Standards. The standards listed in Table 901.1 1001.1 are intended for use in the design, testing, and at the end of the table. installation of materials, devices, appliances, and equipment regulated by this code. These standards are mandatory where

TABLE 901.1 1001.1 4 REFERENCED STANDARDS REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS AHRI 870-2005* Performance Rating of Direct Geoexchange Heat Pumps Equipment 707.1 ASCE 25-2006* Earthquake Actuated Automatic Gas Shutoff Devices Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2 ASHRAE 34-2010 2013* Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants Refrigerant 705.2 Classifications ASHRAE 90.1-2010 2013* Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Energy 302.1.2, 302.2 Buildings ASHRAE 93-2010 (RA2014)* Methods of Testing to Determine the Thermal Performance of Testing Useful Tables Solar Collectors ASHRAE 95-1981 (RA1987)* Thermal Testing of 32 Residential Solar Water Heating Systems Testing 302.1.2, 302.2 ASHRAE 96-1980 (R1989)* Thermal Performance of Unglazed Flat-Plate Liquid-Type Testing, Collector 302.1.2, 302.2 Solar Collectors ASME A13.1-2007 (R2013)* Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems Piping 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME A112.1.2-2012* Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems (For Plumbing Fixtures and Fittings Table 405.2(1) Water-Connected Receptors) ASME A112.1.3-2000 (R2010)* Air Gap Fittings for Use with Plumbing Fixtures, Appliances, Fittings Table 405.2(1) and Appurtenances ASME A112.18.1-2012/CSA Plumbing Supply Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 B125.1-2012 ASME A112.18.2-2011/CSA Plumbing Waste Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 B125.2-2011 ASME A112.18.6-2009/CSA B Flexible Water Connectors Piping 302.1.2, 302.2 125.6-2009 (2014)* ASME B1.20.1-1983 (R2006) Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch Joints 503.2.3, 503.3.5, 2013* 503.6.2, 503.13.3 ASME B16.3-2011* Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 Fittings Table 407.1 1 ASME B16.5-2013* Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS ⁄2 through NPS 24 Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 PRE-PRINTMetric/Inch ASME B16.9-2007 2012* Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.11-2009 2011* Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.12-2009* Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.15-2011 2013* Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.18-2012* Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.21-2011* Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.22-2012 2013* Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Table 407.1 Fittings ASME B16.23-2011* Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.24-2011* Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 and 2500 ASME B16.26-2011 2013* Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Fittings Table 407.1 ASME B16.29-2012* Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 Drainage Fittings-DWV

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 95 REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASME B16.33-2012* Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for use in Gas Piping Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 1 Systems up to 125 psi (Sizes NPS ⁄2 – NPS 2) ASME B16.34-2013* Valves – Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 ASME B16.47-2011* Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 Through NPS 60 Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 Metric/Inch ASME B16.51-2011 2013* Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Pressure Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 ASME BPVC Section IV-2010 Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 2013* ASME BPVC Section VIII- Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1 Miscellaneous 603.6 2010 2013* ASME BPVC Section IX-2010 Welding and Brazing Qualifications Certification 302.1.2, 302.2 2013* ASME BPVC Section X-2007 Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels Pressure Vessel 603.7 2013* Construction, Pressure Vessels ASME SA194-2010 2013* Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure or Mounting 703.5.1 High-Temperature Service or Both ASSE 1001-2008* Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) ASSE 1002-2008* Anti-Siphon Fill Valves for Water Closet Tanks Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1003-2009* Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Domestic Water Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 Distribution Systems ASSE 1010-2004* Water Hammer Arrestors Water Supply 302.1.2, 302.2 Component ASSE 1013-2009* Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Pressure Principle Fire Protection Backflow Preventers ASSE 1015-2009* Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies ASSE 1017-2009* Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water Valves 315.3 Distribution Systems ASSE 1018-2001* Trap Seal Primer Valves–Potable Water Supplied Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1019-2004* Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Draining Type ASSE 1020-2004* Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) ASSE 1022-2003* Backflow Preventer for Beverage Dispensing Equipment Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1044-2001* Trap Seal Primer Devices-Drainage Types and Electronic DWV Components 302.1.2, 302.2 Design Types ASSE 1047-2009* Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection Backflow Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 Prevention Assemblies ASSE 1048-2009* Double CheckPRE-PRINT Detector Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 Assemblies ASSE 1052-2004* Hose Connection Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection 302.1.2, 302.2 ASSE 1056-2001* Spill Resistant Vacuum Breakers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) ASSE 1061-2006 2011* Push-Fit Fittings Fittings 503.3.3.3, 503.4.1, Table 407.1 ASSE 1079-2005 2012 Dielectric Pipe Unions Joints 503.16, 503.17.1, 503.17.3 ASSE Series 5000-2009* Cross-Connection Control Professional Qualifications Certification 405.2 ASTM A53/A53M-2012 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded, and Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 Seamless ASTM A74-2013a Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM A106/A106M-2011 2014 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 ASTM A 126-2004 (R2009) Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2014) ASTM A254/A254M-1997 Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 (R2007) 2012

96 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM A269/A269M-2010 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 2014e1 General Service ASTM A312/A312M-2013a Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 2014 Steel Pipes ASTM A377-2003 (R2008)e1 Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM A420/420M-2010a 2013 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Fittings Table 407.1 Low-Temperature Service ASTM A518/A518M-1999 Corrosion-Resistant High-Silicon Iron Castings Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2012) ASTM A733-2003 (R2009)e1 Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 2013 Steel Pipe Nipples ASTM A861-2004 (R2008) High-Silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings (Note 1) Piping, Ferrous 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2013) ASTM B32-2008 Solder Metal (Note 2) Joints 503.3.4 ASTM B42-2010 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B43-2009 2014 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B75/B75M-2011 Seamless Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B88-2009 Seamless Copper Water Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B135-2010 Seamless Brass Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B251-2010 General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 Copper-Alloy Tube ASTM B280-2013 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Piping, Ferrous 703.6 Field Service ASTM B302-2012 Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B306-2013 Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM B447-2012a Welded Copper Tube Piping, Copper Alloy Table 407.1 ASTM B584-2013 2014 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications (Note 3) Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM B587-2012 Welded Brass Tube Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM B687-1999 (R2011) Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe Nipples Piping, Copper Alloy 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM B813-2010 Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Joints 503.3.4 Alloy Tube ASTM B828-2002 (R2010) Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Joints 503.3.4 Alloy Tube and Fittings ASTM C411-2011 Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Block Board, 702.6.1, 802.4, Insulation Cracking, 804.1.2 Delamination, Hot- Surface PRE-PRINTPerformance, Pipe Thermal Insulation, Surface Analysis- Building, Temperature Tests- Insulation, Thermal Insulating Materials ASTM C425-2004 (R2009) Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 (R2013) ASTM C443-2012 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM C564-2012 2014 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM C700-2013 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Piping, Non-Metallic 302.1.2, 302.2 Perforated ASTM C1277-2012 2014 Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 Fittings ASTM D56-2005 (R2010)* Flash Point by the Tag Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0 ASTM D93-2012 2013e1* Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester Testing 208.0

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 97 REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM D635-2010 Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics Testing 218.0 in a Horizontal Position ASTM D1527-1999 (R2005)* Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 40 and 80 ASTM D1693-2012 2013 Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 ASTM D1785-2012* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 and 120 ASTM D2235-2004 (R2011)* Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 Plastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM D2241-2009* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 ASTM D2464-2013* Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Fittings Table 407.1 Schedule 80 (Note 1) ASTM D2466-2006 2013* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule Fittings Table 407.1 40 (Note 1) ASTM D2467-2013a* Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule Fittings Table 407.1 80 (Note 1) ASTM D2513-2013 2014* Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 (Note 1) ASTM D2564-2012* Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Joints 503.13.2 Piping Systems ASTM D2609-2002 (R2008)* Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (Note 1) Fittings Table 407.1 ASTM D2672-1996a (R2009)* Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 ASTM D2683-2010e1e3* Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter- Fittings Table 407.1 Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing ASTM D2837-2011 2013e1 Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Materials or Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Products ASTM D2846/D2846M- Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot-and Piping, Plastic Table 407.1, 2009be1* Cold-Water Distribution Systems 503.4.2 ASTM D2855-1996 (R2010)* Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 (PVC) Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3035-2012e1 2014* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Outside Diameter ASTM D3139-1998 (R2011)* Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Joints 503.13.1 Seals ASTM D3261-2012e1* Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Fittings Table 407.1 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM D3278-1996 (R2011) Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed-Cup Apparatus Testing 208.0 ASTM D3350-2012e1 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials Piping, Plastic Table 407.1, PRE-PRINT 703.5.1 ASTM E84-2013a 2014* Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6, 802.4, 802.2, 804.1.2 ASTM E136-2012* Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C Furnace 216.0 ASTM E2231-2009 2014* Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Pipe Insulation 802.4, 804.1.2 Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics Miscellaneous ASTM F402-2005 (R2012)* Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F437-2009* Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings Table 407.1 Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM F438-2009* Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Fittings Table 407.1 Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM F439-2012 2013* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings Table 407.1 Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM F441/F441M-2013e1* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Schedules 40 and 80

98 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM F442/F442M-2013e1* Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR- Piping, Pastic Table 407.1 PR) ASTM F480-2012 2014* Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Stand- Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 ard Dimension Ratios (SDR), Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 ASTM F493-2010* Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Joints 503.4.2 (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F628-2012e1* Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core (Note 1) ASTM F656-2010* Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Joints 503.4.2, Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings 503.13.2 ASTM F714-2013* Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Piping, Plastic 703.5.1 Diameter ASTM F876-2013a* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Piping, Plastic 503.10.1, Table 407.1 ASTM F877-2011a* Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot-and Cold-Water Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Distribution Systems ASTM F891-2010* Coextruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe with a Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 Cellular Core ASTM F1055-2013* Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Fittings Table 407.1 Controlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing ASTM F1281-2011* Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe ASTM F1282-2010* Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Pressure Pipe ASTM F1290-1998a (R2011)* Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe Joints 408.7(2) and Fittings ASTM F1807-2013a* Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Fittings Table 407.1 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F1960-2012* Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use Fittings Table 407.1 with Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F1961-2009* Metal Mechanical Cold Flare Compression Fittings with Disc Fittings Table 407.1 Spring for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F1970-2012e1* Special Engineered Fittings, Appurtenances or Valves for Use Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 in Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Systems ASTM F1974-2009* Metal Insert Fittings for Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene Fittings 503.8.1, and Crosslinked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Crosslinked 503.11.1, Table Polyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe 407.1 ASTM F2080-2012* PRE-PRINTCold-Expansion Fittings with Metal Compression Sleeves for Fittings Table 407.1 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe ASTM F2159-2011* Plastic Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for Joints Table 407.1 SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F2262-2011 2009* Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/ Crosslinked Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Polyethylene Tubing OD Controlled SDR9 ASTM F2389-2010 Pressure-Rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems Piping, Plastic 503.12.1, Table 407.1 ASTM F2434-2009* Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9 Pipe Fittings 503.11.1, Table Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing and SDR9 Cross- 407.1 linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Tubing ASTM F2620-2012 2013* Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Joints 409.7(1), Pipe and Fittings 409.7(3), 703.5.1.1 ASTM F2623-2008* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) SDR9 Tubing Piping, Plastic Table 407.1

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 99 REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS ASTM F2735-2009* Plastic Insert Fittings for SDR9 Cross-linked Polyethylene Fittings Table 407.1 (PEX) and Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Tubing ASTM F2769-2010* Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Plastic Hot and Piping and Fittings, Table 407.1 Cold-Water Tubing and Distribution Systems Plastic AWS A5.8/A5.8M-2011* Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding Joints 503.2.1, 503.3.1

AWS B2.2/B2.2M-2010* Brazing Procedure and Performance Qualification Certification 302.1.2, 302.2 AWWA C110-2012* Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Fittings Table 407.1 AWWA C111-2012* Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Joints 503.5.1, 503.5.2 Fittings (same as ANSI A 21.11) AWWA C115-2011* Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Piping Table 407.1 Threaded Flanges AWWA C151-2009* Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast Piping, Ferrous Table 407.1 AWWA C153-2011* Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service Fittings Table 407.1 AWWA C203-2008* Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 Pipelines -Enamel and Tape -Hot Applied AWWA C213-2007* Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 Steel Water Pipelines AWWA C215-2010* Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Steel Water Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 Pipelines AWWA C500-2009* Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 AWWA C507-2011* Ball Valves, 6 in. through 48 in. (150 mm through 1200 mm) Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 AWWA C510-2007* Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) AWWA C511-2007* Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) BS EN 12975-1-2006 (R2010) Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Solar Collectors Collector 302.1.2, 302.2 (Part 1: General Requirements) BS EN 12975-2-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Solar Collectors Collector 302.1.2, 302.2 (Part 2: Test Methods) BS EN 12976-1-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Factory Made Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems (Part 1: General Requirements) BS EN 12976-2-2006 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Factory Made Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems (Part 2: Test Methods) BS EN ISO 9488-2000 Solar Energy – Vocabulary Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 CSA B64.1.1-2011 Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers (AVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.1.2-2011 Pressure Vacuum Breakers (PVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.2.1.1-2011 Hose Connection Dual Check Vacuum Breakers (HCDVB) Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.4-2011 Reduced Pressure Principle (RP) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.4.1-2011 ReducedPRE-PRINT Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers for Fire Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Protection Systems (RPF) CSA B64.5-2011 Double Check Valve (DVCA) Backflow Preventers Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) CSA B64.5.1-2011 Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers for Fire Protection Backflow Protection Table 405.2(1) Systems (DVCAF) CSA B137.1-2009 2013 Polyethylene (PE) Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings for Cold-Water Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Pressure Services CSA B137.5-2009 2013 Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Applications CSA B137.9-2009 2013 Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) Composite Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 Pressure-Pipe Systems CSA B137.10-2009 2013 Crosslinked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene Piping, Plastic Table 407.1 (PEX-AL-PEX) Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems CSA B137.11-2009 2013 Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Piping, Plastic 503.12.1, Table 407.1 CSA Z21.10.1-2013* Gas Water Heaters -Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Fuel Gas, Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 Ratings of 75 000 Btu Per Hour or Less (same as CSA 4.1)

100 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS CSA Z21.10.3 2013* Gas Water Heaters -Volume III, Storage Water Heaters with Fuel Gas, Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 Input Ratings Above 75 000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous (same as CSA 4.3) CSA Z21.13b-2012 2014* Gas-Fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boiler (same as Fuel Gas, Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 CSA 4.9b) CSA Z21.22b-2001 (R2008)* Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems (same as CSA Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 4.4b) CSA Z21.24a-2009 (R2011)* Connectors for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.10a) Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2 CSA Z21.56-2013 2014* Gas-Fired Pool Heaters (same as CSA 4.7) Fuel Gas, Swimming 302.1.2, 302.2, Pools and Spas, and USPSHTC Hot Tubs DD ENV 12977-1-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom Built Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems (Part 1: General Requirements) DD ENV 12977-2-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom Built Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems (Part 2: Test Methods) DD ENV 12977-3-2001 Thermal Solar Systems and Components – Custom Built Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems (Part 3: Performance Characterization of Stores for Solar Heating Systems) IAPMO IS 8-2006 PVC Cold Water Building Supply and Yard Piping Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 IAPMO IS 13-2006 Protectively Coated Pipe Pipe Coatings 302.1.2, 302.2 IAPMO IS 20-2010e1 CPVC Solvent Cemented Hot and Cold Water Distribution Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems IAPMO PS 25-2002 Metallic Fittings for Joining Polyethylene Pipe for Water Joints 302.1.2, 302.2 Service and Yard Piping IAPMO PS 64-2012ae1 Roof Pipe Flashings Miscellaneous 302.1.2, 302.2 IAPMO PS 72-2007e1 Valves with Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Valves 302.1.2, 302.2 IAPMO PS-117-2012ae1 Press and Nail Connections Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2

IEEE 937-2007 Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Installation and 302.1.2, 302.2 Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Maintenance, Photovoltaic IEEE 1013-2007 Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Photovoltaic, Sizing 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems IEEE 1361-2003* Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Testing, Evaluation 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems IEEE 1526-2003* Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Testing, Photovoltaic 302.1.2, 302.2 IEEE 1547-2003 Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Connections, 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems Photovoltaic IEEE 1562-2007 Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Array, Battery, 302.1.2, 302.2 PRE-PRINTSystems Photovoltaic IEEE 1661-2007 Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Testing and 302.1.2, 302.2 Systems Evaluation, Photovoltaic ISO 13256-1-1998 (RA 2012)* Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Equipment 707.1 Performance-Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps ISO 13256-2-1998* Water Source Heat Pumps-Testing and Rating for Equipment 707.1 Performance-Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps ISO 9459-1-1993 Solar Heating – Domestic Water Heating Systems – Part 1 Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9459-2-1995 Solar Heating – Domestic Water Heating Systems Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9806-1-1994 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 1 Collector 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9806-2-1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 2 Collector 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO 9806-3-1995 Test Methods for Solar Collectors – Part 3 Collector 302.1.2, 302.2 ISO TR 10217-1989 Solar Energy – Water Heating Systems – Guide to Material Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 Selection with Regard to Internal Corrosion MSS SP-58-2009* Pipe Hangers and Supports – Materials, Design, Manufacture, Fuel Gas 302.1.2, 302.2 Selection, Application, and Installation MSS SP-80-2013* Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves Valves 302.1.2, 302.2

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 101 REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS NFPA 54/Z223.1-2012* National Fuel Gas Code Fuel Gas Chapter 3 NFPA 70-2011 2014* National Electrical Code Electrical, 310.1, 802.2.1, Miscellaneous 1001.1, 1001.3, 1007.1, 1007.2, 1008.1, 1008.3, 1009.2.3(3), 1010.3, 1010.4, 1010.5, 1011.3.7(11), 1011.3.7(12), 1011.3.8(1), 1011.6.1, 1011.6.2.1, 1011.6.2.6, 1011.6.3, 1011.6.3.3, 1013.5.1, 1013.5.2, 1013.5.4.7, 1014.1, 1015.1, B 4.1, C 1.9(7) NFPA 96-2014* Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Commercial 220.0 Cooking Operations Cooking NFPA 262-2011* Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air Certification 802.2.1 Handling Spaces NFPA 274-2013* Test Method to Evaluate Fire Performance Characteristics of Pipe Insulation 802.4 Pipe Insulation NGWA-01-2014* Water Well Construction Geothermal 1102.1.1, 1102.1.2 NSF 14-2012 2013* Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials Piping, Plastic 302.1.2, 302.2 NSF 60-2012 2013* Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects Backfill 703.4.1 NSF 61-2012 2013* Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects Water Supply 302.1.2, 302.2 Components SAE J512-1997 Automotive Tube Fittings Fittings 302.1.2, 302.2 SMACNA-2006* HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd Ducts, Metal and 802.1, 802.4, edition Flexible 802.5, 803.3, 803.4, 803.5, 803.6, 803.8, 804.1 SRCC 100-2013 Solar ThermalPRE-PRINT Collectors Collectors 702.5 SRCC 300-2013 Solar Water Heating Systems Solar System 302.1.2, 302.2 UL 174-2004* Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters (with revi- Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 sions through September 21, 2012) UL 181-2013* Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors Air Connectors, Air 802.1, 802.3, Ducts 803.4, 803.5, 803.8, 804.1.1 UL 181A-2013* Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts Air Ducts 803.6 UL 181B-2013* Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Air Connectors, Air 803.6 Connectors Ducts UL 268A-2008* Smoke Detectors for Duct Application (with revisions through Smoke Detectors 808.1 September 25, 2009) UL 555-2006* Fire Dampers (with revisions through November 5, 2013) Dampers 805.2

UL 555C-2006* Ceiling Dampers (with revisions through May 4, 2010) Dampers 805.3

102 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE REFERENCED STANDARDS

REFERENCED STANDARD NUMBER STANDARD TITLE APPLICATION SECTIONS UL 555S-1999* Smoke Dampers (with revisions through October 9, 2013) Dampers 805.1

UL 723-2008* Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Miscellaneous 605.5, 702.6, (with revisions through September 13, 2010 August 12, 2013) 802.4, 802.2, 804.1.2 UL 778-2010* Motor-Operated Water Pumps (with revisions through May 25, Pumps 302.1.2, 302.2 2012 May 23, 2014) UL 834-2004* Heating, Water Supply, and Power Boilers – Electric (with Appliances Table 403.2 revisions through December 9, 2013) UL 873-2007 Temperature-Indicating and -Regulating Equipment (with revi- Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 sions through July 27, 2012 August 15, 2013) UL 916-2007 Energy Management Equipment (with revisions through Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 March 12, 2012 December 19, 2013) UL 969-1995* Safety Marking and Labeling System (with revisions through Marking, Labeling 1003.4.1, B 2.1 November 24, 2008) UL 1279-2010 Outline of Investigation for Solar Collectors Electrical 702.5 UL 1453-2004* Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Appliances 302.1.2, 302.2 Heaters (with revisions through July 15, 2011) UL 1703-2002* Flat-Plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels (with revisions Electrical 1002.9 through May 8, 2012 October 25, 2013) UL 1741-2010 Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection Electrical 1014.9 System Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy Resources UL 1820-2004* Fire Test of Pneumatic Tubing for Flame and Smoke Surface Burning 802.2.3 Characteristics (with revisions through May 10, 2013) Test, Pneumatic Tubing UL 1887-2004* Fire Test for Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Surface Burning 802.2.2 Smoke Characteristics (with revisions through May, 3, 2013) Test, Fire Sprinkler Pipe UL 2043-2013* Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Surface Burning 802.2.4, 802.2.5 Products and their Accessories Installed in Air Handling Test, Discrete Spaces Products UL 2523-2009* Solid Fuel-Fired Hydronic Heating Appliances, Water Appliances Table 403.2 Heaters, and Boilers (with revisions through February 8, 2013) UL 4703-2010 Outline of Investigation for Photovoltaic Wire Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 UL 6703 -2011 Outline for Connectors for Use in Photovoltaic Systems Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 UL 8703-2011 Outline for Concentrator Photovoltaic Modules and Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 PRE-PRINTAssemblies UL 60730-1 2009* Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Electrical 302.1.2, 302.2 Use, Part 1: General Requirements (with revisions through March 29, 2013 November 13, 2013) * ANSI designated as an American National Standard. Italic/Bold referenced standards indicate where such standards are located in the narrative of the code. Notes: 1 Although this standard is referenced in Table 901.1 1001.1, some of the pipe, tubing, fittings, valves, or fixtures included materials and equipment in the standard are not acceptable for use under the provisions of the Uniform Solar Energy and Hydronics Code this code. 2 See Section 409.3(6) for restrictions. 3 Alloy C85200 for cleanout plugs. 4 Standards for materials, equipment, joints and connections. Where more than one standard has been listed for the same material or method, the relevant portions of all such standards shall apply.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 103 REFERENCED STANDARDS

ABBREVIATIONS IN TABLE 901.1 1001.1

AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201. ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 W. 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036. ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, NE, Atlanta, GA 30329-2305. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990. ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 18927 Hickory Creek Drive, Suite 220, Mokena, IL 60448. ASTM ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. AWS American Welding Society, 8669 NW 36 Street, # 130, Miami, FL 33166-6672. AWWA American Water Works Association, 6666 W. Quincy Avenue, Denver, CO 80235. BSI (BS EN) British Standard International, 389 Chiswick High Road, London, W4 4AL United Kingdom. CSA Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, L4W 5N6. e1 An editorial change since the last revision or reapproval. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, 5001 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA 91761. IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854. MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, 127 Park Street NE, Vienna, VA 22180. NFPA National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471. NGWA National Ground Water Association, 601 Dempsey Road, Westerville, OH 43081 NSF NSF International, 789 N. Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. SAE Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, 4201 Lafayette Center Drive, Chantilly, VA 20151-1219. SRCC Solar Rating and Certification Corporation, 400 High Point Drive, Suite 400, Cocoa, FL 32926. UL Underwriters Laboratories,PRE-PRINT Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062.

104 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE APPENDICES The appendices are intended to supplement the provisions of the installation requirements of this code. The definitions in Chapter 2 are also applicable to the appendices.

CONTENTS

Page Appendix A Engineered Solar Energy Systems ...... 97 107

Appendix B Solar Photovoltaic System Installation Guidelines ...... 99 109

Appendix C Supplemental Checklist for Solar Photovoltaic Systems ...... 105 115

PRE-PRINT

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 105 PRE-PRINT

106 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE APPENDIX A ENGINEERED SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

A 1.0 101.0 General. (1) The heat-transfer medium is either potable water or contains nontoxic fluids recognized as safe by the Food A 1.1 101.1 Applicability. The provisions of this appendix shall apply to the design, installation, and inspection of an and Drug Administration (FDA) as food grade. engineered solar energy system, alternate materials, and equip- (2) The pressure of the heat-transfer medium is maintained ment not specifically covered in other parts of the code. at less than the average minimum operating pressure of the potable water system. A 1.2 101.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction. The Authority Having Jurisdiction has the right to require descrip- Exception: Steam complying with Section A 3.2 103.2(1). tive details of an engineered solar energy system, alternate (3) The equipment is permanently labeled to indicate that material, or equipment including pertinent technical data to be only additives recognized as safe by the FDA shall be filed. used in the heat-transfer medium. A 1.3 101.3 Conformance. Components, materials, and equipment shall comply with standards and specifications A 3.3 103.3 Other Designs. Other heat exchanger designs listed in Table 1201.1 1001.1 of this code and other national shall be permitted where approved by the Authority Having consensus standards applicable to solar energy systems and Jurisdiction. materials. A 1.4 101.4 Alternate Materials and Equipment. Where such standards and specifications are not available, alternate materials and equipment shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.2 of this code.

A 2.0 102.0 Engineered Solar Energy Systems. A 2.1 102.1 Definition. For purposes of this appendix, the following definition shall apply: Engineered Solar Energy System. A system designed for a specific building project with drawings and specifications indicating materials to be installed, all as prepared by a person registered or licensed to perform solar energy system design work. A 2.2 102.2 Inspection and Installation. In other than one- and two-family dwellings, the designer of the system shall provide periodic inspection of the installation on a schedule found suitable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Prior to the final approval, the designer shall verify to the Authority Having Jurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with the approved plans, specifications, and data and such amend- ments thereto. The designer shallPRE-PRINT also certify to the Authority Having Jurisdiction that the installation is in compliance with the applicable engineered design criteria. A 2.3 102.3 Owner Information. The designer of the system shall provide the building owner with information concerning the system, considerations applicable for subse- quent modifications to the system, and maintenance requirements.

A 3.0 103.0 Water Heat Exchangers. A 3.1 103.1 Protection of Potable Water System. Heat exchangers used for heat transfer, heat recovery, or other solar thermal purposes shall protect the potable water system from being contaminated by the heat-transfer medium. A 3.2 103.2 Where Permitted. Single-wall heat exchangers shall be permitted where they satisfy the following requirements:

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 107 PRE-PRINT

108 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE APPENDIX B SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

B 1.0 101.0 General. (1) Marking content: B 1.1 101.1 Applicability. Provisions contained in these CAUTION: guidelines shall not apply unless specifically adopted by local SOLAR CIRCUIT ordinance in accordance with Section 102.8. (2) Red background These guidelines shall not apply to non-habitable struc- (3) White lettering tures (e.g., parking shade structures, solar trellises, etc.). 3 (4) Minimum ⁄8 of an inch (9.5 mm) letter height Alter- B 1.2 101.2 Alternate Materials and Methods. (5) Capital letters nate materials and methods shall be approved in accordance with Section 302.2. (6) Arial or similar font, non-bold (7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable adhesive materials shall meet this requirement) B 2.0 102.0 Marking. B 2.4 102.4 Inverters. Markings shall not be required for B 2.1 102.1 General. Photovoltaic (PV) systems shall be the inverter. marked. Materials used for marking shall be weather resistant in accordance with UL 969 Section 903.4. B 3.0 103.0 Access, Pathways, and Smoke Ventila- B 2.2 102.2 Main Service Disconnect. For residential applications, the marking shall be permitted to be placed tion. within the main service disconnect. Where the main service B 3.1 103.1 General. Access and spacing of PV modules disconnect is operable with the service panel closed, the shall comply with Section B 3.2 103.2 through Section B marking shall be placed on the outside cover. 3.3.3 103.3.3. For commercial applications, the marking shall be B 3.2 103.2 Residential Systems—Single and Two- Plan review shall be placed adjacent to the main service disconnect in a location Unit Residential Dwellings. required where a system is installed on more than 50 percent visible from where the lever is operated. of the roof area of a residential building. See Figure B 3.2(a) B 2.2.1 102.2.1 Marking Content and Format. 103.2(1) through Figure B 3.2(d) 103.2(4). Marking content and format for main service discon- B 3.2.1 103.2.1 Access or Pathways. Access or nects shall comply with the following: pathways on the roof shall be provided in accordance (1) Marking content: with the following: CAUTION: (1) Modules, on a hip roof, shall be located in a manner SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM that provides one 3 foot (914 mm) wide clear access pathway from the eave to the ridge on each CONNECTED. roof slope where modules are located. The access (2) Red background pathway shall be located over structural members. (3) White lettering (2) Modules, on a roof with a single ridge, shall be 3 (4) Minimum ⁄8 of an inchPRE-PRINT (9.5 mm) letter height located in a manner that provides two 3 foot (914 mm) wide access pathways from the eave to the (5) Capital letters ridge on each roof slope where modules are (6) Arial or similar font, non-bold located. (7) Reflective, weather-resistant material (durable (3) Modules, adjacent to hips and valleys, shall be adhesive materials shall meet this requirement) located not less than 18 inches (457 mm) from a hip or a valley where modules are to be placed on both B 2.3 102.3 Marking for Direct Current Conduit, sides of a hip or valley. Where modules are to be Raceways, Enclosures, Cable Assemblies, and located on one side of a hip or valley that is of equal Junction Boxes. Markings shall be required on interior and exterior dc conduit, raceways, enclosures, cable assem- length, modules shall be permitted to be placed blies, and junction boxes. Markings shall be placed on inte- directly adjacent to the hip or valley. rior and exterior dc conduit, raceways, enclosures, and cable B 3.2.2 103.2.2 Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventila- assemblies every 10 feet (3048 mm), at turns; on both sides tion shall be provided by locating modules not more of a penetration; and at dc combiner and junction boxes. than 3 feet (914 mm) from the lowest level of the ridge. B 2.3.1 102.3.1 Marking Content and Format. B 3.3 103.3 Commercial Buildings and Residential Marking content and format for direct current conduit, Housing Comprised of Three or More Units. Where the raceways, enclosures, cable assemblies, and junction Authority Having Jurisdiction determines that the roof boxes shall comply with the following: configuration is similar to residential (such as in the case of

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 109 APPENDIX B townhouses, condominiums, or single family attached build- Direct Current (dc) wiring shall be ran in metallic ings), the access and ventilation requirements of Section B conduit or raceways where located within enclosed spaces in 3.2 103.2 through Section B 3.2.2 103.2.2 shall be permitted. a building and shall be ran along the bottom of structural See Figure B 3.3(a) 103.3(1) through Figure B 3.3(d) members. 103.3(4). B 3.3.1 103.3.1 Access. There shall be not less than a 6 feet (1829 mm) wide clear perimeter around the B 5.0 105.0 Ground Mounted Photovoltaic Arrays. edges of the roof. Where either axis of the building is B 5.1 105.1 General. Setback requirements shall not apply 250 feet (76 200 mm) or less, there shall be not less than to ground-mounted and freestanding photovoltaic arrays. A a 4 feet (1219 mm) wide clear perimeter around the clearance of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be required edges of the roof. around ground-mounted photovoltaic arrays. B 3.3.2 103.3.2 Pathways. Pathways shall be established in the design of the solar installation. Pathways shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Pathways shall be located over structural members. (2) Centerline axis pathways shall be provided in both axis of the roof. Centerline axis pathways shall run on structural members or over the next closest structural member nearest to the center lines of the roof. (3) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to skylights, ventilation hatches, or both. (4) Shall be a straight line not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) clear to roof standpipes. (5) There shall be not less than a 4 foot (1219 mm) clearance around roof access hatches, skylights, ventilation hatches, roof standpipes, and similar obstructions. (6) There shall be not less than one 4 foot (1219 mm) clear pathway to parapets or roof edges. B 3.3.3 103.3.3 Smoke Ventilation. Smoke ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the following: (1) Arrays shall not exceed 150 feet (45 720 mm) by 150 feet (45 720 mm) in distance in either axis. (2) Ventilation between array sections shall be provided with one of the following: (a) A pathway 8 feet (2438 mm) or greater in width. (b) A pathway 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in width that borders existing roof skylights or ventilation hatches. PRE-PRINT (c) A pathway 4 feet (1219 mm) or greater in width that borders 4 feet (1219 mm) by 8 feet (2438 mm) venting cutouts every 20 feet (6096 mm) on alternating sides of the pathway.

B 4.0 104.0 Location of Direct Current (dc) Conduc- tors. B 4.1 104.1 General. Conduit, wiring systems, and raceways for photovoltaic circuits shall comply with NFPA 70 and be located as close as possible to a ridge, hip, or valley; and from the hip or valley as directly as possible to an outside wall. Conduit runs between subarrays and dc combiner boxes shall be the shortest path from the array to the dc combiner box. The dc combiner boxes shall be located such that conduit runs are minimized in the pathways between arrays.

110 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE APPENDIX B

3 feet

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.2(a) 103.2(1) SOLAR SYSTEM ON CROSS GABLE ROOF – SINGLE AND TWO–UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING

3 feet

3 feet 3 feet

3 feet PRE-PRINT 3 feet

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.2(b) 103.2(2) SOLAR SYSTEM ON CROSS GABLE ROOF WITH VALLEY – SINGLE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 111 APPENDIX B

3 feet 3 feet 3 feet

3 feet

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.2(c) 103.2(3) SOLAR SYSTEM ON FULL GABLE ROOF SINGLE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING

3 feet

PRE-PRINT

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.2(d) 103.2(4) SOLAR SYSTEM ON FULL HIP ROOF – SINGLE AND TWO-UNIT RESIDENTIAL BUILDING

112 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE APPENDIX B

478 feet 150 feet Skylight (typical)

6 feet 8 feet 4 feet 6 feet 6 feet

Roof hatch 150 feet

8 feet

324 feet Structural member

Structural member Structural member

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.3(a) 103.3(1) SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON LARGE COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 8 FOOT WALKWAYS

478 feet 150 feet Skylight (typical)

6 feet 6 feet 6 feet

Roof hatch 150 feet PRE-PRINT 300 feet Structural member

Structural member Structural member

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.3(b) 103.3(2) SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON LARGE COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 4 FOOT WIDE WALKWAYS WITH 8 FOOT BY 4 FOOT VENTING CUTOUTS EVERY 20 FOOT LENGTH

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 113 APPENDIX B

200 feet 4 feet Structural member 19 feet 2 inches 4 feet

4 feet

100 feet

4 feet 5 feet 3 inches

Structural member 8 feet 3 inches

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.3(c) 103.3(3) SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON SMALL COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 4 FOOT WIDE WALKWAYS WITH 8 FOOT BY 4 FOOT VENTING CUTOUTS EVERY 20 FOOT LENGTH

200 feet 4 feet Structural member 8 feet

4 feet

100 feet

8 feet

StructuralPRE-PRINT member For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

FIGURE B 3.3(d) 103.3(4) SOLAR ARRAY INSTALLATION ON SMALL COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS WITH 8 FOOT WIDE WALKWAYS

114 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE APPENDIX C SUPPLEMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS

C 1.0 101.0 Plan Details. able series backfeed fuse protection rating, and installation instructions. C 1.1 101.1 General. The following shall be provided with the plan details of a photovoltaic (PV) system: (11) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for (1) Scope of the project, including the system kW•h (J) inverters, converters, charge controllers, and ac modules, rating. indicating the following ratings: (2) Complete single line diagram and utility interconnect. (a) Maximum input ac and dc voltage, and the range of operating voltage(s). (3) Site plan, including location of system components. (b) Nominal ac output voltage. (4) Type of system (i.e. alternating-current modules, bipolar, grounded, ungrounded, hybrid, isolated, interactive, (c) Nominal dc voltage and operating range for utility stand-alone, etc). interactive or stand-alone systems with charge controller. (5) Utility service operating voltage or class. (d) Maximum input ac and dc current, and maximum (6) Information on the size, type, and insulation ratings input short circuit current. (voltage, temperature, etc) of conductors and associated (e) Maximum inverter output short circuit current and wiring components of the direct current (dc) and alter- duration. nating current (ac) side of the PV system. (f) Maximum utility source backfeed current, short or (7) Type, size, and material of raceway(s). open circuit, for utility interactive system with or (8) Roof plan, including roof access and roof mounted without charge controller. equipment. (g) Maximum continuous ac output current and power. (9) The following information shall be provided for the dc (h) Normal operation temperature range. side of the PV system: (12) Information indicating where the inverter(s) or charge (a) Number of series connected modules for each PV controller(s) contains current limiting devices that limits source circuit. the output circuit current to the maximum inverter input (b) Number of parallel connected module or panel PV dc current rating. source circuits for each array or PV power source. (13) The manufacturer’s wiring details shall be provided for (c) Number of combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV combiner boxes, control boxes, or PV power centers. It power centers for each array, subarray, or PV power shall contain the manufacturer’s name, model designa- source. tion, and listing. (d) Number of PV output circuits. (14) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for (e) PV source circuit module or panel connection each connector indicating configuration, construction, arrangements. type, grounding member, and circuit current interruption capability and method. (f) Operating and open-circuit voltage for each module or panel. (15) Where the PV system uses a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating the charging of a battery. (g) Operating voltage forPRE-PRINT each array or PV power source. (16) Methods of access to the junction, pull, or outlet boxes behind the modules or panels. (h) Operating current for each PV source circuit. C 1.2 101.2 Circuits. Circuit requirements shall be indi- (i) Operating current for each array. cated in the detail plans in accordance with the following: (j) Maximum array, panel, or module system voltage. (1) Circuit conductors and overcurrent protective devices (k) Short circuit current of modules or panels. shall be sized to carry not less than 125 percent of the (l) Short circuit current of array and subarrays. maximum current in accordance with Section 806.0 (m) Short circuit current of battery system. 906.0. (n) Disconnecting means electrical ratings. (2) Overcurrent protection of output circuits with internal current limiting devices shall be not less than 125 percent (o) Disconnecting means wiring diagram. of the maximum limited current of the output circuit. The (p) Disconnecting means rated short-circuit current per conductors in such an output circuit shall be sized in pole. accordance with Section 806.0 906.0. (10) The manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided for the (3) Common-return conductor of systems with multiple volt- PV modules or panels. The manufacturer’s instructions ages shall not be smaller than the sum of the ampere shall include the manufacturer’s name, catalog numbers, ratings of the overcurrent devices of the individual output complete electrical information, required marked accept- circuits.

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 115 APPENDIX C

(4) Where a single overcurrent device is used to protect a C 1.8 101.8 Systems Over 600 1000 Volts. Plan details set of two or more parallel-connected module circuits, for PV systems over 600 1000 volts shall indicate the the ampacity of each of the module interconnection following: conductors shall be not less than the sum of the fuse (1) The PV system is in accordance with Section 1015.0 rating and 125 percent of the short-circuit from the other 915.0, and other applicable installation requirements. parallel-connected modules. (2) The voltage rating of a battery circuit cable shall not be C 1.3 101.3 Overcurrent Protection. Circuits connected smaller than the charging or equalizing condition of the to more than one electrical source shall have overcurrent battery system. protective devices that provide overcurrent protection from Calculations shall be provided sources indicated on the plan details. C 1.9 101.9 Calculations. for solar PV systems in accordance with the following: Disconnecting C 1.4 101.4 Disconnecting Means. (1) The maximum system voltage calculation shall be based means shall be provided in the plan details for the following: on the expected ambient temperature. (1) PV source circuits (isolating switches) (2) The maximum system open-voltage calculation shall be (2) Overcurrent devices based on manufacturer’s instructions for PV power (3) Blocking diodes source modules made of materials other than crystalline (4) Inverters or multi-crystalline silicon. (5) Batteries (3) The maximum dc circuit current calculation for each PV source circuit. (6) Charge controllers (4) The maximum dc current calculation for each PV output The PV disconnecting means shall be grouped together circuit. and the number of disconnects shall not exceed six. (5) The fault current calculation from the utility side to the Wires used in a PV system C 1.5 101.5 Wiring Method. ac disconnect(s) and inverter(s). shall be in accordance with Section 810.0 910.0. Ungrounded source and output circuits shall be installed (6) Calculations to determine the minimum overcurrent with disconnects, overcurrent protection, ground-fault protection device rating for the dc side. Photovoltaic protection, and inverter or charge controllers and shall be system currents shall be considered as continuous. listed for such purpose in accordance with Section 810.11 (7) Where conductors are exposed to direct sunlight, the 910.14. Ungrounded sources and circuit conductors shall ampacities shall be derated by the correction factors in consist of sheathed multi-conductor cable or shall be located accordance with NFPA 70. in an approved raceway. (8) Calculations showing the size of equipment-grounding C 1.6 101.6 Grounding. Grounding shall be indicated in conductor for the PV source and PV output circuit size the plan details as follows: shall be not less than 125 percent of the short circuit (1) Where components of the system are negatively or posi- current from the PV source. tively grounded. (9) Calculations showing the required maximum charging (2) The dc circuit grounding shall be made at a single point current of the interconnected battery cells. on the PV output circuit. (10) Calculations for the ampacity of the neutral conductor (3) The equipment-grounding conductor for a PV source of a two-wire inverter output connected to the and PV output circuits for a roof-mounted dc PV array ungrounded conductors of a three-wire or a three-phase, PRE-PRINTfour-wire system. in dwellings shall be sized in accordance with Section 811.4 911.4. (11) Calculations showing that the total dc leakage current in (4) Grounding electrode system used for the ac, dc, or the dc ground or dc grounded circuits in non-isolated combined ac/dc systems. PV systems do not exceed the equipment ground-fault protective device leakage current trip setting. (5) The method used to ensure the removal of equipment from the system that shall not disconnect the bonding (12) Calculations showing the required current and voltage connection between the grounding electrode conductors ratings of dc diversion charge controllers and diversion and exposed conducting surfaces. loads in a circuit. (6) The method used to ensure the removal of an utility- (13) Calculations showing the required conductor ampacity interactive inverter or other equipment that shall not and overcurrent protective device rating for circuits disconnect the bonding connection between the containing dc diversion charge controllers and diversion grounding electrode conductor and the PV source and loads. the output circuit grounded conductor, or both. (14) Calculations showing where expansion fittings are not required for the roof mounted raceways due to thermal C 1.7 101.7 Ground Fault Protection. Direct current ground-fault protection for dwellings with roof mounted dc- expansion or building expansion joints where the PV arrays shall be provided on the plan details. raceway is used as an equipment grounding conductor.

116 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE USEFUL TABLES

UNIT CONVERSIONS Note: The information contained in these tables are not part of this American National Standard (ANS) and have not been processed in accordance with ANSI’s requirements for an ANS. As such, these tables may contain material that has not been subjected to public review or a consensus process. In addition, they do not contain requirements necessary for conformance to the standard.

ACCELERATION POWER 1 ft/s2 = 0.3048 m/s2 1 Btu/h = 2.930711 E-04 kW

AREA PRESSURE 1 square foot = 0.09290304 m2 1 lbf/in2 = 6.894757 kPa 1 square inch = 6.4516 E-04 m2 1 ft of water (39.2°F) = 2.98898 kPa (at 4°C) 1 in of water (39.2°F) = 0.249082 kPa (at 4°C) DENSITY 1 in mercury (32°F) = 3.38638 kPa (at 0°C) 1 lb/ft3 = 16.01846 kg/m3 SOLAR RADIATION 2 ENERGY 1 langley = 4.184 E+04 J/m 1 ft•lbf = 1.355818 J 1 Btu = 1055.056 J SPECIFIC VOLUME 1 ft3/lb = 0.06242796 m3/kg FORCE 1 lbf = 4.448222 N TEMPERATURE °C = (°F - 32)/1.8 HEAT TRANSFER 2 1 [Btu•in(h•ft •°F)] = 0.1442279 [W/(m•K)] VELOCITY 1 [Btu/(ft2•h)] = 3.154591 W/m2 1 ft/s = 0.3048 m/s 1 ft/m = 0.00508 m/s LENGTH 1 foot = 0.3048 m VOLUME 1 inch = 0.0254 m 1 cubic foot = 0.02831685 m3 PRE-PRINT1 cubic inch = 1.638706 E-05 m3 MASS 1 gallon = 3.785412 L 1 lb = 0.4535924 kg 1 ounce = 28.34952 g VOLUME FLOW RATE 1 ft3/min = 4.719474 E-04 m3/s 3 3 MASS FLOW RATE 1 ft /s = 0.02831685 m /s 1 lb/s = 0.4535924 kg/s 1 gallon/min = 3.785412 E-03 m3/min 1 lb/m = 7.559873 E-03 kg/s 1 gallon/min = 0.06309020 L/s 1 lb/h = 1.259979 E-04 kg/s

PLANE ANGLE 1 degree = 0.01745329 radians

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 117 USEFUL TABLES

SYMBOLS

The following is a list of symbols commonly utilized in solar energy applications and are provided herein for the convenience of the users of this code. This list is based on ASHRAE 93. a, b, a', b' = constants used in incident angle modifier K1 = incident angle modifier for biaxial collector, equation, dimensionless dimensionless 2 2 A = cross-sectional area, ft (m ) K2 = incident angle modifier for biaxial collector, Aa = transparent frontal area for a nonconcen- dimensionless trating collector or the aperture area of a 2 2 Lloc = longitude, degrees west concentrating collector, ft (m ) 2 2 Lst = standard meridian for local time zone, degrees Ag = gross collector area, ft (m ) west Ar = absorbing area of a nonconcentrating collector LST = local standard time, decimal hours or the receiving area of a concentrating collector, ft2 (m2) LSTM = local standard time meridian, degrees west AST = apparent solar time, decimal hours bo = constant used in incident angle modifier equation, dimensionless m = air mass, dimensionless B = effective angle for determining the equation of m· = mass flow rate of the heat-transfer fluid, lbm/h time, degrees (kg/s) CA = effective heat capacity of the solar collector, · [Btu/(lbm•°F)] [J/kg•K) me = downstream air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s) · cp = specific heat of the heat transfer fluid, mi = upstream air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s) Btu/(Lbm•°F) [J/(kg.•K)] m· = leakage air mass flow rate, lbm/h (kg/s) E = equation of time, minutes L n = day of year, beginning with January 1 = 1 E = solar spectral irradiance averaged over ∆λ λi 2 ηr = collector efficiency based upon absorber area centered at λi at air mass 1.5 W/(m .μm) [Btu/(ft2•h•μm)] and inlet temperature,% F' = absorber plate efficiency factor, dimensionless P = optical property, dimensionless F = solar collector heat removal factor, dimension- Pf,e = static pressure of heat-transfer fluid at the outlet R 2 less to the solar collector, lbf/in (Pa) 2 2 G = solar irradiance, [Btu/(ft •h)] (W/m ) Pf,i = static pressure of heat-transfer fluid at the inlet to the solar collector, lbf/in2 (Pa) Gbp = direct solar irradiance component in the aperture plane, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2) ∆P = sressure drop across the collector, lbf/in2 (Pa) 2 GDN = direct normal solar irradiance, [Btu/(ft •h)] Qmi = measured volumetric airflow rate at the (W/m2) collector inlet, ft3/min (m3/s) G = diffuse solar irradiance incident upon the aper- Q = airflow rate corrected to standard conditions, d 2 2 s ture plane of collector, [Btu/(ftPRE-PRINT•h)] (W/m ) ft3/min (m3/s) G = solar constant, 429.2 [Btu/(ft2•h)] (1353 W/m2) sc qu = rate of useful energy extraction from the Gt = global solar irradiance incident upon the aper- collector, Btu/h (W) ture plane of collector, [Btu/(ft2•h)] (W/m2) ta = ambient air temperature, °F (°C) h = enthalpy of the ambient air-water vapor a t = (t + t )/2, average fluid temperature, °F (°C) mixture, Btu/lbm (J/kg) f f,i f,e t = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid leaving hf,e = enthalpy of the air-water vapor mixture at the f,e exit of the air collector, Btu/lbm (J/kg) the collector, °F (°C) t = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid leaving hf,i = enthalpy of the air-water vapor mixture at the f,eT inlet of the air collector, Btu/lbm (J/kg) the collector at a specified time, °F (°C) t = temperature leaving the collector at the begin- hL = enthalpy of the leaking air-water vapor f,e,initial mixture, Btu/lbm (J/kg) ning of time constant test period, °F (°C) K = factor defined by ASHRAE 93, dimensionless tf,i = temperature of the heat-transfer fluid entering the collector, °F (°C) Kατ = incident angle modifier, dimensionless t = average temperature of the absorbing surface Kd = diffuse irradiance incident angle modifier, p dimensionless for a nonconcentrating collector, °F (°C)

118 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE USEFUL TABLES

tr = average temperature of the absorbing surface for a concentrating collector, °F (°C) t- = effective temperature defined by ASHRAE 93, °F (°C) - tHHL = effective temperature for a given header heat loss test flow rate, °F (°C) T = time, decimal hours or seconds T1, T2 = time at the beginning and end of a test period, decimal hours or seconds ∆t = temperature difference, °F (°C) ∆tss = temperature difference, of inlet and outlet transfer fluid at steady state, °F (°C) UL = solar collector heat-transfer loss coefficient, [Btu/(h•ft2•F)] [W/(m2•K)] Wn = humidity ratio at the nozzle, lbm H2O/lbm dry air (kg H2O/kg dry air) α = absorptance of the collector absorber surface for solar radiation, dimensionless γ = fraction of specularly reflected radiation from the reflector or refracted radiation that is intercepted by the solar collector receiving area, dimensionless θ = angle of incidence between director solar rays and the normal, to the collector surface or to the aperture, degrees β = solar altitude angle, degrees ϕ = solar azimuth angle, degrees ηg = collector efficiency based upon gross collector area and inlet temperature, percent λ = wavelength, μm λi = specific wavelength, μm ∆λi = wavelength interval, μm ρ = reflectance of a reflecting surface for solar radiation, dimensionless ρλ = spectral reflectancePRE-PRINT of a reflecting surface for solar energy, dimensionless τ = transmittance of the solar collector cover plate, dimensionless (τα)e = effective transmittance-absorptance product, dimensionless (τα)e,n = effective transmittance-absorptance product at normal incidence, dimensionless Σ = collector tilt form the horizontal, degrees

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 119 PRE-PRINT

120 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE INDEX Note: Content and section numbers will be updated before publishing. © 2012 International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. All rights reserved. The copyright in this index is separate and distinct from the copyright in the document that it indexes. The licensing provisions set forth for the document are not applicable to this index. This index may not be reproduced in whole or in part by any means without the express written permission of IAPMO.

– A – AIR GAP ...... 313.1, 313.2 Drainage ...... 203.0, 315.1, ABANDONED SYSTEM ...... 203.0, 402.1.8(5) 602.4, 602.5, 604.2 ABSORBER ...... 203.0 Water distribution ...... 203.0, 405.2, ABSORPTANCE, DEFINITION ...... 203.0 405.7, 405.9, 406.2, ACCESSIBLE, DEFINITION ...... 203.0, 407.4, 1007.3, Table 405.2(1), Table 405.2(2) ACCESSIBLE, READILY 1009.2.3, 1009.2.4, 1009.4, AIR TEST 1010.1, 1010.9.3, 1012.7 Solar energy system ...... 105.3 Solar thermal system ...... 309.0 ACCESSIBILITY OF Attic installations ...... 305.5 Sanitary drainage...... 105.3.1 ...... 101.2, 102.4, 102.5, Boxes ...... 1010.10, C 1.1(16) ALTERATIONS Busbar...... 1011.6.1.1(3) 104.1, 105.3.1, 401.1 Circuits ...... 1005.4, 1015.5, 1015.6(1) ALTERNATE ...... 302.2, A 1.1 through A 1.4, B 1.2 Charge control...... 1014.9 MATERIAL Collectors ...... 703.2 ALTERNATING-CURRENT ...... (see Modules, Alternating current) Connectors...... 1010.9.3 MODULES ...... 1006.2 through 1006.7, Cross-connections control...... 405.6 AMPACITY 1007.1(2), 1010.3, 1010.4, Devices ...... 602.8, 1007.3 1011.4.2, 1014.9.2(2), 1014.9.4(1), Disconnecting means ...... 1009.1, 1009.2.3(1), 1009.3, C 1.2(4), C 1.9(10) 1009.4, 1010.5, 1014.6 Expansion joints ...... 503.18 ANCHORING OF Collectors ...... 703.1, 703.1.1 Flexible connectors ...... 407.4 Piping ...... 307.2 Grounding electrode ...... 1011.3.8, 1011.6.3.2 Tanks...... 302.3 High voltage ...... 1015.4, 1015.8 Inspections ...... 105.2.3, 105.2.6 ANGLE OF INCIDENCE, ...... 203.0 Live parts, electrical equipment ...... 1005.6(1), DEFINITION ...... 107.0 PRE-PRINT 1014.2, 1015.3 APPEALS Label ...... 1012.4 APPLIANCES Connections to drainage ...... 311.2 Locations ...... 305.1, 312.2 Definition ...... 203.0 Overcurrent devices ...... 1007.3 Electrical ...... 1005.2.4, 1011.3.2, Photovoltaic (PV) modules ...... B 3.0, C 1.1(8) In attics ...... 305.5 Point of interconnections ...... 1012.4, 1012.5 Markings...... 302.1.1 Inverters ...... 1009.2.4 Referenced standards ...... Chapter 12 Wiring ...... 1010.1 Scope ...... 101.2 Valves ...... 408.5 Shutoff valves ...... 408.3 ...... 1005.6, 1014.2, 1015.3 ACCIDENTAL CONTACT Wiring ...... 310.1 ...... 102.4 ...... 102.1, 302.1, ADDITIONS APPLICABLE STANDARDS ...... 702.6, 702.6.1 AIR COLLECTOR 302.2.1.1, 304.4, ...... 203.0 AIR MASS, DEFINITION 407.1, 407.3, ...... 203.0 AIR BREAK, DEFINITION 503.3.2, 503.10.1, 604.3

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 121 ...... 404.2, 404.3, APPLICATION BACKFLOW PREVENTION For permit ...... 103.3, 104.3, 104.4 405.2 through 405.5, 406.3, For reinspection ...... 105.2.6 406.4, 604.1, Table 405.2(1) ...... 1008.5 APPROVAL REQUIRED BACKUP POWER Alternate materials ...... 302.2 ...... 204.0, 408.4 BALANCING VALVES Minimum standards...... 302.1 ...... 1001.2, 1003.4, 1007.1, BATTERIES Storage tanks...... 309.3.2 1009.2.5, 1014.0, C 1.4(5) Testing...... 302.2.1.2 BIPOLAR Welding ...... 314.1 Photovoltaic (PV) array ...... 204.0, 1005.5 ...... 203.0 Photovoltaic (PV) system ...... 1002.7, 1005.5, APPROVED, DEFINITION ...... 302.1.1, 603.7, 603.8 1011.1, C 1.1 APPROVED STANDARDS Source and output circuit ...... 1005.5 APPROVED TESTING ...... 203.0, 302.2.1.1 AGENCY ...... 102.3, 203.0, 306.2, 311.2 ...... 204.0, 1009.2.2, C 1.4 APPURTENANCE BLOCKING DIODE APPURTENANCE, SOLAR, BONDING ...... 203.0 Connections ...... 1011.7, 1011.8 DEFINITION ...... 1008.7 Jumpers 1011.3.3, 1011.6.1.1, ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT PROTECTION ...... 203.0 1011.6.3.1, 1011.7, AREA, ABSORBER, DEFINITION ...... 203.0 1011.8, 1011.9 AREA, APERTURE, DEFINITION Of electrically conductive AREA, GROSS ...... 203.0 materials and other equipment ...... 1011.1.4 COLLECTOR, DEFINITION ...... 203.0, 1001.2, 1003.1, Of equipment...... 1011.1.3, 1011.3.5, ARRAYS 1005.5, 1009.5, 1010.1, 1011.3.7(10) (b), 1011.6.1.4, 1011.5, B 3.3.3, B 4.1, B 5.0, C 1.7 1011.9, C 1.6(5), C 1.6(6) ...... 1011.7, 1011.8, 1011.9 ASBESTOS CEMENT BONDING JUMPER ...... 503.1 ...... 107.0 PIPING AND JOINTS BOARD OF APPEALS ...... 702.1 ATTIC, INSTALLATIONS BRACES Passageway...... 305.5.1, 305.5.2 ...... 318.1, 503.2, BRASS PIPE AND JOINTS Receptacle ...... 305.5.4 503.2.1, Table 407.1 Watertight pan...... 602.10 ...... 503.2.1, 503.3.1, Table 307.3 BRAZED JOINTS Work platform...... 305.5.3 ...... 603.5 BRAZED TANK ...... 203.0 ...... 304.2, 503.2.1, 503.3.1, AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION BRAZING ...... 106.5 503.3.3.1, 603.6 AUTHORITY TO DISCONNECT PRE-PRINT ...... 102.3, 102.5, AUTHORIZED AGENT BUILDING INTEGRATED ...... 204.0 104.3(5), 105.2, 106.2 PHOTOVOLTAICS, DEFINITION ...... 1011.6.1.1, AUTOMATIC BUSBAR Air vent ...... 408.8 1011.6.1.4, 1013.5.4.2, Control system ...... 408.6 1013.5.4.4, 1013.5.4.7 ...... 503.7.1.1 Control valves ...... 408.6 BUTT-FUSION JOINTS AUXILIARY ENERGY ...... 203.0 SYSTEM, DEFINITION – C – ...... 1010.0 through 1010.6 CABLES ...... 1002.2, 1010.5.3, 1011.3.7 – B – CABLE TRAY ...... 204.0 ...... 205.0, Table 902.2 BACKFLOW, DEFINITION CALCIUM HARDNESS BACKFLOW PREVENTER, CERTIFIED BACKFLOW ...... 204.0 ...... 205.0, 405.2, 405.5 DEFINITION ASSEMBLY TESTER

122 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE ...... 702.2 , ...... 205.0 CONDENSATION CONCENTRATOR DEFINITION ...... 102.1 ...... 402.1.3, 402.1.4, CONFLICTS BETWEEN CODES CONCRETE, INSTALLATIONS ...... 102.6 402.1.5, 603.4, 1011.6.2.4 CHANGE IN BUILDING OCCUPANCY ...... 305.3 ...... 402.1.1, 402.1.2 CHANGE IN DIRECTION CONCRETE SLAB ...... 408.7, 602.5, ...... 702.2 CHECK VALVES CONDENSATION 604.1, Table 405.2(1) ...... 1011.1.2, 1011.1.3, 1011.1.4 CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ...... 404.2, 405.1, 406.4, 902.2 CHEMICALS CONDUCTORS Alternating-current modules...... 1004.1, 1004.5 CIRCUITS Breaker ...... 1008.6, 1013.5.4.1, Ampacity and 1013.5.4.5, 1013.5.4.6, overcurrent devices ...... 1006.2 through 1006.7 1015.5 through 1015.7 Circuit requirements ...... 1005.2.1 through 1005.2.5, Bipolar source ...... 1005.5 1005.5 Direct utilization...... 1005.2 Connections to terminals ...... 1010.7 Exceeding 120 volts...... 1005.2.3 Correction factor...... C 1.9(7), Table 1010.3 Exceeding 277 volts...... 1005.2.4 Disconnecting means of...... 1009.1, 1009.2.3, Exceeding 600 volts...... 1005.2.5 1009.2.4, 1009.2.5, 1009.4 From monopole subarray ...... 1002.7 Ground-fault protection ...... 1003.1, 1003.2, Ground-fault protection ...... 1003.3 1003.3, 1003.4, 1010.11.3 Identification and grouping...... 1002.2, 1015.7 Grounding ...... 1011.1 through 1011.5, Inverter output...... 211.0, 1004.2, 1007.1 Table 1011.4.1 Markings and labeling...... 1002.2, 1010.5.4 Installation ...... 1002.2, 1002.3, Multiple outputs...... 1006.6 1002.6, 1002.7, B 4.0 Not exceeding 120 volts ...... 1005.2.2 Markings and labeling ...... 1010.5.3 Overcurrent protection ...... 1004.5 Overcurrent protection ...... 1007.1, 1007.5, 1010.11.2 Photovoltaic (PV) output ...... 218.0, 1002.2, Photovoltaic power circuit ...... 1010.5.2 1005.1, 1005.3, Photovoltaic power source ...... 1010.5.3, 1010.11.1, 1005.4, 1011.2, 1010.11.4, 1011.1 1011.4, 1011.7, 1011.8 Stand-alone systems ...... 1008.3, 1008.6.1, 1008.7 Photovoltaic (PV) source ...... 218.0, 1002.2, Single ...... 1010.2 1002.3, 1002.4, Small ...... 1010.4 1002.6, 1004.1, Wiring methods ...... 1010.1, 1010.2, 1010.4, 1005.1, 1005.3, 1010.5.2, 1010.5.3, 1010.7, PRE-PRINT 1005.4, 1011.4, 1010.11.1 through 1010.11.4 1011.7, 1011.8 Undergrounded ...... 1003.2, 1003.3, 1008.6.1, Requirements ...... 1005.0 1009.1, 1009.2.5, 1009.4, 1014.7 Sizing ...... 1006.0 ...... 404.2, 1002.6, 1010.5.2, CONDUIT Ungrounded ...... 1010.11.6 1010.5.3(3), 1011.3.7, ...... 218.0, 1101.1, 1102.0 1011.4.2, 1011.6.1.3, CIRCULATING PUMP ...... 205.0, 309.2.3, 1011.6.2.3.1(1), Table 1011.4.1 CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM 408.9, 604.3, 604.4 CONFLICTS ...... 604.3, 604.4 ...... 102.1 CLOSED TYPE TANK BETWEEN CODES ...... 402.1.8, 405.11 COLD CLIMATE CONNECTION TO ...... 205.0, 408.4.1, Chapter 7 ...... 1013.0 COLLECTORS OTHER SOURCES ...... 1010.11.6, B 2.3, B 4.1, C 1.1 ...... 407.3, 407.4, COMBINER BOX CONNECTORS ...... 503.8.1.1, 503.11.1.1 1010.9 through 1010.9.5 COMPRESSION JOINTS , ...... 603.2 CONCENTRATION RATIO CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ...... 205.0 ...... 205.0, 401.1 DEFINITION CONTAMINATION

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 123 ...... 1001.2 Load ...... 1013.1 CONTROLLER ...... 408.6 Main service ...... B 2.2 CONTROL VALVES ...... 310.2 Means for...... 1002.7, 1002.8, 1004.3, CONTROLS ...... 903.1 1008.1, 1008.2, 1008.3, COPPER COLLECTOR ...... 407.3 1009.0, 1010.5, 1011.6.2.6, 1012.5, COPPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS 1012.7, 1012.8, 1013.5.1, C 1.4 COPPER PIPE, ...... 402.1.7, 503.3, 503.17.1 Photovoltaic (PV)...... 1009.2, 1009.3, 1012.4, 1014.6 TUBING AND JOINTS CORDS AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, ...... 1010.3 ...... 206.0 CABLES, FLEXIBLE DEFINITION ...... 1005.1, 1006.2(3), CORRECTION FACTORS DIVERSION CHARGE 1006.5, C 1.9(7), ...... 206.0 CONTROLLER, DEFINITION Table 1005.1, Table 1010.3 ...... 206.0, 1103.1 DRAINBACK SYSTEM ( )...... 205.0, 903.1 ...... 206.0 COVER, COLLECTOR GLAZING DRAINDOWN, DEFINITION ...... 317.1, 605.5, 801.1, CPVC PLASTIC PIPE DUCTS ...... 503.4 803.1, Table 803.1 AND JOINTS ...... 205.0, 404.3, 405.0 ...... 803.1, Table 803.1 CROSS-CONNECTION DUCTS, INSULATION OF ...... 404.2 CROSS-CONTAMINATION DUCTILE IRON ...... 503.5 PIPE AND JOINTS ...... 307.2 – D – DYNAMIC LOAD - ...... 302.3.2 DAMAGE RESISTANT MATERIALS ...... 306.4 DECAY, PROTECTION OF – E – ...... Chapter 2 ...... 310.0, Chapter 10 DEFINITIONS ELECTRICAL ...... 311.1 ( ) DELETERIOUS WASTE ELECTRICAL AUXILIARY ...... 207.0 DESIGN FLOOD HEATING, DEFINITION ...... 206.0, 302.3.2 ELEVATION ELECTRICAL PRODUCTION ...... 206.0, 406.1.1 DESIGN PRESSURE AND DISTRIBUTION ...... 207.0 DESIGN TEMPERATURE, NETWORK, DEFINITION ...... 206.0 ...... 1011.6 DEFINITION ELECTRODES ...... 503.7.1.2 DEVELOPED LENGTH, ELECTRO-FUSION JOINT ...... 206.0 ...... 207.0 DEFINITION EMITTANCE, DEFINITION ...... 503.17.1, 503.17.3 DIELECTRIC FITTING ENERGY COLLECTOR ...... 305.1 ...... 207.0 DIELECTRIC INSULATOR FLUID, DEFINITION ...... 503.16PRE-PRINTENERGY STORAGE FLUID DIELECTRIC UNION ...... 1005.2, 1005.2.4, ( ) ...... 207.0 DIRECT-CURRENT OR MEDIA , DEFINITION ...... 1012.6 1006.6, 1007.4, 1008.7, ENERGY STORAGE, PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) 1009.2.4(1), 1010.5, ENERGY TRANSFER FLUID, ...... 207.0 1010.11.5, 1011.6.2, DEFINITION ...... 1009.2.5, 1011.8 1011.6.2.6, 1011.6.3, EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS ...... Table 1011.4.1 1012.4, 1014.9.2, 1014.9.4, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING B 2.3, B 4.0, C 1.1(6), C 1.7 ESSENTIALLY NONTOXIC ...... 207.0 DISCONNECT TRANSFER FLUID, DEFINITION ...... 308.4 Authority to ...... 106.5 EXCAVATIONS ...... 1011.3.2 Abandoned system ...... 313.0 EXEMPT BY SPECIAL PERMISSION Battery circuits ...... 1014.5, 1014.6 EXEMPT FROM ...... (see Grounding, Equipment) Photovoltaic (PV) equipment ...... 1009.2.5, 1011.8 COMPLIANCE ...... 104.2 Fuses ...... 1009.3, 1015.8 EXEMPT WORK

124 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE ...... 302.1.3 ...... 1001.4, 1001.7 EXISTING BUILDINGS GENERATOR ...... 105.2.1 ...... 702.3 EXISTING EQUIPMENT GLASS COLLECTORS ...... 102.2 ...... 702.2, 903.1 EXISTING INSTALLATION GLAZING OF COLLECTORS ...... 503.18 ...... 209.0 EXPANSION JOINTS GRADE, DEFINITION ...... 408.3(2), 601.1, 604.0, ...... 602.2 EXPANSION TANKS GRAVITY TANKS Table 604.4(1), Table 604.4(2) GROUND-FAULT ...... 1001.6, 1003.0, 1010.11.3, EXTERNAL AUXILIARY PROTECTION ...... 207.0 HEATING, DEFINITION 1011.2, 1011.4.2, 1013.5.4.3, C 1.5, C 1.7, C 1.9(11) ...... 1011.0 – F – GROUNDING ...... 703.5, 1010.10 FASTENERS ...... 104.3.2, 104.4, 104.5, 104.5.2, GROUNDING, FEES ...... (see Conductors, Grounding) 104.5.3, 105.2.6, Table 104.5 CONDUCTORS ...... 1011.6 ...... 603.8 GROUNDING ELECTRODE FIBER REINFORCE TANK ...... 1011.3.3, 1011.3.4, ...... 902.3, 902.3.1 GROUNDING OF MODULES FILTER 1011.5, 1011.6.3 ...... 902.1 FILTERED WATER ...... 1003.1, 1011.3, ...... 704.0 GROUNDING EQUIPMENT FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1011.4, 1011.5, FITTINGS 1011.6.3.1 through 1011.6.3.3, Dielectric ...... 503.17.1, 503.17.3 Materials ...... Table 407.1 1011.7, C 1.6(3), C 1.9(8), Mechanically formed tee ...... 503.3.3.1 C 1.9(14), Table 1011.4.1 PE-RT ...... 503.9.1 PEX ...... 503.10.1 – H – PP ...... 503.12.1, 503.12.3 ...... 210.0, 221.0, 307.0, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Pressed ...... 503.3.3.2 Table 307.3, Table 307.6 Push fit ...... 503.3.3.3, 503.4.1 HAZARDOUS Screwed ...... 407.2 ...... 314.3 HEAT-TRANSFER MEDIUM Threaded ...... 503.4.3 ...... 101.3, 102.2, 102.5, HEALTH AND SAFETY ...... 208.0 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, DEFINITION 106.6, 107.1, 302.1.3 ...... 310.2, 1014.8(5) ...... 210.0, 406.1, FLAMMABLE LOCATIONS HEAT EXCHANGER ...... 605.5, 702.6, 802.4 FLAME SPREAD INDEX 601.1, 902.3, 903.1 ...... 503.3.2 FLARED JOINTS - ...... 503.7.1, 503.12.1 ...... 208.0, 314.3.2 HEAT FUSION JOINTS FLASH POINT ...... 210.0, 309.1, 403.2.3, HEAT TRANSFER MEDIUM FLAT PLATE COLLECTOR, PRE-PRINT 407.1, 408.1, 408.4.2 ...... 208.0 DEFINITION ...... 210.0 ...... 208.0, 302.3 HELIOSTAT, DEFINITION FLOOD HAZARD AREA ...... 1015.4 - ...... 208.0, Table 405.2(1) HIGH-VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT FLOOD LEVEL RIM ...... 408.9 ...... 302.3.2 HOSE BIBB FLOOD RESISTANT MATERIALS ...... 210.0, 1013.4 ...... 403.4 HYBRID SYSTEMS FLOW DIRECTIONS ...... 702.1 FRAMES ...... 402.1.8, 604.1 FREEZE PROTECTION – I – ...... 408.2, 408.5 FULLWAY VALVE IDENTIFICATION ...... 1006.5, 1007.3, 1007.4, 1009.3, Circuits ...... 1002.2, 1015.7 FUSES 1014.3, 1015.3, 1015.8, 1015.9 Photovoltaic system ...... 1012.0 Piping systems ...... 403.0 ...... 211.0 – G – IGNITION SOURCE, DEFINITION GALVANIZED STEEL IMMERSED HEAT EXCHANGER, ...... 503.6 ...... 211.0 PIPE AND JOINTS DEFINITION

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 125 ...... 102.4, 102.5, 103.4, ...... 211.0, 1002.2(2) INSANITARY INVERTER OUTPUT CIRCUIT 105.3.1, 106.6, 211.0 1004.2, 1007.1 , ...... 211.0 INSOLATION DEFINITION INVERTER OUTPUT ...... 103.4. 105.0, 308.4, ...... 1013.5.4.7 INSPECTION CONNECTION 309.3.2, 1015.3, A 2.2, Table 104.5 INVERTER, UTILITY ...... 1002.8, 1003.4, INSTALLATION INTERACTIVE Accessible ...... 305.1, 405.6 1008.6, 1009.2.4, Attic ...... 305.5 1011.8, 1013.5.4, 1014.9.3 Automatic air vents ...... 408.8 ...... 318.0 IRON PIPE SIZE PIPE Backflow ...... 404.3, 405.2, IRRADIATION, INSTANTANEOUS, 405.3, 405.5, 405.6 ...... 211.0 DEFINITION Circulating pump ...... 1101.1, 1102.0 IRRADIATION, INTEGRATED Collectors ...... 701.1, 703.0 ...... 211.0 AVERAGE, DEFINITION Controls...... 310.2 Electrodes ...... 1011.6.1.1 – J – Existing ...... 102.2, 302.1.3 JOINTS Freeze protection ...... 402.1.8 Asbestos cement ...... 503.1 Insulation...... 802.3 Brass ...... 503.2 Permit required ...... 104.1 Brazed...... 212.0, 503.2.1, 503.3.1 Practices ...... 304.4 Butt-fusion...... 503.7.1.1 Prohibited...... 404.1, 405.10 Compression ...... 503.8.1.1, 503.11.1.1, 503.12.2 Pumps ...... 1101.1, 1102.0 Copper ...... 503.3, 503.17.1 Storage batteries...... 1014.1 CPVC ...... 503.4 Storage tanks ...... 601.1, 602.5, 602.6, 602.7 Ductile iron ...... 503.5 Underground ...... 307.5 Electro-fusion ...... 503.7.1.2

INSTANTANEOUS Expansion ...... 503.18 ...... 211.0 EFFICIENCY, DEFINITION Flared...... 503.3.2 INSULATION Galvanized steel ...... 503.6 Ducts ...... 803.0, Table 803.1 Heat-fusion...... 503.7.1, 503.12.1 Piping ...... 802.0, Mechanical ...... 503.1.1, 503.2.2, 503.3.3, Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(4) 503.4.1, 503.5.1, 503.6.1, Tank ...... 804.1,PRE-PRINT Table 804.1 503.7.2, 503.8.1, 503.10.2, Universal pipe ...... Table 802.1(3) 503.11.1, 503.12.2, 503.13.1, 503.14.1 Wiring ...... 1010.8 PE ...... 503.7

INTERACTIVE PE-AL-PE ...... 503.8 ...... 211.0, 1012.5, SYSTEM PEX...... 503.10 1013.2 through 1013.4 PEX-AL-PEX ...... 503.11 ...... 1012.5, 1014.10 INTERCONNECTION Plastic pipes to other materials ...... 503.17.2 ...... 103.1 INTERPRETATION OF CODE Polypropylene (PP) ...... 503.12 ...... 211.0, 1001.2, 1002.4, INVERTERS Push-on ...... 503.5.2 1002.8, 1003.3, 1003.4, PVC...... 503.13 1004.2, 1008.2, 1008.3, Slip ...... 503.15 1008.4, 1009.2.4, 1010.11.7, Socket-fusion ...... 503.7.1.3 1013.2, 1013.5.4, 1014.9.3 Soldered ...... 212.0, 503.3.4 ...... 211.0, 1002.2(2) INVERTER INPUT CIRCUIT Solvent cement ...... 503.4.2, 503.13.2

126 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE Stainless steel...... 503.14, 503.17.3 Minimum standards ...... 302.1, A 1.3 Threaded ...... 503.2.3, 503.3.5, 503.4.3, Modules ...... 1005.1, C 1.9(2) 503.6.2, 503.12.3, Piping ...... 308.5, 407.0, 503.17.2, 503.13.3, 503.17.1 503.17.3, 602.4, Table 407.1 Various materials ...... 503.17 Pumps ...... 1102.1, 1103.2 Welded ...... 212.0, 503.14.2 Roofing ...... 1002.6 ...... Chapter 5 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS System components ...... 316.1 ...... 1002.2, 1010.10, JUNCTION BOX Tanks ...... 603.0, 605.4 1010.11.6, 1014.10, Watertight pan...... 602.10 B 2.3, B 2.3.1 MECHANICALLY FORMED ...... 503.3.3.1 TEE FITTING ...... 1010.5.2, 1011.3.7, 1011.6.1.3 – L – METAL CONDUIT ...... 214.0 LABELED, DEFINITION MODULES LANGELIER SATURATION Access ...... 1010.10, B 3.1 ...... 214.0 INDEX, DEFINITION Alternating current ...... 203.0, 1004.0, 1009.2.5, ...... 305.5.4 LIGHTING IN ATTIC 1012.3, 1013.2, 1013.3, ...... 214.0 LISTED, DEFINITION 1013.4, C 1.1(4), C 1.2(4) ...... 1013.1 LOAD DISCONNECT Bonding ...... 1011.3.5 , ...... 214.0 LOAD DEFINITION Correction factors...... 1005.1, Table 1005.1 ...... 1005.2 LUMINAIRES Equipment ...... 1002.4, 1011.3.4, 1011.5 Definition ...... 215.0 – M – Disconnecting means...... 1009.2.5 ...... 101.2, 102.2, 102.3, MAINTENANCE Grounding ...... 1011.3.3, 1011.3.4, 1011.5 107.1, 405.6, 703.2, Interactive ...... 1009.2.5, 1013.2, 1013.3 1005.2.5, 1013.5.3(2), Interconnection ...... 1006.7, 1010.8 1014.2, 1014.5, Marking ...... 1012.2, 1012.3 1014.6, 1102.2, A 2.3 Mounting...... 1011.3.4 ...... 302.2, 408.3, 1002.2, MARKINGS Overcurrent protection ...... 1007.5 1003.4, 1003.4.1, 1003.4.2, Photovoltaic (PV) ...... 1002.4, 1002.6, 1002.9, 1010.5.3, 1010.5.4, 1012.0, 1005.1, 1007.1, 1010.5.1 1013.5.4.4, 1013.5.4.7 Sizing ...... 1006.7 MATERIALS Smoke ventilation ...... B 3.2.2 Alternate...... 302.2, A 1.1, A 1.4, B 1.2 ...... 215.0, 1002.7 Circulating pump ...... 1102.1,PRE-PRINT 1103.2 MONOPOLE SUBARRAY ...... 1002.4 Collectors ...... 306.4, 702.1, 702.6, 703.6, 704.2 MOTOR GENERATORS ...... 703.0, 1011.3.4, 1102.3, B 5.0 Combustible...... 605.5, 1014.8(5) MOUNTING Conductive ...... 1011.1.2, 1011.1.3, 1011.1.4 Electrodes ...... 1011.6.2.3.1 – N – ...... 605.5, 702.6, Excavation...... 308.4 NONCOMBUSTIBLE Fasteners ...... 703.5 703.6, 704.2(2) ...... 603.7 Flood resistant ...... 302.3.2 NON-FIBERGLASS TANK ...... 403.2.2 Hangers ...... 307.2, Table 307.3 NONPOTABLE WATER Imperfections...... 304.2

Insulation ...... 802.4, Table 802.1(4) – O – Joints...... 503.17 ODOR AND PARTICULATE Maintenance ...... 102.3 ...... 605.4 CONTROL Marking ...... B 2.1, B 2.2.1(7), B 2.3.1(7) ...... 217.0, 309.2.1, 309.2.2 OPEN LOOP SYSTEM

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 127 ...... 304.4.1 Circuit labels ...... 1002.2, 1010.5.4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ...... 309.2.3, 1103.1 Conductor...... (see Conductors) OTHER SYSTEMS ...... 1002.2, 1010.10 Definition ...... 218.0 OUTLET BOX ...... 1006.2, 1006.3, 1006.4, Direct current ...... (see Direct current) OVERCURRENT DEVICES 1006.7, 1007.0, 1008.4, Disconnecting ...... (see Disconnect, Photovoltaic) 1011.4.1, 1013.5.1, 1013.5.4.2, Fuse ...... (see Fuses) 1013.5.4.7, 1014.3 Ground fault protection ...... (see Ground-fault protection) OVERCURRENT ...... (see Protection, Overcurrent) Interactive ...... (see Interactive system) PROTECTION Inverters ...... (see Inverters) Marking...... 1002.2, B 2.1 – P – ...... 602.10 Modules ...... 1002.4, 1002.6, PAN, WATERTIGHT ...... 1013.5.4.7 1002.9, 1005.1, PANELBOARD ...... 218.0, 1002.4, 1002.9 1007.1, 1010.5.1 PANELS Mounting ...... 1011.3.4, B 5.0 PASSIVE SOLAR SYSTEMS, ...... 218.0 Output circuit ...... (see Circuits, Photovoltaic output) DEFINITION ...... 104.5.2, 106.0, 106.2, 106.3 Overcurrent devices ...... (see Overcurrent devices) PENALTIES Panel...... 218.0, 1002.4, 1002.9 PERMITS Application for ...... 103.3, 104.3 Plaque...... 1012.8 Exempt work ...... 104.2 Power source ...... 218.0, 1010.11.6 Expiration ...... 104.4.3 Power systems ...... 1010.11, 1012.6, 1012.7 Extensions ...... 104.4.4 Source circuits...... (see Circuits, Photovoltaic source) Fees ...... 104.5, Table 104.5 Storage batteries ...... (see Batteries) Issuance of ...... 103.3, 104.4, 104.4.1 System voltage, definition....(see Voltage, Photovoltaic) Plans and specifications ...... 104.3.1, 104.3.2, 104.4.6 Wiring methods ...... 1010.0 ...... 1005.7 Refund ...... 104.5.3 PHYSICAL DAMAGE Required ...... 104.1 PIPE ...... 802.3, 802.4, Responsibility...... 105.2.5 INSULATION Suspension or Revocation...... 104.4.5 Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(3), Validity of ...... 104.4.2 Table 802.1(4) Work done before ...... 104.1 PIPING ...... (see Fittings, PE-RT) Asbestos cement ...... 503.1 PE-RT FITTINGS ...... (seePRE-PRINT Fittings, PEX) Brass...... 503.2 PEX FITTINGS ...... 218.0 Check valves...... 408.7 PHOTOLYSIS, DEFINITION ...... 218.0 Connectors to storage tanks...... 407.3, 503.17.2 PHOTOSYNTHESIS, DEFINITION Copper ...... 503.3, 503.17.1 PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) Alternating current...... 1012.3 CPVC ...... 503.4 Arc-Fault circuit protection ...... 1008.7 Cross-connection control ...... Chapter 4 Arrays...... 1001.2, 1003.1, 1005.5, Cross-contamination ...... 404.2 1009.5, 1010.1, 1011.5, Dielectric insulator...... 305.1 B 3.3.3, B 4.1, B 5.0, C 1.7 Ductile iron ...... 503.5 Charge controller ...... 205.0, 1002.4, 1003.3, Galvanized steel ...... 503.6 1008.7, 1009.2.5, 1010.11.3(3), Hanger and supports ...... 307.0 1010.11.7, 1012.4(5), 1014.9, Identification ...... 403.0 C 1.1(11), C 1.1(12), Improper location ...... 305.4 C 1.1(15), C 1.4(6), C 1.5 In ground ...... 307.5, 308.3, 308.4, 308.5

128 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE Inspections of...... 105.2, PRESSURE TYPE Insulation of...... 801.1, 802.0, ...... 309.3.1, 602.4, 602.7 STORAGE TANK Table 802.1(1) through Table 802.1(3) PROTECTION Material...... 407.1, Table 407.1 Decay ...... 306.4 PE ...... 503.7 Freeze ...... 402.1.8 PE-AL-PE ...... 503.8 Ground-fault...... (see Ground-fault protection) PE-RT ...... 503.9 Overcurrent ...... 1002.7, 1004.5, 1006.2(4)(c), PEX...... 503.10 1006.5, 1007.0, 1007.1, PEX-AL-PEX ...... 503.11 1007.3, 1007.5, 1008.3, Polypropylene (PP) ...... 503.12 1008.6.1, 1011.4.1, 1011.6.2.1, Prohibited installation ...... 404.1 1014.7(3), C 1.2(1), C 1.2(2), Protection of ...... 402.0 C 1.3, C1.5, C 1.9(6) Pumps ...... 1102.3 Piping, materials PVC...... 503.13 and structures ...... 402.0 Stainless steel...... 503.14, 503.17.3 Rodentproofing ...... 306.3 Testing...... 309.0 Water hammer ...... 402.1.9 Vacuum relief valve...... 315.2 Water supply ...... 401.1, 404.3, 405.1, Valves ...... 408.1 405.2, 406.2, 406.3, 406.4 ...... 103.3, 104.3.1, ...... 1010.5.3(2), 1010.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PULL BOX 104.3.2, 104.3.3, ...... Chapter 11 PUMPS 104.4, 104.4.2, ...... 503.3.3.3, 503.4.1 PUSH FIT FITTING 104.4.3, 104.4.6, ...... 218.0 PYRANOMETER, DEFINITION 602.1, A 2.2 ...... 218.0 PYRHELIOMETER, DEFINITION PLASTIC Balancing valve ...... 408.4.2 – Q – Collectors ...... 702.4, 704.2 ...... 1002.5, 1005.2.5, 1005.4, QUALIFIED PERSON Penetrating members...... 402.1.7 1005.6, 1005.8, 1009.1, CPVC ...... 503.4 1013.5.3(2), 1014.5, 1014.6, PE ...... 503.7 1014.9, 1015.3, 1015.5 PE-AL-PE ...... 503.8 QUASI-STEADY PE-RT ...... 503.9 , ...... 219.0 STATE DEFINITION PEX...... 503.10 QUICK-ACTING PEX-AL-PEX ...... 503.11PRE-PRINT...... 219.0 VALVE, DEFINITION Piping ...... 503.17.2 PVC...... 503.13 – R – Testing of...... 309.1 ...... 1002.2, 1002.7, 1010.1, RACEWAYS ...... 218.0, 605.5 1010.2, 1010.5, 1011.3.1.1, PLENUMS ...... 403.2.1, 404.1, 1011.5, 1011.6.2.6, Table 1011.4.1 POTABLE WATER 405.1, 406.1 RADIANT HEATER, ...... 1012.1, 1012.4 ...... 220.0 POWER SOURCES DEFINITION ...... 503.3.3.2 ...... 311.2, 404.1, 406.2 PRESSED FITTING RECEPTOR - ...... 302.1, 314.1, PRESSURE LIMITING RECOGNIZED STANDARDS ...... 218.0 402.1.2(1), 405.2, DEVICE, DEFINITION 602.7, 603.3, 604.3 PRESSURE-RELIEF ...... 218.0 ...... Chapter 12 DEVICE, DEFINITION REFERENCE STANDARDS ...... 315.1, 602.4, 602.5 ...... 105.2.6 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES REINSPECTIONS

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 129 ...... 220.0, 315.2, 602.4 Freeze protection ...... (see Freeze protection) RELIEF VALVE, VACUUM ...... 102.4 Heat exchangers ...... (see Heat exchangers) RENOVATIONS ...... 102.4, 102.5, Improper locations ...... 305.4 REPAIRS 104.2, 105.3, 602.8 Joints and connections ...... Chapter 5 ...... 101.2, 104.1, 104.2, Materials ...... 407.0 REPLACEMENT 105.1, 105.2.1, 503.19, Piping and cross-connection control ...... Chapter 4 602.8, 1010.1, 1011.3.8, 1015.3 Protection of components ...... 316.0 ...... 105.3.2 Pumps ...... Chapter 11 RETEST , ...... 220.0 Storage tanks ...... (see Storage tanks) ROCK STORAGE DEFINITION ...... 605.3 Testing...... 309.0 ROCK AS STORAGE MATERIAL ...... 306.3 Thermal insulation ...... Chapter 8 RODENTPROOFING ...... 703.1.1 Thermal storage...... Chapter 6 ROOF DRAINAGE Valves ...... 408.0 Swimming pools, spas, and hot tubs ...... Chapter 9 – S – ...... 315.0 ...... 101.2, 315.3, 804.2 SAFETY DEVICES SPACE HEATING ...... 102.5, 302.1.3, ...... 314.3.2, 703.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS STAGNATION CONDITION 314.0, 602.7, 704.0, 1002.5 STAINLESS STEEL ...... 407.2 ...... 407.3 SCREWED FITTINGS FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS , - ...... 221.0, 1008.0, SELECTIVE SURFACE STAND ALONE SYSTEMS ...... 221.0 1012.7, 1013.3, C 1.1(11)(c) DEFINITION ...... 221.0 ...... 307.2 SHALL, DEFINITION STATIC LOAD ...... 1002.9 ...... 1014.0 SHINGLES STORAGE BATTERIES ...... 605.2 ...... 309.3, 313.2, 315.2, SIGHT GLASS STORAGE TANKS 407.3, Chapter 6, 801.1 SINGLE WALL HEAT ...... 406.1.1, A 3.2 ...... 309.3 EXCHANGER STORAGE TANK TESTING ...... 221.0 SOLAR CELL, DEFINITION STORAGE TEMPERATURE, ...... 221.0, Chapter 7 ...... 221.0 SOLAR COLLECTOR DEFINITION SOLAR CONSTANT, STORAGE WATER HEATING ...... 221.0 ...... 604.1 DEFINITION EQUIPMENT ...... 221.0 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM STORED ENERGY, DEFINITION ...... 221.0, 302.3, ...... 303.0 COMPONENTS, DEFINITION STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADS 303.1, 305.5, ...... 1002.6, B 4.1 STRUCTURAL MEMBER 307.1, 315.1, ...... 221.0, 1002.7, SUBARRAY PRE-PRINT 315.2, 316.0 1005.5, B 4.1, C 1.1(9) ...... 221.0, Appendix A ...... 603.4 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS SULFATE RESISTANT ...... 103.1 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS ...... 221.0, Chapter 10, SYSTEM SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS, Appendix B, Appendix C ...... Chapter 9 AND HOT TUBS SOLAR THERMAL SYSTEM Abandonment ...... 313.1 – T – Accessible locations ...... 305.1 TANKLESS WATER Attic installations ...... 305.5 ...... 604.1 HEATING EQUIPMENT Collectors ...... Chapter 7 ...... 302.3(2) TANKS Cross-connection control ...... 405.0 Brazed ...... 603.5 Definition ...... 221.0 Closed type ...... 604.4 Disposal of liquid waste ...... 311.1 Concrete ...... 603.4 Ducts ...... (see Ducts) Construction ...... 603.2, 603.6, 603.7 Expansion tanks...... (see Expansion tanks) Covers...... 602.9

130 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE Expansion tanks...... (see Expansion tanks) Photovoltaic (PV) Fiber reinforced...... 603.8 power systems ...... 1010.11, 1010.11.7, Gravity...... 602.2 1012.6, C 1.1(4), C 1.5 Insulation of ...... 804.1, Table 804.1 ...... 503.19 UNIONS Prefabricated...... 602.3 UNIVERSAL PIPE Supports ...... 604.1 ...... Table 802.1(3) INSULATION THICKNESS Test pressure ...... 601.2

Underground ...... 313.2, 602.6 – V – ...... 602.4, 602.5 TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE VALVES ...... 1005.2.2(1), 1005.2.3(2), Balancing ...... 408.4 TERMINALS 1005.2.4, 1006.2(2), Check ...... 408.7, 602.5, 604.1 1009.4, 1010.7, Control...... 408.6 1012.2, 1012.3 Fullway...... 408.2, 408.5 ...... 601.2 Pressure reducing...... 604.1 TEST PRESSURE ...... 105.0, 105.3, 105.3.1, Pressure relief...... 315.1, 602.4, 602.5 TESTING 105.3.2, 105.4, 302.2.1, Quick-acting ...... 402.1.9 Shutoff...... 408.3, 408.5, 602.5 302.2.1.1, 309.0, 405.2, Vacuum relief ...... 220.0, 315.2, 602.4 405.5, 405.6, 702.6, ...... 218.0, 1005.1, 702.6.1, 802.4 VOLTAGE, PHOTOVOLTAIC 1005.3, 1008.7, ...... Table 802.1(4) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY 1014.9.4, 1015.7, 1015.9 ...... 604.1 THERMAL EXPANSION ...... Chapter 8 THERMAL INSULATION ...... Chapter 6 – W – THERMAL STORAGE ...... 406.1.1, 1003.4, 1005.5, WARNING LABEL THERMAL STRATIFICATION, 1008.4, 1010.11.6, ...... 222.0 DEFINITION 1012.4, 1013.5.4.7 , ...... 222.0 TILT ANGLE DEFINITION ...... 1005.8, 1009.4 WARNING SIGN TIME CONSTANT, ...... 902.0, Table 902.2 ...... 222.0 WATER CHEMISTRY DEFINITION ...... 222.0, Table 902.2 WATER-DISTRIBUTION TOTAL ALKALINITY ...... 225.0 , PIPING, DEFINITION TOTAL INCIDENT IRRADIATION ...... 402.1.9 ...... 222.0 WATER HAMMER DEFINITION ...... (see Solar thermal system) , WATER HEATING TRANSFER SYSTEM ...... 309.2.1, 601.2, 602.4 ...... 222.0 WATER PRESSURE DEFINITION ...... 105.4, 225.0, 401.1, 404.3, ...... 1007.2PRE-PRINTWATER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER, POWER 405.1, 405.2, 406.1, 406.2, ...... 308.0 TRENCHING 406.3, 406.4, 408.2, 604.1, 604.2 ...... 306.2, 605.1, 703.4 TRICKLING COLLECTOR, WATERPROOFING ...... 222.0 ...... 602.10 DEFINITION WATERTIGHT PAN ...... 208.0, 302.3.1 WAVE ACTION - ...... 316.2, 402.1.1, 407.1, – U – WEATHER PROOFED UNBALANCED 702.1, 802.3, 1003.4.2(5), ...... 1013.4 INTERCONNECTIONS B 2.1, B 2.2.1, B 2.3.1 ...... 313.2, 602.6 ...... 212.0, 503.14.2 UNDERGROUND TANK WELDED JOINT ...... 802.3, 1002.2(4) UNGROUNDED WIRE TIES Battery systems ...... 1010.11.5 ...... 1010.0 WIRING METHODS Conductors ...... (see Conductors, Ungrounded) ...... 1010.1, 1010.5.4, B 4.1 WIRING SYSTEMS Circuits ...... (see Circuits, Ungrounded) ...... 305.5.3 WORK PLATFORM IN ATTIC Direct-current systems ...... 1003.1, 1011.6.2.6 ...... 304.0 WORKMANSHIP

2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE 131 PRE-PRINT

132 2015 UNIFORM SOLAR ENERGY AND HYDRONICS CODE